Home Contents Index

NP 8

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
The table below is to record Section IV Notice to Mariners amendments affecting this volume.
Sub paragraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user when making amendments to this
volume.

Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)

2004 2005 2006 2007

IMPORTANT SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONS

This is one of a series of publications produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office which should be consulted by users of
Admiralty Charts. The full list of such publications is as follows:
Notices to Mariners (Annual, permanent, temporary and preliminary), Chart 5011 (Symbols and abbreviations), The Mariners
Handbook (especially Chapters 1 and 2 for important information on the use of UKHO products, their accuracy and limitations),
Sailing Directions (Pilots), List of Lights and Fog Signals, List of Radio Signals, Tide Tables and their digital equivalents.
All charts and publications should be kept up to date with the latest amendments.
Home Contents Index

NP 8

PACIFIC COASTS OF
CENTRAL AMERICA
AND

UNITED STATES PILOT

Pacific coasts of Panama (west of Punta Mariato),
Costa Rica including Isla del Coco, Nicaragua,
Honduras, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico
and United States of America; off-lying islands between
latitudes 45N and 485254N

TENTH EDITION
2004

PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM NATIONAL HYDROGRAPHER

Home Contents Index

E Crown Copyright 2004

To be obtained from the Agents
for the sale of Admiralty Charts and Publications

Copyright for some of the material in

this publication is owned by the authority
named under the item and permission for its
reproduction must be obtained from the owner.

Previous editions covering the same area:

First published . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896

Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907
Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916
Fourth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925
Fifth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1935
Sixth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950
Seventh Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1961
Eighth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975
Ninth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995

ii
Home Contents Index

PREFACE

The Tenth Edition of Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot has been prepared by Commander AC GrattanCooper,
Royal Navy, and contains the latest information received in the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office to the date given below.

This edition supersedes the Ninth Edition (1995) and Supplement No 2 (2002), which are cancelled.

Information on climate and currents has been based on data supplied by the Meteorological Office, Exeter.

The following sources of information, other than UKHO Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:

British
Fairplay Ports and Terminals Guide 200304
Guide to Port Entry 200203
Whitakers Almanack 2004
The Statemans Yearbook 2004

Mexican
Charts
Derrotero Costas del Pacfico Mexicano y Centroamrica 2002

United States
Charts
Publication No 120 Planning Guide, 2nd Edition, 2001
Publication No 153 Sailing Directions (Enroute) for the West Coasts of Mexico and Central America, 9th Edition, 2000
United States Coast Pilot 7, 35th Edition, 2003

Dr D.W. Williams
United Kingdom National Hydrographer

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
13th May 2004

iii
Home Contents Index

PREFACE
to the Ninth Edition (1995)

The Ninth Edition of Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot has been compiled by Captain A.J.Bassi, Master Mariner,
and contains the latest information received in the Hydrographic Office to the date given below.
This edition supersedes the Eighth Edition (1975) and Supplement No 11 (1994), which are cancelled.
Information on climate and currents has been based on data provided by the Meteorological Office, Bracknell.
The following sources of information, other than Hydrographic Office Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:

British
Fairplay World Ports Directory 1994.
Guide to Port Entry 199596.
Lloyds Maritime Guide 1994.
Lloyds Ports of the World 1995.
Mexico and Central American Handbook 1994.
The Statesmans Year Book 199394.
Whitakers Almanac 1995.

Mexican
Charts.

United States
Charts.
Publication No 150 World Port Index, 14th Edition, 1994.
Publication No 152 Sailing Directions (Enroute) for North Pacific Ocean, 3rd Edition, 1989.
Publication No 153 Sailing directions (Enroute) for the West Coasts of Mexico and Central America, 7th Edition, 1993.
United States Coast Pilot 7, 29th Edition, 1994.

N.R. ESSENHIGH
Rear Admiral
Hydrographer of the Navy

Hydrographic Office
Ministry of Defence
Taunton
Somerset
England
2nd September 1995

iv
Home Contents Index

CONTENTS
Pages
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Preface to the Ninth Edition (1995) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Explanatory notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Index chartlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . facing 1

CHAPTER 1

Navigation and regulations

Limits of the book (1.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Traffic and operations (1.6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Charts (1.13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Navigational aids (1.19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pilotage (1.24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Radio facilities (1.28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Regulations (1.36) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Signals (1.53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Distress and rescue (1.59) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Countries and ports

Central America (1.64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Panama (1.66) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Costa Rica (1.74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Nicaragua (1.82) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Honduras (1.90) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
El Salvador (1.98) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Guatemala (1.106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Mexico (1.114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
United States of America (1.123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.141) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Port services summary (1.142) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Natural conditions
Maritime topography (1.147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Currents, tidal streams and flow (1.149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Sea level and tides (1.160) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Sea and swell (1.161) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sea water characteristics (1.165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Climate and weather (1.170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Climatic tables (1.200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.224) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

CHAPTER 2
Outlying islands and isolated dangers, and Through Route along the Pacific coasts of Central
America and United States of America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

CHAPTER 3
Pacific coasts of Panama and Costa Rica from Punta Mariato to Bahia de Salinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

CHAPTER 4
Pacific coasts of Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

CHAPTER 5
Pacific coast of Mexico from Ro Suchiate to Mazatlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

CHAPTER 6
Golfo de California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

v
Home Contents Index

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 7
Baja California West Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

CHAPTER 8
San Diego to Point Arguello, including the Channel Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

CHAPTER 9
Point Arguello to the approaches to San Francisco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

CHAPTER 10
San Francisco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

CHAPTER 11
Point Reyes to Point St George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

CHAPTER 12
Point St George to Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

CHAPTER 13
Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

CHAPTER 14
Columbia River to Cape Flattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

APPENDICES
Appendix I United StatesBridgetoBridge Radiotelephone Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Appendix II United StatesPorts and Waterways SafetyGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Appendix III Unites StatesVessel Traffic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Appendix IV United StatesNavigation Safety Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Appendix V United StatesRegulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access AreasExtracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Appendix VI United StatesDanger Zones and Restricted Area RegulationsExtracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Appendix VII United StatesNavigation Rules for Inland Waterways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

TABLE OF DISTANCES
Table of distances Pacific coasts of Central America and United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

INDEX
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

vi
Home Contents Index

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 12 m or more in length. They amplify charted detail and contain
information needed for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended
to be read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text.

This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up-to-date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, without
the use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weekly
editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published in the last weekly edition for each
month. Those still in force at the end of the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

CDROM

Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements of
Chapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should only
be used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy exists
between data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be relied
upon.

Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, it
has not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD for
this purpose is at the users own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligence
of the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of the
UKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution.

Conditions of Release. The material supplied on the CDROM is protected by Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise
without the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or distributed or
commercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the avoidance of doubt,
the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible to Third Parties
whether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply further material.

References to hydrographic and other publications

The Mariners Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume.

Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastal
passages.

Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume.

Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotage
services, radar beacons and radio direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio navigational aids, Global Maritime Distress and
Safety System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume.

Admiralty Maritime Communications is a comprehensive guide on all aspects of maritime communications for the yachtsman and small
craft user. It provides general information on Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the management of VHF, Maritime
Safety Information, NAVTEX, Inmarsat and Radio Facsimile, and detailed information and procedures for marinas and harbours used by
small craft.

Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments and
notices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigational
warnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas.

The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life-saving signals, international ice-breaker signals as
well as international flag signals.

Remarks on subject matter

Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too small
to show all the details clearly.

Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Mariners
should consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts.

vii
Home Contents Index

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where
its use is more appropriate.

Firing, practice and exercise areas. Except for submarine exercise areas, details of firing, practice and exercise areas are not mentioned
in Sailing Directions, but signals and buoys used in connection with these areas are sometimes mentioned if significant for navigation.
Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.

Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in brackets
following the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned.

Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted.
Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned.
Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the event
being described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time which
may be kept.

Wreck information is included where drying or below-water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance for
navigation or anchoring.

Units and terminology used in this volume

Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted.

Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000 (North) to 359
Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object.
Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel.
Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground.

Winds are described by the direction from which they blow.

Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow.

Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub-divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile.

Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated.

Heights of objects refer to the height of the structure above the ground and are invariably expressed as ... m in height.

Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted in
Admiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, an elevation of ... m. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively be
expressed as ... m high since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height.

Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, these
latter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart.

Time is expressed in the four-figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local time
kept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking.

Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.

Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over a
large area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may be
marked conspic.

Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.

viii
Home Contents Index

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the text.

Directions
N north (northerly, northward, northern, S south
northernmost) SSW south-south-west
NNE north-north-east SW south-west
NE north-east WSW west-south-west
ENE east-north-east W west
E east WNW west-north-west
ESE east-south-east NW north-west
SE south-east NNW north-north-west
SSE south-south-east

Navigation
AIS Automatic Indentification System Satnav Satellite navigation
CVTS Cooperative Vessel Traffic System TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
DGPS Differential Global Positioning System VMRS Vessel Movement Reporting System
GPS Global Positioning System VTC Vessel Traffic Centre
Lanby Large automatic navigation buoy VTS Vessel Traffic Services
MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services VTMS Vessel Traffic Management System
Centres
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System

Offshore operations
ALC Articulated loading column FSO Floating storage and offloading vessel
ALP Articulated loading platform PLEM Pipe line end manifold
CALM Catenary anchor leg mooring SALM Single anchor leg mooring system
CBM Conventional buoy mooring SALS Single anchored leg storage system
ELSBM Exposed location single buoy mooring SBM Single buoy mooring
FPSO Floating production storage and offloading SPM Single point mooring
vessel

Organizations
IALA International Association of Lighthouse NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Authorities RN Royal Navy
IHO International Hydrographic Organization UKHO United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
IMO International Maritime Organization

Radio
DF direction finding RT radio telephony
HF high frequency UHF ultra high frequency
LF low frequency VHF very high frequency
MF medium frequency WT radio (wireless) telegraphy
Navtex Navigational Telex System

Rescue and distress

AMVER Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue JRCC Joint Rescue Cooperation Centre
System MRCC Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre
EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon MRSC Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System SAR Search and Rescue

Tides
HAT Highest Astronomical Tide MHWS Mean High Water Springs
HW High Water MLHW Mean Lower High Water
LAT Lowest Astronomical Tide MLLW Mean Lower Low Water
LW Low Water MLW Mean Low Water
MHHW Mean Higher High Water MLWN Mean Low Water Neaps
MHLW Mean Higher Low Water MLWS Mean Low Water Springs
MHW Mean High Water MSL Mean Sea Level
MHWN Mean High Water Neaps

ix
Home Contents Index

ABBREVIATIONS

Times
ETA estimated time of arrival UT Universal Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Co-ordinated Universal Time

Units and miscellaneous

C degrees Celsius kHz kilohertz
DG degaussing km kilometre(s)
dwt deadweight tonnage kn knot(s)
DZ danger zone kW kilowatt(s)
feu forty foot equivalent unit m metre(s)
fm fathom(s) mb millibar(s)
ft foot (feet) MHz megahertz
g/cm3 gram per cubic centimetre mm millimetre(s)
GRP glass reinforced plastic MW megawatt(s)
grt gross register tonnage No number
gt gross tonnage nrt nett register tonnage
hp horse power teu twenty foot equivalent unit
hPa hectopascal

Vessels and cargo

CDC Certain Dangerous Cargo MV Motor Vessel
HMS Her (His) Majestys Ship MY Motor Yacht
HSC High Speed Craft POL Petrol, Oil & Lubricants
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship RMS Royal Mail Ship
LHG Liquefied Hazardous Gas Ro-Ro Roll-on, Roll-off
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas SS Steamship
LOA Length overall ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

x
Home Contents Index

GLOSSARY

Spanish words found on charts and in Sailing Directions

Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English

abra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cove, creek, haven castro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . headland, hillock surmounted by

abrigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shelter ruins
acantilados . . . . . . . . . . cliffs catedral . . . . . . . . . . . . . cathedral
adentro . . . . . . . . . . . . . inner, inside cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cay
aduana . . . . . . . . . . . . . customs house cerrito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hillock
afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . outer, outside cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hill
aguada . . . . . . . . . . . . . watering place chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . small
aguado . . . . . . . . . . . . . sharp, pointed cima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summit, crest
aguas muertas . . . . . . . neap tide ciudad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . city, town
aguas vivas . . . . . . . . . spring tide ciudadela . . . . . . . . . . . citadel
aguja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . needle colina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hill, hillock
albufera . . . . . . . . . . . . lagoon, pond collado . . . . . . . . . . . . . hillock, elevation
aldea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . village concha . . . . . . . . . . . . . cove
alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . height cono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cone
altura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . height convento . . . . . . . . . . . . convent
amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . . yellow cordillera . . . . . . . . . . . mountain range
amarradero . . . . . . . . . . mooring, dolphin corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crown, summit
ancho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wide, broad corriente . . . . . . . . . . . . current
ancladero . . . . . . . . . . . anchorage costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . coast
ancn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open bay, roadstead coto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summit
angostura . . . . . . . . . . . narrows cruz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cross
arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sand cueva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cave
arenal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . extensive area of sand cua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quoin, wedge
arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . reef cuspide . . . . . . . . . . . . . summit
arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stream, rivulet
astillero . . . . . . . . . . . . . shipyard drsena . . . . . . . . . . . . . basin, dock, backwater
atalaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . lookout, watchtower desembarcadero . . . . . . landing place
atraque . . . . . . . . . . . . . berth desembocadura . . . . . . . mouth of a river
azul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . blue dique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mole, dock, embankment, levee
draga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dredger
duna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dune
babor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . port (side)
duque de alba . . . . . . . dolphin
baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bay
baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definite article (masc)
baixo (adj) . . . . . . . . . . shoal
embarcadero . . . . . . . . . wharf, landing
bajamar (BM) . . . . . . . low water (LW)
embocadura . . . . . . . . . mouth
bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal, below, under, low
enfilacin . . . . . . . . . . . transit
baliza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . beacon
ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . bay
banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bank
entrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . entrance, fairway
barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
ermita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hermitage
barranco . . . . . . . . . . . . precipice, ravine
esclusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . lock (canal or basin)
batera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battery
escollo . . . . . . . . . . . . . shallow rock, reef awash
blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . white
escollera . . . . . . . . . . . . breakwater
boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mouth, entrance
espign . . . . . . . . . . . . . spur, arm of mole
boquern . . . . . . . . . . . wide mouth, opening or entrance
este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . east
boquette . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow entrance, gap
estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . creek, estuary
boya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . buoy
estrecho . . . . . . . . . . . . strait, narrows
brazo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . arm (of the sea)
estribor . . . . . . . . . . . . . starboard hand
bruma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fog
buque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ship
fango . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mud
faralln . . . . . . . . . . . . . stack, steep rocky islet
cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . head faro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lighthouse
cabezo . . . . . . . . . . . . . reef, peak fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . anchorage
cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cape fortaleza . . . . . . . . . . . . fortress
cala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow cove, fjord forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fort
caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cove freo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . strait
camino . . . . . . . . . . . . . road frontn . . . . . . . . . . . . . wall-like cliff
canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . canal, channel fuerte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fort
canto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bluff
capilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chapel garganta . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow passage, sound
carrera, carreiro . . . . . . narrow channel, passage garita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sentry box, hut, lookout
casa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . house golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gulf
castillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . castle gorro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cap

xi
Home Contents Index

GLOSSARY

Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English

gran, grande . . . . . . . . . large, great, big petn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pinnacle rock

gris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grey picacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . sharp peak
grupo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . group pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . peak
piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stone, rock
herradura . . . . . . . . . . . horseshoe shaped bay piloto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pilot (official)
placer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal
iglesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . church playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . beach
nsua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . small islet or rock pleamar (PM) . . . . . . . . high water (HW)
isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . island poblacin . . . . . . . . . . . town
isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . islet poblado . . . . . . . . . . . . . village
islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . small barren islet, skerry poniente . . . . . . . . . . . . western
istmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . isthmus pozo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . well, deep hole in seabed or river
prctico . . . . . . . . . . . . . pilot
la, las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definite article (fem) promontorio . . . . . . . . . promontory
lago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lake puebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . village
laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lagoon pueblecito . . . . . . . . . . . small town, village
laja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . flat rock pueblo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . town
lancha de socorro . . . . lifeboat puente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bridge
lastra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky ledge puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . port, harbour
laxe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . point
levante . . . . . . . . . . . . . eastern puntal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow point
llanuras . . . . . . . . . . . . . plain, prairie
lodo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mud quebrada . . . . . . . . . . . . ravine, gully, cut, gap
loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hillock, knoll
lomo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ridge rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . roadstead
los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definite article (masc) recalada . . . . . . . . . . . . landfall
reflujo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ebb tide
malecn . . . . . . . . . . . . quay, mole regato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . torrent, stream
mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sea remolcador . . . . . . . . . . tug
marea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tide restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . reef, spit
margen . . . . . . . . . . . . . shore, river bank ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . inlet, estuary
marisma . . . . . . . . . . . . marsh riachelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . rivulet
mdano . . . . . . . . . . . . . dune, sandhill ribera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shore, river bank
medio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . middle ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . river
meridional . . . . . . . . . . southern roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock
mesa or meseta . . . . . . tableland, plateau rocalloso . . . . . . . . . . . . pebbly, stony
mogote . . . . . . . . . . . . . hummock rochel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky patch
montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . mountain rodal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal, usually rocky and of some
monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mount, mountain extent
montculo . . . . . . . . . . . knoll rojo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . red
morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . headland, bluff, head of breakwater rompeolas . . . . . . . . . . . breakwater
muelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pier, jetty, mole rompientes . . . . . . . . . . breakers
roquerio . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky shoal
naufragio . . . . . . . . . . . wreck
negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . black salinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . salt pans
nevado . . . . . . . . . . . . . snowcapped mountain san, santo, santa . . . . . . saint
niebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fog seno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bight, sound
norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . north septentrional . . . . . . . . . northern
sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mountain range
occidental . . . . . . . . . . . western sotavento . . . . . . . . . . . leeward
oeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . west sucio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . foul
oriental . . . . . . . . . . . . . eastern sud, sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . south
orilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shore, edge, river bank surgidero . . . . . . . . . . . . anchorage

palo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mast, spar tenedero . . . . . . . . . . . . holding ground, anchorage

pan de azcar . . . . . . . . sugarloaf torre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tower
pantano . . . . . . . . . . . . . swamp, marsh touza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock (usually lying off a larger
paredn . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock face feature)
pasaje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . passage, ferry
paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pass vado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ford
pedregal . . . . . . . . . . . . stony or rocky patch valle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . valley
pea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock varadero . . . . . . . . . . . . slipway
penasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . large rock verde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . green
pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . peninsula viejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . old
pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky mountain viga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lookout
pequeo . . . . . . . . . . . . small villa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . town, villa
pescado . . . . . . . . . . . . . fish volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . volcano

xii
Home Contents Index

NOTES

xiii
Home Contents Index

140 130 120 110 100 90 80

4801
4806
NP 25 BRITISH COLUMBIA PILOT VOL I
Warwick Seamount

Cobb Seamount Grays Hr.

Columbia R.

C. Blanco

2
2531
40 C. Mendocino 40

4807 SAN FRANCISCO 4802

U N I T E D S T A T E S
4806
O F
San Pedro B.
A M E R I C A
4801 San Diego B.

2530
30 30
I. Guadalupe
xiv

GO
2

LF
O
2323

DE
4808 NP 69A See Index NP 8(b)
Rocas Alijos

CA
M E X I C O EAST COASTS OF

LI
FO
CENTRAL AMERICA AND

RN
See Index NP 8(c) 2324 GULF OF MEXICO PILOT

IA
20 C. Corrientes 20
4807
ISLAS REVILLAGIGEDO
NP 62 Manzanillo Hr.
I. Clarion 4811 58 4811
7
PACIFIC ISLANDS

LA
MA
PILOT VOL III

E
ru

AT
C HONDURAS
a GU
lin
Sa
NI
CA

R
2

AG
UA
10 4618 I. Clipperton 10
Puntarenas
4802
587

I. del Coco
4808
NP 7
SOUTH AMERICAN PILOT
VOL III

140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot March 2004
NP 8(a)
Home Contents Index

110 105 100 95 90 85 80

2323
25 6 25
See Index NP 8(c) NP 69A

G
EAST COASTS OF

O
LF
CENTRAL AMERICA AND

O
7

DE
GULF OF MEXICO PILOT

CA
LI
s

FO
3053 ca
Lu

RN
an A

I
S
C. 2324 M E X I C O
Las Tres Marias
NP 70
WEST INDIES PILOT
VOL I
20 tes 20
n
ISLAS o rrie
C. C
REVILLAGIGEDO I. S. Benedicto
Roca Partida
5 587
I. Socorro
2323

E
B E LIZ
A
1053

L
A
5

M
E
Golfo de

T
Tehuantepec
15 15

A
U
1051 H O N D U R A S

G
5
EL SALVADOR 396
G. de Fonseca
1050
NICARAGUA
Lago de
P A C I F I C Nicaragua

2 1049 4 2145
I. Clipperton C O S TA
10 10
RICA
ya
i co
O C E A N d eN
G. PA N A M A

e
3 D ulc
G.
587
2 ar
iat
o
M
Pt a.
NP7
SOUTH AMERICA PILOT
I. del Coco
VOL III

110 105 Longitude 100 West from Greenwich 95 90 85 80

Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot March 2004
NP 8(b)
Home Contents Index

W A S H I N G T O N

U N I T E D S T A T E S

O F

A M E R I C A

M E X I C O
Home Contents Index

LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION

While, in the interests of the safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in its
hydrographic publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood:
(a) that no liability whatsoever can be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and
(b) that publication of details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognition
of the international validity of the law or regulation.

PACIFIC COASTS OF
CENTRAL AMERICA AND
UNITED STATES PILOT
CHAPTER 1
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
NATURAL CONDITIONS

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS

LIMITS OF THE BOOK due caution, as the courses between the salient points are,
in general, long, and must be traversed during frequent
Charts 4051, 4050
periods of thick weather, with the vessel under the
Area covered influence of currents, the rate and direction of which are
1.1 uncertain.
1 This volume describes the Pacific coasts of Central 2 However reports suggest that many of the strandings that
America and United States of America from Punta Mariato have occurred on these coasts have been due to mariners
(712N, 8053W), in Panama, to Cape Flattery (4823N, ignoring the essentials of safe navigation, such as
12344W), in Washington at the entrance to Juan de Fuca soundings, and knowledge of the errors of the compass,
Strait. etc.
2 The seaward limits are defined as follows: For remarks on currents and weather see 1.149 and
Latitude Longitude 1.170.
From Punta Mariato 712N 8053W
Navigation amongst coral
SW to 400N 8700W 1.3
Thence W to 400N 12000W 1 See The Mariners Handbook for remarks on navigation
amongst coral reefs, rates of coral growth and erosion.
Thence NW to 3500N 14000W
Thence N to 4825N 14000W Navigation amongst kelp
Thence E to a position 4825N 12443W 1.4
close N of Cape Flattery 1 Kelp grows on nearly every danger having a rocky
bottom off the N part of the W coast of Baja California,
Thence S to Cape Flattery 4823N 12444W and the W coast of the United States, and is particularly
heavy at various points in Santa Barbara Channel and in
NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS the vicinity of San Diego Bay. It can be seen on the
surface of the water during summer and autumn months;
Coastal conditions during winter and spring it cannot always be seen,
1.2 especially when it is exposed to a heavy sea.
1 Navigation along the Pacific coasts of Central America For further information on navigation in kelp, see The
and the United States requires to be carried out with all Mariners Handbook.

1
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Logs and deadheads coastal waters, especially river mouths. Sea snakes are
1.5 generally docile, but will bite if molested.
1 Large numbers of logs and deadheads are adrift in the 2 Stingrays (Dasyatis) which have been reported
navigable waters of Oregon and Washington at all times, throughout the area, are flat, kite shaped fishes with long
but particularly after storms, spring freshets, and unusually slender tails possessing a venomous basal barb. Stingrays
high tides. Such hazards constitute a serious danger to craft are usually partially buried in mud or sand and injure those
of small and moderate size. who step on them by driving the barb into the victims foot
with a whiplike motion of the tail.
3 The venomous jellyfish Portuguese man-o-war (Physalia)
TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS stings by means of nematocysts (stinging cells) on its
tentacles. It is recognisable by its small blue-red bladder
Traffic and long pink coil-like tentacles. Jellyfish usually occur in
swarms at sea, and are carried by the winds and currents
General towards the shore. The sting of this jellyfish is often
1.6 serious, especially if numerous nematocysts contact the
1 Concentrations of shipping will be encountered in the skin.
approaches to San Diego (8.15), San Pedro Bay (8.161), 4 Large sharks, up to 6 m in length, like the Great White
San Francisco Bay (10.1), Columbia River (13.1) and the Shark (Carcharadon), Tiger Shark (Galeocerdo), and
approaches to Juan de Fuca Strait (14.69). Hammerhead Shark (Sphyrna) are present in coastal waters,
In addition to the many dedicated small craft harbours although they normally remain in the open ocean. These
on the United States Pacific coast, small craft traffic is sharks can injure humans, and in numerous instances have
likely to be heavy in the approaches to the main ports in killed. Attacks have been reported off Acapulco and other
the summer months. Mexican ports, along the coast of Costa Rica, and in Gulf
Cruise ships visit the majority of the main ports in the of Panama. Blood or garbage will attract sharks; all sharks
area covered by this volume. should be regarded as dangerous.
Submerged transit lanes Exercise areas
1.7 1.10
1 Lanes used by submarines have been established within 1 Missile firing, gunnery and bombing practice, and naval
the area covered by this volume and will be shown on operations, may take place in the area covered by this
certain United States charts; the times of usage are volume. They are mentioned at the appropriate place in the
published in United States Notices to Mariners. When the text.
lanes are in use by submarines, ships should not tow Notice of exercises and firing practices, giving the limits
submerged objects within them. of the area, nature and duration of the exercise, and
specified navigation rules, are promulgated by local Notices
Fishing to Mariners and radio navigation warnings. For signals
used by warships, see 1.53.
General
1.8 Marine exploitation
1 Fishing gear. Heavy concentrations of fishing gear may Pipelines
be encountered off Drakes Bay (10.33), Humboldt Bay
1.11
(11.70), Coos Bay (12.46), Columbia River (13.1), Grays
1 Gas from a damaged oil or gas pipeline could cause an
Harbor (14.22) and Destruction Island (14.59) between 1st
explosion or some other serious hazard. Pipelines are not
December and 15th August, from shore to the vicinity of
always buried and their presence may effectively reduce the
the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour.
charted depth by as much as 2 m. Where pipelines are
2 Fish havens, some marked by buoys (private), are
close together, only one may be charted. Mariners should
numerous along the Pacific coast. They are established to
not anchor or trawl in the vicinity of a pipeline; they may
simulate natural reefs and wrecks that attract fish and
risk prosecution if damage is caused.
usually comprise old barges and automobiles; they may be
quite small in extent, or may extend a considerable distance Oil and gas fields
along a depth contour. Mariners should avoid passing over 1.12
such areas or anchoring in their vicinity. 1 Production platforms and associated structures, including
3 Driftnets. The use of large scale driftnets on the high tanker moorings, storage tankers and platforms on
seas is prohibited worldwide (United Nations Resolution pipelines, generally exhibit Mo(U) lights, aircraft
46/215), nets in excess of 25 km (15 miles) being illegal. obstruction lights, and audible fog signals. Unauthorized
This Resolution has been reinforced, locally, by the passing navigation is prohibited within 500 m of all such structures,
by United States Congress of the High Seas Driftnet including storage tankers which can swing about their
(HSDN) Enforcement Act. Public information on HSDN moorings. Tankers manoeuvring in the vicinity of platforms
vessels will greatly assist the US Coast Guard to administer and moorings should be given a wide berth. For further
United Nations moratorium against HSDN fishing. information see The Mariners Handbook.

Dangerous marine animals CHARTS

1.9
1 The yellow-bellied sea snake (Pelamis) can inject Admiralty charts
extremely potent venom when it bites, occasionally causing 1.13
death. Pelamis occurs in coastal waters of Panama, Costa 1 Admiralty charts covering the area of this Pilot are
Rica, and Golfo de California; although observed in large adequate for use on passage, for entry into the principal
surface swarms at sea, they normally reside in sheltered ports and harbours, and to reach a required pilot station.

2
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

The charts are based on the most recent United States 6 Mexican charts are published by:
Government charts and plans. Direccin General de Oceanogrfia Naval
Admiralty chart coverage is not adequate for entry into Eje 2 Oriente, Tramo H Escuela
some of the minor harbours and bays, in particular those of Navar Militar No 861
the S Central American Republics and for the upper Edificio B 1/er Nivel S/N
reaches of Sacramento, San Joaquin and Columbia Rivers. Col Los Cipreses, Delegacin Cayoacn
2 Knowledge of many of the charted offshore banks and C.P. 04830 Mexico D.F.
dangers has been built up over the years from numerous 7 United States Notices to Mariners may be consulted at
ships reports. Some of these features have been surveyed Coast Guard District Offices, National Ocean Survey (NOS)
to modern standards, but many areas outside the charted Field Offices, Defense Mapping Agency
banks have not yet been examined, and it is probable that Hydrographic/Topographic Center Offices, and agents for
other significant features remain as yet uncharted. the sale of charts and publications.
British Admiralty charts and publications can be
obtained from Admiralty Chart Agents listed in the Datums
Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications and other
hydrographic publications published annually. Vertical
1.15
Foreign charts 1 Depths on most modern British Admiralty charts are
1.14 reduced to Chart Datum, which is approximately the level
1 In certain areas where British Admiralty charts show of LAT. Older charts use a number of different datums,
insufficient detail for navigation close inshore, these Sailing which are normally shown on the chart.
Directions have been written using foreign charts. With the United States and Mexican charts are reduced to MLLW,
exception of the charts given below these are not quoted as as shown on the chart.
reference charts in the text, which has been written on the 2 Drying heights on most modern British Admiralty
assumption that mariners wishing to navigate in these areas charts are shown as being above chart datum. Older charts
will have provided themselves with suitable charts on use a number of different datums, which are normally
which to do so. shown on the chart.
2 For the following areas, not covered by Admiralty charts Elevations on most modern British Admiralty charts are
of adequate scale, mariners are advised to obtain the shown as being above MHHW. On many United States
appropriate charts as follows: charts and on older British Admiralty charts elevations are
shown against MHW; an exception is on Columbia River
where the bridge and overhead clearance heights are above
Chart No Area MLLW.
Mexico 425 Puerto Vallarta
Horizontal
Mexico 336 Baha de Topolobampo Y Proximidades 1.16
Mexico 337 Canal de Accesso Al Puerto de 1 Differences in geographical positions, in some cases as
Topolobampo much as 20 seconds of longitude, exist between British
US 18584 Umpqua River Pacific Ocean to Admiralty charts based on nineteenth century surveys and
Reedsport more modern charts, British and foreign, based on North
American Datum and World Geodetic System 1984. Notes
US 18581 Yaquina Bay and River on the charts concerned give details of the differences.
2 When transferring positions between charts on different
3 Foreign charts may be obtained from the publishing horizontal datums it is advisable to do so by bearing and
authorities shown in this volume and in the Catalogue of distance from a common reference object, and not by
Admiralty Charts and Publications. These charts are not latitude and longitude.
issued by the Hydrographic Office nor are they corrected
by Admiralty Notices to Mariners. Depths
Mexico formed a hydrographic organisation in 1961;
other Central American countries rely mainly on British Depth terms used in United States waters
and United States Government charts. 1.17
4 Publishing authorities: 1 Federal project depth is the design dredging depth of a
The US publish charts giving full coverage of the waters channel. This depth may, or may not, be the goal of
covered by this volume. These charts are published by: maintenance dredging after completion of the channel.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Where a Federal project exists only the project depth is
(NOAA) given.
National Ocean Service (NOS) Controlling depth of a channel is the least depth within
SSMC Building 3 the limits of the channel. It restricts the safe use of the
1315 East West Highway channel to draughts of less than that depth. Tables of
Silver Spring Controlling Depths are given on Admiralty charts, these
MD 2090103233, USA being updated when necessary by Notices to Mariners.
5 They may be obtained by mail order from: 2 Centreline controlling depth of a channel applies only
Federal Aviation Administration to the centreline; lesser depths may exist in the remainder
National Aeronautical Charting Office of the channel.
Distribution Division (AVN530) Mid-channel controlling depth of a channel is the
6303 Ivy Lane, Suite 400 controlling depth of only the middle half of the channel.
Greenbelt For the latest controlling depth, charts and local Port and
MD 207706325, USA Pilotage authorities should be consulted.

3
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

3 Depths alongside wharves are usually those reported by 2 For full details of the system see The Mariners
the owner or operator of the wharf. Local authorities Handbook and NP735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System.
should be consulted for the latest controlling depths.
Ocean Data Acquisition (ODAS) Buoys
Swept areas 1.22
1.18 1 ODAS buoys (special) are moored in various locations
1 Certain areas of the waters included in this volume have off the Pacific coasts of the United States; their positions
been swept by wire drag. In deep waters the depth to are given in the relevant part of the text. For further
which the drag has been set materially exceeds the draught information see The Mariners Handbook.
of the largest vessels and mariners may traverse such areas
with assurance that no uncharted permanent obstruction will Autonomous Temperature Line Acquisition System
be encountered. (ATLAS) Buoys
2 In shoal waters the drag has been set to pass as close as 1.23
practicable to the bottom. Places where the charted depth is 1 ATLAS Buoys, part of the Tropical AtmosphereOcean/
only 1 m (3 ft) more than the draught of the vessel should Triangle Trans Ocean Buoy Network (TAO/TRITON) Array
be avoided, otherwise mariners may traverse areas of comprising some 70 buoys extending from the Galapagos to
moderate depth with assurance that they will not encounter New Guinea mostly within 10 of the equator, may be
depths materially less than those charted in the closely encountered in the open ocean; for their positions within
adjacent waters. the coverage of this volume, see 2.4. The buoys, moored in
depths between 1500 and 6000 m, are visible on radar at
ranges from 4 to 8 miles depending on conditions. For
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Lights
1.19 PILOTAGE
1 Navigational lights are the responsibility of the General
appropriate national authorities; in the case of the United 1.24
States this is the Coast Guard. 1 Detailed information on pilotage procedures is given in
Major lights are those with a nominal range of 15 miles the text for the ports concerned and in Admiralty List of
or more. Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
In Mexico and the Central American republics many of
the lights have been reported to be irregular or unreliable. Mexico
In 1998 it was reported that, as a result of Hurricane 1.25
Mitch, all marine navigational aids along the Honduran 1 All vessels of 500 tons displacement or over are required
coast have either been destroyed or are unreliable. For to take a pilot when entering or leaving a port in Mexico.
further details the local authorities should be consulted. A master who refuses to take a pilot will pay the pilot dues
2 Due to their widespread use, the term radar reflector is as if he had engaged one and will be held responsible for
not included in the description of buoys in the text. any damage caused by failure to employ a pilot. If no pilot
Light structures only are described in this volume; for offered his services, and for this reason the master entered
further details of the lights see Admiralty List of Lights without one, he will not be required to pay the pilot fees.
Volume G.
United States of America
Landmarks 1.26
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and, apart
Change in appearance from a few exceptions, United States registered vessels
1.20 engaged in foreign trade. It is optional for United States
1 Caution is necessary when evaluating the descriptions vessels in the coastal trade, provided they are under the
given in this volume concerning landmarks, such as trees, control and direction of a pilot duly licensed by Federal
and the colour and shape of buildings and other marks. Law for the waters that vessel is navigating.
New buildings may have been erected and old trees or
houses destroyed, so that marks, which may at one time Other countries
have been conspicuous on account of their isolation, shape 1.27
or colour, may no longer exist or may now be difficult to 1 There are no national regulations for Costa Rica,
identify. Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala; see local
pilotage in the text for the ports concerned.
Buoyage
IALA Maritime Buoyage System RADIO FACILITIES
1.21 Electronic position fixing systems
1 The IALA Maritime Buoyage System Region B (red to
starboard) is in use in the area covered by this volume. In Satellite Navigation Systems
the waters of the United States and Mexico most of the 1.28
buoyage change to the new system has been completed, but 1 For details of Satellite Navigation Systems, including
mariners are cautioned that in minor locations, and where DGPS stations, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
navigational aids are privately maintained, non-IALA buoys Volume 2.
and marks may still be encountered. In the waters of DGPS stations covering this volume are established at:
Central American countries the buoyage in most of the Point Loma (3240N, 11715W).
major ports has been changed, but some isolated areas may Point Arguello (3434N, 12028W).
remain to be converted. Pigeon Point (3711N, 12223W).

4
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

2 Point Blunt 3751N, 12225W). 2 For full details of all radio weather services and the
Cape Mendocino (4026N, 12424W). stations from which they are issued see Admiralty List of
Fort Stevens (4612N, 12357W). Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
Amphitrite Point (4855N, 12532W).
Radio medical advice
Loran-C 1.34
1.29 1 Mariners may obtain medical advice by radio through
1 The Canadian West Coast Chain (5990), and the West the International Radio Medical Centre (CIRM) in Rome.
Coast USA Chain (9940), provide coverage in a large part In United States waters the US Coast Guard will
of the area covered by this volume. Depending on respond to DH MEDICO messages and will provide advice
circumstances, ground wave ranges from 800 to 1200 miles available locally, or will refer the case to CIRM Rome for
are typical, thus providing accurate positioning (plus/minus advice.
025 miles) S to about latitude 30N. Sky wave coverage, For further information and for details of coast radio
which is less accurate, extends S to about latitude 20N. stations see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
The use of sky waves is not recommended within
Automatic Identification System
250 miles of the station being used. 1.35
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 1 AIS is designed to contribute to the safety of navigation,
Volume 2. enhance protection of the marine environment and improve
the monitoring of passing traffic by coastal states. A phased
implementation programme is underway (2004) on various
Other radio navigational aids classes of vessel and at certain establishments ashore. For
1.30
1 Racons, to assist in landfall, transmit from several further details see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty
salient points on the coast and from fairway light-buoys in List of Radio Signals Volumes 2 and 6(5).
the approaches to harbours and estuaries. Racons also
transmit from the navigable spans of many of the bridges REGULATIONS
in the principal ports in the United States. These racons are
mentioned in the text and are shown on the charts. International regulations
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Submarine cables and pipelines
1.36
1 See The Mariners Handbook for information on The
Radio stations International Convention for the Protection of Submarine
1.31 Cables.
1 For full details on all the radio stations in the area
covered by this volume see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Pollution
Volume 1(2) and 6(5). 1.37
1 The International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships, 1973 as modified by the Protocol of
Radio navigational warnings 1978, was adopted by the International Conference on
1.32 Marine Pollution convened by IMO. Details of the
1 Long range warnings. The area covered by this volume convention, which is known as Marpol 73/78, are given in
lies in NAVAREA XII of the Worldwide Navigation The Mariners Handbook.
Warning Service; the Area Co-ordinator is the United States Facilities for the disposal of oily waste, where known,
of America and navigation warnings are transmitted from are mentioned under the appropriate port in the body of the
Guam and Honolulu. book.
Local warnings. Within the NAVAREA Local Warnings
covering coastal and harbour areas are transmitted by US Traffic separation schemes
Coast Guard NAVTEX and subordinate coastal radio 1.38
stations. The US Coast Guard also makes local Notices to 1 See IMO publication Ships Routeing for general
Mariners available on the Internet. provisions on ships routeing. The following TSS in the
2 NAVTEX messages, co-ordinated by the United States waters covered by this volume are IMO adopted and
are broadcast from stations at Tofino (Vancouver Island), regulations for navigating in these schemes are contained in
Astoria (Columbia River), Point Reyes (San Francisco) and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Long Beach. Collisions at Sea (1972):
For full details of these services see Admiralty List of 2 In the approaches to Salina Cruz in the vicinity of
Radio Signals Volume 3(2). 1600N, 9515W.
In Santa Barbara Channel and in the approaches to
Los Angeles/Long Beach (from position 33197N,
Radio weather services 118034W, in Gulf of Santa Catalina, to position
1.33 34247N, 120522W, W of Point Conception).
1 In United States coastal waters the National Oceanic and 3 Off San Francisco in the vicinity of 37450N,
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has a network of 122415W.
more than 350 stations nationwide which provide In the approaches to Juan de Fuca Strait off Cape
continuous VHF radio broadcasts of weather information. Flattery from position 48288N, 124586W to
The broadcasts repeat taped messages every 46 minutes position 48142N, 123289W.
and the tapes are updated every 23 hours. When severe There is also a TSS and a deep water route in the
weather is imminent, routine transmissions are interrupted entrance to San Francisco Bay but neither have been
and the broadcast is given over to emergency warnings. adopted by IMO.

5
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Costa Rica Search and Rescue operations.

1.39 Suppression of alien smuggling.
1 No vessel is permitted to enter a Costa Rican port until Publication of Light Lists and Local Notices to
visited by a Health Officer, the Captain of the Port and a Mariners.
Customs official. 3 Coastguard Marine Safety Offices, which combine the
The ETA of a vessel at her first port of call in Costa functions of Captain of the Port and Marine Inspection
Rica should be given a soon as possible after leaving her Office, in the area covered by this volume are situated at:
previous port of call and at least 72 hours before arrival. A San Diego; 2716 North Harbor Drive, San Diego,
change of 1 hour or more in the ETA should be reported California 921011064.
24 hours before arrival. The original message should Los Angeles/Long Beach; 165 North Pico Avenue,
include the ships draught, cargo carried, consignees and Long Beach, California 908021096.
her requirements. Portland; 6767 North Basin Avenue, Portland,
Oregon 972173992.
Mexico
1.40 Code of Federal Regulations
1 ETA should be given with as much notice as possible; 1.43
ETD should be given at least 6 hours before sailing. 1 The United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
All vessels will be boarded on arrival by a Health governs all marine regulatory requirements and should be
Officer, the Captain of the Port and a Customs officer. The consulted for detailed information on any of the following
Maritime Authorities require: summarised regulations, or any other US Federal
2 On entry: Regulation.
Last port clearance. Selected extracts from Title 33 CFR are given in the
Passenger List*. Appendices I to VII to this volume; reference is made to
Crew List*. these appendices in appropriate places in the text.
Cargo Manifest*.
Deck Log Book.
Custom Manifest. Pollution of the sea
* to be stamped with a visa by a Mexican Consulate or 1.44
Embassy. 1 Oil and hazardous substances. The Federal Water
3 On departure: Pollution Control Act, as amended, and the Fishery
Request for clearance. Conservation and Management Act of 1976, prohibit the
List of passengers embarked. discharge of oil or any hazardous substance into any United
Crew List and Articles of Agreement. States waters to the limits of the Exclusive Economic Zone.
Stores List. Any spillage that does occur must be reported immediately
to the nearest US Coast Guard station by radio, or by an
Protected areas established nationwide toll free telephone number,
1.41 18004248802.
1 Areas, protected by Presidential Decree, are established 2 There are a number of provisions in the Act which, if
along the coast of the State of Jalisco (2000N, not satisfied, means that any vessel bunkering must be
10500W), within the jurisdiction of Naval Zone XII, at completely surrounded by boom containment equipment;
Los Arcos, Playa Mismaloya, Playa Teopa, Playa the high cost of renting such equipment being levied
Cuitzamala and Playa El Tecuan, and in the coasts and against the vessel.
estuaries in their vicinity. In these areas the following are Chemicals or detergents may not be used to clean up oil
prohibited: spills without the approval of the Coast Guard.
The collection, or disturbance, of flora and fauna, on 3 Vessels are required to have on board, and available for
both land and sea. inspection, an International Oil Pollution Certificate
2 Anchoring. verifying compliance with Marpol 73/78 and that all the
The dumping of hydrocarbons, oil derivatives and necessary equipment is fitted and operational, also to
refuse. maintain a new Oil Record Book reporting all oil transfers
Fishing. and discharges.
4 Garbage and Refuse. Strict regulations apply to the
storage and removal of ships garbage in US Territorial
United States of America waters. All garbage must be contained in tight, leak proof
receptacle inside the ships rail, and must only be removed
General information
under the direction of an inspector from the Animal and
1.42
Plant Health Service.
1 The United States Coast Guard includes amongst its
duties:
Enforcement of the laws of the United States of National Marine Sanctuaries
America, including those of navigation and 1.45
neutrality, on the high seas and in the coastal and 1 National Marine Sanctuaries are established over large
inland waters of the United States and its areas of the waters off California and Washington; some
possessions. include areas to be avoided and these areas are described in
Administration of the Oil Pollution Act. the text. In general terms the purpose of the sanctuaries is
Establishment and administration of anchorages. to protect and preserve the ecosystems, including marine
2 Inspection and Documentation of vessels. birds and mammals and other natural resources, and to
Operation of aids to navigation. ensure the continued availability of the areas as research
Operation of AMVER. and recreational resources.

6
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

2 Prohibited activities, consistent with International Law, Specific public health laws, regulations, policies and
include hydrocarbon operations, dumping of certain procedures may be obtained by contacting US Quarantine
substances, placing of structures on the seabed, disturbance Stations, US Consulates or the Chief Program Operations,
of marine life, the removal of historical or cultural Division of Quarantine, Centers for Disease Control,
resources. Atlanta GA 30333.
3 The principal areas are: 4 A special signal code has been adopted internationally
Channel Islands National Marine Sanctuary (8.5). for the transmission of Radio Pratique messages. The code,
Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary (9.2). which forms part of The International Code of Signals, is
Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
(10.8). Customs. Vessels may be entered and cleared at any
Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (10.21). port of entry or customs station so described under an
Olympic Coast National Marine Sanctuary (14.4). individual port heading. However, entry at a customs
station is with prior authorization only from the Custom
Service district director.
Reports to Coast Guard 5 Yachts of foreign countries having reciprocal agreements
1.46 with the United States may be granted cruising licenses,
1 United States regulations governing Ports and Waterways enabling them to cruise in the designated waters of the
Safety are published under the Code of Federal Regulations United States without having to enter and clear formally at
(CFR) and apply within United States waters. Extracts from each port visited.
the following regulations are contained in Appendix II.
Notice of arrival.
Notice of arrival/departure vessels carrying certain Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters
dangerous cargoes. 1.49
Notice of hazardous conditions. 1 Extracts from these rules, where they differ from
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(1972) are given in Appendix VII of this volume.
Vessels Arrival Inspections Details of the limits within which they apply are
1.47 included in the descriptions of harbours, bays and inlets . A
1 Vessels subject to US Quarantine, customs, immigration, comprehensive list of these, and all other areas, is given in
and agricultural quarantine inspections generally make United States Coast Pilot No 7.
arrangements in advance through ships agents. Government
officials conducting such inspections are stationed at most
major ports. Mariners arriving at ports where officials are United States Navigation Safety Regulations
not stationed should contact the nearest centre providing 1.50
that service. Unless otherwise directed officials usually 1 These regulations require all self-propelled vessels over
board vessels at their berths. 1600 grt navigating in United States waters to carry
up-to-date charts, sailing directions, lists of lights, tide
tables and tidal current tables.
Quarantine and customs Information on these regulations is given in
1.48 Appendix IV, and in Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 22 of
1 Quarantine. All vessels arriving in the United States are each year.
subject to inspection by the Public Health Service. Vessels 2 Navigation laws of the United States are published at
subject to routine boarding for quarantine inspection are intervals of 4 years, a supplement being issued after each
only those which have had on board during the last 15 days session of Congress. They may be obtained from the
preceding the date of expected arrival or during the period Government Printing Office, Washington DC.
since departure (whichever period of time is shorter) the
occurrence of death or ill person amongst passengers or
crew (including those who have disembarked or have been Communications between vessels
removed). The master of a vessel must report such 1.51
occurrences immediately by radio to the quarantine station 1 For information on the United States Bridge-to-Bridge
at or nearest the port at which the vessel will arrive. In Telephone Act, see Appendix I.
addition, the master of a vessel carrying 13 or more
passengers must report by radio 24 hours before arrival the
number of cases (including nil) of diarrhoea in passengers Regulated Navigation and Restricted Access Areas
and crew recorded in the ships medical log during the 1.52
current voyage. All cases that occur after the 24 hour report 1 Areas of regulated vessel movement, designated as a
must also be reported not less than 4 hours before arrival. Regulated Navigation Area, a Safety Zone, or a Security
2 An ill person means a person who: Zone, may be established under certain circumstances by
Has a temperature of 38C, or greater, accompanied the United States Coast Guard.
by a rash, glandular swelling, or jaundice, or In the designated safety zones described in this volume,
which has persisted for more than 48 hours; or special regulations apply and are given in the relevant text.
Has diarrhoea, defined as the occurrence, in a 24 hour 2 Danger Zones and Restricted Access Areas are defined
period, of three or more loose stools or of a areas of water used for target practice, bombing, rocket
greater than normal (for the person) amount of firing, or other especially hazardous operations, normally
loose stools. for the armed forces. The danger zones may be closed to
3 Any death or illness occurring during a vessels stay in a the public on a full or part time basis.
US port must be reported immediately to the nearest For descriptions of these areas and zones see
quarantine station. Appendices V and VI.

7
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

SIGNALS be activated when seas exceed 12 m (4 ft) in height and

are considered dangerous for small boats. Mariners are
cautioned, however, that if the lights are not operating, it is
United States of America no guarantee that sea conditions are favourable.
Naval vessels Fire signals
1.53 1.57
1 Certain types of United States Navy Vessels which 1 Certain ports in the United States have adopted the
cannot comply fully with the requirements as to the number 5-blast whistle or siren signal to be sounded by ships on
and positioning of navigation lights, will comply as closely fire in port and not underway. The signal consists of five
as possible in accordance with Rule 1(e) of International prolonged blasts, each of from 4 to 6 seconds duration, and
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972). They may be repeated at intervals to attract attention. The signal
may also exhibit other lights such as coloured recognition is not a substitution for, and may be used in addition to,
lights, special coloured flashing lights, or landing lights for
other means of indicating fire on board the vessel.
aircraft or helicopters (details are given in US Notices to
Mariners annually). When darkened during naval
manoeuvres, navigation lights will be temporarily exhibited, Storm and strong wind warnings
if possible, on the approach of other shipping.
Visual weather signals
1.54
1.58
1 Submarine identification. US Navy submarines are
1 Mexico. When bad weather is imminent and is likely to
equipped with signal ejectors which may be used to launch
affect port operations, visual signals (Diagram 1.58.1) are
identification signals, including emergency signals. Two
displayed from a flagstaff, painted in red and white bands,
general types of signals may be used; smoke floats that
in the port.
burn on the surface, and parachute flares or stars which
rise to a height of about 100 to 125 m before descending.
The colour of the smoke, flare or star has the following
meaning:
2 Green or Black indicates firing, or simulated firing, of
a torpedo.
Yellow indicates the submarine is preparing to rise to
periscope depth; surface vessels should stand clear,
keeping their propellers turning.
3 Red indicates and emergency on board the submarine,
and she will try to surface immediately if possible.
Surface vessels should clear the area but stand by
to render assistance. In the case of repeated red
signals, or if the submarine fails to surface within
a reasonable time, she may be presumed to be Mexico -- port operations signals (1.58.1)
disabled on the bottom; surface vessels should then
buoy the location, advise the US Navy authorities 2 United States of America. Coastal visual weather
or Coast Guard immediately, and post look-outs to signals were discontinued by the National Weather Service,
search for a submarine marker buoy. though some Coast Guard stations may still continue to
4 Submarine marker buoys consist of two spheres each display signal (Diagram 1.58.2) if winds in excess of 48 kn
about 1 m in diameter connected together and painted are forecast for the area. Gale and storm warnings are
international orange. The buoy is attached to the submarine broadcast; see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
by a wire cable which can be used to guide a rescue
chamber. Submarines in distress may also release a dye
marker, air bubbles, or a small quantity of oil.

Survey vessels and Buoy tenders

1.55
1 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration United States -- gale warning signal (1.58.2)
(NOAA) vessels engaged in survey operations which limit
their ability to manoeuvre, and United States Coast Guard 3 Notice of local severe weather conditions, not covered
vessels handling or servicing aids to navigation, each by existing warnings, are given by Special Marine Warning
exhibit the lights and shapes required by Rule 27 of Bulletins which small craft can receive from the local
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea NOAA VHF-- FM radio station, Coast Guard and
(1972). Commercial radio stations, that transmit weather bulletins.

Rough Bar Advisory Service

1.56 DISTRESS AND RESCUE
1 The United States Coast Guard have established Rough
Bar advisory signs, at the entrances to the many harbours General information
and rivers used by small craft. The signs are diamond 1.59
shaped, white with an international orange border, and have 1 For general information concerning distress and rescue,
the words ROUGH BAR in black letters on them; they are including helicopter assistance, see Annual Summary of
usually visible from the channels when looking to seaward. Admiralty Notices to Mariners and The Mariners
The sign exhibits two quick flashing amber lights that will Handbook.

8
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Ship reporting systems 3 Thirteenth District; coastal waters and tributaries in

Oregon and Washington.
Automated Mutual-assistance Vessel Rescue System 915 2nd Avenue, Jackson Federal Building, Seattle,
1.60 Washington 981741067.
1 The AMVER system provides world wide cover and is Both centres are Rescue Co-ordination Centres (RCCs).
operated by the United States Coast Guard; details are Coast Guard stations, including Air Stations, are listed
given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2) and in the relevant chapters covering California, Oregon and
may be found at www.amver.com. Washington.
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System For details see Admiralty Lists of Radio Signals
1.61 Volume 5.
1 GMDSS enables Search and Rescue authorities on shore,
in addition to shipping in the immediate vicinity of a vessel
in distress, to be rapidly alerted to an incident so that
Central America and Mexico
assistance can be provided with the minimum of delay. For 1.63
full details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5. 1 Panama. Panama Intelmar Radio maintains a continuous
listening watch on international distress frequencies.
Rescue services Costa Rica. Puntarenas Radio maintains a continuous
listening watch on VHF Channel 16 for distress calls; it is
United States of America a MRCC.
1.62 Nicaragua. The Air Force is responsible for
1 United States Coast Guard conducts and/or co-ordinating Search and Rescue operations; the MRCC is
co-ordinates search and rescue operations. SAR vessels and at the international airport.
aircraft have special markings, including a wide stripe of 2 El Salvador. The Air Force is responsible for
red-orange, and a small stripe of blue, on the forward part co-ordinating Search and Rescue operations.
of the hull or fuselage. US Coast Guard stations provide Guatemala. There is an MRCC in Guatemala City.
lookout, communication and/or patrol functions to assist Mexico. The Mexican Navy is responsible for
vessels in distress. The national VHFFM Distress System co-ordinating Search and Rescue operations. The following
provides continuous radio coverage outwards to 20 miles on radio stations maintain a continuous watch on international
VHF channel 16. distress frequencies:
2 Coast Guard Districts. The limits of the Coast Guard 3 Acapulco
Districts and the addresses of the District Commanders in Ensenada
the area covered by this volume are: Guaymas
Eleventh District; the area of the ocean bounded by La Paz
the California-Oregon State boundary W to 40N, Mazatlan
150W, thence SE to 5S, 100W, thence NE to Manzanillo
the border between Guatemala and Mexico Salina Cruz
(1438N, 9219W). 4 The MRCC for the Pacific coast is at Mazatlan.
Coast Guard Island, Building 506, Alameda, For details of communications see Admiralty Lists of
California 945015100. Radio Signals Volumes 1 and 5.

9
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

COUNTRIES AND PORTS

CENTRAL AMERICA National limits
1.67
General description 1 Panama claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial
1.64 Seas, a 24 mile Contiguous Zone and 200 miles for its
1 Central America comprises the seven smallest countries Exclusive Economic Zone.
of Latin America: Panama, Costa Rica, Nicaragua, For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Honduras, El Salvador, Guatemala and Belize. El Salvador Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
has a coastline on the Pacific Ocean only, whilst Belize
borders the Atlantic Ocean only. All the countries except History
Belize are described in this volume. 1.68
Together the seven countries occupy about 1 The history of Panama stems from the narrowness of the
520 000 square km, which is less than the size of the State isthmus, 80 km at its narrowest and 193 km at its widest,
of Texas; the total population of Central America in 2000 which formed a pass route from the Atlantic Ocean to the
was about 36 million. Pacific Ocean, the latter first sighted by Balboa in 1513. It
2 The degree of development in these countries varies was the focal point for the despatch of the Spanish
considerably; Costa Rica and Panama have the highest expeditions N to Nicaragua and S to Peru and Chile. All
standard of living, and the highest rates of literacy in all trade to and from these countries passed across the
Latin America. Isthmus; the route across the isthmus became known as the
Geographically the countries have much in common. All Camino Real, or Royal Road. The country was part of the
are mountainous, all share a wild beauty, and all have Spanish Empire from 1538 to 1821, thence until 1903
much the same products: bananas, sugar, cotton, coffee, Panama was a Department of the Republic of Colombia,
cocoa, gold and silver. declaring its independence on 15th August of that year; this
3 There are, however, sharp differences in the ethnic independence was confirmed by treaty with Colombia in
heritages of the various countries. It may be this factor 1914.
which prevented the formation of a Central American 2 The Panama Canal was opened on 15th August 1914
Federation when independence from Spain was achieved in with the United States holding sovereign rights in
the early part of the nineteenth century. perpetuity, under the Hay/Bunau-Varilla Treaty of 1903,
over the canal and a 10 mile wide zone encompassing it;
the first vessel to pass through the 52 mile long canal was
Early history the vessel Ancn. A further treaty, in 1977, replaced that of
1.65 1903 and allowed for joint partnership of the U.S. and
1 Probably about 600 A.D. the remarkable and advanced Panama in the safe and efficient operation of the canal and
culture of the Empire of the Mayas, which had flourished the gradual withdrawal of the United States military forces,
in the N and E of Guatemala, broke up and moved farther which was completed in 1999.
N to the N part of Yucatan. It was later conquered by the
Toltecs and subsequently by Aztecs, but other smaller Government
cultural groups were to be found in different parts of the 1.69
area. 1 Panama is a representative democracy with three
2 Columbus reached the mainland of Central America on branches of government. Legislative power is vested in a
his fourth voyage in 1502 and thereafter the Spanish unicameral Legislative Assembly of 72 members; executive
conquest and occupation began, Corts moving N to the power is held by the President, assisted by two Vice
conquest of Mexico, and Pedrarias and others to the S. Presidents and an appointed Cabinet; the judicial branch is
The revolution in Spain in 1820 precipitated revolt in organised under a nine member Supreme Court. Elections
Central America, and the various provinces were declared are held every 5 years under a system of universal and
independent in 1823, but bound as federates of the United compulsory adult suffrage.
Provinces of Central America.
Population
1.70
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
THE REPUBLIC OF PANAMA be about 29 million, of which just over 50% lived in the
urban areas.

General description Languages

1.66 1.71
1 The Republic of Panama lies on the isthmus of that
name which connects North and South America; it has an 1 Spanish is the official language though a significant
area of about 74 400 square km. It is bounded W by Costa proportion in the cities speak English as their native
Rica and E by Colombia; its N coast is bounded by tongue; various Indian languages are also spoken.
Caribbean Sea and its S coast by the Pacific Ocean. The
country comprises nine provinces and two Indian territories; Physical features
only the two W provinces, Chiriqui and Veraguas, are
within the limits of this book. The climate is tropical, hot, 1.72
humid and cloudy with a rainy season from May to 1 Two mountain ranges traverse the country and enclose a
January and a dry season from January to May. number of fertile valleys and plains. Low coastal plains
2 The capital city is Panama City, founded in 1519, which intersected by numerous streams border both oceans; the
in 2000 had a population of about million. soil is reasonably fertile but a large proportion of the land

10
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

is uncultivated. The country has a higher proportion of 2 The Supreme Court of Justice heads the judiciary, with
forest area than most other Central American States but the magistrates elected by the Legislative Assembly at intervals
rate of deforestation has been increasing in recent years. of eight years.
The countrys seven provinces are headed by governors
Industry and trade appointed by the president.
The army was abolished in 1949, although domestic
1.73 police forces for internal security are maintained.
1 Services, including the Panama Canal, account for nearly
80% of the countrys GDP; agriculture makes up much of Population
the rest, bananas and other fruits being the chief exports. 1.78
Other exports include shrimps, sugar, coffee, textiles and 1 In 2000 the population of the country was about
petroleum products. Imports include manufactured goods, 38 million, most of whom are of Spanish and mixed
machinery, chemicals, foodstuffs and fuels. descent; only about 10 000 of the indigenous Indian
population survives.

THE REPUBLIC OF COSTA RICA Languages

1.79
General description 1 The official language is Spanish. A Jamaican dialect of
1.74 English is spoken around Puerto Limn.
1 The Republic of Costa Rica (the Rich Coast) is
bounded NE by Caribbean Sea, SE by Panama, SW and W Physical features
by Pacific Ocean, and N by Nicaragua. With the exceptions 1.80
of Belize and El Salvador the country, whose estimated 1 The country can roughly be described as an elevated
area is 51 100 square km, is the smallest of the Central tableland, intersected by lofty mountain ranges, and fringed
American Republics, and only Panama and Belize have along the coast by low lying marshes and lagoons,
fewer inhabitants. alternating with rich soil and wastes of land. The
2 The capital city is San Jos, founded in 1737; in 2000 mountains slope sharply on both the Pacific and Atlantic
the population of its metropolitan area was about 2 million. coasts, the coastal lowlands being narrow on the Pacific
The coastal lowlands have tropical climate but the side and broad on the Atlantic side. The distance between
interior plateau, with a mean elevation of about 1200 m, the two coasts varies between 74 and 175 miles. The
experiences a temperate climate. The coastal area has a dry highest peak, Cerro Chirrip Grande, situated SE of San
season from December to April, with the rainy season from Jos, attains an elevation of almost 4000 m and is one of
May to November. the highest peaks in Central America.
2 The principal river discharging into the Pacific Ocean is
Ro Grande.
National limits
1.75 The combination of ample sunshine and moisture,
1 Costa Rica claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial coupled with a fertile soil, means that almost any fruit or
Seas and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone. flower can be cultivated; medicinal plants are found in all
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty parts.
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook. 3 The forests abound in mahogany, cedar, rosewood,
lignumvitae and many dye woods.
There are many National Parks and Nature Reserves.
History
1.76 Industry and trade
1 The first European landfall was made in 1502 on 1.81
Columbus fourth and last voyage and settlement began in 1 The principal industries are agriculture, including dairy
1522. For nearly three centuries the region was farming and cattle raising, construction materials, fertilizers,
administered by Spain as part of the Captaincy General of food processing, textiles and clothing. Manufacturing and
Guatemala. The country was called Rich Coast by the industrys contribution to GDP overtook agriculture during
early settlers in anticipation of finding gold and other the 1990s.
valuable minerals but this did not transpire and agriculture Exports include coffee, cocoa, bananas, sugar and beef;
became the main industry. In 1821 the country became part imports comprise chemicals, fertilizers, foodstuffs, fuel and
of the Central American Federation, which seceded to mineral oils, machinery, manufactured goods and transport
Mexico in 182223, becoming the United Province of equipment.
Central America. In 1838, long after the federation had 2 Tourism is growing and is a major contributor to the
ceased to exist, Costa Rica formerly withdrew and economy; it now (2000) earns more foreign exchange than
proclaimed its independence. With only two relatively brief the previous staple exports of coffee and bananas
lapses, the country has continued as a peaceful democracy combined.
from 1899 to the present day.
THE REPUBLIC OF NICARAGUA
Government
1.77 General description
1 Costa Rica is a democratic republic. Executive powers 1.82
are vested in the President who is elected, by popular vote, 1 The Republic of Nicaragua is bounded N by Honduras,
for a term of 4 years. There are two vice presidents and a E by the Caribbean Sea, S by Costa Rica, and W by the
15 member cabinet. Pacific Ocean. It is the largest of the Central American
Legislative powers are vested in a Legislative Assembly Republics with an area of about 130 000 square km. The
of 57 deputies who are elected by proportional capital city is Managua, situated on the Pacific coast near
representation for a term of 4 years. Laguna Managua,with a population of about 1 million.

11
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

National limits THE REPUBLIC OF HONDURAS

1.83
1 Nicaragua claims a limit of 200 miles for both its General description
Territorial Seas and its Fishery Zone. 1.90
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty 1 The Republic of Honduras is bounded N by Caribbean
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook. Sea, SE by Nicaragua, SW by the Pacific Ocean and El
Salvador and NW by Guatemala.
The country has an estimated area of about
History 112 000 square km; it has a narrow Pacific coastal strip,
1.84
about 60 miles long, in Golfo de Fonseca, but its N coast,
1 The E coast of Nicaragua was visited by Columbus in
on the Caribbean, is some 380 miles long.
1502 and in 1519 the territory was overrun by Spanish
The capital city is Tegucigalpa, which in 2001 had a
forces. It formed part of the Spanish Captaincy General of
population of about 850 000.
Guatemala until 1821, when, after linking with other
2 Honduras is larger than all the other Central American
Central American territories, full independence was attained
Republics except Nicaragua, but has a population less than
in 1838.
El Salvador, a country less than one fifth its size. Much of
the NE part of the country is very sparsely populated and
even in the S, where most of the people live, the clusters
Government
1.85 of population are often separated by tracts of empty land.
1 Nicaragua is a constitutional democracy with executive, On its W frontier, the distance between the Pacific Ocean
legislative, judicial and electoral branches of government. and Gulf of Honduras in Caribbean Sea is little more than
The constitution, which came into effect in 1987, provides 150 miles.
for a unicameral National Assembly of 92 Deputies elected 3 The wet season is from May to October; the dry season
by proportional representation. The President and Vice from November to April.
president are directly elected for terms of 5 years. For
administrative purposes the country is divided into 15 National limits
departments and two autonomous regions. 1.91
1 Honduras claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial
Seas, 24 miles for its Contiguous Zone and 200 miles for
Population its Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
1.86
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
be 49 million; it is mainly of mixed Spanish and Indian
History
1.92
descent, with a number of Afro Americans along the
1 Honduras was originally discovered and settled by the
Atlantic coast.
Spanish at the beginning of the sixteenth century. It formed
part of the Spanish American dominions for nearly three
centuries until 1821, when independence was proclaimed.
Languages
After a brief period of annexation to the Mexican Empire it
joined the newly formed Central American Federation in
1.87 1823 before finally declaring itself an independent
1 The official language of the country is Spanish; English sovereign state in 1838.
is widely spoken on the Atlantic coast.
Government
Physical features 1.93
1.88
1 The country was under military government from 1972
1 Nicaragua is traversed by two great mountain ranges.
to 1981 when civilian rule was returned and it is now a
The W, or coastal range, is the principal line of volcanic
multi party republic; the present constitution came into
energy and comprises seven peaks from 900 to over
force in 1982.
1700 m high, besides several peaks of lesser height.
2 Deputies are elected to the Legislature Chamber by
Between this range and the E range lies the great interior
proportional representation. Executive authority rests with
basin in which are situated Lago de Nicaragua and Lago de
the President, who is elected for a four year term of office;
Managua.
no President may serve two terms in succession. The
National Assembly elects the members of the Supreme
Industry and trade Court, the Court of Appeal, Justices of the Peace and lesser
1.89 tribunals.
1 The principal industry is agriculture, though fisheries, The country is divided into 18 departments; each has its
mining, construction and general commerce have expanded own administrative centre.
since the mid 1990s; tourism too is contributing to the
economy. Exports include peanuts, sesame seed, cotton, Population
coffee, sugar, beef, seafood and bananas; imports include 1.94
foodstuffs, cotton goods, iron and steel, machinery and 1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
petroleum products. There are few mineral deposits; be about 64 million, 90% of which are of mixed Spanish
although gold is still mined and exported. and Indian descent.

12
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Languages The country formed part of the Spanish Captaincy General

of Guatemala until 1821 when, after linking with other
1.95 Central American territories, full independence was attained
1 Spanish is the official language; English is widely in 1839. Frequent revolutions marked the early years of
spoken on the islands and on the N coast. independence and a period of stability was not achieved
until 19001930. This was followed by some 40 years of
Physical features authoritarian military governments. Attempts to break this
1.96 political grip on power in the 1970s lead to the outbreak of
1 Much of the country is mountainous; the principal civil war in 1979 which continued for 12 years while
ranges are the Merendon, a branch of the Cordilleras, political reforms eventually took hold leading to elected
running from Mexico through Guatemala to the N coast, civilian government.
and the Celaque, traversing the centre of the country, some
of which is volcanic. The rugged terrain makes large areas Government
unsuitable for any kind of agriculture, and nearly one third 1.101
of the country is covered with forests; only about 16% of 1 Legislative power is vested in a unicameral Legislative
the land is under cultivation. Assembly which has 84 seats and is elected for a three year
term. The Head of State and Government is the President,
who holds office for 5 years. The country is divided into
Industry and trade
1.97 14 Departments.
1 The main sectors of the economy, in order of size, are
industry and commerce, agriculture, forestry and fishing; Population
offshore oil exploration is in progress and petroleum 1.102
products are being exported. Principal exports comprise 1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
coffee, bananas, timber; exports of frozen meat and be about 64 million.
shellfish are on the increase. Imports comprise mainly
petroleum products, manufactured goods, machinery and Languages
chemicals. Much of the economy and infrastructure was
devastated by Hurricane Mitch in 1998, the worst natural 1.103
disaster ever to strike the western hemisphere; extensive 1 Spanish is the official language but English is widely
debt relief and United States aid have assisted recovery. understood.
2 The country is reported to have considerable mineral
reserves, including gold, silver, lead, zinc and tin. Physical features
1.104
1 With exception of a comparatively narrow coastal region
THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR of low, alluvial plains, the country consists of a plateau
about 600 m high. Across this plateau, and rising above it,
General description are two virtually parallel rows of volcanoes, many over
1.98
900 m in height; the highlands are covered with a deep
1 The Republic of El Salvador is the smallest, most
layer of ash and lava which forms a soil ideal for coffee
densely populated and most industrialised of the Central
plantations. An active volcano, Volcn de Izalco (4.133), is
American republics. It is situated between Golfo de
situated in the SW corner of the country.
Fonseca and Guatemala and lies entirely on the Pacific side
of Central America, being bounded N by the Republic of
Honduras. The country has an area of about 21 000 sq km; Industry and trade
1.105
the Pacific coastline is about 190 miles in length.
1 The economy is dominated by agriculture with coffee,
2 The capital city is San Salvador, which in 2001 was
sugar and cotton being the most important crops. The most
estimated to have a population of about 17 million.
important part of the industrial sector is the textile industry,
Earthquakes in the country are common; the most recent, in
followed by constructional steel, cement and household
2001, caused widespread severe damage and heavy loss of
goods.
life at a time when reconstruction was still underway
Principal exports are coffee, cotton, sugar, shrimps, hides
following Hurricane Mitch (1998).
and skins. Imports include chemicals, fertilizers, petroleum
The wet season is from May to October; the dry season
products manufactured goods and vehicles.
from November to April.

National limits THE REPUBLIC OF GUATEMALA

1.99
1 El Salvador claims a limit of 200 miles for both its General description
Territorial Seas and its Fishery Zone. 1.106
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty 1 The Republic of Guatemala is bounded E by Belize and
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook. Caribbean Sea, SE by Honduras, SW by Pacific Ocean and
NW and N by Mexico. The country, which has an area of
History about 109 000 square km, is the most populous of the
1.100 Central American Republics and is the only one that is
1 El Salvador was conquered, in 1526, by Pedro de largely Indian in language and culture. There are still large
Alvarado, and by 1550 the Spaniards had occupied the areas of the land unoccupied, particularly in the N of the
whole of the country which they found relatively densely country. Two thirds of the country is mountainous and the
populated, the most populous Indian tribe being the Pipils. forests are extensive.

13
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

2 The capital city is Guatemala City, founded in 1776, 3 The principal rivers flowing into the Pacific Ocean are
which in 2002 was estimated to have a population of about Ro Michatayo, Ro Guacalata and Ro Ocs.
2 million.
The climate is hot and malarial near the coast, and Industry and trade
temperate in the higher regions. 1.113
1 The agricultural industry accounts for about three
National limits quarters of exports; coffee is the largest commodity
1.107 followed by sugar, bananas, cotton, beef, essential oils and
manufactured goods.
1 Guatemala claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial Imports comprise petroleum products, vehicles,
Seas and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone. machinery and foodstuffs.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty The industrial sector is beginning to expand and most
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook. manufacturing is light assembly or food processing.

History THE UNITED MEXICAN STATES

1.108
1 The Mayan and other civilisations flourished throughout General description
the area before the Spanish Conquest of 152324. The 1.114
country became independent in 1821 and formed part of 1 Mexico, or its official name, The United Mexican States,
the Federation of Central America from 1823 to 1839. occupies the S part of North America and has extensive
After the federation was dissolved, Guatemala passed seaboards on both Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. It is
through a series of dictatorships broken only by short bounded N and NE by the United States of America, with
periods of representative government. A new constitution which it has a border of some 1440 miles, E by Gulf of
came into effect in 1986, and elections held in 1990 Mexico and Caribbean Sea, SE by Belize and Guatemala,
marked the first transition from one democratically elected and S and SW by Pacific Ocean. It is the third largest
civilian government to another in modern times. The country in Latin America and is the most populous Spanish
constitution was subsequently amended in 1994. Peace speaking country in the world. Excluding inland waters, it
accords signed in late 1996 ended 36 years of internal has an area of almost 2 million sq km.
conflict. 2 The capital city is Mexico City, founded in 1521 by the
Spaniards who constructed it over the remains of
Government Tenochtitlan, the Aztec capital; in 2000 (census) the
1.109 population of the capital was about 85 million.
1 A constitutional, democratic, republican government has
been established. The Head of State and of Government is National limits
the President who is elected for a term of 4 years. There is 1.115
a unicameral Legislative Assembly of 113 members who 1 Mexico claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial Seas,
elect judges to the Supreme Court of Justice. The country 24 miles for its Contiguous Zone and 200 miles for its
is divided into 22 Departments, excluding Guatemala City. Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Population Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
1.110
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to History
be about 116 million. 1.116
1 Long before the Spanish conquest there were highly
Languages advanced cultures in the area now known as Mexico; they
included those of the Olmecs, Mayas, Toltecs and Aztecs.
1.111 In 1519 Hernando Corts landed near the present Veracruz
1 Spanish is the official language, but 40% of the and in two years had overthrown the Aztecs and
population speak Indian languages including Quich, established 300 years of Spanish rule. In 1810 a revolution
Cakchiquel, Kekchi and Maya-Mopan. led by Fr Miguel Hidalgo proclaimed independence from
Spain, and after years of strife the republic was established
Physical features in 1824.
2 Texas declared itself independent in 1836 and was
1.112 annexed by the United States of America in 1845. This
1 The country, generally, is mountainous, and is traversed lead to the war of 184548 between Mexico and the United
from SE to NW by a mountain chain in which there are States of America which was settled by the Treaty of
several volcanic peaks rising to a height of nearly 4000 m. Guadeloupe-Hidalgo. As a result of the treaty Mexico was
This chain of mountains lies about 50 miles inland from the forced to cede the northern provinces of Texas, California
Pacific coast. The mountains are covered with forests. and New Mexico to the United States of America.
Earthquakes are frequent. 3 French troops invaded Mexico in 1862, and, in 1864, an
2 The N part of the country is the great Plain of Petn, Empire under the Archduke Ferdinand Maximillian of
which comprises about one third of the area of the state; it Austria was declared. This was short lived and in 1867, on
consists of level or undulating country, covered with grass the overthrow and execution of the Emperor, the Republic
or forest; in recent years large scale tree felling has greatly was restored.
reduced the area of this tropical rain forest. The greater 4 The modern system of federal government stems from
part is uncultivated, although many districts have an the revolution of 1910 to 1921. A period of over 70 years
extremely fertile soil and abundance of water. of single party power was ended in 2000.

14
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Government The waters off the coasts, as well as the rivers and
1.117 streams are teem with many varieties of fish. Alligators are
1 The constitution dates from 1917 and has been amended. common in the estuaries, and turtles of all kinds are
The country is divided into 31 states and a federal district abundant.
which includes the capital, Mexico City. Each state runs its
own internal affairs and all are united in the Federal Industry and trade
Republic. 1.122
2 The President is elected for a six year term of office and 1 The country has natural resources of uranium, oil, silver,
can never be re-elected; he is both Head of State and copper, gold, lead, zinc natural gas and timber; it produces
Government. Legislative power is vested in a bicameral about one quarter of the worlds supply of fluorspar.
Congress, comprising a Senate and a Chamber of Deputies. 2 The principal industries are mining and petroleum, and
The judiciary, which includes both federal and local both light and heavy industry is continuing to expand; the
systems, is headed by the Supreme Court. production of motor vehicles for both the domestic and
export market is rapidly expanding. Agriculture, though still
a large employer, is steadily declining in importance; the
Population principal crops are maize, beans, rice, wheat, sugar, coffee,
1.118 tobacco, cotton and fruit. Tourism makes a major
1 In the 2000 census the population of the country was contribution to the economy of the country.
about 973 million. 3 Major imports include computers, automobile assembly
material and automobile parts, chemicals, machinery and
Languages pharmaceuticals; principal exports are oil, automobiles fruit
and vegetables, shrimps and coffee.

1.119
THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
1 Spanish is the official language; some English is also
spoken.
General description
1.123
1 The United States of America, including Alaska and
Physical features
1.120 Hawaii, comprises fifty states and the Federal District of
1 For the most part, the interior consists of an immense Columbia, extending across the North American continent
tableland, the N part of which, commencing in the United to the Pacific Ocean, and, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, is
States of America, rises from a height of 1130 m at El bounded N by Canada, and S by Gulf of Mexico and the
Paso, on the N frontier of Mexico, to one of more than Republic of Mexico. In 2000 the total population was
2470 m, at Marquez (the highest point touched by the estimated to be about 281 million.
Central Railway) 76 miles N of Mexico City; a mean 2 The area of the fifty states and the Federal District cover
elevation nearly as great as the latter elevation is an area of 93 million square km.
maintained in all the S central part of the plateau. The N The capital city is Washington, in the Federal District of
part of the plateau is low, arid and thinly populated; the Columbia; in 2000 (census) the population of the city was
mountainous S part, the heart of Mexico, has ample rain about 572 000.
and though only about one seventh of the area of the The States which are covered by this volume are
country it holds nearly half the population. California, Oregon and Washington; they are described
2 The escarpments of this plateau form most of the so separately below.
called Cordilleras. The most important range is the Sierra
Madre, more than 3000 m high, which extends from National limits
Tehuantepec into the United States of America; parallel to 1.124
this range run the ranges of the E coast and of Baja 1 The United States of America claims a limit of 12 miles
California. The range within the E coast lies from 10 to for its Territorial Seas, a 24 mile Contiguous Zone and
100 miles inland. Pennsula de Yucatn, N of Belize, is for 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone.
the most part a flat plain. The surface of the country is For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
much broken up by short cross-ridges and detached peaks. Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
3 The highest mountains are volcanoes, the principal of
which, in the E range, are Pico de Orizaba (5700 m high) Government
and Pico Cofre de Perote (4282 m high); the former is a 1.125
dormant volcano and is perpetually snowclad. 1 The constitution is that of a Federal Republic consisting
of 50 states and the Federal District of Columbia and of the
outside territories. Of the present 50 states, 13 are original
Flora and fauna states, seven were admitted without previous organisation
1.121 as territories, and 30 were admitted as organised territories.
1 The flora of Mexico is unrivalled; the most striking 2 By the constitution of 1787, and as subsequently
characteristics of the flowers is their deep rich colour. amended, the government of the United States is entrusted
Among the animals are the puma, jaguar, wolf, deer, to three separate authorities: The Executive (President and
rabbit, horse, sheep, cattle and goat. Birds, of which there Cabinet), The Legislature (Congress), and the Judiciary.
are over some 400 species, are famed for their brilliant The President is elected every four years; his tenure is
plumage. limited to two terms.
2 Venomous snakes and insects are found in the forests of 3 Each State manages its own affairs and has a Governor,
the hot lands, and the honey bee abounds all over the Senate and House of Representatives, or institutions of
country. corresponding authority.

15
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

The State of California 2 Agriculture. California has almost every variety of

climate, from the very wet to the very dry, and from the
temperate to the semi tropical. In 2001 there were 88 000
General description farms in the state; the main sources of revenue being dairy
1.126 and horticultural products, nuts and fruit, cattle and cotton
1 The State of California ranks third in size amongst the lint.
states of the union; it has an area of about 3 Fishing. The most common landings are of mackerel,
410 000 square km, and is divided into 58 counties; it is the squid, urchin, rockfish and tuna.
most populous state in the union with a population, in 2000 Forestry. There are about 165 million acres of
(census), of about 338 million. It is bounded S by Mexico, productive forest land.
W by the Pacific Ocean, N by the State of Oregon and E
by the States of Arizona and Nevada. Industry
The state capital is Sacramento (3832N, 12130W). 1.130
1 Important industries are aerospace and electronics;
tourism too is an important contributor to the economy.
History Expanding industries are food processing, clothing, printing
1.127 and publishing.
1 California, first settled in July 1769, was from its
discovery, down to 1846, politically associated with The State of Oregon
Mexico. On 7th July 1846, the American flag was hoisted
at Monterey, and a proclamation was issued declaring General description
California to be a portion of the United States. On 2nd 1.131
February 1848, by the Treaty of Guadeloupe-Hidalgo, the 1 The State of Oregon has an area of about
territory was formally ceded by Mexico to the United 250 000 square km and is divided into 36 counties. It is
States, and was admitted to the Union on 9th September bounded S by the States of California and Nevada, W by
1850 as the 31st state with boundaries as they exist today. the Pacific Ocean, N by the State of Washington and E by
the State of Idaho. In 2000 the population of the state was
about 34 million. The state capital is Salem (4457N,
Physical features 12303W).
1.128 History
1 The coast is bold and rugged, and extends over about
1.132
10 of latitude. Along it, and from 20 to 40 miles in width,
1 Oregon was first settled in 1811 by the Pacific Fur
runs the mass of the coastal range of mountains, broken
Company at Astoria. A provisional government was formed
down into numbers of ridges and spurs, with small valleys
on 5th July 1834, and a territorial government was
drained by short, rapidly falling streams.
organised on 14th August 1848. On 14th February 1859,
2 The main features are, in general, straightforward: a
Oregon was admitted to the Union as the 33rd State.
mountain fringe along the coast, another mountain range
along the E border of the state, consisting of the Physical features
magnificent Sierra Nevada, and a splendid valley between 1.133
them, closed in at its N and S ends by the junction of the 1 The coastline extends, in a general N and S direction,
two ranges; outside this are large areas of barren arid land. for about 255 miles. It consists of long stretches of sandy
3 Along the S part, as far as Point Conception (3427N, beach, broken by lateral spurs from the coastal range, an
12028W), are fertile coastal plains, of considerable extent, irregular chain of hills extending along the coast about
backed by the coastal range through which there are several 20 miles inland. The country between the coastal range and
passes, at heights of about 760 m. North of Point the ocean is rugged, with small arable valleys difficult of
Conception, to E of which is the S junction of the ranges, access. Several rivers break the continuity of the coastal
is the great central valley, described above, separated from range.
the narrow coastal strip by the coastal range, which is only 2 A range of high mountains, named Cascade Mountains,
penetrated at Golden Gate of San Francisco Bay, and extends the whole length of the State, parallel with the
through which gap the large rivers, San Joaquin and coast and about 100 miles inland. Between it and the
Sacramento, draining the valley, discharge into the sea. The coastal range is a humid and densely wooded country,
passes across the Sierra Nevada are few in number and are which includes Willamette Valley, with an area of about
at great heights, the average elevation of those in use being 20 700 square km, and which contains more than half the
3350 m; Kearsage Pass, the most frequently used is higher. population and wealth of the State.
The elevation of the coastal range varies between 610 and 3 To the E of Cascade Mountains is a broken and semi
2440 m. arid tableland and the Sage plains and Great Sandy Desert.
4 North of the parallel of 40N, the N junction of the Columbia River forms the N boundary, and, together with
ranges, the country is very rough, the E part consisting Willamette River, its tributary, form a fine waterway. The
chiefly of dry and barren plains, between precipitous, river breaks through Cascade Mountains in a canyon, about
moderately high ranges. 6 miles in length, which is traversed by means of locks.
Through this, the river, and its tributary Snake River, is
navigable as far as Lewiston (4615N, 11700W), in
Natural resources Idaho.
1.129
1 Minerals. The state has large reserves of crude oil and Natural resources
natural gas. In addition to gold, other minerals include 1.134
asbestos, tungsten, sand and gravel, cement, copper, silver, 1 Minerals. Amongst its many resources the state has
gypsum and iron ore. gold, silver, nickel, copper, lead, mercury and uranium.

16
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Agriculture. West of Cascade Mountains there is good Industry

rainfall and almost every variety of crop common to the 1.140
temperate zone is grown; East of the range cattle raising 1 Principal industries are aircraft manufacture, pulp and
and wheat growing are the principle industries and paper, lumber and plywood, aluminium, processed fruit and
irrigation is required for crops and fruits. The principal vegetables.
crops are horticultural products, hay and wheat, potatoes,
grass seed and pine trees.
2 Fishing. The most common landings are of ground fish, PRINCIPAL PORTS, HARBOURS
shrimp, crab, salmon and tuna. AND ANCHORAGES
Forestry. Almost half the state is forested. In W Oregon 1.141
the predominant species are hemlock, spruce and
Douglas-fir; in E Oregon, ponderosa pine, lodgepole pine Panama
and true firs are found. Alpine species can be found on the
heights of Cascade Mountains and on the mountains in the Pedregal (3.64) Small coastal and fishing
NE area of the state. (822N, 8226W) port

Industry Puerto Armuelles (3.65) Banana export terminal

1.135 (816N, 8252W) port of entry
1 Forestry products are the leading industry; the next most
Petroterminal de Panama Oil transhipment terminal
important industry is high technology.
(Charco Azul) (3.72)
(812N, 8253W)
The State of Washington
General description
1.136 Costa Rica
1 The State of Washington has an area of about
175 000 square km and is divided into 39 counties. It Puerto Golfito (3.89) Small commercial port
extends N from the mouth of Columbia River to Juan de (838N, 8311W) port of entry
Fuca Strait and has a Pacific coastline of about 135 miles.
The State is bounded S by the State of Oregon, N by Quepos (3.118) Small commercial port
British Columbia and E by the State of Idaho. In 2000 the (924N, 8410W) port of entry
population of the State was about 59 million. The state
capital is Olympia (4703N, 12254W). Puerto Caldera (3.136) Commercial port
(955N, 8443W)
History
1.137 Puntarenas (3.143) Small commercial port
1 Washington, originally settled in 1811, was formerly part (959N, 8450W) port of entry
of Oregon and was created a Territory in 1853. It was
Puerto Culebra (3.172) Anchorage
admitted into the Union as the 42nd State on 11th
(1037N, 8541W)
November 1889.
Baha Santa Elena (3.185) Anchorage
Physical features (1056N, 8549W)
1.138
1 The W coast is backed by a continuation of the coastal
range, about 460 m high in the S, but rising in the N to the
range, 2440 m high, which borders Juan de Fuca Strait and
culminates in Mount Olympus (4748N, 12342W). The Nicaragua
continuation of Cascade Mountains leads up the middle of
the State, dividing it into two sections with very different San Juan del Sur (4.14) Small anchorage port port
physical characteristics. Puget Sound lies W of Cascade (1115N, 8553W) of entry
Mountains, stretching for 100 miles into the heart of the
country, and is an important waterway leading to several Puerto Masachapa (4.21) Open roadstead
major ports. (1146N, 8632W)

Natural resources Puerto Sandino (4.31) Small commercial port and

1.139 (1211N, 8647W) offshore oil terminal port
1 Minerals. Mining and quarrying are not as important to of entry
the state as forestry agriculture or manufacturing. Uranium
Corinto (4.39) Commercial port port of
is mined; other products include sand and gravel, stone,
(1229N, 8710W) entry
coal and clays.
Agriculture continues to expand due in part to the
1 million acre Columbia Basin Irrigation Project. There
were 40 000 farms in 2000; products include wheat, cattle, Honduras
milk and apples.
2 Fishing. The most common landings are of salmon and Puerto de Henecn (4.95) Small commercial port
halibut; shellfish are important. (1324N, 8726W)
Forestry. Forests cover about 22 million acres of which
9 million acres are national forest.

17
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

El Salvador Guaymas (6.51) Commercial port port of

(2754N, 11052W) entry
Puerto de La Unin Small commercial and
(Cutuco) (4.114) fishing port port of entry Puerto Libertad (6.206) Tanker berth for power
(1320N, 8749W) (2954N, 11242W) station

La Libertad (4.143) Open roadstead Puerto Peasco (6.214) Fishing port

(1329N, 8919W) (3118N, 11335W)

Acajutla (4.155) Commercial port with Puerto Santa Rosalia Small port port of entry
(1334N, 8950W) offshore oil terminal port (6.168)
of entry (2719N, 11215W)

Isla San Marcos (6.163) Bulk gypsum terminal

(2711N, 11206W)
Guatemala
San Juan de la Costa Bulk phosphate terminal
Puerto Quetzal (4.172) Commercial port port of (6.122)
(1355N, 9048W) entry (2424N, 11042W)

San Jos (4.181) Offshore buoy berths Baha Pichilingue (6.108) Sheltered bay and
(1355N, 9050W) petroleum products and (2416N, 11020W) commercial port
molasses
La Paz (6.114) Small commercial port
Champerico (4.193) Open roadstead port of (2410N, 11019W) port of entry
(1418N, 9156W) entry
Baha San Lucas (6.81) Anchorage visited by
(2253N, 10953W) cruise vessels

Mexico Puerto de San Carlos (7.30) Small port grain terminal

(2447N, 11207W) port of entry
Puerto Madero (5.22) Small commercial and
(1442N, 9225W) fishing harbour port of Baha Tortugas (7.75) Good refuge anchorage
entry (2740N, 11453W),

Salina Cruz (5.38) Commercial port with Puerto Morro Redondo Bulk salt terminal port of
(1610N, 9512W) offshore oil terminals (7.91) entry
naval base port of entry (2803N, 11511W)
Puerto de Huatulco (5.67) Small port with cruise liner
(1545N, 9608W) berth Ensenada (7.157) Commercial, cruise liner
(3151N, 11638W) and fishing port port of
Puerto ngel (5.68) Anchorage port port of entry
(1539N, 9631W) entry
Rosarito Oil Terminal Offshore tanker berths
Acapulco (5.95) Commercial port and (7.173)
(1651N, 9954W) regular port of call for (3221N, 11705W)
cruise vessels port of
entry

Lzaro Crdenas (5.133) Commercial port and naval United States of America
(1756N, 10211W) base
San Diego Bay (8.15) Major commercial port and
Manzanillo (5.162) Commercial port naval (3240N, 11712W) naval base port of entry
(1903N, 10420W) base port of entry
Huntington Beach (8.148) Offshore tanker terminal
Puerto Vallarta (5.207) Port of call for cruise (3340N, 11800W)
(2037N, 10516W) vessels
Anaheim Bay (8.154) US Naval port entry
Puerto de San Blas (5.224) Small anchorage port port (3344N, 11805W) restricted
(2132N, 10519W) of entry
Long Beach Harbor (8.175) Major commercial port
Mazatlan (5.244) Commercial centre and (3345N, 11813W)
(2311N, 10625W) fishing port port of call
Los Angeles Harbor (8.203) Major commercial port
for cruise liners port of
(3345N, 11816W)
entry

Topolobampo (6.28) Commercial port port of

(2536N, 10904W) entry

18
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

El Segundo Marine Offshore tanker terminal Saint Helens (13.87) Commercial port 76 miles
Terminal (8.240) port of entry (4552N, 12248W) above the entrance to
(3355N, 11826W) Columbia River
Port Hueneme (8.254) Commercial and naval port Portland (13.91) Commercial port on
(3409N, 11913W) customs station (4534N, 12244W) Willamette River, 98 miles
above the entrance to
Port San Luis (9.19) Commercial fishing harbour Columbia River
(3510N, 12045W) port of entry
Vancouver (13.131) Commercial port 92 miles
Morro Bay (9.34) Offshore tanker terminal (4538N, 12240W) above the entrance to
(3522N, 12052W) Columbia River
Monterey Harbor (9.73) Small commercial port Grays Harbor (14.22) Commercial port
(3636N, 12153W) customs station (4655N, 12410W)
Moss Landing Harbor Small fishing harbour
(9.80) PORT SERVICES SUMMARY
(3648N, 12147W)
Docking facilities
Port of San Francisco Major commercial port 1.142
(10.72) port of entry 1 Salina Cruz. Dry dock; maximum size 10 000 tonnes
(3747N, 12225W) (5.61).
Acapulco. Largest slipway; lifting capacity 254 tonnes
Port of Oakland and Major commercial port and (5.116).
Alameda (10.105) naval air station port of Manzanillo. Floating dock; lifting capacity 3000
(3748N, 12217W) entry tonnes (5.168).
Port of Redwood City Small commercial port 2 Mazatlan. Largest slipway; lifting capacity 457 tonnes
(10.152) (5.262).
(3730N, 12213W) Guaymas. Floating dock; lifting capacity 1016 tonnes
(6.68).
Port of Richmond (10.185) Major commercial and oil Ensenada. Mechanical lift dock; lifting capacity
(3755N, 12223W) refining centre 2250 tonnes (7.163).
3 San Diego. Dry dock; length 304.2 m, breadth 536 m
Mare Island Strait (10.231) Naval station and dockyard (8.47).
(3805N, 12215W) Newport Bay. Largest slipway; capacity 325 tons
Port of Stockton (10.286) Commercial port on San (8.147).
(3757N, 12119W) Joaquin River, 78 miles Long Beach. Dry dock; length 333 m; breadth 43 m;
above the entrance to San depth over the sill 119 m (8.199).
Francisco Bay 4 Los Angeles. Dry dock; length 200 m; accepts vessels
of 296 m beam; maximum depths over the blocks
Port of Sacramento Commercial port on 76 m; lifting capacity 22 000 tons (8.225).
(10.303) Sacramento River, 80 miles San Francisco. Floating dock; lifting capacity 65 000
(3832N, 12130W) above the entrance to San tons (10.94).
Francisco Bay Richmond. Dry dock; length 228 m; breadth 256 m;
maximum draught 945 m (10.209).
Humboldt Bay (11.70) Lumber products port Antioch. Largest slipway; capacity 350 tons (10.283).
(4046N, 12414W) port of entry 5 Stockton. Largest slipway; capacity 200 tons (10.301).
Coos Bay (12.46) Lumber products port Humboldt Bay. Largest slipway; capacity 300 tons
(4321N, 12420W) port of entry (11.94).
Coos Bay. Dry dock; capacity 1000 tons (12.68).
Yaquina Bay (12.98) Small lumber port at Yaquina Bay. Largest slipway; capacity 505 tons
(4437N, 12405W) Newport (12.121).
6 Astoria. Largest slipway; capacity 400 tons (13.47).
Astoria (13.38) Commercial port 12 miles Portland. Floating dock; lifting capacity 87 000 tons
(4611N, 12350W) above the entrance to (13.108).
Columbia River port of Grays Harbor. Largest slipway; capacity 400 tons
entry (14.46).
Longview (13.65) Commercial port 58 miles Other facilities
(4607N, 12257W) above the entrance to
Columbia River port of Salvage services
entry 1.143
1 Los Angeles (8.225).
Kalama (13.85) Commercial port 66 miles San Francisco (10.95).
(4601N, 12251W) above the entrance to Astoria (13.47).
Columbia River Portland (13.109).

19
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Degaussing Puerto Armuelles (3.71).

1.144 Acajutla (4.161).
1 San Diego Bay (8.37). Lzaro Crdenas (5.144).
Guaymas (6.68).
La Paz (6.121).
Deratting Ensenada (7.163).
1.145
1 Deratting and deratting certificates: Measured distances
Puerto Madero (5.29). 1.146
Salina Cruz (5.61). 1 San Diego Bay (8.36).
Acapulco (5.116). San Clemente Island (8.69).
Manzanillo (5.168). Point La Jolla (8.108).
Mazatlan (5.262). Oceanside Harbor (8.108).
San Diego (8.48). Newport Bay (8.144).
Los Angeles (8.225). Long Beach (8.169).
San Francisco (10.95). 2 Venice Beach (8.247).
2 By special arrangement deratting certificates and Channel Islands Harbor (8.307).
exemption certificates may be obtained at certain smaller Santa Barbara Harbor (8.299).
ports in the United States. Oakland Harbor (10.121).
Exemption certificates only: Columbia River (13.14).

20
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

NATURAL CONDITIONS
MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY water with oceanic depths immediately to seaward, and in
V-shaped harbour mouths. These waves may be generated
Bathymetry by seismic activities centred up to thousands of miles
1.147 distant, or by violent meteorological conditions; those
1 In Gulf of Panama, the continental shelf is about formed by seismic activity are known as Tsunamis.
75 miles wide, with a flat bottom at a depth of about 90 m. 3 The wavelength of a Tsunami in the open ocean may be
Sedimentary deposits increase in coarseness as the edge up to 100 miles and its velocity can be as much as 500 kn,
of the shelf is approached; rock has been reported near the but with a very relatively small amplitude. On reaching
edge. shallower water near the coast the amplitude increases
2 To the N of Panama, the shelf is narrow, or non-existent remarkably and may reach as much as 20 m.
as far N as latitude 1115N, Farther N the shelf widens to 4 The Tsunami of 28th March 1964, which originated in
30 miles and continues wide off the W side of Golfo de Gulf of Alaska, caused 16 deaths and millions of dollars
Tehuantepec (1500N, 9400W) where it has a maximum worth of damage to ships and property in California,
width of 55 miles. Thence N to the entrance to Golfo de Oregon and Washington. The loss of life can be minimised
California (2500N, 11000W), the shelf is virtually if masters and others acquaint themselves with the
non-existent. Along the E side of the latter gulf there is a behaviour of these waves so that intelligent action can be
narrow shelf of variable depth with deep soundings at steep taken when they are imminent. For further information see
parts of the coast, notably at Guaymas (2754N, The Mariners Handbook.
11052W). 5 The warning system operated by the National Oceanic
3 At the head of Golfo de California, there is a broad and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) advises the Civil
shelf of the Ro Colorado delta, depths of 18 m being Defense authorities in California, Oregon and Washington,
found 20 miles offshore. This shelf is covered with mud who are responsible for disseminating this information to
and sand. At the S limit of the shelf there is a basin about the affected areas.
365 m deep, between Isla Tiburn (2900N, 11225W) and When a warning is received, persons should vacate
Isla Angel de la Guarda (30 miles WNW). The W side of waterfront areas and seek high ground. The safest
Golfo de California is notable for the absence of shelves. procedure for ships will depend on the amount of time
Deep water reaches close to both coasts of Baja available and this may not always be known.
California (2800N, 11300W). 6 A vessel in deep water would ride such waves safely;
4 Off San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W), the continental ships in harbour should proceed to sea if time permits. A
shelf is only about 10 miles wide, but includes many ship compelled to remain in harbour may have great
features of interest. In the latitude of Long Beach (3345N, difficulty due to mooring lines parting and she may be
11813W), the shelf again widens, but NW of Santa forced ashore, or grounded, because of excessive
Monica the shelf is mostly narrow and mainly rocky, and withdrawal of water between crests. Much of the damage
contains oil deposits. Near San Francisco (3747N, in the Los Angeles area during the 1960 Chilean Tsunami
12225W) the shelf again widens to 15 miles and was caused by rapid currents and the swift rise and fall of
maintains this width off most of the N United States of the water level parting mooring lines and setting floating
America and British Columbia. Off Juan de Fuca Strait a docks and vessels adrift.
trough cuts across the shelf in a SW direction.
5 In general the sea bed in the NW of the area covered by
CURRENTS AND TIDAL STREAMS
this volume is parallel in form, with offshore features
aligned roughly with the trend of the coast and the
mountain ranges behind the coast. Currents
1.149
However, a number of features, both ridges and canyons,
1 The currents over much of the N Pacific Ocean between
some of which are positioned in the relevant chapters of
latitudes 10N and 48N form part of the large clockwise
this volume and are depicted on the charts, are aligned at
circulation comprising the Kuro Shio Current off Japan, the
right angles to the trend, notably Middle America Trench.
E-going North Pacific Current, the S-going California
This trench runs approximately parallel with, and fairly
Current from 48N to the S tip of Baja California, and a
close to, the S coast of Central America between longitudes
W-going North Equatorial Current between about 10N and
82W and 105W.
22N. At certain times of the year, particularly in winter, a
N-going counter-current called Davidson Inshore Current
Earthquakes and destructive waves sets close inshore from near San Diego to the vicinity of
1.148 Vancouver Island. In the extreme S of the area, the
1 Seismic activity. The Pacific Ocean is almost completely Equatorial Counter-current sets E but may be interrupted at
encircled by regions of earthquake and volcanic activity. times, particularly in mid-winter and spring. In general
The most active regions covered by this volume are the currents along the W coast of Central America are irregular
coasts of Mexico and Central America from about latitude in both rate and direction, and, on occasions, set WNW or
18N, longitude 100W to Gulf of Panama. There are ESE for 3 or 4 days in each direction. Close inshore the
regions of moderate activity N from 18N, 100W along currents may attain rates of 2 kn with eddies and
the coasts of California. Smaller concentrations of activity counter-currents dependent on the coastal topography.
occur SW of Central America and on the coasts of Oregon
and Washington. Currents Diagram
2 Tsunamis. In open roadsteads, waves of exceptional 1.150
height may occur from time to time with little or no 1 In the currents diagrams (1.150.1 to 1.150.4), arrows
warning. Their destructive effect will be greatest when the indicating the Predominant Direction, Average rate and
roadstead consists of a narrow shelf of relatively shallow Constancy are shown, which are defined as follows:

21
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

Davidson
12

10

Current
10 12

40 10 12 40

11 13 10
6

11
6

10

Ca
12

lifo
30 30

rn
ia

CHAPTER 1
Cu
12

rre
22

nt
13 8

11
16
20 20
11 11
10
13
17
16
KEY
Nor th 22
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures. Equatorial Current 26
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
19 17
The constancy of a current is indicated by the 17
10 thickness of the arrow thus: 18 25 10
25
High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

18 16 13
Low constancy <50% 18 22

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents DECEMBER to FEBRUARY (1.150.1)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

11
12

10
11

40 8 40

Ca
lifo
rn
ian
8
10 11

Cu
rre
11

nt
11

30 11 11 30
11 13

CHAPTER 1
10
23

12 11

11

11
20 20
12 11

15
13
KEY
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures. 13
16
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
North Equatorial Current
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus: 22 22
10 20 10
High constancy >75%
26

Moderate constancy 50%-75% 16

12
Low constancy <50% 14 16
Equatorial Counter
Current

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents MARCH to MAY (1.150.2)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

12

7 8

10
11

6
40 40
10
7 12
14 10

9
8
10
9

Ca
lifo
30 30

r ni
a
10

CHAPTER 1
Cu
11
24

rre
10

n
t
10

7
10

20 20

14 11
14
9
15 15
KEY 14
17 North Equatorial Current
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures.
Arrows indicate the predominant direction. 18 15
The constancy of a current is indicated by the 16
10 thickness of the arrow thus: 10
High constancy >75% 21
17 19 11
Equatorial Counter Current 21
Moderate constancy 50%-75%
20 23
Low constancy <50% 21

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents JUNE to AUGUST (1.150.3)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

9 11
11

9 12

40 10 40
13
12
10

Ca
lifo
rn
ia
13

Cu
9

rre
nt
10

30 10 30
10

CHAPTER 1
8 9
25

14

11

20 20
12
13 12
al Current
Nor th Equatori
19
15 16 16
KEY
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures. 16
Arrows indicate the predominant direction. 18 18
18
The constancy of a current is indicated by the 20
thickness of the arrow thus:
10 11
18 10
High constancy >75% Equatorial
20 19 Counter Current 14
Moderate constancy 50%-75% 18
18 25 16
Low constancy <50%

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents SEPTEMBER to NOVEMBER (1.150.4)

Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Predominant Direction. The mean direction within a and with the contribution from each varying during the
continuous 90 sector containing the highest proportion of year. In winter the greater contribution comes from the
observations from all sectors. California Current, whilst in summer and autumn it is from
2 Average rate of the highest 50% in the predominant the Equatorial Counter-current.
sectors as indicated by the figures in the diagram. It is
emphasised that rates above or below those shown may be
Equatorial Counter-current
experienced. 1.156
Constancy, as indicated by the thickness of the arrows, 1 This current sets E between about 4N and 10N in
is a measure of its persistence, eg low constancy implies summer and autumn. The average rate of the current is
marked variability in rate and, particularly, direction. between and 1 kn but on some occasions 4 kn have been
recorded. To the E of about 95W the current divides with
North Pacific Current one branch turning N and NW in the region of Costa Rica
1.151 and the other branch S and W. By January this current is
1 This current only affects the extreme NW of the area. It weak and by March usually only extends E to about
generally sets E but, in winter, this current may be N-going 120W.
to the N of 45N. Due to the variable winds in the area the Costa Rica Current
current may, on occasions, set in other directions during the 1.157
year with an average rate of about kn or less. 1 In summer this current sets NW or WNW from around
10N to as far N as Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W)
California Current with an average rate of 1 to 2 kn but, in winter, is usually
1.152 restricted to S of about 11N where it sets W towards the
1 The North Pacific Current usually swings S on meeting North Equatorial Current.
the American coast to form the California Current. The
California Current has an average rate of kn or less but Effects of strong winds
may increase to about 1 kn at times, particularly in the N 1.158
of the area. At about 28N the currents tends to set SW 1 After prolonged periods of strong winds from a constant
and then W to form part of the North Equatorial Current. direction, a wind-drift current may be generated, the rate of
In winter an extension of the California Current, known as which varies according to the wind speed and direction.
the Mexico Current, sets SE along the coast to about 95W These wind-drift currents may reduce or enhance the main
where it usually recurves W to join the S part of the North underlying current. For further information on how currents
Equatorial Current. On occasions the Mexico Current may are influenced by wind, tropical storms, pressure gradient
extend as far E as Honduras with rates of between and and topography, see The Mariners Handbook.
1 kn, and, in summer, the Mexico Current is usually 2 Of special mention are the wind generated currents in
replaced by a NW setting current to the S of Cabo Golfo de Tehuantepec. When a strong N, or Tehuantepec
Corrientes (2024N, 10543W). (1.184), wind is blowing in winter, a S set occurs in the
2 In the area of the California Current, prevailing NW centre of the gulf but with a strong E set along the W
winds give rise to cold water upwelling areas along the coast and a W set on the E coast.
North American coast from spring to late summer. These
cold water areas are separated by areas of warmer water, Tidal streams
and with the cold water usually setting S and the warmer
water setting towards the coast. This in turn gives rise to 1.159
large changes in the rate and set of the current. 1 Along any continental coast facing a large ocean,
especially if it is steep-to and there is little impediment to
Davidson Inshore Current the free movement of water, the tidal streams will be weak.
1.153 It is only where the flow of water is constrained to follow
1 This inshore counter-current occurs during certain relatively shallow and narrow channels in gulfs, river
periods and sets N with a rate of between about and estuaries, and passages between islands or between an
kn, but is greatly influenced by the prevailing winds. It island and the mainland, that the tidal streams increase
is most evident between San Diego and Point Conception markedly.
(3427N, 12028W) from July to February and from Point 2 Along the greater part of the W coast of Central
Conception to Cape Flattery from November to February. A America, which is fairly steep and free from major
feature of this current is that it is usually no more that 50 obstruction to the water flow, the tidal streams are therefore
miles wide but may extend for 1000 miles. weak and, in general, negligible compared with the currents
previously described. They become appreciable close off
Golfo de California headlands, and a slight indraught into large bays on the
1.154 rising tide may be perceptible.
1 Information about currents in the gulf is limited but in 3 In general rates are between and 2 kn, but may reach
the deeper central part a SE set generally prevails with an 3 kn when under the influence of winds. In river estuaries,
average rate of between and kn. Currents on the W and the narrow entrances of bays such as San Francisco,
coast of the gulf are variable and dangerous with rates, on the streams become strong and are described in detail under
occasions, of 3 kn. the place concerned.

North Equatorial Current SEA LEVEL AND TIDES

1.155 1.160
1 This current, which does not have a clearly defined 1 Along Mexico and Central America, although mixed
origin, sets to the W with an average rate of between tides predominate over the greater part of the coast,
and 1 kn, and between about 10N and 22N. It is fed by semi-diurnal tides predominate S of the vicinity of Salina
waters from the California Current and E Tropical Pacific, Cruz (1610N, 9512W). The largest ranges of the

26
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

semi-diurnal tides will usually occur 3 or 4 days after new 2 In winter, the swell is predominantly from the W to the
or full moon. Diurnal tide ranges are largest nearest the N of about 40N, and with around 14% of occasions
maximum lunar declination. Tidal ranges along the coast of reporting swell heights of 4 m and over. The swell becomes
Mexico vary from more than 2 m (7 ft) on the N coast, to predominantly NW in the E of the area from about 40N to
less than 06 m (2 ft) on the central coast, and to more than 15N, and with the frequency of swell heights of 4 m and
(15 m) (5 ft) on the S coast. Off the coast of Central over steadily decreasing to around 1 to 2% near 20N. In
America the range varies from about 18 m (6 ft) at the extreme SE of the area, the swell is frequently confused
Guatemala, to about 5 m (16 ft) in Gulf of Panama. with low swells from the NE and S.
2 A very important characteristic of the tides along the W 3 By July swells heights of 4 m and over are relatively
coast of the United States is the large inequality in the rare and the direction is mainly from between WNW and
heights of the two HW and of the two LW of each day. On NNW between 50N and 20N in the E of the area. In the
the coast the average difference between the heights of the SE of the area, low S swells predominate but become SSW
two HW of the day is from 03 m to 06 m (1 to 2 ft), and near the S coast of Panama.
the average difference in the heights of the two LW from
06 to 09 m (2 to 3 ft). It was because of this large Tropical storms sea and swell waves
difference in the LW heights that the mean of all LW was 1.164
adopted as the plane of reference for the charts of this 1 Mountainous and confused seas are raised by the violent
region. winds associated with tropical storms and hurricanes
3 This inequality changes with the declination of the (1.178). Near the centre of a storm, groups of large waves,
moon. When the moon is near the equator the inequality is moving in different directions, create very irregular wave
relatively small; but when the moon is near its greatest N heights and can combine together to give exceptionally
or S declination, the difference in the heights of the two high waves.
HW or of the two LW of each day reaches a maximum. 2 Waves travel radially outwards from the storm centre as
4 Off the coast, the mean rise of the tide varies from swell waves, and with the highest swell moving ahead of
15 m (5 ft) off S California to about 23 m (7 ft) off the the storm and roughly in the same direction as the storm.
coast of Washington. Extreme variations from 09 m (3 ft) When a storm approaches a coastline high tides may arise,
below to 3 m (10 ft) above the datum may reasonably be due to the addition of the heavy swell and, later, the very
expected. high seas, which may cause severe flooding in low lying
areas.

SEA AND SWELL SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS

General remarks Salinity

1.161 1.165
1 For general information on sea and swell see The 1 The salinity values for the area covered by this volume
Mariners Handbook. remain constant throughout the year. They vary across the
area from 3200 at the coast in the NE and 3300 at the
Sea conditions coast in the SE, rising to 3450 off the entrance to Golfo
1.162 de California and 3500 in the ocean to the W of the area.
1 Sea waves are generated locally by the wind and can be The isohalsines run EW across the area, meeting the coast
very variable in direction, especially to the N of 40N in at right angles.
winter. Density
Rough seas of 35 m and above are reported, in winter, 1.166
on about 10% of occasions over Golfo de Tehuantepec in 1 For an explanation of density as applied to sea water see
association with outbreaks of strong to gale force N winds. The Mariners Handbook.
These strong N outbreaks also affect other gulfs and bays Density values vary seasonally and vary across the sea
along the S and W coasts of Central America but tend not area covered by this volume. In winter (February), the
to be so persistent or raise such high seas. Temporarily values vary from 102575 g/cm3 in the N to 102275 g/cm3
raised seas are also possible near squally thunderstorms in the S, the isopycnics running EW and meeting the
within the doldrums belt, especially near the S coast of coast at right angles.
Panama in summer. 2 There is a band of low density water at 10N with
2 In January, the frequency of reported combined sea and values less than 102200 g/cm3, falling to 102125 g/cm3 off
swell waves of 35 m and over is around 25 to 30% of the coast of Nicaragua. In summer (August) the values vary
occasions in the extreme NW of the area, decreasing to from 102350 g/cm3 at the coast in the NE of the area, to
about 20% near 40N, 130W and 7 to 10% near 30N, 102275 g/cm3 in the S, the isopycnics running EW and
130W. In April and October the percentage frequencies are meeting the coast at right angles.
around 20, 12 and 5 respectively. By July, combined sea 3 Again, there is a band of low density water at 10N
and swell heights of 35 m and over are uncommon except with values less than 102200 g/cm 3 , falling to
for a small area to the W of Mendocino Bay (3918N, 102100 g/cm3 off the coasts of Nicaragua, Honduras and
12448W) where the frequency is about 10%. Guatemala. A broad area of more dense water extends SW
from the coast of California with values greater than
Swell conditions 102400 g/cm3.
1.163
1 Diagrams 1.163.1 and 1.163.2 give swell roses for Sea surface temperature
January and July. The roses show the percentage of 1.167
observations recording swell from a number of directions 1 The mean sea surface temperatures for January and July
and for various ranges of wave height. are shown in Diagram 1.167. Sea surface temperatures are

27
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

<1 <1 <1 EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from any direction is
given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

40 swell of different heights (in metres) according to the legend: 40
0.1-2.2 4.3-6.2 8.3+
3
2.3-4.2 6.3-8.2

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
1 <1 <1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
28

1 <1 <1 1

20 20

<1 1 <1 1 1 <1

10 10

<1 2 <1 <1 1 <1 1

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Swell distribution JANUARY (1.163.1)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from any direction is

<1 <1 <1 given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

swell of different heights (in metres) according to the legend:
40 40
0.1-2.2 4.3-6.2 8.3+
3
2.3-4.2 6.3-8.2

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
<1 <1 <1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
1 <1 <1 <1
29

20 20

<1 1 1 1 1 <1

10 10

1 1 <1 1 <1 <1 <1

0 0

150 140 130 110 100 Longitude 90 West from Greenwich

Swell distribution JULY (1.163.2)

Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50
6
8
10
40 12 40

14
16
18
30 30
20

22
20 20
24

28
10 28 10
26
28

26
0 <26 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JANUARY

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

<12
12
14
14

16
12

40 40
18

20

30 30

22

20 20
24

26
10 29 10
28

26
0
<26 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JULY
Mean sea surface temperature (C) (1.167)

30
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

generally at their lowest in late January and February and General conditions
highest in August. 1.171
2 Mean sea surface temperatures remain around 26C in 1 The climate of the area covered by this volume varies
the S of the area throughout the year, and with greatly from S to N reflecting the large range of latitude,
temperatures increasing from 6 to 12C in the extreme and with a considerable contrast in temperature between the
NW of the area between January and July. The effect of tropical S and the extreme N where there are frosts and
the cold California Current on the sea surface temperature occasional snow in winter.
isotherms is well marked, particularly in summer, and 2 The area may be broadly divided into three regions:
extends S from about 45N to 20N. There is also a) In the S, there is a hot and rainy tropical climate
considerable upwelling of cold water in the vicinity of this with a short dry season from December to March.
current which is favourable for fog formation with warm b) In N Mexico and S California, there is a dry
moist W to NW winds. subtropical belt with persistent NW winds.
3 Upwelling of cold sub-surface water has also been c) To the N of about 35N, the area is affected by
reported on some occasions, in winter, in Golfo de E-moving depressions from the Pacific Ocean.
Tehuantepec with strong to gale force N winds, and which Winds are more variable with a winter maximum
resulted in a decrease of 6 to 8C in the mean sea surface of rainfall and gales. Summer sea fog is more
temperature. frequent than in the regions further S.
3 The North Pacific anticyclone, especially when it is
Variability intense, frequently dampers out sudden weather changes in
1.168 the N half of the area. As the air circulating around the N
1 In general the mean sea surface temperatures seldom and E flank of the high is generally moist, it has a cooling
vary by more than 1C in the S of the area and 3C in the effect in summer and a warming effect in winter, and
N, except in shallow inshore waters. sudden large changes in temperature are relatively rare.
Between May and November, the region between 10N
and around 30N is affected by tropical storms each year;
Bioluminescence see 1.178.
1.169 4 The coastline referred to in this volume is nearly
1 Strong bioluminescence displays occur in coastal waters 4000 miles long with countless local effects that would
in Central America, particularly within Gulf of Panama and prove too lengthy to list and describe in detail in the
Golfo de California. following sections. Only the major local modifications are
Bioluminescence in Golfo de California usually appears described but other important local effects, that are of
as large glowing patches. The masses of dino-flagellates significance to the mariner, are included in later chapters
that cause this bioluminescence, when viewed during that cover that part of the coast in which they occur. The
daylight, appear as patches of red discoloured water. climatic tables (1.200) also include weather information for
Bioluminescence is most frequent in Golfo de California a large number of coastal stations, however, it should be
during spring and autumn, though displays do occur noted that for some Central American countries the
throughout the year. information shown was based on limited data.
2 Few displays can be expected in the open ocean,
although some extensive bioluminescence probably does Pressure
occur. These displays are usually due to swarms of large
organisms such as Pyrosoma and Salpa (luminescent Average distribution
tunicates) which flare into bright blue-green light when 1.172
disturbed. Bright flashes frequently outline the wakes and 1 The average pressure distribution at MSL in January and
bow waves of ships. The slightest touch at one end of a July is shown in the accompanying Diagram 1.172. The
colony of Pyrosoma causes blue-green light to advance dominant features are the North Pacific anticyclone, the
along the whole structure, with each individual organism equatorial trough or doldrums belt in the S, the winter
lighting in turn, until the whole colony luminesces North American anticyclone and the summer North
brilliantly. American Low.
3 Fishermen off Baja California use the characteristic light Variability
shapes of bioluminescence to detect moving schools of fish 1.173
as they move through swarms of luminescent organisms. 1 It is stressed that the diagrams depict the average
Displays are most prevalent during spring and summer. pressure distribution and that, particularly N of about 35N
in winter and 40N in summer, the actual pressure pattern
can be markedly different from the mean for long periods,
due to the E-moving mobile depressions that mainly track
CLIMATE AND WEATHER just N of the area covered by this volume. Variations in
pressure between about 20N and 40N are usually a
reflection of the intensity of the North Pacific anticyclone,
General information and are generally more gradual.
1.170 2 Between the equator and 20N, there is usually little
1 The following information on climate and weather daily or seasonal pressure change apart from a diurnal
should be read in conjunction with the information variation, or when an occasional tropical storm or hurricane
contained in The Mariners Handbook which explains in affects the region between May and November.
more detail many aspects of meteorology and climatology
of importance to the mariner. Diurnal variation
Weather reports and forecasts, that cover the area, are 1.174
regularly broadcast in English and Spanish; for details see 1 There is a diurnal variation throughout the area covered
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2). by this volume and varies from about 3 hPa in the S to less

31
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

06
10 08
10 0
1
10 2
1
10 4
40 1 HIGH 40
10 6
1
10
18
10
0
102 102
30 0 30
HIGH

1018
20 20
1016
1014
1012
10 10
1
1010 101
ITCZ
ITCZ
0 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JANUARY

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

LOW
40 40

HIGH
1012
30 1024 30

1022 HIGH
1020
20 1018 1016 20
1016 1014
1014 1012
1011
10 1012 10
ITCZ
1011 ITCZ
10
1012 11
0 HIGH 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JULY
Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (h Pa) (1.172)

32
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

than 15 hPa in the extreme N of the region. Pressure be extremely erratic and no part of the W coasts of Mexico
maximum, occurs at 1000 and 2200 local time, and and Central America, N of about 10N, is entirely free
minimum at 0400 and 1600. Diurnal variation in the N of from the threat of tropical storms during the hurricane
the area is often masked, especially in winter, by pressure season.
changes due to the E-moving mobile depressions. 3 In the early part of the hurricane season, few tropical
2 If the pressure should fall in the region between about storms recurve further than NW and generally affect a
10N and 30N by more than 3 hPa in 24 hours, or have a smaller area whilst near the coast, however, they are often
value 5 hPa or more below the monthly average, then the no less violent. A number of tropical depressions that do
existence or possible development of a tropical depression form remain weak and do not develop further, especially
should be suspected. those which occur early and late in the season. Storms that
recurve early to the NE, generally weaken rapidly as they
Anticyclones move overland. Hurricanes are sometimes referred to
locally in Spanish as Cordonazos, a shortened form of
North Pacific anticyclone Cordonazos de San Francisco; a phrase arising from the
1.175 occurrence of a past hurricane on the feast of St Francis
1 The North Pacific anticyclone is a dominating feature of (4th October).
the pressure pattern and of the climate in the region. The
high may consist of several high pressure cells that either North America low
form over the North Pacific or move in from Asia, and 1.179
become increasing frequent during the spring and summer 1 In summer, a heat low develops over the SW part of
as they move towards the Washington and Oregon coasts. North America and, on occasions, can cause an increase in
The mean position of these high pressure systems in the strength of the N winds off the W coast of the United
January is 30N, 130W with an average central pressure States as the North Pacific anticyclone intensifies.
of 1021 hPa, and, in July, the mean position is 36N,
152W with an average pressure of 1026 hPa.
Fronts
Warm and cold fronts
North American anticyclone 1.180
1.176 1 The warm and cold fronts of E-moving mobile
1 In winter an anticyclone develops over North America depressions, that usually cross the region just to the N of
and, on occasions, an intense ridge may extend S which the area covered by this volume, frequently affect the
can result in strong dry E to NE winds affecting California region to the N of about 40N. They are most frequent and
and Mexico, and strong N to NE winds over Central active in winter, and relatively infrequent with less rain in
America. summer. Trailing cold fronts are, on occasions, the source
of rapidly intensifying secondary depressions that move
Depressions quickly E or NE, especially in winter. See The Mariners
Handbook for a full description of the characteristics of
Frontal depressions warm and cold fronts.
1.177
1 Most frontal depressions form well to the W of the area Intertropical convergence zone (ITCZ)
and generally move E or NE just to the N of the area 1.181
covered by this volume, although on crossing the coast it is 1 The equatorial trough, or doldrums, is a zone of
not uncommon for them to turn SE. These depressions are relatively low pressure towards which the trade winds of
most frequent in winter as they track towards Gulf of the N and S hemispheres converge and where the ITCZ is
Alaska and the coast of British Columbia. As the mean located. Within the ITCZ the winds are generally light and
position of the North Pacific anticyclones moves NW and variable but where thundery showers and squalls are
intensifies in summer, so these E-moving depressions are common. In winter the ITCZ lies from W to E between
forced farther N, and at the same time decrease both in 2N and 5N, and by May it has moved N to the latitude
frequency and intensity. of Panama. From June to September much of Central
America S of 15N is within the doldrums belt, and it is
Tropical depressions, tropical storms, hurricanes within this area that tropical depressions are likely to form.
1.178
1 Tropical depressions are most likely to be encountered in Winds
the area between 10N and 30N to the W of the Mexican Average distribution
and Central American coast. They usually develop during 1.182
the period from late May to early November, with the 1 Wind roses showing the frequency of winds of various
highest frequency of occurrence between July and directions and speeds for January and July are given in
September. For a full description of tropical storms and diagrams 1.182.1 and 1.182.2.
hurricanes, including signs of approach and recommended
courses of action, see The Mariners Handbook. Open sea
2 In the area covered by this volume, around fifteen 1.183
tropical depressions intensify into tropical storms each year 1 In general the wind is governed by the pressure
and of these about seven intensify further to hurricane distribution, in particular the position and intensity of the
strength. The majority of tropical storms either move W, or North Pacific anticyclone, and can be divided into four
recurve between N and NE (see Diagram 1.178 for the main wind field patterns for the area covered by this
most likely tracks). They rarely move N of about 30N, volume.
and of those that do recurve NE towards the S Californian 2 a) Variable fresh to strong winds, mainly between SE
coast only very rarely are they of tropical storm strength. and NW affect the open sea area N of about
The movement of tropical depressions, or hurricanes, can 30N in winter.

33
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

40 40

MIT - JULY
THERN LI
TE NOR
OXIMA
APPR BE R
30 OCTO 30
AY &
IT - M
N LIM
HER

CHAPTER 1
N ORT
ATE
34

ROXIM
APP

20 20
MOST LIKELY TRACK
S

10 10

NORMAL SOUTHERN LIMIT

OF TROPICAL STO
RMS

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Normal limits of tropical storms / main tracks (1.178)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

<1 <1 1 EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from any direction is

given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:
40 40
4

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
<1 <1 1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
35

<1 <1 1 1

20 20

<1 <1 <1 <1 2 3

10 10

<1 <1 2 1 2 2 4

0 0
150 140 130 120 110 Longitude 100 West from Greenwich 80

Wind distribution JANUARY (1.182.1)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from any direction is

<1 <1 1 given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:
40 40
4

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
1 <1 <1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
0 <1 1 1
36

20 20

<1 <1 <1 1 2 2

10 10

2 1 1 1 2 1 3

0 0

150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Wind distribution JULY (1.182.2)

Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

b) On the E flank of the North Pacific anticyclone, N summer. Depending on the prevailing wind, these breezes
to NW winds extends from around 25N to 32N may reinforce or moderate the strength of the prevailing
over the open sea (and to about 40N in coastal wind. Sea breezes normally set in by late morning, increase
areas) in winter, and to near 50N in summer. to a maximum of about force 3 to 4 by mid afternoon and
3 c) The North-east Trade Winds blow on the S side then die away by sunset. The land breeze is generally
of the anticyclone and extend S from about 25N weaker and blows as a light offshore wind from around
in winter, and 30N in summer, to near the midnight to soon after dawn. On S coasts to the E of
equatorial trough. Winds are moderate, generally Acapulco (1650N, 9953W), sea breezes tend to set in
around force 3 to 5 but with some increase in from between W and SSE and to the NW of Acapulco
strength in the winter months, especially in the W from between W and NW. To the N of around 26N, sea
of the area. These winds tend to back N or NW breezes may well bring offshore sea fog into coastal areas
near the coast which results in a mainly N to NW with a decrease in temperature. Similarly, land breezes may
flow along the whole coastline from 15 to cause inland radiation fogs to drift out to sea during the
around 40N in winter and near 50N in summer. early part of the day.
4 d) Near the equatorial trough the winds decrease and
become light and variable within the doldrums Gales
belt. In summer the ITCZ moves N to between 1.186
10N and 15N, and the South-east Trade Winds 1 Winds of gale force 8 and above occur within the
extend across the equator, but veer to the SW off circulations of tropical storms and hurricanes. These storms
the S coast of Panama. normally develop between 10N and 30N to the W of the
Coastal waters Mexican and Central American coasts. The hurricane
1.184 season usually lasts from late May to early November.
1 As over the open sea, the pressure pattern has a major 2 Gales are most frequent in the NW of the area in winter
influence on the strength and direction of the prevailing and infrequent in all seasons in the S and SE of the area,
wind, however, within about 20 miles of the coast the except for Gulf of Tehuantepec, in winter, where around 5
winds may be greatly modified by local topography and to 10% of observations record winds of force 7 and above.
land and sea breezes effects (see The Mariners Handbook In January, the percentage frequency of winds of force 7
for a full description). and above ranges from around 24% in the extreme NW of
2 A number of important local winds to the S of about the area to about 5% at 30N, 130W and % in the
35N are the result of the establishment of the North extreme SE. By July the frequency of occurrence reduces
American anticyclone in the late autumn. On the occasions in the extreme NW to around 2%, 1% at 30N, 130W but
when the anticyclone intensifies and extends S towards the off Mendocino Bay (39N, 124W) the frequency only
N parts of Gulf of Mexico, it can result in strong N to NE decreases from 10 to 5% between January and July.
winds over the countries of Central America and Mexico,
and an infrequent but violent E wind, known as the Santa
Ana, of up to around 50 kn near San Pedro Bay, Los Cloud
Angeles. These winds are particularly strong where they are
channelled through mountain passes. North winds over the Open sea
Central American countries are generally referred to as 1.187
Northers, or Nortes. Local names for these N winds are as 1 In general cloud amounts increase from E to W away
follows: from the coast, and are generally higher in summer than
3 Papagayos between Guatemala and Costa Rica. In winter. In January, the average cloud amount in the NW of
this area these N to NE winds are most frequent the area covered by this volume is around 6 oktas, and 4 to
and persistent in January and February and, on 5 oktas in the SE. By July, the average cloud cover
occasions, reach gale force. increases to about 7 oktas in the NW and 5 to 6 oktas in
Tehuantepecanos in Golfo de Tehuantepec. These N the SE. However, on any particular day the actual cloud
winds are particularly strong and have been known amount can be very different from the mean, particularly in
to increase to force 10 to 12 on some occasions. the NW of the area.
They are most frequent between November and
September when they occur about five times per
month. Coastal waters
4 There are a number of other names that are given to 1.188
local winds that affect the S and W coasts of Central 1 Cloud cover in coastal waters is also higher in summer
America, two of these are as follows: than winter but with a greater percentage increase in the
Temporales is the name given to strong to gale force SE. Between January and July the average cloud amount in
W to SW winds that mainly occur in July and the N of the area increases from 5 to 6 oktas and in the SE
August. from 4 to 6 oktas. The lowest cloud amounts are recorded
5 Chubascos mainly occur in May and October and in Golfo de Tehuantepec in winter with a monthly average
refer to violent thundery squalls moving offshore of just under 2 oktas, and increases in summer to around
during the late afternoon and evening, and 5 oktas. The coastal waters between Mazatlan (1.212) and
accompanied by a sudden wind shift from SW to the mouth of Golfo de California experience the least cloud
ENE. (2 to 4 oktas) throughout the year.
2 Large cumulus or cumulonimbus are frequent in the S of
Land and sea breezes the area in summer as the ITCZ moves N. Low stratus
1.185 cloud, or high fog, occurs almost daily off the California
1 Land and sea breezes affect all of the coastline N to coast in summer and is mainly due to the cooling of the
around 40N in winter and to the N limit of this volume in moist maritime air by the cold California Current.

37
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Precipitation April, May and November. Sea fog is most widespread

1.189 between July and October, and during September frequently
1 The climatic tables (1.200) give the average amounts of extends N to Cape Flattery. In most seasons the fog
precipitation for each month at a number of coastal stations frequency decreases with increasing distance from the
and the mean number of days in each month when coast, especially to the S of about 32N, however, off the
significant precipitation is recorded. In coastal areas, coast of Washington, in August, around 10 to 20% of
rainfall amounts are generally higher on wind facing coasts, observations record fog out to around 140W.
and over high ground, than at sea to windward. 3 Visibilities are frequently reduced to near fog limits in
the SE of the area during heavy thunderstorms in the wet
Rain season, and in the N of the area near warm and cold
1.190 fronts.
1 Over the open sea, rain can be expected in the extreme
NW of the area on about 25 days a month in January and Air temperature
10 days in July. At around 20N, 120W rain is recorded
on around 2 to 5 days each month throughout the year. In General information
the extreme S of the area prolonged heavy thundery 1.194
showers can be expected on about 15 to 20 days a month 1 To the N of about 16N, the coldest month is generally
between May and December. January and the warmest August. The temperature can be
2 In coastal areas, the rainfall is considerable in the variable in the N of the area due to the changes of
extreme N and SE of the area covered by this volume, and airstream that are associated with the passage of warm and
with a minimum in the vicinity of Golfo de California. cold fronts, particularly in winter. To the S of about 16N
Annual rainfall averages around 2100 to 2600 mm in the the variation in the mean air temperature between winter
extreme N and SE of the area, and 200 to 250 mm over and summer is relatively small.
Golfo de California, however, the quantity and duration can
Open Sea
vary significantly from one day to another and one month
1.195
to another. The rain or thundery showers in the S are
1 In the extreme NW of the area covered by this volume,
usually more intense but less prolonged than in the N. To
the mean air temperature in January is about 7C and in
the S of about 25N, the driest period is from late
August around 15C. In the S of the area the mean air
December to early April, and to the N of around 30N
temperature remains at around 26C throughout the year,
from May to September.
except for an offshore region, to the S of the area between
3 Periods of drought are not unusual in the vicinity of
El Salvador and the S part of Golfo de California, where it
Golfo de California and further S in the dry season.
increases to about 28C in summer. The mean air
Equally, exceptionally heavy rainfall (250 to 300 mm in
temperature over the open sea is generally similar to that of
24 hours) of relatively short duration is not uncommon
the mean sea surface temperature and rarely varies by more
along the coast from S Mexico to Panama during the wet
than 1 or 2C, except in shallow coastal waters and, on
season.
occasions, in the N in winter.
Thunderstorms Coastal waters
1.191 1.196
1 In coastal areas N of about 30N, thunderstorms are 1 Air temperatures in coastal waters are generally more
relatively infrequent with an average of about five per year variable than over the open sea to the W, and are greatly
and with a slightly higher frequency of occurrence in affected by land and sea breezes with distinct diurnal and
summer. Thunderstorm activity increases rapidly to the SE seasonal temperature variations. The climatic tables (1.200)
of about 22N between late April and early December. give mean temperatures for a number of coastal stations.
Around 23 thunderstorms per year are reported near 2 In coastal areas to the S of about 16N, the warmest
Mazatlan (1.212) and about 125 per year at Ciudad de months are generally March and April when the skies are
David (1.201) in Panama. relatively clear, and before the ITCZ moves N in summer.
The coldest months are usually October and November
Snow
although the variation in the mean air temperature is
1.192
relatively small. In the S half of the area, in winter, cold
1 Snow occurs, to the N of around 40N, on about 2 to
spells are frequently associated with winds from between N
3 days per month in midwinter and occasionally in
and E, and are usually the result of the North America
November, March and April.
anticyclone extending S towards Gulf of Mexico.
Fog and visibility
1.193 Relative humidity
1 Sea fogs are common N of about 25N in summer and General information
early autumn, and are formed by relatively warm moist air 1.197
from between SW and NW being cooled by the California 1 Humidity is closely related to air temperature and
Current and the upwelling of cold water near the coast. In generally decreases as the temperature increases. During the
addition, radiation fogs frequently affects large stretches of early morning, when the air temperature is normally at its
the coast during the early part of the day, in autumn and lowest, the humidity is generally at its highest, and falls to
winter, to the N of about 22N. Fog is rare in all seasons S a minimum in the afternoon.
of about 22N. For a full description of these types of fog
see The Mariners Handbook. Open sea
2 The greatest frequency of fog occurs off the coast of 1.198
California between 36 and 40N where between 10 and 1 The mean humidity S of about 10N and N of around
20% of all observations record fog in all months except for 40N is between 80 and 85% for most of the year, and

38
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

decreases, between 20 and 30N, to about 75% in winter have been re-sited and so the position given in the table is
and 80% in summer. Near the cold California Current the the latest available.
humidity increases to 100% in fog. Note. For some Central American countries the
information shown was based on limited data.
Coastal waters 2 It is emphasised that these data are average conditions
1.199 and refer to the specific location of the observing station
1 There are often relatively large changes in humidity and therefore may not be representative of the conditions
along the coast depending on latitude, exposure to the over the open sea or in approaches to ports in their
prevailing wind, distance from the open sea and land and vicinity. The following comments briefly list some of the
sea breeze effects. differences to be expected between conditions over open
To the S of about 16N, 95% humidity is not sea and those at the nearest reporting station (see The
uncommon in the early morning, and 70% in the afternoon, Mariners Handbook for further details).
during the wet season. The areas with the lowest humidities 3 Wind speeds tend to be higher at sea with more
are the N part of Golfo de California, where the annual frequent gales than on land, although funnelling in
mean is around 50%, and Golfo de Tehuantepec, narrow inlets can result in an increase in wind
particularly in winter. strength.
Precipitation along mountainous wind facing coasts
can be considerably higher than at sea to
CLIMATIC TABLES windward. Similarly, precipitation in the lee of
1.200 high ground is generally less.
1 The climatic tables which follow give data for several 4 Air temperature over the sea is less variable than over
coastal stations which regularly undertake weather the land.
observations; see Diagram 1.200. Some of these stations Topography has a marked effect on local conditions.

39
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50
1.223
TATOOSH ISLAND
QUILLAYUTE
1.222
ASTORIA/CLATSOP
1.221 PORTLAND
1.220

EUREKA
40 1.219 40

SAN FRANCISCO
1.218

LOS ANGELES 1.216

1.217 SAN DIEGO/LINDBERGH

30 30

CHAPTER 1
ISLA GUADALUPE 1.214
1.215 EMPALME
40

LA PAZ
1.212
1.213 COLONIA JUAN
CARRASCO MAZATLAN

20 1.211 20
MANZANILLO/COLIMA
ISLA SOCORRO
1.210 1.2 08
ACAPULCO SALINA CRUZ
1 . 209 1 . 20 7
1 .20 6TAPACHULA
SAN JOSE 1.2 0 4
ACAJUTLA AMAPALA
1.2 05
MANAGUA AC SANDINO
10 1 .20 3 10
PUNTARENAS
1 . 2 02
CIUDAD DE DAVID
1. 2 0 1

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Location of climatic stations (1.200)

Home Contents Index

1.201

WMO No 78793 CIUDAD DE DAVID (PANAMA) (8 24 N, 82 25 W) Height above MSL 26 m

Climatic Table compiled from 2 to 15 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
Mean highest
{

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1400

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1010 32 19 34 19 92 56 3 4 22 1 5 9 | 1 |
February 1010 33 20 35 19 83 51 3 3 19 1 8 11 3 6 12 14 7 3 36 3 7 | 0 |
March 1010 34 21 36 20 84 49 3 4 37 2 WINTER 3 8 0 0 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 34 22 36 20 87 54 5 6 90 4 4 6 0 0 12
41

May 1010 32 22 34 20 95 72 6 7 282 13 8 12 3 5 18 17 4 2 31 3 6 0 1 15

June 1010 31 23 32 21 95 71 7 8 349 16 SPRING 3 6 0 1 16
July 1010 31 22 32 21 95 71 7 8 253 13 3 6 0 1 20
August 1010 31 22 32 21 96 74 7 7 332 14 5 8 2 4 9 18 7 4 43 3 6 0 2 21
September 1010 31 21 33 20 94 71 7 7 393 15 SUMMER 3 9 0 1 20
October 1010 30 21 32 20 96 70 7 7 399 17 3 6 | 1 8
November 1010 30 21 31 20 96 73 6 7 281 14 3 6 2 5 10 17 8 3 46 2 6 | 2 8
December 1010 31 21 34 20 94 63 4 5 79 8 AUTUMN 2 7 | 1 4
Means 1010 32 21 36* 18 92 65 5 6 _ _ 3 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2536 118 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 11 125
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 2 6 6 2 2 15 5 15 2 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.202

WMO No 78760 PUNTARENAS (COSTA RICA) (9 58 N, 84 50 W) Height above MSL 5 m

Climatic Table compiled from 14 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
1200 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
1200

1800

1200

1800

1200

1800

Fog
fall

Variable
< 3 kt

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1010 34 21 36 19 56 73 1 3 5 0 1 7 9 | 15 15 24 0 30 | 4 5 | 17 1 1 1 72 6 2 0 0 |
February 1009 34 20 37 19 51 69 1 2 2 0 1 17 6 1 19 12 22 0 23 1 7 1 2 10 2 2 1 75 8 2 0 0 |
March 1009 36 23 37 20 52 71 2 3 3 1 2 11 5 1 19 9 25 0 28 | 5 2 1 23 1 1 | 69 6 2 | | |

CHAPTER 1
April 1009 35 24 37 21 56 74 3 5 31 1 | 3 1 1 36 14 14 0 32 1 1 2 2 29 | 1 | 65 5 2 0 | |
42

May 1011 34 24 35 22 67 80 5 6 154 11 | 2 1 | 41 6 3 1 47 | 1 3 1 18 | 1 1 76 4 1 | | 1

June 1010 33 24 34 23 70 85 6 7 232 13 | | | | 19 1 4 | 76 1 1 2 1 11 | 1 | 84 1 1 0 0 6
July 1011 33 23 34 22 72 85 6 7 186 8 1 | 1 | 23 2 4 1 70 | 1 2 1 8 1 | | 89 2 0 0 | 7
August 1011 32 23 33 22 72 87 6 7 229 11 | | | 1 20 3 8 | 70 1 | 2 1 3 | | | 95 2 0 0 | 5
September 1011 32 23 33 22 73 88 5 8 300 11 | 1 1 | 23 5 5 0 66 1 2 2 1 4 1 2 | 86 2 1 | 1 8
October 1010 32 23 33 22 73 87 5 7 265 11 | | | | 21 3 4 0 72 1 | 1 | 4 | 1 | 94 2 1 | 0 6
November 1010 32 23 33 21 69 85 5 6 123 5 1 3 | | 13 6 6 0 71 | 1 | 1 4 | | | 94 2 1 0 0 2
December 1010 32 22 35 20 63 79 3 4 26 3 3 8 1 | 17 3 12 0 57 | 3 1 | 9 | | | 87 3 1 0 0 1
Means 1010 33 23 38* 19 65 80 4 5 _ _ 1 4 2 | 23 6 10 | 55 | 2 2 1 11 | 1 | 83 4 1 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1555 75 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 2 36
Extreme values _ _ _ 43 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 8 12 12 25 4 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.203

WMO No 78741 MANAGUA A.C. SANDINO (NICARAGUA) (12 09 N, 86 10 W) Height above MSL 56 m
Climatic Table compiled from 6 to 39 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

0.3 mm or more
No. of days with
Month

in each month

in each month
1200 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

1200

1800

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 33 21 34 19 85 48 3 4 4 2 | 33 51 15 | 0 0 0 1 0 31 36 14 | 0 0 0 19 6 3 | 1 0
February 1011 33 22 35 20 86 46 3 4 1 | | 31 48 20 1 0 | | | 0 28 34 30 3 0 | | 5 5 4 | 1 0
March 1011 35 23 36 20 86 46 4 4 1 | 4 13 51 26 | 0 2 1 3 1 8 36 39 4 1 4 1 6 5 4 | 1 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 35 23 37 21 82 45 5 5 11 | 5 10 43 40 | | | | 3 0 5 15 60 3 | | | 18 5 3 | 2 2
43

May 1010 35 24 37 23 86 55 6 7 95 7 6 6 30 36 2 3 5 3 9 0 9 16 40 4 4 2 2 24 3 3 | | 6
June 1010 32 24 34 23 93 67 7 7 230 14 1 9 36 25 3 1 5 | 20 0 4 25 28 4 | 5 | 35 3 2 | 1 16
July 1011 32 23 33 22 93 65 7 7 140 14 | 16 55 19 3 | | | 7 0 7 24 41 2 | | | 24 4 2 | 1 12
August 1011 32 23 33 22 94 65 7 7 143 15 1 17 50 24 1 1 | | 5 2 8 27 17 2 | 0 | 44 4 2 0 0 10
September 1011 33 23 34 22 97 67 7 7 209 18 4 6 42 27 | | 0 | 21 0 2 10 12 3 3 0 | 71 3 1 | | 19
October 1011 32 22 34 21 96 65 6 6 303 20 | 17 39 23 | 0 0 4 17 0 | 17 7 | | 0 2 74 3 1 0 | 14
November 1011 32 22 33 21 94 59 5 6 48 6 | 31 41 10 | 0 0 1 16 0 8 17 9 | 2 0 | 64 4 1 0 | 4
December 1012 33 22 34 21 88 53 5 6 11 1 4 32 53 7 2 0 0 | 4 0 17 31 6 1 | 0 | 45 6 2 0 | 1
Means 1011 33 23 38* 18 90 57 5 6 _ _ 2 18 45 23 1 1 1 1 9 | 12 25 24 2 1 1 | 34 4 2 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1196 97 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 7 84
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 17 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 6 21 6 6 39 7 6 6 6 32 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.204

WMO No 78700 AMAPALA (HONDURAS) (13 16 N, 87 39 W) Height above MSL 5 m

Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 12 years observations, 1931 to 1972

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

in each month

in each month
Mean highest

mm or more
Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale

Fog
fall
{ {

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1011 33 24 61 3 2 _
February 1010 34 24 61 3 1
March 1009 35 25 61 3 8

CHAPTER 1
April 1009 36 26 63 5 23
44

May 1009 34 25 69 6 301

June 1010 32 23 76 7 355
July 1010 33 24 72 6 193
August 1010 33 24 72 6 215
September 1010 32 23 79 7 474
October 1010 32 23 79 7 399
November 1010 32 23 62 5 37
December 1011 33 23 65 3 2
Means 1010 33 24 * 69 5 _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 5 7 12 10 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.205

WMO No 78650 ACAJUTLA (EL SALVADOR) (13 34 N, 89 50 W) Height above MSL 15 m

Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 50 years observations, 1921 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

0600

1200

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1009 33 23 35 21 74 59 1 1 2 | 38 63 | | | 0 | | | 11 | | | 22 11 44 0 11 4 5 0 0 0
February 1012 33 22 36 22 65 52 1 2 1 | 46 46 | | | 0 | 8 | 10 | | 24 29 19 14 0 5 5 8 0 0 0
March 1011 33 24 35 22 64 62 2 2 6 | 67 27 7 | | 0 | | | 7 | | 14 21 21 29 0 7 4 6 0 | 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 33 25 34 23 78 66 5 4 52 4 43 29 7 7 | | | | 14 | | 8 17 33 25 17 0 | 3 6 0 3 0
45

May 1009 34 25 35 23 85 67 6 6 174 10 33 27 13 7 | | | | 20 | | | 6 50 13 31 0 | 3 5 | | 8

June 1010 34 25 35 23 81 64 6 6 310 17 47 18 24 | | | 12 | | 8 8 8 17 25 8 17 0 8 7 3 | 0 9
July 1010 33 24 35 22 81 62 5 5 263 18 46 38 8 | | | | 7 | 7 | | 21 21 22 21 | 7 4 4 | 0 6
August 1011 33 23 35 22 81 67 6 5 278 17 60 13 20 | | | | | | | | 5 29 19 5 24 5 14 4 5 | 0 11
September 1010 32 23 34 22 85 70 5 6 336 17 33 53 13 | | 0 | | | | | 17 22 1 11 33 6 11 4 5 | | 2
October 1010 32 23 33 22 83 68 6 4 262 12 46 25 14 | | 0 | 11 4 | 3 9 9 13 6 28 3 28 8 8 0 2 1
November 1011 32 23 33 21 74 61 3 3 30 2 62 28 10 | | 0 | | | | | | 17 9 14 40 | 20 4 9 0 | 1
December 1011 32 22 33 21 73 54 1 3 5 | 50 33 11 6 | 0 | | | | 5 5 5 10 15 45 0 15 4 6 0 | 0
Means 1010 33 24 37* 16 77 63 4 4 _ _ 49 31 12 2 | | 1 2 3 3 1 5 16 19 13 30 1 13 5 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1719 100 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 5 38
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 5 9 5 5 50/14 5 5 5 5 5 5

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.206

WMO No 78647 SAN JOSE (GUATEMALA) (13 55 N, 90 49 W) Height above MSL 2 m

Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 12 years observations, 1971 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

in each month

in each month
0600 1200

Mean highest

mm or more
Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

0600

1200

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 33 19 35 17 93 52 1 1 4 _ 12 3 1 0 0 | | 7 78 | 4 2 15 70 9 1 | | 1 9 0 | |
February 1011 33 19 35 16 90 52 1 1 | _ 9 4 | 0 0 1 1 11 74 2 1 1 14 64 17 | 2 1 1 10 0 1 |
March 1011 34 20 35 17 93 52 2 2 6 _ 5 1 | 0 0 | | 7 87 1 1 | 16 52 29 | 1 1 1 10 0 | 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 35 21 36 20 93 56 3 2 24 _ 5 3 1 | 0 0 1 9 81 1 | | 15 58 25 1 | 2 1 10 0 | 1
46

May 1010 34 22 35 21 95 63 5 4 110 _ 3 2 | 2 | 0 2 7 85 | 1 1 18 54 18 4 2 2 1 9 0 | 7

June 1010 33 23 34 22 95 68 6 6 212 _ 6 6 3 3 2 0 2 10 68 | 2 2 18 53 14 2 1 6 2 8 0 0 15
July 1011 33 22 35 22 95 66 6 6 146 _ 7 1 2 3 | | | 13 74 1 1 | 26 47 15 2 2 7 1 7 0 0 12
August 1011 33 22 34 22 96 69 6 6 174 _ 7 2 1 6 | 1 1 7 76 | | 3 25 45 20 4 1 3 1 8 0 0 16
September 1010 32 22 34 22 96 70 6 6 204 _ 7 2 3 1 2 | | 6 80 | 1 | 27 48 18 3 1 3 1 8 0 | 14
October 1010 32 22 33 21 96 66 4 5 101 _ 8 2 2 3 | 0 1 7 79 | | 1 21 50 23 1 1 4 1 8 0 0 9
November 1010 33 21 34 20 96 61 3 3 15 _ 6 | 1 | | 0 | 5 88 2 | 1 17 57 19 1 1 3 1 7 0 | 3
December 1011 33 19 34 17 95 56 2 2 3 _ 5 1 1 | 0 0 1 9 84 2 1 | 17 58 18 1 1 2 1 8 | 0 1
Means 1011 33 21 37* 16 94 61 4 4 _ _ 7 2 1 1 | | 1 8 80 1 1 1 19 55 19 2 1 3 1 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 999 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 3 79
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 12 12 10 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.207

WMO No 76903 TAPACHULA (MEXICO) (14 55 N, 92 16 W) Height above MSL 182 m

Climatic Table compiled from 11 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1944

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1500

0600

1500

0600

1500

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 34 18 36 14 86 54 1 3 6 1 3 63 20 | | | | | 14 3 4 | 1 3 15 66 8 | 3 10 2 | |
February 1012 34 18 37 16 86 48 1 3 6 1 7 53 19 | 1 | | 1 20 3 3 | | 3 18 62 9 1 3 11 1 0 |
March 1011 35 19 37 17 87 54 1 3 24 3 11 46 16 | | | | 3 23 3 6 2 1 3 14 60 11 1 3 12 2 0 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 36 20 38 18 87 53 1 4 71 5 9 44 23 1 | | | 1 22 4 13 4 | 2 14 51 11 2 3 11 1 0 2
47

May 1010 34 21 37 18 90 63 4 5 267 16 13 44 16 | 1 1 1 4 21 5 19 6 1 3 18 37 8 4 3 7 | 1 9

June 1011 33 21 36 19 93 71 5 7 426 22 10 45 15 3 2 | 3 1 22 15 22 12 1 6 9 21 8 6 2 7 1 1 9
July 1012 33 21 35 20 92 65 4 6 340 17 12 47 18 1 1 1 1 1 17 17 23 9 6 4 6 22 8 5 3 8 | 1 11
August 1012 33 21 35 20 92 66 4 6 326 16 8 46 22 | | 1 1 1 21 18 26 12 3 3 8 18 7 6 3 7 | 1 12
September 1011 32 21 35 19 94 69 4 6 460 20 10 44 15 2 | 1 2 2 24 14 33 7 4 6 6 21 4 7 3 8 | | 10
October 1011 32 21 35 19 93 71 3 6 352 16 8 55 14 1 | 1 1 | 19 13 22 7 2 3 17 26 4 6 3 7 | 1 5
November 1011 33 20 35 18 90 63 1 5 71 4 5 63 18 | | | | | 14 6 9 5 | 4 20 44 4 8 3 6 1 | 3
December 1012 33 18 35 17 89 59 1 3 11 1 3 70 14 | | | | | 12 4 6 1 | 3 14 60 9 3 3 7 1 | 1
Means 1011 33 20 37* 14 90 61 3 5 _ _ 8 52 17 1 1 | 1 1 19 9 16 5 2 4 13 40 8 4 3 8 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2360 122 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 10 5 64
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 11 41 11 11 11 50/30 11 11 11 11 41 41

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.208

WMO No 76833 SALINA CRUZ (MEXICO) (16 11 N, 95 12 W) Height above MSL 18 m

Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 41 years observations, 1931 to 1993

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

Fog
fall
|

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1013 31 21 33 18 66 52 1 2 7 2 73 6 1 | 4 2 1 5 9 57 10 | 4 24 4 | 1 1 19 9 | |
February 1012 31 21 34 18 66 51 1 1 7 1 71 3 | 1 6 | | 5 14 53 10 | 4 26 5 1 1 1 18 4 | |
March 1012 32 22 35 19 72 54 1 1 2 2 47 6 | 1 11 5 2 8 21 31 9 | 5 47 5 | 2 2 17 3 | |

CHAPTER 1
April 1011 33 23 37 20 70 54 2 2 3 1 64 1 | 1 6 4 1 4 20 32 4 1 2 51 9 | 1 1 17 3 | |
48

May 1010 34 24 38 20 73 55 3 3 56 7 56 10 | | 2 3 2 6 21 20 13 | 3 56 5 1 | 3 13 1 1 3
June 1010 33 23 37 20 82 65 6 5 272 16 53 8 | 1 3 1 2 4 28 26 6 | 8 43 10 1 1 6 10 | 1 11
July 1011 33 24 36 20 77 60 5 5 156 9 61 8 | 1 2 | 1 17 10 44 17 1 4 21 7 1 2 4 11 0 1 11
August 1011 33 25 36 21 75 57 4 4 172 11 64 12 | | | | 2 14 8 42 19 2 7 16 8 | | 7 11 0 1 9
September 1010 33 24 35 22 76 60 5 6 275 11 61 10 | | 2 2 2 16 7 41 18 2 2 23 7 2 1 4 9 1 | 7
October 1011 33 23 34 21 70 50 3 3 83 6 75 4 | | | | 1 15 6 50 18 1 1 22 4 | 3 1 12 5 | 4
November 1012 32 23 34 20 66 50 1 2 14 3 63 5 1 | 4 | 4 13 11 57 8 | 3 25 5 | | 2 16 5 | 1
December 1012 31 22 34 18 65 52 1 1 5 1 69 9 | | 1 1 1 11 8 55 12 | 2 24 2 | 3 2 17 6 0 |
Means 1011 32 23 39* 17 72 55 3 3 _ _ 63 7 | | 3 2 1 10 14 43 12 | 4 31 6 | 1 | 14 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1052 70 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 37 5 46
Extreme values _ _ _ 41 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 41 41 11 11 40 30 11 11 10 12 32 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.209

WMO No 76805 ACAPULCO (MEXICO) (16 50 N, 99 56 W) Height above MSL 28 m

Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1944

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1500

0600

1500

0600

1500

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 31 21 34 18 91 63 2 2 9 7 65 10 | | | 1 1 8 15 | 1 | 1 4 26 56 11 1 3 4 0 1 |
February 1011 32 21 34 18 91 62 1 1 1 2 60 9 1 1 | 1 | 10 19 3 | 1 1 3 25 52 15 1 3 5 | | |
March 1011 32 21 34 18 91 63 1 1 1 | 54 5 2 | | | 2 14 22 3 | | | 2 17 56 21 | 2 6 | | 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 32 22 34 19 90 64 2 2 1 1 35 6 2 1 | 1 2 16 38 2 | | | 3 15 60 20 | 1 6 | 1 |
49

May 1009 33 23 35 20 90 65 3 3 30 4 27 7 2 1 1 1 4 21 38 3 1 | 2 3 16 59 16 | 2 6 | 1 1
June 1010 33 25 36 21 90 68 6 5 306 17 30 11 7 3 1 1 2 19 27 2 1 2 9 10 22 40 14 1 2 6 | 2 5
July 1011 34 25 36 22 90 68 6 5 218 14 41 13 5 | 1 1 2 15 23 3 2 3 10 6 19 43 11 3 3 5 | 1 7
August 1011 34 25 36 21 91 69 6 5 250 14 45 10 5 2 1 1 1 14 20 4 3 3 6 6 18 44 12 4 2 4 | 2 7
September 1010 33 24 35 21 92 71 6 5 368 20 40 17 5 1 1 2 2 13 18 4 3 3 9 7 19 41 11 4 3 5 | 2 6
October 1011 33 24 35 21 92 68 4 4 160 10 47 13 3 1 | | 1 15 20 3 1 2 4 5 23 44 16 3 3 5 | 1 4
November 1011 32 23 35 20 92 65 2 3 38 3 57 8 2 | 2 | 2 14 15 3 | 1 2 3 16 55 16 5 3 4 | 1 1
December 1011 32 22 34 19 91 65 2 2 8 1 62 7 3 | 1 | 1 10 16 1 1 1 1 3 23 54 13 3 3 4 | | |
Means 1011 33 23 38* 17 91 66 3 3 _ _ 47 10 3 1 1 1 2 14 23 3 1 1 4 5 20 50 15 2 3 5 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1390 93 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 13 31
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 20 28 8 20 20 50 30 20 20 20 40 40 40

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.210

WMO No 76723 ISLA SOCORRO (MEXICO) (18 43 N, 110 57 W) Height above MSL 35 m
Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 12 years observations, 1983 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1700

0700

1700

0700

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1014 27 20 30 16 77 66 3 4 24 _ 35 47 5 1 1 1 1 5 5 16 41 13 4 4 8 8 4 2 6 7 | 4 0
February 1014 28 19 31 16 75 61 3 4 17 _ 36 39 5 1 2 1 3 9 5 12 32 8 7 9 8 16 8 1 5 7 | 1 0
March 1013 28 19 31 16 75 60 3 4 0 _ 33 32 5 3 5 4 2 12 5 11 23 4 8 12 14 18 11 | 4 7 | 2 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1013 29 19 32 16 75 59 3 4 0 _ 29 29 7 3 6 2 6 13 7 7 9 5 12 17 11 29 9 1 4 7 | 2 0
50

May 1012 29 20 33 16 80 61 2 3 3 _ 22 21 6 5 4 2 7 11 22 2 4 4 12 24 17 28 8 | 3 6 | 2 0
June 1011 30 21 33 18 84 67 3 4 4 _ 12 28 7 2 4 2 10 20 15 3 10 6 18 17 10 27 10 1 5 7 | 2 0
July 1011 31 24 34 21 87 73 3 5 34 _ 15 27 7 5 4 2 6 13 20 4 17 16 18 10 7 15 13 2 6 7 | 3 |
August 1011 31 24 33 22 86 74 3 5 65 _ 18 28 12 8 4 1 6 12 12 4 15 14 21 8 9 17 9 2 5 6 | 6 |
September 1010 31 24 34 20 87 75 3 5 36 _ 23 21 6 7 5 6 10 9 14 9 15 12 11 11 10 20 10 2 6 7 | 7 1
October 1012 31 23 33 18 84 73 3 4 73 _ 27 37 4 2 2 1 4 8 15 14 26 14 8 8 7 13 7 5 4 7 | 5 |
November 1013 30 22 32 17 80 69 3 4 14 _ 34 44 7 2 2 1 2 4 4 16 47 11 5 4 5 7 4 1 6 8 | 5 |
December 1014 28 21 31 17 80 69 4 5 38 _ 35 38 8 3 1 1 2 6 8 20 46 14 5 1 2 5 4 3 6 8 | 4 |
Means 1012 29 21 35* 15 81 67 3 4 _ _ 26 32 6 4 3 2 5 10 11 10 23 10 11 11 9 17 8 2 5 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 308 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 43 2
Extreme values _ _ _ 37 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 12 12 10 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.211

WMO No MANZANILLO COLIMA (MEXICO) (19 03 N, 104 20 W) Height above MSL 3 m

Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 42 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0500

0500

0500

1400
1100

1100

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1013 30 20 33 17 2 3 78 62 8 1 78 15 2 1 | 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 4 11 22 51 7 | 4 7 1 | |
February 1014 29 19 32 16 1 2 78 61 5 1 90 5 1 1 | | | 1 2 2 1 1 2 10 31 46 7 | 4 7 | 1 |
March 1013 29 19 32 15 1 2 79 62 1 | 80 9 2 1 | 1 | 2 4 4 1 1 1 8 26 52 9 | 3 7 1 1 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1012 30 20 33 16 2 3 81 63 1 | 76 9 2 4 1 | 1 | 7 1 | 1 | 8 25 58 7 | 3 8 1 1 0
51

May 1011 31 22 33 18 2 2 84 66 4 1 66 10 6 8 | | 2 5 3 3 1 1 2 6 26 53 9 | 3 8 1 1 |
June 1011 32 24 34 20 4 4 84 67 110 10 64 8 4 6 1 2 3 6 5 5 | 1 7 12 29 41 5 | 3 9 2 1 4
July 1012 33 25 35 22 5 5 85 69 140 11 77 9 2 6 1 1 1 2 2 8 3 4 13 12 22 29 6 2 3 7 1 1 9
August 1012 33 25 36 22 4 5 86 68 172 12 80 9 1 5 1 | | 2 2 5 3 3 14 17 17 33 9 | 4 6 1 1 10
September 1011 32 25 34 22 4 5 87 70 281 20 76 13 2 3 | 1 1 3 2 7 2 3 15 16 21 27 9 2 3 7 2 1 9
October 1011 32 24 34 22 2 3 87 70 121 8 83 9 1 2 1 | | 1 1 5 1 3 7 10 23 37 11 3 3 7 1 1 5
November 1012 31 23 33 21 1 3 83 65 31 3 84 10 2 1 | | 1 1 2 8 1 2 5 8 30 36 9 3 3 6 0 1 1
December 1013 30 22 32 18 1 3 80 63 38 3 80 12 5 | | | | 1 1 2 1 2 2 9 23 52 8 2 4 6 | 1 |
Means 1012 31 22 37* 15 2 3 83 66 _ _ 78 10 3 3 | | 1 2 3 4 1 2 6 11 25 43 8 1 3 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 912 70 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11 12 38
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 11 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 42 42 38 12 12 40 30 12 12 12 42 42 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.212

WMO No 76458 COLONIA JUAN CARRASCO MAZATLAN (MEXICO) (23 12 N, 106 25 W) Height above MSL 4 m
Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1400

0700

1400

0500

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1014 25 15 29 13 88 64 3 3 14 1 45 10 6 5 3 1 2 12 16 4 2 1 2 4 4 33 51 1 3 6 | 2 |
February 1013 26 15 28 12 88 62 2 3 6 1 42 7 6 8 4 3 1 13 15 6 1 | 1 3 4 41 44 1 2 7 | 2 |
March 1013 26 16 30 13 87 63 2 3 3 1 35 8 6 15 5 | 1 8 22 4 1 | | 1 5 39 49 | 3 8 | 2 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1012 28 18 31 15 88 63 3 3 1 1 28 10 9 17 4 2 1 6 23 1 | | 1 2 8 51 37 | 2 7 | 2 |
52

May 1011 30 21 32 17 88 62 3 2 1 1 23 10 10 27 5 1 | 2 21 1 | | | 2 11 60 27 | 3 7 | 1 |
June 1010 32 24 35 21 85 63 4 2 35 3 19 11 14 24 5 2 3 3 19 1 | | | 3 16 67 13 | 3 7 | | 2
July 1011 33 25 35 22 86 65 6 4 177 12 27 18 16 13 3 5 2 5 10 1 2 2 1 4 16 54 20 | 3 7 | | 6
August 1011 33 25 35 22 89 66 5 4 203 14 30 18 11 16 3 1 1 5 13 2 1 2 4 4 11 51 25 1 3 6 | 1 7
September 1010 32 25 35 22 90 71 5 4 231 13 30 20 11 14 3 1 1 4 17 3 3 1 2 3 8 47 32 1 3 6 | 1 6
October 1011 32 24 34 21 89 63 2 3 72 4 35 19 8 5 2 | 2 6 24 3 | 1 1 2 8 48 35 1 2 6 | 1 1
November 1012 30 20 33 17 87 61 2 3 20 3 44 11 4 7 2 | | 12 21 10 | 2 | 1 5 28 52 1 2 6 | 2 |
December 1013 27 17 30 14 89 66 3 5 26 2 44 7 6 6 2 2 3 12 20 12 1 | 2 2 4 27 53 1 3 6 | 2 |
Means 1012 29 20 36* 13 _ _ 34 13 9 13 3 2 2 7 18 4 1 1 1 2 8 45 37 1 3 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 789 56 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 16 23
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 9 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 42 42 38 12 12 50 30 12 12 12 42 42 42

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.213

WMO No 76405 LA PAZ (MEXICO) (24 10 N, 110 25 W) Height above MSL 18 m

Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0500

1700

0500

1700

0500

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1015 24 13 30 8 83 58 2 3 11 2 10 12 8 5 4 6 1 5 51 43 16 1 | 3 5 3 25 4 2 5 0 2 |
February 1015 25 13 32 6 79 51 2 3 5 2 6 14 8 4 12 8 1 3 45 44 22 0 0 2 5 1 24 2 2 6 0 1 0
March 1013 28 14 33 9 77 47 2 3 1 | 5 7 5 8 28 11 | 3 33 39 8 0 | 4 10 5 33 | 2 6 0 1 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1012 32 15 37 11 77 44 2 2 1 | 2 2 6 8 47 15 1 | 19 26 5 1 0 8 13 12 34 1 3 6 | 1 |
53

May 1011 34 16 38 13 79 42 2 1 2 | 1 1 1 7 63 14 1 0 13 16 1 | | 16 21 13 31 1 4 5 | 1 0
June 1010 36 19 40 14 78 41 1 1 2 | | | 1 6 71 13 1 1 7 10 1 | | 21 25 12 29 | 4 5 | | |
July 1011 37 23 40 19 78 46 2 3 11 1 2 1 | 7 60 16 1 | 13 7 0 2 5 20 21 16 29 2 3 5 | | 1
August 1011 37 24 40 22 81 55 3 4 41 2 1 1 4 16 49 10 2 1 18 13 3 5 8 26 11 4 26 3 3 5 | | 1
September 1010 36 24 39 21 82 54 2 4 58 3 | 1 5 19 41 7 | 1 26 23 7 4 8 10 11 3 29 4 2 4 | | 2
October 1011 34 21 38 16 80 51 1 3 15 2 3 2 5 10 32 8 1 2 39 36 14 | | 6 12 3 25 3 2 5 1 | |
November 1013 29 17 34 11 79 55 2 3 8 2 14 8 8 6 14 7 0 3 41 42 14 0 | 4 8 2 26 4 2 5 | 1 |
December 1014 25 15 31 8 80 61 3 4 18 2 18 8 6 6 9 9 0 9 36 46 13 0 1 3 5 2 26 5 2 5 | 1 |
Means 1012 31 18 41* 5 79 50 2 3 _ _ 5 4 5 9 37 10 1 2 28 29 9 1 2 10 12 6 28 3 3 5 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 173 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 8 5
Extreme values _ _ _ 42 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years 22
observations 18 8 12 12 50 9 12 12 12 42 42 42

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.214

WMO No 76256 EMPALME (MEXICO) (27 55 N, 110 54 W) Height above MSL 11 m

Climatic Table compiled from 2 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
1100 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
1700

1700

0800

1400
1100

1100

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 23 14 33 7 46 49 4 4 15 1 11 4 0 0 11 0 7 29 39 0 0 0 0 4 42 15 27 12 4 9 |
February 1015 24 14 34 5 46 43 5 5 6 1 8 0 0 4 8 13 8 38 21 4 0 0 0 8 36 16 32 4 6 12 1
March 1013 26 16 35 9 54 42 4 4 4 1 | 0 4 8 29 13 4 17 25 4 0 0 0 8 80 4 4 | 8 12 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 29 18 40 11 41 39 3 2 4 1 4 0 7 0 33 37 7 7 4 0 0 0 0 33 58 4 | 4 7 11 |
54

May 1010 32 21 44 13 44 40 2 2 10 1 4 0 0 0 46 35 8 4 4 0 0 0 0 24 57 0 10 0 9 10 0
June 1009 34 26 43 17 55 50 2 1 27 | 0 0 0 3 62 28 | 0 7 0 0 0 10 29 71 0 | 0 8 13 0
July 1010 36 28 44 21 57 53 4 2 75 4 0 4 4 15 48 26 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 63 0 0 0 7 15 0
August 1010 35 27 47 21 64 62 4 4 83 6 0 11 7 4 54 11 4 4 7 14 0 0 3 7 72 3 0 0 7 15 0
September 1009 36 27 43 18 64 63 2 3 66 4 0 4 0 21 43 4 11 7 11 10 10 0 7 4 48 10 3 7 6 11 0
October 1012 33 24 43 13 49 51 3 4 24 3 6 0 4 9 26 4 6 23 21 3 | 0 | 3 58 15 5 18 6 9 |
November 1014 28 18 38 9 54 53 4 4 10 2 12 6 6 4 4 4 6 31 28 9 4 0 4 7 15 9 28 24 6 7 1
December 1015 24 14 38 7 62 61 5 5 18 1 4 6 2 0 2 0 8 30 48 7 2 0 0 9 19 21 28 14 3 6 1
Means 1012 30 21 * 53 51 _ _ 5 3 3 5 27 12 6 18 20 5 2 0 2 13 48 9 13 9 6 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 342 25 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 _
Extreme values _ _ _ 47 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 11 16 2 2 50 30 2 2 2 _ 9 _

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.215

WMO No 76151 ISLA GUADALUPE (MEXICO) (29 10 N, 118 19 W) Height above MSL 23 m
Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 12 years observations, 1971 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0500

1700

0500

1700

0500

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 19 13 22 11 82 78 3 4 15 _ 34 6 9 9 2 2 2 20 16 47 1 3 7 3 2 5 27 5 9 10 1 1 0
February 1019 19 13 23 11 84 77 3 4 19 _ 46 1 1 6 4 6 3 17 15 50 0 1 7 6 3 5 26 3 11 12 1 1 |
March 1019 19 14 23 12 83 75 3 4 17 _ 52 2 2 4 2 2 1 24 10 52 | | 3 3 1 3 34 3 14 14 1 | 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 20 14 24 12 84 75 3 3 7 _ 56 3 2 0 2 1 2 26 9 59 | 0 1 2 0 1 35 2 12 14 1 | 0
55

May 1016 20 15 25 13 85 76 4 3 | _ 65 | | 0 1 | | 32 1 60 | 0 0 | | 1 38 | 16 16 1 1 0
June 1016 21 15 25 14 86 76 5 4 | _ 59 1 0 1 1 0 1 34 3 61 0 0 0 1 1 2 35 1 15 16 1 1 |
July 1015 22 17 28 16 88 78 4 3 | _ 57 1 0 1 | | 4 31 6 58 0 | 2 2 1 3 33 1 13 14 | 1 |
August 1015 23 17 28 15 87 77 4 3 1 _ 47 3 2 3 1 | 1 38 5 55 2 0 2 1 | 1 38 1 13 14 1 1 0
September 1014 24 17 28 15 87 76 4 3 | _ 41 2 1 6 3 1 3 36 9 43 1 1 2 1 2 2 46 2 12 13 2 1 0
October 1016 23 17 26 15 84 75 4 4 4 _ 41 2 2 6 3 2 2 33 10 50 0 2 3 2 1 2 37 4 11 12 | | 0
November 1018 21 16 24 13 83 75 3 4 8 _ 40 2 6 4 1 1 2 27 17 52 | 2 2 3 2 2 34 4 10 13 | | 0
December 1019 20 14 22 11 81 76 4 4 16 _ 31 6 5 3 4 2 2 32 14 38 1 2 4 5 4 6 35 5 11 11 2 1 0
Means 1017 21 15 32* 10 85 76 4 4 _ _ 48 3 3 4 2 1 2 29 9 52 1 1 3 2 1 3 35 3 12 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 87 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11 8 1
Extreme values _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 8 12 12 10 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.216

WMO No 72290 SAN DIEGO/LINDBERGH (CALIFORNIA) (32 44 N, 117 10 W) Height above MSL 9 m
Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 51 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1018 18 8 26 5 75 58 4 4 51 5 18 10 11 11 5 3 5 13 24 3 1 2 2 11 14 19 47 1 4 9 | 1 |
February 1018 19 9 26 6 76 59 4 4 49 7 16 9 11 14 7 4 5 19 25 3 1 1 2 11 15 19 49 | 4 9 | 1 |
March 1017 20 11 28 8 79 62 5 4 40 5 15 12 14 11 7 5 7 13 17 2 1 | 2 9 19 28 40 | 5 10 | 1 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1015 21 13 28 11 81 60 5 4 19 3 15 11 12 12 9 6 11 11 14 1 | 0 | 8 20 36 34 0 5 10 0 1 |
56

May 1014 21 15 25 13 81 65 6 4 5 1 12 10 9 7 14 15 9 16 8 1 0 0 0 8 31 29 32 0 5 10 0 | |
June 1013 22 16 28 14 84 66 7 3 1 | 19 6 4 6 15 13 10 18 9 | 0 0 | 9 27 27 37 0 5 9 0 1 |
July 1013 24 18 27 16 85 66 7 2 1 | 25 7 2 4 16 9 10 20 8 | 0 0 | 8 25 31 35 0 5 9 0 1 |
August 1013 25 19 30 17 85 67 6 2 2 | 25 9 2 3 11 8 12 23 8 1 0 0 0 6 17 32 44 0 5 9 0 1 |
September 1012 25 18 33 15 84 66 6 3 5 1 25 10 5 5 10 8 5 20 12 2 0 | 0 6 16 27 49 1 4 9 | 1 |
October 1014 24 15 33 13 81 66 5 3 10 2 20 12 8 9 6 5 4 15 21 2 | 1 | 7 14 26 49 0 4 9 0 2 |
November 1017 22 11 28 7 72 58 3 3 27 2 17 12 11 11 5 3 5 10 26 3 1 1 1 7 12 23 52 | 4 8 | 1 |
December 1018 19 8 25 5 73 58 3 4 47 6 16 11 12 12 4 2 4 13 26 5 2 1 2 11 11 18 51 1 4 8 | 2 |
Means 1015 22 13 36* 3 80 63 5 3 _ _ 19 10 8 9 9 7 7 15 16 2 1 | 1 8 18 26 43 | 5 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 257 33 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 13 4
Extreme values _ _ _ 44 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 51 51 8 21 21 50 30 51 21 51

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.217

WMO No 72295 LOS ANGELES (CALIFORNIA) (33 56 N, 118 24 W) Height above MSL 32 m
Climatic Table compiled from 18 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1018 18 8 27 5 71 60 4 4 71 5 7 24 33 8 1 2 5 5 17 3 2 4 4 2 27 54 4 0 4 9 0 3 |
February 1017 18 9 27 6 75 62 4 4 75 6 8 18 33 10 2 2 6 4 18 1 2 3 5 2 26 57 3 | 5 10 | 3 1
March 1016 19 10 28 6 79 66 4 4 52 5 8 16 31 8 1 4 10 5 16 1 | 2 3 3 30 59 2 | 5 11 | 2 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1015 20 12 28 10 82 65 4 4 24 3 7 14 31 9 3 6 12 5 15 | | 1 1 1 34 62 1 | 4 12 | 2 1
57

May 1014 21 14 27 11 83 66 5 3 3 | 3 10 26 11 4 9 18 4 16 0 0 0 1 0 31 67 1 | 4 12 | 1 |
June 1013 22 15 27 13 85 67 5 3 1 | 4 5 19 13 5 12 17 5 21 0 0 0 0 | 32 67 1 0 4 12 0 1 |
July 1014 24 17 28 16 86 68 5 2 2 | 5 4 15 10 3 9 23 9 21 0 0 0 0 | 30 69 | 0 4 12 | 1 |
August 1013 24 17 29 15 86 68 5 2 1 | 5 5 16 9 3 12 22 6 21 | 0 0 | 0 29 70 | | 4 12 | 2 |
September 1013 24 16 33 15 84 66 4 2 6 1 4 7 22 9 3 8 19 7 22 | | | 1 1 31 67 | 0 4 11 | 2 |
October 1015 23 15 35 12 79 66 4 3 9 1 6 12 31 10 3 4 9 4 21 0 | | 1 1 28 68 1 0 4 11 0 4 |
November 1017 22 11 30 7 68 58 3 3 37 2 10 17 38 9 1 2 5 3 17 3 1 2 2 1 24 64 4 | 4 10 | 3 |
December 1018 19 8 27 4 66 57 3 4 56 5 11 23 36 7 1 1 4 3 15 3 1 4 6 2 24 54 6 | 4 8 | 4 |
Means 1015 21 13 36* 3 4 3 _ _ 6 13 27 9 2 6 13 5 18 1 1 1 2 1 29 63 2 | 4 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 337 30 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 28 5
Extreme values _ _ _ 42 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 18 48 8 18 18 50 30 18 18 18 30 48 48

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.218

WMO No 72494 SAN FRANCISCO (CALIFORNIA) (37 37 N, 122 23 W) Height above MSL 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 21 to 51 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 12 5 17 2 86 65 5 5 107 8 7 8 7 15 17 14 10 8 15 18 22 9 10 6 6 9 14 6 5 7 | 3 |

February 1019 15 7 20 3 84 63 5 5 82 7 3 3 3 13 16 15 16 16 16 13 13 4 4 8 6 22 28 2 6 10 | 2 1
March 1018 16 8 23 5 83 64 5 5 67 6 3 2 2 8 17 14 25 22 10 5 4 1 4 8 11 37 34 1 7 14 | 1 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 19 9 27 7 82 59 4 4 35 4 2 | | 6 7 14 41 22 7 2 1 | 1 4 12 50 31 0 7 16 | | |
58

May 1016 20 10 28 8 82 58 4 3 9 1 1 | | 2 5 14 46 30 2 1 | 0 | 1 8 55 34 | 8 18 | | |
June 1015 21 11 31 9 83 57 4 3 3 1 1 | 0 1 4 10 48 34 2 | 1 | 0 1 5 55 37 0 9 18 | | |
July 1015 22 12 31 10 86 58 4 2 1 | 1 0 | | 2 8 37 48 3 1 | | 0 1 4 40 55 0 8 18 | | |
August 1014 23 12 32 10 86 60 4 2 1 | 1 0 | 1 3 13 36 42 4 | | | | | 6 39 54 0 7 17 | | |
September 1014 22 11 31 10 85 59 4 2 2 1 | | | 2 6 13 34 36 8 1 1 | | 2 6 33 57 0 6 17 | | |
October 1016 22 10 30 8 83 59 4 3 25 2 1 1 1 4 9 17 31 23 13 4 2 1 1 2 7 29 54 1 6 14 0 1 |
November 1019 18 8 24 4 83 61 4 4 53 3 4 3 2 10 15 17 19 15 15 11 11 4 4 6 6 19 33 7 5 10 | 2 |
December 1020 13 6 19 3 85 65 4 4 95 7 7 8 6 17 15 14 10 9 14 16 19 9 9 7 4 12 16 8 5 8 | 3 |
Means 1017 19 9 34* 2 84 61 4 3 _ _ 3 2 2 7 10 13 29 26 9 6 6 2 3 4 7 33 37 2 7 14 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 480 40 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 12 4
Extreme values _ _ _ 41 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 51 51 38 21 21 50 30 21 21 21 21 51 21

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.219

WMO No 72594 EUREKA (CALIFORNIA) (40 48 N, 124 10 W) Height above MSL 13 m

Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 12 5 17 1 85 71 5 6 166 14 3 5 13 25 19 10 4 1 19 33 9 2 8 15 13 7 11 3 5 8 0 4 |

February 1019 11 6 18 1 83 69 6 6 131 11 5 7 10 25 22 9 2 1 19 29 6 4 5 15 17 9 13 1 6 10 | 3 |
March 1019 12 7 18 2 85 70 6 6 132 11 9 4 10 24 27 8 1 2 16 30 2 1 3 14 18 10 21 0 6 10 | 2 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 13 8 19 3 86 69 6 6 73 6 19 5 9 19 17 9 1 4 17 41 3 0 1 5 18 8 24 0 5 11 0 2 |
59

May 1018 14 9 20 5 87 70 6 5 46 5 22 5 6 13 19 7 5 6 18 46 2 | 1 3 16 7 26 0 5 12 | 2 |
June 1018 16 11 20 7 89 72 6 5 15 2 21 7 5 10 14 12 3 10 18 49 1 1 | 1 11 9 29 | 5 11 | 1 |
July 1017 16 11 20 9 91 73 6 4 3 | 22 3 2 10 15 16 5 10 17 38 1 | 0 1 9 8 42 | 5 10 | 3 |
August 1016 16 12 21 11 92 75 7 4 7 1 16 3 5 10 19 14 4 9 20 34 1 | | 1 8 16 39 | 4 9 | 5 |
September 1016 16 11 22 8 92 75 5 4 19 2 11 4 6 14 13 10 4 4 33 37 2 0 | 2 14 11 34 0 4 9 | 7 |
October 1017 16 9 22 5 90 77 5 5 76 6 12 6 10 17 14 7 4 3 22 40 3 1 2 6 14 9 22 2 4 8 0 9 |
November 1018 14 7 19 2 86 73 5 5 135 8 6 5 12 18 20 10 4 3 18 36 6 1 4 14 13 6 18 2 5 9 | 6 1
December 1019 12 5 18 1 86 72 5 5 160 12 5 5 14 22 20 10 3 3 18 31 7 3 10 15 14 6 11 4 6 8 | 4 |
Means 1018 14 8 26* 1 88 72 6 5 _ _ 13 5 9 17 18 10 3 5 21 37 4 1 3 7 14 9 24 1 5 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 963 78 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 48 3
Extreme values _ _ _ 30 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 42 42 38 12 12 50 30 12 12 12 12 42 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.220

WMO No 72698 PORTLAND (OREGON) (45 36 N, 122 36 W) Height above MSL 12 m

Climatic Table compiled from 18 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1019 7 1 13 5 86 73 6 7 151 19 3 4 15 32 12 8 5 7 15 3 3 17 37 11 8 10 6 5 8 9 | 5 |

February 1018 9 2 16 4 87 66 6 6 107 16 3 3 15 34 11 8 7 6 15 1 3 18 32 15 9 10 10 3 7 10 | 3 |
March 1018 13 3 20 2 87 59 6 6 99 17 2 3 14 25 18 10 6 7 17 7 3 14 14 14 12 14 19 3 6 9 | 1 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 17 6 25 0 87 58 6 6 59 14 3 2 3 20 18 11 7 11 20 10 7 12 6 11 11 16 24 3 5 8 0 | 2
60

May 1018 20 9 30 4 86 54 6 6 53 11 7 4 7 15 16 9 7 16 20 18 4 6 5 8 11 16 35 2 4 8 0 0 2
June 1018 22 11 31 8 84 56 5 5 39 9 15 4 5 11 13 5 6 23 19 20 5 7 3 6 9 14 36 1 5 8 0 | 1
July 1017 26 13 34 10 82 46 4 4 11 3 23 5 4 6 7 4 5 32 13 26 4 3 | 3 4 11 47 1 5 9 0 | 1
August 1017 26 13 35 10 83 43 4 3 24 4 22 6 3 9 8 6 6 25 16 21 5 5 1 2 4 13 47 1 4 8 0 0 1
September 1017 24 11 33 6 88 48 4 4 43 6 10 3 2 16 13 8 11 14 23 16 4 11 4 8 6 10 38 3 4 8 0 | 1
October 1018 18 7 26 2 91 58 5 5 86 12 6 4 4 26 10 9 11 10 21 10 4 13 12 10 9 13 21 8 5 7 0 3 |
November 1019 11 4 17 2 89 73 6 6 143 16 2 2 9 30 19 9 9 7 14 3 3 13 27 15 11 9 9 9 7 9 0 4 |
December 1019 8 2 14 4 86 77 6 6 175 18 4 3 14 35 12 8 6 6 13 3 2 14 38 13 8 8 9 5 8 9 | 4 |
Means 1018 37* 7 86 59 5 5 _ _ 9 4 8 21 13 8 7 14 17 12 4 11 14 9 9 12 26 4 8 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 990 145 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 20 9
Extreme values _ _ _ 42 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 48 48 35 18 18 50 30 18 18 18 18 18 45

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.221

WMO No 72791 ASTORIA/CLATSOP (OREGON) (46 09 N, 123 53 W) Height above MSL 7 m

Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 38 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1019 8 2 14 4 89 80 6 6 297 23 1 4 34 14 14 11 8 3 12 5 7 27 5 18 17 9 9 3 8 9 | 3 1

February 1018 10 2 17 5 88 71 6 6 251 19 1 7 36 19 12 11 3 1 9 8 4 22 4 17 18 12 12 3 7 10 | 3 |
March 1017 11 3 18 2 91 70 6 6 227 20 4 2 23 26 9 12 10 4 10 5 6 2 7 12 26 14 25 2 6 10 | 2 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 14 5 21 1 91 72 7 6 132 17 1 2 13 28 14 14 8 8 11 2 1 3 3 12 31 19 29 1 6 11 0 2 |
61

May 1018 16 7 25 2 92 70 7 6 81 14 3 1 13 32 9 14 9 10 10 1 | 1 2 2 28 30 37 1 5 11 0 2 |
June 1018 18 10 27 6 91 70 7 6 77 12 5 1 10 34 13 12 9 8 8 1 1 2 0 4 27 28 38 | 5 11 0 1 |
July 1019 20 11 28 8 92 69 6 4 32 6 6 | 8 31 9 14 7 17 10 0 1 | 0 2 20 24 53 1 5 12 0 1 |
August 1018 21 11 28 7 93 72 6 5 38 8 3 1 10 29 14 15 7 14 9 0 | 1 0 3 25 23 48 | 5 12 0 4 |
September 1018 20 9 28 5 93 68 5 4 80 10 2 3 14 33 11 11 6 5 16 5 3 1 0 6 20 17 47 1 4 11 0 5 1
October 1018 16 5 25 1 93 72 5 5 198 17 1 2 20 36 14 9 2 1 14 4 6 4 2 16 25 13 29 1 5 9 0 5 1
November 1018 12 4 16 2 90 81 7 7 284 20 1 3 28 27 13 8 8 4 7 3 6 18 10 22 16 11 9 6 7 8 | 3 1
December 1019 9 3 14 3 89 80 6 6 347 22 | 7 31 21 15 9 4 3 9 4 9 37 11 12 10 7 3 6 8 8 | 4 1
Means 1018 15 6 31* 6 91 73 6 6 _ _ 2 3 21 27 12 12 7 6 10 3 4 11 4 11 21 17 27 2 6 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2044 183 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 35 6
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 8 38 8 8 8 30 8 8 8 8 22 22

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.222

WMO No 72797 QUILLAYUTE (WASHINGTON) (47 57 N, 124 33 W) Height above MSL 62 m

Climatic Table compiled from 7 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1993

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1017 7 1 12 5 92 84 6 7 389 26 3 22 16 13 16 9 4 1 15 3 18 10 14 22 11 8 5 9 6 6 0 5 |

February 1016 8 1 18 6 92 76 6 6 308 21 4 21 18 15 10 4 2 3 23 3 19 4 14 25 14 12 6 5 5 7 | 5 1
March 1015 10 2 18 3 94 73 6 6 288 22 4 15 28 10 11 5 2 1 23 6 7 4 11 25 18 13 13 2 5 8 | 4 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 14 4 24 1 93 67 6 6 194 16 3 17 16 11 9 6 3 5 31 5 4 2 6 18 26 22 17 1 4 8 0 3 |
62

May 1018 16 6 28 1 94 67 6 6 116 14 4 12 18 9 9 5 5 4 35 2 2 | 3 18 22 26 26 | 3 8 0 3 |

June 1018 18 8 29 4 94 66 7 5 78 9 7 11 11 9 9 2 4 6 42 4 2 | 2 17 19 27 27 1 2 8 | 3 |
July 1019 20 10 30 5 94 65 6 5 60 9 7 9 8 6 8 5 5 9 44 5 1 0 1 14 19 29 30 | 2 8 0 4 |
August 1018 21 10 31 6 95 67 6 4 60 8 8 11 10 7 12 3 2 4 45 5 2 0 1 13 27 27 25 1 2 8 | 8 |
September 1018 20 8 32 3 94 64 5 5 138 14 8 14 14 7 7 2 2 3 42 6 6 1 3 14 22 23 25 1 3 7 0 5 |
October 1018 16 6 26 1 95 74 5 6 275 27 7 17 18 10 13 2 3 2 29 6 7 1 9 24 19 16 15 3 4 6 0 8 1
November 1016 11 4 15 2 94 86 6 7 332 19 3 17 19 17 14 8 3 3 16 3 13 8 18 22 13 9 8 7 5 6 0 6 2
December 1018 8 2 13 4 93 85 6 6 432 22 7 21 17 13 11 6 4 1 21 8 21 6 20 14 8 6 4 13 5 6 0 5 1
Means 11 14 5 33* 7 94 73 6 6 _ _ 5 15 16 11 11 5 3 4 30 5 9 3 9 19 18 18 17 4 4 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2670 207 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 59 5
Extreme values _ _ _ 36 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 11 41 7 11 11 50 1 11 11 11 11 11 11

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.223

WMO No 76151 TATOOSH ISLAND (WASHINGTON) (48 23 N, 124 44 W) Height above MSL 31 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 36 years observations, 1931 to 1966

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure

No of days with fog

No of days with
at MSL

No. of days with

Month {

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.

force 7 +
daily max.

Average
Cloudy
Mean
Mean

Clear
1000

1600

fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 7 4 11 2 82 82 4 4 275 21 2 6 41 10 15 12 8 4 2 17 1

February 1016 8 4 12 1 81 80 5 4 226 19 2 4 47 9 14 9 6 6 3 12 1
March 1016 9 5 13 1 80 79 5 6 206 20 3 7 29 8 21 15 10 4 3 11 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 11 6 16 3 80 79 5 6 135 17 2 6 17 6 16 18 25 5 5 8 2
63

May 1017 13 8 18 5 82 81 5 8 75 14 3 5 15 5 15 19 26 6 6 3 3
June 1018 14 10 19 8 86 84 4 9 69 12 2 5 10 2 24 31 18 4 4 1 5
July 1017 15 11 20 9 89 87 6 8 58 10 2 3 5 3 36 30 13 3 5 1 11
August 1017 16 11 19 8 90 90 5 8 53 11 2 8 9 3 35 26 7 2 8 1 16
September 1017 15 10 20 7 87 86 7 7 88 11 3 11 19 3 24 18 9 5 8 3 11
October 1016 13 9 17 5 85 85 6 6 212 17 2 8 31 6 22 13 8 3 7 10 6
November 1016 10 7 14 2 83 84 3 5 272 21 2 6 44 10 17 9 6 2 4 14 2
December 1016 9 5 12 1 83 83 3 5 309 23 2 5 39 11 18 10 10 3 2 17 1
Means 1017 12 7 24* 3 84 83 5 6 _ _ 2 6 26 6 21 18 12 4 5 98 59
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1978 196 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Extreme values _ _ _ 31 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 30 30 30 30 36 30 20 30 30

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

1.224
METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES
Fahrenheit to Celsius
Fahrenheit

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

F Degrees Celsius
100 733 739 744 750 756 761 767 772 778 783
90 678 683 689 694 700 706 711 717 722 728
80 622 628 633 639 644 650 656 661 667 672
70 567 572 578 583 589 594 600 606 611 617
60 511 517 522 528 533 539 544 550 556 561
50 456 461 467 472 478 483 489 494 500 506
40 400 406 411 417 422 428 433 439 444 450
30 344 350 356 361 367 372 378 383 389 394
20 289 294 300 306 311 317 322 328 333 339
10 233 239 244 250 256 261 267 272 278 283
0 178 183 189 194 200 206 211 217 222 228
+0 178 172 167 161 156 150 144 139 133 128
10 122 117 111 106 100 94 89 83 78 72
20 67 61 56 50 44 39 33 28 22 17
30 11 06 0 +06 +11 +17 +22 +28 +33 +39
40 +44 +50 +56 61 67 72 78 83 89 94
50 100 106 111 117 122 128 133 139 144 150
60 156 161 167 172 178 183 189 194 200 206
70 211 217 222 228 233 239 244 250 256 261
80 267 272 278 283 289 294 300 306 311 317
90 322 328 333 339 344 350 356 361 367 372
100 378 383 389 394 400 406 411 417 422 428
110 433 439 444 450 456 461 467 472 478 483
120 489 494 500 506 511 517 522 528 533 539

Celsius to Fahrenheit
Celsius

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

C Degrees Fahrenheit
70 940 958 976 994 1012 1030 1048 1066 1084 1102
60 760 778 796 814 832 850 868 886 904 922
50 580 598 616 634 652 670 688 706 724 742
40 400 418 436 454 472 490 508 526 544 562
30 220 238 256 274 292 310 328 346 364 382
20 40 58 76 94 112 130 148 166 184 202
10 +140 +122 +104 +86 +68 +50 +32 +14 04 22
0 320 302 284 266 248 230 212 194 +176 +158
+0 320 338 356 374 392 410 428 446 464 482
10 500 518 536 554 572 590 608 626 644 662
20 680 698 716 734 752 770 788 806 824 842
30 860 878 896 914 932 950 968 986 1004 1022
40 1040 1058 1076 1094 1112 1130 1148 1166 1184 1202
50 1220 1238 1256 1274 1292 1310 1328 1346 1364 1382

HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES
HECTOPASCALS
950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050

28 29 INCHES 30 31

MILLIMETRES TO INCHES (1) (for small values)

millimetres
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

05 15 25 35
0 1 2 3 4
inches

(2) (for large values)

millimetres
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

20 30 40 60 70 80 90 110 120
0 5 10 50 100
inches

64
Home Contents Index

NOTES

65
Home Contents Index
Chapter 2 - Outlying Islands and Through Route

140 130 120 110 100 90 80

4801
4806
Warwick Seamount

Cobb Seamount Grays Hr.

2. 45 Columbia R.

2 .76

C. Blanco

2.74
40 C. Mendocino 2531 40

2.71
4807 SAN FRANCISCO 4802

U N I T E D S T A T E S
4806
2.68 O F
San Pedro B.
A M E R I C A
4801 San Diego B.

2530 2.64
30 30
I. Guadalupe
2.40
66

GO
LF
O
2.60

DE
2.39 2323
4808 Rocas Alijos

CA
M E X I C O

LI
FO
RN
2324

IA
2 .5 7
20 C. Corrientes 20
4807
ISLAS REVILLAGIGEDO
2.24 Manzanillo Hr.
I. Clarion
2.35 4811 58 4811

LA
7

A
EM
AT
uz
Cr GU
HONDURAS
a
lin
Sa NIC
A

R
2. 51

AG
UA
10 4618 I. Clipperton 10
2.17 Puntarenas
4802
587

I. del Coco
2.5

140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2
OUTLYING ISLANDS AND ISOLATED DANGERS, AND THROUGH ROUTE ALONG
THE PACIFIC COASTS OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND UNITED STATES

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 4051, 4050 2 It is arranged as follows:
Scope of the chapter Outlying Islands and Isolated Dangers (2.3).
2.1 Through Route Panama Canal to Juan de Fuca
1 In this chapter are described the outlying islands, the Strait (2.46).
dangers in their vicinity and the other isolated dangers and Natural conditions
shoal areas in the waters off the Pacific coasts of Central 2.2
America and the United States. 1 Currents and tidal streams. For general remarks see
A description of a through route along the mainland 1.149 and succeeding paragraphs.
coasts from Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) to Cape Climate and weather. For general remarks see 1.170
Flattery (4823N, 12444W) is also included. and succeeding paragraphs.

OUTLYING ISLANDS AND ISOLATED DANGERS

GENERAL INFORMATION buoys, and should gear become entangled in a buoy, no
attempt should be made to damage or cut the buoy to
Charts 4618, 4811, 4802, 4807, 4806 retrieve gear. The moorings are under a great deal of
Description tension and present a considerable hazard if lifted from the
2.3 water.
1 The descriptive sequence is generally SE to NW, and is For further information on ODAS and ATLAS buoys see
arranged as follows: 1.22 and 1.23.
Isla del Coco (2.5). 4 Other buoys. Light-buoys (special) are charted in the
Germaine Bank (2.16). following open ocean positions:
le Clipperton (2.17). 3710N, 12730W, marking submerged buoy.
Oceana Bank (2.22). 4531N, 12736W, position doubtful.
Ville de Toulouse Rock (2.23). 4552N, 12846W, position doubtful.
2 Islas Revillagigedo (2.24). 4254N, 13054W, position doubtful.
Rocas Alijos (2.39).
Isla de Guadalupe (2.40). ISLA DEL COCO
Seamounts and Seabed Features South of 30N
(2.44). General information
Seamounts and Seabed Features North of 30N Chart 4811
(2.45). Position
2.5
ODAS and ATLAS buoys 1 Isla del Coco (532N, 8700W), 589 m high, lies
2.4 385 miles WSW of Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) at the
1 ODAS Light-buoys. In addition to those buoys listed in SW end of Cocos Ridge; the island, which is about 4 miles
the coastal chapters, ODAS Light-buoys (special) are long and 2 miles wide, belongs to Costa Rica.
moored in the open ocean in the following positions (2003)
Topography
which may be subject to change:
2.6
No 46059 (3800N, 13001W).
1 The island is rugged and mountainous, covered with
No 46006 (4048N, 13729W).
thick undergrowth, and is fringed by many islets and rocks
No 46002 (4231N, 13016W).
which lie up to 8 cables offshore; Cerro Iglesias, the
No 46005 (4603N, 13101W).
summit, rises in the SW part of the island. The coasts, for
No 46036 (4822N, 13356W).
the most part are formed by steep cliffs indented by
2 ATLAS Buoys (Autonomous Temperature Line
numerous small bays and coves; a heavy surf usually
Acquisition System Buoys) (orange and white toroidal
breaks all round the island.
buoys) are moored in the open ocean in the following
2 The island is reported to be a good radar target at up to
positions (2003), which may be subject to change:
distances of 28 miles.
500N, 9500W.
500N, 11000W. Regulations
800N, 9500W. 2.7
800N, 11000W. 1 The island is designated a national park and is
1000N, 9500W. administered by the Costa Rican Ministry of Parks;
1200N, 9500W. protection is extended to the underwater environment of the
3 Mariners are advised to give these buoys a clearance of island.
6 miles. Although these buoys may attract fish, fishermen Vessels visiting the island are restricted to a maximum
are strongly advised not to deploy gear around or near the stay of 10 days.

67
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

Natural conditions The bottom is coral and sand, and the holding ground is
2.8 not good; the anchorage is unsafe in onshore winds.
1 Tidal streams set E with the falling tide and W with Local knowledge is required.
the rising tide; the latter is generally the weaker.
Currents off the island are strong and irregular but Baha Wafer
generally set NE at a rate of about 2 kn. 2.14
2 Weather. Little is known of the meteorological 1 Baha Wafer, on the NW coast, is entered between Punta
conditions at the island though it would appear that the Presidio (533N, 8700W) and Punta Gissler (6 cables
main dry season is from January to March, followed by a WSW). The coastal bank, with depths of less than 55 m
second dry period in September and October. The over it, extends almost to the line joining the entrance
prevailing winds are from S and SW, with occasional points; Islote Iglesias lies at the N entrance to the bay.
squalls of short duration from NE. Rainfall is reported to 2 The bay is mainly foul and does not offer as good an
be about 76 cm per annum, and fresh water is reported to anchorage as Baha de Chatham as the depths outside the
be plentiful. coastal bank are greater and a heavy swell occasionally
makes landing difficult.
Directions Outlying banks
South-east coast Chart 4811
2.9 2.15
1 The SE coast of the island, formed between Cabo 1 In 1987 a shoal, with a depth over it of 30 m, was
Dampier (530N, 8701W), the S extremity, and Cabo reported to lie about 10 miles NE of Isla del Coco.
Atrevido (3 miles NE) is indented by two small, exposed In 1978 a depth of 183 m was reported to lie about
bays, of no importance. The bays are separated by a spit 40 miles SW of the island.
extending about 4 cables offshore, with depths over it of West Cocos Seamount lies about 90 miles W of the
less than 55 m, at the extremity of which stands Isla Juan island.
Bautista. A drying rock, lying 3 cables SSW of Isla Juan
Bautista, is the outermost charted danger off this coast.
GERMAINE BANK
South-west coast
Chart 4811
2.10
2.16
1 The SW coast, between Cabo Dampier and Cabo
1 Germaine Bank (509N, 10735W) (existence doubtful),
Duplicado (1 miles NW), is formed by steep rugged cliffs
with a depth of 20 m over a rocky bottom, was reported by
rising steeply from the sea; it has not been closely
the French vessel Germaine, in 1916.
examined. The outermost dangers are a rock (18 m high)
Depths of 22 m, 40 m and 109 m, are reported to lie
(reported 1947), which lies 1 mile WSW of Cabo Dampier,
10 miles SSW, about 10 miles NW, and 40 miles W,
and Islas Dos Amigos, two islets which lie at the extremity
respectively of this 20 m depth.
of foul ground about 5 and 8 cables SW of Cabo
Duplicado.
LE CLIPPERTON
North-west coast
2.11 General information
1 The NW coast is high with steep cliffs, and is indented
by Baha Wafer (2.14). Piedra Sucia, a small, rugged islet, Charts 4802, 4811, 4618
which lies 4 cables off the coast, 2 miles NE of Cabo Description
Duplicado, is the outermost charted danger off this coast. 2.17
1 le Clipperton (1018N, 10915W), which is under the
North-east coast sovereignty of France, is a very dangerous atoll, situated
2.12 650 miles SSW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W); it
1 This N part of this coast is formed by Baha de lies on the central part of Clipperton Ridge. At one time
Chatham which is described below; the S part is steep-to guano was exported from the island but in 1917 the last of
within 2 cables of the shore. the settlers left the island.
The atoll consists of a low coral ring of varying width,
Anchorages which encloses a lagoon filled with stagnant water; the two
openings which formerly led into the lagoon are now
Baha de Chatham closed.
2.13 2 In general, the island is between 15 and 45 m high, but
1 Description. Baha de Chatham is entered between Rocher Clipperton, a remarkable rocky formation rises to a
Punta Agujas (533N, 8659W), the N extremity of the height of 18 m on its SE side; at first sight the rock
island, and Punta Pacheco (7 cables ESE). Two high islets resembles a sail but on nearer approach it has the
lie close offshore off the entrance points; Isla Manuelita on appearance of a large castle. In 1972 there were some
the W side and Islote Ulloa on the E side. structures remaining on the SW side of the atoll, and also a
A patch of foul ground lies on the bank, with depths large coconut grove. In 1976 the N corner of the atoll was
over it of less than 9 m, which extends 3 cables seaward reported covered by thick undergrowth; a derelict hut with
from the head of the bay. a mast stood near the middle of the NE side, with an
2 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 26 m with offshore rock, backed by a few coconut palms, about
Islote Ulloa, well open of Punta Pacheco bearing 119. 5 cables E of it. Five islets, known as Iles Egg, lie in the
Anchorage may also be obtained about 1 cables off the W side of the lagoon and are the nesting places of
SE shore of the bay in depths of about 13 m. countless sea birds.

68
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

Tidal streams ISLAS REVILLAGIGEDO

2.18
1 The rising tide usually sets E and the falling tide W, but General information
the strength and duration of the streams depend largely Chart 2323
upon the wind. Description
2.24
Approach 1 Islas Revillagigedo, which are under Mexican
2.19 sovereignty, consists of four islands, Isla Socorro, Isla San
1 A shoal depth of 134 m lies about 18 miles NW of the Benedicto, Isla Roca Partida and Isla Clarion, all of which
island. are of volcanic origin and are situated between latitudes
Soundings give little warning when approaching the atoll 1820N and 1920N, and longitudes 11045W and
from any direction. A high, breaking surf pounds the coral 11445W.
reef and at time sweeps completely across it and into the
lagoon.
Current
2.25
1 In the neighbourhood of Islas Revillagigedo the current
Anchorage and landing sets S with rates of between and 1 kn.
2.20
1 Anchorage may be obtained on the NE side of the Isla Socorro
island 1 mile N of Rocher Clipperton, in depths of from 37
to 82 m, over a shelving coral bottom and with good Chart 2323 (see 1.14)
holding ground, 1 cables from the reef, with Rocher Description
Clipperton bearing between 177 and 190. There is a boat 2.26
landing. 1 Isla Socorro (1848N, 11059W), the largest of the
2 In NE winds small craft may obtain anchorage on the Islas Revillagigedo, is about 10 miles long and rises
SW side of the island off a boat landing, 7 cables W of abruptly from the sea to an elevation of 1130 m (3707 ft) at
Rocher Clipperton, in depths of 6 to 12 m; the anchorage is Volcn Everman the summit. The E side of the island is
subject to swell. dominated 1 mile inland by a high tableland which extends
Caution. A shoal, with a depth over it of 9 m, lies in N and S for about 3 miles, on which there is an airstrip.
the E approach to the latter anchorage about 1 mile WSW 2 The surface of the island is broken by hummocks and
of Rocher Clipperton. small craters, and in some places it is furrowed by ravines,
3 Heavy squalls are frequent from N to ENE and at such presenting a barren and uninviting appearance from
times it vessels should be prepared to leave the anchorages seaward. There are lava outcrops in places and lava lines
at short notice. the walls of the ravines. The island is covered with a thick
Local knowledge is required. growth of sage and brush; there is some grass, but in
general the vegetation is of a low order.
3 There is an abundance of animal and bird life; the
Outlying seamounts waters around the island teem with fish, turtle, and crabs.
2.21 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.210.
1 Cano Seamount (1020N, 11000W).
Cermeno Seamount (1030N, 10845W).
Off-lying dangers
2.27
Mendoza Seamount (930N, 10720W).
1 Rock Islets, two small detached rocks lie up to 1 mile
Queiros Seamount (1000N, 10855W).
Saavedra Seamount (1025N, 10745W). offshore, 1 mile ENE of Cabo Chato (1852N, 11059W),
charted as Cabo Middleton, the N extremity of the island, a
Torres Seamount (835N, 10700W).
Urdaneta Seamount (925N, 11110W). low peninsula connected to the shore by a neck of sand;
breakers have been reported to extend up to 7 cables W
from these rocks. Cabo Middleton lies mile SW of Cabo
Chato.
OCEANA BANK 2 Roca Oneal, 13 m (45 ft) high, is a steep-to rock lying
1 mile NNW of Cabo Henslow (5 miles SW of Cabo
Charts 4618, 4802 Chato), a small peninsula on the W side of the island
2.22 composed of volcanic rocks in vertical cliffs, and which is
1 Oceana Bank (824N, 11525W) (existence doubtful), connected to the shore by a sandy isthmus; breakers are
with a depth over it of 115 m, was reported (1891) to lie reported to extend NE and SW from Roca Oneal.
about 385 miles WSW of le Clipperton; it is marked by 3 Caution. It is reported that volcanic activity has formed
discoloured water. It was reported that a depth of 185 m, new shoals in the vicinity of Cabo Pearce (7 miles SE of
rock, was obtained about 3 miles farther ESE. Cabo Chato) and towards Baha Braulia (1844N,
11057W) (2.28) along the rock fringed E extremity of the
island. An underwater volcano was reported (1993) to have
formed about 1 to 1 cables NW of Punta Tosca
VILLE DE TOULOUSE ROCK (1845N, 11104W). Depths of 78 m (43 fm) were
reported. Mariners should navigate with caution in these
Chart 4802 areas.
2.23
1 Ville de Toulouse Rock (1116N, 11647W) (existence Anchorages and landings
doubtful) was reported (1871) to lie about 450 miles W of 2.28
le Clipperton; a vessel with a draught of 46 m struck a 1 Baha Braulia (Braithwaite). Anchorage may be
submerged rock in this vicinity. obtained in Baha Braulia (1844N, 11057W), situated

69
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

1 mile NE of Cabo Regla, the S extremity of the island, a is about 3 miles long, has two peaks, the S of which is the
high rocky bluff which rises to a hill 76 m high. A highest and rises to 297 m (975 ft); the two peaks, when
reasonable anchorage is 2 cables from the rocky beach at seen from a distance, give the appearance of two islets.
the head of the bay in depths of from 18 to 20 m (60 to 2 Three small but high, detached rocks, lie within 2 cables
66 ft), over a bottom of sand, shell and rock, with the of the W side of the island.
summit of the island bearing 335. The anchorage is well A dangerous rock, with depths over it of from 3 to
sheltered from December to June from all but S and E 37 m (10 to 12 ft) lies 7 cables NW of the W extremity
winds. of the island.
2 Useful mark:
Light (metallic structure, 8 ft in height) (18435N,
Anchorage and landing
110566W), standing on the W side of Baha 2.32
Braulia. 1 Anchorage may be obtained off a small shingle beach
Local knowledge is required. near the middle of the E side of the island. Landing may
3 Landings. In addition to the rocky beach mentioned be effected on this beach but it is isolated from the other
above, on which landing may be made in good weather, parts of the island.
landing may also be effected in Baha Vargas Lozano, a Local knowledge is required.
small cove with a stony beach situated between Cabo Regla Outlying shoals
and Baha Braulia; La Peroana, a village in which there is 2.33
a church, stands on the W side of this cove. 1 A shoal depth of 27 m (15 fm), position approximate,
4 The alignment (328) of a pair of light-beacons at the (reported 1963) lies about 15 miles N of Isla San
head of the cove leads to a small stretch of sandy beach: Benedicto, and a depth of 114 m (62 fm) (reported 1971)
Front light (red and white chequered square daymark). lies 6 miles N of the island.
Rear light (red and white triangular daymark) (1 cables
from front beacon). Isla Roca Partida
Caution. Rocks extend 1 cable S from the W entrance 2.34
point of the cove. 1 Isla Roca Partida (1900N, 11204W), 33 m (110 ft), is
2.29 a steep-to, barren rock, which lies 62 miles WNW of Isla
1 Baha Cornwallis. Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Socorro. It consists of two white pinnacle rocks connected
Cornwallis (Cornwallis Bay) which is situated between by a ridge, 6 m (20 ft) high, and when seen from a
Cabo Regla and Punta Tosca (7 miles NW) (2.27). The W distance, resembles a jury-rigged vessel.
entrance to the bay is encumbered by rocks, including a
double pinnacle rock, and depths of 9 m (30 ft) extend up Isla Clarion
to 5 cables to seaward from the W entry point. Description
2 The anchorage is off the first of two white coral beaches 2.35
W of Cabo Regla, and is considered to be a safer 1 Isla Clarion (1821N, 11444W), the W of Islas
anchorage than Baha Braulia between June and December Revillagigedo, is situated about 215 miles W of Isla
but it is necessary to anchor close inshore as depths Socorro and has similar characteristics to that island. It has
increase rapidly from the beach. three prominent summits of which the W is the highest,
3 Local knowledge is required. rising to 335 m (1100 ft). Except for the sand beaches in
It is reported more protection is afforded in Caleta el the vicinity of Baha Azufre (2.37) the coasts are formed
Barquito, 1 mile NNW of Cabo Regla, over a good bottom, by perpendicular cliffs from 24 to 183 m (80 to 600 ft)
in depths of about 15 m (50 ft). high; the island has been detected on the radar at a
4 It is reported there is a fresh water spring at Caleta considerable distance. A light (truncated pyramidal metal
Grayson, about 4 miles NW of Cabo Regla; the location is tower, 14 m in height, stands on the S coast.
marked by the letter W over an inverted arrow cut into the 2 A prominent feature is Roca Monumento, which lies
face of the cliff. Dangers, including a rock with a depth 2 cables off the NW point of the island. It consists of a
over it of less than 18 m (6 ft) lie in the approaches to this square base surmounted by a column, having alternate
cove. layers of red and white conglomerate; a number of smaller
2.30 rocks lie between it and the coast.
1 Cabo Chato. Small craft may obtain anchorage in the E Animal life is abundant and the island is the breeding
of the two bays formed by the peninsula of Cabo Chato ground for thousands of sea birds; fish and turtles abound
(2.27), but care must be taken on entering this bay to avoid along the shores.
two submerged rocks which lie close to the S shore
between some red cliffs and the outer sand beach. Both Off-lying dangers
bays are deep, with sloping beaches at their heads, and 2.36
appear to be well sheltered, but the bay on the W side of 1 The following dangers, positioned from Roca
the cape should be avoided by all except small boats due Monumento, lie off the N coast of the island:
to detached rocks; the E bay is afforded some protection Rocky shoal with a depth over it of 55 m (18 ft)
from N winds by the dangers ENE of Cabo Chato. (reported 1933) (7 cables NE).
Detached rock (76 m (25 ft) high) (1 miles E).
Rock, over which there is a depth of less than 18 m
Isla San Benedicto (6 ft) (reported 1958) (5 miles E), lying off the
NE end of the island.
Chart 2323
Description Anchorage and landing
2.31 2.37
1 Isla San Benedicto (1919N, 11049W), barren and 1 Reasonable anchorage, protected from N winds, may be
rocky, lies 27 miles NNE of Isla Socorro. The island, which obtained off Baha Azufre (Sulphur Bay) (1821N,

70
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

11444W) on the S side of the island; the anchorage is Crest Seamount (2434N, 11707W) (chart 4802) lies
about 3 cables offshore in depths of 22 m (12 fm). A strong some 80 miles WSW of the rocks.
W set has been experienced at the anchorage. Local
knowledge is required.
2 In moderate weather landing may be effected on the ISLA DE GUADALUPE
sandy beach on the W side of the bay; no attempts should
be made to land anywhere else on the island. General information
Caution. Approaching from E attention is drawn to an Chart 4802
area of foul ground, which breaks, and which extends up to
Description
3 cables offshore between Roca Piramide at the SE point of
2.40
the island, and Baha Azufre.
1 Isla de Guadalupe (2902N, 11817W), which is under
3 Navigational aid:
Mexican sovereignty, lies about 140 miles off the coast of
Light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 14 m in
Baja California. It is a mountainous island of volcanic
height) displayed from the E entrance to Baha
origin, about 19 miles long and nearly 7 miles wide, which
Azufre.
attains an elevation of 1297 m near its N end. The S part
of the island is very barren, but there are fertile valleys and
Outlying banks some trees in the N part.
2 The coasts, for the most part, comprise rocky bluffs off
Chart 4802 which there are some detached rocks. The island is
2.38 surrounded by deep water, and there are few known
1 Shimada Seamount (1653N, 11730W), with a depth dangers outside a distance of 2 cables from the shores.
over it of 28 m, is reported to lie about 185 miles WSW of Apart from two high islands (2.41) which lie within 2 miles
Isla Clarion. of the S extremity of the island, the other islands along the
Alphecca Seamount (1820N, 11710W), with a depth coast are small and close inshore.
over it of 156 m, lies about 135 miles W of Isla Clarion. 3 The peaks are obscured by cloud for most of the year,
Fairweather Seamount (1959N, 11300W) lies some but when visible they have been seen at distances of up to
75 miles NW of Isla Roca Partida. 55 miles. The island is reported to be detectable on radar
2 Mathematicians Seamounts extend some 420 miles to up to 35 miles distant.
the S and SE of Isla Socorro. The following are named: Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.215.
Archimedes Seamount (1320N, 11020W).
Bernoulli Seamount (1815N, 11150W).
Anchorages and landings
Cantor Seamount (1615N, 10920W).
Clairaut Seamount (1750N, 11035W). South coast
Descartes Seamount (1405N, 10845W). 2.41
3 Euclid Seamount (1255N, 11045W). 1 Anchorage, with shelter from all winds except those
Euler Seamount (1600N, 11205W). from between E and SW, has been obtained in Caleta
Fourier Seamount (1355N, 11050W). Melpomene, the bay on the S coast of the island entered
Gauss Seamount (1520N, 11020W). between Morro Sur (2818N, 11818W), and the SW
Kepler Seamount (1830N, 10930W). extremity of the island (about 1 miles W). Two high,
Khayyam Seamount (1425N, 10710W). prominent islets, Isla de Adentro and Isla de Afuera, lie in
Lagrange Seamount (1720N, 11050W). the entrance to the cove close S, and 1 miles SSE
4 Laplace Seamount (1425N, 11030W). respectively, of the SW point.
Leibnitz Seamount (1645N, 11010W). 2 There are depths of 20 m in the narrow passage between
Lobachevskiy Seamount (1630N, 10905W). Isla de Adentro and the main island but it is encumbered
Napier Seamount (1550N, 11035W). with rocks.
Newton Seamount (1605N, 11140W). The effect of strong W or NW winds is felt in the cove
Pascal Seamount (1550N, 11115W). and at times there is a heavy ground swell at the
Riemann Seamount (1200N, 11010W). anchorage. At night, violent gusts of wind may be
experienced from the heights of the island.
3 In 1892 HMS Melpomene anchored with Morro Sur
ROCAS ALIJOS bearing 098, and the S extremity of Isla de Adentro
bearing 234, in depths of 26 m.
General information In 1970 H.M. Swedish Ship Alvsnabben anchored with
the N point of Isla de Adentro bearing 258, and the E
Charts 2323, 2324 extremity of Isla de Afuera bearing 192, in a depth of
2.39 46 m.
1 Rocas Alijos (2457N, 11545W), 34 m (112 ft) high, 4 In 1971 a 128 m patch was reported to lie about
which lie about 150 miles off the coast of Baja California, 4 cables offshore in a position 9 cables E of the N point of
are a dangerous group of rocks consisting of three Isla de Adentro.
principal, and numerous smaller rocks, some above-water; Landing may be effected on the W side of the cove.
the largest rock is the S of the group. Seen from a distance Landing may also be effected about 1 mile N of Morro Sur,
the rocks give the appearance of a ship under sail; see from where it is possible to reach the interior.
view A on chart 2324. Below-water rocks lie a short Local knowledge is required.
distance both N and S of the visible rocks and the group 5 Navigational aid:
should be given a wide berth at all times. Light (metal truncated pyramid, 12 m in height)
2 In 1957, and again in 1971 and 1973, Rocas Alijos were (position approximate) displayed from the W side
reported to lie 2 miles WNW of their charted position. of the cove.

71
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

West coast SEAMOUNTS AND SEABED

2.42 FEATURES NORTH OF 30N
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the cove situated 6 miles
Chart 4801, 4802, 4806, 4807, 4945, 4050
N of the SW extremity of the island but it is exposed to
2.45
the heavy swell from NW and is not recommended.
1 Cobb Seamount (4646N, 13048W) is a remarkable
Dangers lie in the S approach to the cove. Local
bank of small extent, with a depth over it of 24 m
knowledge is required.
(reported 1990); the area within 5 cables of this position is
foul.
Wave studies indicate that shallow water effects can be
experienced in the vicinity of seamounts at these depths;
East coast during heavy seas it is prudent to give this bank a wide
2.43 berth.
1 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained close inshore 2 Other named seamounts and seabed features include:
in a small cove situated about 1 miles S of Punta Norte, Agerholm Seamount (3425N, 13530W).
the NE extremity of the island, off which discoloured water Blanco Fracture Zone (4400N, 12900W).
has been observed. There are no submerged rocks in the Boutelle Seamount (3900N, 13105W).
cove and depths of 73 m are found within 60 m of the Brown Bear Seamount (4600N, 13035W).
beach. The bottom is gravel, without any weed, and the Cascadia Basin (4700N, 12900W).
anchorage is not exposed to the gusts which descend from Davidson Seamount (3545N, 12245W).
the hills. Craft anchored here may secure a sternline to the Emilia Seamount (4350N, 13155W).
boulders on the shore. 3 Erben Tablemount (3250N, 13235W).
2 Landing can be effected alongside the point of rocks at Fieberling Tablemount (3225N, 12745W).
the S end of the cove, taking care to avoid some detached Guide Seamount (3701N, 12320W).
rocks just awash. Gumdrop Seamount (3728N, 12330W).
Approaching from S care should be taken to avoid a Hoke Seamount (3205N, 12650W).
submerged rock, which breaks, which lies close offshore Iwabuchi Seamount (4200N, 13245W).
5 miles S of Punta Norte. Jackson Seamount (4232N, 12747W).
3 Navigational aid: Jasper Seamount (3030N, 12245W).
Light (silver metal truncated pyramid, 12 m in height) 4 Jones Seamount (4335N, 13235W).
(position approximate) displayed from the vicinity Juan de Fuca Ridge (4555N, 12935W).
of the cove. Menard Seamount (4215N, 13410W).
Mendocino Fracture Zone (4015N, 13300W).
Mendocino Ridge (4025N, 12730W).
Murray Fracture Zone (3300N, 13500W).
5 Nichols Seamount (4255N, 13315W).
SEAMOUNTS AND SEABED Parks Seamount (4420N, 13005W).
FEATURES SOUTH OF 305N Patton Escarpment (3200N, 12000W).
Pioneer Canyon (3718N, 12315W).
Pioneer Fracture Zone (3850N, 13300W).
Charts 4802, 4807, 4808, 4811, 4618, 4051 Pioneer Seamount (3720N, 12325W).
2.44 President Jackson Seamount (4245N, 12805W).
1 Other named seamounts and seabed features include: San Juan Seamount (3302N, 12100W).
Albatross Plateau (945N, 10430W). Santa Lucia Escarpment (3440N, 12130W).
Baja California Seamount Province (2530N, 6 Schaefer Seamount (4305N, 13225W).
12400W). Shalowitz Seamount (4610N, 13510W).
California Seamount (1750N, 12340W). Shor Seamount (4230N, 13300W).
Dispatch Seamount (2740N, 11920W). Springfield Seamount (4805N, 13010W).
Dowd Tablemount (1313N, 11950W). Srivastava Seamount (4430N, 13605W).
2 Guatemala Basin (800N, 9500W). Steel Vendor Seamount (4025N, 12930W).
Henderson Seamount (2530N, 11930W). 7 Studdard Seamount (3145N, 12620W).
McKinley Seamount (2930S, 13715W). Taney Seamounts (3645N, 12525W).
Molokai Fracture Zone (2600N, 12800W). Thompson Seamount (4600N, 12835W).
Rivera Ridge (1845N, 10725W). Vance Seamount (4525N, 13030W).
Tehuantepec Ridge (1230N, 9730W). Warwick Seamount (4800N, 13245W).
Watertown Seamount (1030N, 11505W). Westfall Seamount (3015N, 12005W).

THROUGH ROUTE PANAMA CANAL TO JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT

GENERAL INFORMATION to be the most direct route that safe navigation permits,
subject to the constraint of weather.
Charts 4050, 4051 2 By keeping within 15 miles of the coast of the United
Route States the strong NW winds and the heavy seas raised
2.46 farther out are, for the most part, avoided; calms will often
1 In general, within the sea area covered by this volume, be experienced close inshore when there is a wind to
the through route for ocean going vessels may be assumed seaward.

72
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

3 Where the through route coincides with the coastal Arrangement of the route
routes described elsewhere in this book, the latter, as 2.50
indicated by cross references, should be consulted. 1 The route is described as follows:
2.47 Punta Mariato to Punta San Telmo (2.51).
1 Panama Canal to Punta Mariato. Between Balboa Punta San Telmo to Cabo San Lzaro (2.57).
(857N, 7934W), at the S entrance to the Panama Canal, Cabo San Lzaro to Islas San Benito (2.60).
and Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W), at the E limit of this Islas San Benito to San Miguel Island (2.64).
book, the route leads initially SSW for about 90 miles to San Miguel Island to Farallon Islands (2.68).
round Punta Mala (728N, 8000W), thence it leads Farallon Islands to Cape Mendocino (2.71)
55 miles WSW to the vicinity of Punta Mariato. A Cape Mendocino to Cape Blanco (2.74).
description of these routes between the Panama Canal and Cape Blanco to Cape Flattery (2.76).
Punta Mariato is given in South America Pilot Volume III.
2 Punta Mariato to Cape Flattery. From position 705N, PUNTA MARIATO TO PUNTA SAN TELMO
8055W, 7 miles SSW of Punta Mariato, to Cape Flattery
(4823N, 12444W) a suggested route follows rhumb line General information
tracks through the following positions: Charts 1928, 2145, 587, 1051, 1053
0705N, 8145W (SSE of Isla Jicarita). Outlying banks and shoals
1810N, 10340W (off Punta San Telmo) 2.51
2300N, 11125W (off Baja California). 1 Off Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
2427N, 11245W (off Cabo San Lzaro). Bank, with a depth over it of 46 m (25 fm), (reported
2800N, 11600W (off Islas San Benito). 1957), lies 13 miles W.
3400N, 12040W (off San Miguel Island). Off Punta Salsipuedes (827N, 8335W) (3.103).
3738N, 12312W (off Farallon Islands). 2 Bank, with depths over it of from 13 to 18 m (42 to
4026N, 12432W (off Cape Mendocino). 60 ft) (reported 1946), (18 miles SW); the
4250N, 12444W (off Cape Blanco). existence of this bank was confirmed in 1958
4820N, 12506W (at the entrance to the SW when soundings of from 11 to 20 m (36 to 66 ft)
approach lane of the Juan de Fuca TSS off Cape were obtained in this locality.
Flattery). Bank, with a least depth over it of 31 m (17 fm)
3 Caution. The route along the (reported 1948), (14 miles SW).
CaliforniaOregonWashington coast should be navigated Bank, with a depth over it of 82 m (45 fm) (reported
with caution as it is frequently affected by periods of thick 1882), 10 miles WSW.
weather, and the effect of the currents is uncertain. Since 3 Guardian Bank (930N, 8730W) was reported (1927)
the tracks listed above follow as direct a route as possible to have a least depth over it of 58 m (32 fm), and was said
it is prudent for S-bound vessels to keep a little more to to be a narrow bank extending for about 45 miles in a
seaward off these coasts so as to avoid situations where NNW and SSE direction, but its limits were not defined.
vessels are meeting end on. Subsequent searches by vessels have failed to find any
bank of this description, but a number of shoals, with
Topography depths of from 9 to 31 m (5 to 17 fm) have been reported
2.48 between 1930 and 1983 within 60 miles of the above
1 A general description of the coasts of Panama and Costa position, as indicated on the chart. In 1981 depths of less
Rica is given at 3.4 and 3.79, and of the coast of Mexico than 11 m (36 ft) were reported to exist E of the charted
between Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) and Cabo bank.
Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) at 5.80. The W coast of 4 Farther NNW, an isolated shoal, with a depth over it of
Baja California from Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) to 27 m (15 fm) (reported 1951), lies in position 1100N,
Punta Eugenia (409 miles NW) is described at 7.6. 8842W; another shoal depth of 47 m (26 fm) (reported
2 The CaliforniaOregonWashington coast of the United 1966) is charted 11 miles ENE of this depth.
States between Mexico on S and British Columbia on N, is
mostly rugged and mountainous, with high land rising Principal marks (Coast of Panama)
abruptly from the sea in many places. South of San 2.52
Francisco Bay (3750N, 12223W) the mountains are 1 Landmarks:
usually bare or are covered with chaparral and underbrush. Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) which is described
North of the bay the mountains are generally well in South America Pilot Volume III.
timbered, and in some places, especially N of Columbia Isla Jicaron (716N, 8148W) (3.8).
River (4615N, 12405W), the timber is particularly dense Isla Jicarita (lying close S of Isla Jicaron) (3.8).
and heavy. Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W) (3.8).
Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
2 Major lights:
Marks and features
Punta Mariato Light (712N, 8053W) which is
2.49
described in South America Pilot Volume III.
1 For the most part details of the principal coastal
Isla Jicarita Light (713N, 8148W) (3.8).
features, landmarks and lights, have been omitted but cross
Islas Ladrones Light (752N, 8227W) (3.39).
references to paragraphs in other chapters where these will
be found have been given. The extent to which these marks Principal marks (Coast of Mexico)
will be of use depends upon the actual route taken and the 2.53
visibility at the time. The mariners chosen route may pass 1 Landmarks:
sufficiently close to the coast to permit additional marks to Sierra Fuerte (1638N, 9816W) (5.84).
be sighted, in which case the appropriate text in the Pico Corcovado (1704N, 9930W) (5.84).
relevant geographical chapter should be consulted. Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (1724N, 10005W) (5.84).

73
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

2 Major lights: 30 or 40 miles of that port when course should be altered

Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W) (5.84). to round Puerto ngel. This route is somewhat longer than
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1755N, 10210W) the direct route N but has the advantage of favourable
(5.120). currents along the coast of Central America.
Caleta de Campos Light (1804N, 10245W) (Directions continue at 2.59)
(5.147).
Punta San Telmo Light (1820N, 10330W) (5.147).
PUNTA SAN TELMO TO
Other navigational aids CABO SAN LZARO
2.54
1 Racons: General information
Isla Roqueta Light (see above). Charts 1053, 3053, 3054, 2323
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (see above). Principal marks
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 2.57
1 Landmarks:
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W) (5.147).
Passage Directions Nevado de Colima (Volcn de Safa) (3 miles N of
(continued from South America Pilot Volume III) Volcn de Colima) (5.147).
2.55 Punta Graham (1911N, 10443W) (5.177).
1 From a position S of Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) Cerro de Navidad (Morro de Navidad) (1913N,
the route leads initially W for about 50 miles to a position 10450W) (5.177).
S of Isla Jicarita (713N, 8148W), thence it leads WNW Sierra de San Lzaro (2311N, 10951W) (6.76).
for about 1450 miles to the vicinity of Punta San Telmo 2 Sierra de la Laguna (2334N, 11000W) (7.11).
(1820N, 10330W), moving away from the coast of Las Hermanas (2424N, 11147W) (7.11).
Costa Rica SW of Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W) and Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W) (7.43).
gradually converging on the coast of Mexico SSW of Major lights:
Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W). The route passes about Punta Campos Light (1901N, 10421W) (5.147).
30 miles SSW of Acapulco (1651N, 9954W) and Lzaro Punta Faralln Light (1923N, 10502W) (5.177).
Crdenas (1756N, 10211W). Cabo Falso Light (2252N, 10958W) (6.76).
2 Attention is drawn to the outlying banks described at
2.51.
Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this Other navigational aids
route are given in: 2.58
Offshore route Punta Mariato to Punta Burica (3.5). 1 Racons:
Punta Burica to Punta Banco (3.81). Cabo Falso Light (see above).
Cabo Matapalo to Punta Llorona (3.101). Cabo San Lzaro Light (2448N, 11219W).
Puerto ngel to Baha de Acapulco (5.81). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
3 Baha de Acapulco to Lzaro Crdenas (5.118).
Lzaro Crdenas to Baha de Manzanillo (5.145).
Baha de Manzanillo to Cabo Corrientes (5.173). Passage Directions
Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given (continued from 2.56)
as follows: 2.59
Puerto Armuelles (816N, 8252W) (3.65). 1 Caution. Attention is drawn to the off-lying banks and
Puerto Golfito in Golfo Dulce (830N, 8310W) dangers between Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) and
(3.84). Cabo Tosca (2418N, 11143W), described at 7.9, which
4 Puerto Caldera and Puntarenas in Golfo de Nicoya should be given a good clearance.
(950N, 8445W) (3.126). From the vicinity of 1810N, 10340W, SW of Punta
Puerto Sandino (1211N, 8647W) (4.31). San Telmo, the route continues initially WNW for about
Corinto (1228N, 8711W) (4.39). 525 miles to the vicinity of 2300N, 11125W, passing
Puerto de Henecn (Honduras) and Puerto de La about 38 miles SW of Cabo Falso, thence it leads NW for
Unin (El Salvador) in Golfo de Fonseca about 114 miles to 2427N, 11245W, SW of Cabo San
(1300N, 8750W) (4.73). Lzaro.
5 Acajutla (1334N, 8950W) (4.155). 2 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
Puerto Quetzal (1355N, 9048W) (4.172). route are given in:
Salina Cruz (1610N, 9512W) (5.38). Cabo Falso to Baha Magdalena (7.7).
Acapulco (1651N, 9954W) (5.95). Baha Magdalena to Punta Pequea (7.39).
Lzaro Crdenas (1756N, 10211W) (5.133). Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
Manzanillo (1903N, 10420W) (5.155). as follows:
3 Puerto Vallarta in Baha de Banderas (2037N,
10530W) (5.203).
Low powered vessels and small craft Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W) (5.244).
2.56 Topolobampo (2536N, 10904W), Guaymas
1 It is reported that small vessels can avoid the rough seas (2754N, 11052W) and La Paz (2410N,
off the Isthmus of Tehuantepec (1700N, 9500W), during 11019W) are described in Chapter 6, Golfo de
December, by heading direct towards Salina Cruz (1610N, California.
9512W) from the vicinity of Punta Guiones until within (Directions continue at 2.62)

74
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

CABO SAN LZARO TO ISLAS SAN BENITO TO

ISLAS SAN BENITO SAN MIGUEL ISLAND
General information
General information
Charts 899, 3056, 2324, 2530, 4802
Charts 3054, 3055, 2324 Landmarks
Principal marks 2.64
2.60 1 Islas San Benito (2819N, 11535W) (7.84).
1 Landmarks: Santa Rosa Island (3357N, 12006W) (8.289).
Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W) (7.43). San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W) (8.289).
Monte Table (2704N, 11358W) (7.54).
Monte Eugenia (2746N, 11501W) (7.66).
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.62)
Islas San Benito (2819N, 11535W) (7.84).
2.65
Major light:
1 From the vicinity of 2800N, 11600W, SW of Islas
Islas San Benito NW Light (2819N, 11535W)
San Benito, the route leads NW for about 433 miles across
(7.84).
open water to the vicinity of 3400N, 12040W, W of San
Miguel Island, passing:
Other navigational aids SW of Bishop Rock (3227N, 11908W) (8.64),
2.61 thence:
1 Racons: 2 SW of San Nicolas Island (3314N, 11930W)
Cabo San Lzaro Light (2448N, 11219W). (8.91), and the outlying dangers W and NW of
Islas San Benito NW Light (as above), from a that island (8.93), thence:
position 1 mile E of the light. SW of San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W)
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. (8.279), thence:
SW of Richardson Rock (5 miles NW of San
Miguel Island) (8.326).
Passage Directions (Directions continue at 2.69)
(continued from 2.59)
2.62 Route to San Diego
1 From the vicinity of 2427N, 11245W, SW of Cabo 2.66
San Lzaro, the route leads NW for about 276 miles to the 1 From the same initial position as above the route leads
vicinity of 2800N, 11600W, SW of Islas San Benito, NNW for about 285 miles to the vicinity of the SD
passing: Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W) (8.41), passing E of Islas
Clear of, depending on draught, Banco Petrel Coronados (3225N, 11716W) (7.169). Attention is drawn
(27 miles WSW of Cabo San Lzaro), a bank to an isolated shoal depth of 457 m (25 fm) (2933N,
composed of fine, grey, speckled sand, with depths 11628W) (reported 1981), and to an isolated shoal depth
over it of from 183 to 73 m (10 to 40 fm); the of 5 m (16 ft) (3054N, 11643W) (reported 1991).
bank has not been closely examined and may 2 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
extend farther SE. And: route are given in:
2 SW of Thetis Bank (7.41) and the adjacent shoals Punta Baja to Punta Colnett (7.126).
lying W and WNW of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, Punta Colnett to Islas de Todos Santos (7.142).
11219W), thence: Islas de Todos Santos to the approaches to San Diego
SW of an isolated shoal depth of 183 m (10 fm) Bay (7.167).
(reported 1964) (2504N, 11245W); other shoal 3 Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
depths, as shown on the chart, lie within 18 miles as follows:
NW of this depth. Thence: Ensenada in Baha de Todos Santos (3148N,
3 SW of Uncle Sam Bank (2537N, 11322W), which 11642W) (7.151).
has a least charted depth over it of 66 m (36 fm); Rosarito Oil Terminal (3221N, 11705W) (7.173).
depths of from 146 to 29 m (48 ft to 16 fm) have San Diego, Los Angeles/Long Beach and Port
been reported within 19 miles NE of this bank as Hueneme are described in Chapter 8.
can be seen on the chart.
Thence the route continues NW in deep water to the Other name
vicinity of Islas San Benito. 2.67
4 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this Ferrel Seamount (2930W, 11715W).
route are given in:
Punta San Hiplito to Punta Eugenia (7.64). SAN MIGUEL ISLAND TO
Islands at the entrance to Baha Sebastin Vizcaino FARALLON ISLANDS
(7.81).
The main port on the coast is Puerto Morro Redondo General information
(2803N, 11511W) (7.91).
(Directions continue at 2.65) Charts 899, 778, 229, 2530
Principal marks
2.68
Other names 1 Landmarks:
2.63 Saddle Peak (3513N, 12047W) (9.15).
1 Moore Bank (2605N, 11327W). Hollister Peak (3521N, 12047W) (9.31).
Rosa Seamount (Bank) (2611N, 11459W). Hearst Castle (3541N, 12110W) (9.31).

75
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

Twin Peaks (3603N, 12130W) (9.48). FARALLON ISLANDS TO

Junipero Serra Peak (3609N, 12125W) (9.48). CAPE MENDOCINO
South east Farallon (3742N, 12300W) (10.26).
North Farallon (6 miles NW of South east Farallon) General information
(10.26).
2 Major lights: Charts 229, 3120, 3121, 2530
Point Conception Light (3427N, 12028W) (8.289). Principal marks
San Luis Obispo Light (3510N, 12046W) (9.15). 2.71
Piedras Blancas Light (3540N, 12117W) (9.31).
Point Sur Light (3618N, 12154W) (9.48).
Farallon Light (3742N, 12300W) (10.26). 1 Landmarks:
South east Farallon (3742N, 12300W) (10.26).
North Farallon (6 miles NW of South east Farallon)
(10.26).
Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
Passage Directions Ross Mountain (3830N, 12307W) (11.14).
(continued from 2.65) Point Arena lighthouse (3857N, 12344W) (11.14).
2.69 2 Bald Hill (3928N, 12345W) (11.35).
1 From the vicinity of 3400N, 12040W, W of San Cahto Peak (3941N, 12335W) (11.35).
Miguel Island, the route leads NW for about 251 miles to King Peak (4009N, 12407W) (11.54).
the vicinity of 3738N, 12312W, SW of Farallon Islands, Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54).
passing: Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W) (11.54).
SW of the oil platforms lying up to 5 miles off 3 Major lights:
Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W) (8.291), Point Reyes Light (3759N, 12301W) (10.26).
thence: Point Arena Light as above.
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46028 (special) (3545N, Point Cabrillo Light (3921N, 12350W) (11.35).
12152W), thence: Cape Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W) (11.54).
2 SW of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) (9.48), thence:
SW of B Light-buoy (special) and ODAS Light-buoy
46042 (special), moored about 22 and 23 miles
Passage Directions
WNW, respectively, of Point Pinos (3638N, (continued from 2.69)
12156W). Dependent on distance offshore, 2.72
between the latitudes of 3618N and 3711N 1 From the vicinity of 3738N, 12312W the route leads
mariners should note the charted recommended NNW for about 179 miles to the vicinity of 4026N,
tracks (8.4). thence: 12432W, W of Cape Mendocino, passing:
3 SW of South east Farallon (3742N, 12300W) WSW of Noonday Rock (3748N, 12310W)
(10.26). (10.31), thence:
Cautions. WSW of Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26),
The S part of this route passes through the Pacific thence:
Missile Range (8.2). 2 WSW of Point Arena (3857N, 12344W) (11.15),
The route W of Farallon Islands crosses the San thence:
Francisco to Honolulu and other Pacific Ocean Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46014 (special) (3913N,
routes of vessels using the San Francisco TSS. 12358W), thence:
4 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this WSW of Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54),
route are given in: thence:
Point Arguello to Point Buchon (9.11). 3 WSW and W of Blunts Reef, the outermost visible
Point Buchon to Point Piedras Blancas (9.27). danger lying 2 miles W of Cape Mendocino
Point Piedras Blancas to Point Sur (9.45). (4026N, 12444W), and a detached shoal lying
The coastal passages N of Point Sur, in the approaches 3 miles NW of the cape. Cape Mendocino, and
to San Francisco Bay, are described in: the dangers in its vicinity, are described at 11.56.
Point Sur to Point Pinos (9.57). Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
5 Monterey Bay to Pillar Point (9.93). route are given in:
Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given 4 Point Reyes to Point Arena (11.8).
as follows: Point Arena to Abalone Point (11.33).
Monterey Harbor (3636N, 12153W) in Monterey Abalone Point to Cape Mendocino (11.50).
Bay (9.67). (Directions continue at 2.75)
San Francisco, Oakland, Alameda, Richmond,
Stockton and Sacramento are described in
Chapter 10.
(Directions continue at 2.72) Other names
2.73
1 Arena Canyon (3900N, 12400W).
Bodega Canyon (3814N, 12331W).
Gorda (Sea) Valley (3953N, 12500W).
Other names Navarro Canyon (3904N, 12403W).
2.70 Noyo Canyon (3933N, 12420W).
1 Arguello Canyon (3430N, 12100W). Vizcaino Dome (3930N, 12436W).
Rodriguez Seamount (3403N, 12104W). Vizcaino Canyon (3940N, 3036W).

76
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

CAPE MENDOCINO TO CAPE BLANCO 2 Major lights:

Cape Blanco Light (4250N, 12434W) (12.8).
General information Cape Arago Light (43205N, 124225W) (12.37).
Heceta Head Light (4408N, 12408W) (12.77).
Charts 3121, 3122, 2531 Destruction Island Light (4740N, 12429W)
Principal marks (14.58).
2.74 Cape Flattery Light (4824N, 12444W) (14.76).
1 Landmarks:
Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W) (11.54). Other navigational aid
Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W) (11.100). 2.77
Red Mountain (4132N, 12355W) (11.100). 1 Racon: Juan de Fuca Strait J Light-buoy (special)
Humbug Mountain (4241N, 12426W) (12.8). (4830N, 12500W).
2 Major lights: For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Cape Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W) (11.54).
Humboldt Bay Light (4046N, 12414W) (11.67). Passage Directions
Del Norte Aero Light (4147N, 12414W), at Point (continued from 2.75)
St George. 2.78
Cape Blanco Light (4250N, 12434W) (12.8). 1 Caution. An Area to be Avoided is established, as
shown on the charts, extending up to 27 miles off the coast
of Washington, between the vicinity of Copalis Head
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.72) (4709N, 12411W) (14.59) and Cape Flattery (4823N,
2.75 12444W) (14.70); the W point of this area is 4752N,
1 From the vicinity of 4026N, 12432W, clear W of 12516W. For details see 14.4.
Blunts Reef, the passage leads N for about 144 miles to the 2 From the vicinity of 4250N, 12444W, clear W of
vicinity of 4250N, 12444W, W of Cape Blanco, passing: Orford Reef, the passage leads N for about 330 miles to
W of ODAS Light-buoy 46022 (special) (4043N, position 4820N, 12506W at the entrance to the SW
12431W), thence: approach lane of the TSS (14.74) off Cape Flattery.
W of St George Reef (4150N, 12423W) (11.102), Except for Umatilla Reef (14.78) and the other dangers
thence: extending up to 3 miles from Cape Alava (4810N,
2 W of Rogue River Reef (4227N, 12430W) (12.9), 12444W) (14.78), the passage is free from outlying
thence: dangers.
W of ODAS Light-buoy 46015 (special) (4244N, 3 Attention is drawn to an obstruction (submerged buoy)
12451W), thence: with a depth over it of 20 m (66 ft), which lies 69 miles W
W of Orford Reef which extends from 2 to 5 miles of Cape Lookout (4520N, 12400W).
offshore SW of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W) Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
(12.7). route are given in:
3 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this Cape Blanco to Coos Bay (12.35).
route are given in: 4 Coos Bay to Yaquina Bay (12.74).
Cape Mendocino to Humboldt Bay (11.63). Yaquina Bay to Cape Meares (12.123).
Humboldt Bay to Point St George (11.97). Cape Meares to Columbia River (12.137).
Point St George to Cape Blanco (12.6). Cape Disappointment to Grays Harbor (14.8).
The main port along the coast is Humboldt Bay Grays Harbor to Quillayute River (14.55).
(4046N, 12414W) (11.70). Quillayute River to Cape Flattery (14.69).
(Directions continue at 2.78) Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
as follows:
5 Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) (12.46).
CAPE BLANCO TO CAPE FLATTERY Newport in Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W)
(12.98).
General information Astoria, Longview, Portland and Vancouver are
described in Chapter 13.
Charts 3123, 3124, 2940, 4945, 2531 Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) (14.22).
Principal marks (Directions continue in British
2.76 Columbia Pilot Volume 1)
1 Landmarks:
Carroll Islet (4800N, 12443W) (14.76). Other names
Ozette Island (4809N, 12445W) (14.76). 2.79
Radar dome on Bahokus Peak (4822N, 12440W) 1 Barkley Canyon (4820N, 12600W).
(14.76), the summit of Cape Flattery. Nitinat Canyon (4809N, 12550W).

77
Home Contents Index
Chapter 3 - Pacific coasts of Panama and Costa Rica from Punta Mariato to Baha de Salinas

86 85 84 83 82 81

11 Bahia 11
3.178 de Salinas
a
nta Elen
1960 B. Sa
660
P. Culebra
3.166

Golfo de
Nicoya 1 9 31
nas
are
10 P unt C O S TA R I C A 10
3.136
Caldera
1931
llo
Cari
1960 B.
3.126

3.158

1931

3.113 Baha
Uvita
9 1960 9
78

3 .1 0 5
1932
P. Golfito
Golfo
Dulce 3.65
3.84
Armuelles
3 .1 0 1 PA N A M A
1932

8 3.81
3.50 8
Pt Burica

Baha
3.37 Honda
1928

3.14
Pt Mariato
7 3.5 7
2145
1928

86 85 84 Longitude 83 West from Greenwich 81

March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3
PACIFIC COASTS OF PANAMA AND COSTA RICA FROM PUNTA
MARIATO TO BAHA DE SALINAS

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2145, 1049 there is a tendency for the prevailing wind to vary locally.
Scope of the chapter The two seasonal winds are both irregular and are modified
3.1 by the alternation of land and sea breezes and interrupted
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal by calms and occasional squalls.
waters of Panama from Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) 2 Strong N winds, Nortes (1.184), are common
to Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) including Puerto occurrences in Central America.
Armuelles (816N, 8252W) and its associated tanker port, Currents. Due to the influence of the Equatorial
and the coastal waters of Costa Rica from Punta Burica to Counter-current an E set will usually be experienced within
Baha de Salinas (1103N, 8543W) including Golfo 20 miles of the coast between Punta Mariato (712N,
Dulce (830N, 8315W) and Golfo de Nicoya (845N, 8053W) and Punta Burica, 129 miles WNW.
8445W). 3 In general the currents are weak and variable although
2 The through route along these coasts is described in stronger currents may be experienced off certain headlands
Chapter 2. and rivers. Mariners are advised to exercise caution and to
The chapter is divided into the following sections: give these points and coastal indentations a wide berth
Panama South-west Coast (3.3). when passing.
Costa Rica South-west Coast (3.78). 4 Visibility. Fog is practically unknown along these coasts
but during heavy squalls in the rainy season visibility may
temporarily be reduced to less than 5 cables. During the dry
Natural conditions season dust haze may reduce visibility to less than 5 miles
3.2 on occasions. Radiation fog may develop along the
1 Winds. The predominant wind along this section of the estuaries during the night but this clears quickly after
coast from November to April is NE, and SW from June to sunrise.
September. During the dry season from November to April

PANAMA SOUTHWEST COAST

GENERAL INFORMATION OFFSHORE ROUTE PUNTA MARIATO

TO PUNTA BURICA

Charts 1928, 2145 General information

Area covered
3.3 Charts 1928, 2145
1 The area covered by this section comprises: Route
Offshore Route Punta Mariato to Punta Burica 3.5
(3.5). 1 From the vicinity of Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W)
Punta Mariato to Isla Canal de Afuera (3.14), the route leads initially W, passing S of Isla Coiba (730N,
including descriptions of Baha Montijo and Baha 8147W) and the islands off its S coast, thence WNW to
Honda. Punta Burica (802N, 8252W), passing SSW of the
2 Isla Canal de Afuera to Baha Charco Azul (3.37), islands in the approaches to Baha Charco Azul.
including the inshore passages from Baha Honda
to Isla Parida.
Baha Charco Azul (3.50), including Puerto Topography
Armuelles. 3.6
1 Punta Mariato and the coastline E of it are described in
South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Coiba is described at 3.15.
Topography
3.4
1 Heavily wooded hills and mountain ranges span the Magnetic Anomaly
length of the country and rise to elevations of about 3.7
3500 m in the interior in the W of the area. Many rivers 1 In 1929 a local magnetic anomaly, which caused a
flow into the sea over this coastline, which is irregular and variation of 13 from the normal, was reported to exist off
heavily indented, but they are of little or no importance the S coast of Isla Coiba between positions 14 miles SE
navigationally. and 12 miles SSW of Punta Anegada (720N, 8136W).

79
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Principal marks Canal de Jicaron

3.8
Description
1 Landmarks:
3.10
Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) which is described
1 Canal de Jicaron (719N, 8147W), the passage
in South America Pilot Volume III.
3 miles wide between Isla Coiba (3.15) and Isla Jicaron
Isla Jicaron (716N, 8148W), a heavily wooded
(3.8), is generally deep, but a bank with depths of less than
island which rises to an elevation of 418 m
18 m (60 ft) extends across the channel to within about
(1370 ft) and is reported to be conspicuous on
1 mile of Isla Jicaron.
radar; the island is uninhabited.
Isla Jicarita (lying close S of Isla Jicaron), a wooded Directions
islet with bold cliffs at its S end, from the 3.11
extremity of which a light (see below) is 1 Caution. Tidal streams up to a rate of about 2 kn have
displayed. been observed in Canal de Jicaron and for this reason it is
2 Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W), a small, heavily not recommended to navigate the channel in thick weather.
wooded island from where a light (white metal From a position S of Punta Anegada (720N, 8136W)
framework tower, 12 m in height) is displayed. (3.17) the passage leads WNW passing (with positions
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W), three rocky, barren from Punta Anegada):
islets; a light (3.39) stands on the summit of the 2 SSW of a bank with a least depth over it of 65 m
largest. (21 ft) lying 1 miles S of Punta Anegada (3.17),
3 Punta Burica (802N, 8252W), the S extremity of a thence:
remarkable narrow peninsula, between 210 and SSW of a shoal depth of 91 m (30 ft) lying 1 mile
275 m high, which projects 17 miles S from the SSW of Punta Doble (2 miles W), the S
general line of the coast and forms a prominent extremity of Isla Coiba, thence:
mark from any direction; it has been reported to Clear of Hill Rocks (5 miles SW), two rocks awash,
have been sighted at a distance of 35 miles in clear and:
weather. 3 SSW of Isla Barca lying towards the outer edge of
4 Major lights: foul ground extending 8 cables S from Punta
Punta Mariato Light (713N, 8053W) which is Racimo (4 miles W); rocks awash lie 3 cables SE
described in South America Pilot Volume III. of the island. Thence:
Isla Jicarita Light (white metal framework tower, SSW of Passage Rocks (7 miles W), a group of rocks
15 m in height) (713N, 8148W). awash, thence:
Islas Ladrones Light (752N, 8227W) (3.39). 4 SSW of Logan Rock (7 miles W), an above-water
rock, and:
NNE of Punta David (11 miles WSW), the NE point
of Isla Jicaron, thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal patch
(2 miles NNW of Punta David) with a depth over
Directions it of 11 m (36 ft), thence:
(continued from South America Pilot Volume III)
5 SW of a shoal depth of 76 m (25 ft) lying 6 cables
3.9
SW of Punta Brigida (11 miles WNW); another
1 From the vicinity of position 705N, 8055W, S of
shoal depth of 58 m (19 ft) lies close offshore
Punta Mariato, the route leads W then WNW passing:
2 miles NW of Punta Brigida. Thence:
S and SSW of Isla Jicarita (713N, 8148W) (3.8),
SW of Punta Adelarda (20 miles NW) which, together
reported to be radar conspicuous; in 1960 breakers
with Punta Hermosa standing 2 miles farther N,
were observed 5 cables S of Isla Jicarita and
form the W extremity of Isla Coiba.
caution is advised when navigating in this area.
2 SSW of Banco Hannibal (724N, 8203W), with a Boat channel
least depth of 17 m (56 ft), thence: 3.12
SSW of Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W) (3.8), 1 A narrow passage with a depth in it of about 24 m
reported to be radar conspicuous, thence: (8 ft) leads between Punta Ursula, the S extremity of Isla
SSW of Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8); a Jicaron (3.8), and Isla Jicarita, 2 cables S. Landing is
shoal depth of 17 m (56 ft) lies about 1 mile S of possible in a small inlet on the W side of Isla Jicarita.
the islets. Thence: The W side of Isla Jicaron is fringed by reefs, and a
3 SSW of Isla Burica (801N, 8253W), a small island dangerous group of rocks, with depths over them of less
lying 5 cables S of Punta Burica (3.8) to which it than 18 m (6 ft) and which do not always break, lie
is connected by a reef. A light (GRP tower, 10 m 2 miles WNW of Punta Ursula. A stranded wreck lies on
in height) is displayed from the island. A black, the reefs 2 miles NNW of Punta Ursula.
above-water rock, lies 1 miles NW of the island,
and below-water rocks lie up to 5 cables S of the Anchorages
island which should be given a wide berth at all 3.13
times. A shoal depth of 11 m (36 ft) (reported 1 Anchorage has been obtained 5 cables N of Isla
1965), existence doubtful, lies 2 miles SW of Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W) (3.8).
Burica. The NW-going tidal stream is reported to Anchorage, with good holding, can be obtained in
be strong off Punta Burica. depths from 18 to 22 m (10 to 12 fm), mud, 1 mile NW of
(Directions continue for coastal passage at 3.83) Punta David (3.11).

80
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

PUNTA MARIATO TO ISLA rocky shoal with a depth over it of 21 m (7 ft)

CANAL DE AFUERA which, in spite of a heavy swell, only breaks
occasionally at LW, lies 1 miles WNW of Islote
General information Roncador. Dangers extend up to 5 cables offshore
between Punta Mariato and Punta Naranjo. Thence:
Chart 1928 3 SW of a shoal (reported 1977) with a depth over it of
Route 177 m (58 ft) (17 miles SW), thence:
3.14 SW of Pilar de Sal (1 miles S), a rock so named
1 The passage from the vicinity of Punta Mariato (712N, because of its resemblance to a pillar of salt. The
8053W) to the N point of Isla Coiba (58 miles NW) leads rock is the outermost of several islets and rocks
in deep water to Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W), extending from Punta Zurrn, the SW extremity of
passing SW of Isla Cebaco (733N, 8109W) and off the Isla Cebaco. A light (3.16) stands on the point.
NE coast of Isla Coiba. Thence:
4 NE of Punta Anegada (22 miles WSW), the SE
Topography extremity of Isla Coiba. In winter, due to the
3.15 prevailing SW winds, breakers extend up to 1 mile
1 Punta Mariato to Baha Honda. Between Punta offshore around the point. Thence:
Naranjo (716N, 8056W) and Punta Duartes (15 miles NE of Punta Damas (25 miles W), the bluff E
N), the E entrance point to Baha Montijo (3.20), the extremity of Isla Coiba, thence:
coastline is low, fringed by rocks lying up to 1 miles Into Canal de Afuera, the channel SW of Isla Canal de
offshore in places and is indented by two bays which each Afuera, passing:
have a stream at their head. 5 SW of Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W)
2 Isla Cebaco (733N, 8109W), a high, long, heavily (3.16), from the W end of which a light (white
wooded island with several hills, the highest at its W end, square framework tower, 6 m in height) is
extends across the entrance to Baha Montijo. Isla displayed; Isleta Afuerita, lies close N of the W
Gobernadora, a steep island lying 1 miles N of the W extremity of Isla Canal de Afuera. And:
part of Isla Cebaco, makes a good landmark when 6 NE of La Viuda, a dangerous pinnacle rock, lying in
approaching the inlet from the W. the channel 8 cables ENE of Isla Rancheria
Between Punta Brava (737N, 8114W) and Punta (4 miles SW of Isla Canal de Afuera). Several
Jabali (19 miles WNW), at the E entrance to Baha islets and rocks, the outermost of which is known
Honda (3.23), the coast is rugged with several islets and as Isla Coibita, extend 1 mile WNW from the W
rocks lying off it at distances up to 1 mile offshore. extremity of Isla Rancheria; Isla Iglesia, a small
3 Isla Coiba (730N, 8147W), the largest island off this islet, lies close off the SE extremity of the island.
part of the coast is 22 miles long and rises to an elevation 3.18
of 427 m (1400 ft). The interior is mountainous and 1 Boat channel. Passage for small craft is possible S of
wooded but there is some swampy land on its W side. Two Isla Rancheria between that island and Islas Cocos, a group
prominent islands lie in the channel between Punta Baltasar of islets surrounded by foul ground, 8 cables S, but the
(739N, 8146W), the N point of the island, and the channel is partially obstructed by rocks including Roca Don
mainland (13 miles ENE). Isla Jicaron (3.8) and Isla Juan, an above-water rock in the centre of the channel,
Jicarita (3.8), separated from each other by a narrow 5 cables N of the N islet of Islas Cocos.
channel (3.12), lie 3 miles off the S coast of Isla Coiba. Local knowledge is required.
Principal marks Channel north-east of Isla Canal de Afuera
3.16 3.19
1 Landmarks: 1 The NE channel leads between Isla Canal de Afuera and
Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) which is described Isla Pacora, 2 miles NE (3.24). A black rock, which
in South America Pilot Volume III. almost covers at HW lies at the outer edge of foul ground
Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W), a steep extending 3 cables off the SE point of Isla Canal de
island 214 m (704 ft) high. Afuera, and a small above-water rock lies 3 cables offshore
Isla Jicaron (716N, 8148W) (3.8). off the N side of the island.
Isla Jicarita (lying close S of Isla Jicaron) (3.8). 2 Caution. Mariners navigating inshore along the
2 Major light: mainland coast between Punta Brava (737N, 8114W)
Punta Mariato Light (713N, 8053W) which is and Punta Jabali (19 miles WNW), to pass through the
described in South America Pilot Volume III. NE channel of Isla Canal de Afuera, should maintain a
Punta Zurrn Light (white square framework tower, clearance of at least 3 miles from the coast to avoid several
6 m in height) (729N, 8115W). islets and rocks which lie up to 1 mile offshore.
(Directions continue at 3.40)
Directions
(continued from South America Pilot Volume III) Baha Montijo
Punta Mariato to Canal de Afuera General information
3.17 3.20
1 From the vicinity of position 705N, 8055W, S of 1 Description. Baha Montijo is situated between Punta
Punta Mariato, the route leads NW passing (with positions Duartes (730N, 8058W) and Punta Brava (16 miles
from Punta Zurrn (729N, 8115W)): WNW). The entrance is obstructed by Isla Cebaco (3.15)
2 SW of Islote Roncador (Isla Naranjas) (23 miles SE), and Isla Gobernadora (3.15). To the N of Isla Cebaco the
a rocky, wooded islet lying 1 mile WNW of the centre and a large part of the W side of the bay is
bluff headland of Punta Naranjo. A dangerous occupied by shallow banks intersected by blind channels.

81
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

The entrance channel lies on the E side of Isla Cebaco and Anchorages
leads about 17 miles N to the entrances to Ro San Pedro 3.22
and Ro San Pablo which flow into the head of the bay on 1 Off Isla Cebaco. Anchorage may be obtained, between
its NE and NW sides respectively. January and May, in Caleta Cayman (730N, 8114W), a
2 Topography. The shores of the bay are much indented small bight on the S side of Isla Cebaco close to its W
by river mouths. Isla Leones (744N, 8107W) stands in extremity.
the middle of the bay, and Isla Verde, of lesser size, stands Sheltered anchorage may be obtained either N or S of
in the mouth of Ro San Pedro (5 miles NNE). Isla Gobernadora. Vessels anchoring S of the island should
Controlling depths. Ro San Pedro is navigable as far note a shoal patch lying in mid-channel off the E extremity
as Puerto Mutis, about 6 miles above its entrance, by of the island.
vessels of not more than LOA 305 m and 33 m draught. 2 In the bay. Vessels of light draught can anchor on the
Boats can reach Puerto Real, 5 miles farther upriver. W side of the bay and find good shelter from almost all
3 Ro San Pablo is more difficult to navigate but at HW winds. The best anchorage for larger vessels is 7 cables
vessels of 3 m draught can reach Sona, about 31 miles W of Isla Perdomo (3.21) in depths of 11 m (36 ft), grey
above its entrance. sand.
Pilotage is available at Isla Gobernadora. Entry should
not be attempted without local knowledge as the channel is Baha Honda
not marked and the waters are always muddy. Ro San General information
Pedro and Ro San Pablo cannot be navigated without local 3.23
knowledge and experience. 1 Description. Baha Honda, entered between Punta Jabali
4 Tidal streams of varying strength are experienced (743N, 8133W) and Punta Guarida (1 miles N), is a
throughout the bay; at the entrance they attain a rate of fine natural harbour being deep, safe and easy of access
2 kn. and can be used by most sizes of vessel. There are
extensive drying mud banks at the E and NE ends of the
harbour, but elsewhere the shores are generally steep-to.
There are several settlements on the shores of the bay.
Directions 2 Isla Talon, an island 80 m high, situated in the centre of
3.21
the inlet 1 miles inside the entrance effectively divides
1 Approach. From a position W of Islote Roncador
the harbour into two anchorages, Baha Chinche to the W
(716N, 8057W) (3.17) the track to the entrance leads N
and Baha Legamo to the E. The two bays are connected N
for 15 miles passing:
of Isla Talon by a narrow channel with a charted depth in
E of the shoal with a depth over it of 177 m (58 ft)
it of about 55 m (18 ft).
(717N, 8104W) (3.14), thence:
Tidal streams attain a rate of from to 1 kn.
W of Baha Arenas (3.28), thence:
2 W of Islas Quebros (724N, 8056W), a group of Directions
islets extending 1 miles offshore, thence: 3.24
W of a shoal depth of 46 m (15 ft) lying at the 1 Approach and entry. The entrance to Baha Honda is
extremity of a bank extending 1 miles W from not easily recognised from a distance but Isla Canal de
Punta Duartes (730N, 8058W). Afuera (742N, 8138W) (3.16) and Isla Medidor
3 Entry. From a position about 2 miles W of Punta (3 miles NE), a large island which rises to an elevation of
Duartes the track leads N into the entrance, about 3 miles 143 m, serve to indicate its position. Isla Pacora, a small
wide between Punta Campana (734N, 8103W), the E island, lies 3 cables S of Isla Medidor.
extremity of Isla Cebaco, and Punta Alto Viejo on the 2 Approaching from S, Isla Medidor should be kept ahead
mainland E, thence generally NNW to the head of the inlet until the entrance is opened and Isla Talon is sighted when
passing (with positions from Punta Campana): course may be shaped into the entrance.
About 1 mile E of English Rock (1 mile E), on which The approach from W must be made S of Isla Pacora;
the sea breaks at half tide, thence: the passage between this island and Isla Medidor is mainly
4 Between a 5 m (16 ft) shoal and a 55 m (18 ft) shoal foul with some above-water rocks.
lying 3 miles N and NNW respectively, thence: 3 From a position in the approach about 2 miles W of
About 5 cables E of Rocas San Juan (5 miles NNW), Punta Jabali (743N, 8133W) the track leads ENE into
a group of rocks on the largest of which stands a the bay passing (with positions from Punta Jabali):
beacon; a rock which dries 18 m (6 ft) lies close NNW of Isla Centinela (3 cables NW) and Isla Cono
NNE of this rock. Foul ground extends 5 cables S (close W), islands lying on foul ground extending
and W from these rocks. Thence: up to 4 cables NW from Punta Jabali. A shoal
5 W of Islas Tres Hermanos (8 miles N), islets lying depth of 146 m (48 ft) lies 5 cables SW of Isla
on the outer edge of a shallow bank extending off Centinela. Thence:
the mouths of several rivers on the E side of the 4 SSE of Punta Guarida (1 miles N), the N entrance
channel, thence: point.
W of Whaleback Rock (9 miles N), which dries 4 m Baha Chinche. From a position in the entrance about
(13 ft) and which is surmounted by a metal 4 cables SE of Punta Guarida the track leads N to the head
beacon, and: of the bay passing (with positions from Punta Guarida):
6 E of a 21 m (7 ft) shoal (10 miles N) lying off the E E of a rocky shoal with a least depth over it of 09 m
extremity of Isla Leones (3.20), thence: (3 ft) (2 cables N), and:
The vessel should be kept in mid-channel for about 5 W of a shoal with a depth over it of 21 m (7 ft)
4 miles N to the anchorage (3.22) off Isla Perdomo (1 mile E), off the W side of Isla Talon, thence:
(13 miles N), a small islet close off the E shore E of Punta Penoso (5 cables N) from which foul
of the bay. ground extends 1 cables NE, and:

82
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

W of Isla Calentador (1 mile ENE), an island 2 Local knowledge is required.

standing on foul ground extending 3 cables NW Useful mark (with position from Punta Brava):
from the NW point of Isla Talon, thence: Isla Santa Catalina (3 miles WNW), in the
6 Either side of Isla Chinche (1 mile N), a wooded islet E approach.
from which foul ground extends 1 cable N and S,
and: Isla Artavio
W of a shoal spit with a least depth of 27 m (9 ft) 3.30
near its outer end (1 miles NNE), which extends 1 Small vessels may obtain anchorage in depths of from
4 cables S from the head of the inlet between 4 to 18 m (12 to 60 ft) in a cove (741N, 8124W)
Isla Chinche and Isla Sapo, 7 cables E. situated 3 miles NW of Isla Artavio.
7 Baha Legamo. From the same position as above the
track leads E, then NNE into the bay passing (with Islas Cativos
positions from Punta Guarida): 3.31
S of Isla Espuela (1 miles E), an islet lying close 1 Islas Cativos are a group of small islets lying 1 mile
off the S extremity of Isla Talon, and: offshore 4 miles SE of Punta Jabali (743N, 8133W)
N of Punta Osado (1 miles ESE); depths of 64 m (3.23) on a part of the coast which is given some
(21 ft) lie 2 cables NW of the point, thence: protection from swell by Isla Coiba, 15 miles SW. Foul
8 WNW of Punta Serrucho (2 miles E); depths of less ground lies between these islets and the mainland.
than 9 m (30 ft) extend up to 2 cables W of the Anchorage may be obtained, about 5 cables offshore, in the
point. bay 1 miles NE of the largest island. Small vessels may
anchor about 1 miles NW of this islet.
Anchorages
3.25
1 Anchorage may be obtained in any part of Baha Honda, Anchorages off Isla Coiba
3.32
noting the dangers mentioned above, but the most
1 Caution. Isla Coiba (730N, 8147W) has a penal
convenient berth for larger vessels is in Baha Chinche in a
settlement and landing is forbidden without prior
depth of about 27 m (15 fm), mud, 6 cables W of Isla
permission from the Government of Panama.
Calentador.
The anchorage is more confined in Baha Legamo where
Baha Damas
there are depths of between 9 and 18 m (30 to 60 ft).
3.33
Supplies 1 Description. Baha Damas, entered between Punta Fea
3.26 (724N, 8138W) and Punta Clara (7 miles NNW) the
1 Fish is in abundant supply; provisions only available in S extremity of Punta Damas (3.17), is the principal
small quantities. anchorage in the island. Rocky ledges, which dry, extend
1 mile offshore between Punta Fea and Punta Observatorio,
a steep and prominent point, 4 miles WNW. The coast
Anchorages off the mainland coast close W of Punta Fea is indented by Boca Grande, a small
Islote Roncador (Isla Naranjas) inlet. Between Punta Observatorio and Punta Clara, 5 miles
3.27 N, Ro San Juan flows into the head of the bay which is
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 33 m (18 fm), lined by a steep-to bank extending 1 mile offshore. The
5 cables NNE of Islote Roncador (716N, 8057W) (3.17); penal colony is situated in the NW side of the bay.
small vessels can find good anchorage in the bay situated 2 Directions. Approaching from S care should be taken to
1 miles NE of the island. avoid two rocks awash lying 1 mile offshore, 1 miles E of
Punta Fea.
Baha Arenas Approaching from N Punta Clara should be given a
3.28 good clearance to avoid foul ground extending 1 mile
1 Anchorage may be obtained, between January and May, offshore from the point.
in depths of from 9 to 37 m (5 to 20 fm) in Baha Arenas 3 Baha Damas Light-buoy (position approximate) is
(721N, 8055W) situated 9 miles N of Punta Mariato and moored in the NW corner of the bay, 1 miles SW of
bounded N by Islas Quebros (3.21). The bay is sheltered Punta Clara.
with good holding ground but shoaling was reported in Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in depths of
1977. from 27 to 46 m (15 to 25 fm), mud, but it is not advisable
2 Rocks, some above-water, lie 5 cables offshore in the S to anchor in depths of less than 27 m (15 fm) as the bay
entrance to the bay. shoals rapidly from this depth.
Anchorage may also be obtained, during this period, in 4 Small vessels may anchor closer inshore N or E of
the bay N of Islas Quebros in depths of between 18 to Punta Observatorio.
23 m (10 to 15 fm) but it is less sheltered. Rocks, some
above-water, extend about 5 cables offshore around the Ensenada Arenas
head of the bay. 3.34
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to 37 m
Baha Lorenzo (5 to 20 fm), sand, in the central part of Ensenada Arenas,
3.29 the bay entered N of Punta Job (733N, 8141W), the N
1 Small craft may obtain shelter in Baha Lorenzo, a small extremity of Punta Damas (3.17). The bay is bounded
bay situated 5 miles NW of Punta Brava (737N, 8114W) 3 miles NNW by Rocas Pesado, a group of small
(3.20). Several islets lie in its entrance and a village stands above-water rocks at the extremity of foul ground
at its head. There are depths of from 18 to 55 m (6 to extending 7 cables from the shore; they should be given a
18 ft) in the bay. wide berth.

83
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Ensenada Hermosa Principal marks

3.35 3.39
1 Anchorage, with good shelter from SW, may be obtained 1 Landmarks:
in depths of from 24 to 46 m (13 to 25 fm), mud, in Isla Uva (748N, 8146W), the largest of the islands
Ensenada Hermosa entered close N of Punta Hermosa which make up the S group of Islas Contreras, two
(731N, 8154W) (3.11). groups of islands and rocks separated by a deep
channel 1 miles wide.
Isla Brincanco (752N, 8148W), the largest of the
Other names three islands in the N group of Islas Contreras.
3.36 2 Isla Cavada (759N, 8202W), the largest of Islas
1 Cirilo, Punta (735N, 8150W). Secas (3.40); the island stands in the centre of the
Legamo, Punta (746N, 8131W). group.
Leera, Baha (745N, 8133W). Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8).
Palma, Punta (721N, 8146W). Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
3 Major light:
Light (white metal framework tower, 6 m in height)
(757N, 8201W).
ISLA CANAL DE AFUERA TO Islas Ladrones Light (white metal framework tower,
BAHA CHARCO AZUL 12 m in height) (752N, 8227W).

General information Directions

(continued from 3.19)
Chart 1928
Routes Main route
3.37 3.40
1 The route from Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W) 1 From a position in mid-channel about 2 miles NE of Isla
to the entrance to Baha Charco Azul (810N, 8240W) Rancheria (739N, 8142W) the passage leads WNW
leads WNW, passing S of Islas Contreras (750N, passing:
8148W) and Islas Secas (758N, 8202W), and between 2 SSW of Roca Prosper, which has the appearance of a
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) and Isla Parida (14 miles black tower, and which lies at the S extremity of
NNE). foul ground extending 1 miles S from Isla Uva
The inshore passage from Baha Honda (744N, (748N, 8146W) (3.39). Isla Uva, from where a
8132W) to Isla Parida is also described. light (white framework tower, 6 m in height) is
displayed, is fringed by islets and rocks within
Topography 1 mile on its N and E sides and up to 3 cables off
3.38 its W side. Thence:
1 Baha Honda to Puerto Nuevo. Between Isla Medidor 3 SSW of an isolated rock 15 m (5 ft) high which lies
(745N, 8135W) (3.24) and Punta Pajarn (10 miles 8 cables SSW of Isla Brincanco (752N, 8148W)
NNW) the coast is irregular and indented by a number of (3.39), thence:
small bays of which the most important are Ensenada 4 SSW of Islas Secas (758N, 8202W), a group of
Monita (3.46), Ensenada de Rosario (3.47) and Ensenada islands and steep islets surrounded by numerous
de Playa Brava (3.48). rocks, some below-water, covering an area over
2 Between Punta Pajarn and Morro Negrito (3.41) the 5 miles in extent; the below-water dangers are
coast trends NNW for 9 miles and is broken by the usually marked by breakers. Islas Secas Light
mouths of two rivers, the first that of Ro Lovaina, which (3.39) stands on the S point of the outermost
is not navigable, 2 miles N of Punta Pajarn, and the other island on the SE side of the group. Thence:
Ro Tabasara, which enters the sea close E of Morro 5 NNE of Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8).
Negrito and for which local knowledge is required. Rocks lie within 1 mile NNE of the islets and a
3 North of Morro Negrito, as far as the entrance to Puerto bank on which there are two shoals with depths
Nuevo, the coast recedes to form an open bay, free from over them of 55 m (18 ft), and a shoal depth of
dangers apart from Rocas Nueces which lie in the N side 128 m (42 ft) at its extremity, extends 7 miles
of the bay, 2 cables offshore. NNE. And:
4 Puerto Nuevo to Isla Parida. The coast from Boca de 6 Clear of La Bandera, a steep-to rock with a depth of
Santiago (808N, 8146W) (3.43) to Punta Bejuco less than 18 m (6 ft) over it, lying 3 miles SSW
(23 miles W) is broken by several rivers, the most of Punta Santa Cruz (806N, 8222W), the SW
important being Ro San Juan, whose mouth lies 13 miles point of Isla Parida (3.59), from the vicinity of
WNW of Boca de Santiago, and Ro San Lorenzo, which is which a light (white metal framework tower, 6 m
entered 4 miles NNE of Punta Bejuco and which is only in height) is displayed.
navigable by boats. Punta Bejuco forms the SW extremity (Directions for Baha Charco Azul are given at 3.57)
of a narrow, irregular peninsula which extends 3 miles S
from the general line of the coast and which is flanked by Inshore route
Isla Mono close W, and Isla Venado close E, the latter 3.41
reported to be a good mark from E. 1 Baha Honda to Puerto Nuevo. From a position about
5 The area between Punta Bejuco and Isla Parida (11 miles 1 miles SW of Isla Medidor (745N, 8135W) (3.24) the
SW) (3.59) comprises numerous steep islets and rocks passage leads NNW for about 23 miles, passing (with
which lie on the E side of the Ro Chiriqui Delta. positions from Isla Uva Light (748N, 8146W)):

84
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

WSW of Punta Muertos (10 miles NE), the extremity of an estuary formed by the mouths of several rivers, the
of a narrow peninsula which terminates in an largest of which are Ro San Lucia and Ro Santiago. Isla
isolated, pointed hill, 200 m high, and: Insolita, a large mangrove island, extends almost 4 miles
2 ENE of Isla Uva (3.39), noting the two islets lying across the face of the estuary. Boca de Santiago, which is
1 mile N of its extremity, thence: not navigable, lies between the N side of Isla Insolita and
WSW of Punta Pajarn (10 miles NE), a salient the mainland NW. The entrance to Puerto Nuevo is
point, and: between the N side of the peninsula which terminates in
ENE of Isla Pjaros (3 miles NNW) lying close off Punta Entrada (805N, 8145W) (3.41), and Punta Aguda
Isla Brincanco (3.39), thence: (1 miles ENE), the S extremity of Isla Insolita.
3 WSW of Morro Negrito (14 miles NNE), a bluff 2 San Juan Enfrente, where there is a wharf, lies 3 miles
headland, 91 m high, which is joined to the land N N of Punta Arenaita, the N point of Isla Insolita, and the
by a low, narrow neck. The coast between Punta town of Remedios lies 4 miles farther upriver.
Pajarn and Morro Negrito is fronted by a shallow Local knowledge is required.
bank which extends up to 1 miles offshore in 3 Limiting conditions. The entrance channel is about
places. The bank is steep-to and should be 2 cables wide between the 9 m (30 ft) depth contours until
approached with caution; the sea breaks on its within about 2 cables of Isla Intrusa, a small steep-to
edge with a SW swell. Thence: rocky islet lying 5 cables S of Punta Aguda. No vessel
4 WSW of Punta Entrada (17 miles N), the extremity of drawing more than 37 m (12 ft) should attempt to proceed
a peninsula formed by Cerros Cayado which rise beyond this position. The wharf at San Juan Enfrente can
to an elevation of 174 m, and which from a be reached, at HW, by vessels drawing up to this draught,
distance appear as two islands. but they will take the ground of soft mud whilst alongside
3.42 at LW. Small craft, with draughts of about 12 m (4 ft), can
1 Puerto Nuevo to Isla Parida. From a position WSW of reach Remedios.
Punta Entrada the passage leads generally W for about 4 Local weather. West winds, which are frequent from
35 miles passing (with positions from Islas Secas Light June to October, are reported, on occasions, to send a
(757N, 8201W)): heavy sea into the river which causes considerable
S of Isla Silva de Afuera (14 miles NE), a wooded inconvenience to vessels anchored near Isla Intrusa.
island 42 m (140 ft) high, thence:
2 N of La Bruja (3 miles NNE), a dangerous rock
Anchorages
3.44
06 m (2 ft) high, the outermost danger on the E
1 Vessels may anchor in depths of from 9 to 11 m (30 to
side of Islas Secas (3.40), thence:
N of an islet 65 m (215 ft) high (5 miles NNW), the 36 ft), 1 miles WSW of Punta Entrada, or in depths of
N danger of Islas Secas, thence: 146 or 165 m (48 or 54 ft), sand, 5 cables E of Punta
Entrada. Vessels of lighter draught will find sheltered space
S of La Viuda (13 miles NW), a rock 45 m (15 ft)
farther E but there are several shoal patches with depths of
high from which a reef with three above-water and
5 and 55 m (16 and 18 ft) which considerably restrict the
several below-water rocks extends 5 cables SE,
use of the inner anchorages for large vessels.
thence:
3 S of Isla Bolaos and Isla Berraco (17 miles Directions
WNW), steep islets lying on a bank on which 3.45
there are numerous dangers. Restinga Tobaga, 1 Isla Silva de Afuera (805N, 8149W) (3.42) and Isla
which dries, is situated 1 miles E of Isla Silva de Tierra (3 miles E), the latter island almost joined
Bolaos. Thence: to the shore N by a shallow rocky ridge on which the sea
Clear of a shoal with a depth over it of 46 m (15 ft) breaks heavily, provide good marks in the approach.
(16 miles WNW), and: Sugarloaf Hill, standing 5 miles NE of Isla Silva de
4 S of Isla Icacos and Paleto de Afuera, steep islets Afuera, rises to an elevation of 165 m (540 ft), and is also
standing in foul ground 1 and 2 miles a prominent landmark.
respectively, SW of Isla Bolaos, thence: 2 Approach should be made from S heading for a position
S of a dangerous, isolated rock (19 miles WNW), between Punta Entrada and Isla Silva de Tierra about
thence: 5 cables NW of Punta Entrada until Isla Intrusa is sighted
5 SSW of Roca Cuajada (21 miles WNW), the when course should be altered into the entrance to pass
outermost of many dangers off the S coast of Isla 1 cable N of Punta Entrada; thence the track leads in
Parida which is foul up to a distance of 5 cables mid-channel into the estuary.
offshore. Las Corcovados, a group of rocks lie on 3 The entrance channel leads between Punta Entrada and
the edge of this ground 1 miles NW of Roca Banco Belitre, a drying bank extending 1 mile WSW from
Cuajada. A light-buoy (position approximate) is Punta Aguda. Isla Intrusa lies about 1 mile E of Punta
moored close ESE of these rocks. Thence: Entrada, and Isla Robalo, 55 m high, lies 7 cables NE of
NE of La Bandera (24 miles WNW) (3.40), and: Punta Aguda; a shallow mud bank extends 6 cables SSW
SW of Punta Santa Cruz (23 miles WNW) (3.40). from this island. Isla Herron lies 5 cables SE of Isla
(Directions for Baha Charco Azul are given at 3.57) Robalo.

Minor bays, anchorages and shelter

Puerto Nuevo
Ensenada Monita
General information 3.46
3.43 1 Ensenada Monita is entered between Punta Ventana
1 Description. Puerto Nuevo (806N, 8142W), which (746N, 8135W), and Punta Gorda lying 2 miles farther
provides good shelter for small vessels, lies on the S side NNW. The bay is divided by a narrow peninsula, off the

85
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

end of which is an islet about 80 m high. Detached rocks Depths

lie off Punta Gorda and in the N part of the bay but none 3.52
are more than 3 cables offshore. The bay is not a good 1 Depths in the W and central parts of the bay are deep
anchorage. but are shallower on its N and E sides, particularly in the
approaches to Ro Chiriqui Delta. Along the W coast as far
Ensenada de Rosario as Puerto Armuelles, except between Punta Burica and
3.47 Punta Balsa (2 miles N), where a shallow bank, on which
1 Ensenada de Rosario, entered between Punta Gorda the sea breaks, extends up to 1 miles offshore, the 200 m
(748N, 8136W) and Punta Muertos (4 miles N) (3.41), (100 fm) depth contour lies between 5 cables and 1 miles
is divided into two parts by Punta Rosario, situated about off the shore. On the N side of the bay, between Puerto
3 miles N of Punta Gorda. The bay in general is not Armuelles and Boca Espinos the coastal bank extends from
recommended as an anchorage but the S part of the bay, 1 to 1 miles offshore in places and the sea breaks heavily
known as Ensenada Pixba, affords good anchorage for in this area at LW. Farther E the 30 m (15 fm) depth
small vessels and landing may be effected on a sandy contour extends up to 5 miles from the shore.
beach at its head.
2 Useful mark: Marine farm
Isla Muela, an islet situated in the middle of the bay 3.53
2 miles N of Punta Gorda. 1 A tuna farm has been established in the W part of the
bay along the coastal shelf S of Petroterminal de Panama
Ensenada de Playa Brava (3.72) between 805N and 810N and W of 8251W. The
3.48 perimeter of the area is marked with light-buoys (special);
1 Ensenada de Playa Brava (Ensenada Pjaros), entered the area should be given a wide berth. Mariners may
between Punta Muertos (752N, 8137W) (3.41) and encounter tugs hauling tuna nets, extending some distance
Punta Pajarn (2 miles NNW) (3.41) is partially astern of the tugs; these vessels will be slow moving,
obstructed by rocks extending up to 5 cables offshore in difficult to manoeuvre, and may be found a considerable
places. It is not a good anchorage. distance from the coast.
Anchorages
Other shelter 3.54
3.49 1 The W side of the bay is deep and steep-to but there are
1 Between November and March reasonable anchorage large areas, particularly on the NE side of the bay, which
may be obtained in depths of 11 to 13 m (36 to 42 ft), are generally considered to be safe, with good holding
about 2 miles offshore, between Boca de Santiago (808N, ground.
8146W) (3.43) and Ro San Juan (13 miles WNW).
2 Anchorage has been obtained 5 cables N of Isla International boundary
Brincanco (752N, 8148W) (3.39), and small vessels may 3.55
find shelter amongst Islas Secas (758N, 8202W) (3.40), 1 The S part of the boundary between the Republics of
but the latter group should not be approached without local Panama and Costa Rica runs down the middle of the
knowledge. peninsula terminating in Punta Burica (802N, 8252W).
Principal marks
3.56
BAHA CHARCO AZUL 1 Landmarks:
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8).
General information Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
Major light:
Chart 1928 Islas Ladrones Light (752N, 8227W) (3.39).
Description
3.50 Directions
3.57
1 Baha Charco Azul is entered between Punta Burica
1 The E approach to the bay, which can be entered either
(802N, 8252W) (3.8) and Isla Parida (30 miles ENE)
N or S of Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8) is clear
(3.59) and extends about 16 miles N of this line. It is
of dangers apart from La Bandera (802N, 8225W)
bounded on its E side by Ro Chiriqui Delta whose W
(3.40), and the shoal depths extending N from Islas
approaches extend 13 miles NW from Isla Parida. The ports
Ladrones. When entering from S a good clearance should
of Puerto Armuelles (816N, 8252W) (3.65), and
be given to Isla Burica (801N, 8253W) (3.9), and to the
Petroterminal de Panama (3 miles S) (3.72), stand in the
bank extending offshore between that island and Punta
W side of the bay.
Balsa (3 miles NNE).
2 For directions inside the bay the chart is sufficient
Topography guide.
3.51
1 The N shore of the bay between Boca San Pedro
Ro Chiriqui Delta
(816N, 8228W) (3.63) and Puerto Armuelles (23 miles
W) is low and wooded and is broken by the mouths of Chart 1928 (see 1.14)
several small rivers, the principal of which are Ro Piedra General information
and Ro Chiriqui Viejo which have a common outlet in 3.58
Boca Espinos situated 13 miles W of Boca San Pedro. 1 Description. Ro Chiriqui Delta is formed by numerous
The W shore of the bay between Punta Burica and islets and shoals which front the coast inside the E entrance
Puerto Armuelles is bold and steep-to. to Baha Charco Azul between Punta de Playa Grande

86
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

(812N, 8212W) on the mainland and Punta Boca de 7 SSW of Mogote Pjaros (5 miles WNW), an
Hacha (Punta San Pedro), a sandy spit on the S side of Isla isolated rock 23 m (76 ft) high.
San Pedro (18 miles WNW). In addition to Isla San Pedro Clearing marks. The alignment (292) of Roca Linartes
the outer edge of the delta is defined by two other large with Punta del Pozo the N extremity of Isla Parida,
islands, Isla Brava (close W of Punta de Playa Grande) and 4 miles WNW, passes N of Restinga Tobaga.
Isla Sevilla (2 miles farther WNW). Within these islands
there is a labyrinth of smaller islands, intersected by
channels, streams and creeks, except on the E side of the Boca Chica and approaches
delta where Estero de Horconcitos forms a considerable 3.60
area of open water N of Isla Brava. 1 Description. Boca Chica, the former entrance to the
2 Isla Parida (3.59) lies in the approaches to the delta, delta E of Isla Brava, lay between Los Sainos, two small
10 miles SW of Punta de Playa Grande. islands lying 5 cables SW of Punta de Playa Grande
Climate. The climate of the delta in the wet season, (812N, 8212W) (3.58), and La Ventana, an islet 4 cables
notably between June and November, is hot and moist and farther W; several perforated rocks lie close off its SE and
fevers amongst the population are not uncommon; there is S sides. The village of Boca Chica is situated on the
often an exodus to higher land in the interior. In the dry mainland close N of the E extremity of Isla Brava. It is
season the nights are pleasantly cool and the climate connected by road to Horconcitos, a town at the head of
somewhat healthier. Estero de Horconcitos (3.58).
3 Entrance channels. Three channels lead into the delta; 2 Anchorage may be obtained, in prevailing N winds, in
they are from E to W Boca Chica (3.60), Boca Brava depths of about 82 m (27 ft) E of Isla Palenque (3 miles
(3.62) and Boca San Pedro (3.63). The latter is the main WSW of Punta de Playa Grande), an island joined to the S
entrance; the first is silted up and no longer in use. extremity of Isla Brava by a narrow isthmus. In the
autumn, when SW winds prevail, it is prudent to anchor
farther out in the shelter of Islas San Jose, 2 miles SE of
Isla Parida Isla Palenque.
3.59 3 Small vessels may find shelter off the mainland in the
1 Description. Isla Parida (807N, 8221W), is a large, bay NW of Punta Bejuco (3 miles SE of Punta de Playa
high, irregularly shaped and well wooded island; a Grande) (3.38); local knowledge is required as the bay is
settlement is situated near its NE end. obstructed by rocks and other dangers.
2 The E and S coasts are very irregular and are fringed by 3.61
numerous islets and above and below-water dangers. The 1 Directions. Approach to Isla Palenque anchorage may be
W coast is formed into two bays, the largest of which, made either E or W of La Viuda (806N, 8210W) (3.42)
Baha Catalina, is entered S of Punta Canabraya (808N, passing (with positions from La Viuda):
8221W), the NW point of the island. Roca Muchurusio, a NE of La Plaza (4 miles WNW), the largest of a
rock awash, lies close off the point, and an island, Isla group of low rocks standing in foul ground, and:
Catalina, lies at the S extremity of a shoal spit which 2 SW of Islas Monitas (2 miles N), two islets on a
projects 1 mile SW from the 91 m (5 fm) depth contour reef; a light (white framework tower, 12 m in
passing N of Isla Parida. A drying rock lies 5 cables NW height) is displayed from Isla Ensillada, the NE of
of Isla Catalina and a group of islets and a rock awash lie the islets. Passage between Islas Monitas and Punta
within 5 cables NE of the island. Bejuco, 7 cables N (3.38), is not recommended
3 Baha Chimno, the S bay, in which there are depths of due to strong tidal streams in the vicinity. Thence:
from 46 to 18 m (15 to 60 ft), lies N of Punta Santa Cruz 3 NE of Islas San Jose (4 miles NW), a group of four
(806N, 8222W) (3.40). The bay is entered N of Isla wooded islets standing on a reef. Roca Buey
Santa Cruz, a small islet lying 2 cables NW of Punta Santa (4 miles NW), a dangerous steep-to rock which
Cruz, between it and a reef extending S from a group of dries 18 m (6 ft), lies in mid-channel 1 mile NE of
islets on the N side of the bay; rocks lie in the passage the islands; in fine weather the rock may not
between Punta Santa Cruz and Isla Santa Cruz. always uncover at HW. And:
4 Parida Anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained in 4 SW of Las Iglesias (5 miles NNW), a group of islets
depths of about 13 m (43 ft), 1 miles E of Punta Piro and rocks the largest of which, the E, is 165 m
(806N, 8219W), the E extremity of the island, or in high, thence:
depths of about 65 m (21 ft), ENE of Punta Agua Dulce SW of Isla Saino (5 miles NNW), the outermost of
(2 miles N), sheltered from S by the reef surrounding Isla Los Sainos, and:
Gamez and Isla Tintorero, islands lying up to 1 miles SE NE of Isla Palenquito (6 miles NW), lying off the SE
of the latter point. extremity of Isla Palenque; rocks awash lie up to
5 Local knowledge is required. 5 cables E of Isla Palenque.
Approach to the anchorage. From a position about
1 mile SSW of La Viuda (806N, 8210W) (3.42) the
track leads WNW passing (with positions from La Viuda): Boca Brava
NNE of Restinga Tobaga (3 miles WSW) (3.42), 3.62
thence: 1 The entrance to Boca Brava lies between two shallow
6 NNE of Roca Bolaos (4 miles WSW), an banks, one extending up to 5 miles S from Isla Sevilla, the
above-water rock lying 5 cables E of Isla Bolaos other 7 miles SSW from Isla Brava, close E, the latter bank
(3.42), and: drying in parts. The channel has a least depth of 64 m
SSW of Roca Linartes (4 miles W), a detached (21 ft) at its entrance, 4 miles SSW of Punta Jalapa, on
rock 21 m (68 ft) high, thence: Isla Sevilla. A beacon stands on the coastal bank, 5 cables
NNE of, depending on draught, a 75 m (24 ft) patch offshore, 1 miles S of Punta Boca Brava (814N,
(5 miles W), and: 8219W), the NW extremity of Isla Brava.

87
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Boca San Pedro Limiting conditions

3.63 3.66
1 Description. Boca San Pedro, entered between Punta 1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Las Pavas (Punta Sevilla), the W extremity of Isla Sevilla Mean spring range about 29 m; mean neap range about
(815N, 8226W), and Punta Boca de Hacha (3.58) 15 m.
(3 miles WNW), provides the deepest and most direct Local weather and sea state. The port is well sheltered
approach to Ro Chiriqui. The channel is buoyed. A except for winds from directions between ENE and S. It is
light-buoy (white, conical) is moored 2 miles WSW of unusual for winds of any great strength to blow into the
Punta Boca de Hacha. bay and SE winds are rare; when they do occur they are of
Local knowledge is required to enter this channel. short duration.
2 A heavy swell enters the port at all times. During May
Pedregal and June a SE swell is felt at the pier; although usually
3.64 light it is sufficient to cause a vessel to range against the
1 General information. Pedregal (822N, 8226W), lies pier unless breasted off. Vessels are not berthed during bad
at the head of Estero Pedregal, which branches N from Ro weather.
Chiriqui about 5 miles above the entrance to Boca San It has been reported that dense haze in the early
Pedro. The settlement is connected by rail to Ciudad de morning sometimes makes recognition of landmarks
David (4 miles N), the provincial capital of Chiriqui and difficult.
the third city of Panama.
2 The port is used mainly by coastal traffic carrying Arrival information
general cargo, fertilizers and bulk commodities, and by 3.67
fishing vessels. In 2002, 5 vessels called at the port 1 Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
totalling 15 294 dwt. Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 33 m
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria Nacional, APDO (18 fm) about 1 mile E of the head of the pier (7161N,
8062, Panama 7, Panama. 82515W) (3.70). Clearance is usually given at the
3 Limiting draught. The maximum permitted draught for anchorage.
entering the port is 45 m. A sandbar lies across the 2 Pilotage is available by day or night and is compulsory
entrance and occasional heavy swells may restrict entry if for berthing. The pilot and mooring gangs usually board,
there is insufficient under keel clearance, which should be from a white launch, about 1 mile E of the pier using the
at least 03 m less than the height of high tide. vessels port side accommodation ladder. Vessels may berth
Tidal levels at Isla Parida (807N, 8221W). Mean or sail at any time subject to the discretion of the Port
spring range about 32 m; mean neap range about 24 m. Captain. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
For details see Admiralty Tide Tables. Volume 6(5).
4 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in the 3 Tugs are available at Petroterminal de Panama (3.74).
vicinity of the fairway buoy in depths of from 21 to 24 m
(70 to 80 ft). Directions
Pilotage, which is provided by experienced local 3.68
boatmen, is compulsory; ETA must be given 48 hours in 1 Mariners entering Baha Charco Azul should note the
advance. Vessels entering the port must do so at HW; information concerning the marine farm (3.53) in the SW
movements are restricted to daylight hours only. For details part of the bay. Depths in the approach are deep, shoaling
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). gradually as the pier is approached. On the N side of the
5 Tugs: not available. port the 10 m (33 ft) depth contour extends E from the
Climatic table. Data for Ciudad de David; see 1.200 coast from a position 7 cables N of the pier.
and 1.201. Currents in the vicinity of the port are strong and
Berthing is provided at a reinforced concrete quay 86 m irregular.
in length, which has depths of 33 and 43 m at its ends, 3.69
and 52 m at its centre. In 1993 it was reported the quay 1 Useful marks with positions from the pier (7161N,
was in a poor state of repair; there is no fendering. 82515W):
6 Repairs: none. Light at the head of the pier.
Other facilities: hospital at David. Light (fixed green) on a church (about 5 cables NW).
Supplies: fresh water available, fuel by road tankers. Two large aluminium coloured tanks (about 7 cables
Communications: David airport distant 5 km. W).
Two radio masts (red lights, 31 m in height) (about
8 cables NNW).
Puerto Armuelles Light (red and white framework tower) (about
1 miles NNW).
General information
3.65 Berths
1 Position and function. Puerto Armuelles (816N, 3.70
8252W) is situated at the head of Baha Charco Azul 1 A pier, about 460 m long, projects SE from the shore
close S of the mouth of Ro Rabo del Puerco. It was used close S of the mouth of Ro Rabo del Puerco. There is
mainly for the export of bananas, but is now infrequently 137 m of berthing space on its E side with a least depth of
visited. It is a port of entry. 10 m alongside; vessels berth starboard side-to using the
Traffic. In 2002, 11 vessels called at the port totalling port anchor. The W side of the pier, with 30 m of berthing
744 956 dwt. length, is only available to small coasters whose draught
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria Nacional, APDO does not exceed 27 m. A railway line runs along the pier.
8062, Panama 7, Panama. The pier is reported (2003) not to be in use.

88
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

2 Owing to the swell, vessels are not berthed alongside serves as an access point for the crude oil pipeline to
but breasted about 3 m off the pier by the use of three Chiriqui Grande on the Caribbean Coast, and as a
mooring buoys. Five double coil springs backed by steel transhipment port for VLCCs to transfer cargoes into
hawsers are used as breasts at each end of a vessel. The smaller vessels for canal transit.
berthing operation takes about 3 hours and unberthing about 3 Traffic. In 2002, 23 vessels called at the port totalling
1 hour. 741 773 dwt.
Port Authority. Petroterminal de Panama S.A., APDOl
Port services 8179, Panama 8, Panama.
3.71
1 Repairs: minor repairs only. Limiting conditions
Other facilities: hospital, deratting exemption 3.73
certificates. 1 Controlling depth: as for designated berth (3.75).
Supplies: limited provisions; limited quantities of diesel Tidal levels and times. For practical purposes, as for
by pipeline; fresh water by pipeline. Puerto Armulles (3.66).
Communications: local airstrip onlyt, airport at Ciudad Density of water. Offshore 1.025g/cm3; close to the
de David (3.64), distance 98 km. shore during rainy season (July to November) averages
2 Harbour regulations. The dumping of garbage in Baha 1.010g/cm3 but substantial changes may occur.
Charco Azul is prohibited, and strict compliance with 2 Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel
Marpol regulations is required to protect the marine farm 262 376 dwt, and LOA 3353 m, has used the terminal.
(3.53). Currents. Strong currents in a N/S direction have been
experienced close to the berths at times, but are
unpredictable.
Petroterminal de Panama
Arrival information
General information 3.74
3.72 1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1 Position and function. Petroterminal de Panama is Volume 6(5).
situated on the W side of Baha Charco Azul, 3 miles S Notice of ETA: 72 hours, and any subsequent variation
of Puerto Armuelles, on the N side of Punta de Piedra of more than 4 hours.
(812N, 8253W) which affords the port some protection. Outer anchorage. See 3.54. A suitable position is about
The terminal may be referred to by the name Charco Azul. 12 miles E from the terminal.
2 The port is an oil storage and transhipment terminal 2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours a day.
capable of accommodating tankers up to 300 000 dwt. It Pilots for tankers arriving for discharge board 3 miles SE of

Petroterminal de Panama (Charco Azul) from N (3.72)

(Original dated Prior to 2003)
(Photograph Petroterminal de Panama S.A)

89
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

the middle berth (No 2), and for those arriving to load, 2 A berth, length 25 m and suitable for vessels up to
3 miles E of the N berth (No 1). For details see Admiralty 3000 dwt, is situated S of No 3 platform berth; depth
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). alongside 67 m.
3 Tugs and mooring launches, all equipped with VHF, It is reported (2003) that a small dock for use by vessels
are available for assistance on berthing. Tugs are not based working for the marine farm (3.53) is under construction
at the terminal and should be arranged prior to arrival. about mile N of the terminal. Planned berth length
Marine farm. See 3.53. 258 m, depth alongside 12 m.
Port services
3.76
Berths 1 Supplies: fresh water from the jetties, by prior
3.75 arrangement, to a maximum of 200 tonnes; provisions;
1 The terminal consists of three platform berths, each with limited bunkers.
breasting and mooring dolphins, numbered 1 to 3 from N. Other facilities: limited medical facilities; three 120 000
Berths Nos 1 and 2 are connected to the shore by trestles barrel tanks for the reception of dirty ballast.
and No 3 by pipeline; this last berth is not in use (2003). Communications: See 3.71.
Lights are displayed from the extremities of the berths. 2 Harbour regulations. See 3.71.
Berth Dwt capacity Depth Function
No 1 300 000 243 m Loading or discharge Other name
3.77
No 2 300 000 234 m Loading or discharge 1 Chuchegat, Baha (813N, 8210W).

COSTA RICA SOUTHWEST COAST

GENERAL INFORMATION Landmarks
3.82
Charts 2145, 587 1 Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
Area covered Punta Platanal (820N, 8307W) a conspicuous, flat
3.78 topped hill, which rises steeply from the sea to an
1 The area covered by this section comprises: elevation of 357 m.
Punta Burica to Punta Banco (3.81). Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W), the high, steep-to
Golfo Dulce (3.84), including Puerto Golfito. point, covered with trees, which forms the W
Cabo Matapalo to Punta Llorona (3.101). entrance to Golfo Dulce; a light is displayed from
Punta Llorona to Baha Uvita (3.105). the cape.
2 Baha Uvita to Golfo de Nicoya (3.113).
Golfo de Nicoya (3.126). Passage directions
Golfo de Nicoya to Cabo Velas (3.158). (continued from 3.9)
Cabo Velas to Cabo Santa Elena (3.166). 3.83
Cabo Santa Elena to Baha de Salinas (3.178). 1 From a position SSW of Isla Burica (801N, 8253W)
(3.9), the passage leads NW for about 27 miles, in depths
of 100 m or more at a distance of 3 miles from the coast,
Topography
to the vicinity of 820N, 8313W in the entrance to Golfo
3.79
Dulce.
1 The coastline is irregular and is indented by two large
(Directions continue for Golfo Dulce at 3.88
gulfs. Inland the coast is backed by mountain ranges rising
and for coastal passage at 3.104)
to elevations of about 3800 m in places.

Natural conditions GOLFO DULCE

3.80
1 For general remarks on currents and local weather General information
conditions see the information at 3.2. Chart 1932
Description
3.84
1 Golfo Dulce, entered between Punta Banco (823N,
PUNTA BURICA TO PUNTA BANCO 8309W) (3.88) and Cabo Matapalo (8 miles W) (3.82),
extends about 11 miles N and then 17 miles NW to its
head. Apart from traffic to Puerto Golfito (3.89), situated
General information on the E side about 15 miles inside the entrance, the gulf is
little frequented by shipping and its shores are sparsely
Chart 2145 populated.
Topography
3.81 Topography
1 The coast between Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8) 3.85
and Punta Platanal (23 miles NW) (3.82) is bold, especially 1 The entrance to the gulf is readily recognised by the
in the vicinity of the latter point. Thence the NW slope of high ground standing on each side. To the E of the
Punta Platanal descends 3 miles NW to Punta Banco (3.88) entrance the land rises to a height of 709 m (2325 ft) in
which forms the E entrance to Golfo Dulce. Pico Burica, 9 miles E of Punta Banco (chart 2145). West

90
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

of the entrance the land rises gradually to a height of lies 5 cables SE of the cape. Shoal patches and
404 m (1325 ft), 3 miles NW of Cabo Matapalo. below-water rocks lie between the two rocks, and
2 The E side of the gulf, for about 10 miles N of Punta two 55 m (18ft) patches lie 1 cables S and
Banco, is comparatively low lying and is formed into a 5 cables W respectively, of Roca Matapalo. And:
large bay, Bahi Pavn (3.97), bounded on its N side by 3 W of Punta Banco (823N, 8309W), which should
Punta Coto (3.88). Ro Coto, a shallow river, discharges be given a clearance of at least 1 mile to avoid
into the gulf immediately N of Punta Coto; a prominent foul ground extending up to 5 cables from the
wooded hill rises to an elevation of 267 m (876 ft) on the point. A rock, over which there is a depth of
N side of the river entrance. 18 m (6 ft) (charted as a dangerous rock), was
3 Between the mouth of Ro Coto and Punta Voladera reported in 1950 to lie 5 cables SW of the point. A
(5 miles NNW) (3.89) an irregular shaped, low, sandy light is displayed about 1 mile SE of Punta Banco.
peninsula from which a second wooded hill, 263 m (862 ft) Thence:
high rises, fronts the bay in which Puerto Golfito is 4 E of Punta Sombrero (826N, 8317W); reefs extend
situated. up to 7 cables offshore between this point and
4 From the entrance to Puerto Golfito the coast, indented Punta Tigrito (2 miles N) and the area should be
by several bays, trends generally WNW for about 9 miles, given a wide berth. Thence:
thence it turns N for 2 miles to the estuary of Ro E of Punta Puntarenitas (Punta Arenitas) (833N,
Esquinas, which is fronted by a shallow bank extending 8318W), a low, sandy point which projects about
about 7 cables offshore. 5 cables NW from the shore; the NW extremity is
The head of the gulf comprises several small bays with steep-to but a reef lies 3 cables off its NE side.
reefs extending up to 5 cables offshore from the salient And:
points in places. 5 W of Punta Coto (833N, 8309W), at the entrance
5 The W side of the gulf from Cabo Matapalo to Punta to Ro Coto, from the mouth of which an
Puntarenitas (10 miles N) (3.88) consists of flat, well extensive drying bank extends about 1 miles to
wooded country, backed by high land rising about 1 mile seaward. The outer edge of the bank is steep-to
inland. The settlement of Puerto Jimnez (San Domingo) and the sea usually breaks over it. Two narrow
stands at the mouth of a creek close W of Punta channels, one close N of Punta Coto, and the other
Puntarenitas but it is not easy to distinguish against the along the N shore, lead into the river across this
wooded background. From Punta Puntarenitas to Baha bank but entry at any time is dangerous and is not
Rincn (3.99), 15 miles N at the head of the inlet, the recommended. Thence:
coastline continues low and flat but is mainly steep-to. Ro 6 SW of Punta Gallardo (Punta San Juan) (838N,
Tigre flows into the gulf at the point of the same name, 8315W), close off which lies a large rock. A
3 miles NW of Punta Puntarenitas. smaller, black, detached rock, which almost covers
at HW, lies 2 cables S of the point. Thence:
Depths 7 SW of Punta Adela (Punta Copaiba) (839N,
3.86 8318W), a salient point fringed by foul ground,
1 Except in the approaches to Ro Coto (833N, 8310W) thence:
(3.85) there are no known dangers within the gulf at more SW of Punta Esquinas (Punta Salvador) and into the
than 1 mile from the shore. For the most part the gulf is head of the bay. Punta Palmas lies on the opposite
deep; in the NW part there is a basin 15 miles long with shore 6 miles WSW of Punta Esquinas.
depths in it of over 200 m (100 fm).
Puerto Golfito
Landmarks
3.87 Chart 1932 plan of Puerto Golfito
1 Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W) (3.82). General information
Punta Platanal (820N, 8307W) (3.82). 3.89
Cerro Adams (Adams Peak) (839N, 8311W), a 1 Position and function. Puerto Golfito (838N,
conical summit at the NW end of a steep ridge on 8311W) stands on the E side of Golfo Dulce. It is a port
the NE side of the bay in which lies Puerto of entry.
Golfito; a radio mast (red lights) stands near the Topography. The NW side of the entrance to the bay at
summit of the peak. Punta Voladera (838N, 8311W) is high and abrupt and
2 Punta Curupacha Lighthouse (yellow framework has the appearance of a canyon or mountain pass. The SE
tower) (838N, 8313W). side of the entrance is formed by the peninsula and hills
Conspicuous yellow patch on Punta Estrella (843N, described at 3.85. Cerro Adams (3.87) dominates the port.
8326W), a bluff point at the head of the gulf, 2 Traffic. In 2002, 14 vessels called at the port totalling
which is visible on entering the gulf. 183 565 dwt.
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Golfito, Muelle
del Golfito, Costa Rica.
Directions
(continued from 3.83) Limiting conditions
3.88 3.90
1 From the vicinity of 820N, 8313W the track leads 1 Depths in the entrance channel, which is about
initially N for about 13 miles, thence NW for about 2 cables wide between the 55 m (18 ft) depth contours on
18 miles to the head of the inlet passing: each side, decrease from 201 m (66 ft) S of Punta
2 E of Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W) (3.82). Roca Voladera, to 152 m (50 ft) 8 cables SW of the main
Cape, a conical rock prominent from W, lies close berth, and to between 83 to 123 m (27 to 40 ft) in the
SE of the cape, and Roca Matapalo, a dark rock vicinity of the berth. It was reported (1989) that the
3 m high, and which is very prominent from SW, entrance was dredged to 121 m (40 ft).

91
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

2 Caution. There may be less water than charted on the 6 Rear light (similar structure, on hillside behind port)
entrance leading line; depths of less than 73 m (24 ft) have (8386N, 83103W).
been reported. It has also been reported (2002) that the From the position E of Punta Voladera the alignment
shoal water of the NW side of the channel has extended (037) of these lights leads to the berth, passing:
into the channel. Depths in the S part of the bay, which is SE of B Buoy (can, E cardinal) (6 cables NE),
encumbered by numerous drying banks, decrease rapidly. marking the limit of a shoal on the N side of the
3 Maximum size of vessel handled: For midstream fairway, thence:
anchorage (3.95), LOA 195 m (approximate), beam 30 m 7 Close N of G buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables NE),
(approximate), draught 13 m, 49 000 dwt. thence:
NW of F Buoy (special) (1 mile ENE), marking the
Arrival information N limit of shallow spit on the S side of the
3.91 channel.
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio 8 Caution. It has been reported (2002) that the sensitivity
Signals Volume 6(5). of the range of the outer leading lights is such that it is
Pilotage is not available; a launch will be sent on difficult to determine position in relation to the centreline,
request to guide vessels to the vicinity of the pier. ETA and that the rear structure of the inner leading lights is
should be sent at least 24 hours in advance and confirmed obscured by vegetation and buildings and difficult to
1 hour before arrival. Berthing in daylight is to be discern.
preferred. It has also been reported (2003) that buoys in the inner
Tugs are not available. harbour are unreliable and may not accurately mark the
limits of shoal water.
Harbour 3.94
3.92 1 Useful marks with positions from Punta Voladero:
1 General layout. The port, which comprises a pier on Lumber mill (1 miles E).
which there are two berths, is situated on the NE side of Three oil tanks (1 miles NE), aluminium coloured,
an almost landlocked bay. close NNW of the entry leading lights.
Tidal streams. There are fairly strong tidal streams in Anchorage and berths
the anchorage; the in-going stream is reported to set SE 3.95
and the out-going stream NW, in this vicinity. 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the NW part of the
The in-going stream in the vicinity of the pier may not harbour for three or four vessels; the holding ground is
set parallel to the berths and caution is necessary. good and the anchorage is well sheltered.
Anchoring is not permitted off the berth but there is an
Directions for entry anchorage in depths of about 13 m (42 ft) midway between
3.93 F Light-buoy and the coast 4 cables E.
1 Approach. When approaching from S a good berth 2 It was reported (1998) that a midstream anchorage clear
should be given to the bank off Ro Coto (3.88). It is of the harbour entrance has been selected for ocean going
inadvisable in poor visibility, if unsure of position, to rely vessels to load woodchip from barges. Vessels will anchor
on soundings owing to the relatively deep water in the with their sterns secured to two mooring buoys, which will
approach and to the steepness of the bank off Ro Coto. In maintain the vessels bow in a SSW direction. In future two
such circumstances anchorage may be obtained in Baha additional mooring buoys will be laid which will allow for
Pavn (3.97) until the weather has cleared. the prevailing wind direction veering from W to SSE.
2 The entrance should not be approached until it is well 3 Berths. Two ocean-going vessels can be accommodated
open. simultaneously on the S side of a pier extending about
Caution. Off the mouth of Ro Coto strong currents are 396 m ESE from the shore and which has a berthing length
reported to set offshore. The entry leading marks should be of 317 m and a width of 15 m. It is reported that the
brought into line whilst the vessel is still well to seaward maximum draughts are 73 m alongside the NW berth, and
of the entrance. 79 m alongside the SE berth, which is also used by
3 Entry. From a position about 1 mile SW of Punta tankers. It is usual to berth starboard side-to but on the
Voladera (838N, 8311W), with the entrance well open, out-going tide vessels have been reported to berth port
the alignment (047) of outer leading light-beacons (white side-to. Berthing at night is not recommended.
diamonds, black stripes, 6 m apart) (at the head of the bay
1 miles NE of Punta Voladera) leads into the entrance Port services
channel, passing (with positions from Punta Voladera): 3.96
4 NW of H Light (metal tower) (5 cables S) marking 1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
the limit of the coastal bank on the S side of the Other facilities: hospital.
entrance. A spit, with a depth of 10 m (33 ft) at its Supplies: diesel, fuel oil, fresh water and provisions
extremity, extends 3 cables WSW from the available.
light-beacon. It is recommended that when passing Communications: local airport.
H Light-beacon speed should be as low as
possible consistent with safe handling. Thence:
Anchorages
5 SE of A Light (metal tower) (close S). A spit, with Chart 1932
a depth of 67 m (22 ft) at its extremity, extends Baha Pavn
2 cables SSW from the light-beacon. Thence: 3.97
To a position 3 cables E of Punta Voladera. 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Pavn, entered
Inner Leading Lights: between Punta Banco (823N, 8309W) (3.88) and Punta
Front light (orange triangle, point up, on pier) Coto (10 miles N) (3.88), in depths of between 7 to 15 m
(8384N, 83104W). (24 to 48 ft), mud, but the bay is exposed to SW winds.

92
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Punta Puntarenitas Landmarks

3.98 3.103
1 Anchorage may be obtained either SE or NW of Punta 1 Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W) (3.82).
Puntarenitas (833N, 8318W) (3.88). A good position is Punta Salsipuedes (827N, 8335W), a high,
in depths of 18 m (60 ft), 1 mile SE of the point, which, precipitous point, made prominent from E or W by
being exposed to sea breezes, is somewhat free from the the natural terrace behind it. Foul ground extends
excessive heat felt NW of the point. The anchorage on the 6 cables S and W from the point.
NW side is steep-to and vessels are advised not to anchor 2 Punta Llorona (Punta Llorena) (836N, 8345W), a
in depths of less than 27 m (15 fm). high, almost perpendicular headland at the
extremity of a well wooded plain about 150 m
Baha Rincn high; reported to be radar conspicuous.
3.99
1 Description. Baha Rincn, a small, deep bay, lies in the Directions
NW corner of the gulf and is entered N of Punta Isidora (continued from 3.83)
(Punta Isadora) (842N, 8329W), a low, wooded point, 3.104
which projects 5 cables N and beyond which a steep-to 1 From the vicinity of 820N, 8313W the passage leads
sand spit, part of which dries, extends 1 cable farther N. WNW passing (with positions from Punta Salsipuedes
The point is divided into two by Ro Rincn which flows (827N, 8335W)):
N into the gulf through it. The bay is surrounded by hills, SSW of Roca Matapalo (17 miles ESE) (3.88),
notable amongst which is Cerro Rincn which stands thence:
5 cables inland on the W side of the bay. SSW and SW of Roca Chancha Pelona (5 cables
2 A conspicuous tank stands near the shore in the SW part SSE), a circular rock, 6 m high, with a rounded
of the bay; two piers project into the bay close N of the top, thence:
tank. 2 SW of a group of rocky shoals (4 miles NW), lying
Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in the bay 1 mile offshore, thence:
which affords the only good shelter in the gulf N of Puerto SW of Roca Corcovado (7 miles NW), a dome
Golfito. shaped rock, the largest of a group of rocks lying
about 1 miles offshore, and which should be
given a clearance of at least 1 mile. Tidal streams
Small craft have been reported to set N and W at rates of
3.100 1 kn in the vicinity of this rock. Thence:
1 Anchorage may be obtained in some of the small bays SW of Punta Llorona (13 miles NW) (3.103).
at the head of the gulf, NW of Punta Esquinas (841N, 3 Clearing marks. The alignment of Roca Corcovado
8320W). with Punta Llorona passes SW of the rocky shoals lying
Local knowledge is required. 4 miles NW of Punta Salsipuedes.
(Directions continue at 3.109)

PUNTA LLORONA TO BAHA UVITA

CABO MATAPALO TO PUNTA LLORONA
General information
General information Chart 2145
Route
Chart 2145 3.105
Route 1 From the vicinity of Punta Llorona (836N, 8345W),
3.101 to the vicinity of 907N, 8346W, in the approaches to
1 The route from Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W), at Baha Uvita, the coastal passage leads N across the stretch
the W entrance to Golfo Dulce, to Punta Llorona (30 miles of water known as Baha de Coronado, passing E of Isla
NW) leads initially WNW for 17 miles, then NW for del Cao (843N, 8354W) and to seaward of the dangers
13 miles. There are no charted dangers at a distance of fringing the mainland coast, the outermost of which lies
more than 1 miles offshore. 2 miles offshore.
Topography
Topography 3.106
3.102 1 From Punta Llorona, the coastline, initially bluff and
1 Cabo Matapalo and Punta Llorona are the SE and NW fringed with rocks, trends about 6 miles NNE before
extremities respectively, of the mountainous Peninsula de receding to form a large bay, Baha Drake (3.111), bounded
Osa, which rises to an elevation of over 700 m in its on its N side by Punta Violin (848N, 8340W) (3.109).
central part, and to over 600 m on its W side. Ro Sierpe flows into the bay about 1 mile S of this point.
The coast between Cabo Matapalo and Punta Baha Guarumal, a shallow bay, is entered N of Punta
Salsipuedes (17 miles WNW), is steep-to, low, sandy and Violin, and from its head, as far as Punta Mala (about
wooded; it rises inland to a high, thickly wooded ridge. 16 miles N) (3.109), the coast is backed by a low plain,
There is usually a heavy surf on the beaches. covered with mangroves and intersected by the mouths of
2 The coast between Punta Salsipuedes and Punta Llorona several small rivers, which rises to high hills a few miles
(13 miles NW) tends to be low, sandy and featureless. Ro inland.
Sirena, a small river, flows into the sea about 6 miles NW 2 Cerro Chirrip (Monte Walker) (928N, 8332W), one
of Punta Salsipuedes and rocky shoals extend 1 mile of the highest mountains in Central America, rises 23 miles
offshore midway between the point and the river mouth. inland on the N side of Baha de Coronado.

93
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Outlying banks Anchorages

3.107 Isla del Cao
1 A depth of 18 m (10 fm) lies 3 miles SSW of Isla del
3.110
Cao (843N, 8354W) (3.108); depths of 33 and 40 m
1 Anchorage may be obtained NE of Isla del Cao
(18 and 22 fm) have been reported to lie 21 miles NW
(843N, 8354W) (3.108) in depths of not less than 27 m
and 18 miles WNW, respectively of the island.
(15 fm).
Baha Drake
3.111
Landmark 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Drake (Baha
3.108 Sierpe) (842N, 8340W), off the mouth of Ro Agujas
1 Isla del Cao (843N, 8354W), a heavily wooded which flows into the SE corner of the bay.
island which is steep-to and rises sharply to a flat Local knowledge is required.
topped summit. The island is fringed by rocks
which extend 5 cables from its W side. A light Baha Uvita
(3.109) is displayed from the W end of the island. Chart 1960, plan of Baha Uvita
Description
3.112
1 Baha Uvita is bounded on its N side by Punta Uvita
(909N, 8346W), a low point, close SW of which is Isla
Directions Uvita a small round islet. Rocky reefs, which break, extend
(continued from 3.104) 2 miles W and 7 cables SSE from Isla Uvita. Barrel
3.109 Rock, a black rock, lies on the W reef 1 miles W of Isla
1 From a position SW of Punta Llorona (836N, Uvita. The bay is protected on its S side by a ridge of foul
8345W) the coastal passage leads N passing (with ground which, commencing 2 miles SSE of Punta Uvita,
positions from Punta Llorona): extends almost to the mainland shore about 3 miles E.
2 W of Roca San Pedro, the largest of several islets Round Rock, about 1 m high, stands at the W extremity of
standing on a rocky reef which extends along the the ridge, with Isla Ballena (3.109), on its central part, and
coast from Punta Llorona to Punta San Pedrillo, a Islas Ballenitas, three pointed rocks, 5 cables offshore at its
projecting cliff, 3 miles N. In the vicinity of Punta E end; there is no clear passage between these rocks and
Llorona the islets are high and wooded, but at the the shore.
N end of the reef only black rocks are visible. 2 Directions. The entrance to the bay between Round
Vessels should maintain a distance of at least Rock and the S extremity of the reef extending SSE from
1 mile from the coast. Thence: Punta Uvita is 1 miles wide and the chart is sufficient
3 W of Punta San Jos (6 miles NNE), a bluff, steep-to guide.
headland, distinguished by a large green patch, Useful marks:
bare of trees, on its seaward face. Roca Several huts stand on Isla Uvita and are visible for
Campanario (Lowrock Reef), a danger over which some miles to seaward.
the sea breaks, lies nearly 1 mile offshore midway 3 Anchorage may be obtained in the N side of the bay,
between Punta San Jos and Punta San Pedrillo. about 7 cables ESE of Isla Uvita, in depths of about 12 m
And: (39 ft), sand.
4 E of Isla del Cao (11 miles NW) (3.108) from where
a light (metal framework tower, red lantern, 22 m BAHA UVITA TO GOLFO DE NICOYA
in height) is displayed; the light is obscured
between the bearings of 247311 (64). Thence: General information
5 W of Islas Violin (14 miles NNE), a group of small, Chart 2145
wooded islets which extend about 1 mile offshore Route
from the N side of Punta Violin, a steep, rugged 3.113
point, thence: 1 From the vicinity of 907N, 8346W the route leads
Clear of a group of three mooring buoys (about WNW, in deep water, to the vicinity of 930N, 8450W,
15 miles N) (reported 1965), thence: in the entrance to Golfo de Nicoya.
6 W of Islas Sacate (16 miles NNE), two flat rocks,
9 m high, lying 2 miles offshore. The islets lie so Topography
close together that from most directions they 3.114
appear as one. It is prudent to keep 1 mile W of 1 In addition to Cerro Chirrip (928N, 8332W) (3.106)
the line joining Islas Sacate and Islas Violin. several other high peaks rise in the interior. Most notable
Thence: are one of 3481 m (11 418 ft) (15 miles WNW of Cerro
7 W of Punta Mala (905N, 8341W), a bold cliffy Chirrip), and an extinct volcano 2420 m (7938 ft) high,
point, a spur from the high mountain range in the with a broad crater at the summit, which lies 24 miles
interior, thence: farther WNW. Four miles S of the extinct volcano there is
W of Isla Ballena (906N, 8344W), a whitish rock a dome shaped mountain 2169 m (7115 ft) high. The high
standing in the middle of a reef; it shows up land in the approaches to Golfo de Nicoya is described at
distinctly against the wooded slopes of the 3.127.
mountains on the shore behind it and makes a 2 The coast immediately W of Punta Uvita (909N,
good mark for identifying Baha Uvita. 8346W) is formed into a bay about 3 miles long; rocks
(Directions continue at 3.117) awash lie in the entrance to this bay. Continuing W from

94
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

the bay hills rise steeply from the coast, rising to an Judas and it is advisable to give the point a berth
elevation of almost 1200 m 8 miles NE of Punta Dominical of at least 2 miles at all times.
(913N, 8351W), a point which, although not prominent, (Directions continue for Golfo de Nicoya at 3.132
may be identified by its dark colour. Between Punta and for coastal passage at 3.162)
Dominical and Punta Serrucho (17 miles WNW), the
extremity of a wooded headland which projects 1 mile S Quepos
from the coast, the coastline consists of a sandy beach Chart 2145 (see 1.14)
intersected by small rivers, and backed by hills of moderate General information
height, in the form of long rounded ridges lying parallel to 3.118
the coastline. Islas de los Quepos (3.117), a group of 1 Position and function. Quepos, which is a port of entry,
detached islets and rocks, lie within 1 mile of the coast is situated at the mouth of Ro Viejo 1 miles N of Punta
between Punta Serrucho and Punta Quepos (3 miles Quepos (924N, 8410W) (3.117); it is used for the export
WNW) (3.117); the coast between these points is formed of bananas.
by densely wooded bluffs rising abruptly from the sea.
Limiting conditions
From the W side of Punta Quepos the coast continues
3.119
WNW for about 23 miles to Punta Judas (3.117) at the E
1 Maximum size of vessel handled at the main wharf is
entrance to Golfo de Nicoya; the land is low close to the
LOA 152 m; draught 82 m.
shore but rises gradually for the first few miles inland
Local weather and sea state. There is often a
towards the high land in the interior.
considerable swell, and two buoys are moored off the
wharf for use in holding vessels from 5 to 8 m off whilst
Anchorage loading. The wharf is equipped with heavy springs and
3.115 wires for securing the vessels in the heavy swell. On
1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the coast occasions the strength of the swell and undertow make it
between Quepos (925N, 8410W) (3.118) and Punta necessary to work cargo from an anchorage W of the
Judas (23 miles WNW) (3.117) by vessels with local wharf.
knowledge; there are no charted dangers at a distance of Pilotage and tugs
more than 5 cables from the shore and the depths decrease 3.120
regularly. 1 Pilotage is not compulsory but is advisable if berthing
alongside. The pilot boards from a white launch about
1 mile from the wharf. Under favourable conditions vessels
Landmark may berth at night.
3.116 Tugs are available.
1 Punta Quepos Lighthouse (metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (924N, 8410W). Anchorage
3.121
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 29 m
(16 fm), SW of the wharf, about 1 miles N of Punta
Directions Quepos.
(continued from 3.109)
Directions
3.117
3.122
1 From the vicinity of 907N, 8346W the coastal
1 Approaching from SE a good clearance should be given
passage leads WNW passing (with positions from Punta
to Islas de los Quepos (3.117), and Flat Rock (3.117), and,
Quepos Light (924N, 8410W)):
having rounded Punta Quepos, to a 21 m (7 ft) shoal on
SSW of the reef extending W from Punta Uvita
which the sea breaks at half tide, lying 7 cables NNW of
(28 miles ESE) (3.112), thence:
the point.
SSW of a rock awash, and an above-water rock, lying
3 miles WNW, and 3 miles NW respectively, of Berths
Punta Uvita, thence: 3.123
2 SSW of Islas de los Quepos, a chain of bare islands 1 A breakwater protects a wharf which extends 140 m
and rocks extending between 1 and 4 miles SE from two islets lying close offshore on the S side of the
from Punta Quepos. Isla Serrucho, the SE island, mouth of Ro Viejo and which are connected to the
is reddish in colour and 30 m high; a rock awash mainland by a trestle bridge; depths alongside the wharf
lies 4 cables S of the island. Isla Olocuita, 56 m range from 122 to 73 m. There is a smaller wharf which
high, lies 2 miles SE of Punta Quepos, and another is used for the discharge of lighters.
prominent island, 49 m high, lies 7 cables farther Port services
NW. These islands should be given a wide berth
3.124
and no attempt should be made to pass between
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
them and the shore. Thence:
Other facilities: hospital.
3 SSW of Punta Quepos, a bold prominent point at the
Supplies: diesel oil, fuel oil and fresh water available by
extremity of a series of densely wooded bluffs; a
pipeline at the wharf; limited quantities of provisions.
light (3.116) is displayed from the point. Flat
Communications. Nearest airport is at Puntarenas,
Rock, a rock awash, lies 3 cables SW of the
approximately 30 km.
point. Thence:
4 SSW of Punta Judas (23 miles WNW), which is Other names
dominated by Monte Judas, a heavily wooded 3.125
peak, 98 m high. A drying reef, over which the sea 1 Catedral, Punta (923N, 8409W).
breaks heavily, extends 1 mile SW from Punta Verde, Isla (922N, 8407W).

95
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

GOLFO DE NICOYA Natural conditions

3.130
General information 1 Tidal streams. From the entrance to the gulf the
in-going stream sets NE, then N into Baha de Barranca
Chart 1931 (958N, 8445W), whence it turns W along the peninsula
Description of Puntarenas; rates are from about 1 to 2 kn. The
3.126 out-going stream sets in the reverse direction. The in-going
1 Golfo de Nicoya, entered between Punta Judas (931N, stream off Punta Conejo (939N, 8441W) has a tendency
8432W) and Cabo Blanco (35 miles W), is one of the to NW but is hardly strong enough to be noticeable.
most important stretches of water on the Pacific coast of 2 Weather. There are only two seasons, the rainy and the
Central America. From the entrance it leads inland, first N, dry, the former generally lasting from April until
then NW, for about 52 miles, narrowing to a width of about November. In the rainy season the winds blow from SSW
5 miles about 26 miles above the entrance, then and often reach gale force in September and October when
broadening to an average width of about 8 miles as far as they are accompanied by heavy rain. During the dry season
its head. The ports of Puerto Caldera and Puntarenas are calms are prevalent but in the evenings there are often
situated on the E side of the gulf, the former 25 miles violent squalls, known as Chubascos (1.184), which blow
inside the entrance, and the latter, 7 miles farther NW. A from between N and E and are accompanied by heavy rain.
number of islands, some of considerable size, lie along the
W shores of the gulf; vessels navigating the gulf pass E of Principal marks
all these islands. 3.131
1 Landmarks:
Topography Isla Cabo Blanco (933N, 8507W), a mass of
3.127 whitish rock fringed by a drying rock ledge, and
1 Offing. The E entrance to the gulf is marked by the which rises steeply on all sides to a height of
termination of the mountain range that dominates the coast 69 m; a light is displayed from the summit. A high
farther SE. The NW spur, known as Cerro Herradura rock, which has the appearance of a white sail
(942N, 8436W), rises steeply from the E shore of the from a distance, lies close off the SE side of the
gulf. Cerro Turrabares (Cerro Turabales) (10 miles NE of island.
Cerro Herradura), a higher, prominent peak, with a small 2 Isla Herradura Lighthouse (metal framework tower,
conical summit, can be seen over Cerro Herradura when off 12 m in height) (938N, 8441W).
the entrance; a peak 1626 m (5335 ft) high, with a flat top Islas Negritos Lighthouse (metal framework tower,
nearly 5 cables across, stands 2 miles E of Cerro 12 m in height) (949N, 8450W).
Turrabares (chart 2145). Conspicuous chimney (9590N, 84455W), at a
2 On the W side, a plateau, about 300 m high, extends fertilizer factory in Baha de Barranca.
6 miles N from Cabo Blanco (934N, 8507W). To the N 3 Major lights:
of this plateau the land falls away before rising towards Isla Cabo Blanco Light as above.
Cerro Fro (Cerro Erio) (15 miles N of Cabo Blanco) Isla Herradura Light as above.
whose summit is divided by a cleft visible from W. Viewed Isla Negritos Light as above.
from a distance the lower plateau remains below the
horizon whilst the more elevated plateau resembles a long
island lying some distance from the mainland. Directions
3.128 (continued from 3.117)
1 Within the gulf. The E side of the gulf trends generally
NW with a heavily wooded coast, backed by high land, Entry from south-east
which is indented at mid length by the bay containing 3.132
Puerto Caldera and Puntarenas. The mouths of numerous 1 From a position at least 2 miles SSW of Punta Judas
rivers interrupt the coastline N of Puntarenas. (931N, 8432W) (3.117), the E entrance to the gulf, the
2 The W side of the gulf, similarly heavily wooded with a passage leads NW, then NNW passing (with positions from
mountainous interior, leads NE then turns sharply NW and Isla Herradura Light (938N, 8441W)):
borders an uncultivated region which is rarely visited by 2 SE of Roca Escollo (3 miles SE), an isolated
commercial shipping. The coast between Punta Tambor pinnacle rock on which the sea breaks at half tide,
(944N, 8457W) (3.133) and Punta Gigante (11 miles lying 7 cables SW of Punta Guapinol, a
NNE) is very irregular and is indented by numerous small prominent, high point. The rock is sometimes
bays with off-lying islands. From Punta Gigante to the head visible at LW when a heavy swell is running. The
of the gulf the coast is formed into a shallow indentation sea breaks heavily along the shore between Punta
off which lie several large islands the most notable being Judas and Punta Guapinol. Thence:
Isla Chira (1006N, 8509W) (3.134) towards the head of 3 SW of Isla Herradura, a narrow, rocky island, the
the gulf. sides of which rise abruptly and terminate sharply
at its crest, and from where a light (3.131) is
Pilotage displayed. The island, which is joined to the
3.129 mainland E by a reef which almost dries, is
1 From the entrance points to Golfo de Nicoya as far N as prominent from SE. Thence:
the approaches to Puntarenas the waterway is deep and 4 WSW of Punta Conejo (1 miles N), which is
clear of dangers and should present no difficulty to vessels fringed by foul ground up to 2 cables S, and
entering. However vessels proceeding into the head of the 4 cables NW. A shoal with a depth over it of
gulf are advised to utilise the services of a pilot due to the 113 m (37 ft) lies at the edge of the foul ground,
constantly shifting nature of the banks in this area. 5 cables WNW of the point. Thence:

96
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

5 WSW of Punta Sucia (4 miles N). Rocky ledges, a penal colony on the island and landing is
which partly dry, extend from 2 to 4 cables forbidden. And:
offshore from a position about 1 miles S of 4 SW of La Punta (9 miles SE), the W extremity of the
Punta Sucia and Punta Leona, 7 cables NE. peninsula of Puntarenas; foul ground extends
Thence: almost 1 mile W from the point. A ferry operates
6 ENE of Sail Rock (14 miles NW), a large rock at across the gulf between La Punta and Playa
the extremity of a rocky ledge which extends 2 Naranjo, 7 miles WSW. Thence:
cables E from Negritos Afuera, the outermost of 5 NE of Isla Caballo (4 miles S) and Isla Bejuco
the two high, narrow, heavily wooded islands (5 miles SW), and:
which comprise Islas Negritos. A light (3.131) is SW of Punta Morales, the extremity of a peninsula
displayed from Negritos Afuera. Strong tide rips extending 5 cables W from the shore. Islas
are experienced off Sail Rock and a clearance of Cortezas, two small islands, lie 7 cables WNW
3 miles is recommended. Thence: of Punta Morales. Thence:
7 W of Punta Corralillo (16 miles N), a point with 6 NE of Isla Chira (10 miles WNW), the largest island
two promontories, the S of which, Punta Torres, is in the NW gulf and which is surrounded by shoals
a prominent, high, wooded point. A light-buoy on all but its NE side. Depths of 55 m (18 ft) and
(special) is moored about 1 miles NW of Punta less extend from the E extremity of Isla Chira to
Torres, and a wave recorder buoy, around which Isla Caballo; the deeper water is on the E shore of
there is a restricted area of radius 250 m, and the gulf.
which is connected to the shore E by a submarine 7 Useful marks:
cable, is moored about 1 mile N of Punta Torres. Isla Pjaros (1006N, 8500W).
And: Isla Yuca (1008N, 8508W).
8 E of, depending on draught, a depth of 104 m (34 ft) 3.135
(4 miles WNW of Punta Torres), at the S 1 Golfo Colorado, the area of the gulf N of Isla Chira, as
extremity of the bank (3.148) which extends far as Boca del Toro, 7 miles NW, the entrance to Ro
4 miles SSE from Puntarenas. Tempisque, shoals rapidly and there are numerous mud
Thence to the Puerto Caldera pilot station, or the flats which dry. Ro Tempisque, which is sluggish and
Puntarenas pilot station, as required. muddy, is navigated by small craft from Puntarenas on
favourable tides; it is reported navigable for about 80 miles
above Boca del Toro.
Entry from south-west
3.133
Puerto Caldera
1 From a position about 3 miles S of Cabo Blanco
(934N, 8507W) the passage leads NE, then N, passing Chart 1931, plan of Puerto Caldera
(with positions from Punta Tambor (944N, 8457W)): General information
SE of Isla Cabo Blanco (14 miles SW) (3.131), 3.136
thence: 1 Position and function. Puerto Caldera which is situated
SE of Isleta Cabuya (10 miles SW), a flat topped on the E side of Golfo de Nicoya about 25 miles within the
islet lying on a reef extending 7 cables offshore, entrance, stands in the S side of Baha de Caldera, a small
thence: bay entered between Punta Corralillo (954N, 8444W)
2 SE of Punta Tambor, a high, bold promontory, thence: (3.132) and Roca Carballo, a bluff point, 2 miles N. It is
SE of Islas Tortugas (4 miles NE), two high islands the principal port terminal for the railway to San Jose and,
lying on a shoal bank separated from the mainland besides being a major container port, has facilities for
by a channel 5 cables wide; rocks, some general cargo, Ro-Ro and bulk solid cargoes.
above-water, lie within 5 cables of the E side of 2 Traffic. In 2002, 244 vessels called at the port totalling
each island. Thence: 4 756 109 dwt.
SE and E of Sail Rock (10 miles NE) (3.132), thence Port Authority. Administracion de los Puertos de Costa
as for the approach from SE. Rica, Puerto de Caldera, Puntarenas, Costa Rica.

Limiting conditions
Directions for the head of the gulf 3.137
3.134 1 Tidal levels. See 3.144.
1 From a position in the fairway midway between Sail Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 205 m; draught
Rock (3.132) and Punta Torres (3.132) the track leads NW 10 m; 25 000 dwt.
to the head of the gulf passing (with positions from Punta Local weather. Strong S winds cause seas to break over
Morales (1004N, 8458W)): the breakwater and may make the port untenable.
SW of a shoal depth of 11 m (36 ft) (13 miles SE),
and: Arrival information
2 NE of a drying patch (12 miles SSE) (reported 3.138
1948), thence: 1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
NE of Isla Guayabo (10 miles SSE); a 21 m (7 ft) Signals Volume 6(5).
shoal patch lies close E of the island. And: Notice of ETA: 24 hours, with confirmation 12 hours
SW of a 52 m (17 ft) shoal (11 miles SE), and a before arrival.
46 m (15 ft) shoal (9 miles SE), the W dangers Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be obtained in
on the bank S of Puntarenas (3.148), thence: an area, shown on the chart, 1 miles N of Punta
3 NE of Isla San Lucas (8 miles SSE), an irregularly Corralillo. Strong N winds are frequent in the early part of
shaped island separated from Punta Gigante on the the year, particularly in January, when a rough sea may be
mainland 5 cables SW by a foul channel. There is experienced around HW.

97
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

2 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing; the Puntarenas

pilot boards about 2 miles SW of the port. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). It was Chart 1931, plan of Puntarenas
reported (2003) that pilots are only available after 0800, General information
and that contact should be made on VHF 1 hour prior to 3.143
arrival. 1 Position and function. Puntarenas (959N, 8450W),
3 Tugs available; compulsory when berthing and situated 7 miles NW of Puerto Caldera, is one of the
unberthing. most important places on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica
Regulations. Vessels are not permitted to enter the port and is a port of entry. The port once dealt with half the
until visited by the Port Health Officer, Port Captain and foreign trade of the country but is now subsidiary to Puerto
Customs Officer. Caldera; the port is used for bulk cargoes only. It is
situated towards the end of a long narrow peninsula
extending 4 miles W from the mainland shore.
2 An offshore berth, used for the discharge of ammonia to
Harbour
a fertilizer factory ashore, is situated in Baha de Barranca,
3.139
midway between the two ports, 4 miles NW of Puerto
1 General layout. A breakwater, about 600 m long,
Caldera.
towards the head of which a light is displayed, extends
Traffic. In 2001, 34 vessels called at the port totalling
600 m NW, thence W, from a point on the shore 7 cables
432 726 dwt.
NE of Punta Corralillo; it protects a concrete wharf 490 m
Port Authority. As for Puerto Caldera (3.136).
in length aligned in an ENE direction along which there
are three berths. It was reported (2002) that this breakwater
was being extended W. In 1994, a stranded wreck (dry
Limiting conditions
dock) lay close inside the head of the breakwater. 3.144
2 The limit of the dredged area N of the wharf is marked 1 Controlling depths. It was reported (2003) that the
by a light-buoy (white/green conical), and a can buoy; a channel leading to the pier had been dredged to 10 m.
buoy (white, spherical) is moored on the W side of the Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
dredged area inside the breakwater. Mean spring range about 28 m; mean neap range about
3 Development. Plans have been announced (2001) to 16 m.
further develop the port. Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 152 m; draught
Currents, with rate up to 1 kn, have been reported 79 m.
(2003) with long period swells accompanying the in-going
tide. Arrival information
3.145
1 Coast and port radio stations. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Directions Notice of ETA: 24 hours, with confirmation 12 hours
3.140 before arrival.
1 Directions for the approach to the port are given at 2 Anchorage. The anchorage lies E of the bank extending
3.132 and 3.133, and the chart is sufficient guide for entry. 4 miles SSE from the port (3.148). The whole of the area
between the bank and the mouth of Ro Barranca, 4 miles
E (chart 1931), is clear of dangers and has suitable depths
for anchoring. In the fine weather season, from November
Berths
to April, the usual anchorage for vessels of moderate size
3.141
is 6 cables SE of the port in depths of about 91 m (30 ft).
1 Mooring. A tanker mooring, for vessels up to 175 m
In summer and autumn it is prudent to anchor farther SE,
LOA and draught 99 m, lies in Baha de Caldera 305 m
in deeper water, as heavy rollers from SW affect the
offshore. Vessels berth using the starboard anchor, running
anchorage. The holding ground is poor and it is advisable
lines to three additional buoys.
to moor along the line SE/NW. Vessels awaiting a berth at
Alongside. The berths from W to E are:
the offshore terminal (3.150) anchor about 4 miles SE of
No 1: length 210 m, depth alongside 110 m.
Puntarenas.
2 No 2: length 150 m, depth alongside 101 m.
3 It should be noted that disused submarine cables, as
No 3: length 130 m, depth alongside 73 m.
shown on the chart, extend S from Puntarenas; also less
Tanker berth: vessels up to 1753 m and 99 m
depths than charted have been reported in the anchorage.
draught can be accommodated.
Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing; the
Caution. In 1999 a depth of 58 m was reported in way
pilot boards about 2 miles SE of the port. Berthing is
of Nos 1 and 2 Berths.
possible at night but it is usual to await daylight. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
4 Tugs are available from Puerto Caldera.
Port services Regulations. Vessels are not permitted to enter the port
3.142 until visited by the Port Health Officer, Port Captain and
1 Repairs: minor repairs only. Customs Officer.
Other facilities: medical facilities; hospital at
Puntarenas; Ro-Ro facilities; limited facilities for the Harbour
reception of oily waste. 3.146
Supplies: fresh water; stores and provisions; bunkers. 1 Signals. Port regulations stipulate that a constant watch
Communications: local airport at Puntarenas; nearest is kept on the vessels moorings when alongside. Should a
international airport 90 km distant. line part then the following sound signals should be made:

98
 Home

a
Contents
Index

a
a

99
CHAPTER 3

a
Puntarenas from SE (3.143)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Sound signal Meaning sea but this is not usually sufficient to

inconvenience large vessels. Easterly winds are of
1 long blast Shore line parted little consequence and cause very little trouble.
1 long blast followed by Buoy line parted There is frequently a heavy swell at the pier.
2 short blasts Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.202.
A pilot and mooring party will then board and resecure Directions
the vessel at any hour of the day or night. 3.148
2 Vessels about to sail make the following signals: 1 Directions for the approach to the port are given at
Sound signal Meaning 3.132 and 3.133, and the chart is sufficient guide for entry.
Attention is drawn to the bank over which there are depths
4 long blasts 1 hour Request customs clearance of less than 11 m (36 ft), which extends 4 miles SSE
prior to sailing from Puntarenas, and on which there are several patches of
1 long blast and 2 short Clearance received request less than 55 m (18 ft), including one of 33 m (11 ft) lying
blasts pilot and unberthing party 7 cables SW of Commercial Pier (9583N, 84500W).
A stranded wreck, marked by a light-buoy, lies 7 cables
3.147
WSW of Commercial Pier.
1 Natural conditions:
Tidal streams. The in-going stream sets W, and the Berths
out-going stream ESE, with a strength of from 1 to 3.149
1 kn, though rates of up to 2 kn have been 1 Commercial Pier. A pier extends about 600 m S from
observed on occasions. See also caution at 3.149. the E side of Puntarenas, and provides berths on either
2 Local weather. Northerly winds, which are side. A light, which is reported difficult to distinguish, is
considered dangerous to shipping during February displayed from the head of the pier.
and March, are not felt so much at the pier at 2 Oil berth. A submarine oil pipeline with a buoy berth at
Puntarenas where protection is provided by the its extremity extends 5 cables SSE from the vicinity of a
peninsula; their full force is however felt about tank farm situated 1 miles E of the L-shaped pier. Vessels
1 mile farther S. Islas Negritos (3.132), and the approach the berth from SE, turn short round on the port
peninsula forming the W shore of the gulf, give anchor, and secure astern to three mooring buoys at the
some protection from S winds. In the afternoons, extremity of the pipeline. Berthing is effected on the
on occasions, strong W winds can cause a choppy in-going stream preferably within 3 hours of HW; berthing

Puntarenas Commercial Pier (3.149)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

100
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

at night is not recommended. Unberthing can be undertaken head of the bay, which is lined by a low sandy beach,
at slack water or on the out-going stream; unberthing at broken by several small streams.
night is recommended only at HW. It is reported there is a
depth 73 m at this berth.
Baha Ro Grande
3 Caution. Care is necessary when berthing at Puntarenas 3.155
as the tidal streams are strong and the wind can be 1 Description. Between Punta Leona (942N, 8440W)
variable. Rates up to 5 kn have been experienced with both (3.132) and Punta Torres (12 miles NNW) (3.132) the coast
the in-going and out-going streams at the Commercial Pier recedes to form Baha Ro Grande; the bay is generally
causing lines to part; it is advisable to drop the outboard deep but the coastal bank extends about 1 mile offshore at
anchor underfoot. its head where Ro Grande de Trcoles enters the sea.
4 Small craft can berth at the Municipal Dock on the N Another river, Ro Jesus Maria, enters the gulf at Punta
side of Puntarenas which is lighted and is available at all Loros (2 miles SE of Punta Torres); rocks awash, lie at
states of the tide but it is shallow and local knowledge is the outer edge of the bank extending 5 cables offshore from
required. the river mouth.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
Offshore berth in Baha de Barranca 36 m (5 to 20 fm) at distances of from 1 to 2 miles
3.150 offshore between Ro Grande de Trcoles and Punta Torres.
1 Two small buoys mark the extremity of a submerged Isla Chira
pipeline running 1 miles NNE to the shore. Vessels secure 3.156
to four mooring buoys in a depth of 128 m (42 ft). The 1 Anchorage may be obtained towards the head of the
berth is nearly always affected by a moderate to heavy gulf in depths of from 7 to 11 m (24 to 36 ft) off the NE
swell from the S or SW. side of Isla Chira (1006N, 8509W) (3.134).
Port services Other names
3.151 3.157
1 Repairs: minor repairs only; small craft slipways. 1 Cedros, Isla (951N, 8453W).
Other facilities: hospital. Faralln, Punta (957N, 8444W).
Supplies: fresh water available alongside; limited Manzanillo (1008N, 8501W).
supplies of stores and provisions. Muertos, Isla (953N, 8456W).
Communications: local airport; nearest international Murcilago, Baha (945N, 8457W).
airport 90 km distant. 2 Pan de Azucar, Isla (955N, 8454W).
Tivives (950N, 8440W).
Anchorages and minor bays Venado, Isla (959N, 8504W).
Chart 1931
GOLFO DE NICOYA TO CABO VELAS
Baha del Jac
3.152 General information
1 Anchorage may be obtained, between November and
Chart 2145
March, in depths of 11 to 20 m (6 to 11 fm), in Baha del
Jac entered close N of Punta Guapinol (935N, 8438W)
Route
3.158
(3.132). The sea breaks heavily in the head of the bay.
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Blanco (934N, 8507W) the
Local knowledge is required.
route leads initially WNW for 40 miles to the vicinity of
Puerto Herradura Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W), thence NNW for
3.153 32 miles to the vicinity of Cabo Velas (1022N, 8554W).
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 15 m (48 ft) in Topography
the NE side of Baha Herradura, a crescent shaped bay 3.159
entered between Isla Herradura (938N, 8441W) (3.132) 1 The coast between Cabo Blanco and Cabo Velas is
and Punta Conejo (1 miles N) (3.132). The bay is open backed by the ranges of Cerros de Havana (953N,
W and although sheltered from all other quarters is seldom 8523W), and Cerros de San Blas (1008N, 8539W), the
used as there is virtually no communication with the summits of which attain elevations of about 1000 and
interior. 650 m, respectively. Cerro Fro (949N, 8509W) (charted
2 Roca Havannah, a dangerous rock with a least depth as Split Peak), which is described at 3.127, is prominent to
over it of 06 m (2 ft) and which seldom breaks even at the E of Cerros de Havana, and Cerro Maquenco (Mount
LW, lies 5 cables N of the E extremity of Isla Herradura, Boughey) (959N, 8535W), a cone shaped summit, is
and rocks fringe the N side of the bay to a distance of distinguishable on the W side of that range. Cerros de San
2 cables offshore. Blas run parallel to the coast about 8 miles inland between
Local knowledge is required. Punta Guiones and Cabo Velas and are easily distinguished
above the coastal foothills. For the most part the coastline
Baha Ballena is heavily wooded and fringed by black rocks.
3.154
1 Description. Baha Ballena, a deep indentation on the W Off-lying banks and shoals
shore of the gulf, entered between Punta Piedra Amarilla 3.160
(942N, 8500W) and Punta Tambor (2 miles NE) 1 The following depths have been reported, as shown on
(3.133), is the only anchorage on the W side of the the chart, lying outside the 200 m (100 fm) depth contour
entrance to the gulf but is open to winds from between E (positioned from Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W)):
and S. Depths decrease regularly from 42 m (23 fm) in the 20 to 26 m (11 to 14 fm) (reported 1953);
entrance to 9 m (30 ft) at a distance of 5 cables from the 32 miles SE.

101
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

2 18 to 33 m (10 to 18 m) (reported 1949); 28 miles Caution. Deep draught vessels should maintain a
SE. distance of at least 3 miles off the coast between Punta
106 m (58 fm) (reported 1984); 8 miles WSW. Guiones and Cabo Velas.
27 m (15 fm) (reported 1963); 11 miles W. (Directions continue at 3.169)
9 to 22 m (5 to 12 fm) (reported 1966); 26 miles NW.
Shoal (position approximate) (reported 1969); Anchorages
40 miles NW. Chart 1960, plan of Baha Carrillo
Baha Carrillo
Principal marks 3.163
3.161 1 Description. Baha Carrillo (952N, 8530W) provides
1 Landmarks: shelter for small vessels. It is 7 cables wide between the
Isla Cabo Blanco (933N, 8507W) (3.131). entrance points but the navigable entrance is narrowed to
Punta Guiones (Punta Guionos) (954N, 8541W), 4 cables by a rocky reef extending 5 cables SE from the
which, when viewed from either E or W, appears W entrance point. Isla Piedra Blanca, a large whitish rock,
as a wooded hill, 95 m high, gradually descending lies 1 cable offshore 3 cables SW of the W entrance point
to overhanging cliffs; rocky debris at the base of and serves to identify the vicinity; an islet, 6 cables W of
the cliffs breaks at all times. Precipitous bare Isla Piedra Blanca, can be seen under the cliffs as the
cliffs, crowned with clumps of trees, stand close E entrance is neared. Pointed Rock lies close off the E
of the point. entrance point to the bay.
2 Morro Hermoso (1021N, 8551W), which, when 2 Directions. Depths decrease from about 18 m (10 fm) in
viewed from S has the appearance of an island. the entrance to 55 m (18 ft) about 1 cables from the head
The sides have a regular and gradual slope, and of the bay. A vessel on entering should be kept to the E
the short narrow ridge, running E and W, has a side of the bay but should anchor sufficiently far W to
saddle shaped appearance; the E summit is round swing clear of a below-water rock lying about 3 cables
and the W sharp. Approaching from W Monte NNW of Pointed Rock at the extremity of a shoal spit
Hermoso will first be sighted as a conical hill extending from the NE side of the bay.
below the higher hills in the background. Chart 2145
3 Major light:
Baha Tamarindo
Isla Cabo Blanco Light (933N, 8507W) (3.131).
3.164
1 Anchorage may be obtained, though it is somewhat
exposed, in Baha Tamarindo (Barco Quebrada), entered
Directions between Punta San Francisco (Wreck Point) (1017N,
(continued from 3.117)
8551W, the corrected position of the charted name), and
3.162
Cabo Velas (4 miles NNW) (3.162). Vessels can anchor
1 From a position about 3 miles S of Cabo Blanco
midway between Punta San Francisco and the extremity of
(934N, 8507W) the coastal passage leads NW, thence
a rocky reef which lies about 7 cables offshore, 1 miles
NNW, noting the off-lying banks at 3.160, and passing
S of Cabo Velas. Isla Capitn, a small island, stands at the
(with positions from Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W)):
S entrance close N of Punta San Francisco, and a patch of
SW of Punta Coyote (Punta Musimillama) (25 miles
foul ground lies NE of the island.
ESE), a salient, heavy wooded point; a small river
2 Local knowledge is required.
enters Baha Zamora close N of the point. Rocks
Landing may be effected at the head of the bay.
awash lie up to 5 cables offshore 5 miles SE of
Punta Coyote. Thence: Other name
2 SW of Punta Bejuco (Punta Quinones) (21 miles 3.165
ESE), a heavily wooded point fringed by rocks, 1 Cahiones, Punta (Cahaiones, Punta) (1011N,
thence: 8550W).
SW of Baha Carrillo (11 miles ESE) (3.163), thence:
3 SW and WSW of Punta Guiones (3.161). The point is CABO VELAS TO CABO SANTA ELENA
fringed by foul ground up to a distance of 1 mile
to seaward, and breakers were reported in 1927 General information
2 miles SSW of the point. Dangers extend up to Chart 2145
5 cables offshore 4 miles E of the point, and an Description
isolated below-water rock lies 2 miles NW of the
3.166
point. Punta Guiones is difficult to make out at
1 Cabo Velas (1022N, 8554W) and Cabo Santa Elena
night and should be given a wide berth at all
(Cabo Elena) (33 miles N) are the entrance points to Golfo
times; vessels approaching from NW should note
de Papagayo (Golfo de Culebra), a wide, deep bay in
the probability of a NW set off the point which
which there are several anchorages and a fine protected
attains a rate of 2 kn in winter. Thence:
harbour. The gulf is so named as it is the S part of the area
4 WSW of Punta Filibusteros (13 miles NNW, the
in which Papagayos (1.184), strong N winds, are
corrected position of the charted name), on which
experienced. Descriptions of the anchorages and harbour
stands a group of prominent red roofed houses. In
are given, and directions are given for the offshore passage
1927 it was reported that foul ground extended
between the headlands.
4 miles NNW along the coast, and 3 miles to
seaward, from the point. Thence: Topography
5 WSW of Cabo Velas (30 miles NNW), a salient, 3.167
heavily wooded point fringed by rocks, above 1 Cerros Santa Elena, a remarkable range of mountains are
which Morro Hermoso (3.161) rises. situated on the peninsula which terminates in Cabo Santa

102
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Elena (3.168); several of the peaks are over 610 m in Anchorages, harbour and minor bays
height. Farther inland Volcn Oros and Cerro Gngora,
standing 28 and 30 miles E respectively of Cabo Santa Chart 2145 (see 1.14)
Elena, and which attain elevations of over 1585 m form the Baha Brasilito and Baha Potrero
extremities of a ridge which is often visible when the peaks 3.170
are obscured by cloud. Volcn Rincn de la Vieja, an 1 Description. Between Punta Sabana, a point lying
occasionally active volcano, stands 36 miles E of Cabo 4 miles NE of Cabo Velas (1022N, 8554W), and Islas
Santa Elena; its broken and deeply furrowed sides differ Brumel (10 miles NNE of Cabo Velas), the coast is
from those of other volcanic peaks in Costa Rica and indented by a bay divided in two by a high wooded point
Nicaragua. projecting 1 mile from the shore and off whose extremity
2 The coastlines at the entrances to Golfo de Papagayo are lies Isla Plata. The S part of the bay is known as Baha
indented by a series of bays backed by high land, Brasilito (Baha Braxilito), and the N part Baha Potrero.
particularly on the N side. The head of the gulf, between Islas Brumel comprises two islets, 43 m high, lying close
Islas Palmitas (1038N, 8542W) (3.173) and a point together, 5 cables offshore; they are steep, rocky and grass
261 m (857 ft) high (11 miles NNW), is formed into a wide covered and appear as one except when viewed from NW.
bay. The coast for about 3 miles NE of Islas Palmitas is Reefs extend 3 cables N and 4 cables SSE from the W islet
moderately high and densely wooded, with Punta Cabuyal, but the channel between the islands and the mainland is
a salient point, standing 1 miles NE of these islands. believed to be clear.
Thence for a distance of about 5 miles farther N it is 2 Local knowledge is required for these bays which are
formed by steep cliffs above which there is a wooded visited occasionally by vessels loading timber.
plateau, 300 m high. The N side of the plateau slopes down Directions. Approaching from S, Isla Plata should be
to a broad valley which extends inland. North of the valley kept ahead bearing about 058 which leads in mid-channel
the coastline continues high and bold. through a deep passage, about 2 miles wide, between
Punta Sabana and the S extremity of a large area of foul
ground, over 2 miles in extent with rocks awash on it,
Landmarks which lies 1 mile SE of Islas Santa Catalina. Course may
3.168 be altered into Baha Brasilito as soon as it is open but
1 Morro Hermoso (1021N, 8551W) (3.161). Punta Sabana should be given a wide berth. If proceeding
Islas Santa Catalina (1029N, 8553W), two islands to Baha Potrero, Isla Plata should be rounded at a distance
but which, from seaward, appear as one except of at least 5 cables to avoid shoal water extending
from SW. The islands are faced on all sides with 2 cables from its NW side.
cliffs, 30 m high, above which a grass covered 3 Approaching from N, Isla Plata should be kept ahead
surface gives the overall appearance of a stone bearing 145, which leads in mid-channel 1 mile SW of
fortification with turfed parapets. Islas Brumel and a similar distance NE of the extremity of
2 Cabo Santa Elena (Cabo Elena) (1054N, 8558W), the foul ground mentioned above. When Islas Brumel bear
a narrow, rocky ridge which extends 2 miles WSW N course may be altered into either bay as required.
from the coast and whose sides rise abruptly from 4 Anchorages. The bays are open N and W and although
the sea to meet at a sharp summit. Owing to its the foul ground off Islas Santa Catalina does not entirely
position the cape is one of the most striking damp down the seas the anchorages may be considered
features along this coast. Seen from W it looks reasonably secure.
like a mountainous island, but from N or S it 5 In Baha Brasilito depths reduce regularly from 24 m
appears as an oval, serrated ridge, the outline (13 fm) in the entrance to about 11 m (36 ft) 5 cables from
resembling the edge of a half open fan. the head of the bay. Farther inshore they are irregular and
within 4 cables on either side of the bay there are rocks
both below and above-water. Anchorage may be obtained
as convenient in depths of from about 13 to 18 m (43 to
60 ft) but the point on the mainland adjacent to Islas
Directions Brumel should be kept open W of Isla Plata.
(continued from 3.162) 6 In Baha Potrero depths reduce gradually from about
3.169 27 m (15 fm) in the entrance. Several islets lie off the E
1 From a position at least 3 miles WSW of Cabo Velas the shore of the bay and a rocky patch, partly awash lies on
passage leads NNW passing (with positions from Cabo the E side of the head of the bay. Anchorage may be
Velas (1022N, 8554W)): obtained in a suitable depth on the SW side of the bay,
WSW of Islas Santa Catalina (7 miles N) (3.168). clear of an obstruction (10271N, 85476W) (reported
Unless proceeding to Baha Brasilito (3.170) 2004).
vessels should remain W of the line joining Cabo
Velas and Islas Santa Catalina. Thence: Chart 2145
2 WSW of Little Bat Island (30 miles NNW), two Baha El Coco
rocks, each with a flat top and vertical sides; the 3.171
outer, larger rock is 21 m high, whilst the inner, 1 Description. Baha El Coco (Baha Cocos), a small bay
1 cable SE is split, the gap showing from SW. situated 16 miles NE of Cabo Velas, is entered between
These rocks lie 1 mile W of the extremity of Islas Punta Miga (1033N, 8544W) and Punta Cacique
Murcilagos, a group of islands, the largest 146 m (1 miles NE); both entry points are formed by rocky
high, which extend EW for 3 miles. There is no cliffs with hills rising above them. Viradores Sur, which
safe passage between Little Bat Island and Islas comprise Islas Pelonas and Isla Montosa, three grass
Murcilagos. Thence: covered islands with detached rocks S and E of them, lie
WSW of Cabo Santa Elena (33 miles N) (3.168). NW of Punta Cacique; there is no clear passage between
(Directions continue at 3.182) them and the point. The head of the bay is formed by a

103
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

sandy beach from the S part of which a line of drying points but there is no danger outside them. Depths decrease
rocks runs N for about 2 cables and another small rock from 37 m (20 fm) in the entrance to 91 m (30 ft)
lies about 1 cable offshore near its N end. 1 cables from the head of the bay.
2 Local knowledge is required. Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in the bay in depths of
Chart 2145 (see 1.14)
15 m (50 ft); vessels should keep close to Punta Cacique
when entering to give a good clearance to the ledges which Baha Murcilagos
extend N from the SW shore. 3.176
1 Description. Baha Murcilagos, entered between Isla
Chart 660, plan of Puerto Culebra Colorada (Isla Ackerman) (1051N, 8553W) and Cabo
Puerto Culebra Santa Elena (6 miles NW) (3.168), is divided into two parts
3.172 by Isla Pedada which lies in the middle of the bay 2 miles
1 Description. Puerto Culebra, entered between Punta NW of Isla Colorada and is connected to the shore by a
Ballena (1035N, 8542W) and Punta Mala (1 mile shallow ridge; the anchorage is in the E part of the bay.
NNW), is one of the finest natural harbours in Central 2 The bay is backed by Cerros Santa Elena (3.167), some
America; it is spacious, secure and easy of access, and can of the peaks of which lie only 1 miles inland, and is
accommodate all but the largest vessels afloat. The shores fronted by Islas Murcilagos (3.169). Isla Colorada is
of the harbour are generally steep-to but foul ground connected to Punta El Respingue (Punta Parker) on the
extends about 1 cables offshore at Punta Ballena; Baha mainland N by a reef, and rocks and foul ground extend
Panama, a small wooded bay, is situated on the S side of 5 cables WSW from the island; Piedra Negra, a low,
the harbour 1 miles E of Punta Ballena. steep-to rock, lies 1 miles WSW of the W extremity of
2 Local knowledge is required; the bay and its approaches the island.
are inadequately surveyed. 3 Directions. The approach to the anchorage from S
Useful mark: passes between Isla Colorada and the E of Islas
Islas Viradores Norte (close W of the W extremity of Murcilagos. From N the approach is made between Islas
Punta Mala), two flat, rocky islets. A prominent Murcilagos and Isla Pedada.
rocky column on the outer islet makes a good Anchorage. Anchorage has been obtained in the NE part
mark when seen clear of the land around Punta of the bay between Isla Colorada and Isla Pedada in depths
Mala. of about 22 m (12 fm). The holding ground is not good and
3 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the harbour the bay cannot be considered safe during the season of N
over a bottom of mud and sand. winds, the Papagayos (1.184), from December to March.

Chart 660, plan of Puerto Culebra Other names

Baha Huevos 3.177
3.173 1 Gorda, Punta (1033N, 8647W).
1 Baha Huevos is a small inlet entered 1 miles NE of Matapalo, Baha (1033N, 8546W).
Punta Mala (1037N, 8543W) (3.172); it is open SW. Isla
Palmitas, two islets on the N side of the inlet, lie so close CABO SANTA ELENA TO
to each other and the shore that they appear to be wooded BAHA DE SALINAS
bluffs on the mainland. The entrance to the bay is restricted
by an isolated reef lying 2 cables offshore S of Islas General information
Palmitas.
Local knowledge is required; the bay is inadequately Charts 2145, 1049
surveyed. Route
3.178
Chart 2145 1 From the vicinity of Cabo Santa Elena (1054N,
Head of Golfo de Papagayo (Golfo de Culebra) 8558W) the route leads NE for about 18 miles to the
3.174 entrance to Baha de Salinas.
1 Anchorage. Although there are several below-water
Topography
rocks near the shores of the N part of the bay there is deep
3.179
water within 1 mile of the shore. Anchorage may be
1 The coastline is rugged and is deeply indented by a
obtained in the vicinity of Roca Blaze (Blaze Rock)
series of bays. It is backed by the high land described at
(1047N, 8542W), 43 m high, which lies about 5 cables
3.167.
offshore at the head of the bay off the valley mentioned at
3.167. Below-water rocks lie off its W side but the depths International boundary
near it on its S side are convenient for anchoring. 3.180
Local knowledge is required. 1 The S part of the boundary between Costa Rica and
Nicaragua is marked by a silver coloured building at
Baha Potrero Grande Mojnes (Los Monjones) (1105N, 8542W) on the N side
3.175 of Baha de Salinas.
1 Description. Baha Potrero Grande (1051N, 8549W)
is situated on the N side of Golfo de Papagayo. The bay, Landmarks
which is open WSW, is entered between high hills and 3.181
widens a little once inside the entrance but not enough to 1 Cabo Santa Elena (Cabo Elena) (1054N, 8558W)
afford any additional protection to the anchorage. A sandy (3.168).
beach curves round the head of the bay and behind it is a Punta Blanca (1057N, 8554W), a conspicuous,
lagoon which receives several streams from the surrounding bold headland, the rocky slopes of which rise
hills. A number of above-water rocks lie off the entrance abruptly from the sea to a sharp and jagged

104
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

summit, 207 m high, 1 mile from its extremity; a harbour in a narrow valley behind the cliffs forming the
small above-water rock lies nearly 1 cable W of entrance points and under Cerros Santa Elena (3.167), the
the point. highest peaks of which are farther W. Two conical peaks
standing on the ridge overlooking the bay are prominent.
Directions Isla Los Cabros, a small island, stands at the W entrance
(continued from 3.169) but it is so close to the shore it is difficult to make out
3.182 from N. Isla Leoncillo (Isla Arriba) lies at the E entrance,
1 From a position W of Cabo Santa Elena (1054N, 4 cables NNE of Punta Pochote, and is connected to the
8558W) the coastal passage leads NE passing (with shore S by a rocky reef. Tooth Rock lies near the outer
positions from Cabo Santa Elena): edge of a shoal spit extending 2 cables W from Isla
NW of a steep-to rock with a depth over it of 37 m Leoncillo. A rocky ledge extends 2 cables offshore on the
(12 ft), lying 1 mile W of Punta Blanca (5 miles W side of the bay about 6 cables SW of Punta Sortija, and
NE) (3.181), thence: an isolated 9 m (30 ft) patch lies 3 cables offshore in the
2 NW of a rock awash, surrounded by foul ground head of the bay.
(13 miles NE), which lies 1 miles WNW of 2 Directions. Approaching the bay vessels should remain
Punta Descartes, the W extremity of a bluff at least 5 cables offshore until the entrance is identified
peninsula extending about 4 miles from the coast. thence the fairway leads midway between Punta Sortija and
The channel between this foul ground and the Tooth Rock.
shore has not been examined. Between Punta Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 27 m
Descartes and the entrance to Baha de Salinas (15 fm) about 4 cables SSE of Punta Sortija.
(about 3 miles NE) the coast is fringed by rocky
ledges and islets up to 3 cables offshore. Chart 1049
3 Clearing marks: 3.186
The alignment (217) of the W extremity of Cabo 1 Baha Juanilla is situated 5 miles SSE of Punta
Santa Elena with Little Bat Island (2 miles SW) Descartes and is the S of two bays formed by a tongue of
(3.169) passes close NW of the steep-to rock off land projecting W from the head of the gulf. Two islets lie
Punta Blanca. close W of this tongue of land and Roca Vagares, a low
(Directions continue at 4.13) rock, stands 5 cables farther W; two rocks with depths over
them of 32 and 5 m (10 and 16 ft), respectively, lie near
the middle of the channel between Roca Vagares and the
Bays and anchorages islets.
Charts 2145, 1049 2 Local knowledge is required.
Baha Playa Blanca Anchorage. There are depths of 29 m (16 fm) in the
3.183 entrance to the bay, S of Roca Vagares, after which they
1 Description. Baha Playa Blanca, is entered between shoal gradually to the head of the bay. The holding ground
Cabo Santa Elena (1054N, 8558W) (3.168) and Punta is good over a bottom of mud but Baha Tomas, a small
Blanca (5 miles NE) (3.181). The head of the bay is inlet on the S side of the bay, in which there is a depth of
obstructed by two large rocks situated 1 mile offshore 9 m (30 ft) affords the only protection from W winds and
3 miles NE of Cabo Santa Elena; an islet, with a rock sea.
SW of it, lies between the two rocks and the shore.
Baha de Salinas
Local knowledge is required.
3.187
2 Directions. Attention is drawn to the steep-to rock
1 Description. Baha de Salinas is entered between Punta
(3.182), 1 mile W of Punta Blanca.
Zacate (1103N, 8545W) and Punta Arranca Barba
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 15 to
(2 miles NNW) (in Nicaragua).
18 m (48 to 60 ft) off the sandy beach which fronts a
There is little commercial activity in the bay which is
valley at the NE end side the bay.
frequented by vessels sheltering from gales during the
Golfo de Santa Elena season of Papagayos (1.184). There is a customs house and
3.184 the remains of a small wharf at Puerto Soley at the head of
1 Description. Golfo de Santa Elena (Baha Elena), the bay.
entered between Punta Blanca (1057N, 8554W) and 2 The S and E shores of the bay consist of sandy beaches
Punta Descartes (9 miles NE) (3.182), is indented by Baha and low marshy valleys lying between bluffs; the N shore
Santa Elena on its S shore, and Baha Tomas and Baha is high and bold. Isla Bolaos, 81 m high, lying on the S
Cuajiniquil in its SE part. The S shore, except where side of the bay 1 mile E of Punta Zacate, appears wedge
broken by the entrance to Baha Santa Elena, presents a shaped, with the apex N, to vessels entering. A detached
continuous line of high, wooded bluffs, and steep cliffs. On rock, with a below-water rock close S of it, lies 1 cable
the NE side of the gulf, about 5 cables offshore, Isla WNW of the island; foul ground extends 3 cables E and
Dispensa, an island with two summits, the S the higher but 2 cables S from the island.
the N steeper, stands 1 miles SE of Punta Descartes; Isla 3 Directions. Approaching from W, the line of bearing
Juanilla stands a similar distance from the shore, 2 miles 107 of Volcn Oros (1059N, 8529W) (3.167), if
farther SE. visible, will lead directly up to and through the entrance to
the bay.
Chart 1960, plan of Baha Santa Elena 4 Approaching from S, having given the danger off Punta
3.185 Blanca (3.181) a good clearance, Cabo Santa Elena (3.168)
1 Baha Santa Elena is entered between Punta Sortija should be kept open of the former point until Isla Bolaos
(Punta Alajo) (1056N, 8550W) and Punta Pochote is open N of Punta Zacate when the rock off Punta
(Punta Isla) (6 cables ESE), a point from which a shoal Descartes (3.182) will have been passed and course can be
spit extends 1 cables WNW. It is a good land locked shaped into the bay.

105
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

5 The track to the anchorage passes N of Isla Bolaos and

rather nearer to the island than the N shore.
Useful mark:
A small, red, tin roofed building, standing on a
barren hill at the N end of the beach in Baha
Ostional, a small crescent shaped bay, 7 cables
NE of Punta Arranca Barba. The building can be
seen from 2 to 3 miles in the approach.
6 Anchorage may be obtained, in W winds, with Isla
Bolaos bearing more than 270. However if sheltering
from a Papagayo, anchorage should be obtained as near the
N shore as depths will permit.

106
Home Contents Index

NOTES

107
Home Contents Index

Chapter 4 - Pacific coasts of Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala

93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86

4.193
Champerico 659
G U AT E M A L A HONDURAS

14 4.172 14
Puerto Quetzal 659
4.188
E L S A LV A D O R
4.168 4.155
Acajutlu 660 4.143
La Libertad
660 4.95
660 Henecn 1960
660 1960 P. De La Unin
4 . 14 9 Amapala Hr. 1960

Golfo de
13 Fonseca 13
4. 7 2
4.135
1960
1050
NICARAGUA

4.66 4 .3 9
660 Corinto
108

P. Sandino
1960
12 4. 2 6 4. 21 12
Masachapa

4. 1 0 4.14
San Juan
del Sur
1960
11 Baha de 11
Salinas

1049

10 10
93 92 91 Longitude 90 West from Greenwich 88 87 86
March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4
PACIFIC COASTS OF NICARAGUA, HONDURAS,
EL SALVADOR AND GUATEMALA

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1049, 1050, 587 3 It is divided into the following sections:
Scope of the chapter Coast of Nicaragua (4.3).
4.1 Golfo de Fonseca (4.72).
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal Coast of El Salvador (4.131).
waters of Nicaragua from the approaches to Baha de Coast of Guatemala (4.162).
Salinas (1103N, 8543W) to the entrance to Golfo de
Fonseca, about 165 miles NW, including the ports of San Natural conditions
Juan del Sur (1115N, 8553W), Puerto Sandino (1211N, 4.2
8647W) and Corinto (1228N, 8711W). 1 Winds. From May to November, the rainy season, N, S
Golfo de Fonseca (1300N, 8750W), including the and W winds predominate. During this season calms, and
ports of Puerto de Henecn (1324N, 8726W) in land and sea breezes are common, with occasional squalls
Honduras, and Puerto de La Unin (1320N, 8749W) in from SW; the violent local squalls known as Chubascos
El Salvador. (1.184) are prevalent at the beginning and end of the
2 The coastal waters of El Salvador from the entrance to season. From December the gentle North-east Trade Wind
Golfo de Fonseca to Ro Paz, about 143 miles WNW, system predominates with winds usually from between NE
including the ports of La Libertad (1329N, 8919W) and and NW. Papagayos (1.184) are frequent in January and
Acajutla (1334N, 8950W). February.
The coastal waters of Guatemala from Ro Paz 2 Currents. In general the currents sets W but its
(1345N, 9008W) to Ro Suchiate, about 140 miles direction is often affected by eddies in local areas. The
WNW, including the ports of Puerto Quetzal (1355N, position of these eddies is reported to vary from year to
9048W) and Champerico (1418N, 9156W). year and the regularity of currents cannot be relied on.

COAST OF NICARAGUA
GENERAL INFORMATION 3 Volcn Mombacho (1149N, 8558W) standing on
the NW shore of Lago de Nicaragua; it is irregular
Chart 1049
in outline, showing as two peaks when viewed
Area covered from W, and as three peaks when viewed from S;
4.3 the E summit, which is the highest, is noticeably
1 The area covered by this section comprises: sharp.
Baha de Salinas to Puerto Masachapa (4.10). Cerros de Managua (1200N, 8620W), a long,
Puerto Masachapa to Corinto (4.26). rounded ridge, lying parallel to the coast 17 miles
Corinto (4.39). inland; it has a regular, curved outline, extending
Corinto to Golfo de Fonseca (4.66). for about 15 miles.
Topography 4 Volcn Momotombo (1224N, 8634W), an active
4.4 volcano with a very distinctive, pyramidal shape,
1 The coast, for the most part, comprises sandy beaches situated at the SE end of a chain of mountains
separated by cliffs against which the sea pounds heavily, terminating on the NW shore of Lago de Managua.
and is backed by high land in the interior. Seen from offshore and S of Corinto (1228N,
8711W) it appears as a massive isolated
Landmarks mountain, but when seen from the vicinity of
4.5 Corinto it merges with Cerro de Asososca (Volcn
1 From offshore the volcanoes and mountain ranges along Assoco), a peak of lesser elevation, standing about
this coast are very prominent and are easily identified in 8 miles W, the two mountains then appearing as
clear weather; even in the rainy season they are perfect cones.
occasionally visible and their use as marks cannot be 5 Volcn Viejo (1242N, 8702W), the highest
overestimated. mountain in Nicaragua, attains an elevation of
2 The principal peaks and ranges are as follows: 1728 m (5670 ft) in the central part of Cordillera
Volcn Maderas (Madera Peak) (1126N, 8530W), a de los Marabios which extends over 40 miles
saddle shaped mountain whose E peak is the NW/SE 18 miles from the coast; the mountain has
higher, standing on the SE end of Isla de Ometepe a sharp summit. Two small peaks rise near the
(4.6), in Lago de Nicaragua. Volcn Concepcin, base of the mountain on its W side, and a high
situated on the same island 9 miles NW of Volcn ridge extends E for 2 or 3 miles before descending
Maderas, is an active volcano with the appearance to the foothills. See view on chart 1049. Other
of a truncated cone, but it is often hidden in dense notable peaks on this range include Volcn Telica,
smoke. Volcn San Jacinto and Volcn Rota, standing

109
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

about 10, 14 and 17 miles respectively, SE of leads NW in depths of more than 183 m (60 ft) at a
Volcn Viejo. distance of more than 2 miles from the coast.
6 Volcn Cosigina (1259N, 8734W), whose lower
slopes are wooded, standing at the SE entrance to Topography
Golfo de Fonseca. The peak has been seen at a 4.11
distance of 70 miles on a clear day. 1 The coastline consists of a series of high, bold
promontories. The land rises sharply close inland for a
Lago de Nicaragua distance of 30 miles NW of San Juan del Sur (1115N,
4.6 8553W). Prominent amongst the peaks are Monte Papayal
1 Lago de Nicaragua, separated from the Pacific Ocean by (4.18) standing above the port, and a mountain, (474 m
a strip of land only 11 miles wide, is a fresh water lake (1555 ft) high), standing 4 miles inland from Punta Pie del
92 miles long and 32 miles wide, abundant with salt water Gigante (1123N, 8603W) (4.13) and which, seen from
fish reportedly including sharks whose characteristics have W, appears to be capped by a small circular prominence.
adapted them to live in fresh water, and tarpar. Seventeen miles NW of Punta Pie del Gigante a group of
The surface of the lake is 33 m above MSL, and depths mountains, the highest 628 m (2060 ft) high, rise within
of more than 37 m (20 fm) are charted in the middle of the 7 miles of the coast; seen from N or S they show a well
lake. defined ridge at right angles to the coast, highest at its
2 There are about 310 islands, known collectively as Las inner end, though the peak nearest the coast, 446 m
Isletas, most of which are inhabited and, because of their (1465 ft) high, is the most prominent of the group.
scenic beauty, are a major tourist attraction. Isla de
Ometepe (1130N, 8535W), the largest island, has a Principal marks
population of over 20 000. Isla Zapatera, situated 12 miles 4.12
NW, has provided many of the Indian artefacts to be found 1 Landmarks:
in the museum in Granada, the third city of Nicaragua, San Juan del Sur Lighthouse (white round wooden
which stands at the NW corner of the lake. tower, red lantern, 5 m in height) (1115N,
3 The town of San Jorge, on the W side of the lake, is 8553W).
connected by road with the port of San Juan del Sur (4.14) Isla La Vieja (1121N, 8601W), a steep-to, reddish
on the Pacific coast. rock, 50 m high, lying 2 cables from the shore;
several islets lie between the island and the shore.
Navigational warning 2 Conspicuous white chimney (red lights) (1147N,
4.7 8632W), standing N of Puerto Masachapa.
1 The Government of Nicaragua levies a fine equal to The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.5.
200% of the value of any boat caught fishing illegally Major light:
within Nicaraguas Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ); San Juan del Sur Light, standing on the S side of the
several foreign-flagged fishing and other vessels have been port entrance as above.
seized by the authorities. There have also been reports of
incidents of piracy in coastal waters, although not since
local patrols increased (1997). Directions
2 Small vessels such as yachts and fishing boats should (continued from 3.182)
note that Nicaragua has boundary disputes with its 4.13
neighbours and exercise caution. 1 From the vicinity of 1104N, 8546W, 2 miles N of
Punta Descartes (3.182), the coastal passage leads NW
Off-lying banks passing:
4.8 SW of Punta La Flor (Cabo Natan) (1107N,
1 A depth of 33 m (18 fm) has been reported about 8548W) which is fringed by foul ground up to
53 miles SW of Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 8632W). 5 cables WNW and 6 cables SW. A steep, jagged
Depths of 68 m (37 fm), and 119 m (65 fm), have been rock, 27 m (88 ft) high, appearing like a vessel
reported (1983) about 45 miles SW of the entrance to under sail when seen from N, lies 6 cables W of
Golfo de Fonseca (1300N, 8750W). the point. Thence:
2 SW of Rocas Frailes (4 miles NW of Punta La
Anchorages Flor), two circular, steep-to, flat topped rocks, each
4.9 18 m (59 ft) high, standing 9 cables apart, one 7
1 Depths of less than 183 (60 ft) extend from 1 to and the other 4 cables offshore, thence:
2 miles off the coast between Baha de Salinas and SW of San Juan del Sur Light (1115N, 8553W)
Corinto, and anchorage off this coast is considered safe (4.12), thence:
during the fine weather season, from November to May. 3 SW of Punta Brito (1120N, 8558W), 113 m high,
which projects 2 cables S from the general line
of the coast, thence:
BAHA DE SALINAS TO SW of Isla La Vieja (1121N, 8601W) (4.12),
PUERTO MASACHAPA thence:
SW of Punta Pie del Gigante (1123N, 8603W), a
General information large rocky point, thence:
4 SW of a group of above-water rocks (11335N,
Chart 1049 86165W), lying about 1 mile offshore, thence:
Route SW of Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 8632W) (4.21),
4.10 noting that mooring buoys may lie up to 2 miles
1 The passage from the entrance to Baha de Salinas SW of the port.
(1103N, 8543W) to Puerto Masachapa (63 miles NW) (Directions continue at 4.29)

110
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

San Juan del Sur Directions

4.18
Chart 1960, plan of Puerto San Juan del Sur 1 Approach. From a distance Punta Santa Elena (1054N,
General information 8558W) (3.168), Volcn Oros (1059N, 8529W)
4.14 (3.167), and the volcanic peaks around Lago de Nicaragua
1 Position and function. San Juan del Sur (1115N, (4.6), assist in making a landfall. Closer in, Monte Papayal,
8553W), a small commercial port, is a port of entry and a distinguishable by the mounds along its ridge which
developing resort; the population is about 5000. resemble the knuckles of a left fist, rises above the port to
The harbour is formed by an opening in the cliffs a summit 3 miles inland; the line of bearing 039 of the
5 cables wide between two high, wooded bluffs. Rocks mountain leads to the entrance to the bay (chart 1049).
extending from the entrance points reduce the navigable 2 Entrance leading lights: The alignment (067) of
width of the entrance to 4 cables; the shoal water at the SE leading lights, displayed from the head of the bay, leads to
entrance is reported to be extending to seaward. The the anchorage.
buildings of the town line the E side of the bay and are Front light (warehouse, green roof, 10 m in height).
clearly visible from seaward. Rear light (white water tower) (215 m ENE of the
2 Only small craft can berth in the harbour; ocean-going front light).
vessels work cargo at the anchorage. 3 Useful marks (positioned from San Juan del Sur Light):
Traffic. In 2002, 5 vessels called at the port totalling Fort (2 cables NE).
7381 dwt. Lots Wife (1 miles NW), an islet lying at the S
Port Authority. Empresa Nacional de Puertos, Apartado entrance to Puerto Morazn (4.16).
Postal 2727, San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua.
Berths
Limiting conditions 4.19
4.15 1 There is a small, well protected wharf for small craft
1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. and lighters on the S side of the harbour.
Mean spring range about 22 m; mean neap range about
Port services
14 m.
4.20
2 Local weather and sea state. Strong E and NE winds
1 Supplies: provisions and fresh water; fuel not available.
occur from January to April. Squalls are experienced in
Communications. Nearest international airport Managua
May and October. Papagayos (1.184) blow directly out of
(140 km).
the bay, which is open SW; the holding ground is poor and
during the season of these winds vessels anchoring inside
the bay should do so in such a position as to ensure that if Puerto Masachapa
the anchor does not hold they will drag clear of the rocks Chart 1049
on each side of the entrance.
General information
4.21
Arrival information 1 Description. Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 8632W),
4.16 situated 49 miles NW of San Juan del Sur, is an open
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio roadstead with numerous reefs close inshore.
Signals Volume 6(5). A pier, 305 m in length, with a depth alongside of 6 m
Anchorage on arrival may be obtained, in depths of extends from the shore.
about 17 m (56 ft), on the S side of the entrance about 2 The port was once a tanker port with offshore buoy
4 cables NNW of San Juan del Sur Light (4.12). Vessels berths but is reported to be no longer in operation. When
working cargo anchor on the entry leading line (4.18) with in operation the extremities of the pipelines, two of which
San Juan del Sur Light bearing 170. extended nearly 2 miles SW from the shore, were marked
2 Submarine cables enter the bay close S of the reefs by mooring buoys painted white.
fringing the N entrance point, thence skirt the shoal ground Local weather: Offshore winds prevail; in the event of
fronting the town inside the 5 m (18 ft) depth contour to bad weather vessels must be prepared to leave the
land in the SE corner of the bay. roadstead.
Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in Puerto
Morazn, the small inlet immediately N of San Juan del Directions
Sur; local knowledge is required. 4.22
3 Pilotage is not compulsory but is advisable on a first 1 Approaching from S the alignment (about 359) of the
visit. The pilot, who is also the loading master, boards conspicuous white chimney (1147N, 8632W) (4.12),
about 1 mile SW of the harbour. In addition to the use of with Volcn Momotombo (1224N, 8634W) (4.5), leads
VHF, three long blasts may be sounded on the whistle, to the vicinity of Masachapa. Several aluminium coloured
both on arrival and departure, to summon the pilot. tanks in the port, S of the chimney, are also good marks.
4 Regulations. Customs and Port Health officers will Approaching from W the line of bearing 092 of the hill
board the vessel on anchoring to issue clearance. This will standing 4 miles E of Masachapa leads to the roadstead.
only be given between sunrise and sunset unless prior
arrangements have been made when they will board late Minor bays and anchorage
into the night.
La Flor
Tidal streams 4.23
4.17 1 La Flor, a small crescent shaped bay immediately N of
1 Tidal streams are not strong and vessels usually ride to Punta La Flor (1107N, 8548W) (4.13), is frequented by
the prevailing wind. small vessels to load timber.

111
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Ro Grande Directions
4.24 (continued from 4.13)
1 Anchorage may be obtained off the mouth of Ro 4.29
Grande which flows into the sea on the E side of Punta 1 From a position SW of Puerto Masachapa (1146N,
Brito (1120N, 8558W) (4.13). The land is low at the 8632W) the coastal passage leads NW passing:
river mouth and this depression extends through the hills SW of Cabo Desolado (1159N, 8642W) (4.28),
towards Lago de Nicaragua. thence:
Depths in the roadstead are regular, the 9 m (30 ft) depth 2 SW of the mouth of Ro Tamarindo (1210N,
contour lying about 1 cables from the beach. 8647W) (4.31) giving a good clearance to the
offshore tanker berth situated 3 miles SW of the
Punta Pie del Gigante entrance, and the shoal depths (4.35) lying in the
4.25 approaches to the river. A heavy surf breaks along
1 The deep, crescent shaped bay on the N side of Punta the coast between Cabo Desolado and the mouth
Pie del Gigante (1123N, 8603W) (4.13) is frequented by of Ro Tamarindo; this coast is apparently foul for
vessels to load cattle and logs. There is reported to be a a distance of about 2 miles offshore and should be
depth of 9 m (30 ft) about 1 cables offshore. approached with caution. Passing vessels should
maintain a distance of at least 5 miles from the
coast. Thence:
PUERTO MASACHAPA TO CORINTO 3 SW of a shoal with a depth over it of 42 m (14ft)
(1216N, 8659W), lying 1 miles offshore, and
General information on which the sea breaks occasionally; another
shoal of below-water rocks lies about 1 mile
Chart 1049 farther NW. Thence:
Route 4 SW of Arrecife Conway (Conway Reef) (1225N,
4.26 8710W), which comprises two rocks, 24 and
1 From the approaches to Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 15 m (8 and 5 ft) high lying within 1 mile of the
8632W) to those of Corinto (56 miles NW) the coastal shore. Depths between the rocks, and up to a
route is deep and clear of dangers at a distance of more distance of at least 1 miles SW of them, are very
than 5 miles from the coast. uneven, and the reef should be given a clearance
of at least 2 miles at all times.
Topography (Directions continue for coastal passage
4.27 at 4.70 and for Corinto at 4.58)
1 Between Cabo Desolado (1159N, 8642W) (4.28) and
the mouth of Ro Tamarindo (12 miles NW) the hills
Venadillo
approach the coast and in places near Cabo Desolado
appear to rise steeply. About 11 miles NW of Ro General information
Tamarindo, a range of hills having two peaks (280 and 4.30
271 m (920 and 890 ft) high), respectively, runs parallel 1 Venadillo (1155N, 8639W) is an open anchorage
with the coast 4 miles inland. A low bluff is situated about frequented by vessels loading cedar wood. It is reported
5 miles WSW of the lower summit, and, NW of this bluff, that when a vessel is due, in order to assist in recognising
a low sandy beach extends as far as the entrance to the locality, a white flag with the word Venadillo
Corinto, 11 miles NW, where it terminates in Pennsula inscribed on it is displayed from a mast on the shore, but
Castaones, a long, low, wooded, sandy peninsula. Above this is only visible at a distance of 1 miles.
the coast an extensive plain rises gradually towards the 2 Directions. From S the line of bearing 011 of Volcn
volcanic peaks in the interior. Momotombo (1224N, 8634W) (4.5) provides a good
approach lead.
Landmarks Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 13 to
4.28 26 m (42 ft to 14 fm); it is a safe anchorage during the
1 White chimney (1147N, 8632W) (4.12). winter but in the summer vessels must anchor well out in
Cabo Desolado (1159N, 8642W), a conspicuous order to be prepared to weigh anchor in the case of
headland. Owing to the land SE of it being low, it onshore winds.
appears, from a distance, to project well to 3 Landing in boats is dangerous, on account of the surf,
seaward, but, in reality, the change of direction of and is usually only feasible in the morning. The cedar is
the trend of the coast is very slight. The cliffs brought out on rafts.
forming the point are about 60 m high; the N face
is smooth, perpendicular rock, rising gradually to Puerto Sandino
the summit, 140 m high, 5 cables inland. Seen
from S the ridge appears to fall steeply inland but Chart 1960 plan of Puerto Sandino
more gradually towards the sea. The cape is General information
sometimes regarded as the NW limit of the 4.31
Papagayos (1.184). 1 Position. Puerto Sandino is situated on the E bank of
2 Prominent power station (1210N, 8647W), Ro Tamarindo, which is entered between Punta Tiscuco
standing at the S entrance to Ro Tamarindo; two (1210N, 8647W) and Punta Estacada (1 mile NNW); the
conspicuous white oil tanks stand 6 cables ENE of port stands 1 mile within the entrance.
the power station. Function. The port, which is a port of entry, is a small
Conspicuous white chimney (1232N, 8703W), general cargo and oil port. There are no alongside berthing
43 m in height. facilities for other than small craft and lighters. Cargo is
The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.5. discharged at the anchorage into lighters, and tankers berth

112
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

at the terminal of an offshore pipeline SW of the river SSE of a buoy (red, conical, cross topmark)
entrance. (1 miles WNW) marking an 88 m (29 ft) patch,
2 Traffic. In 2002, 28 vessels called at the port totalling thence:
1 415 322 dwt. SSE of a mooring buoy (1 mile WNW), and:
Port Authority. Puerto Sandino Port Authority, Apdo 4 NNW of a shoal depth of 33 m (11 ft) (7 cables
100, Puerto Sandino, Leon, Nicaragua. WSW), the N of a chain of shoal patches and
drying rocks extending SSE at a distance of about
Limiting conditions 7 cables from, and parallel, to the coast S of the
4.32 entrance.
1 Controlling depths: Useful marks:
Entrance channel to river: charted depth of 18 m Light (position approximate) displayed 1 miles ENE
(6 ft) (1987). of Punta Tiscuco.
Offshore berth: depth of 164 m alongside. Power station on Punta Tiscuco (4.28).
Maximum size of vessel handled: A tanker of LOA 5 Caution. Mariners are warned that the buoyage is
259 m, draught 125 m, has been accommodated at the unreliable and the charted positions of the buoys are
offshore berth. approximate; less depths than charted may exist. It has
been reported that the leading lights are only visible for a
Arrival information distance of about 2 miles at night.
4.33 4.36
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio 1 Entry. The entrance to the river is shallow and is
Signals Volume 6(5). obstructed by extensive drying sandbanks extending S from
Notice of ETA. Vessels transiting Panama Canal should Punta Estacada, and by drying reefs extending 2 cables N
request the local agent to cable the ETA. Those not and W from Punta Tiscuco. A buoyed channel for the use
transiting the canal should send their ETA through Balboa of boats and lighters leads between the sandbank and Peas
Radio 5 days, 72, 48 and 24 hours before arrival. del Tiscuco, the N reef, and thence E of the sandbank to
2 Anchorage may be obtained, in the fine weather season, the port.
in depths of from 7 to 13 m (24 to 42 ft), W of the Berths
entrance, but the anchorage is insecure between June and 4.37
October, the bad weather season. The usual anchorage is 1 Alongside. Pier; length 46 m, depth alongside 3 to
2 miles W of the front leading light (4.35). Tankers 45 m, suitable only for tugs and lighters.
awaiting pratique anchor in the pilot boarding area. Offshore tanker berth. Vessels berth at the extremity of
3 Pilotage is optional but is advisable for deep-draught a pipeline which extends nearly 2 miles seaward from a
vessels; the pilot boards about 5 cables W of the offshore position 8 cables SSE of Punta Tiscuco; the services of a
berth, as shown on the chart. Vessels are moored during Mooring Master are provided by the oil company. The W
daylight hours only but may unmoor at any time. side of the mooring area is marked by a light-buoy moored
Tugs are available. 2 miles WSW of Punta Tiscuco and the E side by a
light-buoy moored 2 miles SW of Punta Tiscuco. Vessels
Tidal streams are berthed heading SW, moored to two buoys ahead and
4.34 three astern.
1 The in-going stream, the rate of which does not exceed
2 kn, is felt as far as the town, but above the port the river Port services
is too shallow, even for boats. The out-going stream, 4.38
especially after the rains, has attained a rate of from 5 to 1 Supplies: fresh water, fuel at tanker mooring.
6 kn in the river, and of 4 kn over the banks in the Communications: Nearest international airport Managua
entrance. (80 km).

Directions CORINTO
4.35
General information
1 Approach. Approaching from SW the line of bearing
045 of Volcn Momotombo (1224N, 8634W) (4.5) Chart 660 plan of Corinto
(chart 1049) leads to the entrance. Position
Leading lights: 4.39
Front light (black and white chequered tower) 1 Corinto (1229N, 8710W) is a well sheltered port
(1210N, 8647W). situated at the mouth of Estero El Realejo.
Rear light (similar structure) (245 m ENE of the front
Function
light).
4.40
2 The alignment (080) of these lights, which passes over
1 Corinto is the principal port of entry on the Pacific coast
several shoal depths, the least, two of 88 m (29 ft), leads
of Nicaragua; it handles about 60% of the countrys
into and through the anchorage area off the entrance
commerce. Cargoes handled include bananas, sugar, cotton,
passing (with positions from Punta Tiscuco):
oils and manufactured goods. The town, with its many
NNW of a rocky patch with a depth over it of 73 m
attractive buildings and nearby beaches, is an important
(24 ft) (reported 1961), (3 miles WSW) (position
tourist centre; the population is about 10 000.
approximate), thence:
3 Close S of a buoy (red and white, can) (1 miles Topography
WNW) marking a 94 m (31 ft) patch, and: 4.41
NNW of a group of mooring buoys (1 miles W), 1 The land in the vicinity of the port is low with few
thence: distinguishing features for some distance on either side of

113
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

the entrance. Pennsula Castaones (4.27) forms the shore 2 In the anchorage the in-going stream sets between NE
on the S side of entrance, and Isla de Corinto (4.55) on the and ENE, and the out-going stream in the opposite
N side. Isla El Cardn, which lies in the entrance close direction; both streams have a mean rate of about kn,
NW of Punta Castaones, is of a reddish brown colour in though on occasions rates of 2 kn have been recorded.
the dry season but becomes green in appearance during the
rainy season; it is of uniform height and almost devoid of Pilotage and tugs
trees. A rock resembling a tower lies close off Punta 4.52
Ponente, the perpendicular W extremity of the island. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gt and
21 m draught; the pilot boards, from a red launch, about
Approach and entry 2 miles WSW of the channel entrance, as shown on the
4.42 chart. If requested, and if conditions are favourable, the
1 The port is approached and entered from W through pilot will take vessels in at night.
Barra del Cardn (4.58), a channel which leads N of Isla Tugs are compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
El Cardn. Boca Falsa (4.61), which leads between Isla El
Cardn and Pennsula Castaones, is constantly changing Traffic regulations
and its use is not recommended. 4.53
1 Vessels are considered as arrived only after they have
Traffic entered the harbour proper; vessels at the pilot station are
4.43 not considered to have arrived.
1 In 2002, 216 vessels called at the port totalling Speed. It has been reported (1987) that there is a speed
4 484 949 dwt. limit of 8 kn in the harbour and 5 kn in the vicinity of the
berths.
Port Authority
4.44 Quarantine
1 Administracion Portuaria de Corinto, APDO 11, Corinto, 4.54
Nicaragua. 1 Pratique. Vessels entering the port are boarded by the
Captain of the Port and the Customs and Quarantine
Limiting conditions Officers; pratique is granted by the Captain of the Port.

Controlling depths Harbour

4.45
1 The most recent information (1997) from the pilot was General layout
that channel depth varied between 10 to 13 m, and that 4.55
dredging was planned for 1998. See also note on chart. 1 The harbour lies in an estuary bounded S by Pennsula
Castaones (1227N, 8710W) (4.27), E by Isla Encantada
Tidal levels (1 miles NE), a low mangrove island, and W by Isla de
4.46 Corinto (1 mile N), a low, sandy island, whose interior is
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring tree covered. The port installations are situated at the S
range about 23 m; mean neap range about 19 m. extremity of Isla de Corinto on its E side.
2 The entrance, which is well protected by Isla El Cardn
Density of water (4.41), lies between Punta Castaones, the extremity of the
4.47 peninsula, which rises to an elevation of 14 m, and Punta
1 The average density in the rainy season is 1014 g/cm3, Icaco (1 mile N), the S extremity of Isla de Corinto. Estero
and in the dry season 1020 g/cm3. Paso Caballos, spanned by road and rail bridges 3 miles
Maximum size of vessel handled NW of the port, separates Isla de Corinto from the
mainland. Estero El Realejo, the principal river, flows into
4.48
the sea down the E side of Isla de Corinto and is joined by
1 A vessel of LOA 198 m and breadth 244 m has been
several smaller rivers flowing into the estuary from
accommodated in the port.
between the islands on the E side of the harbour. Estero
Doa Paula, a broad expanse of water leading SE from the
Arrival information harbour, separates Peninsula Castaones from the mainland.
Port radio 3 The S and E sides of the harbour are fronted by
4.49 extensive shallow banks which restrict the width of the
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals navigable channel to about 3 cables.
Volume 6(5). A groyne, about 500 m in length, intended to assist
beach replenishment, and at the same time to reduce silting
Notice of ETA in the channel, is reported to have been constructed on the
4.50 S side of Isla de Corinto.
1 ETA is required 72, 48 and 24 hours in advance.
Natural conditions
Outer anchorage 4.56
4.51 1 Tidal streams. The tidal streams are strong and care is
1 Anchorage to seaward of the entrance is safe but necessary. The in-going stream sets towards Banco Sawyer
uncomfortable due to the ground swell likely to be (4.58), and also has a tendency to set a vessel towards the
experienced. A good position is reported to be with Morro shoals extending S from that bank, and towards the bank
Cardn Light (1228N, 8711W) (4.57) bearing 095, that extends N from Pennsula Castaones.
distant 2 miles, in a depth of about 16 m; farther S a 2 An out-going stream has been experienced, close inshore
heavier sea is usually experienced. Vessels intending to stay between Punta Icaco and Corinto piers, one hour before
for any length of time are advised to enter the port. HW.

114
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Boca Falsa Isla el Cardn

Corinto from NE (4.55)

(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Karsten Wetzke)

In the harbour the tidal streams set parallel to the axis should not be attempted when a heavy ground swell is
of the berths at a rate of about 3 kn. running on the bar. Advice should be sought from the pilot
The in-going stream is reported to set through Boca on bar conditions and depth allowances.
Falsa at a rate of about 3 kn. Barra del Cardn is marked by three sets of leading
3 Local weather. There are two seasons, a rainy and a dry lights, and by light-buoys (lateral) which are generally in
season, with the rainy season lasting from the latter part of accordance with the IALA Maritime Buoyage System,
May to November. North-east winds prevail from Region B, but see cautions at 4.60.
November to March and SW winds for the rest of the year. 2 The W and SW edges of Banco Sawyer, a shallow bank,
Climatic table. For Managua, see 1.200 and 1.203. part of which dries, and which forms the NE side of Barra
del Cardn, are steep-to and although the boundary of the
Landmarks bank is sometimes marked by breakers, this is not always
4.57 the case. The S side of the bank is reported (1997) to have
1 The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.5. extended and the pilot reported that it is preferable to pass
Conspicuous white chimney (1232N, 8703W) close N of No 10 Light-buoy to round Banco Sawyer.
(chart 1049) (4.28). 4.59
Morro Cardn Lighthouse (white round concrete 1 Leading light-beacons (approach).
tower, red lantern, 13 m in height) (12285N, From a position about 3 cables N of C Light-buoy
87114W), displayed from the N point of Isla El (black, conical) (12280N, 87138W) the alignment
Cardn. (076) of light-beacons leads about 2 miles ENE across
the bar to a position about 4 cables NW of Punta Ponente
Directions (4.41):
(continued from 4.29) Front light (No 1) (12290N, 87108W), on Isla de
Corinto.
Barra del Cardn Rear light (No 2) (5 cables from front light).
4.58 2 Leading light-beacons (channel).
1 Mariners are advised to enter only during favourable From a position about 2 cables N of Punta Ponente the
conditions and then only with extreme caution; entry alignment (122) of light-beacons leads about 8 cables SE

115
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

to a position 4 cables ESE of Morro Cardn Light (4.57), Berths

passing between Isla El Cardn and Banco Sawyer (4.58) 4.64
extending W from Isla de Corinto: 1 The alongside berths, positioned from S to N, are:
Front light (No 3) (12279N, 87103W), on Banana Pier: an L-shaped pier with a berthing length
Pennsula Castaones. of 122 m, depth alongside 112 m, but which is
Rear light (No 4) (810 m from the front light). liable to silting.
3 Leading light-beacons (harbour). 2 General Cargo Pier (three berths): length 610 m,
From a position 6 cables ESE of Morro Cardn Light depths alongside from 12 to 13 m. Berths A and B
the alignment (074) of light-beacons leads 6 cables are for general cargo and the N berth is a
ENE to the berthing area, passing between the S side of container terminal. In 1979 the least depth in the
Isla de Corinto and the shallow banks extending N from turning basin off the N end of the wharf was
Pennsula Castaones: 104 m, but see 4.45; shoal patches, as shown on
Front light (No 5) (12288N, 87092W), on Isla the chart, lie at the E and N extremities of this
Encantada. area.
Rear light (No 6) (250 m from the front light). 3 Liquid Cargo Terminal: a T-headed dolphin berth,
4 A shoal depth of 9 m was reported (1980) on the S side depth alongside 122 m.
of the channel 1 miles WSW of the front light. Three
light-buoys (starboard hand) mark the limit of shoal water
extending into the harbour from the W side of Isla
Port services
4.65
Encantada. 1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
4.60 Other facilities: hospital.
1 Cautions. Sandbanks in the approaches to Corinto and Supplies: provisions in limited quantities; bunkers not
depths in the dredged channel are subject to change; available, except in an emergency, when it may be possible
buoyage and other navigational aids are reported to be to arrange small quantities; fresh water.
unreliable. Mariners are advised to use caution when Communications: regular connections by sea to other
navigating in the vicinity and seek the most up to date ports; express bus service to Managua (155 km distant)
local information. where there is an international airport.
2 It was reported (1997) that the leading-lights are difficult
to distinguish. On the lead 076, the front beacon (No 1)
is only visible at the turn into Barra del Cardn and the
rear beacon is difficult to observe against the buildings of CORINTO TO GOLFO DE FONSECA
the town and port. On the lead 122, the rear beacon is
hidden by vegetation.
The in-going tidal stream sets towards Banco Sawyer; General information
see 4.56.
Charts 1049, 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Route
Boca Falsa 4.66
4.61 1 From the approaches to Corinto (1228N, 8711W), to
1 Boca Falsa, which leads between Punta Castaones the entrance to Golfo de Fonseca (1300N, 8750W), the
(12276N, 87109W) and Cabo Austro (3 cables NW), coastal passage leads NW for about 40 miles passing to
the S extremity of Isla El Cardn, is not recommended for seaward of dangers, which, in some cases, lie up to 4 miles
use as the depths are constantly changing. On occasions offshore.
waves up to 46 m high sweep through the entrance making
conditions on the bar inside the entrance untenable for Topography
small craft. 4.67
1 Isla de Aserradores, a long, low, wooded, narrow island,
Useful mark with a sandy beach, fronts the coast from Isla de Corinto
4.62 as far as Isla de Limn (9 miles NW) (4.70). Twelve
1 Monte Doa Paula (12277N, 87097W). miles farther NW the coast is broken by the entrance to a
lagoon. Shoal ground, on which the sea often breaks,
extends 5 cables to seaward from an islet in the entrance to
the lagoon. North of the lagoon the hills in the interior
Anchorages and berths begin to close the coast which comprises a sandy beach for
about 9 miles before giving way to almost perpendicular
Anchorages cliffs, 60 m high, which continue as far as the entrance to
4.63 Golfo de Fonseca (4.73), 6 miles farther NW.
1 Vessels awaiting a berth usually anchor in mid-channel,
abreast the town, in depths of from 8 to 12 m; vessels may Caution anchorage
be found at anchor either on, or close to, the 074 4.68
leading line. About five vessels can be accommodated 1 During autumn, when the wind sometimes blows from
inside the harbour depending on size and draught. It is between S and SW with rainy weather, there is a danger in
recommended that vessels moor, as the tidal streams are remaining at anchor off this stretch of coast as heavy seas
strong at springs, the room for swinging limited, and the may be experienced.
holding ground is poor. The area about 4 cables ESE of
Punta Icaco (12286N, 87104W) should be avoided as it Landmark
experiences the full force of the tidal streams, and the 4.69
holding ground is poor. 1 Volcn Cosigina (1259N, 8734W) (4.5).

116
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Directions rocks there is a shoal with a depth over it of 55 m

(continued from 4.29) (18 ft). This outer shoal is particularly dangerous,
4.70 as, even with a heavy swell, the sea does not
1 From a position SW of Corinto the coastal passage leads break over it, whilst the inner reef may be
NW passing (with positions from Morro Cardn Light breaking heavily. Thence:
(1229N, 8711W)): 4 SW of a shoal with a depth over it of 49 m (16 ft)
SW of Isla de Limn (12 miles NW), a low, wooded (33 miles NW), lying about 1 miles offshore. In
island, fringed by a whitish beach; it is connected 1927 an obstruction was reported to lie nearly
to Isla de Aserradores (4.67) by an underwater 3 miles offshore 2 miles S of this shoal. Thence:
rocky bank, on which the sea nearly always SW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
breaks, completely closing the channel between the lying 1 mile W of Punta Cosigina (1255N,
islands. Thence: 8741W), the SE entrance to Golfo de Fonseca,
2 SW of Arrecife Burra Grande (Burra Grande Reef) which is formed by a series of cliffs rising inland
(14 miles NW), a reef about 1 mile long and to Volcn Cosigina (4.5).
2 cables wide, lying parallel to the coast about
1 miles offshore. There is no safe passage
between the reef and the shore. Thence: Useful mark
SW of an isolated shoal depth of 64 m (21 ft) 4.71
(reported 1948) (position approximate) (18 miles 1 Stranded wreck (1233N, 8718W) lying close
NW), lying about 4 miles offshore, thence: inshore.
3 SW of Arrecife Specks (Speck Reef) (19 miles NW), (Directions continue for the SE side of Golfo
which comprises several isolated shoal patches, de Fonseca at 4.81, for the NE side of Golfo de
lying 1 miles offshore. There are rocks awash at Fonseca at 4.93, for Puerto de La Unin at 4.123,
the W end of the reef and about 1 mile W of these and for coastal passage at 4.138)

GOLFO DE FONSECA
GENERAL INFORMATION 2 Inside the gulf the E shore is initially fronted by high
cliffs above which the land continues to rise to Volcn
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca Cosigina (4.5), thence the coast recedes to form a large
Area covered bay. North of the bay, as far as the entrance to Baha San
4.72 Lorenzo (4.95) 11 miles NNW, the shoreline is low and
1 The area covered by this section comprises: swampy, lined by mangrove trees and fronted by extensive
South-east side of Golfo de Fonseca (4.78), including mud flats. Isla Zacate Grande, the largest island in the gulf,
Moneypenny Anchorage and Estero Real. and the only one not densely wooded, is prominent on the
North-east side of Golfo de Fonseca (4.90), including W side of the entrance to Baha San Lorenzo close N of
Puerto de Henecn, Puerto Amapala and Baha Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W) (4.77), which has a
Chismuyo. higher summit.
North-west side of Golfo de Fonseca Puerto de La 3 Above Isla Zacate Grande the head of the gulf
Unin (4.114). comprises low and swampy land, covered in mangroves
and indented by bays into which numerous creeks
Description discharge.
4.73 The W entrance to the gulf is low, and is indented by a
1 Golfo de Fonseca, entered between Punta Cosigina small bay at the head of which is the sandy estuary of
(1255N, 8741W) (4.70) and Punta de Amapala (19 miles Estero El Tamarindo. Thence the coast rises steeply to
NW) (4.123), is bordered on its SE side by the coast of Volcn Conchagua (4.77) which dominates the W side of
Nicaragua, on its NE side by the coast of Honduras, and the gulf and forms the S side of Baha de La Unin
on its NW side by the coast of El Salvador. The two (4.114). Prominent islands lie in the central and W parts of
principal ports in the gulf are Puerto de Henecn (4.95), in the gulf.
Honduras, and Puerto de La Unin (4.114) in El Salvador.
Traffic
4.74
4.76
1 International boundaries. The boundary between
1 Concentrations of fishing vessels may be encountered in
Nicaragua and Honduras lies approximately in the vicinity
the approaches.
of the mouth of Estero Blanco (1300N, 8719W), and
that between Honduras and El Salvador approximately in Landmarks
the vicinity of the mouth of Ro Goascorn (1325N, 4.77
8748W). 1 Volcn de San Miguel (1325N, 8818W) (4.133)
(chart 1049).
Topography Volcn Cosigina (1259N, 8734W) (4.5).
4.75 Volcn Conchagua (1316N, 8750W), a distinctive
1 From offshore the gulf can be identified by the volcanic double peaked summit. El Pinal (Pinos Peak), the
peaks standing on each side of the entrance, and by those higher summit, has a gradual slope and is covered
on the ranges extending SE and NW. As the entrance is in trees, whilst the lower, of a rounded form, is
approached the high islands lying inside the gulf can be covered with grass; the lower summit is the true
identified; the principal peaks and islands are described at crater of the volcano which has been inactive for
4.77. some time. A microwave tower, from which a red

117
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

light is displayed, stands on the summit of 2 miles WSW of the group, and a shoal depth of
El Pinal. 66 m (21 ft) lies 2 miles ESE of the group in the
2 Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W), of circular shape channel SE of the rocks. Thence:
with a conical summit, the highest island in the 3 NW and N of Punta El Rosario (Punta San Jos)
gulf; a light is displayed from close to the summit. (5 miles E), a low, sandy spit.
Isla Meanguera (1311N, 8743W), which has Caution. The ground swell off the coast between Punta
irregular, cliffy shores. Cosigina and Punta El Rosario is very noticeable, causing
Isla Conchagita (1314N, 8746W). breakers along the shore and on Islas Farallones.

GOLFO DE FONSECA Moneypenny Anchorage

SOUTHEAST SIDE Description
4.82
General information 1 Moneypenny Anchorage lies in the area, about 6 miles
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca long and 2 miles wide, between the banks extending
Description 1 miles offshore SE of Punta El Rosario (1305N,
4.78 8735W) (4.81), and those which extend about 4 miles W
1 The SE side of the gulf comprises a large bay, entered and 2 miles S from Punta Condega (9 miles E); the sea
between Punta El Rosario (1305N, 8735W) (4.81) and breaks on these latter banks. It provides a convenient and
Punta Condega (9 miles E). The bay is bounded on its S well sheltered anchorage for vessels bound for Estero Real
side by a bold peninsula, and on its N side by the low (4.86).
land, fronted by shallow banks, extending to the entrance to Topography
Baha San Lorenzo, at the head of the gulf. Moneypenny 4.83
Anchorage (4.82) lies in the entrance to this bay. 1 The SW side of the bay is dominated by Volcn
Natural conditions Cosigina (4.5), but the head of the bay and the NE side
4.79 are low and sandy, covered with mangrove trees and
1 Tidal streams. The in-going tidal stream sets onshore at fronted by drying banks of mud and sand. Several rivers
a rate of 1 to 2 kn in the passage between Islas Farallones flow into the head of the bay through low, swampy land,
(1305N, 8741W) and the coast. the most important being Estero Real (4.86), which enters
Off Punta El Rosario (1305N, 8735W) the in-going along the S coast of the bay. Other rivers include Estero
stream sets E and the out-going stream W; 2 miles E of Blanco, Estero San Bernando and Estero Pedregal, which
Punta El Rosario the in-going stream sets SE and the enter the bay 6 miles ENE, 9 miles NE, and 10 miles N
out-going stream sets NW, at a rate of 4 kn at springs. respectively, of Estero Real.
2 Weather. Land and sea breezes blow regularly from the Directions
end of February to the beginning of May. Land breezes are 4.84
light, blowing from between NE and NNW; sea breezes 1 Entry should be made passing close to Punta El Rosario,
blow from between S and SW. but if entering or leaving on the out-going tide the point
During the rainy season (May to October), the weather should be given a wider berth as this tide sets strongly
is often variable with heavy rain squalls from E. Light towards the point.
variable NE or NNE winds prevail when the weather is It is imprudent to attempt entry at night unless Isla del
settled. Tigre (4.77) and Isla Meanguera (4.77) can be
3 Strong N winds may be expected from October to distinguished.
February, sometimes lasting for more than a week at a
time. When these N winds are not blowing, light and Anchorage
variable winds prevail. 4.85
1 Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in depths of
Landmarks from 9 to 16 m (30 to 54 ft). A ground swell is felt almost
4.80 as far inward as Punta Cinder (Cinder Point), 5 miles SE of
1 See 4.77. Punta El Rosario.

Directions Estero Real

(continued from 4.71)
4.81 Charts 1049; 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W, 2 miles WNW General information
of which there is a shoal depth of 79 m (26 ft). the 4.86
approach to Moneypenny Anchorage leads generally NE for 1 Description. Estero Real, which is in Nicaragua, flows
about 16 miles passing (with positions from Islas Farallones into the bay 15 miles SE of Punta El Rosario (1305N,
(1305N, 8741W)): 8735W) (4.81); it is a broad navigable river which has its
NW of Punta Cosigina (10 miles S) (4.70), and: source near Lago de Managua.
2 Either side of Islas Farallones, a group of light For about 13 miles above the entrance the river banks
coloured rocks, surrounded by a shoal area; the are low and the country flat, but about 4 miles farther
area should be given a clearance of at least 1 mile. upstream, at Nacascolo, a hill, 24 m high, rises on the left
The largest rock, 20 m (65 ft) high, has a rounded bank.
top from where a light is displayed. The smaller 2 Vessels usually work cargo at Puerto Morazn (1250N,
islets are sharp and jagged; when seen from S they 8705W).
appear as one large dome with pinnacle rocks on Tidal streams overcome the current in the river for up
either side. A shoal depth of 131 m (43 ft) lies to 20 miles above the entrance.

118
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Directions SE of Islata Meanguerita (5 miles N), a rocky islet

4.87 separated from Isla Meanguera (4.77) by a narrow
1 Local knowledge is required; the flow in the river channel.
attains a rate of 3 kn on occasions. (Directions for Puerto de Henecn continue at 4.99)
In 1992 the least charted depths on the bar, which is
entered about 2 miles N of Punta Palo Bonito (1258N, Approach to Puerto Amapala
8728W), were about 5 m (16 ft). Inside the river there 4.94
are sufficient depths, for vessels that can cross the bar, as 1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W the approach
far as the junction with Estero Palomina, about 20 miles leads NNE for about 14 miles to a position midway
above the entrance; above this point depths decrease between Isla Meanguera (1311N, 8743W) (4.77) and Isla
rapidly. A vessel of 3 m draught has navigated 30 miles Conchagita (1 miles NW), thence it leads NE for about
upriver. 5 miles to the harbour entrance. Care should be taken to
avoid the banks and shoal on either side of the approach to
Anchorage the entrance channel. Passage between the islands, rather
4.88 than E of Isla Meanguera, is recommended as it is deeper
1 Vessels awaiting entry anchor in Moneypenny Anchorage and depths of less than 5 m (16 ft) extend 9 cables NE
(4.82). from the E side of Isla Meanguera, and 2 miles SSW
from the S side of Isla Tigre.
(Directions for Puerto Amapala continue at 4.107)
Other name
4.89
1 Vuelta Los Ladrones (Punta Bowlder) (1303N,
Puerto de Henecn
8733W). Chart 1960 plan of Puerto de Henecn, plan of Golfo de
Fonseca
General information
GOLFO DE FONSECA 4.95
NORTHEAST SIDE 1 Position. Puerto de Henecn (1324N, 8726W) lies at
the head Baha San Lorenzo the bay in the NE side of the
General information gulf entered between Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W)
(4.77) and Punta Ratn (6 miles E).
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca 2 Function. The port, serves the city of San Lorenzo,
Description which has a population of about 21 000. It has replaced
4.90 Puerto Amapala (4.103) as the only accessible harbour on
1 The NE side of the gulf, which lies in Honduras, the Pacific coast of Honduras. Exports are mainly cotton,
comprises Baha San Lorenzo and Baha Chismuyo, sugar, and molasses, while fuel oil and LPG/LNG are
separated by the islands of Isla del Tigre (1316N, imported.
8738W) (4.77) and Isla Zacate Grande (4.75). Isla Zacate 3 Port limits are reported to lie between 13219N,
Grande is separated from the mainland N by a narrow and 87263W and 13249N, 87252W.
tortuous channel, and from Isla del Tigre by a shallow Approach and entry. The port is approached and
channel, 1 mile wide. The town of San Lorenzo with its entered through a dredged channel, marked by light-buoys
small port of Puerto de Henecn (4.95) close E, lies at the and buoyant light-beacons, which leads about 16 miles
head of Baha San Lorenzo. Puerto Amapala (4.103) lies on NNE, through Baha San Lorenzo, from the pilot boarding
the W side of Isla del Tigre in the approach to Baha area to the port.
Chismuyo. 4 Traffic. In 2002, 1 vessel called at the port totalling
6692 dwt.
Topography Port Authority. Empresa Nacional Portuaria, APDO 32,
4.91 San Lorenzo, Honduras.
1 See 4.75.
Limiting conditions
Landmarks 4.96
4.92 1 Controlling depths. In 1995 reports suggest silting has
1 See 4.77. reduced the least depth to 73 m (24 ft) at MLW.
Maximum size of vessel handled. In 1994 a tanker
LOA 176 m, breadth 32 m, draught 71 m, used the port;
Directions the maximum reported draught available at this time was
(continued from 4.71) 88 m (29 ft).
Local weather. Fog is prevalent at night.
Approach to Baha San Lorenzo
4.93 Arrival information
1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W, 2 miles WNW 4.97
of which there is a shoal depth of 79 m (26 ft) the 1 Port operations. Navigation in daylight is advised
approach to the Fairway Light-buoy leads NE passing (with although arrival and departure can take place at any time.
positions from Islas Farallones (1305N, 8741W)): Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
NW of Punta Cosigina (10 miles S) (4.70), and: Signals Volume 6(5).
2 SE of Punta de Amapala (13 miles WNW) (4.123), Notice of ETA. At least 24 hours in advance.
thence: 2 Outer anchorage. Anchorage on arrival may be
NW of Islas Farallones (4.81), thence: obtained in the pilot boarding area where the holding
NW of Punta El Rosario (5 miles E) (4.81), and: ground is good.

119
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Channel anchorage. Anchorage above Punta Ratn Supplies: bunkers not available; provisions available;
(1316N, 8731W) is good, for although the bay is open fresh water pipeline on the pier.
to the entrance to the gulf the shoals and flats provide Communications: airport at Tegucigalpa, 90 km distant,
good protection. the capital of Honduras.
3 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards in the vicinity
of the Fairway Light-buoy (1312N, 8735W) from a boat Puerto Amapala
with a black hull and a white and green superstructure.
Chart 1960 plan of Amapala Harbour, plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Tug is available and is compulsory.
General information
Tidal streams 4.103
4.98 1 Position and function. Puerto Amapala, situated on the
1 The tidal streams, with rates of from 1 to 2 kn, follow NW corner of Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W) (4.77),
approximately the axis of the channel, the in-going tide once the only accessible port on the Pacific coast of
setting towards Isla Playa Alta (4.99). It is reported that Honduras, is now reported to be no longer used by
HW at the outer anchorage occurs about 1 hour after HW commercial vessels, all traffic having been transferred to
at La Unin; LW at Puerto de Henecn is reported to occur Puerto de Henecn (4.95). It is still used by naval craft.
at the same time as at La Unin. Approach and entry. The approach to the port is
described at 4.94; entry is through a narrow channel.
Directions
(continued from 4.93)
Limiting conditions
4.99 4.104
1 Baha de San Lorenzo is approached over a bar lying 1 Depths. In the approach and entrance to the harbour
3 miles SE of Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W) (4.77) there are charted depths of not less than 58 m (19 ft); in
thence through about 6 miles of banks and shoals over the harbour area N of the port charted depths vary between
which the sea breaks. Isla Playa Alta, a sandbank about 73 and 183 m (24 and 60 ft).
1 mile in extent which dries, lies in the entrance to the bay, Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
4 miles NE of Isla del Tigre; the bank can be identified at Mean spring range about 30 m; mean neap range about
a distance of about 5 miles by the breakers formed on it 17 m.
which appear as a thin white line. Arrival information
2 The best time to enter the channel is about 3 hours 4.105
before HW at La Unin. 1 Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, in
From the Fairway Light-buoy (1312N, 8735W) a depths of about 7 m (24 ft), 5 cables N of Isla Meanguera.
dredged channel, about 122 m wide, marked by light-buoys Attention is drawn to a submarine power cable, shown on
and buoyant light-beacons, leads through the bay to Puerto the chart, which extends N, thence WNW, from the N side
de Henecn, and Boca de San Lorenzo, a small craft of Isla Meanguera to Isla Conchagita.
channel, which leads to San Lorenzo about 1 miles NW. Local knowledge is required.
3 Caution. The channel is narrow and tortuous and is
constantly shifting. The tidal streams are strong and set Harbour
across the channel. In 1994 it was reported that many of 4.106
the channel aids were missing or out of position. 1 Description. The harbour is well protected and is
4.100 approached by a channel, with a least navigable width of
1 Useful marks: about 2 cables, which leads between the W side of Isla del
Conspicuous hill on the E coast of Isla Zacate Tigre and the shallow banks extending S from Isla
Grande, which rises to an elevation of 170 m, Exposicin, 1 miles NW (4.110). Accommodation in the
1 mile N of Punta Brava (1318N, 8735W). harbour is limited, being only about 5 cables in width, and
Conspicuous hill, over 100 m high, on the SW coast being further restricted by several isolated shoal patches.
of Isla Gueguensi (1321N, 8734W). 2 The town is fronted by a bank over which there are
depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) to a distance of about
Berths 2 cables offshore.
4.101 Tidal streams. In the approaches, between Isla
1 The berthing area comprises a T-headed pier, 296 m in Meanguera and Isla Conchagita, the out-going stream sets
length with depths of about 10 m alongside the outer face SSW at a rate of about 1 kn; near the N end of Isla
which comprises Berths Nos 1 and 2. The N inner face, Meanguera, the in-going stream sets ENE at a rate of about
Berth No 4, is 134 m in length and the S inner face, Berth 1 kn.
No 3, is 116 m in length; both have depths of 67 m 3 Off the W side of Isla del Tigre, the in-going stream
alongside. A mooring boat is available for running lines sets N and on to the bank on the W side of the channel.
ashore. In 1994 a depth of 89 m (29 ft) was reported In the anchorage off the port, the in-going stream sets N
alongside No 2 Berth. at a rate of about 1 kn, and the out-going stream SW at a
2 Four mooring buoys are laid N of the pier. rate of about 2 kn.
Anchorage. It is reported vessels can anchor in depths Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.204.
of about 8 m (26 ft) about 9 cables SSW, of the pier.
Directions
Port services (continued from 4.94)
4.102 4.107
1 Repairs: minor repairs only. 1 The harbour is entered between Isla Caracolita
Other facilities: hospital available, medical requirements (13165N, 87400W), a low, heavily wooded island,
preferably by pre-arrangement. Garbage disposal not situated close off the W side of Isla del Tigre, and a
available. light-buoy (orange and white, can) (4 cables W) which

120
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

marks the extent of the shoal water on the W side of the Anchorage
channel; a below-water pinnacle rock, indicated by tide 4.112
rips, lies cable W of Isla Caracolita. Thence the fairway 1 Anchorage may be obtained off Punta Remolino
leads about 1 miles NE to the anchorage. (1322N, 8739W), where there is good holding ground
2 Attention is drawn to a 46 m (15 ft) patch lying over a bottom of mud, but tidal streams are strong and a
1 cables offshore, 8 cables NNE of Isla Caracolita, and to good scope of cable should be used. Care is also necessary
a dangerous rock, 3 cables farther NNE (position doubtful), when anchoring to ensure swinging clear of the shallow
which lies close off a rocky shoal fringing the W side of banks on the change of the tide as they are steep-to and
Amapala. soundings are not sufficient guide.

Berths Other names

4.108 4.113
1 Pier. A wooden pier, suitable only for the use of small 1 Piedra Parada, Punta (1315N, 8738W).
craft, extends about 120 m NNW from the E part of the Vaca, Isla de la (1318N, 8736W).
town.
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 11 to 16 m
GOLFO DE FONSECA NORTHWEST SIDE
(36 to 54 ft), good holding ground, about 3 cables NNW of
PUERTO DE LA UNIN
the pier.
General information
Port services
4.109 Chart 1960 plan of Puerto de La Unin and Proyecto Punta
1 Supplies: in limited quantities. Gorda, plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Communications: local airport which connects with Position
Tegucigalpa, the capital city (1.90). 4.114
1 Puerto de La Unin (1320N, 8749W), known also as
Cutuco, is situated on the S shore of Baha de La Unin, a
Baha Chismuyo large well sheltered bay, 8 miles in length, with shallow
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca depths over most of its area, which forms the NW arm of
Description Golfo de Fonseca. The town of La Unin lies about
4.110 1 miles WNW.
1 Baha Chismuyo, with low marshy shores covered in Function
mangroves, extends about 7 miles NNE from its entrance 4.115
off the W side of Isla Zacate Grande (1320N, 8737W) 1 The port is the principal port of entry in El Salvador,
(4.75). The bay is entered through two narrow channels and, though not the largest port, derives its importance
which lie E and W of Isla Exposicin, an island 170 m from having the best landlocked harbour and pier in the
high, which stands 9 cables SW of Isla Zacate Grande. The country; it handles about half the countrys trade. Exports
bay is frequented mainly by small craft and boats which are principally coffee and cotton; imports comprise
ply between Puerto Amapala (4.103) and La Brea, a fertilizers, petroleum products and general cargo.
settlement at the head of the bay. The population of the town is about 43 000.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal streams. Slack water is negligible as the out-going Topography
stream starts near one shore while the in-going stream is 4.116
still making near the other shore, causing whirlpools. 1 See 4.75.

Directions Approach and entry

4.111 4.117
1 East channel. The E channel, which leads N from 1 Baha de La Unin is approached passing W of Isla
Puerto Amapala between Isla Zacate Grande and Isla Conchagita (1314N, 8746W), and entered between
Exposicin, is approached across a bar which has a least Punta El Chiquirn (1317N, 8747W) (4.124) and Isla
charted depth of 36 m (12 ft) about 8 cables WSW of Zacatillo (6 cables E) (4.124). There is no safe passage N
Ampala. of Isla Zacatillo; the whole area is occupied by mud flats.
2 West channel. The channel, known as Dyer Strait, is Traffic
entered between Isla Martn Perz (1317N, 8744W) and 4.118
Isla Zacatillo (6 cables NW) (4.124), and leads NE for 1 In 2002, 32 vessels called at the port totalling
about 7 miles to the anchorage, across a bar with a least 261 732 dwt.
charted depth of 21 m (7 ft) 1 miles NNE of Isla Martn
Perz, passing (with positions from Isla Martn Perz): Port Authority
3 SE of Isla Ilca (6 cables NNW), thence: 4.119
SE of Isla Violn (2 miles NNE), and: 1 Comisin Ejecutiva Portuaria Autnoma, Zona Industrial,
NW of Isla Inglesa (2 miles NE), thence: Puerto Acajutla, Sonsonate, El Salvador.
SE of Isla Carabobo (3 miles NNE), an island 173 m
high, thence: Limiting conditions
NW of Punta El Molino (4 miles NE), the N 4.120
extremity of Isla Exposicin. 1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the
4 Caution. Between Isla Martn Perz and Isla Inglesa, approach to the port, from N of Punta El Chiquirn, is
and also N of the latter, the streams are liable to set across 58 m (19 ft) but isolated depths of from 37 to 49 m (12
the channel, especially during the in-going stream. to 16 ft) lie on each side of the fairway.

121
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. attain a rate of 3 kn; in the anchorage off the town
Mean spring range about 29 m; mean neap range about the rate is seldom more than 2 kn.
19 m. 5 Local weather. Since the harbour is landlocked, the
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. The limiting winds appear to be light as a rule, and the heat is
dimensions at Muelle de Cutuco (4.127) are LOA 180 m; excessive. During the dry season, from December
breadth 29 m; draught 91 m, although a maximum LOA of to May, the wind often blows strongly from N;
168 m is recommended due to the strong tides. during the rainy season Chubascos (1.184), usually
from E, may be experienced in the late evening.
Landmarks. See 4.77.
Arrival information
4.121
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Directions
Signals Volume 6(5). (continued from 4.71)
Notice of ETA: 48 hours, with arrival draught.
2 Anchorage on arrival may be obtained in the area, as Approach
shown on the chart, centred 2 miles S of Punta El 4.123
Chiquirn, in depths of from 12 to 14 m (39 to 46 ft). If 1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W, 2 miles WNW
intending a long stay vessels should moor along a N/S line of which there is a shoal depth of 79 m (26 ft). the
because a heavy sea is raised when the out-going tidal approach to the outer anchorage and pilot boarding area
stream is opposed by a strong sea breeze. leads NNE passing (with positions from Punta de Amapala
Caution. A submarine power cable is laid, as shown on (1309N, 8754W)):
the chart, across the N part of this anchorage. 2 ESE of Punta de Amapala, a low, flat point, bordered
3 Pilotage is not compulsory but is recommended, by a reef of rocks and sand which extends
particularly for vessels whose draught exceeds 67 m; it is 2 cables offshore causing heavy breakers; an
reported the pilot travels down from Acajutla. The pilot isolated depth of 73 m (24 ft) lies 1 miles SE of
boards from a grey launch about 1 miles S of Punta El the point. A light (aluminium square framework
Chiquirn, as shown on the chart. Night navigation is not tower) is displayed from the point. Thence:
recommended. WNW of Isla Meanguera (10 miles ENE) (4.77),
Tugs are not available. thence:
Quarantine. Customs and Port Health Officers may 3 WNW of Punta La Pelona (8 miles NE), at the NW
board at the anchorage but more usually when the vessel is extremity of Isla Conchagita, and:
alongside. Quarantine flag must be flown on arrival. ESE of Punta El Cguano (8 miles NE), which is
fringed by Penguin Rocks lying awash up to
1 cable offshore. There are depths of less than
Harbour 103 m (34 ft) in the approaches to the channel
4.122 between Isla Conchagita and the mainland W.
1 General layout. The harbour is about 1 miles wide
between the 5 m (16 ft) depth contours at its entrance, Entry
narrowing to about 5 cables between them 2 miles inside. 4.124
A berthing area lies 2 miles NW of Punta El Chiquirn 1 Vessels entering without a pilot are recommended to do
(1317N, 8747W), close N of Punta Gorda. Muelle de so within half an hour of HW; see comment on tidal
Cutuco lies a further 4 cables NW. streams at Muelle de Cutuco at 4.127.
Development. It is reported that a container terminal is From the pilot boarding position (1316N, 8747W) the
to be sited at the port, with the first stage completing in track leads initially NNE, then NW, for about 5 miles, to
2005. The project will include 560 m of berthing space the port passing (with positions from Punta El Chiquirn
with 14 m depth alongside. (1317N, 8747W)):
2 Signals. Flag signals displayed from the signal station at 2 WNW of an isolated shoal depth of 24 m (8 ft)
the extremity of Muelle de Cutuco (4.127) indicate the (1 miles SE), close to the E side of the fairway,
allotted berth on the pier. A black ball under the flag thence:
indicates slack water at the pier. ESE of Punta El Chiquirn, the point formed by the E
Vessels on entering or leaving the port should sound extremity of Volcn Conchagua (4.77), from where
three long blasts on the whistle or siren. a light (aluminium tower, concrete base) is
3 Natural conditions. displayed; a depth of 63 m (21 ft) lies close SE of
Tidal streams. The tidal streams are regular except in the point, and shoal depths have been reported up
the rainy season, when the duration of the to 1 cables SE of the point. And:
out-going stream is prolonged. North of Isla 3 WNW of Punta Los Negritos (6 cables E), the SW
Conchagita the in-going stream divides, one point of Isla Zacatillo, a prominent island at the
branch setting N through the entrance to the entrance; rocks awash extend 1 cables SSW from
harbour and the other setting NE between Isla Punta Los Negritos, and depths of 5 m or less
Conchagita and Isla Zacatillo, 3 miles N. extend up to 7 cables S from the point. Thence:
4 In the entrance to the harbour, off Punta El Chiquirn, 4 ESE and NE of Bajos Colima (2 cables N), a
there is sometimes a strong tidal race during the pinnacle shoal with a depth over it of 43 m
out-going stream which has the appearance of (14 ft), and:
breakers. Both the in-going and out-going streams SW of Isla Zacatillo Light (aluminium tower, concrete
set towards Punta El Chiquirn. base) (1 miles NNE), displayed from a position
The rate of the tidal streams through the entrance, 3 cables S of the NW extremity of the island,
and on both sides of the approach to the entrance, thence:

122
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

5 SW of shoal depths of 46 m (15 ft) (reported 1963)

(1 mile N), 46 m (15 ft) (reported 1966) (1 miles
N) and 49 m (16 ft) (reported 1969) (1 miles
NNW), thence:
NE of a shoal bank with a least charted depth over it
of 37 m (12 ft) (2 miles NW).

Muelle de Cutuco (4.127.1)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

4 Proyecto Punta Gorda, built on reclaimed land on the

point of the same name (5 cables SE of Punta Cutuco), is
Approaches to Muelle de Cutuco (4.124.2) the terminal for an Industrial Fishing Project; charted
(Original dated 1994) depths alongside exceed 63 m.
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Volcn San Miguel

Useful mark
4.125
1 Muelle de Cutuco Light (metal tower, 9 m in height)
(1320N, 8749W), displayed from the head of
the pier.

Berths

Anchorages
4.126 Proyecto Punta Gorda (4.127.2)
1 Within the harbour anchorage may be obtained, in (Original dated 1994)
convenient depths, anywhere in the bay, clear of the (Photograph Crown Copyright)
extensive mud flats which cover the N side of the bay;
4.128
berths for about fourteen ocean-going vessels are available.
1 Berths at La Unin. An L-shaped pier, for the use of
Small vessels usually anchor in depths of about 8 m (26 ft),
naval craft, extends 1 cables NE from the shore on the E
1 mile NE of the town.
side of the town, 9 cables NW of Punta Cutuco.
2 Caution. Attention is drawn to a submarine power
A pier, capable of accommodating only boats at HW,
cable, shown on the chart, which is laid on the E side of
stands on the drying bank fronting the town, 6 cables
the harbour between the mainland and the N side of Isla
WNW of the L-shaped pier.
Zacatillo.

Alongside berths Port services

4.127 4.129
1 Muelle de Cutuco is a concrete jetty, 320 m in length, 1 Repairs: minor facilities only; ship lifts for small craft
which extends NE and E from a position 7 cables NW of at Proyecto Punta Gorda and at La Unin.
Punta Cutuco (13198N, 87492W). A warehouse stands Other facilities: divers available; Ro-Ro facilities;
at the head of the jetty and is served by railway lines on medical facilities; no facilities for oily waste disposal;
each side. The jetty is reported to be not in use. garbage disposal.
2 The berthing length on the N side of the jetty is 152 m, Supplies: limited supply of provisions; fuel and diesel
and 174 m on the S side, with depths on the N side oil in limited quantities at the pier; fresh water at the pier.
ranging from 73 m at the inner end to 91 m at the outer Communications: the port is connected to the main rail
end, and on the S side from 67 m at the inner end to and road networks; international airport 160 km distant.
76 m at the outer end.
3 Tidal streams set strongly across the line of the jetty,
and at springs attain a rate of 3 kn, though rates of up to Other names
7 kn have been reported. Slack water, which occurs at the 4.130
jetty about 50 minutes before HW and LW, is the best time 1 Perico, Isla (1323N, 8752W).
to berth. San Juan, Isla (1323N, 8751W).

123
 Home

Punta El Chiquirin Light a

Contents
Index

a
a Isla Zacatillo

124
CHAPTER 4

a
Entrance to Bahia de La Union from S (4.124.1)

(Original dated 1994)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

COAST OF EL SALVADOR
GENERAL INFORMATION Topography
4.136
Chart 1049 1 From Punta de Amapala (1309N, 8754W) (4.123) to
Area covered the mouth of Ro Grande de San Miguel (28 miles W), a
4.131 river blocked by a bar which breaks heavily, the coast is
1 The area covered by this section comprises: backed by high land and is fronted by a sandy beach,
Golfo de Fonseca to La Libertad (4.135). broken at intervals by stretches of bold cliffs. The beaches
La Libertad to Ro Paz (4.149). so formed give a very deceptive appearance to the land,
especially at sunrise and sunset, causing it to appear nearer
Topography than it really is, and the surf to appear to break farther
4.132 from the coast than it actually does.
1 The coast of El Salvador, between Punta de Amapala 2 Four miles W of Ro Grande de San Miguel the coast is
(1309N, 8754W) (4.123) and the mouth of Ro Paz broken by the estuary of Baha de Jiquilisco (4.139),
(about 138 miles WNW), is backed by high mountains beyond which, as far as the approaches to La Libertad
close inland. (53 miles WNW), it is bordered by a belt of white sand
4.133 above which an extensive plain rises to the high land in the
1 Landmarks. The principal peaks and ranges are as interior. Ro Lempa (4.138) flows into the sea 20 miles E
follows: of Baha de Jiquilisco, and the entrance to Estero de
Volcn de San Miguel (1325N, 8818W), prominent Jaltepeque, with the settlement of La Concordia on its W
above all other peaks in its vicinity; it is visible side, is situated 17 miles farther W. Ro Jiboa, whose
from a long distance to seaward, see view at mouth is marked by breakers, enters the sea 1 miles W of
4.127. La Concordia after flowing from Lago de Ilopango,
2 Volcn de San Vicente (1335N, 8852W), rises in 18 miles inland.
the shape of a truncated cone. When seen from E
or W it shows as a double summit, one of the two Landmarks
being more rounded than the other. It also is 4.137
visible from a long distance to seaward. At night 1 The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.133.
the lights of the city of Zacatecoluca standing on White house (elevation 196 m (643 ft)) (1330N,
the S slopes of the mountain are conspicuous. 8907W), on the hills 12 miles E of La Libertad.
3 Volcn de San Salvador (1342N, 8916W). From Gorro de Libertad, a prominent peak standing
seaward, it appears in the form of a very large 6 miles NNW of La Libertad.
mountain with a flat summit, shaped somewhat
like the back of a tortoise, rising behind an Directions
intervening range; at its E extremity is a cone (continued from 4.71)
shaped peak. Red obstruction lights, displayed 4.138
from two radio towers near the summit of the 1 From a position SSE of Punta de Amapala (1309N,
mountain, have been reported visible for 45 miles 8754W) the coastal passage leads W, then WNW, passing
on a dark, clear night. (with positions from Punta San Juan del Gozo (1310N,
4 Volcn de Izalco (1349N, 8938W), reported to be 8829W)):
active, is easily identified when not obscured by Clear of a pinnacle rock (16 miles SSE) (reported
clouds which, however, it usually is in the rainy 1947), on which the sea breaks at LW, thence:
season. 2 S of a depth of 58 m (19 ft) (7 miles S) (position
Volcn de Santa Ana, the highest of the volcanic approximate), thence:
peaks in El Salvador, stands among other high S of an obstruction (8 miles SW) (position
peaks, about 3 miles N of Volcn de Izalco. approximate) (reported 1941); it is prudent to
remain in depths of 37 m (20 fm) or more when
Off-lying bank passing off the estuary to Baha de Jiquilisco.
4.134 Thence:
1 A depth of 37 m (20 fm) lies 36 miles S of La Libertad 3 SSW of the entrance to Ro Lempa (20 miles E),
(1329N, 8919W). which may be recognised by discoloured water
extending up to 5 miles seaward, and some large
trees, with white trunks and almost bare tops,
GOLFO DE FONSECA TO LA LIBERTAD rising above the lower and lighter coloured woods.
The river, the largest in El Salvador, is navigable
by river craft only; the mouth is obstructed by
General information shoal ground extending 7 cables offshore and
Chart 1049 breakers extend up to 1 miles offshore from the
Route entrance.
4.135 (Directions continue at 4.154)
1 From the approaches to Golfo de Fonseca (1300N,
8750W) to those of La Libertad (1329N, 8919W) the
Baha de Jiquilisco
route leads initially W for about 40 miles, thence WNW for Chart 1049 (see 1.14)
about 53 miles. With the exception of an isolated rock General information
(1256N, 8820W) (4.138), all charted dangers lie inside 4.139
the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour which runs parallel to the 1 Description. Baha de Jiquilisco is entered between the
coast between 6 and 11 miles offshore. SW extremity of Isla San Sebastian (1310N, 8826W)

125
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

and Punta San Juan del Gozo (about 1 miles WNW), the passage between that island and the mainland. A shallow
extremity of the peninsula of the same name. The entrance bank extends 1 mile S from Isla Tortuga. The E channel,
is obstructed by shallow sandspits separated by a narrow which is deep but narrow, leads to Ro Grande de San
channel, but within the entrance the bay is very extensive, Miguel (4.136), where there is a bar with depths over it of
though it is largely occupied by large low islands. Besides 37 to 46 m (12 to 15 ft).
the main channels, deep narrow creeks surround nearly all
the islands. Anchorage
2 Puerto El Triunfo (4.142), situated 8 miles within the 4.141
entrance, is the only place of any importance in the bay. 1 There is good, well sheltered anchorage in the main
Above Puerto El Triunfo the bay is not surveyed but it channel between Isla Pajarito (1311N, 8828W) and Isla
extends a farther 15 miles to its head where it is separated Tortuga (about 6 miles NW), in depths of from 9 to 18 m
by only a few miles from Ro Lempa (4.138). (30 to 60 ft) with a width of 5 cables between the 55 m
3 Topography. For a distance of about 6 miles along the (18 ft) depth contours. The holding ground is good and the
channel within the main entrance, and for a distance of land and sea breezes are regular. A good position is off
about 3 miles in other directions, there are sandy beaches Corral de Mulas situated about 4 miles above Punta San
with woods and thick undergrowth, which extend back Juan del Gozo.
from the HW mark. Beyond these limits the terrain
comprises dense growths of mangroves in swampy ground. Puerto El Triunfo
A few miles N of the head of the bay the land begins to 4.142
rise sharply to the high land in the interior. 1 Description. Puerto El Triunfo (1316N, 8833W) is
4 Controlling depths. The depth on the bar is about 43 m situated on the mainland abreast the N end of Isla Tortuga.
(14 ft) but is liable to change. It is a small port serving the town of Jiquilisco, 4 miles
Local knowledge is required. Provided prior inland; goods are handled at a pier which extends from the
arrangements have been made with the El Triunfo shore abreast the town. There is a large shrimping plant at
Company well in advance a local vessel will meet and lead the port.
a vessel over the bar and into the bay. If a vessel is Supplies: limited supplies of fresh provisions.
anchored off the bar the sounding of a whistle or siren can
usually attract the attention of the port. La Libertad
5 Current. Outside the bar the current usually sets W at a
rate of about 1 kn or more. Chart 660 plans of approaches to La Libertad and La Libertad
Tidal streams are regular and follow the directions of General information
the several reaches. The greatest strength is in the narrow 4.143
entrance channel where it sometimes attains a rate of 3 or 1 Position and function. La Libertad (1329N, 8919W)
4 kn. Small swirls are formed over the surface of the entire is an open roadstead and is fully exposed; it can only be
harbour during the strength of the out-going stream. considered safe in fine weather or with N winds, and
caution is advised from July to October.
2 The port, which has a population of 23 000, is no longer
Directions used for commercial traffic; it is mainly frequented by
4.140 fishing vessels and is a popular seaside resort during the
1 Bajos Lempa are two shallow spits, composed of fine dry season.
black and grey sand reported to have magnetic properties,
which extend for about 3 miles S from the coast on either Limiting conditions
side of the entrance, but which are reported (1959) to have 4.144
extended 5 miles farther to seaward than charted. For the 1 Depths in the approach range from about 20 m about
greater part of their length the spits are separated by a 1 mile offshore, to about 9 m at the now disused offshore
straight and narrow channel but towards their S end they tanker berth, and 5 m at the seaward extremity of the town
are connected by a bar. There is usually a line of breakers pier. Latest information indicates numerous differences in
over the shoal water on either side of the bar at certain depths in the port and mariners are advised to navigate
states of the tide, even in fine weather; the gap between the with extreme caution in this area. An unsurveyed area
breakers is less than 1 cables in width though even in exists 4 to 5 miles SSE from the port.
moderate weather a single breaker may sweep completely 2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
across the bar. Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about
2 The entrance channel has a width of from 3 to 5 cables 12 m.
and deepens gradually after the bar has been passed though 3 Local weather. There are occasions when there are
there are some shoal patches from 46 to 55 m (15 to smooth conditions on the beach but, at full and new moon,
18 ft) 5 cables inside the bar. Two miles within the bar the the rollers sometimes break about 2 cables off the beach,
channel narrows to about 2 cables and deepens to a depth in depths of 7 or 9 m, making landing difficult. These
of 20 m (11 fm) between shallows on which the sea usually rollers, which set in suddenly, can cause a vessels cable to
breaks; here the tidal stream is strong and there is a short part, unless she is anchored with a good scope. The swell
choppy sea, dangerous for boats. A dangerous wreck is is frequently heavy, making boatwork difficult, and
charted about 1 mile S of the entrance. sometimes dangerous, even in fine weather.
3 Within the bar, an extensive sand bank projects S from
the E end of Isla Madre Sal (1312N, 8829W) into the Anchorage
entrance of the bay dividing it into two channels. There are 4.145
ample depths in the main or W channel to beyond Isla 1 The recommended anchorage is in a depth of 14 m with
Tortuga, about 8 miles within the entrance; there is a least the head of the pier (1329N, 8919W) bearing 350, not
depth of 55 m (18 ft) as far as Puerto El Triunfo which less than 6 cables distant. An obstruction (reported 1963)
can be approached either N of Isla Tortuga, or through the lies 9 cables SSE of the head of the pier.

126
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

It has been reported that whilst at anchor, except when of a grey sandy beach, backed by well wooded land; two
under the influence of a strong sea breeze, the current settlements on the coast, situated respectively, about 11
along the coast may swing a vessel broadside on to the and 17 miles WNW of Acajutla, are reported to be
swell. prominent.
2 It is also reported that unlit barges may be encountered
moored 5 cables S of the pier; mooring buoys lie up to Current
4 cables S of the extremity of the pier. 4.151
Anchoring is prohibited, on the E side of the port, as 1 In February 1892, a current setting ESE at a rate of
indicated on the chart, owing to the presence of submarine about 1 kn was observed close W of Punta Remedios
cables. (1331N, 8948W) (4.154).

Directions International boundary

4.146 4.152
1 Vessels approaching the port should follow the line of 1 Ro Paz (La Paz) (1345N, 9008W) forms a part of
the coast, at a distance of 5 or 6 miles offshore, until the the approximate boundary between El Salvador and
town is sighted. Guatemala.
Useful mark:
Landmarks
Prominent red shed on the extremity of the pier
4.153
(1329N, 8919W).
1 The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.133.
Berths Punta Remedios Lighthouse (1331N, 8948W)
4.147 (white metal framework tower, 12 m in height).
1 A pier, 270 m in length with a depth of 5 m at its head, Conspicuous white grain silo (red obstruction lights)
extends S from the town; only small craft and lighters can at Acajutla (1334N, 8950W); a conspicuous
be accommodated alongside. cement factory, illuminated at night, stands close S
A submarine oil pipeline, with tanker moorings at its of the silo.
extremity, extends 4 cables SE into the bay from a tank
farm standing on La Puntilla, the W entrance to the port, Directions
5 cables WSW of the pier. (continued from 4.138)
4.154
Port services 1 From a position SSW of La Libertad (1329N,
4.148 8919W) the coastal passage leads W, thence WNW
1 Supplies: fresh water supply is limited and of doubtful passing:
quality; fresh provisions can be obtained from San 2 S and SSW of Punta Remedios (1331N, 8948W),
Salvador, about 35 km distant. a low, cliffy point, thickly covered with
Other facilities: nearest hospital is at San Salvador. mangroves, from where a light (4.153) is
Communications: by road with San Salvador. displayed, and which is fringed by a reef which
breaks up to 1 miles offshore and extends
2 miles NW from the point. Roca Sacasa,
LA LIBERTAD TO RO PAZ position doubtful, lies nearly 3 miles SSE of
Punta Remedios, and East Rocks, two above-water
General information rocks, lie in foul ground 1 miles W of that point.
The waters in the vicinity of Punta Remedios have
Chart 1049, 660 plan of approaches to Acajutla not been closely surveyed and mariners are advised
Route not to pass within 4 miles of the point when
4.149 coming from E. When the point bears NE they
1 From the approaches to La Libertad (1329N, 8919W) should remain in depths of not less than 183 m
to the vicinity of Ro Paz (50 miles WNW) the coastal (60 ft). Thence:
passage leads W, then WNW, in depths of more than 37 m 3 Clear of a shoal with a depth over it of 10 m (33 ft)
(20 fm) at a distance of 6 miles or more from the coast. (1333N, 9013W) (reported 1926), position
approximate, lying 12 miles SSW of the mouth of
Topography Ro Paz.
4.150 (Directions continue at 4.171)
1 The coastline between La Libertad and Acajutla
(30 miles W), which is known as Costa del Balsamo, Acajutla
comprises a region of thick forests of tall balsam trees,
which are tapped for gum. The first 6 miles W of La Chart 660 plans of approaches to Acajutla and Acajutla
Libertad is of moderate elevation and is fronted by a beach General information
of grey sand and mud. 4.155
2 Continuing W for a further 10 miles the land is higher, 1 Position and function. Acajutla (1334N, 8950W), is
forming a succession of undulating points and a modern, artificial harbour, situated in an open roadstead,
perpendicular cliffs, separated by small beaches of sand and exposed to W winds and sea. It is the biggest port in El
shingle, terminating in a point with a well wooded summit. Salvador and serves the coffee producing region of Santa
Thence to Punta Remedios (4.154), 10 miles farther W, the Ana in the W part of the country, handling about 40% of
coast again consists of grey sandy beaches with mangroves. the exports of that commodity; it is also a popular resort.
3 One mile NW of Acajutla, Ro Grande and Ro San 2 There is a modern industrial complex behind the port
Pedro flow into the sea through a common mouth, thence which includes a grain silo, a cement factory and an oil
the coast, as far as Ro Paz, 20 miles WNW, is composed refinery. Exports comprise sugar, coffee, cotton and

127
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

molasses; imports comprise grain, fertilizers, vehicles and Harbour

general cargo. 4.158
The population is about 36 000. 1 General layout. The port consists of a breakwater which
3 Traffic. In 2002, 103 vessels called totalling extends about 480 m W from the shore, thence about
3 120 598 dwt. 300 m NW (Pier A), and finally about 300 m NNW (Pier
Port Authority. Comisin Ejecutiva Portuaria C); a finger pier (Pier B), about 360 m in length, extends
Autnoma, Zone Industrial, Puerto de Acajutla, Sonsonate, NW from midway along the first section of the breakwater.
San Salvador. Five cables SSE of the root of the breakwater a
submarine pipeline extends 6 cables SW from the refinery
to a tanker buoy berth at its head.
2 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.205.
Limiting conditions Landmarks:
4.156 Grain silo and cement factory (4.153), situated
1 Deepest and longest berths. C7 and C8 on Pier C 2 cables E, and SE respectively, of the root of the
(4.160). breakwater.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about
12 m. Directions
Density of water: 1027 g/cm3 4.159
2 Maximum size of vessel handled: 1 The chart is sufficient guide; vessels approaching from E
Alongside berths: LOA 250 m, draught 12 m, or S should give Punta Remedios (4.154) a wide berth.
40 000 dwt. Useful marks (positioned from the head of the
Oil berth: LOA 2255 m, draught 12 m. breakwater (13346N, 89505W):
3 Local weather and sea state. Strong W winds usually Light (white metal framework tower, 7 m in height)
raise a heavy sea in the anchorage, at the tanker berth, and (5 cables ENE), at Puerto Viego, the old town.
cause strong surging at the alongside berths where mooring 2 Light at the head of the breakwater.
lines are frequently parted; vessels are advised to make use A light-buoy (pillar, black, white and red) (2 miles
of the shore lines provided. Engines should be ready at SW, but see note on chart).
short notice as vessels frequently have to vacate the berths Caution. It has been reported that the navigational lights
due to heavy swell. are difficult to distinguish against the background of light
4 Chubascos (1.184) are frequent in the wet season, from from the industrial complex.
May to October, particularly in May. At the tanker berth,
engines must be ready for immediate use and it is
customary for the pilot to remain on board at all times. It Berths
is advisable to maintain a radar watch from 2 hours before 4.160
sunset, until sunrise, in order to detect incoming squalls. If 1 Moorings. A group of five mooring buoys (lighted)
there is evidence of a Chubasco within 25 miles of the port
anchored 7 cables NW of the light at the breakwater head
all operations cease. Vessels are requested to maintain a
and set in a half circle suitable for a conventional buoy
minimum midships draught of 6 m at all times.
mooring, with vessel lying NE/SW.
2 Alongside. There are a total of eight berths, two on Pier
A, four on Pier B, two on Pier C, with reported depths
Arrival information alongside (1994) as follows:
4.157 Berths Depth (m) Remarks
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
A1 and 2 85 to 12.2 Liquid cargos
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours. B3 and 4 82 to 11.3 Bulk cargos and containers
Anchorage can be obtained almost anywhere off the B5 and 6 79 to 9.7 Bulk cargos and containers
port. Cargo vessels usually anchor about 1 mile NW of the
head of the breakwater (13346N, 89505W), clear of the C7 and 8 119 to 146 Containers
mooring buoys (4.160); two shallow patches, the least, one 3 Caution. In 1995 less depths were charted in the
of 59 m, lie between 8 and 9 cables NNW of the head of vicinity of Berths 5 and 6 on Pier B.
the breakwater. Tanker berth comprises two hose marker buoys and
Loaded barges, often without lights, may be encountered several mooring buoys, at the extremity of the pipeline
anchored 5 cables off the breakwater head. (4.158), where there is a depth of 15 m. A 91 m patch lies
2 Tankers are recommended not to anchor but to remain in the mooring area.
under way within VHF range. However a designated
anchorage is charted close N of the tanker moorings. The
area S of the tanker berth (1 mile S of the breakwater Port services
head), and E of 8951W should be avoided, as an 4.161
underwater obstruction is thought to exist about 7 cables 1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
SSW of the berth. Other facilities: clinics available but nearest hospital
3 Pilotage is compulsory and is available by day or night; 22 km distant; deratting exemption certificates; no facilities
the pilot boards between 1 and 2 miles off the port (see for oily waste disposal; garbage disposal.
chart) from a black launch with a silver and white Supplies: limited quantities, 24 hours notice required;
deckhouse. fresh water; fuels available only in an emergency.
Tugs are available. Communications: nearest airport is El Salvador
Quarantine flag must be flown on arrival. International Airport, distant 129 km.

128
 a
Home
Contents
Index

a
a Grain Silo

129
CHAPTER 4

a
Approaches to Acajutla (4.155)
(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

COAST OF GUATEMALA
GENERAL INFORMATION rate of about kn. However in the vicinity of San Jos,
and that of Champerico, it frequently alternates between
Charts 1049, 1050, 587 ESE and WNW setting in each direction for 3 or 4 days at
Area covered a time. From June to August WNW sets predominate with
4.162 rates of over kn.
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Ro Paz to San Jos (4.168), including Puerto
RO PAZ TO SAN JOS
Quetzal.
San Jos to Ro Suchiate (4.188), including General information
Champerico.
Chart 1049
Description Topography
4.163 4.168
1 From Ro Paz (1345N, 9008W) the Pacific coast of 1 The coast between the mouth of Ro Paz (1345N,
Guatemala extends about 140 miles WNW to Ro Suchiate 9008W) and Iztapa (about 36 miles WNW) (4.187), in the
on the Mexican border. The principal port on the coast is W approaches to Puerto Quetzal and San Jos, consists of a
Puerto Quetzal, with San Jos close W, which is situated grey sandy beach backed by wooded land; surf is heavy
40 miles W of Ro Paz; the anchorage port of Champerico along this coast, especially with S winds. Several rivers, the
serves the W of the country 24 miles SW of the mouth of largest of which is Ro Los Esclavos (10 miles WNW of
Ro Suchiate. Ro Paz) flow into the sea through this stretch of coast; a
settlement is prominent on the coast 1 miles E of Ro Los
Topography Esclavos.
4.164
1 A lowland plain, nowhere more than 30 miles wide, Current
stretches the whole length of the coast and is cultivated 4.169
with cotton, sugar, banana and maize plantations; a large 1 See 4.167.
number of short rivers drain into the sea across the plain. Principal marks
From this plain the highlands rises sharply to heights of 4.170
between 2500 and 3000 m and are dominated by a string of 1 Landmarks:
volcanoes, two of which are still active, and three of which The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.165.
rise to over 3700 m, 35 miles inland. Square Rock (1420N, 9058W), a prominent rocky
2 Lago de Atitln (1440N, 9100W), one of the most outcrop, reported to make a good landmark when
beautiful and colourful lakes in the world, bounded by the higher land N of it is obscured.
purple mountains and olive green hills, stands at an 2 San Jos Main Lighthouse (white framework tower,
elevation of 1560 m amongst the volcanic peaks, 40 miles red bands, and white tank) (1355N, 9050W).
from the coast. Conspicuous tank farm (1356N, 9051W), close W
of San Jos (4.181); an airport control tower (red
Landmarks
lights) stands 1 miles NNE of the tank farm.
4.165
Major light:
1 Volcn Agua (1427N, 9045W), which rises to a
San Jos Main Light as above.
perfect cone.
Volcn de Fuego and Volcn de Acatenango Passage directions
(1429N, 9053W), two conical peaks, of similar (continued from 4.154)
appearance, 1 miles apart. 4.171
2 Volcn Santa Maria (1445N, 9134W), which is 1 For the coastal passage from the vicinity of Ro Paz
occasionally active. In 1902 an eruption of this (1345N, 9008W) to that of San Jos (42 miles WNW)
volcano destroyed Quezaltenango, altitude 2335 m, the chart is sufficient guide. The 18 m (60 ft) depth contour
the most important city in W Guatemala. parallels the coast at a distance of about 1 mile.
Volcn Tajamulco (1502N, 9200W), which, at an 2 Useful marks:
elevation of 4220 m (charted as 8800 ft), is the Aero light (13556N, 90487W) at Puerto Quetzal
highest in Central America. (4.172).
Puerto Quetzal Rear Entry Leading Light structure
Off-lying banks
(13554N, 90482W) (4.177).
4.166
(Directions continue at 4.191)
1 Depths of 37 m (20 fm) and 163 m (89 fm) (reported
1959) lie 21 miles SSE and 45 miles S, respectively, of San Puerto Quetzal
Jos (1355N, 9050W). Depths of 20 m (11 fm) (reported
1996) (position approximate) and 124 m (68 fm) lie Chart 659 plan of San Jos and Puerto Quetzal
36 miles SW and 42 miles SSW, respectively, of San Jos. General information
Depths of 177 m (97 fm) and 221 m (121 fm), lie 4.172
37 miles SSW and 40 miles SW, respectively, of Ro 1 Position and function. Puerto Quetzal (1355N,
Suchiate (1433N, 9214W). 9048W), was completed in 1990 and superseded San Jos
(2 miles W) (4.181) as the principal port of Guatemala on
Currents the Pacific coast. The port is a terminal of the inter-ocean
4.167 communication with the Atlantic ports which are 406 km
1 Between Ro Paz (1345N, 9008W) and San Jos the distant by road, and 443 km distant by rail.
current appears to follow the coast, setting E, or ESE, at a Cruise vessels and yachts can be accommodated.

130
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from ESE nine berths designated AI, in depths of from 19 to 28 m;
on the alignment of leading lights, which lead midway although exposed to a considerable swell the holding
between breakwaters and into a buoyed fairway. ground is reported moderately good.
Traffic. In 2002, 342 vessels called totalling 3 Pilotage is compulsory for entry and departure; the pilot
7 657 711 dwt. boards in the vicinity of the Fairway Light-buoy, as shown
Port Authority. Guatemala City Agency, Km 111, on the chart.
Carretera Escuintla Iztapa, Puerto San Jos, Guatemala. Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for
vessels over 500 gt when berthing and unberthing.
Limiting conditions 4 Quarantine. Free Pratique is granted when the vessel
4.173 clears inwards. This is available during the day, including
1 Controlling depths. The entrance channel and turning weekends and holidays and is either given at the anchorage
basin, close inside the entrance, are reported (2003) by the or alongside. If at the anchorage the accommodation ladder
Port Authority to be dredged to 14 m. The fairway in the should be readied in preference to the pilot ladder.
W part of the harbour is reported to be dredged to 11 m.
Tidal levels. The average tidal range is about 1.4 m. Harbour
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 210 m; breadth 4.175
32 m; draught 105 m. 1 General layout. The port, which is protected by two
breakwaters, is constructed around a natural lagoon, and
Arrival information comprises a main commercial dock on its E side, and a W
4.174 basin with a naval base at its W end, a power station on its
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio N side, and an LPG terminal on its S side.. The main
Signals Volume 6(5). breakwater, the W, extends first about 450 m SSE, then
Notice of ETA. Vessels carrying explosives or 600 m ESE from the W entrance to the inlet; the E
ammunition must give at least 24 hours notice of arrival; breakwater extends about 300 m S from the E entrance
the cargo will only be allowed to be discharged on the leaving a passage about 350 m wide between the heads.
guarantee it will be cleared immediately from the port area. Further protection is provided by an inner breakwater
Other vessels 12 hours notice. which extends about 365 m W from the root of the E
2 Outer anchorage may be obtained in an area centred breakwater. N of this breakwater a small jetty projects W
about 1 mile S of the W breakwater, in which there are from the E side of the main dock. The small basin so

Puerto Quetzal from SSE (4.175)

(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Martin Gruenebast)

131
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Entrance Leading Lights

Approaches to Puerto Quetzal from SE (4.177)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph S.P. Macaulay (MV Logos II))

formed holds three floating diesel power stations, Galvanised warehouse on the extremity of San Jos
permanently moored to dolphins. Pier.
2 A turning basin, 400 m in diameter, is situated close Light on the extremity of San Jos Pier.
inside the entrance. Conspicuous silver painted water tower (5 cables
Development. It was reported (2002) that a passenger NNW).
terminal is planned for the W basin within the next 5 years. 2 Exhaust funnels of the floating power stations
3 Natural conditions. (19 miles E) are conspicuous.
Current. See 4.167. Both San Jos Pier and the W breakwater of Puerto
Local weather. Southerly winds, accompanied by Quetzal are reported to be good radar targets.
heavy squalls and frequent rains, prevail from
about the middle of June until October.
Principal berths
4.179
Climatic table. See under San Jos; 1.200 and 1.206.
1 Commercial Dock. The main quay, Muelle Principal on
the E side of the dock, is 810 m in length with a depth of
11 m alongside, and is a multi-purpose terminal with
Directions facilities for general cargo, bulk liquid/solid cargoes and
4.176 containers.
1 Approach. It is reported that during February, March On the N side of the dock there is a Ro-Ro berth, with
and April, the vicinity of San Jos is difficult to identify at a ramp 30 m in length, 255 m wide, capacity 100 tonnes,
daybreak on account of smoke caused by the burning of situated at the N end of Muelle Principal.
vegetation and brushwood, which frequently serves to 2 Muelle Auxiliar, 170 m in length with a depth of 6 m
obscure the landmarks (4.165) in the interior. In hazy alongside, extends W from the S extremity of Muelle
weather, the town and its environs may be identified by the Principal and is used by medium and small vessels.
break in the surrounding thick vegetation; the coastline is There is a service quay 50 m in length with a depth of
backed by low land to a distance of from 15 to 20 miles. 5 m alongside.
2 It is also reported that aids to navigation may be Cruise vessels and yachts can be accommodated.
obscured by anchored vessels, and that lights are difficult 3 West basin. Power station berth, 114 m in length with a
to distinguish at night. depth of 12 m alongside; LPG terminal 58 m in length with
4.177 a depth of 13 m.
1 Entry. From a position close N of the Fairway
Light-buoy (13545N, 90466W) the alignment (295) of Port services
leading lights on the W entrance point of the harbour leads 4.180
midway between the breakwaters to the entrance, passing 1 Repairs. Minor repairs can be carried out.
SSW of a dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying Other facilities. Medical facilities available but hospital
3 cables ESE of the E breakwater head and marked by a at Escuintla, 54 km distant; ballast and slops reception
light-buoy: available from private contractor; garbage disposal.
Front light (red and white daymark) (13553N, Supplies Provisions available in moderate quantities;
90481W). fuel oil, kerosene, diesel oil and gas oil available by road
Rear light (similar mark) (200 m WNW of front tanker; fresh water available.
Light). 2 Communications: airport 8 km distant. International
It has been reported (2002) that the rear light is slightly airport at Guatemala City 98 km distant.
obscured by vegetation and the topmark of the front light. Harbour regulations. Ships boats may not be lowered
2 Lights are displayed from the heads of the three without prior permission from the Port Captain.
breakwaters. The fairway inside the breakwaters is further
marked by light-buoys (lateral), and shoal areas on the N
San Jos
side of W basin, are marked by light-buoys (special). General information
4.178 4.181
1 Useful marks (with positions from San Jos Pier 1 Position and function. San Jos (1355N, 9050W),
(1355N, 9050W): once the chief port of Guatemala on the Pacific coast

132
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Puerto Quetzal W Basin (4.179)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph S.P. Macaulay (MV Logos II))

before the construction of Puerto Quetzal (2 miles E), is an buoys whilst discharging their cargo by submarine pipeline
open roadstead. The port now only handles the import of to tank farms ashore. The approach to the berths is marked
petroleum products and the export of molasses, by tanker by a buoy (white pillar).
offshore.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 79 vessels called at the port totalling Port services
3 155 566 dwt. 4.186
1 As for Puerto Quetzal (4.180).
Tidal levels
4.182 Anchorage
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring Chart 1049
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 12 m. Iztapa
Arrival information 4.187
4.183 1 Iztapa (1356N, 9044W), situated at the mouth of Ro
1 Port radio. As for Puerto Quetzal (4.174). Michatoya 6 miles E of San Jos, was once an old Spanish
Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, in port and is now a resort and of little importance. Vessels
a depth of 20 m, about 6 cables S of the head of the pier calling at Iztapa must enter and clear at Puerto Quetzal
(1355N, 9050W). During the rainy season (May to (4.172) first.
October) when Chubascos (1.184) are likely to occur Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 20 to
without warning it is prudent to anchor farther to seaward. 24 m (11 to 13 fm), muddy sand, about 5 cables offshore.
2 It is inadvisable to anchor closer to the pier due to an
area of lighter moorings situated 4 cables SE of the pier,
and to an area of foul ground charted 3 cables S of the SAN JOS TO RO SUCHIATE
pier; the foul ground consists of numerous anchors and
lengths of cables. General information
3 Three dangerous wrecks lie within 1 cables of the head Chart 1050
of the pier. Topography
Submarine cables are laid, as shown on the chart, to 4.188
the E side of the anchorage. 1 The coast between San Jos (1355N, 9050W) and
Pilotage is not required for anchoring. Pilots are Ro Suchiate (about 93 miles NW), is formed by an almost
compulsory and available by day from Puerto Quetzal for continuous sandy beach, lined with trees and mangroves,
tankers proceeding to the terminals. and backed by lagoons which are connected to the sea by
4 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.206. narrow passages which are suitable only for boat traffic.
Numerous rivers flow into the lagoons from the high land
Directions
in the interior. Champerico (4.193), the only town of any
4.184
size on the coast, stands 24 miles SE of Ro Suchiate.
1 Approach. See 4.176.
Entry. Depths in the anchorage are generally deep with International boundary
depths of 20 m or more to within 6 cables of the shore. 4.189
Useful marks: See 4.178. 1 Ro Suchiate (1433N, 9214W) (4.205) forms the
approximate boundary between Guatemala and Mexico.
Berths
4.185 Principal marks
1 No alongside berths are provided for ocean-going vessels 4.190
at San Jos; such vessels are accommodated at Puerto 1 Landmarks:
Quetzal (4.179). A metal pier, formerly the molasses berth, The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.165.
extends about 275 m from the shore, and is reported (2003) San Jos Main Lighthouse (1355N, 9050W)
to be no longer in operation and in a state of disrepair. (4.170).
2 Offshore tanker berths. There are three tanker berths, Tank farm (1356N, 9051W) and airport control
two for petroleum products and one for molasses, situated tower (4.170).
about 1 miles W of San Jos where tankers, with Major light:
draughts up to 9 m, can be accommodated at mooring San Jos Main Light (1355N, 9050W) (4.170).

133
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Directions 3 Pilotage is not available.

(continued from 4.171) Tugs are available but are not required except for
4.191 lighters.
1 In the coastal passage between San Jos (1355N, Current. See 4.167.
9050W) and Ro Suchiate (93 miles WNW) it is essential
that vessels give a wide berth to the dangers lying off the
Directions
coast in the vicinity of San Luis (1411N, 9145W) 4.196
(4.203). The 18 m (10 fm) depth contour runs from 1 mile 1 Entry is free from charted dangers; the chart is
off the coast at San Jos to 10 miles off the coast abreast sufficient guide.
San Luis, and isolated patches of 18 m (10 fm) and less, as Useful marks (with positions from the head of the pier)
shown on the chart, lie outside this depth contour. (14176N, 91557W).
4.192 Champerico Light (tower on concrete tank)
1 Useful marks (with positions from San Jos Main Light (2 cables NE).
(1355N, 9050W): 2 Conspicuous water tower (1 cables ENE) (red light),
Breakwaters protecting a river mouth (5 miles W). spherical and painted silver.
Village on the coast (12 miles W), position Conspicuous stranded wreck (1 mile SE).
approximate. Berth
El Gancho Leading Lights (1433N, 9215W) 4.197
(4.205). 1 A metal pier, 216 m in length, suitable only for small
(Directions continue for the offshore passage at 5.14 craft and lighters, extends SW from the town; in 1992 the
and for the coastal passage at 5.20) pier was stated to be in a poor condition. Lights are
displayed from the SE and NW corners of the head of the
pier whilst cargo is being worked.
Champerico
Port services
Chart 659 plan of Champerico 4.198
General information 1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
4.193 Other facilities. Local medical facilities available,
1 Position and function. Champerico (1418N, 9156W) nearest hospital at Retalhuleu 43 km distant.
is an open roadstead and is a port of entry for W Supplies. Provisions available by prior arrangement;
Guatemala. Cargo is loaded and discharged into lighters; fresh water available; bunkers not available.
the principal exports are cotton, coffee and bananas. Communications: airport at Champerico.
The population of the town is about 5000. Anchorages
2 Port Authority. Empresa Portuaria Nacional de
Champerico, 10A Calle 331, Zona 1, Champerico, Chart 1050
Guatemala. General information
4.199
Limiting conditions 1 A number of anchorages, described below and known as
4.194 Embarcaderos, are situated off the entrances to the lagoons,
1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. where the local produce, consisting mainly of sugar, coffee
Mean spring range about 21 m; mean neap range about and dyewood, is shipped. The port of clearance for these
15 m. anchorages is San Jos/Puerto Quetzal. Lighters for
Maximum size of vessel handled in the port has been handling cargo would have to be brought from San Jos or
one of LOA 200 m; draught 11 m. Champerico and returned after use.
2 Local weather and sea state. A heavy surf renders 2 Caution. Landing should not be attempted at any of
landing on the beach dangerous; cargo is landed at the pier these Embarcaderos unless the sea is very smooth. The
(4.197). The swell tends to be heavier here than at other anchorages, being fully exposed, should be avoided in bad
places along the coast and often makes cargo work very weather.
difficult unless the vessel can be kept head to sea. At full San Jernimo
and new moon, heavy rollers sometimes set in from S 4.200
during a flat calm, breaking in depths of about 7 m. 1 The settlement of San Jernimo (1357N, 9115W)
In bad weather landing on the pier is difficult and at comprises a large sugar warehouse and a collection of huts
times may be impossible. standing at the entrance to Ro Guacalate.
Anchorage may be obtained off the settlement, in the
Arrival information fine weather season, in depths of from 11 to 15 m (36 to
4.195 49 ft).
1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Tecojate
Volume 6(5).
4.201
Notice of ETA. Should be sent 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Tecojate (1358N,
in advance.
9121W) but the holding ground is inferior to that at the
2 Anchorage. The recommended anchorage, as shown on
other Embarcaderos as the bottom is of shifting sand; the
the chart, is in a depth of about 12 m, 9 cables SSW of the
anchor should be sighted every day.
head of the pier. When the swell is heavy, or heavy rollers
may be expected (see above) anchoring any closer to the Nuevo Venecio
pier is inadvisable. 4.202
Mooring buoys are laid within 5 cables of the head of 1 Anchorage may be obtained off Nuevo Venecio
the pier. (Sesecapa) (1406N, 9137W).

134
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

San Luis 2 Anchorage is usually obtained off the settlement in

4.203 depths of 9 m (30 ft), moving off to a distance of 1 or
1 Description. San Luis (1411N, 9145W) is situated at 2 miles at night.
the mouth of Ro Samala and may be identified by two Landing can only be effected by surfing boats.
large sheds with huts on either side. Caution. Vessels should approach the vicinity of Ocs
Vessels may anchor off during the dry season, from with caution as frequent earthquakes alter the coastline.
November to April, but at other times this anchorage
should be avoided.
2 Dangers in the approach. A reef on which the sea
breaks is reported to lie between 2 and 4 miles offshore for
a distance of about 6 miles abreast the mouth of Ro Ro Suchiate
Samala. In 1916 shoal water was reported to be extending 4.205
seaward from the reef and in 1912 a vessel is reported to 1 General information. Ro Suchiate (1433N, 9214W),
have struck a rock about 5 miles S of San Luis. The which forms the approximate boundary between Guatemala
anchorage should be approached with caution. and Mexico flows into a lagoon separated from the sea by
a very narrow strip of land known as Barra del Suchiate;
Ocs the bar is said to be open during the rainy season.
4.204 2 The entrance is marked by El Gancho Leading Lights
1 The village of Ocs (1430N, 9212W), which is (white round concrete towers, the front 17 m in height, the
situated on the W side of the mouth of Ro Ocosito, is an rear 20 m in height) (1433N, 9215W).
abandoned port and was last reported to consist only of Ro Suchiate separates the town of Tecn Uman
four wooded buildings in a poor state of repair, and a (1446N, 9214W), the terminus of the Guatemalan
derelict pier now standing on dry ground. railway on the Mexican border, from the Mexican town of
Lights are displayed from the vicinity of the settlement. Suchiate, 3 miles farther W.

135
Home Contents Index

Chapter 5 - Pacific coast of Mexico from Ro Suchiate to Mazatlan

110 108 106 104 102 100 98 96 94 92

Mazatlan
5.244

5.233
22 5.191 22
5.191
San Blas
5.224
5.220
Vallarta M E X I C O
5.203 5.207
Cabo Corrientes
20 20

B. de Chamela 516
5.173 B. de Tenacatita 516 587
ad Manzanillo 516
avid 5.155
. de N i ag
o
516 B nt
136

S a
&
anillo
Manz
2323 516 B. de
18 Lzero Crdenas 1944 18
5.145 5.133

5.95
Acapulco 1944
587 5.118
1053
5.68 5.38
Puerto Salina Cruz
16 ngel 659 16
5.81
5. 62 5. 2 2
Golfo de Tehuantepec
5.15 Puerto
Madero
1051 5.11 659
o
er
ad at

e
P.M hi
t o c
14 ppr. Su 14
659 A Ro

110 108 106 104 102 Longitude 100 West from Greenwich 96 94 92
March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5
PACIFIC COAST OF MEXICO FROM RO SUCHIATE TO MAZATLAN

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 587, 2323 Natural conditions

Scope of the chapter 5.2
5.1 1 Winds. Along the lower Mexican coast the prevailing
1 In this chapter are described the coastal passages, direction of the trade winds is NW, tending to parallel the
harbours and anchorages, along the coast of Mexico from coastline. In Golfo de Tehuantepec strong N winds, known
the border with Guatemala to the entrance to Golfo de as Tehuantepecanos (1.184), are often encountered during
California. The description includes Golfo de Tehuantepec the cooler months. Land and sea breezes are characteristic
(1500N, 9400W), and the ports of Salina Cruz (1610N, of the W coast of Mexico. The sea breezes during the day
9512W), Acapulco (1651N, 9954W), Lzaro Crdenas blow from the SW quadrant; at night the land breeze blows
(1756N, 10211W), Manzanillo (1903N, 10420W), with less regularity in both direction and force.
Puerto Vallarta (2037N, 10516W) and Mazatlan 2 Currents. The currents in Golfo de Tehuantepec are
(2311N, 10625W). Also included is a description of described at 5.9.
Islas Tres Marias which lie in the approaches to Golfo de The currents along the coast between Puerto ngel and
California, 60 miles NNW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, Manzanillo are very irregular both in direction and strength.
10543W). In the summer months the current between Manzanillo and
2 The chapter is divided into the following sections: Cabo Corrientes is more regular in direction, setting NW,
Golfo de Tehuantepec (5.3). but it is irregular in strength, being stronger nearer the land
Puerto ngel to Cabo Corrientes (5.79). than offshore.
Cabo Corrientes to Mazatlan (5.189).

GOLFO DE TEHUANTEPEC

GENERAL INFORMATION 3 West of Salina Cruz, as far as Puerto ngel (about

85 miles WSW), the coast consists of rocky bluffs, with
Chart 1050 sandy beaches between them, backed closer inland by
Area covered rugged mountain ranges.
5.3
1 The area covered by this section comprises: Landmarks
Offshore passage (5.11). 5.6
Ro Suchiate to Salina Cruz (5.15). 1 Volcn Tajamulco (1502N, 9200W) (4.165).
Salina Cruz (5.38). Volcn Tacana (1509N, 9207W), 34 miles NNE of
Salina Cruz to Puerto ngel (5.62). Barra de Suchiate, is the highest peak in the area.
Cerro Tres Picos (1612N, 9338W) which, in clear
Description weather, can be seen at a distance of about
5.4 90 miles. From a distance it appears as a cone
1 Golfo de Tehuantepec is the wide expanse of water towering above the surrounding mountains, but
which lies between Ro Suchiate (1433N, 9214W) from SW and closer to the coast it appears as
(4.205) and Puerto ngel (about 257 miles WNW). The three peaks, the middle one being the sharpest and
head of the gulf is formed by the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, highest whilst the other two are similar in shape
the narrowest part of Mexico. and size.
2 Cerro de Len (1605N, 9616W), the highest peak
Topography on the W side of the gulf, which attains an
5.5 elevation of 3139 m (10 300 ft) 30 miles NE of
1 The shores of the gulf are backed by high mountains Puerto ngel.
which gradually decrease in height from over 4000 m at its
E entrance, to less than 900 m at its head, and then Off-lying banks
increase again to over 3000 m towards its W entrance. 5.7
2 From Ro de Suchiate to the vicinity of Salina Cruz 1 West of Puerto Madero. An extensive area of shoal
(about 198 miles NW) the entire stretch of coast comprises depths is centred in position about 47 miles WSW of
a low, sandy beach, backed by an almost continuous line of Puerto Madero (1442N, 9224W); the least charted depth,
lagoons; these lagoons are connected to the sea in places one of 10 m (33 ft) (reported 1962) lies in a bank on the
by narrow channels and bars. The land is low and wooded NE side of the area and a charted depth of 12 m (39 ft)
between the lagoons and Sierra de Soconusco, the high (reported 1960) lies on the W side of the area. Isolated
land in the interior on the SE side of the bay, except in the depths of 146 m (48 ft) (reported 1964), 20 m (11 fm)
vicinity of Paredones de Soconusco (1551N, 9341W) (reported 1961) and 17 m (55 ft) (reported 1989) lie
(5.19) where the hills approach the coast. A few scattered 57 miles WSW, 62 miles W and 90 miles W, respectively,
hills rise from the coastal plain at the head of the bay. of Puerto Madero.

137
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

5.8 OFFSHORE PASSAGE

1 South of Puerto ngel. An obstruction was reported
(1928) (existence doubtful) in a position 10 miles SSE of General information
Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W), and another (1929) Chart 1050
(existence doubtful) in a position about 8 miles SW of the Topography
port; in 1951 a depth of 46 m (25 fm) was reported about 5.11
2 miles ENE of the latter obstruction. 1 See 5.5.
2 A bank with a depth over it of 20 m (11 fm) was
reported (1949) (position approximate) 16 miles SSW of
Puerto ngel, and a depth of 24 m (13 fm) was reported Currents
(1966) in a position 1 miles NE of this bank. In 1972 5.12
HMS Odin passed through the charted positions of these 1 See 5.9.
banks and obtained depths of over 1463 m (800 fm).
Principal marks
5.13
1 Landmarks:
See 5.6.
Currents Major lights:
5.9 Puerto Madero Light (1442N, 9225W) (5.19).
1 During the season of Northers (1.184) the currents in Punta Izuca Light (1539N, 9631W) (5.65).
Golfo de Tehuantepec are chiefly influenced by the wind.
When a Norther is blowing, the current sets strongly N and
W along the shore on the E side of the gulf, and N and E Directions
on the W side of the gulf; at other times the current sets in (continued from 4.192)
the opposite direction. This is accounted for by the 5.14
violence of the Tehuantepecanos (1.184) lowering the water 1 From the approaches to Ro Suchiate (1433N,
at the head of the gulf, and so causing a flow along each 9214W) to those of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) the
shore to fill the vacancy. When the Norther ceases, the passage leads direct WNW for about 258 miles, passing
reverse action takes place, the head waters being forced out NNE of the banks and shoal depths W of Puerto Madero
along the shore to make room for the return of that forced (5.7). Attention is also drawn to the off-lying banks and
out by the gale. These currents have been observed to obstructions (5.8) which lie up to 16 miles to seaward of
extend as far E as Champerico (1418N, 9156W), and as Puerto ngel.
far W as Ro Verde (1558N, 9748W). (Directions continue at 5.86)
2 The water displaced from Golfo de Tehuantepec and the
coast SE by the Northers is replaced, not only by the flow
of surface current, but also by the upwelling of cooler RO SUCHIATE TO SALINA CRUZ
sub-surface water. Sudden and considerable changes in sea
General information
surface temperature may therefore be observed at times
during the winter months in the region of the gulf. Chart 1050
3 The currents along the coast W of Salina Cruz (1610N, Topography
9512W) are very irregular, in direction and force as well 5.15
as duration, sometimes setting E with a rate of from to 1 See 5.5.
2 kn, and within 12 hours setting as strongly in the
opposite direction. Off Baha de Sacrificios (Puerto
Exercise area
Sacrificios) (1541N, 9615W) the current has been
5.16
observed setting N and E at a rate of 2 kn, during a
1 A firing practice area, which should be avoided, is
Norther, and S and W at a rate of more than kn with a
centred on 1541N, 9338W, 15 miles SE of Barra de San
wind from an opposite direction. The strongest current
Marcos (5.34).
recorded is off the rock awash (5.66) situated about 3 miles
W of Punta Chipehua (1600N, 9523W), where a rate of
2 kn has been observed. Traffic separation scheme
4 Owing to this uncertainty in both the direction and rate 5.17
of the currents in Golfo de Tehuantepec mariners should 1 A TSS, as shown on the chart, is in operation in the
navigate with caution in this area. approaches to Salina Cruz. The scheme is IMO adopted
and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
The scheme comprises two parts:
Approach from S; recommended for vessels over
Anchorage and landing 500 grt arriving at, or leaving, the port of Salina
5.10 Cruz.
1 Anchorage may be obtained almost anywhere off the 2 Approach from SW; recommended for oil tankers
shore of Golfo de Tehuantepec in depths of 12 to 27 m proceeding to, or coming from, the three single
(39 ft to 15 fm), sand. There is no shelter from S winds. point moorings, or the oil terminal (5.60).
Mariners should note that landing is likely to be very A Precautionary Area is established in the harbour
dangerous due to the strong undertow that is always approaches at the junction of the S and SW approach
present. routes.

138
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Currents Puerto Madero

5.18 Chart 659 plans of Approaches to Puerto Madero, Puerto
1 See 5.9. Madero
General information
5.22
1 Position. Puerto Madero (1442N, 9225W) is situated
Principal marks on the SE side of Golfo de Tehuantepec, 13 miles NW of
5.19 the entrance to Ro Suchiate.
1 Landmarks: Function. The port, with a population of about 6000, is
The landmarks in the interior are described at 5.6. a port of entry and serves the city of Tapachula, 25 km
Cerro San Bernardo (1555N, 9337W), standing inland, which is the road and rail junction for Guatemala. It
about 5 miles inland, the highest peak on the N is used principally by fishing vessels, for export of
side of a group of hills known as Paredones de agricultural products, and there is a naval base.
Soconusco. These mountains and hills, being so 2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from SW
near the coast, appear to rise from it; they are on the alignment of leading lights and entered between
wooded, appearing green in the rainy season and parallel breakwaters.
brown in the dry, and form the best landmarks for Port Authority. Puerto Madero Port Authority, Recinto
this part of the coast in all seasons. Fiscal, Puerto Madero, Chiapas, Mexico.
2 Major lights:
Puerto Madero Light (white round concrete tower, red
bands, and dwellings, 23 m in height) (1442N, Limiting conditions
9225W). 5.23
Morro de Salinas Light (1610N, 9512W) (5.52). 1 Controlling depths (reported 1997):
From the entrance to the main dock 85 m.
Access channel to fish quay and naval pier, 7 m.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 15 m; mean neap range about
10 m.
Directions Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 165 m, breadth
(continued from 4.192) 25 m, draught 8 m.
5.20
1 From the vicinity of 1430N, 9220W, in the
approaches to Ro Suchiate, to the vicinity of 1556N, Arrival information
9511W, at the entrance to the S approach lane of Salina 5.24
Cruz TSS (5.17), the route leads WNW for about 1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
190 miles. Thence the appropriate traffic lane should be Volume 6(5).
followed to the port. Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
2 The depths along the coast are regular; with the Outer anchorage may be obtained between 5 cables and
exception of two isolated depths of 183 m (60 ft) lying up 1 miles SSW of the entrance, in depths of 12 to 16 m,
to 7 miles offshore 29 and 34 miles NW, respectively, of mud, good holding ground.
Puerto Madero Light (1442N, 9225W), the 18 m (60 ft) Pilotage is compulsory and available 0800 to 1800,
depth contour follows the coast at a distance of about other times by arrangement; the pilot boards about 5 cables
4 miles offshore. Other than these two depths and the off the entrance from a black launch with a red
off-lying banks described at 5.7, there are no known superstructure.
charted dangers at a distance greater than 1 mile from the 2 Tug is available and is compulsory; the tug usually
shore. meets vessels at the entrance and remains in attendance
until berthing is completed.

Harbour
Useful marks 5.25
5.21 1 General layout. The port is protected by two parallel
1 Barra de San Juan Light (1508N, 9252W) (5.33). rubble breakwaters, 340 m apart; the E breakwater extends
Hill (340 m (1116 ft) high) (1548N, 9327W), 910 m, and the W breakwater 630 m, SW from the
whose summit is a long ridge, which stands on the entrance. The entrance channel, 80 m wide, leads NE
coastal plain 5 miles inland. between the breakwaters, thence NNE and N, for about
Santa Cruz Light (red truncated tower, yellow bands, 6 cables to a turning basin, 280 m in diameter, with Muelle
concrete base, 18 m in height) (1533N, Fiscal, the general cargo berth, on its E side. From a
9319W). position in the channel about 3 cables inside the entrance, a
2 La Soledad Light (white concrete tower, red diagonal secondary channel, reported dredged to 7 m (1987),
stripes, 12 m in height) (1604N, 9409W). branches E for 4 cables to a basin with a fish quay and
La Chichi Light (round concrete tower, 12 m in piers on its N side, and a naval pier on its S side. A yacht
height) (1611N, 9428W). club stands at the head of the basin.
San Francisco Light (1613N, 9448W) (5.37). 2 Puerto Madero Light (5.19) is displayed from close
Church at San Mateo del Mar (1612N, 9459W), NNW of the root of the W breakwater.
which has a white dome. Development. There are plans (2001) to develop the
(Directions continue for Salina Cruz at 5.54 port further for tourism, and to extend the N basin;
and for coastal passage at 5.66) dredging work was taking place (2004).

139
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Local traffic. Large numbers of fishing vessels may be Barra de San Simn
found in the vicinity of the port, with peak times for 5.31
entries and departures at 0600 and 1800. 1 Barra de San Simn (1448N, 9233W) is at an
Climatic table. For Tapachula see 1.200 and 1.207. opening about 1 cables wide from which breakers extend
about 1 cables to seaward. A dangerous wreck lies
Directions for entering harbour 3 miles seaward of the bar. The coast in the vicinity, as far
5.26 as Puerto Madero, 8 miles SE, is bordered by forest.
1 Entry leading lights. From the vicinity of the Fairway Barra de San Jos
Light-buoy (safe water) (14406N, 92261W) the 5.32
alignment (044) of these lights, displayed from above the 1 Barra de San Jos (1455N, 9241W) is at an opening
head of the harbour, leads from SW through the entrance: about 2 cables wide from which breakers extend about
Front light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 12 m in 2 cables to seaward.
height) (14426N, 92242W).
Rear light (similar structure, 21 m in height) (250 m Barras de San Juan and de Zacapulco
NE from front light). 5.33
2 Muelle Fiscal Leading Lights. From a position about 1 Barra de San Juan (1508N, 9252W) and Barra de
3 cables inside the entrance the alignment (006) of these Zacapulco (about 4 miles NW) front the entrance to Laguna
lights leads N into the turning basin: Tembladeras. Breakers extend about 2 cables to seaward
Front light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 10 m in from Barra de Zacapulco which is about 1 cables wide
height) (14433N, 92244W). but is very shallow.
Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) (270 m A light (white round concrete tower, 12 m in height) is
N from front light). displayed from the vicinity of Barra de San Juan. Santa
3 Muelle de Pesca Leading Lights. From the same Cruz Light (5.21) is displayed from a position 37 miles
position as above, the alignment (099) of these lights leads NW from Barra de San Juan Light.
E along the secondary channel to the fish quay: Barra de San Marcos
Front light (truncated metal tower, 9 m in height) 5.34
(14422N, 92237W). 1 Barra de San Marcos (1554N, 9346W), is situated
Rear light (similar structure, 13 m in elevation) 6 miles W of Paredones de Soconusco (5.19); the breakers
(250 m E from front light). on this bar, which extend about 2 cables to seaward, are
5.27 not usually heavy.
1 Useful marks: Caution. See 5.16.
Lights (truncated pyramidal towers, 10 m in elevation)
are displayed from the E and W breakwater heads. Puerto Arista
5.35
1 General information. Puerto Arista (1556N, 9350W)
Berths was formally the commercial port for the town of Tonal
5.28 situated about 9 miles inland. A light (white round masonry
1 Muelle Fiscal (charted as Wharf): length 150 m; official tower, 26 m in height) is displayed from the shore.
depth alongside 78 m; vessels usually berth port side-to Anchorage may be obtained off the town, throughout
using the starboard anchor. the year, in depths of about 18 m (60 ft). The holding
Muelle de Pesca: three jetties with six berths for vessels ground is good but vessels tend to lie beam on to the swell
up to 85 m in length, depth alongside 7 m. owing to the effect of the prevailing coastal current.
Fuel jetty (close W of Muelle de Pesca): length 50 m, 2 Landing is dangerous as the beach is steep and there is
depth alongside 7 m. surf all along the shore.
Navy jetty: length 85 m, depth alongside 7 m.
Barra de Tonal
5.36
Port services 1 General information. Barra de Tonal (1600N,
5.29 9358W) stands at the entrance to Mar Muerto, a large
1 Repairs: minor facilities only. lagoon. The bar, which is continually shifting, is about
Other facilities: medical facilities available, requests 9 cables wide, and breakers extend across its full length
should be made before arrival if possible; deratting from 5 to 7 cables from the coast. It can only be used, at
certificates issued; facilities for the disposal of oily waste certain states of tide and sea, by small, local craft of light
and the disposal of garbage. draught.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water from hydrants, fuels. 2 Useful marks:
Communications: Tapachula International Airport, Puerto Arista Light (1556N, 9350W) (5.19).
12 km distant. Paredn Light (round concrete tower, 8 m in height)
(1603N, 9353W) displayed at Paredn, a town
on the E side of Mar Muerto.
Bars and anchorages 3 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 22 m (12 fm)
about 5 cables to seaward of the centre of the breakers.
Landing may be effected on the beach on the E side of
Chart 1050
the entrance, clear of the breakers.
5.30
1 Caution. The lagoons which line this stretch of coast Boca de San Francisco
are accessed through narrow channels or bars, suitable only 5.37
for boats. A heavy surf breaks almost continuously along 1 Boca de San Francisco (1613N, 9446W) forms the
the shore and landing is usually a hazardous undertaking. entrance to a series of large lagoons, including Laguna

140
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Superior, Laguna Inferior and Mar del Tileme, which Limiting conditions
penetrate inland for about 13 miles and which are fed by 5.43
numerous small rivers. The entrance is about 3 cables wide, 1 Controlling depths. Access channel through the outer
but the vegetation stops short some distance either side of harbour has a depth of 12 m; the channel is reported
the entrance causing it to appear broad and spacious. subject to silting but regular dredging is carried out. The
Heavy breakers extend up to 5 cables to seaward from the channel into the Inner Harbour is dredged to a depth of
entrance which is frequently impassable, even by boats. 97 m.
2 There are several settlements on the shores of the Deepest and longest berths.
lagoons including that of San Francisco del Mar, standing Alongside: Container berth (5.57).
2 miles NE of the entrance, and San Dionisio del Mar, on Offshore Oil Terminal: SPM No 3 (5.60).
the N side of Laguna Inferior about 4 miles NW of the 2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
entrance. Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about
3 Useful marks: 08 m.
San Francisco Light (red round concrete tower, Density of water: 1025 g/cm3.
yellow bands, 12 m in height) (1613N, 9448W) Maximum size of vessel handled.
standing 3 miles W of the entrance. Inner Harbour: LOA 180 m; draught 91 m.
San Dionisio del Mar Light (white round concrete Outer Harbour: LOA 200 m; draught 96 m.
tower, 10 m in height) (1616N, 9446W). Offshore Oil Terminal: LOA 350 m; 250 000 dwt;
4 White sand dune standing on a low spit of land draught 213 m.
5 cables W of the entrance, and a stranded wreck 3 Local weather. Baha Salina Cruz is open S and
lying close W of the entrance, reported to be exposed to the considerable swell from SW during May to
prominent on radar. October; also Northers blow with great strength at times
Church at Santa Maria del Mar (1613N, 9451W), between November and March. During this period, draft
which has an open cupola. limitations apply to Inner Harbour where the limited
dimensions can make manoeuvring difficult. Strong gales
are frequent and at times there can be a dangerous swell in
the entrance to the port making access difficult.
SALINA CRUZ
Arrival information
Vessel Traffic Service
General information 5.44
1 Vessel Traffic Service is in operation for the control of
Chart 659 plans of Approaches to Salina Cruz and Salina Cruz shipping in the TSS, the Precautionary Area and the port
Position area. A control tower stands close W of Morro de Salinas
5.38 Light (1610N, 9512W) (5.52). Vessels must make
1 Salina Cruz (1610N, 9512W) is an artificial harbour contact 1 hours prior to arrival; see Admiralty List of
situated at the head of Golfo de Tehuantepec. Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for further details.
Coast and port radio
Function 5.45
5.39 1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1 The port, in the State of Oaxaca, is a free port and is Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
equipped to handle VLCCs at an offshore terminal, and
smaller tankers, container vessels, and general cargo vessels Notice of ETA
at alongside berths in an inner and outer harbour; it is also 5.46
a small naval base. The population is about 45 000. 1 ETA should be sent at not less than 72 hours, with
updates and 24 and 12 hours.
Approach and entry Outer anchorages
5.40 5.47
1 The port is approached from S or SW through the TSS 1 A designated anchorage for deep-draught vessels is
(5.17). The Outer Harbour is entered from SSE on the shown on the chart 3 miles SE of the port. Anchorage may
alignment of leading lights which lead between breakwaters also be obtained in Baha Ventosa (5.50), 3 miles E of the
about 160 m apart. port, in depths of 6 to 8 m.
Pilotage and tugs
Traffic 5.48
5.41 1 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards from a launch
1 In 2002, 38 vessels used the port totalling 2 625 359 dwt. with a black hull and white superstructure. Entry to the
In addition about 600 tankers a year use the oil terminal, harbour and mooring at the offshore terminal is available
and about 50 vessels a year the LPG terminal. only by day but vessels may leave at any time. Vessels
bound for the Outer or Inner Harbour are boarded, as
Port Authority shown on the chart, about 4 cables SSE of the entrance;
5.42 vessels bound for the offshore terminal are boarded about
1 Administracion Portuaria de Salina Cruz, Interior Recinto 6 cables S of the outer end of the new E breakwater of the
Fiscal s/n, Colonia Canlarana, Salina Cruz 70680, Oaxaca, Morro de Salinas harbour (see chart).
Mexico. 2 Tugs are available and are compulsory for vessels over
Website: www.apisal.com.mx 2500 grt.

141
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Traffic regulations Punta Ventosa (1610N, 9509W), a bold, rocky,

5.49 projecting headland, whose summit is known as
1 Prohibited anchorage. A charted area in which Cerro Morro.
anchoring is prohibited surrounds the SPMs (5.60) and their 2 Morro de Salinas (1610N, 9512W), standing at the
associated pipelines. W side of the harbour entrance, a round rocky
Prohibited areas. Unauthorised entry to three areas, projection with an almost perpendicular cliff on its
radius 600 m centred on each SPM, is prohibited. E side. A light (see below) is displayed from the
summit, and a group of aluminium coloured tanks,
higher in elevation than the light, stand close NW.
Harbour A radio mast also stands on Morro de Salinas.
General layout 3 Punta Chipehua (Punta Chipequa) (1601N,
9522W), which consists almost entirely of an
5.50
immense sand dune projecting about 1 mile from
1 Salina Cruz and its environs comprise three bays, Baha
the general line of the coast. From W the point
Ventosa on the E, Baha Salina Cruz which contains the
appears as a bold dark cliff with a belt of sand
harbour, and Baha de Salina Marqus, which contains the
over the top. The outer end is rounded and brown,
offshore terminal, on the W side.
and within it, both sides are covered with sand
2 Baha Ventosa, which is entered E of Punta Ventosa
from the top to the beach and are quite bare of
(1610N, 9509W) (5.52), provides an additional
vegetation.
anchorage to the main anchorage. Ro Tehuantepec, the
4 Major light:
sediment from which is reported to be silting up the bay,
Morro de Salinas Light (white octagonal masonry
flows into the sea about 2 miles NE of Punta Ventosa;
tower and dwelling, 14 m in height) (1610N,
the city of Tehuantepec is situated about 10 miles up the
9512W).
river. Heavy breakers extend for 1 mile outside the bar at
the river mouth, and the bar dries during the dry season.
Landing in the bay is difficult even in good weather.
3 Baha Salina Cruz, a shallow indentation which lies
between Punta Ventosa and Morro de Salinas (about
3 miles W), contains the port of Salina Cruz which
comprises an outer and an inner harbour. Outer Harbour is
protected on its E side by a breakwater extending about
4 cables SSW to form an entrance about 160 m wide
between its head and the knuckle of the W entrance point.
A container berth is situated on the E side at the root of
the breakwater, and an LPG berth on the W side. Inner
Harbour, entered between two moles 50 m apart, has
general purpose berths on its SE side and tanker berths on
its SW side. The repair areas and naval sector stand in the
NW corner of Inner Harbour, and the fishing piers on its
NE side.
4 Baha de Salina Marqus, which lies between Morro de
Salinas (5.52) and Morro de Salina Marqus (about 3 miles
WSW) (5.56), contains the offshore oil terminal operated
by PEMEX (Petroleos Mexicanos). A tanker harbour lies
on the S side of Morro de Salinas. The E breakwater of
this harbour, whose root lies close W of the entrance to
Morro de Salinas Light from ENE (5.52)
Outer Harbour, extends first 6 cables S, thence 3 cables
(Original dated prior to 1994)
SW. The W breakwater, whose root lies 8 cables W of
the E breakwater, extends 4 cables S. A small industrial (Photograph Crown Copyright)
harbour, protected by two short breakwaters about 3 cables
apart, lies about 1 miles farther W. Directions
(continued from 5.21)
Natural conditions Approach
5.51 5.53
1 Currents. Although the currents off the entrance to the 1 From a position either SE or ESE of Punta Chipehua
outer harbour are usually weak and variable, a W set of (1601N, 9522W) (5.52) the appropriate lane of the TSS
from 3 to 4 kn has been experienced. See also 5.9. (5.17) should be followed to the Precautionary Area, thence
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.208. to the pilot boarding positions or outer anchorages as
required.
Principal marks
5.52 Entry to Outer and Inner Harbours
1 Landmarks: 5.54
Pico Shadani (1612N, 9514W) (chart 1050) which 1 Entry leading lights. From the vicinity of 1607N,
stands 3 miles N of Salina Cruz; a remarkable 9511W, the alignment (346) of lights, displayed from
rock, about 18 m (59 ft) high, and which resembles above the head of Inner Harbour, leads from SSE through
a house, stands on its summit. Pico Tecuani, a the approach channel, passing E of the tanker harbour, and
whale-backed mountain, stands 1 miles W of between the breakwaters, and light-buoys marking the 10 m
Pico Shadani. depth contours, into Outer Harbour:

142
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Entrance to Salina Cruz (5.54)

(Original dated 1993)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Front light (truncated pyramidal masonry tower, 13 m Useful marks

in height) (16103N, 95119W). 5.56
2 Rear light (truncated pryamidal metal tower, 13 m in 1 Tower (16100N, 95115W) (position approximate),
height) (280 m NNW from front light). at the container berth.
Lights (red (E) and green (W) concrete towers, 7 m in Morro de Salina Marqus (1608N, 9515W), the
height) are displayed from the heads of the breakwaters. sandy headland at the W entrance to Baha de
Lights (red (E) and green (W) concrete towers, 5 m in Salina Marqus.
height) are displayed from the corners of the entrance to
Inner Harbour. Basins and berths
3 The entrance to Inner Harbour is 30 m wide, and space
inside the harbour restricted. Immediately inside the Outer Harbour
entrance the vessel is stopped and swung short round, with 5.57
the assistance of tugs. On departure the bow is usually held 1 North side: Berth 6, 70 m in length.
on the extremity of No 5 berth whilst the vessel is swung East side: Container berth 240 m in length with a depth
by tugs and lined up with the entrance. of 107 m alongside; plans are in hand to increase this to
4 Draught limitations for entry to Inner Harbour during 12 m.
winter months should be checked with the Port Authority. West side: Berth 7 (LPG) for vessels up to 197 m in
length, breadth 32 m, 30 000 dwt, draught 104 m.
Inner Harbour
5.58
Entry to tanker harbour 1 South-east side: Berths Nos 1, 2 and 3; total length
5.55 480 m, depth alongside from 73 to 10 m, general and bulk
1 The chart is sufficient guide for entry to the harbour, cargoes.
which has depths in excess of 10 m except within 2 cables South-west side: Berths 4 and 5; total length 460 m.
of the N shore. A number of unlit buoys lie within the Tankers up to 94 m draught are accommodated at Berths 4
harbour. Lights (round concrete towers, 4 m in height) are and 5 and are berthed starboard side-to.
displayed from the heads of the E and W breakwaters;
further lights stand on the head of the berthing pier. Tanker harbour
Caution. A below-water rock lies close E of the W 5.59
breakwater head. 1 Details not yet available, other than that shown on chart.

143
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Control Tower

Salina Cruz Container Terminal (5.57)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Offshore Oil Terminal SALINA CRUZ TO PUERTO NGEL

5.60
1 The terminal comprises three SPMs, the furthest up to General information
2 miles offshore, each displaying a light and having a fog Chart 1050
signal, supplied by submarine pipelines from the shore N; Route
the pipelines are connected by floating hoses marked by
5.62
red lights. The SPMs are moored (positioned from Morro
1 From the approaches to Salina Cruz (1610N, 9512W)
de Salina Marqus (1608N, 9515W):
to those of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) the route
No 1 (2 miles ENE): capacity 65 000 dwt, depth about
leads generally WSW for about 85 miles. There are no
22 m, product carriers.
charted dangers at a distance of more than 1 mile from the
2 No 2 (1 mile ENE): capacity 65 000 dwt, depth about
salient points of the coast.
22 m, product carriers.
No 3 (1 miles SE): capacity 250 000 dwt, depth Topography
about 29 m, crude carriers. 5.63
See also 5.49. 1 The coast between Salina Cruz and Baha de Sacrificios
(about 70 miles WSW) (5.77) is fronted by grey,
perpendicular, rocky bluffs, some fringed by rocks, rising
close inland to the mountain ranges; these headlands
project little from the general line of the coast. The hills
near the coast are barren and brown in the dry season.
Port services
5.61 Prominent amongst these ranges is Cerro de Zadam
1 Repairs. Major repairs can be undertaken. Facilities (1558N, 9608W), a bell shaped mountain of reddish
include: brown colour.
Dry dock: extreme length 2024 m, extreme breadth 2 West of Baha de Sacrificios, as far as Puerto ngel
242 m, draught 45 m, capacity 1 000 tonnes. (15 miles W), the coast consists of rocky bluffs separated
Maximum LOA limited by turning area in Inner by sandy beaches. The land behind is heavily wooded but
Harbour; see 5.43. is low and flat when compared with that farther E and W.
2 Mechanical lift dock: extreme length 1025 m, width Nature reserve
22 m, lifting capacity 8000 tonnes. 5.64
Slipway: extreme length 305 m, lifting capacity 1 A coastal reserve extends SW for 7 miles from Punta
200 tonnes. Violin, the point close SW of Huatulco Light (1544N,
Other facilities. Deratting certificates issued; medical 9608W) (5.65), and out to 2 miles offshore.
facilities and hospital; limited facilities for oily waste
disposal (slops), vessels must arrive with clean ballast; Principal marks
divers available. 5.65
3 Supplies. Bunkers available at SPMs and alongside 1 Landmarks:
quays; fresh water on the quays and by barge at SPMs; The landmarks in the interior are described at 5.6.
provisions available. Punta Chipehua (1601N, 9522W) (5.52).
Communications. Local airport; larger airport at Ixtepec, Major lights:
40 km distant. Morro de Salinas Light (1610N, 9512W) (5.52).

144
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Huatulco Light (white round tower, black bands, 15 m Useful marks:

in height) (1544N, 9608W). Huatulco Light (1544N, 9608W) (5.65).
2 Punta Izuca Light (white octagonal masonry tower Piedra Blanca Light (1545N, 9607W) (5.75).
and dwelling, 14 m in height) (1539N, 9631W) 3 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at the
at Puerto ngel. head of the harbour. This is the best anchorage anywhere
on the coast as it is protected from SW winds which occur
Directions most often between April and October.
(continued from 5.21) Berth. A pier for cruise liners, approximately 160 m in
5.66 length with depths alongside of about 10 m, was reported
1 From the vicinity of 1607N, 9511W in the to be nearing completion (2003).
approaches to Salina Cruz and clear SW of SPM No 3, the Port services: hospital, international airport.
appropriate lane of the TSS should be followed to a
Puerto ngel
position either SE or ESE of Punta Chipehua (5.52), thence
5.68
the route leads WSW passing (with positions from Morro
1 General information. Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W)
Ayuta (1552N, 9547W)):
is situated at the W entrance to Golfo de Tehuantepec; it is
2 SSE of a remarkable dome shaped headland (20 miles
a port of entry. The small bay which forms the harbour
ENE), close off which are two conical rocks
provides good shelter for small craft from November to
between 6 and 9 m high. A rock awash, on which
May, but it is exposed S and at times a heavy swell sets in.
the sea seldom breaks at HW, lies between 5 and
2 The E entrance to the bay is situated 2 cables W of a
7 cables from the point; close outside the rock
bold bluff, 88 m (290 ft) high, the intervening coast
there is deep water. Thence:
forming a deep indentation; a low detached rock lies close
3 SSE of Islas Estrete (12 miles ENE), a barren, rocky,
off the bluff, and the steep shores of the indentation are
white islet, comprising two rocks of about equal
fringed with rocks. The bay is entered between the point
size and two or three outlying reefs. There is deep
described above and a sharp, rocky islet, 30 m high, almost
water between them and the shore. Thence:
joined to the mainland 3 cables SW. The town stands on
SSE of Punta Ayuta, a bold cliffy point 30 m high,
the E side of the bay.
fringed by foul ground to a distance of 1 cable E
3 Bufaderos, a bluff headland, lies 1 cables NNW of the
and S. The point rises to Morro Ayuta, 4 cables W,
E entrance point, and is the W extremity of a hill which
where a light (white round concrete tower and
rises to an elevation of 61 m, and which is surmounted by
dwelling, 11 m in height) is displayed. Thence:
a beacon (white pole, cross topmark, 37 m in height).
4 SSE of Punta Bufadero (23 miles WSW), a salient
Another islet, 30 m high, and several rocks, lie off the
point, fringed by rocks, from the vicinity of which
W side of the bay, reducing its width to about 1 cable
Huatulco Light (5.65)) is displayed. In one of the
abreast Bufaderos.
rocks off the point there is a blow-hole which
4 Local knowledge is required; it is reported there are no
spouts water by the action of the sea, and the
pilots at the port.
sound like that of a whale blowing can be heard
Landmark:
for some distance in calm weather. Thence:
Punta Izuca Lighthouse (5.65) stands on a point
SSE of Isla Cacaluta (25 miles WSW), a high island
5 cables W of the bay.
which stands out against a white, sandy beach in
Directions: Leading lights (truncated pyramidal metal
the background. Thence:
towers, front 8 m in height, rear 10 m in height) are
5 SSE and S of Isla de Sacrificios (30 miles WSW), an
situated in the harbour. Two lights (truncated pyramidal
island 24 m high, surrounded by rocks extending
concrete towers, 4 m in height) are displayed from a mole
up to 1 cables from its S side. Foul ground
in the harbour.
extends up to 3 cables offshore in places up to
5 Anchorage can be taken by small vessels in depths of
5 miles W of Isla de Sacrificios. Thence:
from 7 to 13 m (24 to 42 ft) in the inner reaches of the
S of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) (5.68), noting
bay, sheltered from all but S winds. Larger vessels can
the off-lying banks (5.8) lying S of the harbour.
obtain anchorage in depths of about 18 m (60 ft) farther
(Directions continue at 5.86)
out, nearly midway between the E entrance point and the
rocks off the W side of the port.
Minor ports 6 Berth: large loading platform, with a depth of 46 m
alongside, extends from the E shore of the bay to NE of
Puerto Huatulco Bufaderos.
5.67 Supplies: limited quantities.
1 Description. Puerto Huatulco (Puerto Guatulco) is a
small confined harbour serving the town of Santa Cruz Bays and anchorages
Huatulco and entered between Punta Paraso (1545N,
9608W), the extremity of a narrow peninsula, and Punta Baha Conejo
La Entrega (3 cables SSW). Lights stand on both points. 5.69
The harbour and town stand at the head of Baha de Santa 1 Baha Conejo is formed between Morro de Salina
Cruz, which is a tourist centre. In the 16th century the Marqus (1608N, 9515W) (5.56) and Punta Conejo
harbour was the main departure port for the Spanish Pacific (about 2 miles SW), a salient, sandy point. Although
Fleet until superseded by Acapulco. depths are regular in the bay and the bottom good holding
Local knowledge is required. ground, there is no good landing place.
2 Directions. The approach between Piedra Blanca (5.75) Local knowledge is required.
and Punta La Entrega is clear of dangers. Off Punta Paraso 2 Useful mark:
two unlit mooring buoys (orange with yellow bands), have Cono Hermosa (91 m (300 ft) high), a solitary conical
been laid in the bay WNW of the point. hill, which stands at the head of the bay.

145
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Baha Mazatn its top being covered with heavy undergrowth and bushes
5.70 and its sides being cliffs of brownish stone, and a point
1 Description. Baha Mazatn (Baha Chipehua) is entered 6 cables W which is the NE extremity of a square
between Punta de Guela-Guichi (1605N, 9519W), a peninsula.
bold, wooded point, 163 m high, and Punta Chipehua Local knowledge is required.
(5 miles SW) (5.52). Close behind Punta Chipehua, a 2 Directions. The passage between Isla Montosa and the
remarkable knife-edged ridge which slopes gradually to the mainland N is very narrow and is not considered safe.
W but is perpendicular on its E side and which attains an Shoal ground, on which an islet and some rocks are
elevation of 450 m (1478 ft), extends 5 cables NW. situated, extends about 3 cables NW from the island, and
The bay is lined by a hard, white, sandy beach, above an islet 137 m high, lies 1 cable farther NW.
which there is a level, wooded plain, extending to the 3 There are above-water rocks on the N and W sides of
foothills. the bay, and a reef with above-water rocks extends 2 cables
Local knowledge is required. offshore close SW of the W entrance point; there is a rock
2 Directions. A group of detached rocks from 3 to 46 m 6 m high near the extremity of this reef, and the outermost
high lie about 6 cables NE of Punta Chipehua. A shoal danger is a rock awash.
with depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) extends about 4 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
3 cables W from this group. There is a narrow channel, 18 m (30 to 60 ft), sand and shell, but it should be noted
with depths of about 64 m (21 ft) between the shoal and that a considerable swell usually sets in from S.
the shore, but its use is not recommended; there is deep
water to seaward of the rocks. Baha Chahue
3 Anchorage. Depths in the bay are regular, and the 5.75
holding ground in all parts is good; the best anchorage is 1 Description. Baha Chahue (1545N, 9607W) is
in the W part, between the rocks described above and the formed between the SW extremity of the square peninsula
sandy beach N of them. separating it from Baha Tangolunda (5.74), and Punta
Although the bay is open to all winds from NE to S it Paraso, 1mile WSW (5.67).
was long considered the best anchorage between La Unin Local knowledge is required.
(4.114) and Acapulco (5.95), in all seasons. 2 Directions. Piedra Blanca, a rock 27 m high, lies
4 Landing. At full and new moon a heavy swell sets in 2 cables SE of Punta Paraso, and is the SW-most of Islas
and increases the surf on the beach, but landing is always Las Blancas, a reef on which there are a number of rocks
possible. awash, extending 2 cables ENE from Piedra Blanca. The
passage between this reef and that extending from Punta
Baha de Bamba Paraso should not be attempted.
5.71 A rocky islet lies near the centre of the bay, about
1 Baha de Bamba, entered between Punta Chipehua 3 cables W of the E entrance point, and N of it there is a
(1601N, 9522W) (5.52) and a prominent dome shaped rock, awash, cable offshore.
bluff (4 miles WSW) (5.66), has a small harbour at its 3 Useful marks:
head. The W part of the bay should not be entered because Huatulco Light (1544N, 9608W) (5.65).
of two underwater rocks which lie there. Piedra Blanca Light (1545N, 9607W), standing on
Local knowledge is required. the W part of the island.
Anchorage may be obtained, as convenient, in depths of
Baha Grande from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft).
5.72
1 Description. Baha Grande (Ayuta) is entered close E of
Isla Cacaluta
Punta Ayuta (1552N, 9547W) (5.66). Although it is
5.76
open to winds from between E and S, it is a safe
1 Anchorage can be obtained E of Isla Cacaluta (1543N,
anchorage in all seasons. Ro Ayuta flows into a large
9610W) (5.66) in depths of 13 m (42 ft), off a landing
lagoon behind Morro Ayuta, and during the rainy season
place. See also 5.64.
the water breaks through the beach W of Punta Ayuta.
Local knowledge is required.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in the W part of the bay in
a depth of 13 m (43 ft); Roca Ranger, an isolated rock with Baha de Sacrificios
a depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), lies 1 miles NE of Punta 5.77
Ayuta. 1 Description. Baha de Sacrificios (Puerto Sacrificios) is
Useful mark: Morro Ayuta Light (1552N, 9547W) a small craft bay entered between Isla de Sacrificios
(5.66). (1541N, 9615W) (5.66), and a point 5 cables WSW. The
bay is lined by a sandy beach which is broken by a cliffy
Baha de Rosario point on the N side of the harbour, 2 cables NNW of the
5.73 W extremity of Isla de Sacrificios. Two islets, 137 and
1 Baha de Rosario (1550N, 9555W), a bay lined by 152 m high, respectively, lie about 1 cable offshore WNW
sandy beaches, affords anchorage in depths of about 15 m of Isla de Sacrificios, and there are a number of rocks off
(50 ft) about 1 mile offshore. the W side of the bay.
Local knowledge is required. Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Two detached reefs, on each of which is a
Baha Tangolunda rock awash, lie 1 cables offshore about 1 mile NE of Isla
5.74 de Sacrificios, and a group of rocks, the highest 21 m in
1 Description. Baha Tangolunda (Baha de height, lie about 2 cables offshore within 5 cables NE of
Tangola-Tangola) is entered between Isla Montosa the island. A 32 m (10 ft) patch lies 3 cables S of Isla de
(1546N, 9605W), an island of remarkable appearance, Sacrificios.

146
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Foul ground extends about 3 cables offshore 1 mile W There is a passage between the island and the mainland
of Baha de Sacrificios. N, but its use is not recommended.
3 The bay should be approached with the W point of Isla
de Sacrificios in line with a sharp pointed hill, 82 m high,
bearing 019; thence when the cliffy point at the head of Other name
the bay bears 007 it should be brought ahead which will 5.78
lead through mid-channel. 1 Copalita, Ro (Capulita) (1547N, 9603W).

PUERTO NGEL TO CABO CORRIENTES

GENERAL INFORMATION mouths of Ro Tonamecea and Ro Colotopec which enter
the sea 7 and 16 miles W, respectively, of Puerto ngel.
Charts 1051, 1053, 587, 2323 2 Ro Manialtepec flows into the sea about 10 miles W of
Area covered Puerto Escondido; there are several huts on the beach E of
5.79 the river mouth, and a small village stands about 1 mile
1 The area covered by this section comprises: inland. Two prominent points, resembling pierheads, are
Puerto ngel to Baha de Acapulco (5.81). situated about 3 miles W of Ro Manialtepec.
Acapulco and approaches (5.95). 3 West of Ro Verde (1558N, 9748W) (5.86), a white
Baha de Acapulco to Lzaro Crdenas (5.118). sandy beach, broken by bluffs in three places only, extends
Lzaro Crdenas (5.133). WNW for about 49 miles to Punta Maldonado (5.86). The
Lzaro Crdenas to Baha de Manzanillo (5.145). shoreline is further broken at intervals by entrances to
Manzanillo and approaches (5.155). lagoons and rivers with settlements close by. The land
Baha de Manzanillo to Cabo Corrientes (5.173). behind the coast is heavily wooded and rises in a series of
foothills to the ranges in the interior, the seawards ends
Topography
appearing, when first seen to vessels coasting, as points and
5.80
islands.
1 From Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) to Baha de
4 The coast between Punta Maldonado and Ro Ometepec
Acapulco (about 210 miles WNW) the coastline consists
(5.93), which flows into the sea about 14 miles W of the
mainly of low, sandy beaches, behind which there are
headland, is formed by an unbroken sandy beach; a series
lagoons in a number of places. Hills approach the coast in
of sandy headlands, from 60 to 90 m high, extend about
a few places, but for the most part start to rise at a short
6 miles NW from Punta Maldonado, and the ravines
distance inland; they are generally of moderate elevation.
between them show up well in certain seasons.
2 The coast is of similar aspect as far as Baha de
5 From Punta Acamama (1632N, 9852W) (5.86) to the
Manzanillo (about 285 miles farther WNW) but the hills
E approach to Baha de Acapulco, about 60 miles W, the
which continue to approach the coast in places generally
coastline continues as a sandy beach except where breached
rise to considerable heights at a short distance inland.
by overflows from the lagoons during the rainy season. The
Between Baha de Manzanillo and Cabo Corrientes
beach is interspersed with palms, and the land behind is
(about 111 miles NW), sandy beaches are backed by hills
low and cultivated as far as the foothills.
inland which are generally lower than those to SE.
It has been reported that it is difficult to identify the Off-lying banks
visible features on this part of coastline with those depicted 5.83
on the charts. 1 A bank with depths over it of from 24 to 49 m (13 to
27 fm) was reported (1951) to extend 26 miles NW from a
PUERTO NGEL TO position 12 miles SW of Puerto ngel. See also 5.8.
BAHA DE ACAPULCO A depth of 20 m (11 fm) was reported (1996) to lie
25 miles SW of Ro Verde in position 1540N, 9806W.
General information 2 A bank, whose existence is doubtful, with depths over it
of from 40 to 47 m (22 to 26 fm) was reported (1953) to
Chart 1051 lie about 19 miles W of Punta Maldonado Light (1619N,
Route 9834W).
5.81
1 The passage from the approaches to Puerto ngel Principal marks
(1539N, 9631W) to those of Baha de Acapulco 5.84
(1650N, 9953W) leads generally WNW for about 1 Landmarks:
210 miles. Morro Hermoso (1557N, 9732W), a rounded
headland; the S face is steep, barren and of a
Topography reddish colour; the E end is a steep cliff 91 m
5.82 high. Viewed from E or W it has the appearance
1 A series of high bluffs rise abruptly from the beach for of an island. A light (5.86) stands on Cerro
about 5 miles W of Puerto ngel. The W of these bluffs, Hermoso which rises behind the headland.
78 m (255 ft) high, is bold and covered with dense foliage, 2 Sierra Fuerte (1638N, 9816W), a remarkable
except on the seaward face which consists of brown and mountain ridge rising to 1168 m (3833 ft) at its NE
yellowish rocks; two detached rocks, from 6 to 15 m high, end and having the appearance of a castle with
lie close off the bluff. Thence the coast, as far as the E conical turrets at each end.
entrance to Puerto Escondido (about 28 miles farther Pico Corcovado (1704N, 9930W), but is
WNW) (5.90), is formed by a sandy beach broken by the sometimes obscured by clouds.

147
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

3 Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (1724N, 10005W), two extends from the islet towards the bluff making the
distinct conical peaks of almost equal height passage inside the islet unsafe. Thence:
standing about 1 mile apart; during the rainy 6 SSW of an underwater rock (about 3 miles W of
season they are usually obscured by cloud but at Piedra Blanca), with a depth over it of 27 m, and
other times they are clearest in the early morning. over which the sea occasionally breaks. The rock
Major lights: lies about 5 cables offshore, in a position SE of a
Punta Izuca Light (1539N, 9631W) (5.65). rocky bluff which breaks the continuity of the
4 Puerto Escondido Light (white octagonal concrete sandy beach on the shore. Thence:
tower, 15 m in height) (1551N, 9704W). SSW of the mouth of Ro Grande (about 7 miles W
Punta Maldonado Lighthouse (white square concrete of Piedra Blanca), a river only open in the rainy
tower, 15 m in height) (1619N, 9834W). season and which has shallow ground off its
Isla Roqueta Light (white round concrete tower, 15 m entrance, thence:
in height) (1649N, 9954W). 7 SSW of Morro Hermoso (1557N, 9732W) (5.84);
a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 7 m in height)
Other navigational aid stands behind the headland. There is shoal ground
5.85 between the headland and the mouth of Ro
1 Racon: Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W). Grande. Thence:
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 8 SSW of Punta Galera (7 miles W of Morro Hermoso),
a bold, barren, isolated, and rocky headland, which
Directions is connected to the mainland W by a low, narrow
(continued from 5.14 and 5.66) strip of land; the E end of the headland is fringed
by rocks. A light (white truncated pyramidal
Puerto ngel to Punta Maldonado concrete tower, 15 m in height) stands on the
5.86 headland. Thence:
1 From a position S of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W), 9 SSW of the mouth of Ro Verde (6 miles W of Punta
noting the off-lying banks described at 5.8 and 5.83, the Galera), from which large quantities of debris are
passage leads WNW passing: deposited which are reported to cause the shoal
SSW of Roca Blanca (lying about 1 miles W of ground to the W of the entrance and the uneven
Puerto ngel Light) and Roca Negra, 2 cables ground off the entrance. The river, the largest on
farther W, which, together with another small rock, this part of the coast, is obstructed by an
lie between 3 and 3 cables offshore. The bay N impassable bar over which breakers extend up to
of the rocks is foul and entry should not be 7 cables in a horseshoe shape from the entrance.
attempted. The coast up to 5 miles W of Puerto Rocks are reported to lie in the line of breakers.
ngel should be given a clearance of at least Seen from E or W the land at the entrance to Ro
1 mile. Thence: Verde shows as a low, sandy point, covered with
2 SSW of Punta de Rocas (1544N, 9651W), a low trees and fringed by heavy breakers. During and
point covered with mangroves; there are several after rains, the water is discoloured for a distance
detached rocks lying off the point, over which the offshore. Thence:
sea breaks heavily, and shallow water extends 10 SSW of a group of rocks from 3 to 46 m high (about
some distance from the point. The coastline on 6 miles WNW of Ro Verde), which lie about
either side of Punta de Rocas consists of beaches 2 cables offshore, but which can only be
on which there are rocks and bluffs, and the distinguished when close inshore, thence:
bottom off this part of the coast is foul. Thence: SSW of the entrance to Laguna de Alotengo
3 SSW of Punta Zicatela (1548N, 9700W), a low, (1613N, 9812W), formed by whitish cliffs
sandy point, covered with mangroves, from which rising to 15 to 23 m high, off which the sea
shallow water, with heavy breakers, extends some breaks. Roca Tecogame is the largest of a number
distance offshore; Ro Zicatela (Sicatela), fronted of rocks lying off the entrance, and a light
by an impassable bar, flows into the sea close W (truncated pyramidal white tower, 7 m in height) is
of the point. A light (not charted) (truncated metal displayed from El Corralero at the entrance to the
tower, 4 m in height) is displayed from this lagoon. Thence:
vicinity. Thence: 11 To a position SSW of Bajo Trtaro (Tartar Shoal), a
4 SSW of Punta Escondida (2 miles NW of Punta group of dangerous shoals which lie from 1 to 2 miles
Zicatela), which is fringed by rocks, thence: SW of Punta El Recodo (1619N, 9834W), the NW
SSW of Farallones Escondido (1551N, 9705W), extremity of Punta Maldonado, from where a light (5.84) is
perpendicular rocky bluffs rising to elevations of displayed. Punta Maldonado is a rocky headland about
from 15 to 30 m, with flat, wooded tops. The W 2 miles in length, faced by white, sandy cliffs, 61 m high,
bluff is low and notably red, and about midway but which only projects slightly from the general line of
along the bluffs is a bright yellow spot which is the coast; the land in the vicinity is thickly wooded, rising
prominent from W. The bluffs are the first ones of to between 90 and 120 m high. Other shoals lie within
any size after those (5.82) close W of Puerto 1 miles NW of Punta El Recodo, and on the outermost is
ngel. A light (5.84) is displayed from the bluffs. a wreck, around which the shoal is extending; the sea
Thence: breaks within 6 cables NW of the wreck. The in-going tidal
5 SSW of Piedra Blanca, also known as Alcatraz stream sets N and W and the out-going stream S and E
(1555N, 9722W), lying 2 cables offshore, a close inshore off Punta Maldonado; heavy tide rips have
steep-to rocky islet, with two detached rocks E of been observed about 6 miles SW of Punta El Recodo. The
it. A sharp rocky bluff rises to an elevation of current in the vicinity sets SE at a rate of from to 2 kn,
27 m on the coast 1 mile W of the islet, and a reef being strongest when the out-going stream is running.

148
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

During the rainy season the current is reported to set Cerro del Coacoyal (1634N, 9854W).
WNW. See also the caution below. There is a good landing Aero light (16456 N, 99451W).
place for boats in a small bight close N of Punta El (Directions continue for Acapulco at 5.108
Recodo. and for coastal passage at 5.122)
5.87
1 Caution. In the vicinity of Punta Maldonado, forest Bays and anchorages
fires, which occur at the close of the dry season, are liable Puerto Escondido
to cause so much smoke as to obscure all the land behind 5.90
the coastline and may cause mariners to overestimate their 1 General information. Puerto Escondido lies at the head
distance from the land. Also, with the rising sun, the of the bay entered between Punta Escondida (1548N,
shadow cast beyond the line of breakers makes the beach 9703W) (5.86) and Farallones Escondido 3 miles NW
appear farther off than may actually be the case. At this (5.86); it is open SW but provides an anchorage with good
time of the year it is recommended that Punta Maldonado holding ground. The town, with a population of about
be given a clearance of not less than 8 miles. 25 000, is a tourist centre.
2 The bay between Punta Escondida and Piedras de la
Marina, a group of rocks from 46 to 122 m high (2 miles
Punta Maldonado to Baha de Acapulco NNW), is lined by a sandy beach on which the sea breaks
5.88 heavily.
1 From a position SSW of Punta Maldonado, the track Local knowledge is required.
continues WNW passing: 3 Directions. A rocky shoal, with a depth over it of 64 m
SSW of Punta Acamama (1632N, 9852W), a low, (21 ft), lies about 1 cables W of the S rocks of Piedras de
rocky point, fringed by rocks, from where a light la Marina; in 1937 a vessel drawing 79 m reported striking
(white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) is an obstruction about cable SW of this shoal.
displayed. The light structure is reported to be Useful mark:
difficult to see by day through the trees in the Puerto Escondido Light (5.84); displayed from
vicinity. A line of heavy breakers extends about Farallones Escondido.
1 mile SE from the point. Thence: 4 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 18 to
2 SSW of the entrance to Laguna Chautengo (Nexpa) 23 m with Piedras de la Marina bearing 020; the
(1636N, 9906W); a light (truncated pyramidal anchorage should be approached on this bearing, sounding
metal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed about carefully.
1 miles E of the entrance. The settlement of Landing may be effected on a sandy beach situated
Nexpa, a short distance WNW of which is a between Piedras de la Marina and a rocky point 2 cables
prominent tall wooden cross, is situated at the WNW.
mouth of Ro Nexpa, 7 miles WNW of this
entrance. Thence: Baha Chacahua
3 SSW of the entrance to Ro Papagayo (1641N, 5.91
9936W), marked on its W side by a low, sandy 1 General information. Baha Chacahua is situated
point covered with bushes. Heavy breakers extend between Punta Encomiedo, the SE extremity of Morro
from the river mouth which forms the entrance to Hermoso (1557N, 9732W) (5.84), and Punta Galera
Laguna Tres Palos (Papagayo). During the rainy (about 7 miles W) (5.86).
season, and for some time afterwards, the lagoon The shores of the bay rise to a ridge, which is covered
breaks through the beach carrying a heavy deposit, with dense undergrowth and stunted trees. The entrance to
which adds to the sandy point year by year, and Laguna de Chacahua, which is accessible to boats in the
discolours the water for several miles off the coast. rainy season, lies close N of Punta Galera.
For mariners navigating inshore, and unsure of Local knowledge is required.
their position, this discolouration gives an 2 Directions. The town of Tututepec, which stands at an
indication of the proximity to Acapulco, but the elevation of 274 m, on a spur of the foothills, about
sandy point must be given a clearance of at least 10 miles inland from the head of the bay, is prominent
1 mile. Thence: from offshore when the sun is shining on it; the church
4 SSW of Punta Rocosa (1647N, 9950W) and Punta shows up as a white spot on the hillside. The hills N of
Rodrigo (5 cables WNW) (chart 1944), the SE and Punta Galera and Tututepec are brown and barren, with a
S extremities, respectively, of a high promontory, spotted appearance, elsewhere they are thickly wooded.
which appears as an island from a distance of 7 or 3 A detached rocky shoal, with a depth over it of 18 m
8 miles; a rock, 3 m high, stands close S of Punta (6 ft), and on which the sea breaks occasionally, lies about
Rocosa, and a smaller rock close SW of Punta 3 cables SSE of Punta Galera. Another detached reef, with
Rodrigo. Two hotels (5.112) on the shore of the rocks from 3 to 46 m high, is situated about 5 cables E
bay on the E side of Punta Rocosa are of the point; the passage between this reef and Punta
conspicuous. Thence: Galera cannot be considered safe.
5 SSW of Punta Diamante (1 mile NW of Punta 4 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 11 to
Rodrigo), a point with distinctive yellowish cliffs, 18 m, anywhere in the bay, but the best anchorage is
the W extremity of the above promontory. between the 3 to 46 m high rocks and the sandy beach to
the N.
Punta Maldonado
Useful marks 5.92
5.89 1 Anchorage can be obtained anywhere off the shore NW
1 Cerro del Ocote (1555N, 9702W). from Punta Maldonado (1619N, 9834W) (5.86) in
Cerro San Nicolas (1627N, 9832W). depths of 11 to 14 m (36 to 46 ft), sand.

149
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Baha Dulce Approach and entry

5.93 5.98
1 Baha Dulce is entered between the mouth of Ro 1 Baha de Acapulco is entered through Boca Grande
Ometepec (1630N, 9844W) and Punta Acamama (about (5.108), the channel between Isla Roqueta (1649N,
8 miles WNW) (5.88). The village of Tecoanapa stands on 9955W) (5.97) and the mainland (1 miles E); Boca
the E side of the river entrance. Ro Marguelia enters the Chica (5.109), the passage between Isla Roqueta and the
bay at its head, at Las Peitas, from where a light (tubular mainland N, is used by small craft and is prohibited to
structure) is displayed. navigation by large vessels.
2 The river discharges large quantities of mud during the
rainy season causing the depths at the entrance to be Traffic
changeable and irregular. The shifting bar can only be 5.99
crossed by small craft and lighters during favourable 1 Approximately 180 vessels use the port annually.
conditions of tide and swell; the SW swell at full and new
Port Authority
moon renders the bar impassable.
5.100
West approaches to Baha de Acapulco 1 Comision Nacional De Puertos, Costera Miguel Aleman
5.94 237, Colonia Centro, 39300 Acapulco, Mexico.
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 18 to
27 m, sand, with good holding ground, anywhere off the Limiting conditions
sandy beach which extends from Punta Acamama (1632N, 5.101
9852W) (5.88), as far as Punta Rocosa (chart 1944) 1 Deepest and longest berth. Tourist Wharf (5.114).
(5.88), on the E side of the approach to Baha de Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Acapulco, about 60 miles W. The heavy surf which breaks Mean spring range about 06 m; mean neap range about
along this beach prohibits the possibility of landing 01 m.
anywhere. Maximum size of vessel handled. Alongside: LOA
206 m; draught 106 m.
ACAPULCO AND APPROACHES Arrival information
5.102
General information 1 Coast and port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio
Charts 1944 plan of Acapulco and approaches; 1051 Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Position Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
5.95 Outer anchorage. A quarantine anchorage is positioned
1 The port of Acapulco stands in a small bay on the W at the entrance to the bay off Punta Grifo (1650N,
side of Baha de Acapulco (1650N, 9953W). It is the 9954W) (5.108).
Pacific coast port closest to the capital, Mexico City. 2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours; the
pilot boards about 1 mile SW of the entrance, as shown on
Function the chart.
5.96 Tugs are not available.
1 The port, which is a port of entry for the State of Prohibited anchorage area exists, as shown on the
Guerrero, provides alongside berthing for passenger and chart, in the vicinity of the naval base at Icacos (1650N,
cargo vessels, and there are ample depths for the largest 9951W), on the E side of the bay.
vessels in the anchorage. The export of motor vehicles is a
major function. The city, with a population of about Harbour
1 million, is the most popular resort in Mexico and is a
regular port of call for cruise vessels. General layout
5.103
Topography 1 Baha de Acapulco is considered one of the finest
5.97 harbours on the W coast of Mexico with depths that can
1 Of the high land in the interior, the most prominent accommodate the largest vessels. The high mountains and
peaks are Pico Corcovado (5.84), which stands 27 miles hills, on all sides of the bay, afford considerable shelter,
ENE of the bay, and Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (5.84), which and the bay is easy of access, the entrance being both wide
stands 33 miles NNW of the bay. and deep.
The land on either side of the entrance to Baha de A naval base and a tanker berth are situated on the E
Acapulco is known as the Heads of Acapulco. These are side of Baha de Acapulco.
the only rocky projections to break the long sandy beach 2 Baha Santa Luca, within which lies the main berthing
which extends WNW from Punta Acamama (1632N, area, is entered between Punta Grifo (1650N, 9954W)
9852W), to Morro de Papanoa (about 135 miles WNW). (5.108), and a point (1 mile NW) on which stands Fuerte
The high land surrounding the bay is visible from a great San Diego (San Diego Fort), low and surrounded by trees.
distance to seaward. The fort provided the main defence for the port in colonial
2 Isla Roqueta (1649N, 9955W) is prominent at the W times when Acapulco was the terminal for the Manila
entrance to the bay, separated from the mainland by a convoy; it was also the scene of the last battle for Mexican
narrow channel. The buildings of Acapulco extend around independence.
the bay on all sides and spread upwards to the surrounding 3 Baha Santa Luca is divided at its head by Las Dos
hills. Piedras, two white rocks from which a light (5.112) is
To the SE of the entrance the yellowish cliffs of Punta displayed; the principal commercial berths are on a
Diamante (3 miles SE of Isla Roqueta) (5.88) stand out continuous wharf on the N side of the bay, whilst pleasure
when viewed from S. craft facilities occupy the S part.

150
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Baha de Acapulco (5.103)

(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Baha de Puerto Marques (5.111), at the E entrance to Other navigational aid

the bay, is entered between Punta Diamante (1648N, 5.107
9952W) (5.88) and Punta Brujas (1 miles NW) (5.108). 1 Racon: Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Signal station
5.104
1 There is a signal station at Isla Roqueta Lighthouse Directions for entering harbour
(1649N, 9954W). (continued from 5.89)

Natural conditions Boca Grande

5.105 5.108
1 Current. The current sets ESE, at a rate of from to 1 Caution. It was reported (1997) that lit navigational aids
3 kn, off the Heads of Acapulco (5.97), and for some are difficult to see and that many visual navigational aids
distance farther E. A strong SE set has been encountered may be obscured by hills or cliffs.
just S of the entrance to Baha de Acapulco. From the pilot boarding place about 1 mile SW of the
Local weather. The sea breeze is well defined during entrance the fairway leads NNE into Baha de Acapulco,
the dry season. It usually sets in from SW at about noon, passing (with positions from Isla Roqueta Light (1649N,
freshening and becoming more W during the afternoon, but 9954W) (5.84)):
fading to a calm at dusk. Later, there is a land breeze 2 ESE of Punta Siclata (1 cables S), the S extremity
which is more irregular both in direction and force. of Isla Roqueta, thence:
2 The rainy season lasts from June to the end of October. WNW of Punta Brujas (1 miles ESE), the E
During the months of December and January the entrance point, from where a light (white metal
temperature rarely exceeds 32C, and this season is truncated pyramidal framework tower, red bands,
generally pleasant. The heat onshore during the latter part 4 m in height) is displayed; a shoal depth of 17 m
of the dry season becomes intense. During the rainy season lies 2 cables W of the point close outside the N
winds from E and SE prevail. limit of visibility of the light. And:
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.209. 3 ESE of La Yerbabuena (7 cables ENE), a rock
steep-to on its E side, on which stands a light
Principal marks (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 7 m in height).
5.106 Further rocks, over which the sea breaks, extend
1 Landmarks (with positions from Fuerte San Diego 1 cables WSW. Passage between La Yerbabuena
(16510N, 99541W)). and Isla Roqueta should not be attempted. Thence:
Cross (illuminated) (3 miles SE), standing on high 4 ESE of Punta Grifo (1 miles NE), from where a
land on the E side of the entrance. light (white truncated pyramidal concrete tower,
Radio mast (8 cables SSE), on the W side of the 7 m in height) is displayed; the structure is
entrance. reported difficult to identify by day. And:
2 Faralln del Obispo (17 miles ENE), a high, rocky WNW of Punta Guitarrn (2 miles ENE), thence:
islet, light grey in colour with dark patches, lying Clear of a wreck with a depth over it of 11 m
1 cables offshore at the head of the bay. The (2 miles NE).
rock is a useful mark for keeping in mid-channel
when entering the bay. Boca Chica
TV mast (red obstruction lights) (16524N, 5.109
99511W), red and white bands, standing on high 1 Boca Chica is a deep, narrow passage, about 1 cables
land at the head of the bay. wide at its narrowest point, which leads between the N side
3 Major light: of Isla Roqueta and the mainland. It is clear of navigational
Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W) (5.84). dangers, but its use by large vessels is prohibited, due to

151
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

the large numbers of pleasure craft to be found in the 3 Two hotels (1647N, 9949W), standing 5 cables
vicinity. apart, near La Poza on the coast in the E approach
2 The channel is entered between Punta Lorenz to Acapulco.
(16496N, 99549W), from where a light (white round Flagstaff (20 m in height) (1 mile NE).
concrete tower, red bands, 5 m in height) is displayed, and
Punta Coyuca (2 cables SSW), the W extremity of Isla Berths
Roqueta, which is fringed by rocks. Punta Lorenz Light is
only visible in the W entrance to the channel. La Roqueta Anchorages
Light (white round concrete tower, black bands, 10 m in 5.113
height) is displayed from the S side of the narrows, 1 Anchorage positions are advised by the pilot.
4 cables ESE of Punta Lorenz. Large vessels usually anchor in depths of from 26 to
3 Vessels approaching from N should note a 48 m rocky 33 m, ESE of Fuerte San Diego (16510N, 99541W)
patch, reported 1984, position approximate, lying 2 cables (5.103).
offshore, 8 cables NNW of Punta Lorenz Light. Small vessels anchor in depths of from 18 to 20 m, in
Baha Santa Lucia (5.103), with Fuerte San Diego bearing
about 014, distant 5 cables.
Dangers at the head of the bay
5.110 Alongside berths
1 In addition to Faralln del Obispo (16513 N, 5.114
99525W) (5.106), several dangers lie inside the 20 m 1 Baha Santa Lucia. The principal berths lie on a
depth contour within 4 cables of the shore: continuous wharf on the N side of Baha Santa Lucia
Rocas de San Lorenzo, a chain of rocks, which (5.103); they comprise (from E to W):
extend 2 cables SE from a position on the shore Tourist Wharf: length 206 m, depth alongside 11 m,
7 cables WNW of Faralln del Obispo. A 76 m cargo and passenger vessels.
patch lies 1 cables farther SE. Fiscal Wharf: length 198 m, depth alongside 10 m,
2 Roca La Seria, a dangerous rock, lying in a patch of cargo vessels.
shallow ground 5 cables WSW of Rocas de San 2 Commercial Wharf: length 150 m, depth alongside
Lorenzo. 4 m, coastal traffic.
Two groups of rocks lying close offshore 4 and Fishing Wharf: length 173 m, depth alongside 4 m;
6 cables, respectively, E of Faralln del Obispo; fishing vessels also berth on the NW side of the
the latter group is known as La Redonda. bay.
3 On occasions vessels alongside the wharf may be subject
to a heavy surge which makes it necessary to lie off a few
Baha de Puerto Marques feet; the port anchor is usually dropped and a line from the
5.111 port quarter secured to a mooring buoy established for that
1 A small rock stands 1 cable offshore, on the N side of purpose about 1 cables S of Fuerte San Diego. A second
the entrance, 5 cables N of Punta Diamante (1648N, mooring buoy is anchored 1 cables WSW of the first,
9952W) (5.88), and breakers form over an area of foul 1 cable NNE of Las Dos Piedras Light.
ground, standing a similar distance offshore, about 3 cables 5.115
WNW of the rock. 1 Icacos. There are two berths at Icacos (1650N,
The inlet affords good shelter from all but W winds and 9951W) on the E side of the bay:
is free of dangers apart from Piedra Ahogada, on which Pemex pier: 48 m in length with a depth of 5 m
stands a light (white metal truncated tower, 4 m in height), alongside.
and which lies about 2 cables offshore at the head of the Naval pier: 110 m in length with a depth of 5 m
inlet. alongside.
A pier, with a chimney close S, is situated in the SE
part of the inlet. Port services
5.116
1 Repairs. Minor repairs can be carried out; several
Useful marks slipways, the largest with a length of 67 m and a lifting
5.112 capacity of 254 tonnes.
1 With positions from Fuerte San Diego (16510N, Other facilities. Several hospitals and clinics; deratting
99541W): certificates.
Light (red round metal tower and hut, 5 m in height) Supplies. Fuel oil and diesel oil available; fresh water
on the E end of Tourist Wharf (1 cables SE), and available alongside; provisions available.
a light (similar structure, painted green) on Communications. International airport 15 km distant.
Commercial Wharf (2 cables WSW).
Las Dos Piedras Light (red round concrete tower and Small craft
hut, 3 m in height) (4 cables SW). 5.117
2 Building (position approximate) (1 mile WNW). 1 The S and SW part of Baha Santa Lucia (1650N,
Lighthouse structure (35 m in height) (7 cables 9954W) (5.103) form a yacht harbour. On the S side of
SW), above Punta Sirena at the head of Baha the bay there is a yacht club, with a harbour comprising
Santa Lucia. numerous pontoons protected by a breakwater. La Marina
Tank (1 mile SW). (not charted) with accommodation for over 290 boats, is
Flagstaff (8 cables SE). situated at the head of the bay at Punta Sirena.
Piedra del Elephante (9 cables SE), reported to be a All the usual facilities for recreational craft are available
good mark when anchoring. at Acapulco.

152
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

BAHA DE ACAPULCO TO 3 Isla Grande (1740N, 10140W), an irregularly

LZARO CRDENAS shaped island, covered with brush and
undergrowth, from where a light (5.122) is
displayed.
General information Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Lighthouse (white concrete
tower, blue bands, 36 m in height) (1755N,
Charts 1051, 1053 10210W) standing about 1 mile ENE of Punta
Route Mangrove.
5.118
1 From the approaches to Baha de Acapulco (1650N,
9953W) the route leads initially WNW for about 70 miles
to the vicinity of Morro de Papanoa, thence NW for about
another 70 miles to the approaches to Lzaro Crdenas
(1756N, 10211W).

Topography
5.119
1 The coast between Baha de Acapulco and Morro de
Papanoa is formed, to within 3 miles of Morro de Papanoa
(5.120), by a sandy beach backed by heavy undergrowth,
and interspersed with coconut and other palms. The land
immediately behind the coast is low and cultivated, but
farther inland it rises, in successive mountain ranges, until
it attains an elevation of 3700 m behind Cerro Tetas de
Coyuca (1724N, 10005W) (5.84). Several lagoons lie
close to the coast, and during the rainy season several
small rivers, with villages close to their mouths, flow into Puerto Lazaro Cardenas Light from N (5.120)
the sea along this stretch of coast; these include Ro (Original dated prior to 2003)
Coyuca and Ro San Jernimo (15 and 38 miles WNW
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
respectively, of Baha de Acapulco), and Boca San Luis
(9 miles ESE of Morro de Papanoa).
2 From Morro de Papanoa to Morro de Petatln (28 miles 4 Major lights:
NW) (5.120) the coast is lined by a beach which is Punta Garrobo Light as above.
interrupted by the mouth of Ro Coyuguilla (4 miles NW of Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light as above.
Morro de Papanoa) and by Punta Japutica (5 miles farther
NW) (5.122). One mile E of Punta Japutica, a remarkable Other navigational aids
patch of bright, clear sand, surrounded by bushes, and 5.121
which slopes upwards for between 20 and 30 m, stands 1 Racons:
about 1 cables behind the beach; a short distance farther Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W).
E there is a large coconut grove. Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light as above.
3 West of Morro de Petatln the coast becomes bold and For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
rocky, and is formed into a series of bays, fronted by Signals Volume 2.
islands, as far as Isla Grande (15 miles NW of Morro de
Petatln) (5.120). Directions
4 The coast from Isla Grande to the delta of Ro Balsas (continued from 5.89)
(about 31 miles NW) (5.133) is formed into a large bay, 5.122
lined by a steep-to sandy beach broken only by Punta 1 From a position S of Isla Roqueta Lighthouse (1649N,
Trocones, a cliffy headland, which rises to a height of 9954W) (5.84), the coastal passage to the approaches to
165 m about 9 miles NNW of Isla Grande. Lzaro Crdenas (1756N, 10211W) leads generally
WNW, thence NW, passing:
Principal marks SSW of Coyuca de Bentez Light (white tubular
5.120 tower, 6 m in height) (not charted), 8 miles NW
1 Landmarks: of Isla Roqueta Lighthouse, thence:
Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (1724N, 10005W) (5.84). 2 Clear of a depth of 113 m (37 ft) (reported 1970),
Morro de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W), a bold, lying 4 miles SSE of Punta Apusabalcos
rocky headland, covered with brush; it is the W of (1708N, 10040W), thence:
four bluffs which form a stretch of coast about SSW of Morro de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W)
3 miles long. (5.120) from where a light (silver metal tower,
Morro de Petatln (1732N, 10127W), a prominent, 12 m in height) is displayed. Isolated depths of
high, brush covered point, which is connected to 27 m (15 fm) (reported 1949), and 58 m (32 fm)
the mainland by a low wooded isthmus. (reported 1969), lie 8 miles SW, and 12 miles
2 Punta Garrobo Lighthouse (white square tower and WSW, respectively of Morro de Papanoa. Thence:
dwelling, 13 m in height) (1737N, 10133W), 3 SW of Morro de las Animas (about 3 miles N of
which is displayed at an elevation of 115 m at the Morro de Papanoa), a large white rock lying
E entrance to Baha de Zihuatanejo. 5 cables offshore; there is a clear passage, with
Roca Negra (1735N, 10133W), a steep-to rock, on depths of 55 m (18 ft), between the rock and the
which stands a light (5.122). mainland. Thence:

153
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

4 SW of Punta Japutica (9 miles NW of Morro de offers shelter except from winds between SW and NW. The
Papanoa), a low, black, rocky point off which land behind the bay is high and thickly wooded.
breakers have been observed in heavy weather. Anchorage may be obtained about 5 cables from the
The point is easily recognised as it is the only beach, in depths of 20 m (11 fm).
prominent projection on this part of the coast. El 2 Puerto Vicente Guerrero, a fishing village, is situated
Calvario Light (5.124) stands close E of the point. in the S part of the bay, and is entered between two
Thence: breakwaters on the heads of which stand lights (truncated
5 SW of Rocas Potos, a group of barren islets and metal towers, 7 m in height). Depths in the W part of the
rocks which range between 8 and 61 m in height, harbour, in which there is a wharf, generally exceed 4 m;
made distinctive by guano, and which lie between depths in the E part, in which there are two jetties,
1 and 1 miles W of Punta Gorda, the W generally exceed 25 m, except in the vicinity, and inshore
extremity of Morro de Petatln (1732N, of, an above-water rock lying about cable E of the E
10127W) (5.120), from where a light (truncated breakwater head.
pyramidal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed. Local knowledge is required.
Thence:
6 SW of Roca Negra (1735N, 10133W) (5.120), Baha de Potos
from where a light (white truncated metal tower, 5.127
7 m in height) is displayed, thence: 1 Description. Baha de Potos (Petatln), which is
SW of Bajo Sacramento (3 miles WNW of Roca situated N of Punta Gorda (1732N, 10127W) (5.122), is
Negra), a group of below-water rocks with a least sheltered except from winds between SW and NW. An
depth of 7 m, thence: airport stands at the head of the bay.
7 SW of Islas Blancas (6 miles WNW of Roca Negra), Rocas Potos (5.122) lie in the E entrance to the bay,
a group of rocks between 6 and 46 m in height; separated from Punta Gorda by a deep passage 1 mile wide.
the rocks are prominent, showing white with the 2 Local knowledge is required.
sun on them, and brown at other times. They may Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 18 m (60 ft),
be passed safely at mile off. Thence: hard sand, about 1 miles NNE of Punta Gorda.
8 SW of Punta Ixtapa (1740N, 10139W), the W Landing may be effected where the shingle and sand
extremity of Isla de Api, a small island 66 m high meet, about 5 cables E of Punta Gorda.
connected at LW to a high narrow peninsula
Chart 1053 (see 1.14)
projecting about 5 cables from the coast, thence:
SW of Isla Grande (7 cables NW of Punta Ixtapa)
Baha de Zihuatanejo
(5.120), from where a light (white truncated 5.128
pyramidal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed, 1 Description. Baha de Zihuatanejo, which is entered
thence: between Punta Garrobo (1737N, 10133W), from where a
To the approaches to Lzaro Crdenas. light (5.120) is displayed, and Punta San Esteban (1 mile
NW), is a small but excellent harbour, easy of access, and
Clearing marks with deep water close up to the rocks on either side of the
5.123 entrance.
1 The alignment (325) of Punta Ixtapa with the W 2 The land all round the harbour, except at the head and
extremity of Isla Grande passes SW of Bajo Sacramento along part of the E shore, rises abruptly from the beach.
and Islas Blancas. The mountains in the interior are from over 900 to 2300 m
in height. The tourist resort of Zihuatanejo occupies the
Useful marks head of the harbour but is not visible until well inside the
5.124 entrance.
1 Radio mast (red and white lights) standing on the The bay is open SW and a heavy swell rolls in.
summit of Monte Tepequa, 3 miles NE of Morro 3 Anchorage may be obtained, as convenient, in depths of
de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W); the lights have from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft), soft mud, with good holding
been reported visible at a distance of 25 miles. ground.
El Calvario Light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, Berth. In the NW of the bay there is a pier, 80 m in
7 m in height) (1723N, 10109W). length with depths alongside of 21 to 37 m, mainly for
Cerro Ixtapa (1741N, 10138W). use by tourist boats.
(Directions continue for Lzaro Crdenas at Baha de San Juan de Dios
5.142 and for coastal passage at 5.149) 5.129
1 Description. Baha de San Juan de Dios lies between
Anchorages Punta Carrizo (1738N, 10136W) and Punta Ixtapa
5.125 (3 miles WNW) (5.122). The tourist resort of Ixtapa
1 Anchoring is possible almost anywhere along the coast extends around the head of the bay, fronted by a long
between Baha de Acapulco and Morro de Papanoa. The beach behind which stand several prominent hotels. At the
beach may be approached with safety and anchorage W extremity of this beach two breakwaters protect the
obtained, about 5 cables offshore, in depths of from 18 to entrance to the port of Ixtapa, which has berths for fishing
27 m (10 to 15 fm). vessels and provides access to Ixtapa Marina, with
Landing is almost impossible due to the surf. accommodation for over 600 small craft. Light-buoys mark
the entrance to the harbour and a light (round metal tower,
Baha de Tequepa 5 m in height) stands on each breakwater.
5.126 2 The entrance to the bay is obstructed by Bajo
1 Description. Baha de Tequepa, the bay formed on the Sacramento (5.122) and Islas Blancas (5.122); local
N side of Morro de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W) (5.120) knowledge is required.

154
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Baha Isla Grande From a distance the structures of the steel mill and
5.130 industrial complex are prominent above the low-lying
1 Description. Baha Isla Grande is situated between Isla ground of the delta, particularly at night when industrial
Grande (1740N, 10140W) (5.120) and the mainland to flames, smoke and working lights can be seen at a distance
the N and E; it is open NW. Ro Ixtapa (Ro Rincn) flows of 25 miles; several towers to the W of the entrance are
into the sea on the N side of the bay; the mouth of the marked by red lights. The container gantries also stand out
river is obstructed by a bar on which there are heavy well.
breakers but it can be entered by boats in smooth periods. 2 During the rainy season, the river discharges large
2 Directions. The N extremity of Isla Grande is fringed quantities of muddy water, discolouring the surface of the
by rocks and an isolated rock, with a least charted depth of sea for from 8 to 10 miles from the land; in August 1960
15 m (5 ft) over it and marked by a light-buoy, lies this discolouration was observed 22 miles offshore.
5 cables N of this N extremity. The passage between the E
extremity of the island and the mainland SE is encumbered Approach and entry
by rocks over which the sea breaks.
5.136
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 9 m
1 The port is entered between breakwaters, through a
(30 ft) about 2 cables N of Isla Grande Light (5.122).
dredged channel, on the alignment of leading lights at the
Anchorage may also be obtained between the S extremity
head of the harbour.
of the island and Punta Ixtapa (6 cables SE) (5.122), in
depths of about 14 m, but the former anchorage is to be
preferred. Traffic
5.137
Chart 1053 1 In 2002, 94 vessels used the port totalling 4 736 033 dwt.
Boca de la Salada
5.131
1 Anchorage. Boca de la Salada (1750N, 10146W) Port Authority
provides the only reasonable depths for anchoring off the 5.138
steep-to sandy beach which lines the coast between Isla 1 Capitania de Puerto, Av Prolongacion Lzaro Crdenas 1,
Grande and Baha de Petacalco (32 miles NW). Lzaro Crdenas 60950, Mexico.
Local knowledge is required. Website: www.puerto-lazarocardenas.com

Baha de Petacalco
5.132
1 Description. Baha de Petacalco (1759N, 10205W) is
Limiting conditions
5.139
the open bay NE of Lzaro Crdenas. The bottom is very 1 Controlling depths. The entrance channel, 200 m wide,
uneven, lumpy and shifting; soundings cannot be relied on is dredged to a depth in excess of 16m. Though the normal
so the shore should be approached with great caution. limiting draught is about 135 m, this may be reduced due
Local knowledge is required. to swell, in the rainy season, April to August.
Landing may be effected on the W side of the head of Deepest and longest berth. Coal berth (5.143).
the bay. Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean maximum range about 04 m.
2 Density of water is very variable ranging from 1024
LZARO CRDENAS g/cm3 in the dry season to 1012 g/cm3 in the rainy season.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 300 m, draught
General information 132 m.

Chart 1944 plan of Puerto Lazaro Cardenas and approaches

Position
5.133 Arrival information
5.140
1 Lzaro Crdenas (1756N, 10211W) is situated in the
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
delta of Ro Balsas. The river, one of the longest and
Signals Volume 6(5).
largest in Mexico, and which marks the boundary between
Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
the states of Guerrero and Michoacn, farther W, discharges
Outer anchorage. Depths off the delta are very
into the sea through three mouths; the port stands at the
irregular, the bottom being of shifting sand and mud from
mouth of the SE branch.
the river; breakers have been reported about 2 miles SE,
Function and 2 miles S of Punta Mangrove (1755N, 10211W)
5.134 (5.135).
1 The port serves a steel mill and an industrial complex 2 Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, in
and, in addition to extensive bulk cargo facilities, handles depths of about 30 m, good holding ground, WSW of the
general cargo and container traffic. A naval base is also landfall light-buoy (17534N, 102095W) and close to
located at the port. The population is about 65 000. the pilot boarding position.
Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours; the
Topography pilot boards, as shown on the chart, in the vicinity of the
5.135 landfall light-buoy (17534N, 102095W), or at the
1 Punta Mangrove (Mongrove) (1755N, 10211W), a anchorage, or farther offshore on request.
low, rounded, extended point, between 6 and 9 m high and 3 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory.
covered with mangroves and palm trees, forms the low S Traffic regulations. Vessels of more than LOA 200 m
extremity of the delta. are restricted to daylight movements only.

155
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

a
a Coal Terminal Silo

a
Lazaro Cardenas Entrance (5.141)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Harbour steel, general cargo, fertilizer and container cargoes are

5.141 handled in the SW basin. A coal terminal lies on the N
1 General layout. A channel, about 1650 m in length, side of the entrance channel.
200 m wide, and dredged to a depth in excess of 16 m, 2 Local traffic. Fishing vessels transit between the mouth
leads NW from the port entrance to a turning basin, about of Ro Balsas NE of the turning basin and the harbour
700 m in diameter and dredged to a similar depth; a branch entrance, with peak times early in the morning and late in
of Ro Balsas, which shoals rapidly, leads NNW from the the evening.
turning basin. The harbour is formed by basins which lead Local weather. During the rainy season (July to
NE and SW from the turning basin; the NE basin further October) there are occasional squalls. The prevailing winds
divides into two branches 1400 m above the turning basin. are WNW.
Grain and oil cargoes are handled in the NE basin, and

156
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

3 Principal marks. Supplies. Bunkers at the Pemex berth; fresh water by

Landmarks: tanker trucks; provisions.
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Lighthouse (1755N, Communications. Local airport 5 km distant; nearest
10210W) (5.120). international airport at Zihuatanejo, 120 km distant.
Grain silo (17565N, 102107W).
Major light:
LZARO CRDENAS TO
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light.
BAHA DE MANZANILLO
Directions General information
(continued from 5.124)
5.142 Chart 1053
1 Entry leading lights. From the vicinity of 1755N, Route
10209W the alignment (302) of lights, displayed from 5.145
the W bank of Ro Balsas, leads through the buoyed 1 From the S approaches to Lzaro Crdenas (1756N,
entrance channel and into the turning basin: 10211W) the route leads initially WNW for about
Front light (white truncated pyramidal metal tower, 81 miles to the vicinity of Punta San Telmo (1820N,
13 m in height) (17563N, 102112W). 10330W), thence NW for about 65 miles to the
Rear light (similar structure, 20 m in elevation) (about approaches to Baha de Manzanillo (1904N, 10421W).
300 m NW of the front light).
2 Caution. A cross current may be experienced at the
Topography
5.146
harbour entrance.
1 The coast for a distance of about 17 miles WNW of
From the turning basin the alignment (033) of
Punta Mangrove (Mongrove) (1755N, 10211W) (5.135)
light-beacons, standing on the shore about 1 miles NNE
is formed by a sandy beach, across which streams run in
from the turning basin, leads into the NE part of the
many places during the rainy season. The tourist resort of
harbour to the grain terminal and Pemex tanker berths.
Playa Azul is situated on this sandy beach, about 8 miles
Lateral light-buoys mark this channel.
WNW of Punta Mangrove. From the W end of this beach,
Front light (grey truncated pyramidal metal tower,
as far as Bufadero (5.149), about 16 miles W, the coastline
7 m in height).
comprises a series of small cliffs, close off which there are
Rear light (similar structure) (about 70 m NNE from
many detached rocks. Ro Carrizal flows into the sea
the front light).
13 miles WNW of Playa Azul, and the settlement of
3 Useful marks (with positions from Puerto Lzaro
Chula lies 5 miles farther WNW. The village of Caleta de
Crdenas Light (1755N, 10210W):
Campos is situated about 2 miles NW of Bufadero.
Breakwater lights (white truncated pyramidal metal
2 From Bufadero to Punta San Telmo (46 miles WNW)
towers, blue bands, 7 m in height) (3 cables E and
the coast consists of long stretches of sandy beaches,
4 cables NE).
broken at intervals by series of bluffs, and backed inland
Fertinal Quay Light (metal post, 2 m in height)
by mountainous and densely wooded country. The peaks of
(6 cables NW).
Tetas de Tejupan (1824N, 10311W) stand 11 miles
Pemex Light (red tubular structure, 9 m in height)
inland; the N mountain is wooded to the top and the other
(9 cables NW).
is almost bare but from some aspects they are difficult to
identify against the higher peaks in the interior. Notable
Berths features on the coast include a prominent yellowish white
5.143 cliff about 2 miles WNW of Ensenada de Pichilinguillo
1 With positions from Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1812N, 10307W) (5.152), and a prominent sugarloaf
(1755N, 10210W): rock, 23 m high, which stands at the W end of a white,
Coal berth (4 cables N): length 400 m, depth sandy beach, about 3 miles ESE of Punta San Telmo.
alongside 152 to 164 m. 3 North-west of Punta San Telmo, as far as Punta Cabeza
Fertinal Quay (7 cables WNW): length 509 m, depth Negra (20 miles NW) (5.147), the coastline continues as a
alongside from 122 to 137 m. series of rocky bluffs with sandy beaches between them. A
2 Container Terminal (8 cables WNW): length 284 m, line of cliffs, fringed by detached rocks, and backed by a
depth alongside 137 m. short range of hills, 440 m (1440 ft) high, extends for about
General Cargo Quay (9 cables W): length 504 m,
2 miles NNW from a position 8 miles NW of Punta San
depth alongside 125 m. Telmo, and a prominent table topped mountain stands
Metal and Minerals Wharf (10 cables WNW): length 4 miles inland, 12 miles N of Punta San Telmo.
650 m, depths alongside from 134 to 14 m. 4 Thence the coast from Punta Cabeza Negra to Punta
3 Grain Terminal (11 cables NNW): length 250 m, Campos, 44 miles NW in the approach to Baha de
depth alongside 137 m. Manzanillo, is formed by a grey, sandy beach, on which
Pemex Tanker Berth (12 cables N): length 200 m, the sea breaks heavily. Lagoons parallel the coast about
depth alongside 134 m. 1 mile inside it, the NW being Laguna de Cuyutln, whose
LPG facilities are available at the Fertinal and Pemex W shore is formed by the high land extending inland from
berths. Punta Campos; the railway line from Manzanillo runs
between the lagoon and the coast.
Port services
5.144 Principal marks
1 Repairs. Facilities to undertake medium sized repairs are 5.147
available. 1 Landmarks:
Other facilities. Several hospitals; deratting exemption Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Lighthouse (1755N,
certificates; garbage disposal. 10210W) (5.120).

157
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Caleta de Campos Lighthouse (square stone tower, 5 SSW and SW of Punta San Telmo (1820N,
16 m in height) (1804N, 10245W) stands on 10330W), which, together with Punta Tejupan
Bufadero (5.149). (2 miles NNW), appears as one projecting point
2 Punta Cabeza Negra (1836N, 10343W), a cliffy, comprised of a series of rocky bluffs, and is
densely wooded peninsula, appearing at a distance reported to give good radar response. A light
from SE of NW as an island, but which is (5.147) is displayed from Punta San Telmo; three
connected to the mainland by a low sandy isthmus. prominent rocky islets lie off the point about
A light (5.149) stands on the point. 1 miles NW of the light. Thence:
3 Punta Campos Lighthouse (white octagonal concrete 6 SW of a patch of foul ground which extends about
tower on dwelling, 11 m in height) (1901N, 1 miles W from Punta Tejupan. During the hours
10421W). of darkness both these points should be given a
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W), the W wide berth due to the low lying nature of the land
extremity of the volcanic chain that traverses and to the variable currents which set along this
Mexico from E to W. part of the coast. Thence:
4 Nevado de Colima (Volcn de Safa) (3 miles N of 7 SW of Punta Cabeza Negra (1836N, 10343W)
Volcn de Colima), an extinct crater, usually (5.147), from where a light (truncated pyramidal
covered with snow. metal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed; foul
Cerro de Juluapan (1909N, 10425W) (5.158). ground is reported to extend 7 cables offshore,
Cono del Buque Perdido (3 miles SW of Cerro de 3 miles ESE of the point. Roca Pelicano, a small
Juluapan) (5.158). white rock, 23 m high, lies about 2 cables from the
5 Major lights: NW side of the point. Thence:
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1755N, 10210W) 8 SW of the mouth of Ro Coahuayana (5 miles
(5.120). NNW of Punta Cabeza Negra), from where
Caleta de Campos Light as above. breakers extend 5 cables to seaward, thence:
Punta San Telmo Lighthouse (white square concrete SW of a detached, steep-to rock (2 m (5 ft) high)
tower, dwelling, 12 m in height) (1820N, (1849N, 10356W), lying 5 cables offshore; this
10330W). is the only charted danger lying between Punta
Punta Campos Light as above. Cabeza Negra and Punta Campos. Thence:
9 SW of Roca Vela which has the appearance of a sail,
Other navigational aid and lies 3 cables S of Punta Campos (1901N,
5.148 10421W), a bluff headland, reported to be
1 Racon: Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1755N, prominent on radar, at the S extremity of a narrow,
10210W). but high stretch of land extending S from
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Manzanillo; a light (5.147) is displayed from the
headland. Roca Vela is fringed by rocks, and a
rock, 6 m high, lies in the passage between the
island and Punta Campos; navigation through this
Directions
(continued from 5.124) passage is not recommended.
5.149 Useful marks
1 From a position S of Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light 5.150
(1755N, 10210W), and clear of the anchorage area, the 1 White building (charted as a tower) (1758N,
passage leads WNW, then NW passing: 10216W).
2 SSW of Bufadero (1804N, 10245W), a prominent, Hill (440 m (1443 ft) high) (1805N, 10248W).
reddish bluff, at the foot of which is a rock with a Hill (652 m (2140 ft) high) (1818N, 10320W), in
blow hole through which water spouts; a light the shape of a smooth, wooded cone.
(5.147) stands on the bluff, and a white painted (Directions continue for Baha de Manzanillo at
house on top is prominent. The bluff is reported to 5.159 and for coastal passage at 5.178)
be prominent on radar. Attention is drawn to an
isolated bank, with a depth over it of 27 m (15 fm) Anchorages
(reported (1951)), position approximate, lying General
about 12 miles W of Bufadero Light. Thence:
5.151
3 SSW of Punta Inguana (Lizardo) (1811N,
1 Anchorage may be obtained, at distances from 5 to
10307W), a dark, bluff headland, 30 m high,
7 cables offshore, in depths of 18 to 27 m (10 to 15 fm),
1 mile long on its seaward face, thickly wooded,
off the beach (5.146) which extends 17 miles WNW from
and which is fringed by rocks, thence:
Punta Mangrove (Mongrove) (1755N, 10211W).
SSW of the mouth of Ro de Coalcomn (8 miles
Anchorage may also be obtained anywhere off the coast
WNW of Punta Inguana), off which there is an
between Punta Cabeza Negra (1836N, 10343W) (5.147)
area of foul ground; detached rocks extend up to
and Punta Campos (44 miles NW) (5.149), except directly
nearly 1 mile offshore in places between the river
off the mouth of Ro Armeria, 22 miles NW of Punta
mouth and Punta Piedras Blancas. Thence:
Cabeza Negra, where a submarine canyon extends seaward.
4 SSW of Punta Piedras Blancas (1815N, 10322W),
a high, white bluff, close off which lies Piedra Ensenada de Pichilinguillo
Blanca, a white rock, 33 m high. Attention is 5.152
drawn to a bank with a depth over it of 37 m 1 Description. Ensenada de Pichilinguillo, which provides
(20 fm) which lies outside the 183 m (100 fm) anchorage for small coasters, is an open bay, with a sandy
depth contour, 5 miles WSW of Punta Piedras beach at its head, entered close W of Punta Inguana
Blancas. Thence: (Lizardo) (1811N, 10307W) (5.149).

158
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

A rocky islet, 30 m high, lies 7 cables ESE of the W extending about 1 mile SW from the N shore; similar
entrance to the bay and there are many underwater rocks projections 1 and 2 miles farther W bound the entrances to
between it and the shore NW; other dangers lie at the W the other bays on the N side of the approach.
entrance to the bay. The islet, though reported to be a good
radar target, is not easily identified until close inshore. Local weather
2 Local knowledge is required. 5.157
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 18 m (60 ft), 1 Winds. Baha de Manzanillo is safe from all winds
on the line between the islet and Punta Inguana; small craft except those from the W and SW. Gales are not frequent
may find better shelter, in depths of 10 m (33 ft), 2 cables and are particularly rare during the dry season; but when
from the head of the bay. they do occur, can be severe and sweep across the bay.
Climate. The climate is said to be pleasant in the dry
Baha de Maruata season from December to May; the mornings and evenings
5.153 being cool. The rainy season lasts from June to November.
1 Description. Baha de Maruata (1815N, 10321W), Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.211.
situated 7 cables E of Punta Piedras Blancas (5.149), is a
small, open bay, used occasionally by vessels loading dye Principal marks
woods. The N shore of the bay is lined by a white beach, 5.158
and four islets lie within 2 cables E of a rocky bluff at the 1 Landmarks:
W end of the bay. Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W) (5.147).
2 Local knowledge is required. Nevado de Colima (3 miles N of Volcn de Colima)
Useful marks: (5.147).
Piedra Blanca (7 cables W of the bay) (5.149). Cerro de Juluapan (1909N, 10425W), a flat topped
Hill (3 miles N of the bay) (5.150). peak.
Anchorage may be obtained about 3 cables from the Cono del Buque Perdido (3 miles SW of Cerro de
beach, with the E islet bearing 284, in depths of 13 m Juluapan), a cone shaped peak.
(43 ft), mud. 2 Chimney (1901N, 10419W), position approximate,
one of three at a power station; the smoke from
Punta Cabeza Negra the chimneys is often evident.
5.154 Punta Campos Lighthouse (1901N, 10421W)
1 Anchorage may be obtained N of Punta Cabeza Negra (5.147).
(1836N, 10343W) (5.147), in a position about 5 cables White cross (19032N, 104203W), position
NE of Roca Pelicano (5.149) and about the same distance approximate, standing on the summit of Viga
from the shore. Grande.
Local knowledge is required. 3 Punta Carrizal Lighthouse (truncated pyramidal metal
Landing may be effected on the beach. tower, 7 m in height) (1905N, 10427W).
Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W), a steep-to,
precipitous islet, coloured white by guano, and
BAHA DE MANZANILLO which appears wedge shaped from W.
AND APPROACHES
4 Major lights:
Punta Campos Light (1901N, 10421W) (5.147).
General information
Light (1909N, 10434W).
Charts 516 plan of Baha de Manzanillo and Baha de Santiago,
plan of Manzanillo Harbour; 1053 Directions
Description (continued from 5.150)
5.155
1 Baha de Manzanillo is the E of four bays which lie in Approach from south
the large indentation formed between Punta Campos 5.159
(1901N, 10421W) and Punta Carrizal (7 miles NW). 1 From a position SW of Punta Campos (1901N,
The bay is entered between Punta Ojo de Agua (1903N, 10421W) the track leads generally NNE into the bay,
10421W) and Punta Santiago (2 miles NNW). Baha de passing (with positions from Punta Campos):
Santiago (5.169) and Baha Cenicero (5.170) lie 2, and WNW of Roca Vela (3 cables S) (5.149), thence:
5 miles W, respectively, of Baha de Manzanillo, and the WNW of Punta Ventanas (7 cables NNW), which is
smaller Ensenada Carrizal is situated in the W part of fringed by rocks up to 1 cable NW, and:
Baha Cenicero. The harbour of Manzanillo lies on the S 2 Clear of, depending on draught, a bank extending
side of Baha de Manzanillo. 4 cables NW/SE, with a least depth over it of
2 Depths in the bay, which is steep-to at its head, range (119 m (39 ft), (1 miles NW), thence:
from about 48 m (26 fm) at the entrance to 10 m (32 ft) at WNW of Punta Ojo de Agua (2 miles N), the S
2 cables from the head. entrance point to the bay, which is fringed by
rocks, thence:
Topography 3 WNW of Punta Chiquita del Viejo (2 miles NNE);
5.156 foul ground extends up to 1 cables off the coast
1 From Punta Campos, a high, narrow neck of land between this point and the root of Manzanillo
extends about 2 miles NNE to Manzanillo harbour; breakwater. And:
8 cables N of the point Laguna de Cuyutln (5.146) can be ESE of the landfall light-buoy (pillar, safe water)
seen through a gap in the high land. North of the harbour (19042N, 104214E), thence:
entrance, the head of the bay, formed by a narrow, built up 4 WNW of the head of Manzanillo breakwater
peninsula and lined by a sandy beach, extends about (2 miles NNE), from the head of which a light
3 miles NW where it is bounded by a high peninsula (round concrete tower, 7 m in height) is displayed.

159
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Approach from west Tidal levels: See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
5.160 Mean spring range about 05 m, mean neap range about
1 From a position S of Punta Carrizal (1905N, 01 m.
10427W), a bluff point fringed by rocks, one of which is 2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels up to LOA
high and prominent, and from where a light (5.158) is 275 m and draught 128 m can be accommodated at Pemex
displayed, the track leads generally E into the bay passing terminal in the outer harbour. Vessels with a draught of
(with positions from Punta Carrizal): 137 m are reported to be able to use the inner harbour.
2 Either side of Los Frailes (3 miles ESE), a group of
seven small, detached rocks lying 5 cables SSE of Arrival information
Punta de Juluapan, the S extremity of a high 5.164
peninsula, 1 mile in length; a light (round GRP 1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
tower, 2 m in height) stands on the SE rock of Los Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Frailes. Thence: Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours.
3 S of Roca Pelicano (6 miles E), a high, whitish rock Outer anchorage. See 5.172.
lying close off Punta Santiago, the S extremity of Inner anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be
a high peninsula, 1 mile in length, the N entrance obtained inside the outer harbour, in depths of from 11 to
point to the bay, and: 16 m (36 to 53 ft), S of a line joining the head of the
N of the landfall light-buoy (pillar, safe water) breakwaters.
(19042N, 104214E). 2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available from 0800 to
1800 but can be arranged on request outside these hours.
Useful marks The pilot usually boards, as shown on the chart, in the
5.161 large vessel anchorage but will meet vessels farther out on
1 With positions from the breakwater light (19036N, request; the pilot boat is painted black, with the letter H on
104190W). a white superstructure. Boarding is not possible in bad
Radio mast (red lights) (1 miles NNE), at the head weather.
of the bay. Tugs are available and are compulsory for berthing
Radio mast (elevation 126 m (413 ft)) (red lights) alongside.
(6 cables SSW), standing on the summit of Viga
Harbour
Chico.
5.165
2 Hospital (8 cables SE), situated on the E side of
1 General layout. The port, which comprises an outer and
Cerro San Pedrito.
an inner harbour, is protected on its W side by a
Radio mast (red lights) (1 mile S).
breakwater extending about 650 m NE. A short breakwater,
about 270 m in length, extends WSW from the E side of
Manzanillo Harbour the entrance, and forms the N entrance to the access
channel to the inner harbour.
General information 2 The original outer harbour has the Pemex terminal and
5.162 berths for general cargo on its S side; the inner harbour,
1 Position. The harbour of Manzanillo (1903N, also referred to as San Pedrito, has a container terminal,
10420W) is situated on the S side of Baha de and berths for general and bulk cargo vessels on its S and
Manzanillo, and extends into Laguna de San Pedrito, an E sides, and a naval area on its W side; a fishing harbour
extensive area of water which lies behind the head of the and vehicle terminal stand at the head of this inner harbour.
bay. Development in the inner harbour is continuing (2002).
Function. The port, a major export centre for Mexico on Two turning basins are provided within the inner harbour,
the Pacific coast, is the port of entry for the State of one close inside the entrance, and a second farther NNE off
Colima and is equipped to handle most types of cargo, the container terminal.
including oil and ore cargoes, and containers; it is also a 3 Storm signals are displayed from the port signal station
naval base and a tourist port. situated 2 cables SW of the root of the W breakwater.
The population of Manzanillo is over 150 000. Swell. A heavy scend may be experienced in the outer
2 Approach and entry. The outer port is entered from N harbour.
between breakwaters; the inner port is entered from the
outer port on the alignment of leading lights. Directions
Traffic. In 2002, 468 vessels called at the port totalling 5.166
17 876 666 dwt. 1 Outer harbour. The entrance between the breakwater
Port Authority. Administracion Portuaria de Manzanillo, heads is 5 cables wide and is free from dangers.
Ave Teniente Azueta No 9, Colonia Buricata, Manzanillo, Inner harbour leading lights:
Colima, Mexico. Front light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 12 m in
Website: www.apimanzanillo.com.mx height) (19038N, 104175W).
Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (400 m
Limiting conditions ENE of the front light).
5.163 2 From the central part of the outer harbour, the alignment
1 Controlling depth in the access channel to the inner (077) of these lights leads between breakwaters and
harbour and the inner harbour turning basin is 14 m (46 ft). through an access channel, marked by light-buoys (lateral),
Lesser depths are charted and confirmation should be into the inner harbour.
sought from the Port Authority. The secondary channel Useful marks (with positions from the front leading
leading farther N from the turning basin to the container light):
basin, and the access channel to the fishing harbour, have N breakwater light (round concrete column, 7 m in
depths of 7 m (23 ft). height) (9 cables WSW).

160
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

S breakwater light (round concrete tower, 6 m in 3 Anchorage may be obtained, about 5 cables offshore, off
height) (9 cables WSW). Santiago in the NE corner of the bay, in depths of about
18 m (59 ft), or on the W side of the bay in about 15 m
Berths (49 ft).
5.167
1 With positions from the head of the W breakwater: Baha Cenicero
Outer harbour. 5.170
Pemex N Pier (on the breakwater 2 cables SW): 1 Description. Baha Cenicero is entered between Punta
T-headed pier, length 110 m, depth alongside 122 de Juluapan (1905N, 10425W) (5.160) and Punta
to 133 m; coasting tankers berth on the inside of Carrizal (2 miles W) (5.160). The settlement of Higueras
the head. stands at the head of the bay.
2 Pemex S Pier (3 cables SSW): Dolphin berth, length Shoals extend about 2 cables offshore at the head of the
272 m, with berths each side, depths alongside bay, and a detached rock stands about 2 cables offshore on
128 m. the W side of the bay.
Naval Quay (4 cables SSW): length 150 m, depth Ensenada Carrizal, a small inlet, indents the bay
alongside 52 m. 5 cables N of Punta Carrizal.
Coastal Quay (4 cables S): length 310, depths
alongside from 43 to 61 m. Small craft
3 General cargo berth (3 cables S): W side, length Baha Las Hadas
216 m, depths alongside between 61 and 97 m; E 5.171
side, length 236 m, depths alongside between 73 1 There is a small craft harbour, protected by breakwaters,
and 94 m; head of the quay, length 58 m, depth in Baha Las Hadas, a sheltered cove, on the N side of
alongside 97 m. Two mooring buoys lie about Punta Salagua (19060N, 104215W), a projection on the
120 m and 160 m E, respectively, of the head of E side of the peninsula separating Baha de Manzanillo
the pier. from Baha de Santiago; the peninsula has been developed
4 Inner harbour. for tourism. Lights (concrete columns, 7 m in height) stand
A section (8 cables E) (Muelle Fiscal): length on each breakwater head.
450 m, depth alongside 137 to 146 m.
B section (11 cables E): length 600 m, maximum Anchorage
draught 119 m. 5.172
C section (12 cables ENE): length 685 m, maximum 1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the N part of
draught 119 m. Baha de Manzanillo (5.155), which is steep-to, with depths
5 Container terminal (14 cables NE): length 250 m, of 24 m (13 fm) within 5 cables of the shore. The
maximum draught 11 m. recommended anchorage for large vessels is 1 miles NW
Fishing harbour is reported to have depths of 54 m. of the breakwater light (19036N, 104190W), as shown
on the chart, in depths of about 37 m (20 fm), mud and
Port services sand. Small vessels can anchor close to the head of the
5.168 bay, 7 cables NNE of the breakwater, as shown on the
1 Repairs: minor repairs can be carried out; the naval chart, in depths of about 19 m (10 fm).
authorities have a floating dry dock length 127 m, breadth 2 Caution. Vessels should avoid anchoring 1 mile WNW
15 m, capacity 3000 tonnes which can be used by of the breakwater as this is a foul area.
commercial vessels when not required by naval craft.
Other facilities: deratting facilities; hospitals, garbage BAHA DE MANZANILLO
collection. TO CABO CORRIENTES
Supplies: bunkers, prior notice of requirements should
be given; fresh water at most berths; provisions. General information
Communications: local airport, with daily international
connections, 10 km distant; international airport 50 km Chart 1053
distant. Route
5.173
1 From the approaches to Baha de Manzanillo (1904N,
Bays in the approaches 10421W) the coastal passage leads initially WNW for
about 38 miles to the vicinity of Punta Faralln, thence NW
Baha de Santiago for about 74 miles to the vicinity of Cabo Corrientes
5.169 (2024N, 10543W). With the exception of a shoal patch
1 Description. Baha de Santiago is entered between Punta (5.178) lying 6 miles S of Punta Faralln, there are no
Santiago (1906N, 10422W) (5.160) and Punta de charted dangers at a distance of more than 1 miles from
Juluapan (2 miles W) (5.160). A prominent islet lies in the coast.
shallow ground, 1 cable W of Punta la Audiencia, a point 2 There are no ports of any importance along this stretch
close inside the E entrance to the bay. Laguna Juluapan is of coast but Baha de Navidad (1913N, 10443W)
enclosed on the W side of the bay. (5.181), Baha Tenacatita (1916N, 10451W) (5.182) and
2 Directions. The bay can be approached passing either Baha Chamela (1933N, 10507W) (5.185), provide good
side of Los Frailes (5 cables SSE of Punta de Juluapan) shelter.
(5.160), but care should be taken to avoid three shoal
patches, with depths of from 55 to 67 m (18 to 22 ft) over Topography
them, which lie, as shown on the chart, about midway 5.174
between Punta la Audiencia and Punta Gorda (2 miles W). 1 The coastline consists mainly of a succession of rocky
A stranded wreck lies on the W shore of the bay. bluffs, fringed by rocks in places, interspersed by sandy

161
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

beaches and broken at intervals by bays. Lagoons lie close Directions

behind the coast which is backed by high wooded land (continued from 5.150)
rising inland to many conical peaks in the interior. 5.178
1 From a position S of Punta Carrizal (1905N,
Flow 10427W) (5.160) the coastal passage leads generally
5.175 WNW, then NW, passing:
1 Current. During the summer the current between Baha SSW of Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W) (5.158);
de Manzanillo and Cabo Corrientes was found to be there is a deep passage between this rock and the
variable in force but always setting NW along the coast, rocks fringing the coast 1 mile N. Thence:
being stronger near the land than offshore, and increasing 2 SSW of a dangerous wreck (4 miles WNW of Piedra
in strength as the cape was approached; the cape derives its Blanca), lying close inshore; a light (5.177) is
name from the currents encountered in its vicinity. displayed from a point on the coast about 2 miles
2 Tidal streams are superimposed on the current off Cabo NNW from the wreck, where there is a
Corrientes, causing the flow at springs to vary from conspicuous airport complex. By day, a prominent
practically nil to about 2 kn. group of low storied white buildings can be seen
Off-lying bank standing alone. By night, bright working lights are
5.176 shown from the airport area. Thence:
1 A least depth of 25 m (14 fm) (reported 1985) lies 3 SSW of Punta Graham (1911N, 10442W) (5.177),
15 miles WSW of Punta Campos Light (1901N, from where a light (square concrete tower, 7 m in
10421W), on the S side of an extensive bank with depths height) is displayed; a small detached rock, 24 m
of less than 200 m (100 fm) over it. high, lies 3 cables SW of the point. Thence:
SSW of Cerro (Morro) de Navidad (8 miles WNW of
Principal marks Punta Graham) (5.177). An underwater rock, which
5.177 breaks, lies at the extremity of a line of high rocks
1 Landmarks: which extends 7 cables SW from Cerro de
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W) (5.147). Navidad. Thence:
Nevado de Colima (3 miles N of Volcn de Colima) 4 SSW of Punta Hermanos (4 miles NW of Cerro de
(5.147). Navidad), a bluff headland, connected to the
Punta Campos Lighthouse (1901N, 10421W) mainland N by a sandy isthmus on which there are
(5.147). two prominent hills; the S hill is 56 m high. Islote
Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W) (5.158). Los Pajaros, a perpendicular rock, 46 m high, of
2 Punta Graham (1911N, 10442W), a high point reddish brown colour, with a white top, is situated
reported to be prominent on radar, which, like 3 cables SW of Punta Hermanos; a large, sharp
many other points along this coastline, may appear rock is situated close to its S face. Thence:
as an island when first seen. A light (5.178) stands 5 SSW of Roca Tonina (about 1 miles W of Punta
on the point. Hermanos), which is 37 m high and steep-to; the
3 Cerro de Navidad (Morro de Navidad) (1913N, passage between the rock and the coast is
10450W), which stands at the S end of Isla obstructed with rocks, some above water. Thence:
Iglesias, the central, and largest, of a chain of high 6 SSW of Los Frailes (5 miles NW of Punta
islets and rocks which extend 1 miles SSW from Hermanos), two needle shaped rocks situated close
a bluff promontory. Cerro de Navidad is together 1 mile offshore. The rocks stand out
remarkable from any direction but viewed from S clearly from the land, and at times have the
it appears wedge shaped. appearance of a sail. The inner rock, which
4 Punta Faralln Lighthouse (white round concrete appears the sharper, has a white top; the outer rock
tower, 22 m in height) (1923N, 10502W), with is steep-to, but the passage between the inner rock
two yellow dwellings close by. and the coast is not safe. And:
Punta Chalacatapec Lighthouse (round concrete tower, 7 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
7 m in height) (1941N, 10516W). 11 m (37 ft) (3 miles SW of Los Frailes) (reported
5 Roca Negra (1946N, 10522W), from where a light 1985), position approximate, thence:
(white metal tower) is displayed. SW of Punta Faralln (1923N, 10502W), a low
Punta Ipala Lighthouse (white metal framework tower, and rocky point on which stands a light (5.177);
11 m in height) (2014N, 10536W). an islet, with a 64 m (21 ft) rocky patch off its W
6 Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W), a rocky side, lies close to the point which should be given
headland with a flat top, from where a light a wide berth. Thence:
(5.177) is displayed. A white, rocky patch well 8 SW of Punta Etiopia (1927N, 10505W), thence:
down the side of the slope, and reddish brown SW of Punta Rivas (1934N, 10509W), the SW
rocks at its base, serve to identify the headland, extremity of a round, cliffy headland, of reddish
which is bold and projecting when viewed from S, brown colour, and which is fringed by rocks on
but is not so prominent from N and W. which the sea breaks continuously, thence:
7 Major lights: 9 SW of Roca Negra (1946N, 10522W) (5.177),
Punta Campos Light (1901N, 10421W) (5.147). which lies 1 mile WNW of Punta Roca Negra, a
Light (1909N, 10434W), position approximate. low bluff, above which a peculiar black knob rises
Punta Faralln Light as above. to an elevation of 200 m; the point forms the W
Cabo Corrientes Light (white octagonal stone tower, extremity of a short range of hills. A low rock lies
red cupola, on house, 15 m in height) (2024N, just outside Roca Negra and several underwater
10543W). rocks lie close to its inner side. Thence:

162
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

10 SW of Punta Ipala (2014N, 10536W), a prominent, Chart 516 plan of Baha de Navidad
grey coloured bluff, with several above-water rocks Baha de Navidad
on its W side; a light (white metal framework 5.181
tower, 11 m in height) is displayed from the point. 1 Description. Baha de Navidad is entered between the
Playon de Mismaloya Light stands on the coast W side of Punta Graham (1911N, 10442W) (5.177) and
8 miles S of Punta Ipala. Thence: Punta Puerto (Melaque), a high, white, salient point
11 SW of Rocas Cucharitas (6 miles NNW of Punta (2 miles NNW). Roco Cono, a high, reddish, conical
Ipala), a group of low rocks, on the beach from rock, lies close off the W extremity of Punta Graham but is
which a low reef extends 2 cables to seaward; hard to distinguish against the high background until close
the breakers on this reef are visible for some in.
distance to seaward. Thence: 2 From Roco Cono the coast, which is foul and rocky,
12 SW of Punta Isatan (Ysatan) (10 miles NNW of Punta trends 1 miles NE to the entrance to a lagoon, navigable
Ipala), a greyish, rocky point, set against yellowish by boats, thence the head of the bay is formed by a sandy
bluffs, which projects from the coast and should beach which extends NW to Punta Puerto; the towns of
not be mistaken for Cabo Corrientes (5.177) when San Patricio and Barra de Navidad line the head of the bay.
viewed from N or S, thence: 3 The bay, from which the Spanish fleet sailed in 1648 to
13 SW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177). conquer the Philippines, is one of the most beautiful on the
The land rises to an elevation of over 600 m Pacific coast of Mexico.
behind the cape; the mountains are wooded 4 Dangers in the approach. On the SE side of the bay, a
showing green in the rainy season and dark brown line of rocks, the outermost of which is known as Morro
in the dry season. A large, detached rock lies close Chino, extend 2 cables W from the shore from a position
to the cape off which tide rips and broken water 1 miles NE of Roco Cono. On the NW side of the bay, a
are experienced; these may be caused by a line of rocks extends 2 cables SE from Punta Puerto, and
submarine ridge, with a depth over it of 91 m an isolated underwater rock lies 2 cables offshore, on the
(50 fm), stated to lie off the cape with deep water S side of an area of foul ground extending 5 cables W
both seaward and landward of it. However the from the point.
cape is steep-to and can be passed at a distance of 5 Anchorage may be obtained, in the dry season, as
2 cables or more. shown on the chart, in depths of about 13 m (42 ft),
3 cables ENE of Punta Puerto, sheltered from SW by the
rocks off the point. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths
Useful marks of about 18 m (60 ft), about 5 cables SE of the point, but
5.179 this is more exposed to the swell. Anchorage in the SE
1 Hill (386 m (1265 ft) high) (1928N, 10501W), side of the bay is not recommended.
standing near the coast and which is marked by a
line of yellow bluffs under it.
Gegentn (1043 m (3422 ft) high) (1938N,
10458W), a peak of distinctive shape, which is Chart 516 plan of Baha de Tenacatita
visible over a long distance in clear weather. Baha Tenacatita
2 Rocky, bluff point (1937N, 10512W), which from 5.182
W has the appearance of an island, and is radar 1 Description. Baha Tenacatita is entered between Isla
conspicuous. Iglesias (1913N, 10450W) (5.177) and Punta Hermanos
Hill (352 m (1155 ft) high) (1949N, 10519W), (4 miles NW) (5.178). The bay is spacious and deep and
which is radar conspicuous. can provide shelter for most sizes of vessel.
3 Hill (279 m (916 ft) high) (charted as 279 ft) Piedra Blanca, a high, dark, rounded rock, the middle
(2003N, 10530W), a distinctive, pyramid shaped part whitened by guano, and which could be mistaken for
hill. the rock of the same name W of Punta Carrizal (5.158), is
(Directions continue for offshore passage at prominent amongst the rocks S of Isla Iglesias. A group of
5.196, for Baha de Banderas at 5.206, and white rocks situated 3 cables NNW of Isla Iglesias are
for coastal passage at 5.223) prominent from W.
2 From the E entry point, to the town of La Manzanilla
about 3 miles NE, the coast is bold and rocky; the points
Anchorages and shelters of Cabeza Tenacatita (2 miles NNE of Isla Iglesias) and
Punta Tamarinda, a point fringed by rocks, 1 mile farther
General NNE, are cliffy and prominent.
5.180 A white, sandy beach extends around the head of the
1 In addition to the individual anchorages detailed below bay to Punta Las Iguanas, a cliffy point 2 miles WNW.
anchorage may be obtained, in good weather, in convenient An inlet, navigable by small craft, lies close inside Punta
depths, off the sandy beaches which line the coast between Las Iguanas.
Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W) (5.158) and Punta 3 Directions. With the exception of the following dangers
Graham (12 miles WNW) (5.177), and between Punta Rivas (positioned from Punta Las Iguanas), all other charted
(1934N, 10509W) (5.178) and Rocas Cucharitas dangers lie within 3 cables of the shores of the bay:
(54 miles NW) (5.178). The anchorages cannot be Rock (2 cables E) with a depth over it of 12 m (4 ft).
considered safe between the months of June and November Dangerous wreck (3 cables NE).
as S gales may occasionally be experienced during this Roca Centro (5 cables E), an above-water rock with a
period. depth of 9 m (30 ft) on its N side.
2 There is often a heavy surf on the beaches which makes Shoal (8 cables NE) with a depth over it of 73 m
landing difficult. (24 ft).

163
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

4 Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, in chain of above-water rocks extends 3 cables offshore, and
the N part of the bay, either 6 cables NNE of Punta Las Isla Passavera. The best anchorage is in the NW part of the
Iguanas in a depth of about 13 m (42 ft), or about 1 mile bay, as shown on the chart, about 2 cables offshore in
NE of the point, in a depth of 22 m (12 fm). depths of about 11 m (36 ft), sheltered from all but S
winds.
Chart 1053 6 For vessels wishing to have contact with Chamela,
Punta Faralln anchorage may be obtained between Isla Colorado and the
5.183 mainland E, but this anchorage is more exposed. Small
1 Anchorage can be obtained, protected from SE winds, vessels anchor, in depths of about 9 m (30 ft), E of Isla
in a depth of 18 m about 2 cables offshore and mile E Cocinas. When approaching these anchorages from N and
of Punta Faralln (1923N, 10502W) (5.178). Landing W mariners should note a small detached rock, that dries,
may be made at the SE end of a beach. which lies 2 cables SW of Isla Colorado.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 1053
Baha Careyes Punta Ipala
5.184 5.186
1 Description. Baha Careyes (not charted) lies about 1 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained, in depths
midway between Punta Faralln (1923N, 10502W) of 9 m (30 ft), in a small cove known as Jaltipa situated on
(5.178) and Punta Etiopia, 5 miles NNW. The bay is a the SE side of Punta Ipala (2014N, 10536W) (5.178).
major holiday resort with several hotels and fine beaches. The anchorage is sheltered from all but S and SE winds
Leading beacons (white towers, red bands, 5 m in height) but care must be taken to avoid some underwater rocks
mark the approach to the bay. A below-water rock in the which lie close to the beach on the W side of the head of
bay is marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger). the cove. The small village of Boquita stands near the
closed mouth of a lagoon about 2 miles SE of Punta Ipala.
Chart 516 plan of Baha de Chamela 2 Larger vessels may anchor about 5 cables from the
beach in depths of 18 m (60 ft), good holding ground.
Baha Chamela
Except in the cove itself landing is difficult in this
5.185
vicinity.
1 Description. Baha Chamela, a bay 5 miles long,
Local knowledge is required.
bounded N by Punta Rivas (1934N, 10509W) (5.178),
provides safe anchorage during the fine weather season, Ensenada Corrales
from November to June, when land and sea breezes 5.187
prevail; a number of islands in the bay afford protection. 1 Description. Ensenada Corrales, situated on the N side
During the remainder of the year gales from SE and SW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177), is small
are frequent and heavy seas roll into the bay. but deep, having depths of 55 m (30 fm) near the centre. A
2 The two largest islands, Isla Colorado and Isla below-water rock, on which the sea breaks in rough
Passavera, with the smaller Isla Novilla between them, lie weather, lies about 3 cables from the shore off the mouth
about 1 mile offshore on the outer edge of a bank which of the bay.
extends from the shore near the middle of the bay; all three Landing can be effected at several places in the bay.
islands are fringed by rocks and shoals. Isla Colorado, the
S island, has a slightly reddish appearance, whilst Isla
Other names
Passavera is made prominent, and a good mark from W, by
its perpendicular, white cliffs. Chart 516 plans of Baha de Navidad and Baha de Chamela
3 A group of smaller islands lie on a shallow bank in the 5.188
SE part of the bay off the settlement of Chamela (1932N, 1 Baha de Navidad, position 1911N, 10443W:
10506W). Numerous dangers lie E of the line joining Isla Corralles, Punta
Cocinas, a round island lying 8 cables NW of Chamela, San Francisco, Cabo
and Isla San Andrs, the S island of this group. Viejo, Punta el
4 Approach. Gegentn (1938N, 10458W) (5.179), in 2 Baha Chamela (with positions from Chamela (1932N,
line (060) with a second prominent peak of the same 10506W)):
range 1425 m (4675 ft) high, provides a useful leading Esfinge, Isla (6 cables NW).
mark when approaching the bay. Negrita, Isla (5 cables SSW).
5 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere between Punta San Augustin, Isla (4 cables WNW).
Prula, a point 5 cables E of Punta Rivas, from which a San Pedro, Isla (5 cables NW).

CABO CORRIENTES TO MAZATLAN

GENERAL INFORMATION San Blas to Mazatlan (5.233).
Mazatlan and approaches (5.244).
Chart 2323
Area covered
5.189 Exercise area
1 The area covered by this section comprises: 5.190
Offshore passage (5.191). 1 A firing practice area is charted to the S of Isla Mara
Baha de Banderas (5.203). Cleofas (2119N, 10615W) centred 7 miles S of the
Cabo Corrientes to San Blas (5.220). island light.

164
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

OFFSHORE PASSAGE Directions

(continued from 5.179)

Passage east of Islas Tres Maras

General information 5.196
1 From a position SW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
Chart 2323 10543W) the passage leads NNW passing:
Routes Either side of Roca Corbetea (2044N, 10551W),
5.191 a steep-to, whitish rock with a jagged top, from
1 The direct route between Cabo Corrientes (2024N, where a light (silver framework structure on
10543W) and Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W), about concrete base, 7 m in height) is displayed; a rock
172 miles NNW, passes either side of Roca Corbetea awash lies 5 cables W of this danger. Strong,
(2044N, 10551W) and leads between Isla Tres Maras variable currents have been reported in the vicinity
(2130N, 10630W) (5.192) and Isla Isabela (2151N, of Roca Corbetea; there have been reports of a
10553W). The offshore passage W of Islas Tres Maras is SE set, and reliable information indicated a W set,
also described. therefore caution should be exercised in this area.
Thence:
2 ENE of Isla Mara Cleofas (2119N, 10615W), the
Islas Tres Maras S of Islas Tres Maras (5.192), which is
5.192 surrounded by numerous detached rocks, and
1 Islas Tres Maras (2130N, 10630W) comprise a group beaten by a heavy surf on all sides. A reef, over
of four high islands of volcanic origin which extend NW which the sea breaks constantly, extends 2 miles
over a distance of about 40 miles NW; Isla Mara Cleofas, E, thence 2 miles S, from the NE extremity of the
the S island, lies 60 miles NNW of Cabo Corrientes. The island. Isla Mara Cleofas Light (5.194) stands
W sides of the islands are composed of high, inaccessible, close to Risco Amarillo, a yellowish bluff at the
barren cliffs, while the E sides are generally low and sandy, SE extremity of the island. Roca Cumbre, a high
with some vegetation. pinnacle of rock, stands 7 cables S of Risco
Amarillo. A wide berth should be given to the
firing practice area (5.190). Thence:
Off-lying bank 3 ENE of Punta Piedra (2128N, 10630W), the E
5.193 extremity of Isla Mara Magdalena, an island
1 A bank, with a depth over it of 38 m (21 fm), was which, though sandy, has considerable vegetation;
reported (1965) to lie 15 miles NW of Roca Corbetea a rocky shoal, with depths over it of not more than
(2044N, 10551W) (5.196). 09 m (3 ft), and over which the sea breaks
continuously, extends for about 3 miles SE from
the point. There are outlying rocks off all the
Principal marks
salient points of the island. Thence:
5.194
4 ENE of Isla Mara Madre (2137N, 10635W), the
1 Landmarks:
largest and highest of the group; the summit is
Isla de Los Pelcanos Lighthouse (round concrete
near the centre of the island but a peak to the SW
tower, 8 m in height) (2103N, 10517W).
of it is more prominent. Thence:
Isla Mara Cleofas Lighthouse (white metal
ENE of Isla San Juanito (2145N, 10641W), the N
framework tower, 7 m in height) (2117N,
and lowest of the group of Islas Tres Maras; a
10615W), standing at an elevation of 150 m close
light (5.194) is displayed from Punta Roca
to the SE extremity of the island.
Colorada, the N extremity of the island. And:
2 Isla San Juanito Lighthouse (white metal framework
5 WSW of Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W) (5.194).
tower, 7 m in height) (2145N, 10641W)
Thence:
standing at an elevation of 52 m at the N extremity
To the approaches to Mazatlan.
of the island.
Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W), a high island from
where a light (red and white chequered metal Passage west of Islas Tres Maras
aluminium tower, concrete base, 3 m in height) is 5.197
displayed; see view C on chart 2323. 1 From the same initial position as above, the passage
3 Cabeza de Caballo (2302N, 10603W), a leads NW, thence N, passing:
remarkable peak in the centre of a range of SW of Roca Corbetea (2044N, 10551W) (5.196),
mountains. thence:
Pico del Metate (2319N, 10611W), the N peak on 2 SW of Roca Blanca, a high rock lying 5 cables W of
the above range. the W extremity of Isla Mara Cleofas (2119N,
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) (5.255). 10615W) (5.196), thence:
4 Major lights: SW of Punta Oeste (2126N, 10631W), a bluff
Cabo Corrientes Light (2024N, 10543W) (5.177). point, 21 m high, the W extremity of Isla Mara
Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W) (5.255). Magdalena (5.196), thence:
3 SW of Isla Mara Madre (2137N, 10635W)
(5.196); a detached rock 15 m high, with an
Other navigational aid underwater rock inside it, is situated 2 cables
5.195 offshore about 2 miles S of the NW extremity of
1 Racon: Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W). the island. Espoln del Diablo Light (metal
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. framework tower, 3 m in height) is displayed from

165
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

near to the centre of the W coast of Isla Mara depths of from 13 to 20 m (42 ft to 11 fm). Landing may
Madre. Thence: be effected, in fine weather, on a sandy beach.
4 SW of Roca Blanca (2144N, 10643W), a 2 Puerto Balleto (2137N, 10633W), the site of the
remarkable, high rock, which lies about 1 mile W penal settlement, is situated about the middle of the E side
of the W extremity of Isla San Juanito (5.196), of the island. The small harbour is protected by a mole
thence: from the head of which lights (metal columns, 4 m in
Across open water to Cabo San Lucas, to the height) are displayed; a mooring buoy is positioned off the
entrance to Golfo de California, or to the quay.
approaches to Mazatlan as required. 3 Useful mark:
(Directions continue for the offshore route to Guaymas Puerto Balleto Light (round concrete tower and
at 6.10, for Mazatlan at 5.257, for the coastal passage dwelling, 7 m in height) (2137N, 10633W).
N of Mazatlan at 6.16 and for the W coast of Baja
California at 7.13. Directions for the W entrance to BAHA DE BANDERAS
Golfo de California are given at 6.78)
General information
Chart 2323
Passages between Islas Tres Maras
5.198 Description
1 See caution at 5.199. The passage between Isla Mara 5.203
Cleofas and Isla Mara Magdalena is 5 miles wide 1 Baha de Banderas is entered between Cabo Corrientes
between the N coast of the former and foul ground that (2024N, 10543W) (5.177) and Punta de Mita (24 miles
extends 4 miles SE from the E point of Isla Mara NNE) (5.206). The S shore of the bay is high, precipitous,
Magdalena (5.196); the passage is otherwise free of and backed by mountains from 600 to 900 m high, with
off-lying dangers. Attention is drawn to the shoals at the E occasional valleys and sandy beaches, through which fresh
entrance which extend E from the NE point of Isla Mara water streams enter the bay; settlements are situated at the
Cleofas. mouths of several of these streams. An extensive group of
2 The passage between Isla Mara Magdalena and Isla islets and rocks lies at the N entrance, and there are
Mara Madre is 4 miles wide and free from charted dangers outlying rocks off some of the projections in the bay, the
though breakers have been reported (1950) across its E shores of which are generally steep-to.
entrance, and shoals extend about 5 cables from the sandy 2 The port of Puerto Vallarta (2037N, 10516W) (5.207)
beach which lines the N side of Isla Mara Magdalena. stands at the head of the bay and there are several
3 The passage between Isla Mara Madre and Isla San anchorages around the shores of the bay. Much of the
Juanito is 2 miles wide but is obstructed by numerous coastline between Puerto Vallarta and Nuevo Vallarta, a
dangers which make its use extremely dangerous. holiday complex about 6 miles farther NW, is built up with
prominent hotel buildings. The entrance to Puerto Vallarta
is not easily distinguished at a distance; the airport about
Anchorages and shelter in Isla Tres Maras
1 mile NW of the entrance may provide the best
Caution indication.
5.199 Principal marks
1 There is a penal settlement on Isla Mara Madre (5.196) 5.204
and under normal circumstances mariners should keep well 1 Landmarks:
clear of Islas Tres Maras in order to avoid interception, Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
and possible detention, by the Mexican authorities. Punta de Mita Lighthouse (red metal framework
Isla Mara Cleofas tower, 11 m in height) (2045N, 10533W)
displayed from Punta de Mita.
5.200
2 Los Arcos (2033N, 10519W), three rocks situated
1 Anchorage, in depths of 22 m (12 fm), with shelter from
near the coast, one of which is 88 m high and the
N and NE winds, may be obtained off the SE end of Isla
others 6 and 9 m high, respectively. They are
Mara Cleofas (5.196).
reported not to stand out well on radar because of
There is a well sheltered lagoon, with depths of 82 m
their proximity to the coast.
(27 ft) in the entrance, on the E side of the island. Small
Major light:
vessels up to a maximum of 90 m LOA may enter but due
Cabo Corrientes Light (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
to the restricted swinging room a vessel of that size would
need to moor bow and stern. Other navigational aid
2 Useful mark: 5.205
Isla Mara Cleofas Light (2117N, 10615W) 1 Racon: Escollera Norte Light (2039N, 10515W) at
(5.194). Puerto Vallarta (5.211).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Isla Mara Magdalena
5.201 Directions
1 In 1943 a fishing vessel reported obtaining good (continued from 5.179)
anchorage, sheltered from NW winds and free from ground 5.206
swell, on the SE side of Isla Mara Magdalena (5.196). 1 Approaching from west the only off-lying danger is
Roca Corbetea (2044N, 10551W) (5.196), thence there
Isla Mara Madre is a deep, clear navigable entrance, about 11 miles wide,
5.202 between the dangers fringing the entrance points.
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Cabo Alto (2132N, Chart 1053
10632W), a bold, rocky headland, 38 m high, which 2 Entry from south. A good clearance should be given to
forms the S extremity of Isla Mara Madre (5.196), in Punta Chimo (2029N, 10536W), a rocky headland with

166
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

dangers off it. La Iglesia, a white rock, (12 m (40 ft) high), Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, NW of the
stands SW of the point, and a reef, over which the sea entrance in a depth of about 18 m; large cruise vessels
breaks, was reported (1928) to lie about 4 cables WNW of anchor about 6 cables WSW of Escollera Norte Light.
the point; a 54 m (18 ft) shoal lies about 1 miles NE of Charted depths in this vicinity may be unreliable due to the
the point. constant shifting of the sea bed.
Chart 2323 2 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards about 2 miles
3 Entry from north is obstructed by Las Tres Marietas, a SW of the harbour entrance.
group of islets, rocks and shoals, which extend about Tugs are not available.
5 miles WSW from a position 4 miles SSW of Punta de
Mita (2045N, 10533W), a low point which rises to a Harbour
prominent hill, 138 m high, 1 miles NE; a light (5.204) is 5.210
displayed from the point. Punta de Mita is surrounded by 1 General layout. The harbour, entered between Escollera
detached rocks and reefs extending 5 cables W, and a Norte and Escollera Sur, about 240 m apart, comprises a
dangerous shoal, with a rock awash over which the sea basin with the Municipal Pier, 100 m in length on its S
breaks in rough weather, lies 1 mile SSW of the point; side, and a Ro-Ro terminal on its E side; the harbour office
there are depths of between 5 to 73 m (16 to 24 ft) stands close S of the Municipal Pier. From the N side of
between the shoal and the point. In 1978 an underwater the basin a channel, with leading lights, leads into an
rock was reported to lie in the channel between Punta de extensive yacht marina. Lights are displayed from the
Mita and Las Tres Marietas. berths in the harbour and from N and S breakwater
4 La Redonda, from where a light (red truncated metal beacons at the entrance the marina.
tower, 7 m in height) is displayed, is the E of Las Tres 2 Local traffic. The vicinity of the port area is
Marietas and is the largest; it rises in a series of broken, particularly busy with leisure craft, especially in the peak
white cliffs, to a flat summit. La Larya, from where a light tourist season.
(red metal framework tower, 11 m in height) is also Local weather. Winds, generally from the NE, tend to
displayed, is a second, similar, but lower islet, 1 mile W; pick up strength in the afternoon.
numerous detached rocks surround the islets and lie in the
channel between them. A third islet, a white rock, lies Directions for entering harbour
3 miles farther W, and between the second and third islets 5.211
there is a steep-to reef on which there are some 1 The alignment (053) of leading lights situated at the
above-water rocks. The W, and outermost danger of Las head of the harbour leads from WSW through an entrance
Tres Marietas, is a steep-to rock, 46 m high, which lies channel marked by light-buoys:
about 9 miles SW of Punta de Mita. Front light (white square tower, red bands, 8 m in
height).
Puerto Vallarta Rear light (white pyramidal tower, red bands, 12 m in
height) (140 m from front light).
Chart 2323, Mexican Chart 425 (see 1.14)
2 The area for swinging in the harbour is restricted and is
General information often obstructed by pleasure craft. A second pair of lights
5.207 (metal structures) on the W side of the harbour, in line
1 Position. Puerto Vallarta (2037N, 10516W) is situated bearing 270, are used when swinging; the limits of the
at the mouth of Ro Cuate (Real), which flows into Baha turning area are also marked by buoys (special).
de Banderas at its head, and about 2 miles N of the town. Caution. The entry leading lights are difficult to identify
Function. At one time the port was only an anchorage at first light and during daylight, and the daymarks may
port, but the town is now a well developed tourist resort also be obscured by yachts anchored in the harbour.
and the port has alongside berths for passenger vessels; 3 An outfall pipeline, marked by a buoy at its outer end,
general cargo is still handled at anchor. The population of extends 33 miles SSW from the vicinity of the harbour
the town, which lies in the State of Jalisco, is over entrance.
100 000. Useful marks:
2 Traffic. In 2002, 103 vessels called at the port totalling Escollera Norte Light (green round concrete tower,
752 637 dwt. 8 m in height), from which a racon transmits.
Port Authority. Administration del Puerto Vallarta, Escollera Sur Light (red metal column, 7 m in
Avida Francisco Meling Ascencio, Km 4.6, Terminal Marit, height).
Puerto Vallartta, 48302, Jalsisco, Mexico. Radio mast (red lights), which stands in the town
Website: www.apivta.com about 1 miles SE of the harbour.
Limiting conditions
5.208 Berths
1 Controlling depth. Entrance channel and harbour basin 5.212
are dredged to depths of 12 m to 14 m. 1 Two berths for passenger vessels, each 200 m in length,
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring with depths of 10 m alongside; other smaller berths.
range about 09 m, mean neap range about 03 m.
Density of water: 1024 g/cm3. Port services
Maximum size of vessel handled: a vessel LOA 5.213
2325 m, 81 273 dwt, has been handled. 1 Repairs: not available, other than for small craft.
Marina has a 35 ton lift.
Arrival information Other facilities: medical, garbage disposal.
5.209 Supplies: limited provisions; fuel and fresh water
1 Port radio is available. The marina monitors VHF. available.
Notice of ETA: 24 hours. Communications: international airport 2 km distant.

167
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Anchorages CABO CORRIENTES TO

PUERTO DE SAN BLAS
Chart 1053
Baha Tabo General information
5.214 Chart 2323
1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baha Tabo, a small and Route
open bay for which Punta Tabo (2026N, 10540W) forms 5.220
the NE entrance. 1 From the vicinity of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
Local knowledge is required. 10543W) to that of Puerto de San Blas (2132N,
10519W), the route leads NNE for 72 miles passing
Chart 2323 WNW of Islas Tres Marietas (2041N, 10536W), the
Tecomates outermost dangers at the N entrance to Baha de Banderas
5.215 (5.203), and WNW of an isolated danger lying 3 miles
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 27 m offshore in the approach to Puerto de San Blas.
(15 fm), sheltered from all but winds from between NE and
Topography
NW, off the village of Tecomates (2031N, 10526W).
5.221
Yelapa Light (white metal tower, 7 m in height) stands in
1 The coast between Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W)
the vicinity of the village.
and Puerto de San Blas, 72 miles NNE, is irregular and
Local knowledge is required.
backed by hills mostly of moderate elevation, but close
behind there are high mountain ranges increasing in
Boca Tomates elevation towards N.
5.216 Baha de Banderas (5.203) forms the deep indentation in
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 15 m (48 ft), the coast N of Cabo Corrientes.
about 5 cables SE of Boca Tomates (Estero de Tomates)
(2040N, 10517W), which forms the entrance to Ro Principal marks
Ameca; it is reported the anchorage area is marked by a 5.222
white drum. A shoal, over which the sea breaks, lies off 1 Landmarks:
the river mouth, 7 cables from which depths of 183 m Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
(100 fm) may be found. Punta de Mita Lighthouse (2045N, 10533W)
2 Ro Ameca is entered over a shallow bar on which the (5.204).
sea breaks heavily; the river is only navigable for about Cerro Vallejo (2056N, 10513W), the most
7 cables by boats drawing less than 09 m. prominent peak of the range behind this part of the
Local knowledge is required. coast.
2 Isla de Los Pelcanos Lighthouse (2103N,
Punta Montoga 10517W) (5.194).
5.217 Cerro Compostela (2106N, 10506W), a prominent
1 Description. The shore is low and sandy between Boca peak.
Tomates (2040N, 10517W) (5.216) and Punta Montoga, Cerro San Juan (2126N, 10459W). The peak is
7 miles WNW, a salient point on the N side of Baha de seldom obscured, and when viewed from W
Banderas which rises to a height of 99 m. Depths increase resembles a saddle; see view D on chart 2323.
regularly to 27 and 37 m (15 and 20 fm) 1 mile offshore. A 3 San Blas Lighthouse (white round tower, ored bands,
light (red metal tower, 8 m in height), position approximate, 14 m in height) (2132N, 10519W).
is displayed from Cruz de Huanacaxtle, situated near Punta Piedra Blanca del Mar (2135N, 10531W), a
Montoga. steep-to white rock; see view D on chart 2323. In
2 Anchorage may be obtained, during NW winds, in the 1994 this rock was reported to lie about 3 miles
bay on the E side of Punta Montoga. ESE of its charted position.
Local knowledge is required. 4 Major lights:
Cabo Corrientes Light (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
San Blas Lighthouse as above.
Punta de Mita
5.218 Directions
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 miles E of Punta (continued from 5.179)
de Mita (2045N, 10533W) (5.206), between 5 and 5.223
7 cables offshore, in depths of from 9 to 13 m (30 to 1 From a position W of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
43 ft) with the 138 m high hill bearing 340. 10543W) the coastal passage leads NNE passing (with
Local knowledge is required. positions from Punta Raza (2103N, 10519W)):
Either side of Roca Corbetea (35 miles SW) (5.196),
and:
Small craft WNW of a steep-to rock (30 miles SW), the
outermost danger of Las Tres Marietas (5.206).
Nuevo Vallarta 2 WNW of Punta de Mita (21 miles SW) (5.206), from
5.219 where a light (5.204) is displayed, thence:
1 A marina is situated at the holiday complex of Nuevo WNW of Punta Sayulita (Santa Cruzita) (13 miles
Vallarta (2042N, 10520W); boats with draughts up to SW), an uneven, bluff headland, thence:
18 m can access the marina, the entrance of which is WNW of Punta Monterrey (8 miles SW), a headland
marked by lights. A fuel berth was planned (2000). The similar to Punta Sayulita but with a group of
marina monitors VHF. detached rocks on its N side, thence:

168
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

3 WNW of Punta Raza, a steep-to, reddish, bluff point Storm signals are displayed at the signal station.
behind which the land rises sharply, thence: Current. A strong S set is usually experienced along the
WNW of a dangerous rock (17 miles N), which lies coast in this vicinity during the greater part of the year.
about 3 miles W of Punta Los Custodios, a rocky
point 9 m high situated on the N side of the Directions
entrance to Ro Los Custodios; the mouth of the 5.227
river is obstructed by a bar on which the sea 1 Approaching from south. A good clearance should be
breaks. given to the dangerous shoal situated 3 miles W of Punta
4 WNW of Punta Camarn (27 miles N), a salient Los Custodios (2120N, 10515W) (5.223), thence course
point at the extremity of a range of hills, which is may be shaped for Castillo de la Entrada until in the
fringed by islets and rocks. vicinity of Piedra Blanca de Tierra and the desired
(Directions continue at 5.237) anchorage.
2 Approaching from north or west. Course should be
shaped to pass outside and S of Piedra Blanca del Mar
Puerto de San Blas (2135N, 10531W) (5.222), thence for Piedra Blanca de
Chart 2323 (see 1.14) Tierra, keeping well S of the line joining these two islands
General information until about 1 mile from the latter; a vessel using the inner
5.224 anchorage may pass N of Piedra Blanca de Tierra.
1 Position and function. Puerto de San Blas (2132N, 3 Entrance channel. The alignment of leading lights
10519W) is a small commercial port; all cargo is worked (metal framework towers on red and white chequered
at anchor in the roads. The port is a port of entry for the concrete bases, the front 12 m in height, and the rear 16 m
State of Nayarit, the capital of which, Tepic, lies about 30 in height) lead through the centreline of the channel across
miles E of the port. a bar marked by a light-buoy (safe water) and by
2 Topography. The land S of San Blas is high, whilst that light-buoys (lateral). A light (red metal truncated tower on
N of it is low. The old town of San Blas, which is now in concrete base, 7 m in height) stands on the head of the E
ruins, stands on a steep hill, 137 m high, situated about breakwater, and a similar light (green, similar structure) at
7 cables E of the harbour. The present town is situated on the head of the W breakwater.
low ground on the E side of the harbour. 4 Useful marks:
Traffic. In 2002, 10 vessels called totalling 30 875 dwt. San Blas Light (2132N, 10519W) (5.222) which
stands close to Castillo de la Entrada.
Arrival information Piedra Blanca de Tierra (about 6 cables SW of
5.225 Castillo de la Entrada), a small white rock with
1 Port radio. The Harbour Master is equipped with VHF. detached rocks, one NE and another SW of it.
Anchorages. Even the smallest vessels anchor in the
roadstead, which, though open and exposed to both the Supplies
prevailing winds, is a safe anchorage during the dry season, 5.228
and less dangerous than Mazatlan during the rainy season. 1 Prior notice should be given if fresh water and
However it is inadvisable to remain here during the season provisions are required.
of tropical hurricanes, known locally as Cordonazos
(1.178), which extends from June to November. Anchorages
2 Good anchorage may be obtained in the roadstead, in Chart 2323
depths of 11 m (36 ft), 5 cables SSE of Piedra Blanca de Ensenada Jaltemba
Tierra (5.227), or nearer the town in a depth of 8 m (23 ft), 5.229
5 cables E of Piedra Blanca de Tierra. 1 Description. Ensenada Jaltemba is entered between
Regulations. Customs and Health officers will board at Punta Raza (2103N, 10519W) (5.223) and Punta
the anchorage. Tecusitn (6 miles NNE), a rocky point, 21 m high. The
shore of the bay is sandy, and the land behind, which rises
Harbour gradually, is well wooded.
5.226 A whitish islet, 24 m high, lies about 7 cables offshore
1 General layout. The E entrance point is known as Punta in the SE part of the bay, 2 miles NE of Punta Raza; a
de San Blas. A narrow peninsula, on the S side of which is black rock, 6 m high, lies 5 cables S of the islet.
a hill 32 m high, bounds the S and W sides of the small 2 Anchorage. Local vessels obtain anchorage, sheltered
creek which forms the harbour. Castillo de la Entrada, a from SE winds, between the islet and the shore in a
ruined fortification, stands on the SW corner of the position about 11 cables E of Punta Raza.
peninsula, whose W side is fringed by foul ground up to Useful mark: Isla de Los Pelcanos Light (2103N,
2 cables offshore. 10517W) (5.194).
2 The creek, entered over a drying bar, is for the most Local knowledge is required.
part shallow, and though depths in places range from 37 to
55 m (12 to 18 ft) these are over a small area only. The Ensenada Chacala
landing areas are on the E side of the creek and it is 5.230
reported that landing is frequently disrupted between the 1 Description. Ensenada Chacala (2110N, 10514W) is
months of September to November. Breakwaters protect the a small cove situated on the S side of a bluff point, 12 m
entrance on both sides leaving a channel about 100 m wide. high; hills rise steeply from the shore of the cove to an
There are reported to be berths, in excess of 100 m in elevation of 92 m (300 ft).
length, for fishing vessels and tourist boats. A light (red and white chequered aluminium framework
3 Traffic signals are displayed from a signal station at tower, 12 m in height) is displayed from the cove; a
Castillo de la Entrada. A red flag indicates that conditions landfall light-buoy is moored in the approach to the cove.
on the bar are too rough for boats to attempt the passage. Local knowledge is required.

169
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Ensenada Matenchn passing (with positions from Isla Isabela Light (2151N,
5.231 10553W)):
1 Description. Ensenada Matenchn, which is entered SSW of a dangerous shoal (31 miles SE), on which
between Punta Santa Cruz (2125N, 10513W), a the sea breaks heavily, which extends about
prominent point with high, reddish cliffs, and Punta 4 miles seaward from the S entrance to Ro Grande
Camarn (about 5 miles NNW) (5.223). The bay is de Santiago, thence:
fringed by a shoal which extends about 5 cables offshore. 2 Either side of Piedra Blanca del Mar (28 miles SE)
The village of Santa Cruz, surrounded by dense trees, is at (5.222). In 1901 a vessel reported a sounding of
the S end of the bay. 33 m (18 fm), in a position about 7 miles WSW of
Anchorage. Small craft may obtain good anchorage, Piedra Blanca del Mar, with accompanying tide
about 5 cables offshore, in depths of about 3 m (9 ft). rips which caused the vessel to roll heavily; it is
Local knowledge is required. therefore possible there are shoaler depths in this
vicinity. Thence:
Other names 3 ENE of Isla Isabela (5.194). Several detached rocks
5.232 lie near the island, the most prominent being Roca
1 Chila, Ro (2113N, 10514W). Blanca, two nearly white pinnacle rocks, 27 and
San Cristobal, Estero de, situated 1 mile NNW of 12 m high, respectively, near the N end of the
Punta Camarn (2131N, 10516W). island. On the E and SE sides there are sandy
beaches on which landing may be effected in fine
weather. Thence:
PUERTO DE SAN BLAS TO MAZATLAN 4 WSW of Boca Teacapn (38 miles NNE), the outlet
of two extensive lagoons which are accessible,
General information with local knowledge, to small craft. A bar, over
Chart 2323 which the sea breaks continuously, extends nearly
Route 2 miles offshore from, and for about 1 miles on
5.233 each side of, the entrance. A light (white metal
1 From the approaches to Puerto de San Blas (2132N, truncated tower, 13 m in height) is displayed from
10519W) to those of Mazatlan (about 118 miles NW) the the entrance and the settlement of Teacapn is
route leads initially WNW, then NNW, passing either side situated close inside the entrance. Thence:
of Piedra Blanca del Mar (2135N, 10531W) and ENE of 5 WSW of the entrance to Ro del Baluarte (Chamatla)
Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W). Shoal areas, some of (57 miles NNW), from where a light (metal
which are extensive, are reported to lie off the entrances to truncated tower, 7 m in height) is displayed. Hills
some of the rivers and lagoons along this coast. rise to elevations of 150 and 275 m a short
distance inland on both sides of the entrance to the
Topography river which, during the dry season, is navigable by
5.234 small boats only. Thence:
1 The coastline is generally low and sandy with bushes 6 WSW of the entrance to Ro Presidio (Barrn)
and stunted trees, and is backed by extensive lagoons (76 miles NNW). During the dry season the river
which break through to the sea in places. The country for is only navigable by small boats. Thence:
many miles inland is low and level and in general there are To the approaches to Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W)
no hills close to the coast except in the vicinity of Ro del (5.244).
Baluarte (Chamalta) (2248N, 10602W) (5.237).
Useful marks
Principal marks 5.238
5.235 1 Camichin Estero Light (round concrete tower, 8 m in
1 Landmarks: height) (2146N, 10531W).
Cerro San Juan (2126N, 10459W) (5.222). Agua Brava Light (red and white chequered
San Blas Lighthouse (2132N, 10519W) (5.222). aluminium tower, 6 m in height) (2206N,
Piedra Blanca del Mar (2135N, 10531W) (5.222). 10539W) (position approximate).
Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W) (5.194). Isla Venados (2314N, 10629W) (6.14).
Cabeza de Caballo (2302N, 10603W) (5.194). Isla Pjaros (1 mile N of Isla Venados) (6.14).
2 Pico del Metate (2319N, 10611W) (5.194). (Directions continue for Mazatlan at 5.257
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) (5.255). and for coastal passage at 6.16)
Major lights:
San Blas Light (2132N, 10519W) (5.222). Anchorages
Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W) (5.255). Barra Asadero
5.239
Other navigational aid 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 11 m (36 ft),
5.236 5 cables from the beach at Barra Asadero (2140N,
1 Racon: Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W). 10526W), the N entrance to Ro Grande de Santiago; a
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. small shoal lies off the entrance. The settlement of Los
Corchos stands close N of the river mouth.
Directions
(continued from 5.223) Barra Mexcaltitn
5.237 5.240
1 From a position WNW of Punta Camarn (2131N, 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 9 to
10516W), and clear SSW of Piedra Blanca de Tierra 11 m (30 to 36 ft), about 1 mile off the beach at Barra
(5.226), the coastal passage leads WNW, thence NW, Mexcaltitn (Camichin Estero) (2147N, 10530W), the S

170
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

outlet of a lagoon which extends N. A small settlement Traffic

stands on the W bank just above the entrance. A light 5.248
(5.238) stands at the end of the S arm of the lagoon. 1 Over 200 vessels call at the port annually.
Boca Teacapn Port Authority
5.241 5.249
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 7 cables from the 1 Administracion Portuaria de Mazatlan, Apdo 814,
outer edge of the bar off Boca Teacapn (2230N, Interior Recinto Fiscal, Sinaloa, Mazatlan 82000, Mexico.
10544W) (5.237), with the middle and highest peak of Website: www.apimazatlan.com
Sierra de Bayona (789 m (2588 ft) high) (2235N,
10532W) bearing 072. Limiting conditions
5.250
Ro del Baluarte 1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the
5.242 entrance channel and harbour fairway to the turning basin
1 Anchorage may be obtained off the mouth of Ro del is 106 m abreast No 4 berth. It was reported (2002) that
Baluarte (2248N, 10602W) (5.237), 2 miles offshore, in the entrance had been dredged to 12 m.
depths of 13 m (42 ft), with a 1140 m (3738 ft) summit, Deepest and longest berth. Fiscal wharf No 5, length
situated about 20 miles NE, bearing 058. 351 m, depth 107 m alongside.
2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Other names Mean spring range about 10 m; mean neap range about
5.243 04 m.
1 Bayona, Ro (2240N, 10545W). Density of water: 1022 g/cm3.
Cabras, Las (2242N, 10555W), a small resort. Maximum size of vessel handled. Cargo vessels up to
LOA 210 m, and draught 91 m; Cruise vessels up to LOA
240 m, and draught 91 m.
MAZATLAN AND APPROACHES 3 Local weather. During the months January to April it is
reported that fog frequently forms at the harbour entrance
General information between 0600 and 1000.
Chart 42 plan of Mazatlan There is always a swell from SW and it is reported that
Position in October it may make boat operations difficult, and may
5.244 affect berthing. Chubascos (1.184) can also affect the area
1 Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W) is situated at the SE in the summer and autumn months and vessels at anchor
entrance to Golfo de California. should take precautions.

Function Arrival information

5.245 5.251
1 The port, a port of entry for the State of Sinaloa, is the 1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
main industrial and commercial centre in the W of Mexico, Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
and is also the largest fishing port on the Pacific coast of Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Mexico. The city, with a population of over 800 000, is a Anchorage may be obtained on arrival, as shown on the
very popular holiday resort, and is a frequent port of call chart, in an area surrounding Piedra Negra (5.258), in
for cruise vessels. depths of 19 to 29 m. The holding ground is not good; the
NE part of the anchorage is the best location for vessels
Topography remaining for some time.
5.246 The approach to the harbour entrance must be kept clear
1 The city of Mazatlan lies on a broad peninsula, about at all times.
60 m high, situated on the W side of an estuary known as 2 Caution. Between June and December, but particularly
Estero del Astillero. Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) from July to September, heavy squalls coming off the land
(5.255), which bounds the W side of the harbour entrance, may be experienced; vessels are recommended to anchor
is connected to Punta Pala, the S extremity of the with good clearance from any danger and to be ready to
peninsula, by Escollera l Azada, a short causeway. Isla leave the anchorage at short notice.
Los Chivos (7 cables E) (5.255), which forms the E side of 3 Pilotage is compulsory and is normally available from
the harbour entrance, is connected to Monte Silla, the 08001700 but can be obtained outside these hours on
prominent, saddle backed summit of Isla la Piedra standing request. The pilot boards from a black hulled boat, with a
7 cables NNE, by Escollera Los Chivos. white superstructure, in a position about 5 cables SSE of
2 The W side of the peninsula, from Cabo Viga, the SW Isla Crestn Light, as shown on the chart.
extremity, to Punta Tiburn, 1 miles N, is precipitous and Tugs are available, and are compulsory for vessels over
rocky and is indented by Baha Olas Atlas. North of Punta 2500 grt.
Tiburn the coast, up to 2 miles NW, is formed into an
almost continuous sandy beach backed by low, flat land, Harbour
over which the city has expanded. The S part of this
stretch of coast is known as Baha de Puerto Viejo. General layout
5.252
Approach and entry 1 The harbour is entered between two breakwaters, whose
5.247 heads are about 250 m apart, which extend towards the
1 The port is approached on the alignment of leading fairway from Isla Crestn and Isla Los Chivos. The
lights and the channel, further marked by leading lights and entrance channel, Canal del Astillero, about 100 m wide,
light-buoys, is entered between breakwaters. leads to a turning basin about 1 miles within the entrance.

171
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

At the head of the harbour the channel divides, one branch, Directions
Estero del Infiernillo, which is shallow and of no (continued from 5.197 and 5.238)
commercial importance, leads NNW through a narrow
passage on the W bank spanned by two bridges. The Approach
second branch is the continuation of Estero del Astillero 5.257
leading to the fishing harbour, and to the S of which lies 1 The approach from S and W is clear of dangers but
Estero de Urias, which for the most part dries. mariners approaching from NW should give a good
2 Close inside the W breakwater, between that breakwater clearance to Roca Tortuga (2311N, 10627W), a steep-to
and an inner breakwater extending ENE from the S point rock, the outermost of a group of islets which include Isla
of the city, 3 cables N, there is a basin with moorings Hermano del Sur and Isla Hermano del Norte, each of
and jetties for the use of small craft. The commercial and similar height, which lie 7 cables NW of Isla Crestn.
passenger vessel berths lie on the W side of the main
channel and turning basin, and above the turning basin Entry
there is a naval wharf and a shipyard. 5.258
3 The E side of the harbour, initially high land, falls away 1 Caution. The leading lights, particularly the inner pair,
to a series of low lying islands which enclose Estero de are reported (2002) to be difficult to identify at a distance.
Urias on its W side; Isla Belvedere is the largest of these It has been recommended (2002) that vessels do not
islands. enter in low visibility owing to the narrowness of the
entrance. See also under tidal streams at 5.254. Strong N
winds can also may navigation in the harbour fairway
Storm signals difficult.
2 Entry leading lights:
5.253
Front light (white truncated metal tower, 14 m in
1 Storm signals are displayed from a signal station on
height) (23129N, 106242W).
Cerro del Viga (23113N, 106255W). Fixed red lights
Rear light (similar structure, 19 m in height) (500 m
are displayed from close SSE and NNW of the signal
NNE of front light).
station.
3 From a position SSW of the harbour the alignment
(023) of these lights leads into the harbour entrance
passing (with positions from Isla Crestn Light (2311N,
Natural conditions 10626W)):
5.254 WNW of Piedra Negra (9 cables SE), a steep-to islet
1 Current in the approach to the entrance is reported to from where a light (5.255) is displayed, thence:
set W. WNW of Roca Anegada (5 cables ESE), an isolated
Tidal streams predominate in the channel, the direction pinnacle rock, thence:
being N on the in-going stream and S on the out-going 4 Between the breakwaters and light-buoys (lateral) to
stream. It was reported (1998) that the tidal stream can the vicinity of the inner W breakwater on the head
reach a rate of 2 kn. It is recommended that vessels of which stands a light (white metal tower, 7 m in
intending to swing in the turning basin enter at slack water height).
as the S-going stream is strong.
2 Climate. It is warm during the rainy season from June Main channel
to September, but the heat is tempered by frequent rains 5.259
and cool winds at night. The climate is more healthy than 1 Canal del Astillero Leading Lights:
that of the coast farther S. Front light (yellow rectangle on metal pyramidal
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.212. tower, 14 m in height) (23126N, 106244W).
Rear light (white metal pyramidal tower, 7 m in
height) (1500 m NNE of front light).
From the vicinity of the inner W breakwater the
Principal marks
alignment (018) of these lights leads through a channel,
5.255
marked by light-buoys, to the N part of the turning basin,
1 Landmarks:
passing WNW of Piedra Blanca (1 mile SSW from front
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W), an islet of steep,
leading light), marked by a light-buoy.
rocky bluffs, standing at the W entrance to the
2 N of the turning basin, the channel, further marked by
harbour.
leading lights, light-buoys and a light-beacon, continues NE
Piedra Negra Lighthouse (white square concrete
into the head of the harbour; the deeper channel passes SE
column on concrete base, 6 m in height) (2310N,
of an island (23125N, 106243W) in the central part of
10625W).
the fairway, on which stands a light (green concrete
2 Isla Los Chivos (2311N, 10625W), a high, partly
column, 7 m in height).
wooded islet, at the E entrance to the harbour.
Major lights:
Isla Crestn Light (white square masonry tower and
Useful marks
dwelling, 7 m in height) (2311N, 10626W). 5.260
1 With positions from Isla Crestn Light (2311N,
10626W):
Cerro Neveria (1 miles N), surmounted by several
Other navigational aid radio masts (red lights).
5.256 Isla Cardones (1 miles E).
1 Racon: Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W). 2 E breakwater light (red concrete column, 9 m in
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. height) (5 cables E).

172
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Isla Crestn Cathedral a

a Isla Los Chivos

a Approaches to Mazatlan (5.257)

(Original dated 1997)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

W breakwater light (green truncated concrete In addition, there is a molasses berth length 265 m,
structure, 9 m in height) (4 cables ENE). depth alongside 11 m.
Cathedral (twin spires) (2 miles NNE).
Port services
Berths 5.262
5.261 1 Repairs can be undertaken. There is a shipyard and
1 With positions from Isla Crestn Light (2311N, several slipways, the largest slipway has a capacity of
10626W): 457 tonnes.
Ferry terminal (7 cables NE): length 55 m, depth Other facilities: hospitals; deratting certificates issued,
alongside 910 m. garbage collection.
Ro-Ro berths (7 cables NE): depth alongside 83 m. Supplies. Provisions available; fresh water on all quays,
Cruise ship jetty (9 cables NE): length 140 m, depth also by tanker; bunkers available, prior notice is required.
alongside 10 m. Communications. Mazatlan airport, 20 km distant, with
2 Muelle de Pemex (1 mile NE): length 80 m, depth international flights.
alongside 10 m, which can accommodate tankers
up to LOA 180 m and draught 91 m. Other names
Commercial berths (1 miles NNE): five berths, total 5.263
length 1332 m, depths alongside 911 m. 1 Chile, Punta (23125N, 106258W).
3 Naval Wharf (1 miles NNE): length 131 m, depth Ciaboga, Darsena de (23110N, 106252W).
alongside 57 m. Derecha, Punta (23116N, 106257W).
Muelle de Pesca (2 miles NE): length about 1400 m, Monte Silla, Punta (23114N, 106247W).
depths alongside 55 to 93 m. Soto, Isla de (23123N, 106243W).

173
Home Contents Index

Chapter 6 - Golfo de California

115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106

2324
32 32
Ro Colorado
6.268

31 6.210 31

6.255

30 30

M E X I C O
6.233
6.202

29 29
6.244

3061 B. S. Teresa &

San Francisquito 6.187
28 6.51 28
6.221 Guaymas
42

3061
Santa Rosalia
27 6.168 27
6.158
6.35 P. de Yavaros 3061

26 26
6.28
2323 Topolobampo 2323
6.133
6.5
25 25

6.102
3061 Canale San Lorenzo 6.12
ue 6.89
24 hiling r. 24
3061 B. Pic & App La Paz
H r.
az
3061 La P 6.114

Mazatlan
23 6.74 42 23
Cabo Falso
2324

3053

115 114 113 112 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 107 106
March 2004

174
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA

GENERAL INFORMATION

Charts 2323, 2324 Between Isla Tortuga and Puerto Santa Rosalia (21 miles
Scope of the chapter WSW) rates of up to 3 kn have been experienced.
6.1 2 Tides and tidal streams. The tidal range decreases from
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises Golfo de about 12 m (4 ft) at the entrance, to less than 1 m (3 ft) in
California which is entered between Mazatlan (2311N, the central part, then increases to about 7 m (23 ft) at the
10625W) and Cabo Falso (197 miles W). It extends about head of the gulf.
670 miles NW to the mouth of Ro Colorado (3145N, The tidal streams flow regularly along the coast but their
11445W), and varies in width between 60 and 120 miles. strength and direction depend greatly on the wind. The
2 The chapter is divided into the following sections: strength increases towards the head of the gulf, where, at
Golfo de California Southern Part Offshore Route the mouth of Ro Colorado they frequently attain rates of 5
(6.5). or 6 kn. Tide rips are often sighted along the edges of the
Golfo de California Southern Part East Side (6.11). shoals that lie off the coasts.
Golfo de California Southern Part West Side (6.71). 3 Discoloured water. A curious phenomenon of the gulf is
Golfo de California Northern Part East Side the existence of extensive patches of red coloured water.
(6.185). This was noted by the early Spanish navigators, who at one
Golfo de California Northern Part West Side time named the gulf Vermilion Sea. Investigations of the
(6.219), including Ro Colorado. phenomenon by the United States Navy ascribe the
vermilion patches encountered at the mouth of the gulf to
the presence of countless numbers of organisms suspended
Description some distance below the surface of the water. The brick
6.2 coloured and corrosive waters of some portions of the
1 The E shore of Golfo de California is for the most part upper gulf are thought to be due to the presence of great
low and sandy, although there are many places where the numbers of organisms floating on the surface of the water,
mountains do approach the coast closely. The peaks of giving it a milky red colour.
Sierra Madre Occidental can be seen in the interior, as well 4 Mirage. In March 1950, an exaggerated mirage effect
as those on other mountain ranges branching from it. The was experienced in the N two thirds of the gulf.
depth of water off the E side of the gulf is, in general, Marine life. Nearly every species of edible fish found in
much less than on the W side. European waters abounds in the gulf, as well as some other
2 Baja California forms the W side of the gulf. It is a species. Immense swordfish are found, and sharks of every
long, narrow peninsula, with an average width of about species are very prevalent; some which grow to an
50 miles, which extends about 690 miles NNW from Cabo enormous size. The large Manta Raya is present, and large
Falso (2252N, 10957W) to the Mexico-United States octopi frequent the rocky cavities near the shore.
border. Rugged mountains range down the spine of the 5 Weather. During the winter months the prevailing winds
peninsula. For administrative purposes that part of Baja are from NW; during the summer months they are from SE
California which lies N of 28N is known as State of Baja and are not so strong. During both seasons there are days
California, with its capital in Mexicali (3238N, of light winds and calms when land and sea breezes assert
11531W), whilst that part lying to S of 28N is known as themselves.
the State of Baja California Sur, with its capital at La Paz 6 A local hurricane, known as El Cordonazo (1.178), is
(2410N, 11019W) (6.114). sometimes experienced in the gulf, though several years
3 Most of Baja California is hot, parched desert; the N elapse between these violent storms. They occur towards
part gets a small quantity of rain in the winter, the S part the end of the rainy season and always blow from between
in the summer; only the S extremity can be said to have SE and SW.
enough rain. Temperatures are usually quite pleasant; the heat tends
The off-lying islands in the gulf are for the most part to be dry with low humidity.
barren and uninhabited.

Caution
Natural conditions 6.4
6.3 1 In addition to the threat of storms, the scarcity of good
1 Currents. A strong W set may be experienced off Cabo ports and anchorages, and the lack of well travelled routes,
San Lucas (2252N, 10953W). In the middle of the gulf three special conditions, which become magnified the
the current normally sets SE but it is weak and is greatly farther N a vessel navigates up the gulf, make navigation
influenced by the tides. Between Cabo San Lucas and Isla dangerous in Golfo de California. They are the unusual
Tortuga (2726N, 11153W) the currents are dangerous tidal range, the rate of the tidal streams, and the absence of
and unpredictable, especially off Isla Carmen (2600N, swell or breakers to mark isolated dangers. Mariners should
11110W) where there is an inshore set of more than 1 kn. navigate with caution.

175
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA SOUTHERN PART OFFSHORE ROUTE

General information Major lights
6.8
Charts 2323, 2324 Cerro Partido Light (2532N, 10906W) (6.14).
Route Cabo Haro Light (2750N, 11053W) (6.61).
6.5 Other navigational aid
1 From the vicinity of Isla San Juanito (2144N, 6.9
10642W) (5.196), the N of Isla Tres Maras, to the 1 Racon: Punta Lobos Light (2720N, 11038W).
approaches to Guaymas (2754N, 11052W), the route For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
leads generally NNW for about 430 miles.
Vessels entering the gulf from W can follow the coastal Directions
route described at 6.78 until in the vicinity of Punta Arena (continued from 5.197)
(2333N, 10928W), from whence the route joins the 6.10
above route and leads NNW for about 272 miles to the 1 From a position SW of Roca Blanca (2142N,
approaches to Guaymas. 10643W) (5.197) the route leads generally NNW passing:
ENE of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W) (6.79),
Topography thence:
6.6 ENE of the dangers off the E coast of Isla Cerralvo
1 Descriptions of the coast on the NE side of Golfo de (2415N, 10952W) (6.94), thence:
California are given at 6.13 and 6.36, and for that on the S 2 WSW of San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W)
part of Baja California at 6.75 and 6.90. (6.14), and:
ENE of Las Animas (2506N, 11030W) (6.137),
thence:
Natural conditions ENE of Isla Santa Catalina (2536N, 11048W)
6.7 (6.137), thence:
1 See 6.3. WSW of Punta Lobos (2720N, 11038W) (6.40).

GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA SOUTHERN PART EAST SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION peaks, rises 20 miles from the coast N of Altata (2437N,
10755W). Both ranges are dominated farther inland by
Charts 2323, 2324 the peaks of Sierra Madre Occidental.
Area covered 2 North of Altata the coastal plain is frequently subject to
6.11 inundation.
1 The area covered by this section comprises: The hills of Sierra de Navachiste attain an elevation of
Mazatlan to Punta San Ignacio (6.12). about 457 m, close to the coast, in the approaches to
Baha and Puerto de Topolobampo (6.28). Topolobampo (2536N, 10904W).
Punta San Ignacio to Cabo Haro (6.35).
Guaymas (6.51). Principal marks
6.14
1 Landmarks:
MAZATLAN TO PUNTA SAN IGNACIO Pico del Metate (2319N, 10611W) (5.194).
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
General information Isla Venados (2314N, 10629W), a barren rocky
island in two parts joined by a narrow isthmus; the
Chart 2323 summit on the N part rises to 152 m, and that on
Route the S part to 91 m in height.
6.12 2 Isla Pjaros (1 mile NNW of Isla Venados), a similar
1 From the approaches to Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W) barren rocky island which rises to a height of
the route leads NW for about 218 miles to the vicinity of 122 m.
Punta San Ignacio (2536N, 10923W). San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W), a high,
barren rock, rendered white by guano; see view B
Topography on chart 2323.
6.13 3 Major lights:
1 The coastline throughout its length is mainly low and Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
sandy and covered with bushes. Cerro Partido Light (white round masonry tower,
North of Ro Elota (2353N, 10658W) (6.16), the black band, 5 m in height) (2532N, 10906W).
coast is backed by a series of long lagoons which are
fronted by narrow islands, and which are entered through Other navigational aids
shallow passages between these islands. The land rises 6.15
inland to moderately high ranges of hills and mountains, 1 Racons.
notable amongst which is Sierra de San Sebastin, a range Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W).
situated from 15 to 25 miles from the coast, whose highest Topolobampo Fairway Light-buoy (2531N,
peak is Pico Chuchamone (2420N, 10658W). A second 10913W).
range of mountains, on which there are several prominent For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

176
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Directions (18 miles WNW of Isla Vinorama), a narrow island

(continued from 5.197 and 5.238) about 13 miles long, thence:
6.16 10 SW of the shoals which extend up to 3 miles SW
1 From the vicinity of 2309N, 10626W, in the from the entrance to Topolobampo (2535N,
approaches to Mazatlan, the passage leads NW passing: 10904W) (6.28), and:
SW of Isla Venados (2314N, 10629W) (6.14); a Either side of San Ignacio Faralln (2526N,
detached rock lies close to the SW extremity of 10925W) (6.14), from where a light (white metal
the island. Thence: tower, 12 m in height) is displayed; the rock is
2 SW of Isla Pjaros (1 mile NNW of Isla Venados) steep-to, except on the N side close off which are
(6.14); some above-water rocks lie cable off the several detached rocks. Thence:
S side of the island, and others within cable of 11 SW of Punta San Ignacio (2536N, 10923W), the S
the NW extremity of the island. Irregular depths extremity of a small, sand island, around which a
appear to extend for some distance from the NW dangerous shoal, on which the sea breaks heavily,
extremity of the island; in a heavy swell breakers extends up to 3 miles offshore; it is reported that
were observed about 1 mile N of the island, but it this bank has extended farther SE and the area
was estimated the depth was probably not less than should be given a wide berth.
9 m. Thence:
Useful marks
3 SW of Punta Camarn (2219N, 10631W), a rocky
6.17
bluff, 15 m in height, thence:
1 Cerro Las Vigas (2347N, 10653W), a triangular
SW of Punta Gruesa (2329N, 10639W), a rocky
shaped hill near the coast.
bluff; Ro Quelite flows into the sea 5 miles SE
Punta La Tonina Light (2430N, 10748W) (6.21).
of Punta Gruesa. Thence:
Punta Colorada Light (2448N, 10806W) (position
4 SW of a prominent point (2339N, 10650W), which
approximate) (6.22).
comprises two headlands 1 mile apart. A reef, over
2 Punta Riscin Light (2508N, 10820W) (position
which the sea breaks, extends a short distance S
approximate) (6.23).
and W from Punta Prieta, the S headland. A light
El Perihuete Light (2511N, 10823W) (position
(white round concrete tower, red bands, 11 m in
approximate) (6.23).
height) is displayed from Punta Piaxtla, the N
Boca de Macapule Light (2522N, 10845W)
headland, and a white, rocky islet, 11 m in height,
(position approximate) (6.24).
stands 2 cables N of this point. Thence:
(Directions continue at 6.39)
5 SW of Punta San Miguel (9 miles NW of Punta
Piaxtla), a rocky point fringed by detached rocks, Anchorages and passages to the lagoons
thence:
SW of the entrance to Ro Elota (2353N,
Isla Pjaros
6.18
10658W); the river flows as a torrent during the
1 Anchorage may be obtained NW of Isla Pjaros
rainy season but dries up in the dry season.
(2316N, 10629W) (6.14) in a depth of about 11 m
Thence:
(36 ft), or in a similar depth between this island and Isla
6 SW of a shoal, with depths of 55 m (18 ft) at its
Venados (1 mile SSE) (6.14).
extremity, which extends 1 miles SW from the
Local knowledge is essential.
entrance to Ro San Lorenzo (2415N, 10727W)
(6.20). El Dorado Light (white truncated pyramidal Ro Piaxtla
metal tower, 16 m in height) (position 6.19
approximate) is displayed from the vicinity of the 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the sweep of the bay
entrance. Thence: formed between Punta Piaxtla (2339N, 10649W) (6.16)
7 Clear of, depending on draught, an extensive shoal, and Ro Piaxtla (2 miles N); vegetation is thick in the
with a least known depth over it of 10 m (33 ft), vicinity of the river mouth. The anchorage is in depths of
which lies about 12 miles SW of Altata (2437N, between 9 and 11 m (30 to 36 ft) about 1 mile NW of
10755W); caution is required when navigating in Punta Piaxtla.
this vicinity. And:
Boca Tavala
8 SW of a shoal, over which there are heavy breakers,
6.20
which extends about 4 miles SW from the shore
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, off Boca
from a position 4 miles NW of Altata. The coast
Tavala (2415N, 10727W) which is the outlet for Ro
from the vicinity of Altata, as far as Pennsula del
San Lorenzo, a river which is only navigable by craft of
Perihuete (2512N, 10824W), 42 miles NW, is
less than 15 m draught during the dry season, and which is
formed by two narrow, low, sandy islands, on
also the entrance to a large lagoon which runs SE for over
which there are some sandhills and bushes. Shoals
30 miles enclosed by a narrow strip of land known as
extend for a considerable distance offshore in
Pennsula de Quevedo. The anchorage is about 2 miles
places and it is recommended that vessels remain
offshore in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
in depths of not less than 27 m (15 fm),
2 El Dorado Light (6.16) is displayed from the N side of
particularly at night. Thence:
the entrance, and a conspicuous chimney is reported to
9 SW of an area of shoals on which the sea breaks
stand close E of the light.
constantly, which extend 2 miles offshore in the
vicinity of Isla Vinorama (2522N, 10846W), a Barra de la Tonina
small sandy island, thence: 6.21
SW of an extensive shoal on which the sea breaks, 1 Description. Barra de la Tonina (2432N, 10749W)
which lies off the W extremity of Isla San Ignacio forms the entrance to Ensenada del Pabelln, an extensive

177
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

lagoon enclosed by a narrow strip of land extending to SE, tower, 13 m in height) (position approximate) is displayed
and to Baha de Altata which extends about 9 miles NW to at La Reforma on the E side of the lagoon.
the mouth of Ro Culiacn. Punta La Tonina Light (metal 4 Anchorage may be obtained about 4 or 5 miles offshore
tower, 15 m in height) (position approximate) standson the in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
SE side of the entrance.
2 Local knowledge is required for entry as the bar is Boca de Macapule
subject to frequent changes. 6.24
A channel, marked by light-beacons, leads to the fishing 1 Description. Boca de Macapule is a shallow entrance,
port of El Castillo, situated at the mouth of a river which fronted by shoals, which leads between the W extremity of
flows into the NW corner of Ensenada de Pabelln. Isla Macapule (2520N, 10840W), a narrow island about
3 Baha de Altata was formerly the seaport for Culiacn, 11 miles long, and Isla Vinorama (close W) (6.16).
the capital of the State of Sinaloa, which stands 32 miles 2 There is also an entrance at the E extremity of Isla
inland. A light (aluminium tower, 9 m in height) (position Macapule passing either side of a small island situated
approximate) is displayed from Puerto de Altata which about 5 miles WNW of the mouth of Ro Sinaloa (2516N,
stands at the mouth of Ro Culiacn. 10829W), a river from which discoloured water extends
some distance to seaward. Lights (concrete structures, 6 m
in height) stand on the E and W breakwaters at each side
Canal de Beredito of the entrance to Ro Sinaloa.
6.22 3 Boca de Macapule Light (white concrete tower, red
1 Description. Canal de Beredito, entered between Punta bands, 10 m in height) is displayed from the W extremity
Beredito (2446N, 10805W) and Punta Colorada (about of Isla Macapule.
1 miles NW), leads into the S part of Estero de Altamura,
Estero de Navachiste
a large lagoon which runs inland for as much as 10 miles
6.25
in places. Isla de Tachichilte, an island about 16 miles in
1 Description. Estero de Navachiste the passage which
length, and several other smaller islands, are situated in this
lies between Isla Vinorama (2522N, 10846W) (6.16),
lagoon.
and the extremity of Isla San Ignacio (close W) (6.16), is
Local knowledge is required.
narrow and intricate, and fronted by shoals. A remarkable
2 Punta Beredito is the N extremity of a sandy island,
white rock, 23 m high, is situated in the N part of the
once separated from the mainland by a lagoon, and Punta
lagoon, about 7 miles NW of Isla Vinorama.
Colorada, a steep and rocky point fringed by detached
Local knowledge is required.
rocks, is the S extremity of Isla Altamura which fronts the
lagoon for a distance of 24 miles NW; a shoal, on which Baha de San Ignacio
the sea breaks heavily, extends about 7 miles NW along 6.26
Isla Altamura. 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 11 to 13 m
3 A light (white framework tower, 8 m in height) (position (36 to 42 ft), sheltered from NW winds, in Baha de San
approximate) is displayed from Punta Colorada, and a Ignacio which is bounded E by Punta Santa Maria
stranded wreck lies on the point. Yameto Light (white (2532N, 10911W) (6.28), and W by Punta San Ignacio
round concrete tower, red bands, 10 m in height) is (13 miles WNW) (6.16). A stranded wreck is reported to lie
displayed from Bajos de Santa Maria on the SE side of the on the shore in position 25387N, 109187W.
entrance.
4 Useful mark: Other names
Pico Agua Pepa (2502N, 10751W), the W of three 6.27
prominent peaks standing 22 miles NE of Punta 1 Colorado, Playa (2515N, 10819W), town.
Colorada, bearing 042, makes a good mark for Roja, Punta (2325N, 10636W).
identifying the entrance.
BAHA AND PUERTO DE TOPOLOBAMPO
Estero de Playa Colorada Chart 2323, Mexican Charts 336, 337 (see 1.14)
6.23 General information
1 Description. Estero de Playa Colorada, a shallow 6.28
passage which leads between Isla Saliaca (2510N, 1 Position. The port of Topolobampo (2536N, 10904W)
10821W), a low sandy island, about 4 miles long, and the lies on the N side of the extensive inlet, Baha de
SE extremity of Pennsula del Perihuete (close NW) Topolobampo. It is located in an extensive fertile zone
provides the N entrance into Estero de Altamura (6.22). A which produces about half of Mexicos agricultural output.
similar opening leads S of Isla Saliaca between that island 2 Function. Topolobampo is a port of entry for the State
and the NW extremity of Isla Altamura (6.22). Shoals, on of Sinaloa and serves Los Mochis, a city with a population
which the sea breaks, extend for some distance across, and of about 200 000, situated 12 miles inland. The port also
to N and S of both entrances, and up to a distance of handles trade for the landlocked State of Chihuahua with
3 miles offshore. The N entrance is marked by buoys and which there is a rail link. There are alongside facilities for
leading lights. handling bulk, oil, containers, general cargoes and ferries;
2 Local knowledge is required; depths on the bars are some 80% of traffic is domestic. Cruise ships call.
constantly changing. A pilot may be obtained from 3 Topography. Both entrance points to Baha de
Mazatlan (5.244). Topolobampo are low. Punta Copas (2533N, 10907W),
3 A light (white metal tower, 8 m in height) is displayed the E entrance point, to the E of which the land rises
from Punta Riscin, the NW extremity of Isla Altamura, sharply to Sierra de Navachiste (6.13), is reported to have
and a light (white metal tower, 12 m in height) is displayed been eroding SE. Punta Santa Maria (2 miles W), the W
from El Perihuete at the extremity of Pennsula del entrance, is the S extremity of Isla Santa Maria, which is
Perihuete. Inside Estero de Altamura a light (silver metal formed by a steep beach backed by a range of sand dunes

178
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

between 15 and 30 m high on which there are a few 2 Natural conditions.

bushes. The island extends 13 miles WNW from Punta Climate. The weather is reported to be cool and
Santa Maria enclosing a lagoon known as Baha Santa pleasant in March and April. The rainy season
Maria. usually starts at the end of June, and is said to be
4 Inside the bay there is high land on both sides, fronted variable in duration. There is a risk of hurricanes
on the N side by shallow flats, and indented on the S side between August and October.
by a series of inlets. 3 Tidal streams are strong; rates can reach 8 kn across
Approach and entry. The port is approached and the bar at springs, and average 5 kn in the
entered through a buoyed channel on the alignment of channels.
leading lights. 4 Landmarks (with positions from Punta Copas (2533N,
Traffic. In 2002, 23 vessels called at the port totalling 10907W)):
778 367 dwt. Cerro Partido (about 1 miles ESE), 78 m high, from
5 Port Authority. Administracion Portuaria Integral de where a light (6.14) is displayed; there is a
Topolobampo, S.A. de C.V.. Acceso al Parque Industrial prominent bald-faced cliff just S of its summit.
Pesquero Topolobampo 81370, Sinaloa State, Mexico. Cerro San Carlos (4 miles NE), 249 m high, the
Website: www.apitopo.com highest point on the S side of the harbour.
White church surmounted by an illuminated cross,
Limiting conditions which stands on the summit of Cerro Babiri
6.29 (2 miles N), 76 m high.
1 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth (2000) 5 White church, surmounted by an illuminated cross,
of 31 ft (94 m) on the centreline of the second leg of the which stands on the summit of Cerro del Can
entrance channel. (4 miles NE), 106 m high.
Deepest and longest berth. Container berth (6.33). Cerro de la Chata (4 miles NNE), 273 m high, the
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. highest point on the N side of the harbour.
Mean spring range about 10 m; mean neap range about
03 m.
2 Density of water: 1072 g/cm3.
Directions
Maximum size of vessel handled: Vessels up to LOA 6.32
200 m, 50 000 dwt, and draught 12 m. 1 Approach from south-east. From a position 10 miles
Local weather. During March and April NW winds SE of San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W) (6.14), a
prevail and raise a breaking sea over the bar. recommended approach leads NNE for about 13 miles to
the vicinity of the Fairway Light-buoy (2531N,
Arrival information 10913W).
6.30 Caution. Strong E sets have been experienced in the
1 Port operations take place 24 hours throughout the year. vicinity of Baha de Topolobampo.
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio 2 Entrance channel. From the vicinity of the Fairway
Signals Volume 6(5). Light-buoy a narrow channel, varying in width from about
Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours. 1 cable on the bar, to about 4 cables in the port approaches,
Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile and marked by three sets of leading lights and by
SW of the Fairway Light-buoy (2531N, 10913W). light-buoys, leads for about 10 miles, through Baha de
2 Anchorage may also be obtained in the approach Topolobampo, to Baha San Carlos. In places on the first
channel in depths of about 15 m (49 ft), mud, SW of Punta and second legs the 10 m depth contour lies very close to
Pinto (2534N, 10904W). The holding ground is reported or on the centreline and within the buoyed channel. Depths
to be good but shipping passes close by and swinging room in the channel inside the bar then increase gradually and
is limited. there is ample depth as far as Topolobampo for any vessel
3 Pilotage is compulsory and is available at any time which can cross the bar; the depths are irregular and depths
throughout the year. The pilot boards, from a 38 ft of 18 and 31 m can be found in places.
aluminium boat, black hull with white wheelhouse, in the 3 Leading lights: (with positions from Punta Copas
vicinity of the Fairway Light-buoy; in rough weather (2533N, 10907W):
boarding is effected from a tug. See Admiralty List of First set:
Radio Signals Volume 6(5). Front light (white truncated metal tower, 16 m in
Tugs are available. height) on Cerro Babiri (2 miles N) (6.31).
4 Rear light (white truncated metal tower, 9 m in
Harbour height) on Cerro Iturbe (4 miles NNE).
6.31 The alignment (051) of these lights leads NE to the
1 General layout. The town and port installations of vicinity of Punta Santa Mara (2 miles W).
Topolombampo line the N side of Baha San Carlos, a Second set. From this position the alignment (093) of
relatively deep stretch of water which lies at the head of the following lights then leads about 3 miles E passing N
Baha de Topolobampo and which is approached through a of Punta Copas:
buoyed channel and entered through a passage between the 5 Front light (white round tower, black bands, 3 m in
W side of Cerro San Carlos (2535N, 10904W) (see height) on Punta Prieta (2 miles ENE).
below) and Cerro Gallinas, the extremity of a low Rear light (white pyramidal concrete tower, 3 m in
peninsula, 4 cables E. The Pemex oil terminal is situated at height) on Punta Baja (1 miles E of the front
Punta Mapam, which forms the E extremity of Baha San light).
Carlos, 1 miles E of Cerro Gallinas. Above Punta Mapam 6 Third set. The alignment (232), astern, of the following
the inlet opens out into an extensive, shallow lagoon, lights, and the bearing 052, ahead, of San Carlos Light
known as Baha de Ohuira (2538N, 10859W) (shown as (white round concrete tower, 3 m in height) (25348N,
San Carlos Bay on chart 2323). 109032W), leads about 2 miles NE to the vicinity of

179
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Baha San Carlos

Topolobampo Container Berth (6.33.1)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Punta Pinto (3 miles ENE), a salient point from where a Port services
light (white round concrete tower, 3 m in height) is 6.34
displayed: 1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
7 Front light (white metal truncated pyramidal tower, Other facilities: basic hospitals in Topolobampo,
8 m in height) on Punta Copas. specialised hospital at Los Mochis, 23 km distant; garbage
Rear light (similar structure, 14 m in height) (420 m disposal.
SW of front light). Supplies: fuel and diesel oil; fresh water; provisions.
Thence the fairway leads about 2 miles NNE into Communications: international airport 11 km distant;
Baha San Carlos. regular ferry services to La Paz in Baja California Sur.

PUNTA SAN IGNACIO TO CABO HARO

Anchorage and berths General information
6.33 Chart 2324
1 Anchorage is possible off Topolobampo as advised by Routes
the pilot.
6.35
Alongside berths:
1 Offshore route. See 6.5.
Container berth (8 cables NNE of Punta Pinto): length Coastal route. The coastal route, which is described in
240 m; depth alongside 12 m.
two parts, leads N from the vicinity of Punta San Ignacio
2 General cargo berth (11 cables NNE of Punta Pinto): (2536N, 10923W) to the vicinity of 2635N, 10930W
length 99 m; depth alongside 10 m.
in the approaches to Puerto de Yavaros. Thence it continues
Terminal Transoceanica de Topolobampo (close E of W and WNW to the vicinity of Punta Lobos (2720N,
container berth): length 135 m, depth alongside
11038W), and NNW to the vicinity of Cabo Haro
11 m.
(2750N, 11053W).
3 Pemex berth (see 6.31): length 250 m (two berths);
depth alongside 14 m on S side. Vessels berth port Topography
side-to using the starboard anchor. The in-going 6.36
stream pushes a vessel on the N side on to the 1 From Punta San Ignacio the coast trends N for 19 miles
berth, and a vessel on the S side off the berth; the to the vicinity of Punta Ahome (6.39) and is fronted by
reverse happens on the out-going stream. Departure Isla de la Lechuguilla (Lechuguia) and Isla de las Piedras,
from this berth is tide dependent and takes place long sandy islands, sparsely covered in bushes, behind
during daylight only. which there is an extensive lagoon with low, marshy land,

Topolobampo Pemex Oil berth from entrance to Baha San Carlos (6.33.2)
(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

180
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

subject to inundation, along its E side. There are entrances 2 W of Punta Ahome (about 19 miles N), a low, sandy
into the lagoon, both N and S of Isla de la Lechuguilla; a point, which projects about 1 mile from the general
small island lies in the S entrance. line of the coast to form the N entrance point of
2 Between Punta Ahome and the entrance to Estero de Ro Fuerte. This entrance, which is obstructed by a
Agiabampo (25 miles NNE) (6.43) the coast continues low small island, is fronted by a shoal bank, on which
and sandy, but is backed inland by Sierra San Pablo, which the sea breaks, and which extends about 1 miles
rises to an elevation of 617 m (2026 ft), 19 miles E of offshore. Narrow channels, suitable only for small
Punta Ahome. craft, lead each side of the island. Thence:
3 The coast between Estero de Agiabampo and Baha de 3 W of the entrance to Ro Alamos (about 30 miles N),
Yavaros (25 miles NW) is low, sandy, and covered with which is fronted by a bar that breaks almost
bushes; the N part of the stretch of coast is backed by continuously, thence:
lagoons. Mountain ranges rise some 15 to 18 miles behind W of the entrance to Estero de Agiabampo (about
the coast. Pico de Alamos (not charted), a sharp and 42 miles N) (6.43), thence:
prominent peak rises to an elevation of 1791 m 31 miles To the approaches to Puerto de Yavaros.
ENE of Baha de Yavaros. Useful mark:
4 From Punta Rosa (6.40), 10 miles W of Baha de Agiabampo Light (2616N, 10918W) (6.43).
Yavaros, the coast, for about 12 miles NW, consists of a
sandy beach with a few bushes backed by yellowish Puerto de Yavaros to Cabo Haro
sandhills from 15 to 25 m high. It then recedes, and for a
6.40
farther 35 miles comprises a series of low, narrow islands
1 From the vicinity of 2635N, 10930W the passage
enclosing lagoons accessible only to small craft.
leads W, then NW and NNW, to the vicinity of Cabo Haro
5 In the approach to Punta Lobos (2720N, 11038W)
(2750N, 11053W) passing (with positions from Isla
(6.40) the coast trends WNW and is low and sandy, broken
Lobos Light (2720N, 11038W)):
only by the entrance to a lagoon which separates the point
S of Punta Rosa (62 miles SE), a low reddish point
from the mainland.
from where Santa Barbara Light (truncated metal
6 At Punta Lobos the coast turns abruptly N, and for
tower, 8 m in height) is displayed, thence:
32 miles, as far as the entrance to Viejo Yaqui (6.49), is
2 SW of Punta Arboleda (51 miles SE) the S extremity
low and sandy, broken in places by the entrances to the
of an island from the vicinity of which a light
lagoons, which back the coastline. The coast then turns W
(white truncated metal tower, 13 m in height) is
for 12 miles to the entrance to Baha de Guaymas (6.59)
displayed; the only trees to be found in this
and is formed by a long, smooth beach, known as El
vicinity are on the island and make it distinctive.
Cochore.
Thence:
7 The coast between the entrance to Baha de Guaymas
3 SW of the mouth of Estero Corga (16 miles SE),
and Cabo Haro, 4 miles SSW (6.37), is described at 6.53.
which is fronted by a bar on which the sea breaks,
and from the vicinity of which Medanos de Santo
Principal marks
Domingo Light (truncated metal tower, 7 m in
6.37
height) (position approximate) is displayed. Shoal
1 Landmarks:
water extends up to 3 miles offshore in places
San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W) (6.14).
between Punta Arboleda and Estero Corga, and up
Cerro del Crocodilo (2600N, 10922W), a
to 2 miles offshore between the latter entrance and
remarkable flat topped hill.
Isla Lobos. Thence:
Cerro Baroyeca (2734N, 10945W).
4 SW and WSW of Punta Lobos, the W extremity of
Isla Lobos Lighthouse (white truncated metal tower,
Isla Lobos, a low, sandy island, about 5 miles long,
20 m in height) (2720N, 11038W) (position
which is separated from the mainland by a lagoon.
approximate).
Monte Verde, a remarkable green mound, 23 m
2 Cerro Bacatete (2800N, 11022W).
high, stands about 2 miles from the W end of the
Cerro Cochis (Tordillo) (2752N, 11041W).
island; a light (6.37) is displayed from Punta
Cabo Haro (2750N, 11053W), a steep-to, rocky
Lobos. Extensive shoaling has been reported to W
headland, on which stands a light (6.61); a bold
and NW of Punta Lobos. Strong, variable currents
hill, joined to the headland by a narrow isthmus,
have also been reported in this vicinity, and fog is
stands on its W side.
fairly common; mariners are advised to give the
3 Major light:
point a berth of at least 10 miles. Thence:
Cabo Haro Light (2750N, 11053W) (6.61).
5 WSW of the entrance to Estero Algodones (20 miles
N), comprising three outlets which, from a short
Other navigational aid
distance, look like lagoons; the river can be
6.38
entered by small craft with local knowledge. A
1 Racon: Isla Lobos Lighthouse (2720N, 11038W).
sandbank which breaks and is more than 2 miles in
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
length, extends offshore for about the same
distance across the three outlets which themselves
Directions are obstructed with shoals and sandbars. A light
(continued from 6.17) (truncated metal tower, 16 m in height) (position
approximate) stands in the vicinity of the river
Punta San Ignacio to Puerto de Yavaros mouth. Thence:
6.39 6 WSW of the mouth of Viejo Yaqui (33 miles N)
1 From a position at least 3 miles SW of Punta San (6.49), from the vicinity of which Las Gusimas
Ignacio (2536N, 10923W) the passage leads generally Light (silver framework tower, 9 m in height)
N, passing (with positions from Punta San Ignacio): (position approximate) is displayed, thence:

181
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

7 WSW of Cabo Haro (2750N, 11053W) (6.37) which shoals and sandbars extend up to 1 mile offshore, is
from where a light (6.61) is displayed. difficult to identify.
Caution. It is reported that deposits of silt accumulate 2 Both the bar and the channels within the bar, which are
between the mouth of Viejo Yaqui and the entrance to accessible only to small craft, are narrow and intricate and
Baha de Guaymas, about 11 miles W; mariners navigating are subject to change; the bar is frequently impassable for
inshore should approach this part of the coast with caution. several days at a time.
Local knowledge is required.
Useful marks Tidal streams are not felt in the approach, but they
6.41 have a rate of from 2 to 3 kn over the bar.
1 Lights at Estero de Huivuilay (2704N, 11000W) 3 Useful marks:
(6.46). Agiabampo Light (metal tower, 12 m in height)
(Directions continue for coastal passage at 6.191. (2616N, 10918) (position approximate) on the S
Directions for Guaymas are given at 6.62) side of the entrance.
Observation Hill, a sandhill 23 m high, surmounted
Puerto Yavaros by a wooden cross, situated opposite the S end of
the bar.
Chart 3061 plan of Puerto de Yavaros 4 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 miles offshore, in
General information depths of 13 m (42 ft) with Observation Hill bearing about
6.42 090, or in a similar depth, and the same distance offshore,
1 Description. Puerto Yavaros, a port of entry, is a small with the hill bearing 106.
harbour situated in an enclosed bay which is entered
between Punta Yavaros (2641N, 10931W) and Punta Baha de Santa Barbara
Lobera, the E extremity of Isla Lobera, about 4 cables SW. 6.44
2 The port area, which is situated on Isla de las Viejas 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de Santa Barbara,
about 2 miles inside the entrance to the bay, is approached which is entered close E of Punta Rosa (2640N,
over a bar, protected on its W side by a breakwater 10941W) (6.40), about 1 mile offshore, in a position
extending about 14 cables SSE from Isla Lobera, thence 1 mile E of Punta Rosa in depths of about 13 m (42 ft);
through a narrow channel. In 1964 the controlling depth on there is good protection from NW winds but the bay is
the bar at extreme LW was reported to be 24 m (8 ft); completely exposed to SE winds.
there is sufficient water in the berthing area to Local knowledge is required.
accommodate any vessel that can cross the bar.
3 Anchorage may be obtained outside the bar in depths of
Estero Santa Lugarda
18 m (60 ft), good holding ground. 6.45
Pilotage is compulsory and must be requested in 1 Description. Estero Santa Lugarda (2644N, 10947W),
advance. The pilot boards outside the bar. Entry is normally which is obstructed by a shallow bar, is the entrance to a
during daylight only. lagoon into which Ro Mayo flows.
4 Landmark:
Estero de Huivuilay
Isla de las Viejas Lighthouse (white round concrete
6.46
tower, black bands, 12 m in height) (2642N,
1 Description. Estero de Huivuilay (Baha Tovari) is an
10932W).
extensive lagoon which extends a considerable distance
5 Directions. The alignment (323) of the following
along the coast behind Isla Huivuilay (2704N, 11000W).
beacons leads over the bar:
It can be entered by small craft either through Boca del
Front beacon (black circular tower, white band) on
Cocoraquito, a passage 5 cables wide on the S side of Isla
Isla Lobera close E of the root of the breakwater.
Huivuilay, or through a passage with a depth of about
Rear beacon (black triangular shape, white stripes)
15 m (5 ft), which is subject to change, on the N side of
(standing on El Tapn, a sandhill about 3 cables
Isla Huivuilay.
WNW of Isla de las Viejas Light).
2 A light (truncated metal tower, 9 m in height) (position
6 Thence it is reported that the alignment (000) of
approximate) stands on the S side of Boca del Cocoraquito;
leading lights (white metal framework towers) leads into
a further light (truncated framework tower, 12 m in height)
the channel which is marked by light-buoys. Two further
(position approximate) on the N side of the N channel.
lights stand in the harbour vicinity; none of these lights are
Local knowledge is required.
charted.
7 Berths. A wharf, 6 cables in length, extends along the Coastal anchorage
NE side of the town. There is a pier for fishing vessels 6.47
midway along the wharf and a berth, 90 m in length, 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, anywhere
connected to the railway system, stands at the E end of the along the coast between Isla Huivuilay (2704N,
wharf. 11000W) (6.46) and Punta Lobos (38 miles NW) (6.40),
Supplies: provisions and limited supplies of fresh water about 3 miles offshore taking care not to get into depths of
are available. less than 11 m (36 ft), and noting that shoal depths extend
3 miles S from the E extremity of Isla Lobos.
Inlets and anchorages
Estero de la Lobos
Chart 2324 6.48
Estero de Agiabampo 1 Description. Estero de la Lobos (2721N, 11034W) is
6.43 the lagoon formed between Isla Lobos (6.107) and the
1 Description. Estero de Agiabampo (2619N, 10916W) mainland; the town of Campo Lobos stands on the E side
is the entrance to an extensive lagoon. This entrance, from of the lagoon.

182
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

A light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 8 m in height) Traffic

is displayed at the E entrance to Estero de la Lobos, and 6.55
Baha de Lobos Light (truncated metal tower, 7 m in 1 Approximately 360 vessels use the port annually.
height) is displayed in the vicinity of Campo Lobos.
Port Authority
Viejo Yaqui 6.56
6.49 1 Administracion Portuaria Integral de Guaymas, Recinto
1 Description. Viejo Yaqui (2749N, 11036W), flows Portuaria, Edificio Zona Franca, Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico.
into the sea through a large indentation in the coast which
is encumbered with shoals and sandbars; the river itself is Limiting conditions
dry during the greater part of the year. Cerro Yacicoris, a 6.57
conical hill, 115 m high, stands on the W side of this 1 Controlling depths. A channel dredged to a depth of
indentation, and Las Gusimas Light (6.40) is displayed 10 m leads through the bar N of Punta Baja, although
from the vicinity of the entrance. depths less than 10 m are charted on the leading lines.
Surveys indicate that gradual shoaling is taking place in
some areas.
Other name
6.50 Deepest and longest berth. Muelle Este (6.66).
1 Luna, Estero de la (2731N, 11034W). Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean maximum range 07 m.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel LOA
GUAYMAS 250 m, 40 000 dwt, draught 12 m, has been handled.
Maximum draught normally 11 m.
General information
Arrival information
Chart 42 plan of Guaymas 6.58
Position 1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
6.51 Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
1 Guaymas (2754N, 11052W) lies close inside Baha de Outer anchorage. A designated anchorage area lies S of
Guaymas which is entered 3 miles NNE of Cabo Haro Isla de Pjaros, as shown on the chart. Depths within the
(2750N, 11053W). anchorage are about 10 to 26 m over a bottom of fine sand.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is normally available from
Function 08001800 but is available at night by special request. The
6.52 pilot boards from a launch, painted black and white, in the
1 The port, which is a port of entry, is the largest and vicinity of the fairway light-buoy, as shown on the chart, or
most important port in Golfo de California and is equipped W of Isla de Pjaros.
to handle all manner of cargoes; part of the port is Tugs are available.
designated a Free Zone Area. Cruise ships call. The fishing
industry and tourism make an important contribution to the Harbour
local economy. Shipyards in the port construct fishing
General layout
vessels to the highest standards.
6.59
The city, which is in the State of Sonora, has a
1 Baha de Guaymas is an extensive inlet which runs N
population of about 200 000.
for about 5 miles; the city and port of Guaymas lie in its
Topography SW part. The port, which is well protected, can be said to
6.53 consist of an outer, a middle, and an inner harbour. The
1 The coastline to the E of Baha de Guaymas is low and outer harbour, an anchorage area, is protected by Isla de
terminates in a narrow peninsula, a continuation of El Pjaros (2754N, 11051W); the inner harbour is
Cochore (6.36); the extremity of the peninsula forms the surrounded by high hills and is not visible from seaward.
NE entrance to the bay. Isla de Pjaros, a long, rocky The E part of the inlet comprises La Laguna, a large,
island, lies off the entrance to the bay. shallow area, which is separated from Estero del Rancho
2 The coast S of the entrance, as far as Cabo Haro 4 miles farther N by a railway embankment through which there is
SSW, is rocky and irregular and forms the E side of a high a narrow opening crossed by a bridge. The town of
peninsula which rises to Cerro San Rafael, situated 2 miles Empalme, an important rail junction, stands on the NE side
NNW of Cabo Haro. The peninsula, which serves to of La Laguna.
identify the port, rises sharply from Punta San Rafael, a 2 The outer harbour is bounded E by Isla de Pjaros and
high point faced by white cliffs, 1 miles NW of Cabo on the W by the coast extending 1 miles S from the
Haro. entrance. A fishing harbour is situated in the SW corner of
3 Sierra Guaymas, a range of hills which attains an the harbour inside Isla Pitahaya, a high, rocky island,
elevation of 485 m, rises to the N and NW of the city. 1 mile WSW of Isla de Pjaros, which is joined to the
Masts (obstruction lights) stand on some peaks. mainland by reclaimed land. The outer harbour is restricted
NE by the shallow bank which connects the island to Playa
Approach and entry de los Dolores, a narrow peninsula about 2 miles long; Isla
6.54 Morrito, a small, rocky island forms the extremity of this
1 The bay is approached from S on the alignment of peninsula.
leading lights, passing W of Isla de Pjaros, and is entered 3 The middle harbour is entered between Isla Morrito and
through a channel, marked by a second pair of leading Punta Baja, 8 cables SSW, and contains, at its head, the
lights, which leads NW to the port. principal berths and the tanker terminal.
Vessels with local knowledge and a maximum draught The inner harbour, in which there are general depths
of 4 m can enter passing N of Isla de Pjaros. between 3 and 4 m, contains several piers and wharves

183
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

most of which are only available to small craft. It is

separated from the middle harbour by Isla Almagre Grande
(1 mile NW of Punta Baja), a high island, and by a
peninsula which extends S from the shore to within
2 cables of that island; channels into the inner harbour
lead either side of Isla Almagre Grande.

Natural Conditions
6.60
1 Local weather. The prevailing winds are from W in the
spring, from S in the summer, and from NW during the
rest of the year. Storms of relatively short duration occur
during July, August and September; storms lasting several
days may occur in October.
Fog occasionally forms in this area but is usually of
short duration.
2 Mirage effects are quite common and instances of
abnormal refraction have been reported.
The climate is very pleasant from November to April,
but is very hot in the rainy season from July to September.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.214.

Principal marks Isla Morrito

6.61 Guaymas approach leading lights (6.62.1)
1 Landmarks: (Original dated 2003)
Water tower (red light) (2757N, 11049W), on the
(Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II))
S side of Empalme.
Isla de Pjaros Lighthouse (white six sided concrete
tower, 10 m in height) (2753N, 11051W).

Isla de Pjaros Light from S, distant 6 cables (6.61)

(Original dated 2003)
Punta Baja Light (6.62.2)
(Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II)) (Original dated 2003)

Grain Silo (2755N, 11052W), at Muelle Sur. (Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II))
2 Cathedral (27555N, 110535W), with twin yellow
coloured steeples. 2 From the vicinity of 2750N, 11051W, E of Cabo
Cabo Haro Lighthouse (white square concrete tower Haro, the alignment (355) of these lights leads N into the
and dwelling, 7 m in height) (2750N, 11053W). outer harbour passing (with positions from Isla de Pjaros
Major light: Light (2753N, 11051W)):
Cabo Haro Light as above. E of Punta Narizn (2 miles SSW), formed by high,
rocky bluffs, which rise close W to Cerro Narizn,
Directions thence:
3 W of the fairway light-buoy (safe water) (1 mile S),
Approach thence:
6.62 E of Isla San Vicente (8 cables SW). A narrow,
1 Leading lights: shallow channel separates Isla San Vicente from
Front light (red diamond on white concrete rectangle, Punta Paz on the mainland 1 cable NW. Thence:
8 m in height) on Isla Morrito (27548N, W of Isla de Pjaros Light, thence:
110514W) (6.59). 4 E of Punta Baja (9 cables NW), a rocky bluff, fringed
Rear light (similar structure) (1 miles N of the front by detached rocks, on which stands a light (white
light) on Isla To Ramn. pyramidal concrete tower, 5 m in height).

184
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Silos Entry leading lights

Guaymas approach to berths (6.63)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II))

Entry Cargo berths

6.63 6.66
1 Leading lights: 1 The principal berths are situated on the S and E sides of
Front light No 3 (red diamond on metal framework Muelle Fiscal (27553N, 110525W), a paved area
tower 12 m in height) (27559N, 110532W) on 1000 m in length; they are (from W to E):
Cerro de las Golondrinas. Muelle de la Ardilla: length 110 m, depth alongside
Rear light No 4 (similar structure, 14 m in height) 67 m.
(500 m NW of the front light). Muelle Sur: length 352 m, depth alongside 115 m.
2 From a position about 2 cables NE of Punta Baja the Muelle Este: length 590 m, depth alongside 124 m.
alignment (316) of these lights leads about 1 mile NW A Ro-Ro terminal is situated on the E side of Muelle
into the middle harbour along a dredged channel; a Fiscal towards its root.
light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored 5 cables N of Punta
Baja.
Tanker berths
6.67
1 Muelle de Pemex extends 460 m S, then 275 m SW
Useful marks from the shore on the E side of the harbour. There
6.64 are depths of over 10 m on each side of the outer
1 Lights (metal columns, 3 m in height) on the section. On the E side of Muelle de Pemex, at the
extremities of Muelle de la Ardilla (27549N, elbow, a jetty extends 100 m ESE.
110527W).

Port services
6.68
Berths 1 Repairs to small vessels possible.
Floating dock: length 61 m, breadth 134 m, lifting
capacity 1016 tonnes.
Anchorage Several slipways: the largest 1783 m in length.
6.65 2 Other facilities. Deratting exemption certificates issued;
1 Anchorage, good holding, can be obtained in the middle hospital; garbage disposal.
harbour about 4 cables W of Isla Morrito in depths of Supplies. Diesel and fuel oil; fresh water; provisions.
about 6 to 7 m. The inner harbour affords anchorage in Communications. International airport 10 km distant;
depths of about 4 m. regular ferry services to La Paz and Santa Rosalia.

185
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Small craft Other names

6.70
Shelter 1 Almagre Chico, Isla (27545N, 110530W).
6.69 Blanco, Punta (27572N, 110510W).
1 Small craft may obtain sheltered anchorage in depths Mellizas, Islas (2754N, 11054W).
from 6 to 15 m in Baha Catalina (2752N, 11053W); Negro, Cerro (27567N, 110524W).
foul ground extends about 1 cable N from Punta Maria, the Novarro, Pico (2755N, 11054W).
S entry point. Ventana, Punta (27520N, 110525W).

GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA SOUTHERN PART WEST SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION 2 North of Los Frailes the coastline is less regular and the
bays formed are lined by sandy bluffs and shores which
Chart 2324 decrease in height towards Punta Arena (11 miles NNW).
Area covered
6.71 Principal marks
1 The area covered by this section comprises: 6.76
Cabo Falso to Punta Arena (6.74). 1 Landmarks:
Punta Arena to Baha de La Paz (6.89). Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W), the S extremity of
Baha de La Paz (6.102). Baja California, is a steep-to rocky bluff 15 m high
Baha de La Paz to Isla Coronados (6.133). and is reported to be a good radar target at
Isla Coronados to Puerto San Rosalia (6.158). 20 miles. Cerro Las Tetas, a hill with a double
summit, rises to an elevation of 212 m close N of
Description the cape; close E of the hill there is a remarkable
6.72 sand slide. A light (see below) stands on Cerro
1 Numerous islands lie off this part of the coast N of Las Tetas. See view B on chart 2324.
24N, with navigable channels between them and the 2 Cerro Colorado (2259N, 10944W), a red coloured
mainland. With few exceptions the coast and the islands in hill.
its vicinity are barren. Sierra de San Lzaro (2311N, 10951W), a
2 The depths near the W shore of Golfo de California are remarkable peak.
generally much greater than those near the E shore, but Los Frailes (2323N, 10925W), a bold headland,
there are many places were vessels may anchor and find comprising a whitish coloured, rocky bluff, 125 m
protection from the prevailing winds. high, with a hill, 230 m (755 ft) high, rising above
it.
Natural conditions 3 Major light:
6.73 Cabo Falso Light (red hexagonal stone tower, 6 m in
1 See 6.3. height) (2253N, 10958W) which is displayed
from Cerro Las Tetas.
CABO FALSO TO PUNTA ARENA Other navigational aid
6.77
General information 1 Racon: Cabo Falso Light (see above).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Chart 3053
Route Directions
6.74 6.78
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) 1 From the vicinity of 2245N, 11000W the coastal
the coastal passage leads NE for about 40 miles, thence passage leads NE passing (with positions from Punta Gorda
generally N for about 23 miles, to the vicinity of Punta (2305N, 10934W)):
Arena (2333N, 10928W). S of Cabo Falso (25 miles SW) (6.76); several
detached rocks lie close to the cape. A light (6.76)
Topography is displayed above the cape; a disused lighthouse
6.75 stands 5 cables from the light. Thence:
1 The coast in the vicinity of Cabo Falso is formed by a 2 SE of Cabo San Lucas (21 miles SW), a rocky
succession of sand beaches and bold rocky bluffs against peninsula about 1 mile in length, which rises to
which the sea breaks heavily; barren hills line the coast Cerro El Viga (La Viga). Two rocks stand at the
immediately behind the beaches. extremity of the peninsula; the W (89 m high) is
The coastline as far as Punta Gorda (2305N, rounded and is pierced at sea level; the E (68 m
10934W) is mainly rocky and indented by a series of high) has perpendicular sides; both rocks are
bays backed by hills of moderate elevation which rise covered with guano. A sandy beach lines the neck
successively to Sierra de San Lzaro (about 17 miles of the peninsula between Cerro El Viga and the
WNW) (6.76). Thence as far as Los Frailes (20 miles NNE) hills W. The cape is fringed by detached rocks the
it continues moderately low and rocky with occasional sand highest of which is 37 m in height. See views B
beaches and is generally without prominent points though it and C on chart 2324. Thence:
is broken in many places by rivers flowing into the sea. 3 SE of Punta Cabeza de Ballena (18 miles SW), a
Many underwater rocks lie close inshore and the surf is precipitous, dark grey, rocky point which rises to
often heavy. an elevation of 57 m. Close W of the point a

186
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

remarkable cone shaped rock rises from the shore; Anchorages and landings
close inland the land rises to an elevation of about Chart 3053 (see 1.14)
375 m. A light (white concrete column, 10 m in Baha San Lucas
height) stands on the point, and a tower (red light)
6.81
stands 1 mile NW of the point. Thence:
1 Description. Baha San Lucas, which is situated N of
4 SE of Punta Palmilla (9 miles SW), a low, rocky
Cabo San Lucas (2252N, 10953W) (6.78), affords good
bluff, fringed by detached rocks, and which is
anchorage during NW winds but is unsafe from July to
backed by a hill 108 m high. A prominent white
September when SE winds are rather frequent and
hotel, whose lights are distinguishable at night, is
sometimes blow strongly. A narrow trench of great depth
reported to stand on the point. Thence:
runs up the middle of the bay to within 3 cables of the W
5 SE of Punta Gorda, a round, rocky bluff, about 15 m
shore.
high, from which a flat topped hill rises to an
2 The town of San Lucas, situated at the head of the bay,
elevation of 95 m 5 cables W. The point is fringed
is an international resort and is visited by cruise vessels;
with detached rocks and a shoal with a least depth
the permanent population totals about 3000.
over it of 55 m (18 ft) lies about 3 cables SE of
Anchorage may be obtained in the NW part of the bay
the point. And:
in depths from 11 to 22 m (6 to 12 fm); care must be
6 Clear of, depending on draught, Banco Gorda de
exercised as the edge of the bank is very steep.
Adentro (4 miles SE); Banco Gorda de Afuera 3 The W part of the bay is better protected from the sea
lies 2 miles farther SE, and the depths around but the anchorage can only be used by small vessels.
and between these banks are over 200 m (100 fm). Harbour. A small harbour, protected by two short
Thence: breakwaters, stands at the head of the bay. There are depths
7 SE of Punta Cardoncito (4 miles NE), a low, rocky from 06 to 7 m (2 to 23 ft) in the harbour which has quays
point which projects only a little from the general on its W and S sides.
line of the coast; a heavy surf breaks on the point 4 Directions for entering the harbour. The alignment
at all times. Thence: (268) of leading lights (metal towers, the front one
ESE of Arroyo del Manto (6 miles NE) and Arroyo standing on a hotel), situated 268 m apart on the W side of
San Luis (7 miles NE), river mouths connected the harbour, leads from E between the heads of the
by a low sandy beach off which discoloured water breakwaters from where lights (metal towers, 14 m in
extends for about 1 mile. height) are displayed. It is reported that the front leading
6.79 light-structure is partially obscured by a hotel.
1 Thence the track leads N, passing:
E of a dangerous rock (16 miles NE) (position Chart 3053
approximate), which lies about 1 mile offshore, Punta Cabeza de Ballena
thence: 6.82
E of Los Frailes (20 miles NNE) (6.76). A small, 1 Landing may be effected, in moderate weather, on the
steep-to, white rock 37 m (12 ft high) lies about N side of Punta Cabeza de Ballena (2254N, 10950W)
3 cables N of the narrow, salient point situated (6.78).
1 mile N of Los Frailes. Thence: Baha San Jos del Cabo
2 E of Cabo Pulmo (23 miles NNE), a rocky 6.83
headland between 15 and 23 m high, which rises 1 Description. Baha San Jos del Cabo is an exposed bay
inland to a hill 253 m (830 ft) high, the E entered between Punta Palmilla (2300N, 10943W) (6.78)
extremity of a range over 610 m in height. and Punta Gorda (9 miles NE) (6.78). The sea breaks
Arrecife del Pulmo projects in a NE direction from heavily on its shores, which consist of steep sandy beaches
the coast S of the cape ending in depths of 27 m with rocky patches at either end of the bay. Hills rise to a
(9 ft) 5 cables E of the cape. Bajo Pulmo lies moderate height a short distance inland.
about 1 miles NE of the cape, and a shoal, about 2 The town of San Jos del Cabo, the largest town in Baja
1 mile in length, with a least charted depth over it California S of La Paz (6.114), is situated at the mouth of
of 18 m (6 ft), lies 7 cables offshore off the Ro San Jos which flows into the sea 3 miles NE of Punta
settlement of Barracas which is situated about Palmilla; it is a port of entry, with a population of about
2 miles NW of Cabo Pulmo. Rocks have been 10 000.
reported to extend about 1 mile from the cape and Pilotage. The Harbour Master will provide pilotage.
the coast in this vicinity should be given a 3 Landmarks:
clearance of at least 2 miles. Thence: San Jos del Cabo Lighthouse (white concrete tower,
3 E of Punta Arena (29 miles NNE), a low, sandy red bands, masonry dwelling, 10 m in height)
point, from where a light (white round concrete (2304N, 10940W).
tower, black bands, masonry dwelling, 12 m in Cathedral (1 miles W of the lighthouse).
height) is displayed. The sea breaks heavily around Factory with a prominent detached chimney (5 cables
the point which should be given a clearance of at W of the lighthouse).
least 5 cables. Customs House, a small building with a striped roof
standing near the shore close W of the chimney.
4 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the bay at a
Useful marks distance of from 3 to 5 cables from the beach in depths
6.80 from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft), sand, except in an area S of
1 Cerro de Santa Maria (2256N, 10949W). the Customs House where a deep gully approaches the
San Jos del Cabo Light (2304N, 10940W) (6.83). shore. A good anchorage is off a small sandy beach,
Boca del Tule Light (2314N, 10926W) (6.84). backed by a rocky formation, in depths of 15 m (50 ft),
(Directions continue at 6.93) 7 cables N of Punta Palmilla.

187
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

5 A heavy swell sets into the bay, particularly from May Ventana (36 miles NW), thence through Canal Cerralvo, the
to October, making the anchorage extremely uncomfortable. deep channel 5 miles wide separating Isla Cerralvo from
Landing may be effected between two sheds on the the mainland, and along the E side of Isla del Espiritu
beach SW of the Customs House, or in a cove NW of Santo to Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W) at the N entrance
Punta Palmilla; landing in small boats is hazardous. to Baha de La Paz. Directions for the E coast of Isla
Facilities: no alongside berths; cargo used to be worked Cerralvo are also given.
at the anchorage into lighters.
6 Supplies: fresh provisions; limited supplies of fresh Topography
water; fuel oil and diesel oil. 6.90
Communications. An international airport at San Jos 1 Between Punta Arena and Isla La Partida (about
del Cabo also serves San Lucas (6.81). 80 miles NW) the coast is formed into a series of bays
which are, for the most part, backed by hills of moderate
Boca del Tule elevation; in the approaches to Canal de San Lorenzo, the
6.84 E entrance to Baha de La Paz, it is bold and rocky with
1 Landing. In fine weather landing may be effected at occasional sandy beaches.
Boca del Tule (2314N, 10926W) which is situated on 2 The most remarkable feature is Isla Cerralvo (2415N,
the N side of a bold, rocky bluff, 18 m high, distinctive by 10952W), a large barren island, of volcanic origin, lying
being of a lighter grey colour than other points in the about 5 miles offshore. Both sides of the island, which rises
vicinity; close to the bluff are numerous detached rocks. to several high peaks, consist of bold rocky bluffs with
A light (red metal framework tower, 10 m in height) is small gravel beaches between them.
displayed from the river mouth. The mainland coast opposite Isla Cerralvo is dominated
by the two summits of El Mulato, the highest peaks in the
Baha Frailes range of La Cacachiles, which extends NW towards La
6.85 Paz.
1 Anchorage may be obtained, over a rocky bottom, 3 Isla del Espiritu Santo (2430N, 11020W) and Isla La
protected from N winds and sea, in Baha Frailes which is Partida close N, which extend N from Canal de San
situated on the S side of Los Frailes (2323N, 10925W) Lorenzo, are of volcanic origin and rise to numerous high
(6.76); a small stream flows into the head of the bay. The peaks. Isla La Partida was once connected to Isla del
anchorage is about 2 cables offshore just off the position Espiritu Santo by a narrow neck but they are now
where the rocky hill joins the sandy beach, in depths of separated by a narrow channel.
16 m (52 ft); farther E the depths increase very rapidly.
Shallow water, with breakers, extends 2 cables offshore in Tidal streams
the S part of the bay. 6.91
1 In Canal Cerralvo (2410N, 10955W) it is reported
Cabo Pulmo tidal streams sometimes attain a rate of 2 kn.
6.86
1 Harbour. A small boat harbour, in which there are Landmark
depths of about 5 m, is situated on the S side of Cabo 6.92
Pulmo (2327N, 10925W) (6.79). The harbour is 1 El Palmar (2351N, 10951W), a prominent peak.
approached through a channel leading between the outer
end of Arrecife del Pulmo and the cape. Directions
Local knowledge is required. (continued from 6.80)
Punta Arena Passage west of Isla Cerralvo
6.87 6.93
1 Anchorage during N winds may be obtained in the bay 1 Caution. If unfamiliar with this area, or if unsure of
S of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W) (6.79), about ones position, it is imprudent to use Canal Cerralvo at
2 cables offshore, with the extremity of the point bearing night, or in thick weather.
009, distant 1 mile, in depths from 146 to 18 m (48 to From a position E of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W)
60 ft), sand. (6.79) the coastal passage leads generally NW passing
Anchorage can also be obtained, with local knowledge, (with positions from Punta Arena de la Ventana (2404N,
off Los Tezos Ranch about 29 miles S of Punta Arena. 10950W)):
2 NE of Punta Colorada (33 miles SE), a steep, rocky
Other names point, fringed by detached rocks; shoals extend up
6.88 to 1 mile offshore in the bight formed between this
1 Positioned from Boca del Tule (2314N, 10926W): point and Punta Arena. Thence:
Fortuna, Arroyo de la (6 miles SW). NE of Punta Pescadero (17 miles SE), a bold,
Vinorama, Arroyo de la (1 mile SW). rocky, reddish coloured point, behind which hills
rise to a considerable elevation. The depths off the
PUNTA ARENA TO BAHA DE LA PAZ point are irregular and it should be given a
clearance of at least 1 mile. Thence:
General information 3 NE of Punta Perico (2 miles SE), a steep-to, whitish
coloured rocky bluff, which rises sharply to a hill
Chart 3053 (190 m (623 ft) high), thence:
Route NE and NNE of Punta Arena de la Ventana, a low
6.89 sandy point, the S entrance point to Canal
1 From the vicinity of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W) Cerralvo. A light (white round concrete tower,
the passage leads NW to the vicinity of Punta Arena de la 10 m in height) stands on the point. And:

188
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

4 SSW of Roca Montaa (4 miles NNE) lying Useful marks

7 cables S of the SE extremity of Isla Cerralvo 6.95
from where a light (metal tower, 7 m in height) is 1 Light S of Punta Gorda (2407N, 11000W) (6.98).
displayed. There is a clear passage, with a least Bajos del Explorador Light (2422N, 11018W)
depth of 9 m (29 ft), between the rock and Isla (6.106).
Cerralvo. Thence: (Coastal directions continue at 6.137; directions
5 SSW of Piedras Gordas (5 miles NNW), a bold, for Baha de La Paz are given at 6.105)
rocky point, from where a reef projects 2 cables;
a light (red metal tower, 11 m in height) stands on Bays and anchorages
the point. Thence: Baha de las Palmas
NE of Punta Gorda (12 miles NW), a steep-to rocky 6.96
bluff backed by high land, and: 1 Description. Baha de las Palmas lies between Punta
SW of Farallnes Blancos (11 miles NNW), a steep, Colorada (2335N, 10931W) (6.93) and Punta Pescadero
high, whitish coloured bluff, thence: (16 miles NW) (6.93). In the N part of the bay there is
6 Clear of, depending on draught, a depth of 29 m deep water close inshore and the coast is cliffy, with stony
(16 fm) (reported 1983), which lies 2 miles ENE of beaches; in the S part the depths are shallower and the
Punta Santa Cruz (17 miles NW), a point which coast less broken, the land rising gradually from low sandy
projects only slightly from the coast, thence: beaches to the coastal range of hills. The settlement of La
NE of a large, white rock (15 m (50 ft) high) Ribera (La Rivera) lies close E of Punta Soledad, a low,
(4 miles NW of Punta Santa Cruz), which stands sandy point of little prominence, which stands about
at the extremity of a sandspit extending 5 cables 5 miles WNW of Punta Colorada; a stream flows into the
from the coast, and: bay through Boca de la Trinidad, which is reported to have
7 SW of the N extremity of Isla Cerralvo (20 miles a prominent clump of trees in its vicinity, 3 miles WNW of
NNW), a high bluff from which a reef extends Punta Colorada.
almost 5 cables. Thence: 2 Anchorage may be obtained in the head of the bay off
SW of Islote de la Reyna (Arrecife la Foca) (24 miles the settlement of Buena Vista, 10 miles WNW of Punta
NNW), a rock on which stands a light (white Colorada, but the approach should be made with care,
round tower, 7 m in height). A rock awash lies sounding continuously, as the depths decrease suddenly
cable NW, and a rock with a depth over it of from 27 to 5 m (15 to 3 fm).
37 m (12 ft) lies 1 cable SSW, of Islote de la Small vessels may obtain some protection from N winds
Reyna; several smaller rocks lie in close proximity close inshore about 5 cables S of Punta Pescadero.
and the group should be passed at a prudent
distance. Thence: Baha de los Muertos
8 NE of Punta Coyote (28 miles NW), a low rocky 6.97
point; a bold rocky bluff stands 2 cables SE of 1 Description. Baha de los Muertos lies between Punta
the point and should not be mistaken for the point. Pescadero (2348N, 11042W) (6.93) and Punta Perico
A small, white, detached rock lies close to the (15 miles NNW) (6.93). The land behind the bay is high,
point which is fringed to within 1 cable by a rocky rising steeply to El Palmar (6.92) situated about 9 miles
reef. Thence: WNW of Punta Pescadero.
9 NE of Punta Lobos (35 miles NW), a high, steep-to Anchorage may be obtained in the S part of the bay,
point, the E extremity of Isla del Espiritu Santo; about 5 cables offshore, in depths from 11 to 18 m (36 to
La Bonanza Light (metal truncated tower, 9 m in 60 ft), sand.
height) (position approximate) is displayed from 2 Ensenada de los Muertos. In the N part of the bay
close SW of Punta Lobos. Thence: depths close in are considerable, except in Ensenada de los
NE of a reef which extends about 2 cables off a Muertos, a small cove with a sandy beach, situated
rocky point situated 4 miles NW of Punta Lobos, 2 miles SSW of Punta Perico, where anchorage may be
thence: obtained, sheltered from N winds, in depths of about 15 m
10 NE of Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W), three flat, (50 ft). There is a warehouse in the cove and cargo has
rocky islets lying 5 cables N of Isla la Partida. The been worked there.
two larger islets are about 15 m (50 ft) high and 3 The cove comes under the jurisdiction of La Paz (6.114)
the third, which is the W, is a large rock 15 m and if cargo is to be worked it is necessary to notify the
high; a light (metal framework tower, 12 m in port authorities at that port in sufficient time for
height) stands on the largest of the three islets. arrangements to be made for officials to meet the vessel on
The channels between the islets, and between them arrival.
and Isla la Partida, are only suitable for boats. Local knowledge is required.
11 Caution. A depth of 134 m (44 ft) was reported (2002) Baha La Ventana
to lie about 8 miles NE of Los Islotes. 6.98
1 Description. Baha La Ventana, a deep crescent shaped
Passage east of Isla Cerralvo bay, lies between Punta Arena de la Ventana (2404N,
6.94 10949W) (6.93) and Punta Gorda (12 miles NW) (6.93).
1 With the exception of a reef with depths over it of less The S shores of the bay are low and sandy and are
than 9 m (30 ft), the inner end of which dries, which bordered by an extensive sandy plain. On its W side the
extends 1 mile ESE from a position on the coast 1 miles land rises more abruptly to the mountainous country
N of the SE extremity of the island, and Islote de la Reyna extending NW. The bay is reported to be frequented by
(Arrecife la Foca) (6.93), the E coast of Isla Cerralvo is pearl fishers during the pearling season.
clear of charted dangers at a distance of 1 mile from the 2 Anchorage. In moderate weather anchorage may be
shore. obtained W of Punta Arena de la Ventana in depths from

189
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

11 to 15 m (36 to 48 ft), sand; a sandbank extends 2 cables La Paz, about 10 miles S, is similarly indented and backed
from the NW side of the point. by high land; several islands lie close to the coast.
3 Elsewhere in the bay anchorage may be obtained within 2 West of La Paz the S shore of the bay initially trends W
5 cables of the shore anywhere in the bay, in depths from 9 then gradually curves N to Punta Coyote situated 27 miles
to 145 m (30 to 48 ft), except near the village of La NW. The first 6 miles of this stretch of coast is low and
Ventana at the head of the bay; here it is necessary to sandy with shrubs and bushes inland, the next 6 miles
anchor a little farther to seaward on account of a 55 m mainly comprise sandhills from 5 to 25 m high, after which
(18 ft) bank which extends 5 cables offshore in this vicinity. the remainder of the coast is backed by a long tableland,
4 Useful mark: from 150 to 300 m high and faced with cliffs from 15 to
Light (white metal framework tower, 11 m in height) 30 m high interspersed with beaches of shingle.
standing on the W side of the bay, 3 miles S of 3 Between Punta Coyote and Cabeza de Mechudo, situated
Punta Gorda. about 20 miles N (6.138), the coast recedes. To N of Punta
Coyote the cliffs gradually decrease in height and are
Isla Cerralvo replaced by sand beaches backed by sandhills. A short
6.99 distance inland there is a tableland, broken by deep
1 South-west extremity. Anchorage may be obtained, canyons, which rises abruptly to heights of from 460 to
about 2 cables offshore in depths of about 18 m (60 ft), on 610 m. In the approaches to Cabeza de Mechudo the high
the N side of the low sandy point situated 7 cables NW land is closer to the coast, and bluffs, 45 to 60 m high,
of Piedras Gordas (2409N, 10956W) (6.93). replace the sand beaches.
North extremity. Small vessels are reported to anchor E
of, and close under, the N extremity of the island (6.93), Principal marks
where some protection from NW winds may be obtained. 6.104
Local knowledge is required. 1 Landmarks:
Isla San Francisco (2449N, 11035W), a high
Baha Rosario
island.
6.100
Cerro de Mechudo (2447N, 11045W), a prominent
1 Description. Baha Rosario, a bay about 2 miles wide, is
peak at the W entrance to the bay.
situated about 5 miles NW of Punta Santa Cruz (2413N,
Isla Ballena (2429N, 11024W), a barren rocky
11005W) (6.93). It is bounded S by the white rock and
island, on which stands a light (6.105).
sandspit described in 6.93, and on its N side by a rocky
2 Major light:
bluff backed by a hill (300 m (984 ft) high). A bank, with
Punta Prieta Light (white masonry framework tower
depths over it of less than 55 m (18 ft), extends a short
on dwelling, 9 m in height) (2413N, 11018W).
distance offshore at the head of the bay.

Other names Directions

6.101
1 Limon, Punta El (2418N, 10955W). Charts 3053, 3061 plans of Canale San Lorenzo, Baha
Mostrador, Punta El (2415N, 10954W). Pichilingue and La Paz harbour and approaches
Entry from north
6.105
BAHA DE LA PAZ 1 From the vicinity of 2441N, 11032W, about midway
between Los Islotes and Cabeza de Mechudo, the track
General information leads SSE to the head of the bay passing (with positions
Chart 3053 from Punta Prieta Light (2413N, 11018W)):
Description WSW of Los Islotes (22 miles NNW) (6.93),
6.102 thence:
1 Baha de La Paz (2420N, 11030W), the largest bay 2 ENE of Punta Coyote (26 miles NW), a
on the W side of Golfo de California, is sheltered on its E perpendicular, white, rocky bluff, thence:
side by the peninsula which extends 10 miles N from the WSW of Isla Ballena (16 miles NNW) (6.104), on
vicinity of La Paz (2410N, 11019W) in the SE corner of the SW end of which stands a light (metal
the bay and the islands which extend a farther 15 miles framework tower, 7 m in height), thence:
NNW from this peninsula; and W by the coast extending N 3 WSW of Punta Prieta (13 miles NNW), a sharp, dark
as far as Cabeza de Mechudo (2448N, 11040W). coloured bluff point which descends in steps from
2 The bay, which is deep and clear of dangers, except at the hills inland, thence:
its head where depths of between 12 and 55 m (4 to 18 ft) WSW of Punta Dispensa (11 miles NNW), a rocky
extend about 1 mile offshore in places, can be entered from bluff which forms the SW extremity of Isla del
N through the wide passage between Los Islotes (2436N, Espiritu Santo; a conspicuous red mound, 65 m
11024W) and Cabeza de Mechudo (nearly 20 miles NW), high, composed of lumps of lava, stands 3 cables
or from E through Canal de San Lorenzo (2423N, N of the point. Thence:
11018W), which leads between the above peninsula and 4 WSW of Punta San Lorenzo (6 miles NNW), a
the off-lying islands. moderately high bluff, fringed by shoal water up to
2 cables from it, which forms the SW entrance to
Topography Canal de San Lorenzo; a pinnacle rock, with a
6.103 depth over it of 13 m (43 ft), lies 8 cables WNW
1 The W coasts of Isla la Partida (2434N, 11023W) of Punta San Lorenzo. Thence:
and Isla del Espiritu Santo (close S) comprise a succession 5 WSW of Roca Lobos (5 miles NNW), a rock 37 m
of rocky bluffs with several deep indentations. South of the high which lies 5 cables offshore; it is steep-to on
entrance to Canal de San Lorenzo, the coastline, as far as its W side but its E side is foul. A light (white

190
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

metal framework tower, red bands, concrete base, Isla Lobos (2417N, 11020W), whitened by guano.
9 m in height) is displayed from the rock. Thence: Monte Santa Maria (2414N, 11016W), in the
6 WSW of Isla San Juan Nepomuceno (3 miles NNW), approaches to La Paz.
a steep island on which there is an airfield and
which is joined to the mainland E by a causeway, Baha Pichilingue
thence:
WSW of Punta Colorado (1 miles NNW), a reddish Chart 3061 plan of Baha Pichilingue (see 1.14)
coloured rocky bluff 15 m high; the bight between General information
this point and Punta Prieta (see below) is 6.108
obstructed with shoals, thence: 1 Position and function. Baha Pichilingue (2416N,
7 WSW of Punta Prieta; a light (6.104) stands on the 11020W), is a bay enclosed on its W side by Isla San
point. A tank farm and a power station stand close Juan Nepomuceno (6.105). Although it is small, it is one of
E of the point; an outfall, whose extremity is the best protected harbours on the coast and is used as an
marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), extends anchorage by vessels too large to enter La Paz.The port
about 350 m W from the vicinity of the power handles containers, general and bulk cargo, and cruise
station. liners.
8 Caution. It has been reported that the coast in the There is a daily Ro-Ro ferry service with Topolobampo
vicinity of Punta Coyote and S towards the head of the bay (6.28).
is about 1 mile farther E than charted. 2 Port Authority. Administracion Portuaria Integral de
Baja California Sur, Puerto Commercial, Km 17 Carretera a
Entry from east Pichilingue, Pichilingue 23001, La Paz, Baja California Sur,
6.106 Mexico.
1 Canal de San Lorenzo, about 5 miles in length, leads
between the S end of Isla del Espiritu Santo and the Limiting conditions
mainland S. It is 3 miles wide between Punta Lupona, the 6.109
low sandy extremity of Isla del Espiritu Santo, and Punta 1 Controlling depths. Depths are generally greater than
Arranca Cabello, the N rocky extremity of the mainland. 10 m as far as Muelle SCT (6.112) in the S part of the
The navigable channel is limited to a width of about harbour, and greater than 6 m into the N part.
5 cables between the 11 m (6 fm) depth contours off Deepest and longest berth. Muelle SCT.
Arrecife de San Lorenzo and Bajos del Explorador; vessels
Arrival information
should navigate in mid-channel and exercise great caution.
6.110
2 It is possible for small vessels to pass between either of
1 Port radio is available.
these two shoals and the adjacent shores but this is not
Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
recommended; depths of 55 m (18 ft) or less extend
Outer anchorage. Vessels may anchor in a waiting area
9 cables SW from Punta Lupona, and a bank with depths
about 1 mile W of the S point of Isla San Juan
of 37 m (12 ft) at its extremity extends 6 cables NW
Nepomuceno (6.105), or as in 6.116.
from Punta Arranca Cabello.
Pilotage is compulsory; pilots board in the waiting area.
3 Main channel. From a position about 3 miles N of
Tugs are not available.
Punta Coyote (2421N, 11014W) (6.93) the track through
the channel leads WSW passing (with positions from Punta Directions
Coyote): 6.111
4 NNW of Las Galeras (2 miles W), a shelving rocky 1 The bay is approached between the S extremity of Isla
ledge lying close off a bluff point from which San Juan Nepomuceno and Punta Colorado (7 cables
depths of 9 m (30 ft) or less extend N for about SSE) (6.105) and entered between that extremity of the
5 cables, thence: island and a point on the mainland 3 cables E. When
SSE of a wreck with a least depth over it of 98 m entering, care should be taken to avoid the tail of the shore
(32 ft) (4 miles NW), thence: bank which extends about 2 cables SSW from the island.
5 Midway between Bajos del Explorador (4 miles A light-buoy (safe water) is moored 1 cables S of the S
WNW) and Arrecife San Lorenzo (5 miles WNW), point of Isla San Juan Nepomuceno. At the entrance to the
the former a rocky shoal of loose stones from S part of the harbour, light-buoys mark the limit of the
where a light (white round concrete tower, red 10 m depth contours; in the N part of the harbour further
bands, 7 m in height) is displayed; the latter a light-buoys mark the limit of the 5 m depth contours.
rocky ledge marked on its SW side by a 2 Caution. The channel is reported to be difficult when
light-beacon (round metal tower, 26 m in height). winds exceed 20 kn, especially when from NE or E.
Rocas Suwanee lie 5 cables NE of Arrecife San
Lorenzo. Thence: Berths
6 SSE of Punta Dispensa (7 miles NW) (6.105), and: 6.112
NNW of Punta San Lorenzo (5 miles W) (6.105), 1 Anchorage is available in Baha Pichilingue E of Muelle
thence as for entry from N. SCT in depths of 10 to 11 m.
Caution. Tidal streams in Canal de San Lorenzo are Muelle de Pesca, a jetty 85 m in length with depths
strong, sometimes attaining a rate of 2 kn, and, from alongside of from 5 to 6 m, is situated near the head of the
October to February, the rate may reach 3 kn. harbour on its W side. To the N of this jetty are wharves
250 m in length with depths between 57 and 69 m.
Useful marks 2 Muelle del Transbordador, a ferry terminal consisting
6.107 of two ramps and a lifting platform for the loading and
1 San Juan de la Costa Lighthouse (2423N, unloading of vehicles, with a depth of 8 m alongside,
11042W) (6.125). stands at the head of the harbour on its E side.

191
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Baha Pichilinque from S (6.108)

(Original dated 2001)

(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Muelle Universidad, an L-shaped pier, about 120 m in 2 Topography. The city is built on low, flat ground, but
length, stands on the E side of the harbour 3 cables SE of the cathedral, Government House, and many of the more
the ferry terminal. prominent buildings stand on low tableland behind the city.
3 Muelle SCT, 200 m in length with a depth alongside of Approach and entry. The port is approached and
10 m, lies on the W side of the S part of the harbour; the entered through Canal de La Paz (6.118) on the alignment
terminal can accommodate general cargo, container, bulk of three sets of leading lights.
cargo, and passenger vessels. Port Authority. As for Pichilingue; see 6.108.

Port services Limiting conditions

6.113 6.115
1 Repairs can be made. 1 Controlling depths. Depths in the fairway exceeded 5 m
Other facilities: hospitals; garbage disposal. in 1996, but Canal de La Paz is liable to silting and the
Supplies. Provisions, fresh water and bunkers available. port authorities should be consulted for the latest
Communications. See 6.127. information.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Vol 3. Mean maximum range 08 m.
La Paz 2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels not exceeding
LOA 100 m, and draught 39 m, can enter at any state of
Chart 3061 plan of La Paz harbour and approaches the tide.
General information
6.114 Arrival information
1 Position. La Paz (2410N, 11019W) lies at the head 6.116
of Baha de La Paz on its SE side. 1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
Function. The city has a population of about 200 000 Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
and is the capital of the State of Baja California Sur; it is a Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
port of entry and has a free port area. It provides alongside Outer anchorage may be obtained S of Punta Prieta
berthing for vessels of moderate draught. Vessels which (2413N, 11018W) (6.105) in depths of about 17 m
cannot berth alongside work cargo into lighters at the (56 ft), sand, good holding; anchorage farther SW is
anchorage. exposed and is subject to swells. Vessels unable to enter La

192
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Canal de La Paz from S (6.117)

(Original dated 2001)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Paz on account of their draught usually anchor in Baha 3 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.213.
Pichilingue (6.112). Major light: Punta Prieta (2413N, 11018W) (6.104).
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign merchant vessels;
the pilot boards 3 cables S of Punta Prieta, as shown on the Directions
chart. Pilotage can be made available at night on request, 6.118
but it is not advisable to enter the harbour after dark. 1 Canal de La Paz, entered 4 cables ESE of Punta Prieta,
Tug. A small tug is available. runs close inshore between the mainland and the E side of
3 Prohibited anchorages. An area 1 cables wide and a large, shallow spit, which extends NNE from the E
extending 3 cables from the shore, in which anchoring is extremity of El Mogote to the channel entrance, and serves
prohibited, lies 2 cables N of Punta Prieta. to protect the channel from NW winds. The channel is
Anchoring is also prohibited off the N end of Muelle marked by light-buoys and by three sets of leading lights
Fiscal (6.119). described below. The alignments of these leading lights do
not accurately indicate the centreline of the channel and
Harbour must be used with caution.
6.117 2 First leading lights:
1 General layout. The port area, which is approached Front light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
through Canal de La Paz, a narrow channel leading about height) (24126N, 110177W).
3 miles S from the vicinity of Punta Prieta, lies in the Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (90 m
entrance to Ensenada de La Paz, a large, shallow lagoon from front light).
whose N side is formed by a low sandy peninsula known The alignment (148) of these lights leads into the
as El Mogote. The area is about 7 cables wide, and is channel entrance.
well protected, but it is obstructed with shoals which 3 Second leading lights:
restrict the anchorage to a small area. Front light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
Tidal streams attain a rate of about 2 kn in the harbour height) (24106N, 110179W).
but the streams are much influenced by the winds; a rate of Rear light (similar structure, 8 m in height) (380 m
6 kn has been reported off Muelle Fiscal (6.119). from front light).
2 Winds and weather. The climate is hot and dry. For the The alignment (181) of these lights leads about 1 mile
most part of the year SE and SW winds are experienced in S. Thence the track leads about 7 cables SSW and on to
Baha de La Paz, but from November to May NW winds the alignment of:
are predominant. These winds, which blow from about 4 Third leading lights:
0900 to 1600 are succeeded towards the evening by S Front light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
winds which last all night. Calms are frequent during the height) (24115N, 110178W).
spring and summer months. Hurricanes may occur during Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) (80 m
the months of September to November. from front light).

193
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

The alignment (033), astern, of these lights leads about San Juan de la Costa
1 miles SE to the vicinity of Muelle Fiscal (6.119); lights
Chart 3053
(white structures, red bands (SW light), green bands (NE
light)) are displayed from the extremities of Muelle Fiscal.
General information
6.122
5 Small craft channels. Small craft can cross the spit
1 Description. San Juan de la Costa (2424N, 11042W)
forming the W side of the channel, about 8 cables S of
is a small port, operated by Fermitex, used solely for the
Punta Prieta in a least depth of 22 m (7 ft), with Roca
export of phosphates; it is administered from Pichilingue
Caimancito, an above-water rock lying close inshore on the
(6.108).
E side of the channel, 1 miles SE of Punta Prieta, bearing
129. Maximum size of vessel handled
6 A channel with a least depth of 21 m (7 ft) crosses the 6.123
bank close to El Mogote. 1 Vessels of about 40 000 dwt, and draught 97 m, can be
Local knowledge is required for both these channels. accommodated.
Berths Arrival information
6.119 6.124
1 Punta Prieta. Two jetties extend from the N side of the 1 Port radio is available.
point and three from the E side; the principal berths are: Notice of ETA: 72 hours, daily thereafter and at
Muelle de Pemex (1 cable E), a T-headed jetty 105 m 12 hours.
in length, with a least depth of 98 m alongside; Anchorage may be obtained, over a bottom of sand, SE
used for bunkering. A mooring buoy is laid about of a light-buoy which is moored about 1 mile SE of the
cable S of the jetty to assist in berthing. berth.
Cement pier (3 cables E of Muelle de Pemex), 2 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing which can only be
charted depth about 5 m. undertaken in calm weather; the pilot boards between
and 1 mile E of the berth.
Tugs are not available.
Directions
6.125
1 The approach to the port is free from dangers.
Landmarks:
San Juan de la Costa Lighthouse (metal truncated
tower, 7 m in height) (24237 N, 110414W).
Prominent dark peak which attains an elevation of
436 m close W of San Juan Ranch (2422N,
11042W).

Punta Prieta Muelle de Pemex (6.119)

(Original dated 2001)

(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

2 Inner harbour:
Muelle Fiscal (2410N, 11019W), a T-headed jetty,
66 m in length with berths 22 m in length on each
side of its head; depth alongside 46 m. Small craft
moor alongside the stem of the jetty.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of between 5 and
6 m (16 and 20 ft), mud, about 5 cables SW of Muelle
Fiscal. A dangerous wreck, marked a buoy (pillar), lies in
the upper harbour about 1 miles WSW of Muelle Fiscal.
6.120
1 Small craft may find accommodation in a harbour,
protected by a breakwater, at Playa Palmira, situated on the
E side of the channel 1 miles NNE of Muelle Fiscal.

Port services
6.121 Berth at San Juan de la Costa (6.126)
1 Repairs can be effected; slipways up to 100 tonnes
(Original dated prior to 2003)
capacity.
Other facilities: hospitals; deratting exemption (Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)
certificates.
Supplies: provisions; bunkers either by tanker vehicle at Berth
Muelle Fiscal, or at Muelle de Pemex; fresh water. 6.126
Communications: international airport; the port 1 Vessels are berthed port side-to alongside a T-headed
maintains regular ferry services with Mazatlan, jetty, 184 m in length with a depth of 105 m alongside,
Topolobampo and Guaymas. which extends about 400 m from the shore. Phosphates are

194
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

loaded at a rate of about 900 tons per hour from a fixed BAHA DE LA PAZ TO ISLA CORONADOS
installation and vessels are required to be shifted along the
quay to make each hold available. General information
2 Two mooring buoys, positioned about 140 m from each Charts 2323, 2324
end of the berth, are used to assist the vessel off the berth Route
when sailing. 6.133
1 From the N entrance to Baha de La Paz (2420N,
Port services 11030W) the route leads generally NNW for about
6.127 100 miles, passing either inside or outside the off-lying
1 Repairs: at La Paz (6.121). islands, to the vicinity of Isla Coronados (2608N,
Other facilities: small hospital; deratting exemption 11116W).
certificates. Canal de San Jos, the deep channel about 3 miles wide,
Supplies: fresh water. between Isla San Jos (2457N, 11035W) and the
Communications: international airport at La Paz, 52 km mainland W, may be found useful to avoid heavy seas
distant. found outside.
Topography
Anchorages and small craft harbour 6.134
1 Most of the coastline is steep-to and rocky and in some
Puerto Ballena places consists of a succession of bluffs, some steep,
6.128 alternating with sandy beaches. It is backed close inland by
1 Anchorage may be obtained in a bay known as Puerto hills of considerable elevation which rise to form the S part
Ballena which lies between Isla Gallo and Isla Gallina, two of Sierra de La Giganta; Cerro Giganta (2605N,
islets situated about 1 and 1 miles, respectively, SE of 11135W), the highest peak on this range stands 15 miles
Isla Ballena (2429N, 11024W) (6.104). The best berth is from the coast.
in the N of the three coves forming this bay; the other two Several high islands lie within 15 miles of the coast; the
coves shoal, and the S cove is not recommended. largest are Isla San Jos (2458N, 11035W) and Isla
Local knowledge is required. Carmen (2600N, 11110W).
2 Isla San Jos is of volcanic origin and, for the most
Chart 3061 plan of Canale San Lorenzo part, is covered in vegetation. With the exception of the N
Baha San Gabriel point, the remainder of the coast of the island is steep-to,
6.129 and consists of rocky bluffs with sand beaches between
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha San Gabriel which them. A sharp peak rises to an elevation of 426 m
is entered SE of Punta Prieta (2426N, 11022W) (6.105). 1 miles from the N end of the island. The S coast
Except at the entrance depths are very shallow and consists mostly of a sandy beach, backed by hills from 30
anchorage should be obtained outside depths of 9 m (30 ft). to 150 m high.
Local knowledge is required. 3 Isla Carmen is also of volcanic origin, and has a range
of peaks running its entire length. The E coast, which is
Charts 3061 plan of Canale San Lorenzo, 3053 indented by Baha de Salinas (6.157), consists of steep
South-east side of Isla del Espiritu Santo bluffs with some detached rocks lying close inshore in
6.130 places; the W coast is composed mostly of rocky bluffs
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds, with a few intervening sandy beaches which are more
in a depth of about 9 m, in the bay, lined by white cliffs, extensive towards the S point.
which lies NE of Punta Bonanza (2426N, 11018W), a
rocky bluff with a flat topped hill behind it. Current
Useful mark: 6.135
La Bonanza Light (6.93) is displayed from the N side 1 A current setting SW with a rate of about 1 kn was
of the bay. experienced (1950) about 10 miles E of Isla Carmen
(2600N, 11110W).
Puerto Ballandra Landmarks
6.131 6.136
1 Small craft can anchor, in depths of 55 m (18 ft), just 1 Cerro de Mechudo (2447N, 11045W) (6.104).
inside Puerto Ballandra, an inlet encumbered with rocks Isla San Francisco (2449N, 11035W) (6.104).
and shoals, which is entered between Punta Diablo Isla San Jos summit (2458N, 11035W), a
(2419N, 11020W), a sharp rocky bluff, and a point prominent knob 633 m (2077 ft) high near the
8 cables NNE. centre of the island.
2 Shelter may also be obtained, in depths from 37 to 9 m Isla San Diego (2512N, 11043W).
(12 to 30 ft), in a small cove situated 1 mile S of Punta 2 Isla Santa Cruz (2517N, 11043W), a barren, rocky
Diablo, which provides better shelter from NW winds; the island, the N end of which terminates in a sharp
N side of the cove is shoal. point, and the W face slopes up from the coast at
Local knowledge is required. an angle of 45.
Isla Santa Catalina summit (2536N, 11048W).
Other names Isla Monserrat (2540N, 11102W), a high barren
island of volcanic origin from the W side of which
Chart 3061 plan of Baha Pichilingue a light (6.140) is displayed.
6.132 3 Isla Danzante Primero (2546N, 11114W), a barren
1 Base, Punta (2417N, 11020W). island divided into two parts 5 cables from its N
Falsa, Baha (24155N, 110190W). end by a shallow channel.

195
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Isla Coronados (2608N, 11116W), a high island 10 ENE of Punta Lobos (32 miles NNW), the NE
whose coast is mainly steep and rocky. extremity of Isla Carmen, a rocky headland, 38 m
high, fringed by detached rocks, which is
connected to the island by a low, narrow stretch of
Directions land; a light (round concrete tower, 12 m in height)
(continued from 6.95) (position approximate) is displayed from the
vicinity of the point. Thence:
Outer coastal route 11 ENE of Isla Coronados (41 miles NW) (6.136) from
6.137 where a light (silver metal tower, 12 m in height)
1 From a position NE of Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W) is displayed.
the passage leads NNW passing (with positions from Isla Caution. Isla Carmen and Isla Coronados are
Santa Catalina Light (2535N, 11047W): reported (1995) to lie 1 mile E of their charted
Clear of a 134 m (44 ft) shoal (2442N, 11018W), positions.
thence:
2 ENE of Isla San Francisco (49 miles SSE) (6.104),
thence: Inner coastal route
ENE of the SE point of Isla San Jos (46 miles SSE), 6.138
which is fringed by detached rocks and behind 1 Canal de San Jos separates Isla San Francisco and Isla
which a hill, 122 m high, rises sharply, thence: San Jos from the mainland coast between Cabeza de
3 ENE of Punta Roja (37 miles SSE), the prominent E Mechudo and Punta Nopol. At night, or in thick weather,
point of Isla San Jos; a light (white metal it is recommended to keep well over to the W shore of the
framework tower, 11 m in height) is displayed channel which is free from outlying dangers; tidal streams
from Punta Colorada situated 2 miles NW of attain rates of from 1 to 3 kn in this channel.
Punta Roja. Thence: 2 From a position NE of Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W)
4 Either side of Las nimas (33 miles SSE), a group of the passage leads initially NW, thence NNW into the
rocky islets and rocks from where a light (metal channel, passing (with positions from Isla San Francisco
framework tower, 9 m in height) (position (2449N, 11035W):
approximate) is displayed. The channel W of Las Clear of a 134 m (44 ft) shoal (2442N, 11018W),
Animas, between Isla San Jos and Isla San Diego, thence:
has not been examined and should be used with 3 ENE of Cabeza de Mechudo (4 miles WSW), a
great caution. Thence: bold, perpendicular cliff 91 m high which rises to
5 ENE of Isla San Diego (25 miles S) from where a a dome shaped hill; a light (truncated pyramidal
light (metal framework tower, 9 m in height) framework tower, 8 m in height) is displayed from
(position approximate) is displayed. See view A on the point. And:
chart 2323. Thence: 4 WSW of Rocas de la Foca, two flat rocks each about
6 ENE of Isla Santa Cruz (20 miles S) (6.136) from the 15 m high, with several below-water rocks around
S side of which a light (metal framework tower, them, which lie 1 miles W of Isla San Francisco
9 m in height) is displayed; landing may be (6.104). The channel which leads between Isla San
effected on a short gravel beach at the SW Francisco and the SW extremity of Isla San Jos,
extremity of the island. Thence: 1 miles N, is obstructed by Rocas del Coyote,
7 Either side of Isla Santa Catalina from the SW point the highest of which is 12 m high. The channels
of which a light (white metal truncated pyramidal on either side of these rocks are dangerous and
tower, 11 m in height) (position approximate) is should only be used in case of necessity. If obliged
displayed; no close examination of the island has to use the channel between Rocas del Coyote and
been made but its coastline is reported to be Isla San Jos it is safest to keep close to the S
steep-to. A rock awash lies about 1 cables off the coast of Isla San Jos. A light (metal truncated
N extremity of the island. It is reported that tower, 9 m in height) is displayed on the N side of
landing has been effected on a sandy beach at the Isla San Francisco. Thence:
S end of the island. Thence: 5 ENE of Punta San Everisto (about 10 miles NW), a
8 ENE of Isla Monserrat (14 miles WNW) (6.136) and rocky headland, 40 m high, which projects
Las Galeras, two rocky islets 2 cables apart lying 7 cables from the general line of the coast on the
1 miles N of Isla Monserrat, and a dangerous W side of Canal de San Jos; a light (metal
rock 03 m (1 ft) high lying 1 miles farther N. framework tower, 9 m in height) is displayed from
There is reported to be a depth of 128 m (42 ft) in the point. Thence:
the passage between Isla Monserrat and Las 6 ENE of Punta Nopol (15 miles NNW), a rocky cliff
Galeras and there are depths from 20 to 40 m (11 with a rugged peak which rises to a height of
to 22 fm) in the passage between Las Galeras and 481 m close behind it; the coast of Canal de San
the dangerous rock. A light (metal truncated Jos between Punta San Everisto and Punta
pyramidal tower, 9 m in height) (position Nopolo is high and precipitous. And:
approximate) is displayed from the N side of Las 7 WSW of Punta de la Ostionera (15 miles NNW), the
Galeras. Thence: NW point of Isla San Jos, from where a light
9 ENE of Punta Perico (26 miles NNW), the E (silver metal framework tower, 9 m in height) is
extremity of Isla Carmen (6.134), a sharp, rocky displayed.
cliff surmounted by a reddish coloured peak, 6.139
140 m high; a detached rock, 9 m high, with a 1 Canal de San Jos to Punta San Marcial. From a
below-water rock S of it, lies close to the point. position midway between Punta Nopol and Punta de la
Thence: Ostionera the passage continues NNW passing (with

196
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

positions from Isla Santa Catalina Light (2535N, 4 ENE of Roca Blanca (22 miles WNW) which is
11047W)): fringed by smaller rocks and which lies nearly
2 ENE of Los Burros (34 miles S), a remarkable, 2 miles offshore, Thence:
broken, rocky cliff, from 91 to 152 m high. Punta WSW of Las Galeras (16 miles NW) (6.137), and:
Dolores, similar in appearance, lies 3 miles farther 5 ENE of Punta Candeleros (25 miles WNW), a
N and forms the S entrance point to Baha de prominent steep-to bluff, about 15 m high, behind
Dolores; the N entrance to this bay is a prominent which the land rises sharply; a light (cylindrical
red coloured bluff. Thence: metal tower, red and white bands, 7 m in height)
3 ENE of Isla Habana (28 miles SSW), a barren rock, stands on Punta Canderlos. Los Candeleros, three
whitened by guano; there are depths of from 18 to pinnacle rocks, the middle of which is 30 m high,
31 m (10 to 17 fm) in the channel between Isla together with several other above and below-water
Habana and the coast W. And: rocks obstruct the channel between Punta
4 WSW of Isla San Diego (25 miles S) from where a Candeleros and Isla Danzante Primero, 2 miles
light (6.137) is displayed. A reef, on which the sea NNW; neither the passage between the S rock and
usually breaks, with a rock awash at its extremity, Punta Candeleros, nor that between the N rock and
extends 7 cables from the SW point of the Isla Danzante Primero should be attempted.
island; depths of 55 m (18 ft) lie 5 cables farther Thence:
SW. Thence: 6 Clear of a rock with a least depth over it of 14 m
5 WSW of Isla Santa Cruz (20 miles S) (6.136); a light (4 ft) (charted as a dangerous rock) (23 miles NW)
(6.137) is displayed from the SW extremity of the in the approach to the channel between Isla
island. And: Danzante Primero and Isla Carmen; a pinnacle
ENE of Isla Roca Morena (12 m (40 ft) high) rock, 8 m in height, from which a below-water reef
(25 miles SSW), the largest of a group which lie extends SE, lies close S of Isla Danzante Primero.
5 cables offshore. There is shallow water between A light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 9 m in
the group and the mainland, and a reef extends height stands on the S point of Isla Danzante
2 cables SE from Isla Roca Morena. Thence: Primero. Thence:
6 ENE of Roca Negra (2 miles N of Rocas Moreno)
lying 1 mile offshore, thence:
ENE of Punta de San Telmo (20 miles SSW), a sharp, Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
rugged point, 9 m high, which extends about 7 Through the channel, which is from 1 to 2 miles
2 cables from the general line of the coast and in width and free from dangers, which leads
which is fringed by detached rocks; the bluffs on between Isla Danzante Primero (28 miles NW) and
either side of the point are of a reddish colour. Punta Baja the S extremity of Isla Carmen, a low
Thence: gravel spit from which shallow water extends
7 WSW of Isla Santa Catalina from where a light 2 cables; a light (metal truncated pyramidal
(6.137) is displayed, and: tower, 10 m in height) is displayed from Punta
ENE of Punta San Marcial (13 miles WSW), a Arena, 2 miles NW of Punta Baja. A light (metal
moderately high, rocky cliff, which rises to a peak truncated pyramidal tower, 12 m in height) is
345 m in height close SW. The point, which is displayed from the N point of Isla Danzante
fringed by both above and below-water dangers, Primero and a light (white truncated pyramidal
should be given a clearance of at least 2 miles. tower, 8 m in height) from the NE point of the
A light (metal tower, 9 m in height) is displayed island. Tidal streams are strong in this channel.
from Roca San Marcial which stands about Thence:
1 miles NNE of the point. 8 E of Punta Nopol (36 miles NW) a bold, rocky point
6.140 23 m high; shallow water extends nearly 5 cables
1 Punta San Marcial to Isla Coronados. From a position from the shore for a distance of about 2 miles N
clear ENE of Roca San Marcial the passage leads NW, of Punta Nopol. Between the point and Loreto
thence NNW, to the channel between Isla Carmen (6.134) (6.143), about 5 miles farther N, lies an
and Isla Danzante Primero (6.136), thence N to the vicinity international airport; the control tower and terminal
of Isla Coronados passing (with positions from Isla Santa buildings can be seen clearly from seaward.
Catalina Light (2535N, 11047W)): Thence:
2 SW of Isla Monserrat (14 miles WNW) (6.136) which 9 WNW of Punta Cholla (34 miles NW) the NW
is generally steep-to but detached rocks and extremity of Isla Carmen. A small islet lies on foul
below-water rocky ledges extend 2 cables ground which extends 7 cables NW of the point;
offshore in places; a light (metal truncated Punta Cholla Light (metal framework tower, 10 m
pyramidal tower, 10 m in height) (position in height) stands on the islet. Thence:
approximate) is displayed from the W side of the 10 ESE and ENE of Isla Coronados (41 miles NW)
island. And: (6.136), from the SE point of which a light (6.137)
3 NE of Punta San Cosme (19 miles W), a rocky cliff is displayed. A low spit of sand and stones extends
rising abruptly to a hill 69 m high; a shoal, with a 7 cables from its SW side, and a low islet,
depth over it of 18 m (6 ft), lies 2 cables off the surrounded by shallow water, lies midway between
E side of the point. A group of above-water rocks Isla Coronados and the mainland W. The passage
lie 1 miles N of Punta San Cosme; Roca San W of this islet, about 4 cables wide, has depths of
Cosme is the W and largest, and Roca San 55 m (18 ft) in it; that E of the islet, about
Damin the E. Passage between these rocks and 2 cables wide has depths of about 8 m (26 ft) in
the mainland should not be attempted without local it; these passages are suitable only for small
knowledge. Thence: vessels. See also Caution at the end of 6.137.

197
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Puerto Escondido (6.142)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Charts 2323, 2324 Tidal streams in the entrance are reported to be strong;
Useful marks rates of 4 kn have been reported.
6.141 3 Directions. Approaching from S, mariners should use
1 Mountain (772 m (2534 ft) high) (2509N, the channel between Isla Carmen and Isla Danzante
11100W). Primero described at 6.140.
Mountain (859 m (2818 ft) high) (2518N, Anchorage may be obtained in the outer harbour. Small
11103W), table shaped. craft may anchor inside the harbour in depths of from 7 to
Twin peaks (1161 m (3808 ft) high) (2530N, 11 m (24 to 36 ft); the entrance is only 25 m wide, with
11111W). depths on the bar of 29 m (9 ft).
(Directions continue at 6.161) Berth. From the W side of the bay, a T-headed concrete
jetty, with a face 90 m long and with depths of from 73 to
11 m alongside, extends E.
Minor ports 4 Other facilities: hospital at Loreto (6.143).
Supplies: fresh water.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14) Communications: Loreto international airport 16 km.
Puerto Escondido
6.142 Loreto
1 Description. Puerto Escondido (2548N, 11118W) is a 6.143
small landlocked harbour, lying at the NW end of a 1 Description. Loreto (2601N, 11121W), a town with a
semi-circular bay, 7 cables wide; it is one of the best population of about 7500, is situated on the banks of a
natural harbours in Golfo de California. The bay is river at the entrance to a fertile valley that runs inland
protected on its E side by Punta Coyote, a bluff headland, towards the high mountains of Sierra de La Gigante. The
23 m high, which is the extremity of a peninsula joined to shore for some miles N and S of the town is low and
the mainland N by a narrow isthmus of sand dunes; this sandy and backed by fertile land. Cargo is handled at the
headland conceals the entrance, hence the name, Hidden anchorage, and cruise ships call.
Port. A light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 7 m in 2 Loreto is one of the most historic places in Baja
height) is displayed from Punta Coyote. California and is a focal point for tourists; the first
2 Within the inner bay there is a breakwater of rocks, settlement and mission were built here in 1697. The small
20 m long, with a light standing at its head. anchorage port serves Comond, about 40 km W, to which
Facilities include a yacht harbour and marina. it is connected by road.
Local knowledge is required for entry; there are no Local knowledge is required.
pilots. Port radio is available.

198
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

3 Directions. Approaching from S shallow water extends 3 Useful mark:

about 5 cables off Punta Primera Agua, a low, sandy point, Wooden daymark, 9 m high, on the SW extremity of
situated 1 miles S of Loreto, and up to 2 cables off the Isla San Jos.
coast N to Loreto. A sandbank, with depths over it of Local knowledge is required.
37 m (12 ft), extends 2 cables offshore immediately S of
the river entrance. Punta San Everisto
4 Useful marks: 6.146
Loreto Lighthouse (silver metal framework tower, 1 Anchorage may be obtained in a cove, with a sandy
12 m in height) situated on the coast E of the beach at its head, situated on the S side of Punta San
town. Everisto (2454N, 11043W) (6.138). The coast
Piln de Parras (Sugarloaf) (2558N, 11130W). immediately S of the bay comprises rocky bluffs from 6 to
The buildings of a very large hotel in the centre of 15 m high; approaching from S the cove can be recognised
the town are prominent. by a group of buildings at its head. The cove has been
5 Anchorage. The anchorage is exposed to NE winds, used by vessels loading salt from lighters.
and, when these prevail with any force, a heavy sea is 2 The cove is about 7 cables wide and sheltered from all
raised; but in normal conditions it is a good anchorage. except SE winds. Anchorage may be obtained about
A good berth is about 5 cables offshore on the alignment 5 cables from the beach at the head of the cove in depths
(about 256) of Piln de Parras with the town church. of from 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft).
Anchorage may also be obtained, within 5 cables of the Local knowledge is required.
shore, in depths of from 6 to 13 m (18 to 43 ft), anywhere Baha San Carlos
off the low and sandy coast which extends about 4 miles N
6.147
to Punta Tierra Firme.
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
6 Jetty: 45 m long with depths from 15 to 3 m.
13 m (30 to 43 ft) in Baha San Carlos (2515N,
Basin. Breakwaters form a basin for smaller vessels.
11058W) which is entered NW of Roca Negra (6.139). At
Other facilities: hospital.
the head of the bay is the narrow entrance to a lagoon with
Supplies: provisions and fresh water in drums can be
a sand beach on each side.
delivered to vessels in the anchorage.
Local knowledge is required.
Communications: Loreto international airport 5 km.

Baha de San Marte

6.148
Anchorages 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de San Marte, a
slight indentation in the coast between Punta San Marcial
Chart 2323 (see 1.14) (2530N, 11101W) (6.139) and a steep rocky bluff,
Isla San Francisco 1 miles S. Great care is necessary on entering to avoid
6.144 the dangers extending SW from the S point of Punta San
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to Marcial.
18 m (30 to 60 ft) off a sand beach just W of the SE point 2 The anchorage is within 3 cables of a small sandy
of Isla San Francisco (2449N, 11035W) (6.104). The beach at the head of the bay in depths of from about 18 m
point is formed by a rocky head, 91 m high, connected to (60 ft).
the rest of the island by a low, sandy neck. Depths of less Local knowledge is required.
than 55 m (18 ft) extend 2 cables offshore on the N side Baha Agua Verde
of the point. 6.149
Local knowledge is required. 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, in Baha
Agua Verde, a small bay about 7 cables wide, situated
Baha Amortajada about 2 miles W of Punta San Marcial (2530N,
11101W) (6.139). Punta San Pascual, a rocky bluff, 103 m
6.145
high, is the W entrance point of the bay; Solitaria, a large
1 Description. Baha Amortajada is entered between the
white rock, 35 m high, lies about 3 cables off this entrance
low, sandy spit (2451N, 11035W), which forms the SW
point. A good landing place is on the E side of the bay,
extremity of Isla San Jos (6.134), and Punta Salinas
close to a cliff faced point.
(4 miles NW), a sandy point with a steep sand hill, 15 m
Local knowledge is required.
high, immediately behind it. Isleta Cayo, an islet 12 m high
stands 7 cables NW of the SW extremity. There is a Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
lagoon of considerable size on the S side of the bay and Isla Danzante Primero
two salt lagoons in the vicinity of Punta Salinas. The head 6.150
of the bay is formed by a white, sandy beach, backed by 1 Anchorage may be obtained off a stretch of sandy
tall cactus trees. beach on the SW side of Isla Danzante Primero (2546N,
2 A light (white round concrete tower orange bands, 10 m 11114W) (6.136), but elsewhere there is deep water close
in height) (position approximate) stands near the head of inshore.
the bay. Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained, protected from all winds,
in the S part of the bay, in depths of 13 m (43 ft), or in the Baha de Chenque
N part of the bay S of Punta Salinas, at from 1 to 6.151
1 cables from the shore, in depths of from 11 to 22 m 1 Baha de Chenque is small bay situated 1 miles NW of
(36 ft to 12 fm); anchorage may also be obtained N of the Punta Coyote (2548N, 11118W) (6.142), which affords
point. protection from all winds except those from NW. An

199
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

island, 12 m high, lies in the entrance to the bay. The bay Local knowledge is required.
is entered N of the island as the passage S of it is shallow. 3 Directions. Punta Perico should be given a good berth
Local knowledge is required. on entering to avoid a bank, with a depth over its extremity
of 11 m (36 ft), which extends from the W side of the
point.
Punta Nopol Useful marks.
6.152 Disused lighthouse standing at the head of the bay.
1 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in a Light (metal beacon, 4 m in height) (25594N,
shallow cove, open N, which is entered close W of Punta 111064W) marking a wreck.
Nopol (2555N, 11121W) (6.140). 4 Anchorage may be obtained, in good holding ground,
Local knowledge is required. protected from all winds except those from between SE and
SSW, in depths of about 10 m (33 ft) over heavy mud.
Occasional squalls may be expected in August and
Isla Coronados September.
6.153
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with protection from
strong SE winds, N of the spit (6.140) which extends SW
from Isla Coronados (2608N, 11116W) (6.136). In fresh ISLA CORONADOS TO
NW winds anchorage may be obtained in the lee of the PUERTO SANTA ROSALIA
higher land on the SE side of the island.
Local knowledge is required.
General information

Puerto Ballandra Chart 2324

6.154 Route
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Puerto Ballandra, a 6.158
small but spectacular cove situated 1 miles S of Punta 1 From the vicinity of Isla Coronados (2608N,
Cholla (2602N, 11112W) (6.140) on the W side of Isla 11116W) the passage leads NNW for about 32 miles to
Carmen (6.134). There are depths of about 9 m (30 ft) in the vicinity of Isla Ildefonso (2637N, 11125W), thence
most parts of the bay, the entrance to which is about NW for about 63 miles to the approaches to Puerto Santa
3 cables in width between two high promontories; a sandy Rosalia (2720N, 11217W).
beach and a small lagoon lie at the head of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Topography
6.159
Baha de Oto 1 For the most part the coastline is bold and rocky with
6.155 several salient points off which there are detached islets
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from S winds, in and rocks; there are occasional sandy beaches between the
Baha de Oto, the bay formed between Punta Cholla rocky outcrops. In places, areas of fertile plain lie between
(2602N, 11112W) (6.140) and Punta Tintorera, a steep the coast and the mountains close inland.
bluff, 24 m high (2 miles NE), on the NW side of Isla
Carmen (6.134).
Local knowledge is required. Landmarks
6.160
1 Isla Coronados (2608N, 11116W) (6.136).
Puerto de la Lancha Double peak (721 m (2368 ft) high) (2617N,
6.156 11127W).
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 5 to Isla Ildefonso (2637N, 11125W), a steep-to, barren
13 m (15 to 43 ft), over a bottom of sand, sheltered from S rocky islet just over 1 mile in length.
winds, in Puerto de la Lancha, a bay entered between Pico Colorado (2643N, 11142W).
Punta Tintorera (2604N, 11108W) (6.155) and Punta 2 Peak (742 m (2434 ft) high) (5 miles NW of Pico
Lobos (about 3 miles E) (6.137), on the N coast of Isla Colorado), remarkable for its whitish coloured
Carmen (6.134). Close E of the bay is a deserted village, appearance.
and a cove with a stream at its head. Isla San Marcos (2711N, 11206W) (6.163).
Local knowledge is required. Isla Tortuga (2726N, 11153W), a steep-to, hilly
and barren island.

Baha de Salinas
6.157 Directions
1 Description. Baha de Salinas, on the E side of Isla (continued from 6.141)
Carmen (6.134), is entered between Punta Perico (2557N, 6.161
11104W) (6.137) and Punta Blanca, a steep bluff from 1 From a position NE of Isla Coronados (2608N,
which rocks extend for about 1 cable (about 3 miles W). 11116W) the passage leads NNW passing (with positions
2 At the head of the bay, separated from the sea by a from Isla Ildefonso (2637N, 11125W)):
shingle beach, is a large salt pond. There is a settlement on ENE of an area of shallow water which extends
the beach, and a pier used for loading salt into lighters for 2 cables to seaward from the narrow entrance,
transfer to vessels at anchor; there is a depth of 55 m at not easily identified, of Arroyo de San Bruno
the head of the pier. (26 miles S), thence:

200
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

2 ENE of Punta Mangles (21 miles S), which is height) from the NE side of the N islet; a light
surmounted by a hill 30 m high; it is the S (silver truncated pyramidal tower, 15 m in height)
extremity of a series of cliffs, marked by irregular is displayed from Punta Cacarizo on the N side of
patches of different colours, ranging from 60 to Punta Santa Ins. Thence:
90 m in height. Some detached rocks lie close off 5 NE of Punta Chivato (14 miles NNW), a low point
the point, and there is an isolated shoal, with a fringed by detached rocks, one of which is 8 m
depth over it of 128 m (42 ft), 2 cables SE of it. high, above which there is a conspicuous white
A group of rocks awash lies 1 mile offshore in a bluff; a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 15 m in
position 2 miles SSE of Punta Mangles. Thence: height) stands on the point. Thence:
3 ENE of Punta Mercenarios (18 miles S), a rocky cliff NE of Isla San Marcos (22 miles NNW) (6.163),
of dark sandstone surmounted by a red conical which is separated from the mainland by Canal de
hill, 158 m high. Two islets, 3 and 9 m high, San Marcos (6.166), thence:
respectively, lie close to a sandy point with a 6 SW of Isla Tortuga (33 miles N) (6.160); a light
jagged rocky bluff, 15 m high, at its extremity, (silver metal tower, 9 m in height) (position
situated 7 cables N of Punta Mercenarios; a rock approximate) is displayed from the S side of the
18 m high stands 2 cables E of the point. island, and a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 9 m
Thence: in height) (position approximate) is displayed from
4 ENE of Punta San Basilio (2 miles NNW of Punta the N side of the island. And:
Mercenarios), a steep-to, rocky, red sandstone cliff, 7 NE of Punta Santa Agueda (2719N, 11215W), a
15 m high, surmounted by a hill 137 m high; the low, sandy point from where a light (metal tower,
point is fringed by detached rocks. Thence: 12 m in height) is displayed. A shallow bank
5 ENE of Punta Plpito (7 miles S), a bold headland, extends cable NW from the point and an islet
about 140 m high, which stands at the extremity of lies close inshore about 2 cables W of the point. A
a peninsula which projects 5 cables from the group of detached rocks lie close inshore from
general line of the coast, and is connected to the 1 mile to 5 cables S of Punta Santa Agueda.
mainland W by a low neck. Detached rocks extend (Directions continue at 6.224)
1 cable from the point. Thence:
6 Either side of Isla Ildefonso (6.160), which has been Isla San Marcos
reported (1995) to lie 1 mile E of its charted General information
position. A light (white truncated metal tower, red 6.163
bands, 10 m in height) is displayed from the N 1 Position and function. Isla San Marcos (2711N,
side of the island, and a reef extends 2 cables 11206W) a large, barren island, lies about 2 miles off
from the N extremity the coast midway between Punta Chivato (6.162) and
6.162 Caleta de San Lucas (6.184). Gypsum is exported from a
1 Thence the track leads NW, passing (with positions from pier situated on the W side of the island.
Punta Concepcin (2653N, 11150W)): Caution. The island is reported (1995) to lie 1 mile
NE of Punta Santa Teresa (19 miles SE), a rocky farther E than charted.
point surmounted by a small, pointed hill, and Traffic. In 2002 the port was used by 33 vessels.
which is fringed by detached rocks; a light
(truncated metal tower, 7 m in height) (position Maximum size of vessel handled
approximate) stands on the point, and a prominent 6.164
peak, 291 m high, stands 1 mile SW of the point. 1 Vessels up to 40 000 dwt, maximum LOA 109 m and
Punta Santa Teresa has been reported (1995) to lie draught 96 m.
1 mile E of its charted position. Thence: Arrival information
2 NE of Punta Colorado (14 miles SE), a high, 6.165
reddish bluff, fringed by detached rocks. Rocks, 1 Port radio is available.
some above water, extend up to 2 cables off the Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
coast between Punta Santa Teresa and Punta Anchorage may be obtained about 5 cables W of the
Colorado. Thence: pier in depths of 15 to 18 m. Anchorage may also be
3 NE of Punta Concepcin, a low, ill defined point, 9 m obtained E of Roca Lobos (6.167) but care is necessary to
high, fringed by rocks both N and W of it; it is avoid the 55 m (18 ft) shoal situated 1 mile ENE of the
the extremity of the peninsula which forms the E rock.
side of Baha Concepcin (6.181). Shoal water and 2 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing. The
reefs extend up to 5 cables offshore between Punta pilot usually boards from a launch off the pier, otherwise
Colorado and Punta Concepcin; patches of he boards off Puerto de Santa Rosalia, 12 miles NW.
reddish water (6.3) are observed frequently off this
part of the coast. Thence: Directions
4 NE of Islas Santa Ins (10 miles NNW), a group of 6.166
three islets surrounded by shoals and below-water 1 Dangers extend from the N and S extremities of the
rocks, which lie from 2 to 3 miles SE of Punta island but the remainder of the coastline is generally
Santa Ins, a low, rocky point surmounted by a steep-to with detached rocks and islets lying within 3 cables
small hill. The flora and fauna of these islands are of the shore. Lights (truncated pyramidal towers) are
protected. The S islet is the largest; the other islets displayed from the vicinity of the N and NW extremities of
are 18 and 46 m high, respectively. A light the island, and from the vicinity of the gypsum terminal.
(truncated pyramidal towers, 15 m in height) is Dangers north of the island. Three white islets, 3 to
displayed from the S extremity of the S islet and a 12 m high, and a number of detached rocks, extend
light (white round tower, red bands, 15 m in 5 cables N from the island.

201
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

2 Canal de San Marcos. A rocky spit, with depths over it 2 In general the prevailing wind is NW and raises a sea,
of less than 55 m (18 ft), extends 1 miles S from the low which, whilst uncomfortable for boats, is not dangerous to
sandy tongue which forms the S extremity of the island. shipping.
Roca Lobos, a small rock, 6 m high, lies on the E side of In bad weather the best anchorage for small vessels is in
the rocky spit about 5 cables from the S extremity of the depths of 15 m (48 ft), close N of the harbour on the
island. Canal de San Marcos, the narrow passage about approach alignment (6.172).
1 mile wide and 64 m (21 ft) deep between the extremity Pilotage is compulsory and is available 08001800; if
of the spit and the mainland, should not be attempted required outside these hours prior request must be made.
without local knowledge. The pilot boards off the port entrance from a white launch.
3 Around the S end of the island, between positions on Tugs are not available.
the E and W sides, respectively about 2 and 1 miles
from its S extremity, the coast is fringed by a bank with Harbour
depths over it of less than 55 m (18 ft) which extends 6.171
3 cables offshore in places. 1 The harbour, which is entered from SE, is enclosed by
two breakwaters leaving an entrance 128 m wide. A
light-buoy marks the extent of the shoal water on the W
Gypsum terminal side of the E breakwater head.
6.167 Climate. During the summer the heat is excessive.
1 A pier projecting 365 m from the shore with a T-head
137 m in length with a depth alongside of 91 m extends Directions
from the W side of the island in a position about 1 miles 6.172
from its S extremity. Lights are displayed from each end of 1 It is recommended that landfall be made off Isla Tortuga
the T-head. (2726N, 11153W) (6.160) (chart 2324), thence course be
Supplies. Fresh water available. set for the harbour entrance.
Approach leading marks:
The alignment (249) of two chimneys, about 450 m
Puerto Santa Rosalia apart (2720N, 11217W), leads to a position
close N of the harbour.
Chart 3061 plan of Puerto Santa Rosalia and approaches 2 Entry leading lights: (not charted)
General information Front light (white round concrete tower, 9 m in
6.168 height) (27205N, 112158W); situated in the N
1 Position. Puerto Santa Rosalia is a small artificial part of the harbour.
harbour situated between Punta Santa Agueda (2719N, Rear light, (similar structure, 12 m in height) (30 m
11215W) (6.162), and Punta Blanca (2 miles NW). The NNW from front light). The rear light has a
town has a population of about 10 000. greater range than the front light.
Function. The port, which is a port of entry, provided 3 The alignment (328) of these lights leads through the
an outlet for the export of locally mined ore though this harbour entrance.
trade has declined in recent years and the infrastructure is Useful marks:
reported to be in poor condition. Cruise ships visit. Lights (white round concrete towers, 6 m in height)
Traffic. In 2002, 7 vessels totalling 219 548 dwt called. stand on the head of each breakwater.
Berths
Limiting conditions 6.173
6.169 1 There are two principal berths, alongside which depths
1 Depths in the approach decrease from 37 m (20 fm) at range from 41 to 64 m; the berths were reported (1994) to
2 cables from the entrance to a depth of about 10 m be in poor condition.
(29 ft) midway between the breakwater heads where the
navigable width of the channel is reduced to about 80 m by Port services
a shoal extending from the E breakwater. An isolated shoal 6.174
depth of 6 m (18 ft) lies close E of the E breakwater head. 1 Repairs: minor repairs only; slipway with capacity
There are depths of between 5 to 9 m (16 to 29 ft) in the E 305 tonnes, but reported to be in poor condition.
side of the harbour but the W side is shoal. Other facilities: hospital.
2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Supplies: limited supplies of gasoline, diesel, lubricants
Mean maximum range about 14 m. and provisions; limited supply of fresh water in the summer
Maximum size of vessel handled. In 1970 it was months.
reported that vessels over 90 m in length had difficulty Communications: local airport; regular ferry service to
manoeuvring in the harbour. Maximum draught permitted is Guaymas (6.51).
reported to be 73 m.
Anchorages and bays
Arrival information Chart 2324
6.170 Punta Mangles
1 Port radio operates on VHF channels 16/12; the signal 6.175
station is located on the W side of the harbour. 1 Anchorage, with shelter from NW winds, can be
Anchorage may be obtained outside the harbour, close obtained 5 cables offshore S of Punta Mangles (2617N,
inshore, in depths of from 24 to 13 m (13 to 7 fm) in good 11123W) (6.161) in depths of from 9 to 16 m (30 to
holding ground. The coast is steep-to between Punta Santa 53 ft), care being taken to avoid the group of rocks awash
Agueda and the port, but is fronted by a bank to a distance lying 2 miles SSE of the point.
of about 2 cables between the port and Punta Blanca. Local knowledge is required.

202
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Puerto Santa Rosalia from NE (6.171)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Caleta de San Juanico (30 to 60 ft). Numerous detached rocks, some of which lie
6.176 up to 2 cables offshore, line the W side of the anchorage.
1 Caleta de San Juanico entered S of Punta San Basilio 2 Local knowledge is required.
(2623N, 11125W) (6.161), is an open cove on the Tidal streams are reported to be strong in this vicinity.
shores of which are some yellow bluffs and sand beaches; Landing may be effected on a sandy beach on the N
there are a number of rocks, some above-water, in its W side of the bay.
and N parts.
Local knowledge is required. Baha San Nicols
6.179
Baha San Basilio 1 Description. Baha San Nicols is entered between
6.177 Punta Plpito (2631N, 11127W) (6.161), and Punta
1 Baha San Basilio lies between Punta San Basilio Santa Teresa (10 miles NNW) (6.162). Several streams flow
(2623N, 11125W) (6.161), and Rocas de la Gaviota into the S part of the bay, the shores of which are low; the
situated close inshore, 5 miles NNW. The shores of the bay W shore consists of bluffs off which lie detached rocks. A
consist of low bluffs alternating with sand and pebble shoal, on which the sea breaks, extends N for 2 cables
beaches. from Punta San Antonio, a rocky bluff 5 m high, situated
Local knowledge is required. 1 miles NW of Punta Plpito.
2 Shelter for small craft may be afforded in Baha de los
Fondeadero del Plpito Puercos, a cove situated about 4 miles S of Punta Santa
6.178 Teresa. The N and S sides of the cove comprise sheer,
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with shelter from NW craggy cliffs, about 15 m high; rocky ledges extend from
winds, in Fondeadero del Plpito close S of Punta Plpito the N and S entrance points. Entry should be made in
(2631N, 11127W) (6.161). A good position is 2 cables mid-channel and anchorage obtained in a depth of about
offshore, 6 cables S of Punta Plpito in depths of 9 to 18 m 6 m (20 ft), sand, about 50 m from the mixed gravel and

203
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

sand beach at the head of the cove; swinging room is 8 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the bay in fine
restricted. weather, but, with NW gales, a heavy sea runs into the
Local knowledge is required. bay; on such occasions anchorage may be found under the
lee of one of the islets in Ensenada de Coyote.
Baha de San Lino
6.180
Fondeadero del Muleg
1 Baha de San Lino, which lies on the S side of Punta
6.182
Colorado (2644N, 11138W) (6.162), affords shelter in
1 Description. Fondeadero del Muleg lies between Cerro
offshore winds in depths of from 7 to 15 m (24 to 48 ft).
El Sombrerito (2654N, 11158W), a high rock, shaped
Local knowledge is required.
like a pyramid on a round base, and Punta Prieta, a low,
dark coloured bluff (7 cables N).
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
2 Cerro El Sombrerito stands on the N side of the mouth
Baha Concepcin of Ro Santa Rosalia which flows into the gulf as a lushly
6.181 vegetated tidal lake; Roca Equipalito, a conical rock, stands
1 General information. Baha Concepcin is entered on the S side of the mouth. The town of Muleg, with a
between Punta Aguja, situated about 2 miles SW of Punta population of about 5000, is situated in a fertile valley on
Concepcin (2653N, 11150W) (6.162), and Isla El Gallo the banks of the river about 2 miles from its mouth; it has
(Punta Gallito) (3 miles W) and extends about 22 miles an airstrip. The river entrance is obstructed with rocks and
SSE; it provides good shelter. Punta Aguja is a sharp, shoals and is only navigable by shallow draught craft.
rocky bluff from which detached rocks and shallow water 3 The land to the N and S of the anchorage is low and
extend for a short distance; Isla El Gallo is a conical rock, sandy.
connected to the mainland by a low sand spit, and almost Local knowledge is required.
surrounded by shallow water. Directions. A shallow bank, with depths of less than
2 The E shore of the bay trends SSE for about 10 miles to 5 m, extends 7 cables offshore for a distance of about
Punta San Ignacio (2643N, 11149W), then SE for about 1 miles SE of Roca Equipalito. When approaching the
12 miles to the head of the bay; it consists of sand and anchorage Pico Colorado (below) should be kept bearing
pebble beaches, from which the land slopes gradually to less than 276 as there is much foul ground near the coast
the mountains, and is fronted by a bank which, in general, S of that bearing.
extends from 2 to 5 cables offshore, but, in places, 4 Useful marks:
extends 7 cables offshore. Muleg Light (white round concrete tower, 12 m in
3 The W shore of the bay is less regular; Punta San height) (2654N, 11158W) (visible 181273
Pedro, a bold headland 30 m high, stands 5 miles SE of (92) which stands on Cerro El Sombrerito.
Isla El Gallo, and another bold headland, 61 m high, Pico Colorado (1 miles W of Cerro El Sombrerito),
connected to the mainland NNW by a sand spit, is situated a reddish peak which rises to an elevation of
3 miles farther S. Ensenada de Coyote, entered between the 255 m.
latter headland and a point situated 3 miles farther S, is 5 Anchorage, with good holding, may be obtained in
encumbered with a small number of islets and rocks, from depths of about 11 m (36 ft) 5 cables from the shore with
9 to 30 m high, which hinder navigation, especially in the Muleg Light bearing 259; S of this position there is
N part, which has not been closely surveyed. South-east of shallow water.
Ensenada de Coyote the coast continues for 7 miles as a The anchorage is dangerous with strong NW winds and
series of rocky bluffs with intervening sand beaches, after should be abandoned if a gale threatens from that quarter.
which it is steep-to as far as the head of the bay. 6 Caution. A shallow patch with a depth of 39 m (13 ft)
4 The shore at the head of the bay, known as La Pasajera, lies 3 cables E of Cerro El Sombrerito.
is low and sandy; there is a lagoon at its W end which is Berth. There is a wharf 60 m long at El Farito close to
fronted by a shallow bank to a distance of 5 cables. Muleg Lighthouse with a depth alongside of 17 m.
Local knowledge is required. Supplies: fresh water and diesel in drums.
5 Directions. For the first 5 miles from the entrance the
bay gradually narrows, and then opens out to a width of
from 3 to 4 miles; there is a least width of about 1 mile in Baha Santa Ins
the navigable channel before the bay begins to open out. 6.183
Reports in the past have indicated there are depths of 52 m 1 Description. Baha Santa Ins is an open bay which lies
(17 ft) in places in the entrance channel. In 1961, an between Punta Prieta (2655N, 11158W) (6.182) and
obstruction, with a depth over it of 18 m (6 ft), was Punta Santa Ins (9 miles N) (6.162). The shores of the bay
reported to exist in the fairway about 8 miles SSE of Punta are for the most part low and sandy. Santa Magdalena
San Pedro. Plains, several miles in width, which are dry, barren and
6 Useful marks: covered with rocks, extend inland on the N side of the bay.
Punta Aguja Light (truncated metal tower, 15 m in The remains of an extensive irrigating aqueduct may still
height) (2652N, 11151W). be seen on the N edge of the plains. Las Barracas,
Isla El Gallo Light (metal truncated tower) (2652N, prominent table topped hills, the highest 90 m high,
11155W). separated from the coastal range by a valley, stand in the
7 Prominent radio tower (about 2 miles SSW of Isla vicinity of Punta Santa Ins.
El Gallo), painted with red and white bands and 2 Islas Santa Ins (6.162) lie in the N side of the bay
showing red obstruction lights. between 2 and 3 miles SE of Punta Santa Ins. There is a
Isla Pitahaya Light (white metal framework tower, red clear passage, with depths generally from 6 to 9 m (20 to
bands, concrete base, 6 m in height) (8 miles 30 ft), between the group and Punta Santa Ins, but shoal
SSE of Isla El Gallo), standing on an island at the patches, with depths of less than 5 m (16 ft), lie mainly in
N entrance to Exsenada de Coyote. the centre of the passage.

204
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

3 There are depths of 9 m (30 ft) close inshore in the S Caleta de San Lucas
part of the bay, but the N part is shallower with depths of 6.184
less than 55 m (18 ft), 7 cables offshore. 1 Caleta de San Lucas (2712N, 11213W) is a spacious
Local knowledge is required. cove in which small craft may obtain anchorage. The cove
Useful marks: is entered N of a sandy islet near the middle of the narrow
Punta Colorado (1 mile NW of Punta Prieta), a entrance.
reddish coloured bluff at the foot of a lateral spur 2 The coastline in the approaches to the bay is, in general
of the hills. low and sandy, with occasional bluffs, and is fronted by a
4 Monument (2700N, 11201W) standing on the bank which extends from 3 to 4 cables offshore in places.
beach; it marks the S boundary of the Santa A prominent point, surmounted by a red mound, 18 m
Magdalena Plains. high, stands 3 miles N of the entrance to the cove
Anchorage may be obtained, 5 cables offshore, under Local knowledge is required.
the lee of Punta Santa Ins in depths of about 8 m (27 ft);
some detached rocks lie 5 cables W of the point.

GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA NORTHERN PART EAST SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION island is mainly low and sandy; the S and W coasts steep,
with rocky bluffs above which the land rises abruptly. The
Chart 2324
tribe of Seris Indians inhabit the island.
Area covered
6.185 Exercise area
1 The area covered by this section comprises: 6.189
Cabo Haro to Isla Tiburn (6.187). 1 A firing practice area is centred on 2810N, 11140W),
Isla Tiburn to Cabo Lobos (6.202). as shown on the chart.
Cabo Lobos to Ro Colorado (6.210).
Principal marks
Natural conditions 6.190
6.186 1 Landmarks:
1 See 6.3. Las Tetas de Cabra (2758N, 11106W), two
remarkable peaks which rise to an elevation of
CABO HARO TO ISLA TIBURN 498 m 5 cables from the coast.
Isla San Pedro Nolasco (2759N, 11122W), a
General information barren island of volcanic origin.
Cerro Bocana (Morro Colorado) (2818N, 11126W),
Chart 2324
a remarkable reddish coloured headland.
Route 2 Isla San Pedro Mrtir (2823N, 11220W), a barren
6.187 island.
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Haro (2750N, 11053W) Isla Turners (2843N, 11219W), a small barren
the passage leads NW for about 108 miles to the vicinity of island.
Punta Willard, the W extremity of Isla Tiburn. Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W), a barren rocky
Topography island, which, for the most part, comprises almost
6.188 perpendicular cliffs, from 30 to 150 m high,
1 A series of bays, backed by high land, indent the coast separated by short stretches of shingle and gravel
between Cabo Haro and Punta San Antonio, 13 miles beach.
WNW, thence the coast, initially low and sandy becomes 3 Major light:
high and barren with high bluffs alternating with short, Cabo Haro Light (2750N, 11053W) (6.61).
sandy beaches, as far as Cerro Bocana (Morro Colorado)
(2818N, 11126W) (6.190); above-water rocks fringe the Directions
coast in places. (continued from 6.41)
2 Between Cerro Bocana and Punta Kino (about 39 miles 6.191
NW) the coast is low and sandy and is known locally as 1 From a position WSW of Cabo Haro (2750N,
Llanuras de San Juan Bautista. Ro de la Poza flows over 11053W) the passage leads NW passing (with positions
these plains and divides into several branches on nearing from Cabo Haro):
the coast. During the dry season it is absorbed into the SW of Cabo Arco (3 miles WNW), a high, rocky
plains, but, in the rainy season, it flows across them and bluff, above which the land rises to a height of
pushes large quantities of sand into the gulf creating 250 m. Isla Lobos, a detached rock 38 m high
extensive shoals along this part of the coast, particularly in stands close to the coast 2 cables WNW of the
the vicinity of Punta Baja (6.191). cape, and a pinnacle rock, position approximate,
3 The coastline N of Punta Kino, as far as the entrance to lies about mile SE; see chart 42. Thence:
Canal del Infiernillo (17 miles NW) (6.192), is indented by 2 SW of Punta Doble (12 miles WNW), the S
a bay, thence, it continues steep before becoming low and extremity of a headland from 75 to 100 m high
sandy in the approaches to the channel. which projects nearly 1 mile S from the general
Isla Tiburn (2900N, 11225W), the largest island in line of the coast, thence:
Golfo de California is a high, rugged island, separated from SW of Punta San Antonio (13 miles WNW), a low,
the mainland E by a narrow channel. The E coast of the rocky point with a detached rock, 9 m high, close

205
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

to its NW side; Las Tetas de Cabra (6.190) lie and surrounded by rocks, lies in the passage,
close inland.. Thence: 1 miles wide, between the island and Punta
3 SW of Isleta Venado (15 miles WNW), a steep and Monumento, a rocky bluff forming the S extremity
rocky islet, 46 m high, the outermost and largest of of Isla Tiburn. The passage N of the rock has
Los Algodones, three islets that lie within depths of about 9 m (30 ft) in it, and there is a
1 miles of the coast. A detached rock, 15 m boat passage S of the rock, but neither should be
high, lies 4 cables E of Isleta Venado. The attempted without local knowledge. Thence:
innermost islet, Isleta San Luis, is 9 m high, and 12 NE of Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) (6.190),
there is a passage cable wide between it and the from where a light (white truncated metal tower,
mainland. Isleta Doble, the smallest islet, lies 12 m in height) (position approximate) is
between the other two. Thence: displayed. A rock, 76 m high, connected to the
4 SW of Punta San Eduardo (17 miles WNW), a shore W by a rocky reef, lies 2 cables offshore
rocky bluff, 18 m high, above which the land rises 1 mile N of the SE extremity of the island, and a
to Cerro Algodones, 2 miles inland; a rock awash steep-to bank, with depths over it of less than
lies just outside an islet situated close to the coast 11 m (36 ft), extends more than 5 cables offshore
7 cables SE of Punta San Eduardo. Thence: at the NE extremity of the island. A low, shingle
SW of Punta San Pedro (24 miles NW), a bold, rocky spit, which is steep-to on either side, extends
headland, 160 m high, and: 7 cables SW from the island. Thence:
5 Either side of Isla San Pedro Nolasco (27 miles 13 SW and W of Punta Willard (2852N, 11236W),
WNW) (6.190), from the SE side of which a light the high W extremity of Isla Tiburn; a light
(silver metal tower, 13 m in height) (position (white framework tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed. The island is approximate) is displayed from the vicinity of the
inaccessible except at one place on the SE side point. La Piedra Blanca (White Rock) lies
where landing may be effected. Some detached 1 cables offshore 3 miles SE of Punta Willard.
rocks lie close to the S point of the island. (Directions continue at 6.205)
Thence:
6 SW of Punta Blanca (30 miles NW), a salient point. Canal del Infiernillo
A group of four rocks, 4 to 30 m high, lies
2 cables offshore, about midway between Punta Description
San Pedro and Punta Blanca. Thence: 6.192
SW of Las Piedras Blancas (33 miles NW), three 1 Canal del Infiernillo is the narrow and intricate channel,
white rocks, 1 miles apart, which lie 7 cables about 2 miles wide, which separates Isla Tiburn (6.188)
offshore between Punta Blanca and Punta Lesna, from the mainland. The N part of the channel is obstructed
5 miles farther NW; a light (silver metal tower, by shoals and the channel must be considered unsafe for all
13 m in height) is displayed from the vicinity of except small craft with local knowledge.
Punta Lesna. And: 2 It is entered between Punta Granito (2858N, 11213W)
7 Clear of the firing practice area (6.189) centered on the mainland, a low, sandy point, covered in bushes,
17 miles NW of Isla San Pedro Nolasco, thence: and Punta San Miguel, the E extremity of Isla Tiburn,
SW of Cerro Bocana (41 miles NW) (6.190), about 1 mile W, and leads N for about 17 miles to the
thence: vicinity of Punta Perla (2915N, 11219W), the NE
8 SW of Punta Baja (2828N, 11143W), a low sandy extremity of Isla Tiburn off which there is a sandy island
point which projects about 1 mile from the coast, 15 m high. The coast on both sides of the channel is low
and from where a light (white truncated metal and sandy.
tower, 13 m in height) (position approximate) is
displayed. A sandspit, with depths over it of less Bays and anchorages
than 55 m (18 ft), extends about 4 miles SW from Chart 42
the point and is reported to be extending farther Ensenada Carrizal
W, and SW. An isolated depth of 91 m (30 ft) 6.193
(charted as 33 ft) lies 14 miles W of Punta Baja 1 Description. Ensenada Carrizal is a small bay, 6 cables
and there is probably less water between this wide, entered from S between Punta Mezquite (2752N,
position and the point. See also 6.188. Thence: 11055W), a bluff point, and Cabo Arco (1 miles W)
9 NE of Isla San Pedro Mrtir (2823N, 11220W) (6.191). Depths range from 30 m at the entrance to 5 m
(6.190), from where a light (white truncated metal (16 ft) towards its head.
tower, 9 m in height) (position approximate) is Local knowledge is required.
displayed; several detached rocks lie within
5 cables of the S side of the island. Thence: Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
SW of Punta Kino (2845N, 11158W), a point of Ensenada de Bacochibampo
moderate elevation backed by a group of hills 6.194
407 m high, and: 1 Description. Ensenada de Bacochibampo
10 Clear of, depending on draught, a bank with depths (Bocochibampo) is a small open bay situated 3 miles N of
over it of 274 m (15 fm) (8 miles NW of Isla San Cabo Arco (2752N, 11058W) (6.191); it is a resort for
Pedro Mrtir), soft mud, which covers an area of Guaymas (6.51). The bay is entered between Punta
about 3 square miles, but whose full extent has not Colorado (2 miles NNW of Cabo Arco), a salient
yet been determined, thence: headland, 18 m high, connected to the mainland by a
11 SW of Isla Turners (2843N, 11219W) (6.190), narrow strip of sandy beach, and Punta Boco, about 1 mile
from where a light (white round stone tower. 6 m farther N; Isla Blanca, 30 m high, stands 1 cables NW of
in height) is displayed. Roca de la Foca, 46 m high Punta Colorado, and dangers extend 2 cables SW from

206
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Punta Boco. Several rocks, the largest 12 m high, lie close Estero de Tacitota
inshore between Cabo Arco and Isla Blanca. 6.198
2 Depths decrease rapidly towards the head of the bay, 1 Anchorage may be obtained in fine weather, in depths
behind the shore of which there is a shallow lagoon of about 11 m (36 ft), off the extremity of shoal ground
accessible only to boats. The resort area of Miramar stands which extends up to 1 mile from the entrance to Estero de
on the spit which separates the lagoon from the sea. Tacitota (Tastiota) (2822N, 11129W).
Local knowledge is required. Local knowledge is required.
3 Landmark: Useful mark:
Cerro Bacochibampo (2 miles NNE), a mountain with Cerro Bocana (2818N, 11126W) (6.190).
two peaks, which attains an elevation of 500 m on
the N side of the bay. Baha Kino
Dangers north of the entrance (positioned from Punta 6.199
Colorado): 1 Description. Baha Kino, which is entered between
4 Isla Candelero (1 miles NW), an island 11 m high, Punta Kino (2845N, 11158W) and a dark bluff, 53 m
fringed by detached rocks. high, situated about 7 miles NNW, is shallow throughout its
Isla de Enmedio (2 miles NW), an island 6 m high, greater part but provides anchorage and shelter for small
fringed by detached rocks. vessels. Laguna de La Cruz, an extensive lagoon at the
Anchorage may be obtained in the bay, about 5 cables head of the bay, has an entrance about 5 cables wide with
offshore in depths of about 8 m (26 ft). depths of 27 m over the bar. The town of Kino with its
old fishing village, and modern resort, stands on the NE
Ensenada San Francisco side of the bay.
6.195 2 Isla Pelcano, a prominent island, lies in the N part of
1 Description. Ensenada San Francisco (2756N, the bay, 1 mile from the E shore; there are depths of 32 m
11102W) is a large open bay which lies between the (10 ft) between the island and the shore.
entrances to Ensenada de Bacochibampo (6.194), on its E Local knowledge is required.
side, and Baha de San Carlos (6.196) on its W side. The E Useful marks:
shore is mostly rocky and backed by high land; the N Isla Pelcano Light (white metal framework tower,
shore is low and sandy, the low land extending well into 7 m in height) (2848N, 11200W).
the interior; the NW shore is hilly. A sharp peak 451 m (1480 ft) in height (5 miles
2 Estero del Soldado, an extensive lagoon, opens out in NNW of Isla Pelcano Light).
the NE side of the bay; a reef of rocks extends SE for
5 cables from close S of the entrance to this lagoon. Anchorages on the south side of Isla Tiburn
Isla Chapetona, an islet 12 m high, fringed by detached 6.200
rocks, stands in the NW part of the bay. 1 South-east point. Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered
Local knowledge is required. from the predominant winds, in depths of 9 m (30 ft), in a
bay on the N side of the SE point (2845N, 11216W) of
Isla Tiburn (6.188). The point comprises a high headland
Baha de San Carlos
at the end of a narrow peninsula on which there are two
6.196
hills separated by a strip of low land.
1 Description. Baha de San Carlos (2757N, 11104W)
2 Punta Risco Colorado. Anchorage may also be
is a small, landlocked harbour which affords good shelter
obtained, sheltered from NW winds, in depths of 9 m
for small vessels; it is a holiday resort with a marina. It is
(30 ft), 2 cables offshore in the bay formed between
entered close E of Punta Doble (6.191) between Punta San
Punta Monumento (2844N, 11221W) (6.191) and Punta
Guillermo, a rocky point fringed by detached rocks, and
Risco Colorado (about 2 miles WNW), a sharp, rocky
Punta Paredones, a bluff point 3 cables N. A light (white
point of reddish colour.
metal framework tower, 9 m in height) is displayed from
3 Local knowledge is required.
Punta San Guillermo and a light (silver framework tower,
Useful mark:
9 m in height) is displayed from Punta Paredones.
Isla Turners Light (2843N, 11219W) (6.191).
Islets lie off the entrance to the harbour.
2 Local knowledge is required. Anchorage on west side of Isla Tiburn
Depths in the approach range from 13 to 6 m (42 to 6.201
19 ft), and in the harbour from 3 to 1 m (9 to 3 ft). It is 1 Punta Willard. Anchorage is possible, with local
reported two dangerous wrecks lie in the inner reaches of knowledge, about 1 miles E of Punta Willard (2852N,
the harbour. 11236W) (6.191) and near the shore in a depth of about
Supplies: fresh water and fuel at the marina. 13 m (42 ft).
Useful mark: Punta Willard Light (6.191).
Baha San Pedro
6.197
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 9 m, ISLA TIBURN TO CABO LOBOS
with shelter from NW winds, in Baha San Pedro, a small
cove situated SE of Punta San Pedro (2803N, 11116W) General information
(6.191). The entrance to the cove, which lies between
rocky heads, is about 3 cables wide, with depths of from Chart 2324
9 to 146 m (30 to 48 ft), decreasing towards the shore. Route
2 In 1993 it was reported that a wreck, with a depth over 6.202
it of 274 m (15 fm), marked by a buoy, lay in the vicinity 1 From the vicinity of Punta Willard (2852N, 11236W)
of Baha San Pedro. to that of Cabo Lobos the coastal passage leads generally
Local knowledge is required. N for about 64 miles.

207
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Topography depths of 15 m (50 ft). The anchorage is protected from

6.203 NW winds.
1 Isla Tiburn is described at 6.188. 3 Pilotage and tugs. The pilot boards at Guaymas, from
The mainland coast between Cabo Tepopa (2920N, where a tug can also be provided.
11226W), and Cabo Lobos (37 miles NW), consists Useful mark.
mainly of sand and shingle beaches, with occasional rocky Light (white truncated metal tower, 9 m in height) is
bluffs, backed close inland by a range of hills rising to displayed from the vicinity of the port.
over 700 m in height. 4 Berth. A dolphin pier, aligned 125305, is connected
to the shore NNE by a catwalk 900 m in length; the pier is
Landmarks capable of accommodating tankers up to 60 000 dwt and
6.204 maximum draught 128 m. It is reported a racon transmits
1 Isla Patos (2916N, 11228W), a small, barren, from the berth; lights (round towers) stand on each end of
steep-to island, whitened by guano, which rises to the pier.
a conical hill on its NW side. Port services: hospital; local airport.
Cabo Lobos Lighthouse (white round tower, red
bands, 17 m in height) (2954N, 11245W). Anchorages
Baha Agua Dulce
Directions 6.207
(continued from 6.191) 1 Description. Baha Agua Dulce is entered between the
6.205 NW point (6.205) of Isla Tiburn (2911N, 11229W)
1 From a position W of Punta Willard (2852N, (6.188), and the N point of the same island (5 miles E), a
11236W) the passage leads N passing (with positions high, bluff point. The land behind the bay slopes gradually
from Punta Willard): from the beach and presents a fertile appearance.
W of groups of detached rocks, 25 m (8 ft) high, 2 Local knowledge is required.
lying 1 cable offshore, 1 and 13 miles NNE, Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from SE winds,
respectively, thence: 7 cables offshore in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
W of the NW point of Isla Tiburn (21 miles NNE) Isla Patos
(6.188), a rocky bluff fringed by detached rocks,
6.208
which is surmounted by a hill 342 m high, thence:
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in NW winds, in depths of
2 W of Isla Patos (26 miles NNE) (6.204), from where
9 m (30 ft), sand, 2 cables from the beach on the S side
a light (white stone tower, 6 m in height) is
of Isla Patos (2916N, 11228W) (6.204).
displayed. The passages, 5 miles wide between Isla
Care must be taken not to approach within 2 cables of
Patos and Isla Tiburn, and 4 miles wide between
the low, shingle point on the SW side of the island, as
Isla Patos and the mainland, are clear of dangers.
shoals extend from it for some distance.
Thence:
Local knowledge is required.
3 W of Cabo Tepopa (31 miles NNE), a bold, rocky
headland, which rises to Cerro Tepopa, the highest Punta Sargento
of a group of hills which are separated from the 6.209
coastal range, 5 miles E, by low sandy plains. 1 Description. Punta Sargento (2917N, 11222W) is a
Thence: barren, rocky hill, 46 m high which is connected to the
4 W of a shoal with depths over it of less than 55 m mainland, 1 miles NW, by a low narrow neck of land
(18 ft) which extends 7 cables offshore from the which is partly covered at HW springs; bays are formed on
vicinity of Ro de San Ignacio (about 40 miles either side of the point. At the head of the bay is the outlet
NNE); a light (white metal tower, 13 m in height) of a lagoon; the beach at the head of the bay is very flat
(position approximate) is displayed from the river and dries for a distance of about 1 mile.
mouth. Thence: 2 Local knowledge is required.
5 W of Cabo Lobos (64 miles N), a high, rocky Anchorage may be obtained in the small bay W of
headland, fringed by rocks, which rises to Cerro Punta Sargento, 5 cables offshore, in depths of 13 m (43 ft).
Lobos, 3 miles N; a light (6.204) is displayed from The bay E of the point is shallow and should be avoided.
the point.
(Directions continue at 6.213)
CABO LOBOS TO RO COLORADO

Puerto Libertad General information

Chart 2324
General information Route
6.206 6.210
1 Description. Puerto Libertad (2954N, 11242W) is 1 From the vicinity of Cabo Lobos (2954N, 11245W)
situated at the head of a bay sheltered from NW by the to that of Punta Baja (Bajo) (3133N, 11418W), the E
high land surrounding Cabo Lobos (6.205). It is an entrance point to Ro Colorado, the coastal passage leads
anchorage port, but alongside facilities are provided at a NW for about 140 miles.
pier, used for the discharge of oil to a nearby power
station, operated by Comision Federal Electricidad. The Topography
port is administered by Guaymas Port Authority (6.56). 6.211
2 Anchorage is reported to be obtainable in good holding 1 The coast between Cabo Lobos and Cabo Tepoca
ground, 8 cables NW or SW of the pier, in a depth of 50 m (23 miles NNW), is generally low and sandy at first, but,
(27 fm); or closer to Cabo Lobos, 5 cables offshore in for the last 10 miles, the beach is backed by sand cliffs,

208
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

from 7 to 15 m high. Close inland the coastal range is Peasco Light (6.212) is displayed from the point.
dominated by a peak 501 m (1642 ft) high, 9 miles N of Thence:
Cabo Lobos, and farther N by Pico Tienda de Campaa SW of Roca del Toro (Punta Choya) (5 miles
and Monte Plano, both square shouldered with sharp peaks WNW of Punta Peasco), a bold rocky point,
in the centre, standing 9 miles ESE and 6 miles ENE, thence:
respectively, of Cabo Tepoca. 6 SW of Punta Borrascosa (3130N, 11403W) from
2 The N extremity of the coastal range is reached about which shoal ground extends up to 5 miles offshore;
18 miles N of Cabo Tepoca, after which the coastline, a light (white round stone tower red bands, 11 m
formed into two large bays, becomes low and sandy with in height) is displayed from the point. Thence:
sandhills about 6 to 18 m high. Inland, Cerro Pinacate SW of Punta Baja (Bajo) (3133N, 11419W), a
(3146N, 11330W) is the summit of the N mountain low, sandy point, fringed by shoal ground up to a
range seen on this coast when coming from S. distance of 5 cables.
(Directions for Ro Colorado are given at 6.269)
Principal marks
6.212 Puerto Peasco
1 Landmarks: Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
Cabo Lobos Lighthouse (2954N, 11245W) (6.204).
General information
Cabo Tepoca Lighthouse (white round concrete tower,
6.214
red bands, 39 m in elevation) (3016N,
1 Description. Puerto Peasco lies at the head of Baha
11252W).
Punta Peasco, an open bay entered between Punta Peasco
Isla San Jorge (Georges Island) (3101N, 11316W),
(3118N, 11334W) (6.213) and Roca del Toro (5 miles
a barren rock covered in guano.
WNW) (6.213). The port, with a population of about
2 Puerto Peasco Lighthouse (white truncated metal
60 000, is one of the most important shrimping ports in
tower, 20 m in height) (3118N, 11334W)
Golfo de California, with over 300 vessels locally based,
(position approximate).
and is a significant tourist destination.
Cerro de La Encantada (3100N, 11522W) (6.257).
2 Local knowledge is required.
Roca Consag (3107N, 11429W) (6.257).
Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
Major lights:
in depths of about 9 m (30 ft) 6 cables W of the port
Cabo Tepoca Light as above.
entrance; shoal ground extends up to 5 cables off the shores
Puerto Peasco Light as above.
of the bay but the entrance points are free from off-lying
dangers.
3 Entry leading lights:
Directions Front light (silver metal tower, 9 m in height) (at the
(continued from 6.205) head of the harbour).
6.213 Rear light (similar structure, 13 m in height) (146 m
1 From a position W of Cabo Lobos (2954N, 11245W) from front light).
the passage leads NW passing: 4 The alignment (116) of these lights leads into the
SW of Cabo Tepoca (3016N, 11252W), a rocky, harbour, passing close N of the W breakwater from where
reddish coloured headland, 91 m high, from where a light (truncated metal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed,
a light (6.212) is displayed. A low rocky point and S of the broad E breakwater from the W side of which
projects 5 cables SE from the point; a reef, partly a light (similar structure) is displayed. The entrance
covered at HW, and on which stands a large rock, channel, 10 m wide, was last dredged in 1989 to a
extends 3 cables SE from this latter point. Thence: sufficient depth for passage of local fishing vessels.
2 SW of an extensive bank over which the sea breaks 5 A second set of leading lights (truncated metal towers,
heavily at times which fronts the mouth of Ro de red stripes) stand to the S of the harbour.
la Concepcin (3034N, 11300W). The river is Useful mark. Cerro Pinacate (6.211), on the approach
readily identified by a gap in the sandhills through from S.
which it flows during the rainy season; a light Berthing is available in the inner harbour.
(white round stone tower, red bands, 11 m in Repairs: minor. Small slipway.
height) is displayed at the river mouth. Thence: Supplies in limited quantities.
3 SW of a shoal area with depths over it of less than Communications: local airport.
9 m (30 ft) which lies 5 miles offshore, 23 miles
NNW of the mouth of Ro de la Concepcin; the Anchorages and bays
vicinity has not been closely examined and should
be approached with caution. Depths of 55 m Chart 2324
(18 ft) extend from 5 cables to 1 miles off the Baha Tepoca
coast between Ro de la Concepcin and the 6.215
entrance to Baha de San Jorge (31 miles N). 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Tepoca, E of
Thence: Cabo Tepoca (3016N, 11252W) (6.213), sheltered from
4 SW of Isla San Jorge (3101N, 11316W) (6.212), NW winds, 5 cables offshore in depths of 9 m (30 ft).
on which stands a light (white round stone tower, Local knowledge is required.
4 m in height). Foul ground with a depth over it of Useful marks (positioned from Cabo Tepoca):
less than 18 m (6 ft) extends 1 mile NW from the Monte Plano (about 6 miles ENE) (6.211).
island. Thence: 2 Monte Obscuro (about 9 miles NNW), which first
5 SW of Punta Peasco (3118N, 11334W), a bold, appears as a dark, red, flat topped island, thence as
dark point, surmounted by a hill 69 m high; Puerto a bluff rising towards W.

209
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Baha de San Jorge winds. Local knowledge is required.

6.216 Baha de Adair
1 Baha de San Jorge lies between a low, sandy peninsula, 6.217
on the mainland 7 miles ENE of Isla San Jorge (3101N, 1 Baha de Adair is a wide, deep indentation on the coast
11316W) (6.212), and Punta Peasco (about 27 miles bounded E by Roca del Toro (3121N, 11341W) (6.213),
NW) (6.213). The shores of the bay are low and sandy, and W by Punta Borrascosa (22 miles WNW) (6.213).
and, from the head of the bay, plains spread inland to the Shoal ground extends up to 5 miles off both entrances to
foothills of the mountains. the bay which contains many dangerous shifting shoals and
2 A dangerous bank, with depths over it of 09 to 18 m (3 which should be avoided even by small vessels. The spring
to 6 ft), extends 3 miles W from the peninsula; the passage tidal range is about 7 m.
between the edge of this bank and Isla San Jorge has 2 A lagoon, fronted by drying sandspits, empties into the
depths of from 73 to 128 m (24 to 42 ft). N part of the bay which is backed by swampy land. Above
Shoal ground extends from 1 to 3 miles offshore near the bay, Gran Desierto, the Mexican desert, stretches WNW
the head of the bay, where there are some salt lagoons with to Ro Colorado.
no apparent outlet to the bay. The entrance to a lagoon,
which small vessels may enter at HW, is situated about
6 miles E of Punta Peasco. Ro Colorado
3 Anchorage may be obtained, in good weather, N of Isla 6.218
San Jorge in depths of 6 m (19 ft), sheltered from SE 1 Ro Colorado and its approaches are described at 6.268.

GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA NORTHERN PART WEST SIDE

GENERAL INFORMATION thence continues in the form of high tableland to the
vicinity of Punta San Francisquito (2828N, 11255W).
Chart 2324
Area covered Landmarks
6.219 6.223
1 The area covered by this section comprises: 1 Isla Tortuga (2726N, 11153W) (6.160).
Puerto Santa Rosalia to Punta San Francisquito Peak (1995 m (6547 ft) high) (2727N, 11237W),
(6.221). the S, and highest, of Volcn Las Tres Vrgenes,
Punta San Francisquito to Punta Acantilado three remarkable peaks.
Offshore route (6.233). 2 Prominent sharp peak (1907 m (6258 ft) high)
Canal Salsipuedes and Canal de Ballenas (6.244). (2825N, 11328W); can be seen from a great
Punta Acantilado to Ro Colorado (6.255). distance.
Isla San Pedro Mrtir (2823N, 11220W) (6.190).
Natural conditions
Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) (6.190).
6.220
1 See 6.3.
Directions
(continued from 6.161)
PUERTO SAN ROSALIA TO 6.224
PUNTA SAN FRANCISQUITO 1 From a position NE of Punta Santa Agueda (2719N,
11215W) (6.162) the passage leads NW passing (with
General information positions from Punta Trinidad (2748N, 11244W)):
Chart 2324 NE of Cabo Virgenes (24 miles SE), a rocky cliff
Route backed by high land from where a light (red and
6.221 white concrete tower, 10 m in height) (position
1 From the vicinity of Puerto San Rosalia (2720N, approximate) is displayed, thence:
11216W) the coastal passage leads NW for about 75 miles 2 NE of Punta Baja (20 miles SE), a shingle point off
to the vicinity of Punta San Francisquito; the coastline is which a shoal extends for a short distance. Close
generally steep-to, with all charted dangers lying within SE of the point is the mouth of a canyon; landing
5 cables of the salient points. may be effected about 7 cables SE of the point.
Thence:
Topography 3 NE of Punta Santa Ana (13 miles SSE), a steep point
6.222 closely backed by hills 120 m high, thence:
1 The coastline consists mainly of bluffs, in some cases up NE of Punta Trinidad, a prominent headland, 76 m
to 60 m high, alternating with sandy or gravel beaches. high; several detached rocks lie close off the point,
Between Puerto San Rosalia and Baha de Santa Ana and also off the coast between this point and Punta
(25 miles NW) the coast is backed close inland by the Santa Ana. Thence:
peaks of Monte Santa Maria (2730N, 11225W), whose 4 NE of a rocky point (5 miles NNW) which is
ridge runs parallel to the coast for several miles, and fringed by detached rocks; a large rock, 18 m
Volcn Las Tres Vrgenes, 10 miles W (6.223). high, stands 5 cables offshore, 7 cables N of this
2 North of Baha Santa Ana, the country inland is for the point. Thence:
most part covered with bushes and cactus, and slopes NE of Punta San Carlos (12 miles N), a low shingle
gradually upwards to Sierra la Purificacon, the prominent point; numerous patches of reddish water (6.3)
coastal range 10 miles inland. This range closes the coast in have been observed off this part of the coast.
the vicinity of Cabo San Miguel (2812N, 11248W), Thence:

210
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

5 NE of Punta San Juan Bautista (17 miles N), a low Baha Santa Ana
gravel point from which shoal water extends 6.227
2 cables offshore, thence: 1 Description. Baha Santa Ana is entered between Punta
NE of Cabo San Miguel (24 miles N), a bold, rocky Santa Ana (2738N, 11235W) (6.224), and a low, shingle
bluff, 46 m high, fringed by detached rocks; a point, 3 miles W, from which shallow water extends for
white rock, 15 m high, lies close inshore 1 miles 2 cables. The S and W shores of the bay are sand and
NW of the cape. A bank, with depths over its shingle beaches. A fresh water creek, which may be
outer edge of 41 m (13 ft), extends from 2 to identified by vegetation on its banks, flows into a small
5 cables offshore, between 2 miles and 1 mile S of lagoon at the W entrance to the bay.
Cabo San Miguel. And: 2 Anchorage. The bay, which is deep to within a short
6 SW of Isla San Pedro Mrtir (40 miles NE) (6.190), distance of its shores, provides anchorage, sheltered from
thence: SE winds.
NE of Punta San Gabriel (38 miles N), a rocky bluff, Local knowledge is required.
14 m high, the NE extremity of a prominent
headland with barren hills and a rugged bluff
coast; it is fringed closely by detached rocks. Baha San Carlos
Thence: 6.228
NE of Punta San Francisquito (41 miles N), a low 1 Baha San Carlos is an open bay situated NW of Punta
rocky bluff, fringed by detached rocks. Trinidad (2748N, 11244W) (6.224). A whitish, rocky
islet lies close inshore 1 miles NNW of Punta Trinidad
and between them is a sandy bay in which shallow water
extends 5 cables offshore.
Useful marks
6.225
1 Monument (2730N, 11220W). Cabo San Miguel
Cerro Pico Doble (Double Peak) (2742N, 6.229
11248W). 1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
Sharp peak (1367 m (4485 ft) high), standing 20 miles about 5 cables offshore immediately S of Cabo San Miguel
NNW of Cerro Pico Doble. (2812N, 11247W) (6.224), in depths of 13 m (43 ft).
(Directions continue for offshore passage at Local knowledge is required.
6.237, and for inshore passage at 6.248)
Chart 3061 plan of Bahas Santa Teresa and San Francisquito
Baha Santa Teresa
6.230
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Santa Teresa, an
Anchorages and bays open bay on the S side of Punta Santa Teresa (2825N,
11252W), a rocky bluff 12 m high, which rises abruptly
to a hill 173 m (567 ft) high. The S part of the bay consists
of rocky bluffs, about 46 m high, fringed in places with
Caleta Santa Maria detached rocks.
6.226 2 The anchorage, sheltered from NW winds, is shown on
1 Description. Caleta Santa Maria (2726N, 11219W) is the chart about 2 cables offshore in depths of 18 m (60 ft)
a cove, exposed SE, situated about 5 miles NNW of Puerto in the N part of the bay off a low sandy beach, with the
Santa Rosalia. The land in the vicinity consists of valleys extremity of Punta Santa Teresa bearing about 028, distant
and canyons from which copper ore has been mined. The S about 3 or 4 cables.
side of the cove is rocky, with bluffs and low hills behind
it; the N side is hilly and terminates in a sharp, bluff point,
21 m high, off which are numerous detached rocks. The Baha San Francisquito
head of the cove is formed by a beach of sand and shingle. 6.231
2 Local knowledge is required. 1 Description. Baha San Francisquito, entered between
Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds, Punta San Gabriel (2826N, 11252W) (6.224), and a
2 cables offshore in the middle of the cove, in depths of rocky point 1 miles WNW, affords anchorage, with
about 9 m (30 ft). protection from the prevailing NW and SE winds. A strip
La Cia Minera Caopas Terminal, from where gypsum of sandy beach lies between Punta San Gabriel and a
is exported in bulk, is situated in the N part of the cove. similar rocky point, 5 cables W. A shallow, landlocked cove
3 Port Authority. As for Pichilingue (6.108). lies in the SE side of the bay; the two rocky points
Maximum size of vessel: LOA 225 m; about forming the narrow entrance are fringed by numerous
70 000 dwt. rocks.
Pilot, from Santa Rosalia (6.170), boards about 1 mile E 2 Caution. The out-going stream has been reported to
of the berth. have attained a rate of 4 kn off Punta San Gabriel.
4 Directions. The berth is approached on the alignment Anchorage may be obtained in the SW part of the bay,
(about 280) of leading lights situated on the shore about as shown on the chart, 2 cables from a sandy beach
1 mile SSW of the root of the pier. flanked on either side by rocky bluffs, in depths of about
Berth, with dolphins, at the head of a pier 163 m in 10 m (33 ft).
length projecting SE from the shore. Lights are displayed 3 Useful mark. San Francisquito Light (concrete tower,
from the dolphins. Depths alongside are 10 to 17 m. 10 m in height) (2826N, 11254W, position approximate)
Supplies: fresh water. standing on the shore of the bay.

211
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Other name rock, 6 m high, lies 1 cables offshore, 1 miles

6.232 E of its NW extremity. And:
1 San Juan Bautista, Baha (2803N, 11248W). SW of Punta Willard (28 miles NE) (6.191), thence:
4 NE of Isla Salsipuedes (15 miles N), a high island
separated from Isla las Animas by an unexamined
PUNTA FRANCISQUITO TO PUNTA channel, about 1 mile wide, in the middle of which
ACANTILADO OFFSHORE ROUTE there is a rock awash, thence:
5 NE of Isla Raza (22 miles NNW), a small island,
General information whitened by guano, which is fringed by detached
rocks; a reef extends a short distance from its SE
Chart 2324
extremity. Roca Raza, a small white rock, 22 m
Route high, stands 1 mile NW of Isla Raza; there is deep
6.233 water all round the rock except on its SW side
1 From the vicinity of Punta San Francisquito (2828N, where a steep-to rock lies 2 cables from it. Thence:
11255W) the passage leads NW for about 87 miles to the 6 NE of Isla Partida (26 miles NNW), which rises to
vicinity of Punta Acantilado (2934N, 11357W), passing two peaks of equal height separated by a narrow
SW of Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) and offshore strip of land. Roca Blanca, a high rock, stands
of the chain of islands that lie off the E side of the gulf. 6 cables N of Isla Partida; a reef, with a rock
06 m high at its outer end, extends 3 cables N
Topography
from Roca Blanca, and irregular depths are found
6.234
up to 1 miles farther N. Thence:
1 Of the off-lying islands that lie in this part of the gulf
7 NE of the S extremity of Isla Angel de la Guarda
the largest are Isla Tiburn (2900N, 11225W), described
(33 miles NNW), a sharp bluff, 1 mile N of which
at 6.188, and Isla Angel de la Guarda (2915N,
a hill, 235 m high, rises abruptly from the coast on
11320W). This latter island is high, rocky, barren and
each side; a light (silver metal tower, 14 m in
uninhabited. The whole length, which is 41 miles long, is
height) (position approximate) stands on this S
traversed by a range of mountains from 900 to 1300 m in
point. Thence:
height, with a comparatively low ridge in the central part.
8 NE of Isla Estanque (36 miles NNW), a high island
On the E coast of the island there are open bays where
lying close off the SE part of Isla Angel de la
vessels may anchor, sheltered from the prevailing winds;
Guarda; the narrow channel which separates it
for the most part this coast is bold, with rocky bluffs
from the main island is obstructed by a rocky reef,
predominating.
which dries in places, and both above and
Tidal streams below-water rocks surround the island. See also
6.235 6.235 concerning tidal streams. Thence:
1 Tidal streams in the vicinity of Isla San Lorenzo NE of Punta Rocosa (49 miles NNW), a bold
(2838N, 11250W) and Roca Blanca (16 miles NW) are headland at the NE end of a spur of the central
very strong, sometimes causing heavy tide rips. The mountain range of Isla Angel de la Guarda, thence:
out-going stream is reported to attain rates of up to 5 kn in 9 NE of Punta Acantilado (73 miles NNW), the E
the vicinity of Isla Estanque (2903N, 11306W). See also extremity of a bold, rocky headland, 220 m high,
6.246. which forms the N extremity of Isla Angel de la
Guarda; a light (silver metal tower, 14 m in height)
Landmarks (position approximate) is displayed from the
6.236 vicinity of this N extremity. Thence:
1 Prominent sharp peak (2825N, 11328W) (6.223). 10 NE of the islands forming Puerto Refugio (6.241)
Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) (6.190). (about 2 miles NW of Punta Acantilado), thence:
NE of Punta Acantilado (85 miles NNW) (6.248) on
the W side of the N entrance to Canal de Ballenas
Directions
(continued from 6.225) (6.244).
6.237 (Directions continue at 6.258)
1 From a position NE of Punta San Francisquito (2828N,
11255W) the passage leads generally NW passing (with Anchorages
positions from Punta San Francisquito):
2 NE of Isla San Lorenzo (10 miles NE), a high, barren Isla Raza
island, of volcanic origin, 9 miles long, highest at 6.238
its SE end; a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 1 Anchorage may be obtained, about 3 cables S of Isla
10 m in height) (position approximate) is displayed Raza (2849N, 11259W) (6.237), in depths of from 9 to
from the S extremity of the island. The coast 15 m (30 to 50 ft), over a gravel and rocky bottom, abreast
consists generally of bold, rocky cliffs, but landing a landing pier. A reef extends a short distance from the SE
may be effected, during NW winds, on a small extremity of the island and should be given a wide berth.
strip of beach at the S extremity of the island, and Local knowledge is required.
in calm weather, on a sandy beach on the W side
of the island, 3 miles from its N extremity. And: Isla Partida
3 SW of Isla San Esteban (20 miles NE) (6.190), 6.239
thence: 1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
NE of Isla las Animas, an island 3 miles long which on the E side of Isla Partida (2853N, 11303W) (6.237),
lies close NW of Isla San Lorenzo, from which it between the island and an islet, 23 m high, situated about
is separated by a narrow boat channel; a white 3 cables offshore.

212
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

On the W side of the island there is a small cove, open 5 cables WNW of the NW point of Isla Angel de la
N, in which there are depths of from 55 to 146 m (18 to Guarda. Isla Navio (Roca Vela), a high, pointed, conical
48 ft); a rock, 26 m high, is situated off the W side of the rock, lies 1 miles SW of Punta Monumento on the S side
entrance. of the fairway.
Local knowledge is required. 6.243
1 Anchorages East harbour. The best anchorage is in
Isla Angel de la Guarda the S part of the harbour with Piedra Blanca bearing about
6.240 000, distant about 7 cables, in depths of about 11 m
1 Anchorage may be obtained off a sandy beach situated (36 ft), sand. Anchorage may also be obtained S of Isla
3 miles N of the S extremity of Isla Angel de la Guarda Granito, in depths of from 14 to 22 m (46 ft to 12 fm), but
(6.237), sheltered from NW winds. The coast in the the bottom is rocky.
vicinity is low and curves NE to the sharp point off which 2 West harbour. The best anchorage is in the middle of
lies Isla Estanque (6.237). the harbour, with the SE extremity of Isla Meja bearing
2 Anchorage may also be obtained, protected from SE 037, in depths of 11 m (36 ft), sand and shell.
winds in its S part, in the open bay formed between Isla
Estanque and Punta Rocosa (12 miles N) (6.237), or CANAL SALSIPUEDES AND
sheltered from NW winds close inshore, S of Punta CANAL DE BALLENAS
Rocosa, in depths of from 9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft).
Local knowledge is required. General information
Chart 2324 (see 1.14) Chart 2324
Puerto Refugio Description
6.241 6.244
1 Description. Puerto Refugio is formed between Punta 1 The inshore route from Punta San Francisquito (2828N,
Acantilado (2933N, 11332W) (6.237) and several 11255W) to Punta Acantilado (86 miles NW) leads
adjacent islands. It consists of two harbours, connected by through a deep channel, with a least width of about
a narrow channel; both the harbours are easily accessible, 8 miles, between the mainland and the chain of islands
and there is always shelter from all winds to be found in lying parallel with it. The S part of the channel is known
one or the other harbour. as Canal Salsipuedes, and the N part, that between Isla
2 The E harbour is fronted by Isla Granito, a barren rocky Angel de la Guarda and the mainland, is known as Canal
island 86 m high, which lies about 2 miles NW of Punta de Ballenas.
Acantilado. The E point of the island is low and stony, 2 There are no ports on this stretch of coast, but there are
with a whitish coloured rock, 46 m high, standing on foul places where anchorage can be found with good shelter,
ground which extends about 1 cables from the point. both on the mainland, and in Puerto Refugio (2933N,
There are several detached rocks, some awash, within 11332W) (6.241) at the N extremity of Isla Angel de la
cable of the SW end of the island, and a reef, on which Guarda.
there is a rock, 4 m high, extends 1 cable from the NW
Topography
point. Piedra Blanca, a steep-to, jagged, white coloured
6.245
rock, 12 m high, stands near the centre of the harbour.
1 The mainland coast is heavily indented as far as Punta
3 The W harbour is formed on its N side by Isla Meja
Remedios (2915N, 11338W), and is mostly rocky, with
which lies 5 cables N of the NW extremity of Isla Angel
high ground rising steeply a short distance inland. North of
de la Guarda. It is a barren, hilly island, and, with the
Punta Remedios the coast is more regular, consisting of an
exception of some sandy beaches on its SE side, the coast
almost unbroken succession of rocky bluffs, 15 to 35 m
of the island is a continuous rocky cliff which rises to an
high, continuing to rise steeply immediately behind. There
elevation of 152 m on its NW side. Detached rocks fringe
is no anchorage or shelter along this latter stretch of coast.
all the prominent points; a dangerous reef, partly
2 The whole of the W side of Isla Angel de la Guarda is
above-water, extends 4 cables N from the island.
steep-to and inaccessible. Baha de Humbug, the bay near
4 The harbours are connected by a narrow channel,
its centre, has a steep sandy beach but it is reported to be
cable wide, between the E side of Isla Meja and an
too deep for anchoring. The smaller offshore islands are
island, 76 m high, which is joined to Isla Angel de la
described in 6.237.
Guarda by a reef. There is reported to be a least depth of
73 m in this channel but it should only be used by small Natural conditions
craft. 6.246
Local knowledge is required. 1 Tidal streams set strongly through Canal Salsipuedes,
6.242 particularly with an out-going tide and NW winds; the tidal
1 Directions East harbour. The E harbour, which is the streams in Canal de Ballenas are also strong at times and
larger of the two, is entered, either from E between Isla rates of up to 3 kn have been experienced.
Granito and a point situated 1 mile WNW of Punta Local weather. North-west winds sometimes blow
Acantilado, or from N between Isla Granito and Isla Meja; through Canal de Ballenas with great force, raising a heavy
both these passages are deep and more than 7 cables sea against which small vessels may have difficulty in
wide. A reef extends 1 cables NW from the E entrance to making headway.
the harbour, and a rocky shoal extends a similar distance N
from a point on the S shore near the SW corner of the Landmarks
harbour. 6.247
2 West harbour. The W harbour is entered between Punta 1 Prominent sharp peak (2825N, 11328W) (6.223).
Monumento, the SW point of Isla Meja, and a dangerous Double peak (1658 m (5440 ft) high) (2922N,
group of rocks, some awash, which lie between 2 and 11405W).

213
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Directions The shores of the bay consist mainly of sandy beaches;

(continued from 6.237) the land behind the bay, intersected by numerous ravines
6.248 and covered with vegetation, rises gradually towards the
1 From a position NE of Punta San Francisquito (2828N, interior.
11255W) the passage leads NW passing (with positions
from Punta San Francisquito): Rocas de San Bernab
SW of Isla San Lorenzo (10 miles NE) (6.237), 6.251
thence: 1 Anchorage has been obtained, 2 cables offshore, S of
2 SW of Isla las Animas (14 miles N) (6.237), thence: Rocas de San Bernab (2847N, 11311W) (6.248), in
SW of Isla Salsipuedes (15 miles N) (6.237), depths from 13 m (43 ft), coarse sand.
thence: Local knowledge is required.
SW of Isla Raza (22 miles NNW) (6.237), thence:
NE of Rocas de San Bernab (24 miles NW), two Baha de las Animas
rocks, 06 m high, lying between 3 and 4 cables 6.252
offshore, and: 1 Description. Baha de las Animas lies between Punta de
3 SW of Isla Partida (26 miles NNW) (6.237), thence: las Animas (2050N, 11315W) (6.248), and a sharp,
NE of Punta de las Animas (28 miles NW), a bold, rocky bluff, situated about 6 miles WNW; an islet, 6 m
steep-to rocky bluff, 23 to 38 m high, close off high, lies 5 cables N of the bluff, to which it is connected
which are several detached rocks. Above the point by a rocky shoal.
reddish coloured steep hills rise abruptly to 2 The shores of the bay consist mostly of sandy beaches,
elevations of 90 to 150 m, with mountains over with a few cliffs between Punta de las Animas and the
600 m in height a short distance farther inland. mouth of a small lagoon, 5 miles SW. A steep, bluff
Thence: point, surmounted by a brownish mound, is situated 2 miles
SW of the S extremity of Isla Angel de la Guarda NW of the mouth of the lagoon; several islets, from 9 to
(33 miles NNW) (6.237), thence: 22 m high, lie close off this steep bluff.
4 NE of a prominent bluff (36 miles NW) formed by 3 Anchorage may be obtained in the S part of the bay,
a spur from reddish hills from 60 to 90 m high; nearly on the line between the entrance to the lagoon and
there is a sandy beach on the SE side of the bluff. the islets, in depths of from 11 to 22 m (36 ft to 12 fm),
A barren rock, 22 m high, lies 5 cables offshore but care must be taken not to approach to within 7 cables
1 miles N of this prominent bluff; there are of the entrance to the lagoon.
depths of 55 m (18 ft) in the passage between this Local knowledge is required.
rock and a sandy beach off which it lies. Thence: Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
5 NE of Isla Smith (48 miles NW), a high, flat topped Baha de Los Angeles
island, highest at its NW end; an islet 18 m high 6.253
lies off this NW extremity. Another islet, 23 m 1 Description. Baha de Los Angeles (2855N, 11331W)
high, lies off the middle of the W side of Isla is almost completely landlocked, being protected from N
Smith and some dangerous rocks lie 5 cables NW and NE by a number of islands and islets, through which
of this islet. A white rock, 12 m high, lies 5 cables there are three deep, safe passages. The flora and fauna of
S of the island and a small, flat topped islet, 38 m most of these islands are protected. The shores of the bay
high, is situated 1 miles SE of the S extremity of are, for the most part, sandy beaches, with one or two
the island. Thence: rocky bluffs. Shallow water extends some distance offshore
6 NE of a group of three islets about 1 miles apart in the S part of the bay.
lying close inshore (57 miles NW); they are 2 Local knowledge is essential.
between 5 and 9 m in height, and the S two are of Entry from south. The S passage, which is believed to
a whitish colour. Thence: be deep and safe, lies between Punta La Herradura
NE of Punta Remedios (61 miles NW), a low, sandy (2857N, 11329W), a reddish, rocky bluff on the E side
point, above which hills rise N and W to the of the bay, and Islas Los Gemelitos, two islets, 15 and
coastal range, thence: 21 m high, respectively, situated about 3 cables N. A light
7 SW of the islands forming the entrance to Puerto (silver metal tower, red band, 7 m in height) is displayed
Refugio (74 miles NNW) (6.241), thence: from the N point of Islote Gemlo del Este, the larger of
NE of Punta Acantilado (86 miles NW), a bold, rocky the two islets.
bluff; a prominent peak, which rises to an 3 Another deep and safe passage, about 5 cables wide,
elevation of 972 m (3189 ft) 4 miles WSW of the leads between Islas Los Gemelitos and Isla Cabeza de
point, assists in identifying it. Caballo, a larger islet of a dark reddish colour, 150 m high,
(Directions continue at 6.258) on which stands a stone monument. A light (silver metal
tower, 9 m in height) is displayed from the S side of the
Anchorages islet.
6.249 4 A group of islets, from 27 to 120 m high, are situated
1 The anchorages in the offshore islands are described from 1 to 2 miles NW of Isla Cabeza de Caballo but
following the offshore passage (6.233). the intervening passage is partially foul and is not
recommended; neither is passage between these islets.
Baha de San Rafael 5 Entry from north. The N passage, which is deep and
6.250 safe, is about 1 mile wide but is intricate to navigate. It is
1 Baha de San Rafael, which lies between Punta San entered between Isla Smith (7 miles N of Punta La
Francisquito (2828N, 11255W) (6.224), and a point Herradura) (6.248), and a long, narrow neck of land, which
16 miles NW, affords good protection in S winds but extends SE from the mainland W, and terminates in Punta
depths increase rapidly offshore. La Gringa, a rocky bluff about 2 miles W of the S

214
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

extremity of the island. Farther S, the passage leads W of Cerro de La Encantada (3100N, 11522W), the
the group of islets, 27 to 120 m high, mentioned above. highest mountain in Baja California; it has a
6 Useful mark: whitish appearance, a jagged summit, and can be
Montaa de Cumbre Redonda (Round Top) (2855N, seen from a very great distance.
11335W), on the SW side of the bay. Roca Consag (3107N, 11429W), a high island,
Anchorage may be obtained off the entrance to a small whitened by guano, which resembles a sailing ship.
cove, formed by a low sandspit which extends S in the W
part of the bay, in depths of 15 m (49 ft). This cove lies
about 3 miles NE of Montaa de Cumbre Redonda off
the town of Baha de Los Angeles; an airport lies close N
of the cove.
Directions
7 Punta Arenas Light (round concrete tower, 10 m in (continued from 6.237 and 6.248)
height) stands near the end of this low sandspit. 6.258
Anchorage may also be obtained in Puerto Don Juan, a 1 From a position NE of Punta Acantilado (2934N,
landlocked cove entered 2 miles E of Punta La Herradura. 11357W) the passage leads NNW passing (with positions
8 Caution. Strong local winds blow out of the canyons on from Punta San Fermin (3025N, 11439W)):
the W side of the bay and their effect may be felt up to ENE of Punta Final (42 miles SSE), a rocky bluff
6 miles offshore. These winds which may be preceded by a with low land extending to SW, thence:
rolling cloud resembling an elephants trunk, are known 2 ENE of Punta Willard (39 miles SSE), close SE of
locally as Elefantes. which stands Isla Willard. A light (silver metal
tower, 12 m in height) (position approximate)
stands about 1 miles NW of Punta Willard, and a
Baha de los Remedios light (silver metal tower, 7 m in height) (position
6.254 approximate) is displayed from the E side of Isla
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds, Willard. Thence:
in Baha de los Remedios situated S of Punta Remedios 3 ENE of Isla San Luis (30 miles SSE) (6.257). A low
(2915N, 11338W) (6.248). sandspit extends more than 1 mile from the SW
A good position is about 3 cables offshore, in a depth side of the island; shallow water extends for
of 18 m (60 ft) off a reddish coloured hill, 61 m high, with 5 cables off both sides of the spit. There is a clear
Punta Remedios bearing 030, distant 1 miles. channel, 1 miles wide, between the island and
2 About 1 cable SW of Punta Remedios there is a cove in the mainland. Isla Encantada, a high, rocky islet,
which there is a rock which dries; below-water rocks are lies 2 cables N of Isla San Luis, to which it is
reported in this vicinity. connected by a drying reef. A reef, awash in
Local knowledge is required. places, lies 2 miles NW of Isla Encantada; the
area between this reef and the islet is foul. Thence:
4 ENE of three islets (108 m (354 ft), 170 m (559 ft)
and 191 m (626 ft) high, respectively), which lie
PUNTA ACANTILADO TO RO COLORADO between 3 and 4 miles offshore in positions about
4, 6 and 9 miles NW, respectively, of Isla San
Luis. A large detached rock is situated 3 cables
General information E of the S islet, and a sandspit extends more than
5 cables SW from the middle islet. A light (white
round concrete tower, red bands, 10 m in height)
Chart 2324 stands on Isla Miramar, the N islet. Thence:
Route 5 ENE of a large rock (23 m (75 ft) high) (5 miles NW
6.255 of Isla Miramar), thence:
1 From the vicinity of Punta Acantilado (2934N, ENE of Punta San Fermin, a low sandy point from
11357W) the passage leads generally NNW for about where a light (silver metal tower, 12 m in height)
134 miles to the vicinity of Punta Sargento (3140N, (position approximate) is displayed, thence:
11448W). There are several anchorages along the coast 6 ENE of a shoal with a depth over it of 03 m (1 ft)
but no harbours of any importance. (reported 1971) (position approximate) (23 miles
N), thence:
ENE of Punta Estrella (30 miles N) from where a
Topography light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height)
6.256 (position approximate) is displayed, thence:
1 The coastline, though initially high, rocky and 7 Either side of Roca Consag (42 miles NNE) (6.257),
precipitous, becomes mainly low and sandy and is closely on which stands a light (white round concrete
backed by high land until within about 38 miles of Punta tower, red bands, 6 m in height) (position
Sargento whence the hills start to recede from the coast approximate). Its small size and whitish colour
leaving an extensive coastal plain. Several prominent, high from guano deposits lend it the appearance of a
islands lie between 3 and 4 miles offshore along the coast. sailing vessel from a distance. Detached rocks,
some of them 8 m high, extend 5 cables W from
the main rock. Tidal streams cause heavy tide rips
Landmarks in the vicinity of Roca Consag. And:
6.257 8 ENE of Punta San Felipe (39 miles NNW) a rocky
1 Isla San Luis (2958N, 11425W), an island of headland which rises steeply to a dark hill; a light
volcanic origin. (white round concrete tower and dwelling, 22 m in

215
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

height) (position approximate) stands on the point. Punta San Fermin

Thence: 6.265
9 ENE of the drying banks and mud flats which extend 1 Anchorage may be obtained, with some protection from
from 1 to 6 miles off the stretch of coast NW winds, immediately S of Punta San Fermin (3025N,
between Punta San Felipe and Punta Sargento, 11439W) (6.258).
about 38 miles N, the W entrance to Ro Colorado, Local knowledge is required.
and: Useful mark:
WSW of Punta Baja (70 miles NNE) (6.213). Rugged peak (3022N, 11451W), 11 miles inland,
makes a good mark.
Useful marks
6.259
Baha San Felipe
6.266
1 Acantilado Rojo (3014N, 11440W), a remarkable
1 Description. Baha San Felipe lies on the S side of
reddish coloured bluff, 30 m high.
Punta San Felipe (3103N, 11450W) (6.258) and affords
Baha de Santa Maria Light (white concrete tower,
some shelter from NW winds. The bay is shallow; there are
10 m in height) (3044N, 11442W) (position
depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) 1 mile offshore. The shore
approximate).
is, for the most part, low and sandy, but there are some
(Directions for Ro Colorado are given at 6.269)
rocky bluffs in the NW part. Small craft and fishing vessels
operate from Puerto de San Felipe in the bay.
Anchorages and bays 2 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal levels. The spring range in the bay may reach
6 m.
Baha de Mezquite Directions. A pair of leading lights (silver metal
6.260 truncated pyramidal towers, the front 22 m in height, the
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de Mezquite
rear 10 m in height) lead to Puerto de San Felipe.
(2935N, 11404W), 2 cables off a pink coloured cliff in 3 Anchorage may be obtained in the N part of the bay in
the N part of the bay, in depths of 13 m (42 ft). depths of about 8 m (26 ft), mud, with the dark hill on
Local knowledge is required. Punta San Felipe bearing 325 and the Sharp white peak
(3059N, 11456W) bearing 244.
Baha de Calamajue 4 Berths. There is a quay at Puerto de San Felipe
6.261 protected by N and S breakwaters. Lights (silver metal
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de Calamajue truncated pyramidal towers, 7 m in height) stand on the
(2942N, 11411W), in depths of 16 m (53 ft), 7 cables breakwaters, and lights (white round concrete towers, 9 m
off a sandy beach behind which there is a prominent red in height) are displayed from each end of the quay.
coloured hill. Landing may be effected on the beach.
Local knowledge is required. Other name
6.267
Baha San Luis Gonzaga 1 Diggs, Punta (3052N, 11442W).
6.262
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from SE winds, Ro Colorado
in Baha San Luis Gonzaga, entered between Punta Final
General information
(2946N, 11417W) (6.258) and Punta Willard (8 miles
6.268
WNW) (6.258); there are some small sandy beaches in the
1 Description. Ro Colorado, the upper reaches of which
S part of the bay. The anchorage is about 5 cables offshore
are known as Green River, rises in the Rocky Mountains in
in depths of about 15 m (48 ft).
United States of America, and, after a course of about
Local knowledge is required.
1700 miles, enters the sea at the head of Golfo de
California. The entrance may be considered to lie between
Baha Willard Punta Baja (3133N, 11419W) (6.213) on the E, and
6.263 Punta Sargento (27 miles WNW) on the W.
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Willard which lies 2 Topography. The E shore of the estuary for some miles
SW of Punta Willard (2949N, 11425W) (6.258). The NW of Punta Baja is backed by sand cliffs, standing at the
bay affords shelter in all weather conditions and is said to foot of spurs extending from a long, barren tableland. Ro
be free from hidden dangers. Santa Clara flows into the estuary about 19 miles NW of
At the head of the bay, and separated from it by a Punta Baja, and, at this point, the sandhills turn to a more
narrow strip of sand, is a lagoon. Depths in the harbour are N direction following, roughly, the course of Ro Santa
from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft), the former depth being found Clara. Thence the river bank, for some distance into the
2 cables from the beach at the head of the bay. river, comprises almost level alluvial plain, subject to
Local knowledge is required. flooding at HW springs.
3 The W shore of the estuary comprises a low plain which
Isla San Luis rises gradually to mountains about 15 miles inland.
6.264 Tidal streams flow strongly at springs, sometimes
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Isla San Luis (2958N, attaining a rate of 6 kn; there is no slack water. The
11425W) (6.257), on either side of the low sandspit, but influence of the tides is felt as far as La Bomba, the head
not closer than 5 cables to it. Vessels approaching from N of navigation, about 48 miles above Punta Baja. The spring
should note a rock awash lying 1 mile N of the NW tidal range at the entrance is some 8 to 10 m.
extremity of the island. 4 Around the time of spring tides, bore tides are known to
Local knowledge is required. occur in the vicinity of Punta San Felipe (Phillips Point), a

216
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

prominent point on the E bank about 25 miles WNW of and navigation is more difficult.
Punta Baja. At Punta Baja, the in-going tidal stream The river should be entered on the first of the in-going
commences about 2 hours earlier than that at Punta San tide; departure should commence on the last of the
Felipe. out-going stream.
Local knowledge is essential.
Directions 3 Useful marks (positioned from Punta Sargento Light
6.269 (3140N, 11448W) (position approximate)):
1 The river mouth, between Punta San Felipe (3146N, Punta Sargento Light (silver metal tower, 9 m in
11443W) (6.268) and Punta Sargento (7 miles SW) is height).
obstructed, from E to W, by Isla Pelcano, Isla Gore and Isla Montague Light (similar structure, 11 m in
Isla Montague. The islands are subject to flooding at HW height) (5 miles NE) standing in the S of the
springs, or during freshets, and in addition there are island.
extensive mud flats, which dry, separated by channels, 4 Colina de la Enfilacin (Range Hill) (22 miles NW),
some of which are only navigable at HW; these mud flats a conspicuous white hill.
and channels are constantly shifting. Colina de la Direccin (19 miles E), a hill that can be
2 The main channel follows the E shore and has a depth identified by a growth of bushes at its foot.
of about 46 m (15 ft) as far as Punta San Felipe, above Santa Clara Light (15 miles ENE) (white round stone
which the channel quickly becomes narrow and tortuous tower, red bands, 11 m in height).

217
Home Contents Index

Chapter 7 - Baja California - West coast

117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110

33 33

2324
San Diego

U N I T E D S TAT E S

32 7.168 32
2885
Ensenada
7.152

7.143
31 31

7.127 M E X I C O
30 30

3056

7.114
29 29

7.82 7.101
I. Cedros

28 28

Baha
Tortugas
2885

27 7.65 27

3055

7.52

26 26

2323

7.40

25 25
7.20
Baha
Magdalena

24 3054 24

7.7

23 23
Cabo Falso
2324

3053

117 116 Longitude 114 West from Greenwich 112 111 110
March 2004

218
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7
BAJA CALIFORNIA WEST COAST

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324 least so in September to November. The proportion of
Scope of the chapter weak currents, with rates of less than kn is high, being
7.1 nearly one third of all observed currents throughout the
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal year. The rate of the stronger currents is usually up to
waters along the W coast of Baja California from Cabo about 1 kn, but very occasionally it reaches or exceeds
Falso (2252N, 10958W) to the approaches to San Diego 1 kn. During the winter season, at distances of 15 to
Bay (3240N, 11712W), about 705 miles NNW, and is 25 miles from the coast between Baha Magdalena
divided into the following sections: (2432N, 11202W) and Punta Abreojos (2642N,
Cabo Falso to Punta Eugenia (7.5). 11334W), a NW set with a rate of to 1 kn is frequently
Punta Eugenia to San Diego Bay (7.79). experienced.
3 Onshore sets occur along the whole extent of the coast
Description and should be guarded against at all times, particularly at
7.2 night or in thick weather. They are particularly prevalent
1 The W coast of Baja California is, with the exception of off the mouths of the lagoons; see above.
a few valleys, very barren. The land is generally high and 4 Climate. The weather is clear and pleasant during the
bold. greater part of the year, and the climate healthy and mild.
2 The two best harbours on the coast are Baha Magdalena The prevailing winds along the coast are NW throughout
(2432N, 11202W) (7.20) and Baha Tortugas (2740N, most of the year, particularly in the summer, but are
11453W) (7.75), but there are many other anchorages that modified by land and sea breezes close inshore. Rains are
provide protection from the prevailing NW winds. In most frequent between May and October. Fogs occur at all
addition to the two harbours mentioned above, Baha seasons but principally during the summer months, forming
Sebastin Vizcano (2815N, 11438W) (7.100), and at night or early morning but frequently dispersing by
Ensenada in Baha de Todos Santos (3149N, 11642W) noon. South of Isla Cedros (2810N, 11513W) there
(7.151), afford shelter from the occasional S gales which tends to be less fog and the weather clears earlier, except
occur in winter; small vessels can find shelter in Caleta in the lagoon area extending 65 miles N from Baha
Hassler (7.136) on Isla San Martn (3029N, 11607W). Magdalena where fog is frequent during autumn and early
Natural conditions winter.
7.3
1 Tidal streams. Within the charted 200 m (100 fm) depth Caution
contour the influence of the tidal streams is felt; the effect 7.4
of the streams off the mouths of the lagoons should not be 1 Growths of kelp, sometimes extensive, may be
underestimated. encountered in many places in the N part of the area
2 Currents off this coast are variable and may set in any covered by this chapter. They should be considered a sign
direction but generally set in the direction of the prevailing of danger, and, except where local knowledge may indicate
wind, those with S components being the most frequent; otherwise, these areas should be avoided. For remarks on
this predominance is most marked from March to May and kelp see 1.4.

CABO FALSO TO PUNTA EUGENIA

GENERAL INFORMATION Santa Margarita (7.8). This stretch of coast is entirely open
and there are no ports. The S part is closely backed by
Chart 2324 high land rising to Sierra de San Lzaro (20 miles NNE of
Area covered Cabo Falso) (6.76), and the sharp peaks of Sierra de la
7.5 Laguna (24 miles farther NNW) (7.11). Farther N the coast
1 In this section are described the coastal passages, is generally low, sandy, and barren, and is covered with
harbours and anchorages between Cabo Falso (2252N, cactus and brush and intersected by gullies and streams. It
10958W) and Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), about is backed by rolling country rising gradually to the higher
410 miles NW; it is arranged as follows: land on the E side of Baja California (6.2), with a low
Cabo Falso to Baha Magdalena (7.7). valley stretching across to the head of Baha de La Paz
Baha Magdalena (7.20). (2420N, 11030W). The land in the interior is
Baha Magdalena to Punta Pequea (7.39). characterised by scattered prominent tablelands of moderate
Punta Pequea to Punta San Hiplito (7.51). elevation.
Punta San Hiplito to Punta Eugenia (7.64). 2 The entrance to the sheltered Baha Magdalena lies
between the NW extremity of Isla Santa Margarita and a
Topography high peninsula that extends SE from Cabo San Lzaro
7.6 (2448N, 11019W).
1 From Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) the W coast of Between Cabo San Lzaro and Punta Abreojos
Baja California trends NW for about 130 miles to Isla (135 miles NW) the coast recedes to form a large bay, at

219
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

the head of which hills of moderate elevation approach the 3 Banco San Jaime (centred about 19 miles W of Cabo
coast and Baja California is no more than 42 miles wide. Falso) with a least reported depth of 9 m (30 ft)
The greater part of the shore of this bay is low and backed (1948).
in many places by lagoons. Banco Golden Gate (centred about 20 miles NW of
3 Between Punta Abreojos (2642N, 11334W) and Punta Cabo Falso), an area of about 2 miles radius with
Eugenia (106 miles NW) the coast, for the most part, is a least reported depth of 11 m (36 ft) (1992).
closely backed by hills of moderate elevation. 4 An area with a radius of about 13 miles centred on
position 2315N, 11050W, with a least reported
depth on the N side of 55 m (18 ft) (1985), and
on the S side of 20 m (11 fm) (1978).
CABO FALSO TO BAHA MAGDALENA
Banco Morgan (centred in position about 2326N,
11109W) with a least reported depth of 76 m
General information (25 ft) (1985); a number of shoals, with a least
depth of 137 m (45 ft), lie NW and W of Banco
Chart 3053 Morgan between that bank and Banco Lusitania.
Route 5 Banco Lusitania (centred in position about 2337N,
7.7 11144W) with a least reported depth of 73 m
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) (24 ft) (1968). In 1963 a bank with depths over it
the route leads NW for about 155 miles to the approaches of from 35 to 70 m (19 to 38 fm) was reported to
to Baha Magdalena (2432N, 11202W) passing to lie about 14 miles SSE of Banco Lusitania. Depths
seaward of Isla Santa Margarita. There are submerged rocks of 37 m (20 fm) and 53 m (29 fm) have been
off the bluffs which project slightly from the general line reported 22 miles WNW and 24 miles NW of
of the coast, but there are no other known dangers beyond Banco Lusitania.
2 cables from the shore. There is deep water close 6 A depth of 58 m (19 ft) (reported 1952) in position
inshore in places, but banks extend a short distance off the 2402N, 11130W; a bank extends about 10 miles
mouths of some of the streams. SE from this position and other banks and shoal
lie up to 24 miles SSE.
Topography Roca Pinculo (2411N, 11146W) with a least
7.8 depth over it of 40 m (22 fm).
1 The coastline in the vicinity of Cabo Falso consists of 7 An isolated depth of 146 m (48 ft) (reported 1979) in
steep sand beaches, backed by high, whitish coloured sand position 2407N, 11205W; other banks (reported
bluffs covered with patches of low shrubs, which show 1980) lie up to 11 miles SW of this depth.
dark against the white background; the land behind rises
Local magnetic anomaly
gradually to the coastal range. See view B on chart 2324.
7.10
Continuing N there are a succession of sand beaches and
1 A deviation of as much as 15 was reported (1966) to
rocky bluffs; the sand beaches are very steep, and landing
have been observed in the vicinity of 2310N, 11024W,
is dangerous even in moderate weather. The land behind
about 17 miles SW of Punta Lobos (7.13).
the coast is hilly with high and broken mountains in the
interior. Principal marks
2 In the approaches to Canal de Rehusa (2421N, 7.11
11141W) the coast is formed by Isla Cresciente, a low, 1 Landmarks:
sandy island, which bounds the S side of Baha Almejas. Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) (6.76).
3 Isla Santa Margarita (2427N, 11150W), a large, Sierra de San Lzaro (2311N, 10951W) (6.76).
barren island of volcanic origin, extends 21 miles NW to Cerro La Aguja and Cerro El Picacho (2334N,
the entrance to Baha Magdalena. Both ends of the island 11000W), the summits of Sierra de la Laguna
are high, but a low plain stretches across the middle giving, which appear as two steep-faced cliffs from SW.
from a distance, the appearance of an opening which has, 2 Las Hermanas (2424N, 11147W), two remarkable
on occasions, been mistaken for the entrance to Baha peaks on Isla Santa Margarita, the highest 497 m
Magdalena. Monte Santa Margarita (566 m (1858 ft) high), (1631 ft) high.
the highest point, stands at the SE end of the island. Punta Redonda (2431N, 11201W), a rocky
Except for a length of about 6 miles in the middle, which headland, 30 m high, above which the land rises
is low and sandy, the SW coast of the island is bold and steeply to over 300 m in height, and which forms
rocky. the E entrance to Baha Magdalena (7.20).
3 Major light:
Off-lying banks and dangers Cabo Falso Light (2253N, 10958W) (6.76).
7.9
1 Caution. In an area between 20 and 35 miles wide lying Other navigational aid
between a position about 20 miles WSW of Cabo Falso and 7.12
a position about 40 miles SW of Punta (Cabo) Tosca 1 Racon. Cabo Falso Lighthouse (2253N, 10958W).
(2418N, 11143W) there are many banks and dangerous For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
patches which rise precipitously from deep water to as little
as 55 m (18 ft). Directions
2 This area must therefore be navigated with caution as (continued from 5.197)
many other shoals may exist which are not yet charted. 7.13
The positions of the various banks and patches can best be 1 From the vicinity of 2245W, 11000W, SSW of Cabo
seen on the chart and only a general indication of the Falso, the coastal passage leads initially NNW, thence NW,
shoaler areas is given below: passing:

220
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

WSW of Punta San Cristobal (2257N, 11003W), a square concrete tower and dwelling, 12 m in
bold, rocky bluff, from 61 to 91 m high, which height) is displayed. An obstruction has been
rises to El Suspiro, a projecting spur of the hills reported (1941) to lie 1 miles S of Punta Tosca
1 miles E, thence: and unconfirmed shoal soundings, the least depth
2 WSW of a rocky, red coloured bluff, 15 m high, with one of 10 m (33 ft), have been reported (1969) in
a number of rocks at its foot, (3 miles NW of the vicinity of a position 13 miles S of Punta
Punta San Cristobal); two streams flow into the sea Tosca. Thence:
between Punta San Cristobal and this bluff. 11 SW of Acantilado Blanco (White Bluff) (15 miles
Thence: NW of Punta Tosca), a remarkable white cliff,
WSW of a rocky bluff (about 5 miles NW of Punta 61 m high, above which the land rises sharply; two
San Cristobal) which rises to Cerro de la Playa, a below-water rocks lie 5 cables W of the cliff.
conical hill; Arroyo Candelaria enters the sea Thence:
1 mile N of this rocky bluff. Thence: SW of Punta Redonda (2431N, 11201W) (7.11),
3 Clear of Banco Golden Gate (2302N, 11016W) from where a light (7.24) is displayed. A reef
(7.9), and: extends 3 cables from the coast about 1 miles
WSW of Punta de la Tinaja (2306N, 11007W), a ESE of Punta Redonda.
headland 23 m high which rises abruptly to a hill 12 Caution. The land between Punta Lobos and Punta
165 m high; Boca de la Tinaja, so called from the Conejo (88 miles NW) is comparatively low and not easily
numerous rock basins in the vicinity, lies just S of seen. When navigating along this stretch of coast,
the point. Thence: especially at night or in thick weather, depths are a good
4 WSW of Boca de las Matancitas (4 miles N of guide and sounding should be carried out regularly.
Punta de la Tinaja), which can be recognised by
yellowish bluffs on either side with cactus covered
slopes rising towards the hills, thence: Useful marks
WSW of Punta Gasparino (2316N, 11009W), a 7.14
rocky bluff, 23 m high and fringed by rocks, which 1 Calabasa (Calabaza) (2304N, 11004W), a
should be given a clearance of at least 5 cables. prominent mountain.
The settlement of El Palmar lies 1 miles inland Monte el Guatamote (2307N, 11003W), a
N of the point. Thence: prominent peak.
5 WSW of Punta Pescadero (4 miles N of Punta Monte Isabel (2435N, 11206W) (7.23).
Gasparino), a rocky point with off-lying ledges (Directions continue for Baha Magdalena at
which should be given a clearance of at least 7.24 and for coastal passage at 7.45)
5 cables; the point is dominated by a steep hill.
Thence:
6 WSW of Punta San Pedro (4 miles N of Punta Small craft channel
Pescadero), a steep rocky bluff, which rises steeply Canal de Rehusa
5 cables inland. La Bocana, the mouth of a large 7.15
stream which is closed in the dry season, is 1 Description. Canal de Rehusa, which lies between Punta
situated midway between Punta San Pedro and Santa Marina (2421N, 11141W) and the SE coast of Isla
Punta Pescadero. Thence: Santa Margarita (1 mile W), forms the S entrance to Baha
7 WSW and SW of Punta Lobos (2325N, 11014W), Almejas (7.21). This channel is suitable only for boats and
the NW extremity of Los Lobos, a high rocky entry to Baha Almejas for deep-draught vessels is through
promontory having a frontage of 1 miles to the Canal de la Gaviota in Baha Magdalena (7.20).
sea; Todos Santos Light (7.16) stands 2 miles 2 In the approach to Canal de Rehusa there are shoal
NNW of Punta Lobos. Thence: patches over which the sea breaks, and in 1928 breakers
SW of Inocentes (2347N, 11041W) from the were reported in a position 2 miles S of Punta Santa
vicinity of which a light (white round concrete Marina; a stranded wreck lies on the E side of Punta
tower, red bands, 10 m in height) is displayed, (Cabo) Tosca on the W side of the approach.
thence: 3 The channel itself is encumbered with shoals, and the
8 SW of Punta Mrquez (2357N, 11052W), a low tidal streams in it are very strong, causing tide rips and
rocky point, fringed by sandy bluffs on either side, overfalls, and rendering navigation in it very difficult for
and from which a reef extends 5 cables S. A light all but small boats.
(metal pyramidal tower, 12 m in height) is Local knowledge is required.
displayed from the point. Thence:
SW of the mouth of Arroyo Conejo (10 miles NW
of Punta Mrquez), from where a light (metal Anchorages
pyramidal tower, 11 m in height) is displayed,
thence: Punta Lobos
9 SW of Punta Conejo (2420N, 11128W) the E 7.16
entrance to Boca del Colorado which leads into 1 Anchorage may be obtained, in moderate weather, in
Laguna de Rancho Bueno, a lagoon navigable by depths of from 13 to 18 m (43 to 59 ft), about 3 cables
boats throughout half its length. A dome shaped offshore in a position 5 cables N of Punta Lobos (2325N,
mound, about 15 m high, stands on the shore of 11014W) (7.13), with the point bearing about 150. The
the lagoon N of Punta Conejo. Thence: town of Todos Santos, is situated about 2 miles N of Punta
10 SW of Punta (Cabo) Tosca (2418N, 11143W), the Lobos, and Ro de Todos Santos, a stream which does not
SE extremity of Isla Santa Margarita, a bold, dry, flows into the sea 5 cables N of Punta Lobos at the N
prominent, rocky point, from where a light (white end of a tableland which extends from the point.

221
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

2 Local knowledge is required. distance of about 60 miles within the coast; Canal Hull and
Useful mark: Canal San Carlos lead either side of Punta Edie, situated
Todos Santos Light (white round concrete tower, 6 miles N of Punta Stearns. It is reported the lagoons have
black bands, 10 m in height) (2327N, 11014W). been navigated by boats for a distance of 40 miles above
Landing. Punta Lobos projects at a sharp angle from a the head of the bay.
sand beach on the N side of Los Lobos forming a small 4 Puerto Magdalena stands on the W side of the bay,
cove where landing may be effected under favourable 8 miles within the entrance, and Puerto de San Carlos is
conditions. situated 9 miles farther N at the head of a buoyed channel
entered about 3 miles ENE of Puerto Magdalena.
7.21
Punta Lobos to Punta Conejo 1 Baha Almejas (2428N, 11143W) is a large body of
7.17 water, protected on its seaward side by Isla Santa Margarita
1 In fine weather anchorage may be obtained anywhere (7.8). The mainland shores of the bay are low and barren,
along the coast between Punta Lobos (2325N, 11014W) broken on the N side by several lagoons which dry at LW.
(7.13) and Punta Conejo (88 miles NW) (7.13), about The bay is deep in its central part but there are extensive
1 mile offshore in depths of from about 16 m (53 ft). The shoals on the N and E sides, and the SE part, which leads
depths are regular and there are no hidden dangers, but into Baha Santa Marina, is almost entirely obstructed by
breakers extend some distance offshore. shoals. These shoals continue into the entrance to Canal de
Rehusa (7.15) which restricts the use of that channel to
craft other than boats; the principal entrance is through
Punta (Cabo) Tosca Canal de la Gaviota on the W side of the bay, a deep but
7.18 narrow channel about 1 mile wide, which leads between
1 Anchorage may be obtained 5 cables E of Punta Tosca Isla Mangrove, an island lying on a shoal extending from
(2418N, 11143W) (7.13), but caution is necessary on the N shore, and the NE extremity of Isla Santa Margarita.
account of the strength of the tidal streams and of silting
that has been reported. This position lies close to the
stranded wreck (7.15). Tidal streams
7.22
1 In the entrance to the bay tidal streams run at rates of
Other names from 1 to 2 kn and cause tide rips. The general direction of
7.19 the tidal streams in the W part of the bay is NNW or SSE.
1 Carrizal, Boca del (2338N, 11026W). They set over the sandspit off Punta Belcher, 2 miles
Flor de Malva, Boca (2415N, 11117W). inside the N entrance point (7.29), at a rate of from 1 to
Palmarito, Boca del (2335N, 11022W). 2 kn. In Caleta del Acorazado (Man of War Cove) (7.28),
Playita, Boca de la (2330N, 11017W). the general direction of the tidal streams is closer to N and
S and their strength is much weaker. On the E side of the
bay the in-going stream sets more W and the out-going
stream more S.
BAHA MAGDALENA

Landmarks
General information 7.23
Charts 3053, 3054 1 Monte Isabel (2435N, 11206W) the highest peak
Description on the N side of the entrance.
7.20 Punta Redonda (2431N, 11201W) (7.11).
1 Baha Magdalena, entered between Punta Redonda
(2431N, 11201W) and Punta Entrada (3 miles NW), is
a large enclosed harbour protected on its S side by Isla Directions for entering the bay
Santa Margarita (7.8), and on its W side by a high, narrow (continued from 7.14)
peninsula, connected to the mainland N by a low neck. The 7.24
inshore sides of the bay are low and barren. 1 From a position SW of Punta Redonda (2431N,
2 The bay is easily accessible and is the largest, well 11201W) (7.11) the track into the bay leads NE passing:
sheltered harbour on the W side of Baja California. Baha NW of a reef, at the outer end of which is a rock
Almejas (7.21), a smaller harbour on the SE side, is awash, and on which the sea breaks heavily, which
connected to Baha Magdalena by Canal de la Gaviota extends 7 cables W from Punta Redonda. A light
(7.21); this channel provides the only means of access to (white truncated pyramidal masonry tower, 9 m in
Baha Almejas for deep-draught vessels. height) stands on Punta Redonda; the structure is
3 Shoals extend up to 2 miles offshore on the E and N reported difficult to identify from N but is easily
sides of the bay. The NW side of the bay is much distinguished from S. And:
obstructed with shoals and sandbanks separated by channels 2 SE of the reef, over which the sea breaks, which
in which there are depths of from 42 to 155 m (14 to extends about 3 cables SE from Punta Entrada
51 ft). The entrances to these channels lie between Punta (3 miles WNW of Punta Redonda), a dome
Delgada (2442N, 11207W) and Punta Stearns (Stern) shaped hill 60 m high. Several detached rocks lie
(3 miles NE); shoal water extends 5 miles S from Punta near Punta Entrada, and Roca Vela, a small, well
Stearns. A rock, which uncovers at LW, lies S of Punta defined pinnacle rock is situated close SE of the
Delgada, in position (24405N, 112072W). These point; this rock makes a useful mark when
channels lead to a series of lagoons which run N for a approaching the entrance from W in misty weather.

222
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

3 There is a deep clear passage, about 2 miles wide, Anchorage may be obtained off the port in a depth of
between the above dangers fringing the entrance points to about 7 m, over a sandy bottom, with good protection from
the bay, but Punta Entrada should be favoured, whilst SE winds.
keeping well clear of Roca Vela, as there is a tendency for 2 Berths. A wooden pier 290 m long, with depths of 57
the prevailing wind and current to set vessels towards to 94 m alongside, extends from the shore. There are two
Punta Redonda. Tidal streams in the entrance are strong, smaller piers available for boats and mooring buoys are
see 7.22. laid off the extremity of the main pier. Lights (white
concrete towers, 5 m in height) are displayed from the main
Charts 3053, 3054 (see 1.14) pier.
Directions for Canal de la Gaviota Supplies: fuel is supplied from pipelines on the pier.
7.25 Puerto Magdalena
1 Approach leading lights: 7.28
Front light (white metal framework tower, 22 m in 1 General information. Puerto Magdalena, on the W side
height) on the N side of Isla Mangrove (2432N, of Baha Magdalena, is situated at the head of Caleta del
11149W). Acorazado (Man of War Cove) which is entered between
Rear light (similar structure, 27 m in height) (594 m Punta Caleta (2437N, 11206W) and Punta Delgada
E of the front light). (4 miles NNW). The port, with a population of about
2 From a position in the entrance to Baha Magdalena, 500, is a fishing port of little commercial importance.
about 1 miles WNW of Punta Redonda (2431N, 7.29
11201W) (7.11), the track leads E on to the alignment 1 Directions approach. From a position in the entrance
(087) of the above lights, passing (with positions from the to Baha Magdalena, about 1 miles ENE of Punta Entrada
front light): (2432N, 11204W) (7.24), the passage leads generally
3 N of Bajo Horseshoe (2 miles WSW), a bank with NNW into Caleta del Acorazado passing (with positions
depths over it of less than 5 m (16 ft) which from Punta Entrada):
extends 1 mile NE from the N coast of Isla Santa 2 ENE of an area of shoal water which extends
Margarita; a 12 m (4 ft) patch lies on the outer 5 cables offshore for a distance of about 1 mile on
edge of the bank. And: the S side of Punta Belcher (2 miles NNW). It is
4 S of Bajo California (2 miles WNW), a bank with a reported there is a pier at Punta Belcher and that a
least depth over its S edge of 18 m (6 ft); a bank group of black coloured tanks stand on the SE side
with depths over it of less than 91 m (30 ft) of the point. Thence:
extends 3 miles W from Bajo California. 3 ENE of Punta Caleta (5 miles NNW), the S entrance
With an out-going tidal stream there are heavy breakers to Caleta del Acorazado.
on both the above banks even when the sea is smooth and Clearing mark:
the swell barely perceptible. Roca Vela, open E of the shore N of it, leads well E
5 Entry leading lights: of the shoal water off Punta Belcher.
Front light (white metal tower, 9 m in height) 4 Entry. In the central and S parts of the bay are depths
(2428N, 11129W) on the NE side of Isla Santa of from 10 to 30 m but on the N and W sides there are
Margarita, S of Puerto Corts. depths of 5 m and less; a shoal spit extends about 2 miles
Rear light (white metal truncated pyramid) (843 m SSE from Punta Delgada.
SSE of the front light). Useful mark:
6 From a position about 1 miles W of the approach front Puerto Magdalena Light (metal framework tower, 8 m
leading light, the alignment (154) of these lights leads in height) stands close S of the root of the pier.
SSE to the vicinity of Puerto Corts (7.27) passing (with 5 Anchorage. See 7.37.
positions from the front light): Berth. A pier, about 18 m in length with a depth
WSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles W), alongside of 24 m, extends from the shore but is reported
thence: to be in ruins.
7 ENE of Punta Cisne (3 miles NNE) the NE Communications. There is a small airfield 1 mile NNW
extremity of Isla Santa Margarita, and: of the port.
WSW of Punta Lengua (3 miles N) the SW extremity
of Isla Mangrove. Puerto de San Carlos
Chart 3054 (see 1.14)
Minor ports General information
7.30
Puerto Alcatraz 1 Position and function. Puerto de San Carlos (2447N,
7.26 11207W) is a small fishing port on the NW side of Baha
1 Puerto Alcatraz (2431N, 11151W) is situated in the Magdalena where there is a pier used for the export of
small bay formed on the S side of Punta Cisne (7.25). A grain and cotton, and the import of fertilizers and fish; it
pier, 90 to 120 m long, with depths of from 3 to 94 m also accommodates cruise ships. The town has a population
alongside, serves a fish canning factory at the village. of about 6000.
2 Port limits extend N from the parallel of the fairway
light-buoy (24385N, 112052W).
Puerto Corts Port Authority. As for Pichilingue (6.108).
7.27
1 General information. Puerto Corts (2428N, Limiting conditions
11149W) is a small, regional naval base situated on the N 7.31
coast of Isla Santa Margarita. 1 Controlling depth in the entrance channel is 82 m
Directions. See 7.25. (27 ft); vessels with a deeper draught await HW.

223
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. ESE for about 1 miles; thence it again leads NNW for
Mean spring range about 17 m; mean neap range about 2 miles to the port.
05 m. 2 Caution. The buoys in the channel may be moved to
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 183 m; breadth align with changes in channel depths.
305 m; draught 91 m. Useful marks:
Local weather. Fog, autumn and early winter; see 7.3. Light (square metal tower, 16 m in height) standing at
the head of L-shaped pier (7.35).
Arrival information Water tower (17 m in height) and Observatory (10 m
7.32 in height), both prominent, stand close together on
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio the extension leading to the pier.
Signals Volume 6(4).
Notice of ETA: 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours in advance.
Anchorage on arrival may be obtained close SW of the Berths
fairway light-buoy (safe water) (24385N, 112052W). 7.35
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available at night; 24 1 Anchorage, with good holding, may be obtained off the
hours notice of ETA is required. The pilot boards from a berths in depths of 6 to 10 m, sand.
small boat at the fairway light-buoy; it has been reported Cargo berth. The berth comprises an L-shaped pier,
that the boat sometimes leads a vessel through the channel with a berthing face 102 m long, and with a depth
and the pilot then boards off the pier. alongside of 114 m (37 ft); dolphins at both ends of the
Tugs are not available. pier increase the length of the berth to 204 m.
Tanker berth. The Federal Commission of Electricity
Tidal streams has a berth 280 m in length with a depth of 105 m
7.33 alongside.
1 Tidal streams in the channel can reach 3 kn.
Directions Port services
7.34 7.36
1 Approach. As for the approach to Puerto Magdalena 1 Repairs: limited repairs available.
(7.29). Other facilities: medical assistance available; hospital;
Entry. From the fairway light-buoy (24385N, garbage disposal.
112052W) a narrow channel, marked by light-buoys, Supplies: provisions can be supplied from Ciudad
leads NNW for 7 miles to a position about 2 miles S of Constitucin; fresh water on the pier; small quantities of
Punta Edie (2449N, 11210W) where it turns sharply diesel by road tankers from La Paz.

Berths at Puerto de San Carlos (7.35)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

224
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

2 Communications: local airstrip; domestic airport at As the high land approaches the coast the country becomes
Ciudad Constitucin; nearest international airport is at La rugged and uneven.
Paz (2410N, 11019W).
Off-lying banks
Anchorages 7.41
1 Several shoal banks and depths lie within 18 miles
Charts 3053, 3054 (see 1.14) WNW and W of Cabo San Lzaro; they are (positioned
7.37 from the cape):
1 Anchorage may be obtained almost anywhere in Baha A shoal depth of 11 m (36 ft) (reported 1992)
Magdalena. The best anchorage, in all seasons, is about (12 miles NW).
5 cables E of the pier at Puerto Magdalena (7.28), in depths Two shoals, 1 miles apart, each with a depth of
of 16 m (53 ft), or farther out in depths of 24 m (13 fm). over it of 11 m (36 ft), (one reported 1955, the
During the winter, if there is a S wind, which is not other reported 1972) (14 miles W).
often the case, good anchorage may be obtained in the S 2 Thetis Bank (17 miles WNW), a bank about
part of the bay under the lee of Isla Santa Margarita. 1 miles long and 7 cables wide, over which
2 Caution. Mariners intending to anchor towards the there is a least known depth of 12 m (39 ft); the
middle of the bay should note a dangerous wreck, position bottom is uneven, with jagged rocks, and it is
approximate, lying about 7 miles E of Puerto Magdalena. possible that there may be less depths in places.

Other names Current

7.42
Charts 3053, 3054 1 The current off Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W)
7.38 sets mainly SE at a rate of 1 kn.
1 Chisguete, Estero el (Entrada del Tortuga) (2448N,
11158W). Landmarks
Isham, Punta (2431N, 11146W). 7.43
Salinas, Estero (Entrada de Deering) (2434N, 1 Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W), the NW
11149W). extremity of a headland of volcanic origin which is
San Buto, Estero (Laguna de los Islotes) (2448N, faced by bold and rocky cliffs and which rises to
11203W). Monte San Lzaro; the cape appears as an island
Tortugas, Laguna (2434N, 11145W). when first sighted. A light (white square masonry
tower and dwelling, 7 m in height) is displayed
from the cape. Several stranded wrecks lie on the
BAHA MAGDALENA coast within 4 miles N of the cape.
TO PUNTA PEQUEA 2 Monte Thetis (2651N, 11230W); the S slope is
very abrupt, making a gap in the mountain range.
General information The peak has often been seen at a distance of
Chart 3054 70 miles to seaward.
Route Other navigational aid
7.39 7.44
1 From the approaches to Baha Magdalena (2432N, 1 Racon. Cabo San Lzaro Lighthouse (2448N,
11202W) the coastal passage leads NW for 23 miles to 11219W).
the vicinity of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W), For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
thence it leads N for about 90 miles to the vicinity of Punta
Pequea (2614N, 11229W). Directions
(continued from 7.14)
Topography
7.40 Baha Magdalena to Cabo San Lzaro
1 The W coast of the peninsula forming the W side of 7.45
Baha Magdalena between Punta Entrada (2432N, 1 From a position SW of Punta Entrada (2432N,
11204W) and Cabo Corzo (9 miles NW) consists of a 11204W) the passage leads NW passing:
succession of rocky points alternating with sand beaches SW of Cabo Corso (9 miles NW of Punta Entrada),
and fringed in places with detached rocks; the land rises a bold, rocky point, formed by dark coloured hills
abruptly to elevations of from 150 to 300 m or more. that rise abruptly to an elevation of 183 m, and
Thence the coast recedes into a bay before turning abruptly which is fronted by white sand bluffs from 20 to
N at Cabo San Lzaro, 11 miles farther NW. 25 m high, thence:
2 The coast for about 58 miles N of Cabo San Lzaro is 2 SW of Punta Hughes (7 miles NW of Cabo Corso),
backed by lagoons, connected with each other and opening a low rocky point, the SE extremity of Cabo San
into Baha Magdalena. These lagoons lie nearly parallel Lzaro, thence:
with the coast, being separated from the sea by narrow SW and W of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W)
strips of sand, through which there are three entrances to (7.43).
the sea; these entrances are described at 7.46.
3 North of the lagoon area the land rises gradually at first, Cabo San Lzaro to Punta Pequea
then more abruptly, to white tablelands, which, divided by 7.46
watercourses, gradually increase in width and height, and 1 From a position W of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N,
finally merge with the high tablelands of the interior; the 11219W) (7.43) the passage leads N passing:
peaks of Sierra de La Giganta (6.134) (chart 2324) are E of the dangers lying W and WNW of Cabo San
often clearly visible over the intervening mountain ranges. Lzaro (7.41), thence:

225
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

2 W of Boca de Soledad (2516N, 11209W), an Laguna San Juanico

entrance marked on either side by a ridge of 7.48
sandhills, 15 to 30 m high, and suitable only for 1 Description. Laguna San Juanico (San Gregorio),
small craft with local knowledge. A shallow bank, entered through Boca San Gregorio situated close E of
over which the sea breaks, extends 3 miles W and Punta San Juanico (2603N, 11218W) (7.46), is the
S from the N side of Boca de Soledad. Boca de estuary of Ro Cadegomo and Arroyo San Gregorio. There
Soledad Light (framework tower, 6 m in height) is are depths of 09 m (3 ft) over the bar and the entrance to
displayed from the entrance; Puerto Lopez Mateos the lagoon is narrow. There are depths of from 18 to 55 m
Light (white concrete tower red bands, 10 m in (6 to 18 ft) in the lagoon which runs N for about 3 miles,
height) stands about 5 miles S of the entrance, but the S part is obstructed with shoals and sand bars; it
close to the point where Arroyo Soledad flows into can be entered by craft of 18 m draught at HW springs.
the lagoon behind the coast. Thence: 2 Local knowledge is required.
3 W of Boca de Santo Domingo (2530N, 11206W) Danger in the approach. A dangerous shoal, marked by
which is fronted by constantly shifting shoals up to a heavy roller in a swell, and over which the sea breaks at
a distance of 1 miles, and from where a light LW, lies within the 55 m (18 ft) depth contour 5 cables SE
(white round concrete tower, red bands, 10 m in of Punta San Juanico.
height) is displayed. The entrance is accessible Anchorage, with some protection from coastal winds,
only by small craft with local knowledge. Thence: may be obtained SE of Punta Juanico in depths of about
4 W of Boca de las Animas (2542N, 11206W), 9 m (30 ft), but it is not recommended.
which is fronted by constantly shifting shoals; the
entrance is accessible only to small craft with local Baha San Juanico
knowledge. San Jorge, the head of navigation of 7.49
the lagoons, lies about 3 miles N of Boca de las 1 Description. Baha San Juanico is a small indentation in
Animas. Thence: the coast on the E side of Punta Pequea (2614N,
5 W of Boca de San Andreceta (8 miles N of Boca de 11229W) (7.46). A rocky ledge, over which the sea
las Animas), the entrance is only open during the breaks, extends a short distance from Punta Pequea, the
rainy season. Thence: depths increasing rapidly seaward. A township is situated
W of Boca de Pabelln, in the vicinity of which on the N side of the bay.
stands a light (white concrete tower, red bands, 2 Local knowledge is required.
10 m in height), thence: Anchorage may be obtained NE of Punta Pequea in
6 WSW of Punta San Juanico (2603N, 11218W), a depths of about 9 m (30 ft).
salient sand bluff, 15 m high. The coast for about
2 miles N of Punta San Juanico is fringed by a Other names
shallow bank that extends 7 cables offshore. 7.50
Thence: 1 Astorga, Puerto (2508N, 11208W).
7 SW of Punta Pequea (2614N, 11229W), a rocky Magdalena, Punta (2433N, 11206W).
point with bluffs from 5 to 8 m high, rising to a Mezquital, Boca del (2612N, 11222W).
hill 18 m high; a light (white metal framework Roja, Punta (2437N, 11209W).
tower, red bands, 8 m in height) stands on the
point. Punta Pequea is similar to Punta San
Juanico and may be confused with the latter point PUNTA PEQUEA TO
when approaching from S. PUNTA SAN HIPLITO
(Directions continue at 7.55)
General information
Charts 3054, 3055
Route
7.51
Anchorages and lagoon 1 From the vicinity of Punta Pequea (2614N,
11249W) to that of Punta San Hiplito (2658N,
11400W) the coastal passage leads WNW, passing well to
seaward of the dangers extending S and W from Punta
Baha Santa Mara Abreojos (2642N, 11334W).
7.47
1 Description. Baha Santa Mara, is entered between Topography
Cabo Corso (2440N, 11211W) (7.45) and Punta Hughes 7.52
(7 miles NW) (7.45). The shore of the bay comprises a 1 Initially the coast between Punta Pequea and the
low, narrow, sandy beach, which separates the bay from the entrance to Laguna San Ignacio (about 52 miles NW) is
channels leading N out of Baha Magdalena. Morro formed by sandhills, from 30 to 60 m high, but for the
Howlands, a bluff headland, stands at the E entrance to the most part the coast is low and sandy and not easily
bay; a small lagoon opens out into the bay in the NW distinguishable. Several narrow lagoons lie parallel to the
corner. coast, separated from the sea by a strip of sand through
2 Anchorage may be obtained in the NW part of the bay, which there are shallow passages suitable only for boats.
from 5 to 7 cables offshore, well protected from the Inland a series of irregular tablelands up to 365 m in height
prevailing winds, in depths of from 9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft), rise abruptly from the low land and recede to a distance of
sand. about 10 miles from the coast near Laguna San Ignacio.
In 1975, a stranded wreck was reported to lie in the NW 2 West of the entrance to Laguna San Ignacio, the coast is
side of the bay, 1 miles NE of Punta Hughes. formed into a bay from the W side of which the land

226
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

begins to rise gradually to the high land N of Punta breaks heavily, extends 1 mile offshore from a
Abreojos (2642N, 11334W). In clear weather the peaks point situated 1 mile NW of the entrance to this
of Las Tres Virgenes (6.223), situated about 60 miles NE inlet, and forms the W edge of a spit with depths
(chart 2324), are plainly visible from this part of the coast. of less than 55 m (18 ft) over it which extends
3 From Punta Abreojos the coastline continues low and about 1 miles offshore; another reef projects
sandy, and is indented by a bay above which the tableland 2 cables offshore at the turn of the coast, 1 mile
rises to over 600 m in height. farther NW. Thence:
6 WSW of Punta San Hiplito (2658N, 11400W), a
Off-lying bank low, black, rocky point, backed by barren hills
7.53 from 15 to 30 m high; a shelving reef, over which
1 Hutchins Bank, with a depth over it of 33 m (18 fm) lies the sea breaks, projects 5 cables S from the point.
21 miles offshore, 24 miles SE of Punta Abreojos (2642N, A light (white concrete tower red bands, 10 m in
11334W). height) stands on the point.

Useful mark
Landmarks
7.56
7.54
1 Punta Pequea Light (2614N, 11229W) (7.46).
1 Monte Thetis (2651N, 11230W) (7.43).
(Directions continue at 7.67)
Punta Abreojos Lighthouse (grey pyramidal concrete
tower, 22 m in height) (2645N, 11334W).
Monte Table (2704N, 11358W), a distinctive, flat Anchorages
topped mountain.
Punta Santo Domingo
7.57
Directions 1 Anchorage, with some protection from the prevailing
(continued from 7.46) winds, may be obtained E of Punta Santo Domingo
7.55 (2619N, 11240W) (7.55) in depths of about 9 m (30 ft),
1 Caution. Between Punta Pequea and Punta Abreojos but due to the ground swell along this coast anchorage in
with the low and feature coastline, depths, though irregular, depths of less than 22 m (12 fm) can be uncomfortable.
increase gradually from the shore, and sounding is the best Local knowledge is required.
guide, especially at night.
From a position SW of Punta Pequea (2614N, Baha San Hiplito
11229W) the passage leads WNW, then NW passing: 7.58
2 SSW of Punta Santo Domingo (12 miles NW of 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha San Hiplito
Punta Pequea), a prominent, dark coloured, entered close E of Punta San Hiplito (2658N, 11400W)
perpendicular cliff, 53 m high, backed by tableland (7.55). The anchorage is E of Punta San Hiplito, about
120 m (400 ft) high. Cliffs extend for several miles 5 cables offshore, in depths of about 9 m (30 ft). Attention
on either side of the point, those N of it being is drawn to a shoal, with a least depth over it of 11 m
formed by a distinctive white sand bluff. Thence: (36 ft), position approximate, which lies 4 miles SE of
SSW of an area of shoals which extends about Punta San Hiplito.
1 miles SW from the entrance to Laguna San Local knowledge is required.
Ignacio (2645N, 11315W) (7.63), thence:
3 SSW of Bajos Wright (2641N, 11334W), which Baha de Ballenas
consists of several detached shoals, lying from 1 to
1 miles S and SE of Punta Abreojos. The point, Description
a low, sandy bluff, should be given a good 7.59
clearance at all times to avoid these shoals and 1 Baha de Ballenas is an open bay entered between Punta
others lying up to 5 miles WSW of it. A reef Holcomb (Holcombe) (2642N, 11316W), the W
projects about 5 cables S from the point and there extremity of a large, low, sandy island, and Punta Abreojos
are numerous detached rocks off its E side. Punta (16 miles W) (7.55). As its name suggests, it is much
Abreojos Light (7.54) stands about 2 miles N of frequented by whales in winter.
the point, and a further light (metal framework 2 The shores of the bay are low and sandy, except on the
tower, 8 m in height) (not charted) stands 1 miles W side where there are some low bluffs from which the
ENE from Punta Abreojos. Thence: land rises to Punta Abreojos. In the E side of the bay is
4 WSW of Roca Ballena (4 miles W of Punta the entrance to Laguna San Ignacio (7.63), and at the head
Abreojos), lying 2 miles offshore on a detached of the bay is the entrance to Laguna La Escondida. The
reef, about 7 cables long and 5 cables wide, over latter lagoon, which is accessible only to small craft, is
which the sea breaks heavily; a rock (09 m (3 ft) fronted by a shoal on which the sea breaks, and a bank
high) lies 2 cables SE of Roca Ballena. A extends about 1 mile offshore for about 4 miles W of the
dangerous reef, of similar extent, with rocks awash entrance to this lagoon.
over which the sea breaks occasionally, lies 1 mile
WSW of Roca Ballena. Thence: Local weather
5 WSW of the entrance to Estero la Bocana (8 miles 7.60
NW of Punta Abreojos). A shoal with depths over 1 Land and sea breezes are regular and fairly strong.
it of less than 9 m (30 ft) extends 3 miles offshore Strong winds blowing out of Laguna San Ignacio may be
SW of this entrance, and shoal depths extend up to expected at intervals from September to March. Fog may
5 cables offshore in places along the coast from be experienced at night and in the early morning during the
Punta Abreojos. A large reef, over which the sea winter months.

227
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Directions at the entrance to Baha Sebastin Vizcano, the coastal

7.61 passage leads NW for 82 miles.
1 The entrance is wide and depths shoal gradually to the
head of the bay. If entering the bay from the W, in addition Topography
to the dangers lying S and SE of Punta Abreojos, attention 7.65
is drawn to Bajo Knepper, lying 1 mile offshore 2 miles 1 The coastline is formed into a series of bays, backed a
ENE of that point. few miles inland by extensive tablelands which rise to
2 Useful mark: elevations of from 300 to 600 m. Farther inland there is a
Sandhill (55 m (179 ft) high) standing on the NE side remarkable range of peaks of variegated colours from 600
of the bay 7 miles NW of Punta Holcomb. to 900 m in height; the highest of these is Pico Lowry
(2725N, 11417W).
Anchorage 2 In the approach to Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W)
7.62 the coast comprises rocky bluffs, with projecting points and
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Punta Abreojos off-lying rocks surrounded by kelp. Sharp, bare hills, rise to
(2642N, 11334W) (7.55) in depths of about 11 m (36 ft); an elevation of 320 m (1047 ft) close to the coast.
Bajos Wright must be given a wide berth when
approaching the anchorage. Landmarks
2 In good weather, anchorage may also be obtained in 7.66
depths of about 9 m (30 ft), with Punta Bronaugh (2645N, 1 Monte Table (2704N, 11358W) (7.54).
11316W) (7.63) bearing 057, distance about 3 miles. Pico San Pablo (2715N, 11427W).
Local knowledge is required. Pico Hermoso (2732N, 11442W).
Monte Eugenia (2746N, 11501W), the most
Laguna San Ignacio conspicuous of the sharp, bare hills in the
7.63 approaches to Punta Eugenia.
1 General information. Laguna San Ignacio is a large
expanse of water which extends about 16 miles N from the
entrance between Punta Parmenter (2646N, 11314W) Directions
and Punta Bronaugh (about 2 miles W). (continued from 7.56)
Local knowledge is required. 7.67
2 Caution. Tidal streams are strong at springs, and a 1 From a position SW of Punta San Hiplito (2658N,
heavy swell is sometimes experienced on the bar. No 11400W) the passage leads NW passing (with positions
directions can be given for crossing the bar, which is liable from Punta San Pablo (2713N, 11429W)):
to frequent and sudden changes; it was reported (1982) that SW of a rock with a depth over it of 64 m (21 ft),
depths in the channel are less than charted. which lies 1 miles offshore 3 miles NW of Punta
3 Approach. Extensive shoals, which partly dry, extend San Hiplito, thence:
from the entrance and form a bar about 1 miles SW of SW of a rock with a depth over it of 11 m (36 ft)
Punta Holcomb (about 3 miles S of Punta Bronaugh) (7.59) (15 miles SE) thence:
which is about 4 cables wide and has depths over it of 2 SW of Isla Asuncin (12 miles SE), a barren island
57 m (19 ft); the channel is clearly marked by breakers. which is surrounded by detached rocks and kelp
Within the bar the depths increase, but NNW of Punta which extend 2 cables S. A shallow bank
Holcomb, on the E side of the channel, there is a reef connects the island to Punta Asuncin, a low,
which dries, and which is steep-to on its SE side. narrow, sandy point, terminating in a conical
4 Entry. From a position about 2 miles above Punta mound 20 m high, 7 cables N. A group of rocks
Bronaugh the fairway divides into three channels, the E of awash is situated on this bank, about midway
which, a narrow and tortuous channel, is reported to be the between the point and the island, and a rock,
best and leads to the head of the lagoon in a least depth of which dries about 09 m (3 ft), lies 5 cables W of
22 m (7 ft). the N end of the island. The sea breaks heavily
5 Useful marks: over these rocks and over the reefs which fringe
Islas Ballenas (2655N, 11309W), two low islands. Punta Asuncin. Thence:
Anchorages. See 7.62 for anchorages in Baha de 3 SW of Isla San Roque (6 miles SE), a rugged islet
Ballenas. from the W side of which a light (red round
Anchorage inside the lagoon may be obtained in an area concrete tower, 7 m in height) is displayed. The
about 2 miles above Punta Bronaugh, in depths of from 9 passage between the islet and the shore NE is foul
to 15 m (30 to 50 ft). and should not be attempted. In August 1921, a
current setting E, with a rate of from 4 to 5 kn
was reported off Isla San Roque. Thence:
PUNTA SAN HIPLITO 4 SW of Punta San Roque (3 miles SE), a light
TO PUNTA EUGENIA coloured bluff, 15 m high, which rises sharply to
Pico San Roque; the point is steep-to but foul
ground extends 2 cables offshore for 1 miles
General information SE. Thence:
5 SW of Punta San Pablo, a dark, slate coloured point,
Chart 3055 above which there is a prominent hill; a reef
Route projects 5 cables S from the point. Thence:
7.64 Clear of, depending on draught, a pinnacle rock with
1 From the vicinity of Punta San Hiplito (2658N, a depth over it of 183 m (60 ft) (12 miles WNW),
11400W) to that of Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), thence:

228
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

6 Clear of a depth of 164 m (54 ft) (reported 1986) Baha San Pablo
(16 miles NW); air bubbles have been reported 7.71
in the vicinity and depths of 274 to 33 m (15 to 1 Anchorage may be obtained 7 cables offshore, in
18 fms), which are less than the charted depths depths of from 18 to 27 m (10 to 15 fm) in Baha San
have been reported to extend E from this position. Pablo, a bay free from all known dangers, which is entered
And: between Punta San Roque (2711N, 11426W) (7.67) and
7 Clear of a depth of 164 m (54 ft) (reported 1953) Punta San Pablo (3 miles NW) (7.67). A sandy beach,
(23 miles WNW); other shoal depths, the least one with steep bluffs on either side of it, lies at the head of the
of 33 m (18 fm), lie between these latter two bay.
depths. Thence: Local knowledge is required.
SW of Morro Hermoso (23 miles NW), a headland
which rises abruptly from bare rocky cliffs to an Baha de San Cristbal
elevation of 274 m. Discoloured water has been 7.72
reported (1958), 10 miles SW of Morro Hermoso. 1 Baha de San Cristbal is a large, exposed bay, which is
Thence: formed between Punta San Pablo (2713N, 11429W)
8 SW of Punta Cambrey (2737N, 11451W), a bold (7.67) and Morro Hermoso (23 miles NW) (7.67). The
rocky point, 45 m high, which rises to Monte shores of the bay comprise bluffs and sandy cliffs, except
Belcher 9 cables NW; foul ground extends for a at the head of the bay, about 12 miles N of Punta San
distance of 2 cables to seaward from the point. Pablo, where the line of the cliffs is broken by a sandy
Thence: beach. About 4 miles E of Morro Hermoso a conspicuous
Clear of, depending on draught, a depth of 274 m canyon breaks the line of the cliffs on that side of the bay.
(15 fm) (reported 1957) (8 miles WNW of Punta 2 Above-water rocks lie close inshore on the W side of
Cambrey), thence: the bay; Roca de Pjaros lies about 5 miles ESE of
9 SW of Punta Rompiente (10 miles NW of Punta Morro Hermoso, and Rocas de la Gaviota lie 1 mile ESE
Cambrey), a steep, rocky headland, with numerous of that point.
detached rocks S of it over which the sea breaks
heavily. A shoal depth of 73 m (24 ft) lies Chart 2885 plan of Baha Tortugas
1 miles WNW of Punta Rompiente. Thence: Baha Cambrey
10 SW of Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), a dark, 7.73
rocky projection, fringed by reefs which extend 1 Anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing wind, may be
2 cables offshore; a light (white truncated obtained in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), in Baha Cambrey
pyramidal masonry tower, 7 m in height) stands on on the E side of Punta Cambrey (2737N, 11451W)
the point. Deep-draught vessels should note a (7.67).
depth of 24 m (13 fm) (reported 1982) which lies Local knowledge is required.
5 miles SSW of Punta Eugenia.
Chart 3055
Useful marks Punta Rompiente
7.68 7.74
1 Roca Atad Light (2740N, 11453W) (7.76). 1 Anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing wind, may be
Punta La Cantina Light (2740N, 11454W) (7.76). obtained in the bay E of Punta Rompiente (2744N,
Isla Natividad Light (2752N, 11511W) (7.86). 11501W) (7.67). The land around the bay is lower than
(Directions continue for the coastal passage at 7.86 that NW of Punta Rompiente, but is rugged and barren.
and for Canal de Dewey at 7.89; directions Local knowledge is required.
for Canal de Keller are given at 7.90)
Baha Tortugas
Anchorages Chart 2885 plan of Baha Tortugas
Baha la Asuncin General information
7.69 7.75
1 Baha la Asuncin, which lies close E of Punta 1 Position. Baha Tortugas (2740N, 11453W), the best
Asuncin (2708N, 11418W), affords good anchorage in harbour of refuge to be found between Baha Magdalena
moderate weather, 5 cables from the shore under the lee of (7.20) and San Diego Bay (8.15), is entered between Cabo
the point, in depths of from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft). There Trtolo and Punta Sargazo (La Cantina) (1 miles NW).
is a small fishing port in the bay. Topography. Cabo Trtolo is the low, rocky extremity,
of a high, narrow promontory which extends 2 miles NW
Baha San Roque from Punta Cambrey (7.67); Punta Sargazo rises sharply to
7.70 Monte El Cardoncito, 1 miles NW.
1 Baha San Roque which is formed between Punta 2 The N and E sides of the harbour are low, shingle and
Asuncin (2708N, 11418W) (7.67) and Punta San Roque gravel beaches, with few traces of vegetation; the W side is
(8 miles NW) (7.67), is lined by shingle and rocky beaches dominated by high land.
backed by sandhills, with hilly country rising inland. Isla Local knowledge is required.
San Roque (7.67) lies in the middle of the bay.
2 Anchorage may be obtained between Isla San Roque Directions
and the mainland NW in depths of from 18 to 22 m (10 to 7.76
12 fm). A depth of 3 m (10 ft) (reported 1961) lies in the 1 Approach. Mariners approaching from N should note
anchorage area and patches of kelp are frequently that foul ground, with numerous rocky patches, extends
encountered in the bay. nearly 5 cables offshore in places for up to 2 miles NW of
Local knowledge is required. the N entrance point.

229
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Entrance. The navigable entrance is about 7 cables 4 Inside the bay an area of foul ground extends 2 cables E
wide between the dangers fringing the entrance points; and SSE from a point 1 mile NNE of Punta Sargazo. A
several shoals lie in the fairway. light, (round concrete tower, 7 m in height) (27420N,
2 On the S side of the entrance a reef, on which stand 114526W) stands at the head of the bay, 2 miles NNE
Islotes Los Morros, a number of rocks, some above water, of Punta Sargazo.
on which the sea breaks heavily, extends about 1 mile
NNW from Cabo Trtolo; there is a depth of 9 m (30 ft) at Anchorage
the extremity of the reef. The outermost rock, Roca 7.77
Entrada, lies 3 cables within the extremity of the reef and 1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere within the
between this rock and the cape there are three prominent entrance but the N part of the bay is somewhat exposed to
rocks. Roca Azufre, the N of these three rocks, has two the ocean swell. The best anchorage is on the E side of the
dark projecting horns which are in contrast to the light natural breakwater formed by the reef extending from Cabo
colour of the rest of the rock; a light (truncated pyramidal Trtolo, in depths of 11 m (36 ft), with the latter point
tower, 10 m in height) is displayed from Roca Atad, the bearing 203 and Roca Entrada bearing 282.
middle rock of the three. A detached shoal, with a depth
over it of 58 m (19 ft) lies in the entrance, 4 cables W of Landing place
Roca Entrada. 7.78
3 On the N side of the entrance shoal water extends about 1 A pier 160 m long is situated at the settlement of San
2 cables SE from Punta Sargazo, and a detached shoal, Bartolom (Baha Tortugas) on the NW shore of the bay
with a depth over it of 77 m (25 ft) lies on the W side of and has depths of 6 m alongside its outer end at HW;
the fairway, 5 cables ENE of the point. A light (truncated several factory buildings and a prominent chimney stand in
metal framework tower, 10 m in height) is displayed from the vicinity. Limited facilities are available from a fishing
Punta Kelp on the E side of Punta Sargazo. company and there are air links to Ensenada and La Paz.

PUNTA EUGENIA TO SAN DIEGO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION (6.257), dominates this part of Baja California. Shelter from
S gales can be obtained in Baha de Todos Santos;
Chart 2324 Ensenada, in the bay, is the most important port on this
Area covered section of the coast.
7.79 3 Thence, as far as the approaches to San Diego (3243N,
1 In this section are described the islands and channels 11714W), the coast mainly comprises sandy bluffs and
NW of Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), and the rocky cliffs and is dominated by high land interspersed
coastal passages, harbours and anchorages between that with plateaus and tablelands; a group of prominent islands
point and San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W), about lies 7 miles off the coast. Rosarito Oil Terminal is situated
310 miles NNW; it is arranged as follows: on this part of the coast about 11 miles S of the boundary
Islands at the entrance to Baha Sebastin Vizcano with the United States.
(7.81).
2 Baha Sebastin Vizcano (7.100). ISLANDS AT THE ENTRANCE
Baha Sebastin Vizcano to Punta Baja (7.113). TO BAHA SEBASTIN VIZCANO
Punta Baja to Punta Colnett (7.126).
Punta Colnett to Islas de Todos Santos (7.142). General information
Baha de Todos Santos (7.151). Chart 3055
Islas de Todos Santos to San Diego Bay (7.167).
Description
7.81
Description 1 The islands of Isla Natividad, Isla Cedros and Islas San
7.80 Benito, lie between 4 and 40 miles NW of Punta Eugenia
1 Between Punta Eugenia and Punta Baja (about 132 miles (2751N, 11505W); Isla Cedros, the largest, provides
NNW) the coast recedes to form a deep bay, low and some protection to the S part of Baha Sebastin Vizcano,
sandy at its head, but backed on its N side by ranges of which can be entered from W through Canal de Dewey and
mountains rising to elevations of about 1100 m, 24 miles Canal de Keller, channels which pass S and N, respectively,
inland. Several prominent offshore islands extend up to of Isla Natividad.
40 miles NW of Punta Eugenia at the entrance to this bay; Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N, 11511W) (7.91) lies
Puerto Morro Redondo is situated on Islas Cedros, the at the SE extremity of Isla Cedros.
largest of these islands. 2 Directions are given for the coastal passage SW of the
2 North of Punta Baja the coast trends NNW for about islands, for Canal de Dewey and Canal de Keller and for
120 miles to the entrance to Baha de Todos Santos and the passage between Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito;
comprises a series of bays lined by sandhills and bluffs, directions are also given for Canal de Peck, which leads
and backed in places by tablelands. The coastal range of through Islas San Benito.
mountains parallels the coast a few miles inland, and is
pierced in places by sandy plains, whilst about 20 miles Topography
inland a range, on which there are peaks which attain 7.82
elevations of between 1200 and 1500 m, merges with the 1 Isla Natividad (2753N, 11511W), whose E extremity
coastal range in the vicinity of Baha de Todos Santos. In lies 4 miles W of Punta Eugenia, is a barren and hilly
the interior Cerro de La Encantada (3100N, 11522W) island, highest near its centre; the coastline is mostly steep,

230
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

rocky and fringed by detached rocks and kelp. A group of Directions for the coastal passage
buildings, together with a tall steel mast, visible only from (continued from 7.68)
S, are situated at the SE end of the island where there is a
sandy beach. Punta Eugenia to Islas San Benito
2 Isla Cedros (2810N, 11513W), a large island of 7.86
volcanic origin with numerous high peaks dominates the 1 From a position SW of Punta Eugenia (2751N,
waterway. The highest peak, Cerro de Cedros, is situated in 11505W) (7.67) the passage leads NW passing with
the S part of the island which is for the most part barren in positions from Punta Eugenia:
appearance. The N part of the island, which is SW of a shoal depth of 10 m (33 ft) (4 miles WSW)
comparatively fertile, is dominated by Pico Gill; the crests in the entrance to Canal de Dewey, thence:
and W slopes are covered with tall pines and cedar trees. 2 SW of a rock with a depth over it of 73 m (24 ft)
The island may be seen from 60 miles in clear weather. (position approximate) which is reported to lie
The S coast of the island recedes to form a bay where 1 miles SW of the S extremity of Isla Natividad
there are sandy beaches backed by high land in the interior. (4 miles W) (7.82). A light (white round masonry
3 The W coast presents an almost continuous line of steep tower and dwelling, 16 m in height) is displayed
cliffs, fronted by a stony beach, only broken near the from near the centre of the island. Thence:
middle by a rocky ledge fringed with detached rocks. 3 SW of a dangerous wreck (6 miles WNW) which
Towards the N point of the island the coast is formed by lies about 9 cables offshore on the SW side of Isla
broken bluffs with many large detached rocks, and a steep Natividad, thence:
peak (522 m (1714 ft) high), crowned with cedar trees, SW of Roca Maria (8 miles WNW), which stands on
forms the extremity. A heavy surf usually breaks on this a reef projecting 5 cables W from the NW
side of the island, and there are heavy concentrations of extremity of Isla Natividad, thence:
kelp, particularly towards the S end. Clear of, depending on draught, a depth of 27 m
4 On the E side of the island the port installations of (15 fm) (26 miles W), thence:
Morro Redondo (7.91) are prominent at the S extremity, 4 SW of Cabo San Agustn (2805N, 11521W) (7.84)
which is dominated by two peaks rising to an elevation of from which a reef, which the sea breaks in heavy
over 400 m; a large stockpile of salt is usually conspicuous weather, extends 1 mile SW; kelp extends 2 miles
behind the port. Further N the coast is composed of rocky SW from the point. The W point of Cabo San
bluffs and ravines with short stretches of gravel beach; the Agustn is reported (1986) to lie about 5 cables E.
land rises abruptly, in sharp ridges and precipitous cliffs, to Thence:
high peaks. 5 SW of Benito del Oeste (2819N, 11535W), the W
5 Islas San Benito (7.84), lie about 15 miles W of the N island of Islas San Benito and the largest in the
extremity of Isla Cedros. group; it appears as a high plateau with a mound
near its centre. A high light (7.84) is displayed
from the NW point, and a light (white round
Local magnetic anomaly masonry tower, 4 m in height) is displayed from
7.83 the S point of the island. Rocas Pinculo, two
1 In 1993, a local magnetic anomaly which increased the steep-to rocks marked by breakers, lie close
normal magnetic variation by 24, was reported to occur together 1 mile W of the island. From time to time
close to the E coast of Isla Cedros in a position about breakers have been reported and soundings of from
2 miles N of Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N, 165 to 31 m (9 to 17 fm) have been reported
11511W). obtained, as can be seen on the chart, within
11 miles W of this island.
Principal marks
7.84 Passage between Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito
1 Landmarks: 7.87
Cabo San Agustn (2805N, 11521W), a bold, dark 1 From a position SW of Cabo San Agustn (2805N,
coloured headland, which rises abruptly to Pico 11521W) (7.84) the passage leads N through the passage,
San Agustn, the termination of a range of hills 14 miles wide, between Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito,
separated by a gap from the mountain range NE. passing:
2 Islas San Benito (2819N, 11535W), a group of W of Piedra Colorada (2808N, 11522W), a
three barren, rocky islands, surrounded by detached conspicuous reddish coloured rock, which stands
rocks and kelp. 5 cables inside the extremity of the reef extending
Punta Morro Redondo Lighthouse (silver metal tower, 1 miles NW from the SW extremity of Isla
8 m in height) (2803N, 11511W). Cedros. Thence:
3 Major lights: 2 E of Benito del Este (2818N, 11532W), the east
Islas San Benito NW Light (white round concrete island of Islas San Benito, which is distinguishable
tower and dwelling, 17 m in height) (2819N, by four well defined hills. Depths considerably less
11535W), which stands near the NW point of than those charted are reported to lie up to 1 mile
Benito del Oeste, the W of Islas San Benito. E of this island; a depth of 18 m (60 ft) (reported
1983) lies 5 cables E of the E point of the island.

Other navigational aid Canal de Peck

7.85 7.88
1 Racon. From a position 1 mile E of Islas San Benito 1 Description. Canal de Peck is a narrow, deep passage,
NW Light (2819N, 11535W). which leads between Benito del Este (7.87), and Benito de
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Enmedio, the centre island of Islas San Benito. This latter

231
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

island is flat and low with a hill, 25 m (82 ft) high, near its SSE of a shoal depth of 85 m (28 ft) (5 miles WSW),
E end; the S coast of the island is fringed by foul ground. thence:
Local knowledge is required. NNW of Roca Maria (9 miles SSW) (7.86), thence:
2 Directions. The least depths in the fairway are from SSE of a shoal depth of 91 m (30 ft) (4 miles SSW),
165 to 22 m (54 to 72 ft) and, with the exception of a thence:
73 m (24 ft) patch which lies on the E side of the fairway 4 SSE of Punta Morro Redondo, the SE extremity of
about 2 cables WSW of the prominent W point of the Isla Cedros, a rocky cliff, 9 m high surmounted by
Benito de Enmedio, there are no known dangers. The a round hill, and from where a light (7.84) is
channel can be safely navigated by keeping in mid-channel. displayed; detached rocks extend 6 cables S from
Caution. Breakers have been reported in the past in a the point. And:
position about 3 miles SSW of the entrance. NNW of Punta Eugenia (12 miles SSE) (7.67).
3 Useful marks: (Directions continue for the coastal passage in Baha
Prominent rock lies 5 cables WNW of the S extremity Sebastin Vizcano at 7.103; directions for the coastal
of the Benito del Este; another rock lies 2 cables passage N of Punta Baja are given at 7.130)
N of its N extremity.
Puerto Morro Redondo
Channels into Baha Sebastin Vizcano General information
(continued from 7.68) 7.91
1 Position and function. Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N,
Canal de Dewey 11511W) is a bulk salt loading terminal situated at the SE
7.89 extremity of Isla Cedros. There is also a small fishing
1 Description. Canal de Dewey is about 4 miles wide harbour protected by breakwaters.
between Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W) (7.67) and Traffic. In 2002, 47 vessels called totalling
Isla Natividad (7.82) and can be navigated safely with due 3 655 106 dwt.
caution; it is useful for coasting vessels. Port Authority. Exportadora De Sal Sa De CV, 3a
2 The W side of the channel is foul and the soundings Oeste, 17523-A Fracc, Garita de Otay, 22500 Tijuana BC.
irregular but there is reported to be a clear channel, about Mexico.
1 mile wide, on the E side of the channel about 1 miles
offshore. It is reported both sides of the channel are usually Limiting conditions
marked by kelp. 7.92
3 Tidal streams are reported to set strongly through the 1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
channel at springs. Mean spring range about 24 m; mean neap range about
Directions. From a position SW of Punta Eugenia the 11 m.
track leads NNE passing (with positions from Punta Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel LOA
Eugenia): 304 m, 160 000 dwt, has used the port. The maximum
ESE of the shoal depth (4 miles WSW) (7.86), draught is 173 m.
thence:
4 ESE of Roca Lowry (3 miles W), over which the Arrival information
sea breaks occasionally; depths of 146 m (48 ft) or 7.93
less extend about 1 mile into the channel from this 1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
rock. Thence: Signals Volume 6(5).
WNW and NNW of Punta Eugenia; an 183 m (60 ft) Anchorage for vessels awaiting a berth may be obtained
patch (reported 1987) lies 1 miles WNW of the 7 cables NE of the head of the main pier in a depth of
point. 37 m (20 fm), mud.
5 Useful marks: Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours; the
Roca Vela, which lies 2 cables W of the S extremity pilot boards in the anchorage area or about 1 mile E of the
of Isla Natividad. main pier.
Roca Plana, which lies at the extremity of a reef Tugs are available.
which extends nearly 5 cables E from the S Directions
extremity of Isla Natividad. 7.94
1 The approaches through Canal de Dewey and Canal de
Canal de Keller Keller are given at 7.89 and 7.90, respectively.
7.90 The E coast of Isla Cedros is generally steep-to and free
1 Description. Canal de Keller leads between the N from kelp; detached rocks at the N end of the island are
extremity of Isla Natividad (2753N, 11511W) (7.82) and not so numerous, nor do they lie as far offshore, as on the
Isla Cedros (8 miles N) (7.82). A bank over which there W side; the chart is sufficient guide.
are depths of less than 183 m (60 ft), and on which there Caution. There is considerable small boat traffic in the
are often fields of kelp, extends 3 miles S from Isla vicinity.
Cedros. The S side of the fairway, where there are least Useful mark: Punta Morro Redondo Light (2822N,
depths of about 33 m (18 fm), should be favoured. 11512W) (7.84).
2 Caution. It is prudent for deep-draught vessels bound to
and from Puerto Morro Redondo (7.91) to enter and leave Berths
the port from N; Canal de Keller should be avoided due to 7.95
the possibility of uncharted dangers. 1 The principal berth is a T-shaped pier with a berthing
3 Directions. From a position W of the N extremity of face of 209 m at its head and a depth of 16.4 m alongside.
Isla Natividad the track leads ENE passing (with positions Salt is loaded from a belt and spout type loader and vessels
from Punta Morro Redondo (2803N, 11511W)): are shifted along the berth to bring the hatches under the

232
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

spout; six mooring buoys are laid off the berth to facilitate 2 A prominent, isolated, above-water rock, lies 1 cables
shifting. A second berth, capable of accommodating vessels S of Benito de Enmedio, and a smaller rock lies 2 cables
of 6500 dwt, projects from the N side of the stem of the farther W; there are no known dangers S of the line joining
pier. these two rocks which form useful marks for the
2 A second pier on which there are two berths, each anchorage.
capable of accommodating a vessel of 6500 dwt, and with Local knowledge is required.
depths alongside of from 61 to 122 m, stands close NW Landing may be effected behind some rocks, 2 cables
of the T-shaped pier. N of the SE point of Benito del Oeste.

Port services Other names

7.99
7.96
1 Ranger, Banco (2831N, 11531W).
1 Repairs: minor repairs; divers available.
Redondo, Pico (2807N, 11521W).
Other facilities: medical facilities.
Supplies: bunkers and fresh water not available;
provisions in small quantities.
Communications: local airport with flights twice weekly BAHA SEBASTIN VIZCANO
to Ensenada(7.163).
General information
Chart 3055
Anchorages Description
7.100
Isla Cedros 1 Baha Sebastin Vizcano is a large, open bay, which lies
7.97 between Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W) and Punta
1 Baha del Sudeste is situated between the S extremity Mara (70 miles NNE). The S part of the bay is afforded
of Isla Cedros (2802N, 11514W) and Punta Morro protection by Isla Cedros (7.82). Vessels approaching from
Redondo (2 miles E) (7.90). It is fringed with detached S can enter the bay through Canal de Dewey (7.89) or
rocks but affords anchorage, with protection from Canal de Keller (7.90).
prevailing winds, in depths of about 13 m (43 ft). A number of small bays and anchorages lie within the
Local knowledge is required for these anchorages. bounds of the bay.
2 Baha del Sur is situated between Cabo San Agustn 2 The state boundary between Baja California and Baja
(2805N, 11521W) (7.84) and a point 5 miles SE. The California Sur (6.2) lies in the vicinity of Puerto Venustiano
shore is formed by a succession of rocky bluffs and Carranza (7.107), along the parallel of 28N.
ravines, backed by hills, and fronted on the N and E sides
of the bay by sand beaches. There is much kelp near the
SE shore, and a group of rocks lie 5 cables offshore, about
Topography
the same distance NW of the E point. Numerous rocks and 7.101
fields of kelp extend more than 5 cables offshore in the 1 The islands on the W side of the bay are described at
NW part of the bay. 7.82.
Anchorage may be obtained, in the W side of the bay, The S coast, from Punta Eugenia to Punta Mal Arrimo
in depths of from 11 to 27 m (6 to 15 fm) with some (about 30 miles E), is backed by high land which then
protection from the prevailing winds, but the bay is open to begins to recede and is succeeded by cliffs and sandhills as
gales which are sometimes experienced in winter. far as the entrance to Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon
Landing may be effected in a cove about 1 cables N Lagoon), 13 miles farther ENE. The head of the bay is
of a prominent black rock, 48 m high, situated on the coast generally low and sandy with extensive marshes; S of
close E of Cabo San Agustn. Morro Santo Domingo (2815N, 11407W) (7.102) the
3 East coast. Anchorage has been obtained, sheltered from coast is indented by two more lagoons. The surrounding
the prevailing winds, S of a point situated about 3 miles S country is a sandy desert.
of Punta Norte (2822N, 11512W). 2 North of Morro Santo Domingo, the country is low and
Local knowledge is required. flat with high hills a few miles inland and mountains in the
Useful mark: Punta Norte Light (white truncated interior. Prominent amongst these mountains is a high,
pyramidal concrete tower, 6 m in height) (2822N, leaning peak, the top of which appears to overhang, which
11512W). is situated about 22 miles ENE of Punta Rosarito (2834N,
11409W).
3 Between Punta Rosarito and Punta Mara (30 miles NW)
the coast is more bold and rocky and is indented by several
Islas San Benito bays with sandy beaches; the intervening points project
7.98 from the high land which rises close to the coast.
1 Anchorage may be obtained close W of the SE
extremity of Benito del Oeste (2819N, 11535W) (7.86)
in depths of 183 m (60 ft) or, in a more sheltered location, Landmarks
in the bay formed between that island and Benito de 7.102
Enmedio (7.88). The islands are separated by a boat 1 Isla Natividad Lighthouse (2753N, 11511W)
channel about 1 cable wide. (7.66).
A rock with a depth over it of 3 m (10 ft) (reported Morro Santo Domingo (2815N, 11407W), a dark
1939) lies about 2 cables offshore on the S side of Benito coloured headland of volcanic origin, which, when
del Oeste. first sighted, appears as an island.

233
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Directions height) is displayed; the land rises steeply behind

(continued from 7.89 and 7.90) the point. Thence:
6 WSW of Punta Mara (2856N, 11433W), a low,
rocky point; a sandhill rises to an elevation of
20 m, 5 cables N of the point.
Punta Eugenia to Estero de San Jos (Directions continue at 7.117)
7.103
1 From a position NNW of Punta Eugenia (2751N,
11505W) (7.67) the passage to Estero de San Jos leads Laguna Ojo de Liebre
generally ENE passing:
2 NNW of Punta Falsa (1 miles NE of Punta
General information
7.105
Eugenia), a steep rocky point; a dangerous reef, on
1 Description. Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon Lagoon)
the middle of which there is a rock awash over
(2750N, 11415W), the largest and most important of the
which the sea breaks heavily, lies 5 cables N of
lagoons that indent the S coast of Baha Sebastin
the point. Isletas Chester, two rocks each 55 m
Vizcano, is studded with low islets and drying sandbanks.
high and covered with guano, lie 5 cables NE and
It has not been surveyed, but is reported to run inland for a
1 miles E, respectively, of Punta Falsa. There is
distance of about 35 miles from the bar at its entrance. Salt
no clear passage, either between the islets, or
is brought by lighters from salt pans situated near the head
between the islets and the shore. Thence:
of the lagoon.
3 NNW of Punta Mal Arrimo (2748N, 11432W),
2 The approaches to the lagoon are low and sandy and
which rises to a prominent hill. Between Punta
backed by sandhills.
Falsa and Punta Mal Arrimo the coastal bank
The shores of the lagoon are part of a nature park where
extends offshore from 5 cables to 1 mile in places.
the particular attraction is in watching the grey whales who
With the exception of a rock which lies 5 cables
frequent this, and other warm water lagoons in Baja
offshore in a bay 12 miles E of Punta Falsa, this
California, between December and April.
stretch of coast is free from off-lying dangers.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Thence:
Maximum size of vessel. A vessel with a draught of
4 NNW of a shoal depth of 37 m (12 ft) (2800N,
55 m has been reported to have entered the lagoon.
11421W) (reported 1943), which lies in depths of
about 183 m (60 ft) off the entrance to Laguna
Directions
Ojo de Liebre (7.105). The coast between Punta
7.106
Mal Arrimo and the entrance to Laguna Ojo de
1 Approach. The entrance to the lagoon is marked, on
Liebre is fronted by a shallow bank to a distance
either side, by white sand bluffs, from 9 to 12 m high.
of from 5 cables to 1 mile offshore. Thence:
Shoals extend about 4 miles offshore in front of the
5 To the vicinity of the landfall light-buoy (safe water)
entrance, and for a distance of 7 miles N of the entrance,
(2809N, 11411W). This buoy was reported
the outermost described in 7.103.
(1995) to be missing.
2 Cautions.
Tidal streams are strong in the entrance.
Traffic. Large and heavily loaded barges are towed
Estero de San Jos to Punta Maria daily between the lagoon and Islas Cedros (7.82);
7.104 they are difficult to manoeuvre and vessels are
1 From the vicinity of the landfall light-buoy (2809N, advised to remain well clear.
11411W) the passage leads NNW passing: 3 Entry. There are reported to be depths of 6 m (19 ft)
WSW of Morro Santo Domingo (2815N, 11407W) over the bar which is situated about 6 miles N of the
(7.102) from where a light (white round concrete entrance and which is indicated by a landfall beacon (red
tower, 10 m in height) is displayed. The headland concrete structure on three piles) (28005N, 114180W to
is conspicuous and appears as an island when seen W of charted buoy).The sea sometimes breaks heavily over
from a distance, thence: the bar. The bar channel is about 5 cables long, and
2 WSW of Punta Rosarito (2834N, 11409W), a low, 2 cables wide, but is subject to constant change.
projecting point, fringed with rocks; a dangerous 4 Within the bar it is reported that depths increase rapidly
reef, bordered with kelp, extends 5 cables S and W and that in the lagoon there is a good channel along the S
from its SW side. Thence: shore; good anchorage can be obtained in the channel in
3 WSW of Punta Santa Rosala (8 miles NW of Punta depths of 8 to 10 m, sand.
Rosarito), which is the sharp extremity of a
tableland that extends several miles inland. Isleta Puerto Venustiano Carranza
(Islote) Elide, a barren rock, lies 2 cables
offshore, 7 cables N of Punta Santa Rosala to Description
which it is connected by a sandspit over which the 7.107
sea breaks; a prominent building is reported to 1 Position and function. Puerto Venustiano Carranza,
stand on the E side of the islet. Thence: which is situated about 3 miles inside Estero de San Jos
4 WSW of Punta Rocosa (6 miles NW of Punta Santa (2805N, 11407W), the entrance to Laguna Guerrero
Rosala), a steep cliff, the abrupt end of a ridge Negro, is a good harbour, which previously served as an
that lies at right angles to the general line of the outlet for the export of salt; this function has been
coast, thence: discontinued and the salt is now loaded at the terminal at
5 WSW of Punta Negra (5 miles NNW of Punta Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N, 11511W) (7.91) on Isla
Rocosa), a dark coloured rocky point, from where Cedros.
a light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in 2 Tidal streams in the entrance channel are strong.

234
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Boat landing, minor lagoon and anchorages BAHA SEBASTIN VIZCANO

TO PUNTA BAJA
Boat landing
7.108 General information
1 Landing may be effected at a point on the S side of the
Charts 3055, 3056
bay, 18 miles E of Punta Falsa (2752N, 11504W)
(7.103). There is a fishing settlement near the point, and Route
the landing, protected from NW, is situated on the E side 7.113
of a cove close SE of the point. 1 From the vicinity of Punta Mara (2856N, 11433W)
A reef, the inshore end of which dries, extends the coastal passage leads NW for about 95 miles to the
2 cables offshore for a distance of 1 mile along the coast vicinity of Punta Baja (2957N, 11549W).
W of the point. There are no harbours on this part of the coast but there
are several places where shelter can be obtained from the
Laguna Manuela prevailing NW winds.
7.109 Topography
1 Laguna Manuela (2811N, 11404W) is separated from 7.114
the sea by a narrow strip of low sand beach on which there 1 The coast between Punta Blanca (2906N, 11442W)
are some sand dunes and bushes. A bar, with depths over it and Punta Canoas (about 32 miles NW) consists of sand
of 15 m (5 ft), extends 1 mile off the entrance; except near bluffs and rocky points, alternating with sand beaches, and
HW the sea usually breaks over the bar, even in fine backed by three distinctive ranges of mountains, which rise,
weather. one behind the other, to elevations of more than 900 m.
Notable amongst the peaks are Pico San Miguel (2949N,
Puerto de Santo Domingo
11502W), and Pico San Jos, 6 miles W.
7.110
2 From Punta Canoas to Punta San Antonio (about
1 Anchorage. Puerto de Santo Domingo comprises the
33 miles NW) the sand bluffs continue, 15 to 20 m high,
small bay situated on the SE side of Morro Santo Domingo
backed by moderately high hills, and in places by high
(2815N, 11407W) (7.102). The bay is shallow inshore,
tablelands.
but anchorage may be obtained with some shelter from the
Between Punta San Antonio and Punta Baja (13 miles
prevailing wind, in depths of from 6 to 15 m (18 to 48 ft),
NNW) the coast recedes to form a bay lined by sandy
over a bottom of sand.
bluffs and backed by hills from 90 to 150 m high. The hills
2 Local knowledge is required.
are broken in places by canyons, prominent amongst which
Landing may be effected on a sandy beach at the foot
is Can San Vicente, 4 miles N of Punta San Antonio.
of the cliffs, 1 mile from the S point of Morro Santo
Domingo. Landmarks
7.115
Baha Santa Rosala 1 Isla San Jernimo (2948N, 11548W), a barren
7.111 island, 40 m high, covered in many places with a
1 Description. Baha Santa Rosala is entered between mixture of guano and sand.
Punta Rosarito (2834N, 11409W) (7.104) and Punta White spot (conspicuous) (2958N, 11544W), on
Santa Rosala (8 miles NW) (7.104). The E shore of the the hills 4 miles ENE of Punta Baja.
bay is a low sand beach, backed by high rocky cliffs of a
broad plateau from 27 to 45 m high. A sharp, angular point Other navigational aid
with steep sides projects 7 cables S from the coast 7.116
1 miles E of Punta Santa Rosala, and, E of this point, a 1 Racon. Isla San Jernimo Light (2947N, 11548W).
shallow bank extends 5 cables offshore. For further information see Admiralty List of Lights
2 Local knowledge is required. Volume 2.
Anchorage may be obtained, with shelter from the
prevailing wind in depths of from 9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft). Directions
Landing may be effected on a shingle beach in the N (continued from 7.104)
part of the bay off a prominent break in the plateau; E of 7.117
this break a canyon leads inland. 1 From a position WSW of Punta Mara (2856N,
11433W) (7.104) the coastal passage leads NW passing
Baha Playa Mara (with positions from Punta Canoas (2926N, 11512W)):
7.112 SW of Punta Cono (4 miles NW of Punta Mara), a
1 Description. Baha Playa Mara is entered between steep, rocky, double pointed headland; Cono Rojo,
Punta Negra (2849N, 11424W) (7.104) and Punta Mara a distinctive red coloured hill, rises to an elevation
(10 miles NW) (7.104). The shores of the bay are low, of 56 m immediately N of Punta Cono, and
sandy and barren, but a few miles inland there is a little appears as an island from offshore. Thence:
vegetation. The coastline of the bay is broken by two rocky 2 SW of Punta Blanca (32 miles SE), a sandy bluff
points with hills and mountains rising behind them. from where a light (metal truncated pyramid) is
2 Local knowledge is required. displayed; 7 cables NW of Punta Blanca, a point
Anchorage may be obtained in the N part of the bay, fringed by detached rocks extends 5 cables from
sheltered from the prevailing wind, in depths of about 11 m the shore. Thence:
(36 ft); the bay is susceptible to swell which makes 3 SW of Punta Canoas, a perpendicular sandy bluff,
anchorage uncomfortable. 68 m high, backed by high hills rising inland to
3 Useful mark: high peaks. A rock, with a depth over it of 15 m
Pico Estacin (2 miles ENE of Punta Mara), a (5 ft) (reported 1930), lies about 3 cables SW of
prominent cone shaped hill. the point. Thence:

235
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

4 SW of Punta Escarpado (12 miles NW), a bold sand entered between Punta Cono (2858N, 11435W) (7.117)
bluff, 30 m high, thence: and Punta Blanca (10 miles NW) (7.117).
Clear of two shoal areas, usually marked by kelp, Local knowledge is required.
with depths over them of from 11 to 165 m (36 to
54 ft), which lie 23 and 24 miles WNW, San Jos
respectively of Punta Canoas, thence: 7.122
5 SW of Arrecife Sacramento (35 miles NW), a 1 Anchorage may be obtained off San Jos (2917N,
dangerous, steep-to reef, surrounded by kelp, 11452W) which is afforded some protection from the
which lies between 3 and 5 miles W of Punta San prevailing W and NW winds by Roca Acme, a rocky islet
Antonio, a low cliffy point, from which shoal surmounted by a beacon, covered with guano and
ground extends nearly 7 cables W. There are surrounded by kelp, which lies 2 cables offshore. The
several large rocks, both awash and above-water anchorage is in depths of about 11 m (36 ft) to the S of
on Arrecife Sacramento, and the sea breaks Roca Acme.
constantly over the reef. There is a passage, about 2 Local weather. Mornings are usually calm, the sea
1 miles wide, between a 55 m (18 ft) shoal on breeze making itself felt about noon and continuing until
the E side of Arrecife Sacramento and the shoal sunset.
ground extending W from Punta San Antonio, but Useful mark:
the passage is obstructed by kelp, and the many Light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) is
patches of rock in this vicinity suggest there could displayed at San Jos.
be other dangers, as yet uncharted. Thence: Local knowledge is required.
6 SW and WSW of Isla San Jernimo (38 miles NW) Landing may be effected at San Jos for most of the
(7.115), from where a light (white hexagonal year.
masonry tower, 6 m in height) is displayed. The Puerto Santa Catarina
island is surrounded by detached rocks, and a reef, 7.123
marked at its outer end by a rock over which the 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the open roadstead off
sea breaks heavily, extends about 4 cables SW Puerto Santa Catarina (2932N, 11516W) from where
from the island; heavy breakers have been reported locally mined ore is sometimes loaded from lighters. The
1 cable SW of this rock. Thence: anchorage is in a depth of 9 m (30 ft), over a bottom of
7 WSW of Punta Baja (2957N, 11549W), a sandy mud, sand and boulders, N of the lighter wharf.
cliff, 9 m high, from where a light (silver metal 2 Useful mark:
truncated pyramid, 8 m in height) is displayed. A Pico Sombrero, standing 5 miles NW of the
reef, bordered by kelp, projects a short distance S roadstead, makes a good landmark.
from the point and should be given a wide berth. Landing. The beach is not a good landing place for
boats.
Useful marks
7.118 Isla San Jernimo
1 San Jos Light (2917N, 11452W) (7.122). 7.124
Pico San Antonio (2945N, 11540W). 1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Isla San Jernimo
(Directions continue at 7.130) (2948N, 11548W) (7.115), well protected from the
prevailing wind, in depths of about 13 m (42 ft), sand; an
uncomfortable swell will be experienced at all times.
Anchorages and bays Local knowledge is required.
7.119 Useful mark:
1 In addition to the anchorages in the bays listed below, Isla San Jernimo Lighthouse (7.117).
partial protection from the prevailing winds may be 2 Directions. When approaching the anchorage it may be
obtained in the lee of the following salient points: better to pass S of the island, and when leaving the
Punta Canoas (2926N, 11512W) (7.117), about anchorage, to pass N of the island.
5 cables offshore in depths of about 11 m (36 ft). Landing may be effected on a small shingle beach on
Punta Escarpado (2933N, 11523W) (7.117). the SE side of the island.
2 Punta San Carlos (2937N, 11530W), which is the Baha del Rosario
most sheltered.
7.125
Punta San Fernando (2942N, 11537W).
1 Description. Baha del Rosario comprises the N part of
Local knowledge is required for all these anchorages.
the bay formed between Punta San Antonio (2945N,
11542W) (7.117) and Punta Baja (13 miles NNW) (7.117).
Baha Falsa The bay is much obstructed by kelp, and shallow water
7.120 extends for a considerable distance offshore; but it affords
1 Baha Falsa lies between a round shaped rocky point safe anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing wind, in
1 miles NW of Punta Mara (2856N, 11433W) (7.104) depths of about 9 m (30 ft), sand.
and Punta Cono, 3 miles farther NW (7.117). The shores of 2 Local knowledge is required.
the bay are low, but the mouth of a wide stream, which Useful marks:
flows into the bay with sandhills on each side, can be Picacho San Vicente (2952N, 11538W), an isolated
recognised 1 miles E of Punta Cono. and prominent peak.
Isla San Jernimo (2948N, 11548W) (7.115).
Baha Blanca 3 Caution. A large field of kelp, in which there are
7.121 numerous shallow, rocky patches, extends S from Baha del
1 Anchorage, sheltered from prevailing winds, may be Rosario towards Isla San Jernimo. One of these patches,
obtained, in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), in Baha Blanca, with a depth over it of 55 m (18 ft), on which the sea

236
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

breaks occasionally, lies 4 miles SSE of Punta Baja. Other Directions

known patches exist, and, as the bottom is rocky and (continued from 7.118)
irregular, there may be more. The outer edge of the kelp 7.130
tends to follow the 183 m (10 fm) depth contour. 1 From a position WSW of Punta Baja (2957N,
There is a lane of open water, about 1 mile wide, 11549W) (7.117) the coastal passage leads NNW passing
between the S edge of the kelp and Isla San Jernimo. (with positions from Cabo San Quintn (3022N,
11600W)):
Clear of a dangerous rock (reported 1964), position
approximate, (about 5 miles WSW of Cabo San
PUNTA BAJA TO PUNTA COLNETT Quintn), and:
2 WSW of Cabo San Quintn, the SE extremity of a
long, narrow peninsula, which rises to Monte
General information Mazo (49 m (160 ft) high); a light (7.133) (not
charted) is displayed from the E side of the cape.
Chart 3056 The S and W sides of the cape are fringed by
Route rocks up to a distance of 2 cables. Thence:
7.126 3 Clear of Roca Ben (7 miles NW), a dangerous,
1 From the vicinity of Punta Baja (2957N, 11549W) steep-to rock, which only breaks occasionally in
the coastal passage leads NNW for about 68 miles to the moderate weather; a shoal depth of 12 m (39 ft)
vicinity of Punta Colnett (Colonet) (3058N, 11620W). (reported 1929) lies 2 miles SW of Roca Ben.
Thence:
Topography Either side of Isla San Martn (10 miles NNW)
7.127 (7.128), from where a light (white metal tower,
1 Between Punta Baja and Cabo San Quintn (27 miles 12 m in height) is displayed; the island is
NNW) the coastline, consisting of sand cliffs alternating surrounded by kelp. Thence:
with dark coloured bluffs from about 15 to 30 m high, 4 WSW of Punta San Jacinto (31 miles NNW),
initially trends N for about 23 miles before turning W to 2 miles S of which there is an 55 m (18 ft)
form a bay. Ro del Rosario flows into the sea, 6 miles N patch. There is a landing place on the E side of
of Punta Baja. the point. Large fields of kelp extend up to
2 The W side of the peninsula that connects Cabo San 2 miles offshore for a distance of about 4 miles
Quintn to the mainland about 6 miles N is a low, sandy NW along the coast from Punta San Jacinto and
beach, after which the coast is formed into a perpendicular another 85 m (28 ft) patch lies in this area
cliff of dark coloured rock and is dominated by five 2 miles NW of the point. Thence:
remarkable peaks, the highest of which is Cerro Kenton 5 Clear of light-buoy (special) (34 miles NNW),
(267 m (876 ft) high); the peaks appear as islands from moored for the recording of current and
seaward. Isla San Martn (7.128) lies about 3 miles off this temperature, thence:
cliffy coastline. WSW of Punta Colnett (3058N, 11620W) (7.128),
3 The coast, from the cliffy area abreast of Isla San from where a light (aluminium framework tower,
Martn, as far as the mouth of Arroyo Santo Domingo 7 m in height) is displayed. A shoal depth of 5 m
(13 miles N), is low and is backed inland by a sandy plain (16 ft) (reported 1991) lies 21 miles WSW of
which extends to the high land in the interior; a lagoon Punta Colnett.
backs the coast for 6 miles in the approach to the river.
4 From Arroyo Santo Domingo the coast, formed into a Useful mark
series of bays, trends NW for about 21 miles to Punta 7.131
Colnett. It comprises sandhills and bluffs, backed by low 1 Isla San Jernimo (2948N, 11548W) (7.115).
tablelands. Fifty miles E of Punta Colnett the highest range (Directions continue at 7.146)
in Baja California rises in the interior.
Baha de San Quintn
Landmarks Chart 3056 (see 1.14)
7.128 General information
1 Pico Noche (Notch Peak) (3021N, 11536W).
7.132
Isla San Martn (3029N, 11607W), which is of
1 Baha de San Quintn, which is entered S of Cabo San
volcanic origin, and has two peaks, the S of which
Quintn (3022N, 11600W) (7.130), is lined by a low
is the main crater; the island is barren, except for
sandy beach, backed by hills about 90 m high close inland.
a few cacti and stunted trees.
It is spacious and provides good shelter from the prevailing
2 Punta Colnett (Punta Colonet) (3058N, 11620W), a
winds but a long swell rolling into the bay usually makes
remarkable headland that rises from the sea, in
the anchorage uncomfortable. Vessels of moderate draught
perpendicular cliffs, to a plateau, from 91 to 122 m
can anchor in the head of the bay; smaller vessels seeking
(300 to 400 ft high); it is visible from a
shelter, and which are able to cross the bar, may obtain
considerable distance either from N or S, and is a
secure anchorage, with complete protection, in the inlet at
good radar target.
the head of the bay known as Puerto San Quintn (7.135).

Other navigation aid Directions

7.129 7.133
1 Racon. Isla San Jernimo Light (2947N, 11548W). 1 When entering Baha de San Quintn from S or W,
For further information see Admiralty List of Lights Punta Entrada, the low, rocky, E extremity of Cabo San
Volume 2. Quintn, should be given a clearance of at least 5 cables;

237
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

there is shallow water both N and S of the point and the Anchorage for larger vessels may be obtained off the
bight between the cape and the point is full of submerged lagoon on the SE side of Isla San Martn.
rocks. A light (white metal truncated pyramid, 10 m in 2 During a SE gale it is prudent to drop an anchor under
height) (not charted) is displayed from Punta Entrada. foot in case of a change of wind to NW.
2 Useful marks with positions from Punta Entrada Useful mark:
(3022N, 11559W)): Isla San Martn Lighthouse (7.130).
Volcn Ceniza (Monte Ceniza) (5 miles N).
Monte Mazo (close W) (7.130). Baha Colnett
Punta Azufre Light (white metal framework tower,
7 m in height) (2 miles N).
Description
7.138
Anchorage and landing 1 Baha Colnett (Colonet) is entered between Punta San
7.134 Telmo (3056N, 11615W) and Punta Colnett (4 miles
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Punta Entrada with WNW) (7.128) and affords good protection from the
Monte Mazo, bearing 274 and Volcn Ceniza bearing prevailing wind. Mesa de San Rafael backs the E side of
355. the bay. Shoal ground, marked by heavy breakers, extends
Landing may be effected in the small, shallow, but along the shore from the head of the bay to Punta San
protected bay, which lies between Punta Entrada and Punta Telmo; rocky shoals, bordered by kelp, extend 7 cables
Sextante, a low, sandy point (6 cables NW). offshore at the mouth of Ro San Telmo, just N of Punta
San Telmo.
Puerto San Quintn Anchorage
7.135 7.139
1 General information. Puerto San Quintn is a large, 1 The usual anchorage is abreast a remarkable gorge in the
shallow inlet, which is approached and entered between cliffs situated 1 miles E of Punta Colnett, in depths of
Punta Entrada (7.133) and Punta Azufre, a low, sandy from 11 to 16 m (36 to 54 ft). The anchorage is subject to
point, about 2 miles N, from where a light (7.133) is sudden heavy squalls, which sweep down from the cliffs
displayed. without any warning whilst, offshore, a steady NW wind is
2 The inlet is bounded W by the low, narrow peninsula, blowing, and even on the top of the tableland there is no
which extends N from Cabo San Quintn, and the S and E indication of a disturbance.
sides are similarly low and sandy, but the NW side of the
inlet rises to the five peaks described at 7.127. The inlet Landing
offers safe anchorage for small craft. 7.140
3 The city of San Quintn, with a population of about 1 Landing may be effected about 2 miles E of Punta
15 000, stands on the E side of the inlet. Colnett, at the junction of the cliffs with the shingle beach
Local knowledge is essential. at the N end of the bay; there is a sandspit in front of it,
4 The entrance, 5 cables wide between Punta Azufre and over which the sea breaks, occasionally, at low water.
Punta Laguna on the peninsula W, is fronted by extensive
shoals which dry in places. A narrow, tortuous channel, Other names
which is liable to change with each S gale, leads through 7.141
these shoals; the channel is reported to be marked by buoys 1 Camalu, Punta (3049N, 11606W).
and beacons. It has been reported there is a depth of 3 m San Ramn, Baha de (3045N, 11605W).
on the bar at HW.
5 Useful mark: PUNTA COLNETT TO
Punta Roca (1 miles NW of Punta Entrada) which ISLAS DE TODOS SANTOS
shows up in contrast to the sand beach on the W
side of the approach to the entrance. General information
Chart 3056
Caleta Hassler Route
7.142
Description 1 From the vicinity of Punta Colnett (Colonet) (3058N,
7.136 11620W) the coastal passage leads NNW for about 56
1 Caleta Hassler is a small, sheltered cove situated on the miles to the vicinity of Islas de Todos Santos. With the
E side of Isla San Martn (3029N, 11607W) (7.128). exception of Rocas Soledad (El Islote) (3133N,
The cove is formed by a sandspit which projects about 11643W) (7.146) which lie close outside it, all charted
3 cables ENE from the SE corner of the island and forms dangers lie within the 183 m (10 fm) depth contour which
an excellent breakwater; there is a good landing on the N lies about 1 mile offshore.
side of the sandspit.
2 Isla San Martn is the resort of seals and sea birds Topography
which are particularly numerous in this cove, and in a 7.143
lagoon close SE, which is open to the sea at half-tide. 1 Tableland, faced by cliffs, extends N from Punta Colnett
Local knowledge is required. for 8 miles when it ends abruptly. The coast thence, as far
as Punta Santo Toms, 34 miles NW, is a succession of low
Anchorage bluffs and beaches, backed by small tablelands, above
7.137 which rises the coastal range, about 610 m in height.
1 Anchorage for small vessels, protected from all winds 2 Except for Baha Soledad (7.150), the bay entered
except those from N, may be obtained in the cove, in 2 miles N of Punta Santo Toms, the coast between that
depths of 146 m (48 ft). point and Cabo Banda, about 12 miles N, is high and

238
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

precipitous, and is backed by high mountains. Depths are 6 WSW of Islas de Todos Santos (3 miles NW of
considerable close inshore, and the coast is fringed by kelp Cabo Banda), two barren islands, surrounded by
and detached rocks in many places. detached rocks and kelp, separated by a boat
channel; the S island is high, but the N island is
Principal marks low and flat. A light (white concrete tower, 7 m in
7.144 height) is displayed from the S extremity of the S
1 Landmarks: island, and a light (7.144) stands on the NW
Punta Colnett (3058N, 11620W) (7.128). extremity of the N island.
Sharp Cone (3145N, 11620W). Chart 3056
Pico Banda (3144N, 11644W) (7.153).
Useful marks
2 Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Lighthouse (white
7.147
truncated conical concrete tower, two galleries,
1 Cerro Las Pinitas (3117N, 11618W).
orange bands, 25 m in height) (3149N,
Pico Soledad (3136N, 11636W).
11649W).
(Directions continue for the
Major light:
coastal passage at 7.171; directions for
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light as above.
Baha de Todos Santos are given at 7.155)
Other navigational aid Anchorages and minor bay
7.145
Punta San Jos
1 Racon. Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light
7.148
(3149N, 11649W).
1 Anchorage, with good protection from the prevailing
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
winds, may be obtained in the lee of Punta San Jos
(3128N, 11636W) (7.146), but the anchorage is much
Directions obstructed by kelp.
(continued from 7.131) Local knowledge is required.
7.146
1 From a position WSW of Punta Colnett (3058N,
Puerto Santo Toms
7.149
11620W) the coastal passage leads NNW passing (with
positions from Punta Cabras (3120N, 11628W)): 1 Description. Puerto Santo Toms is a small bight
entered SE of Punta Santo Toms (3133N, 11642W)
WSW of a detached rock (10 miles SE) which lies
(7.146), which affords good anchorage, sheltered from the
5 cables offshore, thence:
prevailing wind, in depths of from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft).
WSW of a 37 m (12 ft) patch, surrounded by kelp,
During the winter months Ro Santo Toms flows into the
which lies about 6 cables offshore close N of the
sea at the S entrance to the bight.
mouth of Ro San Vicente (4 miles SE), thence:
2 Local knowledge is required.
2 WSW of Punta San Isidro (3 miles SE); landing may
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 13 m
be effected behind the larger of two rocks, each
(43 ft) with Rocas Soledad (7.146) in line with the S
whitened by guano, near this point. Thence:
extremity of Punta Santo Toms, 2 cables from the
WSW of Punta Cabras, a point fronted by kelp;
landing place below.
landing may be effected in the bight N of Punta
Landing may be effected on a small sandy beach on the
Cabras. Thence:
W side of the bay.
3 WSW of Punta San Jos (11 miles NW), on which
stands a light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in Baha Soledad
height); a 104 m (34 ft) patch lies nearly 1 mile S 7.150
of Punta San Jos in a field of kelp which extends 1 Baha Soledad (3135N, 11640W), is entered close N
about 2 miles off that point. Thence: of the headland (7.146) of which Punta Santo Toms is the
4 WSW of Rocas Soledad (El Islote) (18 miles NW), SW point. A sandy beach lines the head of the bay, which,
a group of steep-to rocks, whitened by guano and though free from detached dangers and with suitable depths
surrounded by kelp, which lie 1 miles W of for anchoring, is completely exposed and should be
Punta Santo Toms. Punta Santo Toms is the low, avoided. Kelp extends 5 cables offshore at the NE entrance
rocky, S extremity of a square headland that to the bay.
projects about 1 miles W from the general line
of the coast, and which is surrounded by kelp on BAHA DE TODOS SANTOS
all sides; the land rises inland to Pico Acantilado,
2 miles ENE. The channel between Rocas Soledad
General information
and Punta Santo Toms may be used by avoiding Chart 2885 plan of Baha de Todos Santos
the areas of kelp on each side; a submerged rock, Description
on which the sea breaks, lies on the edge of the 7.151
kelp, 3 cables NW of the point situated 1 miles 1 Baha de Todos Santos lies between Cabo Banda
N of Punta Santo Toms. Thence: (3145N, 11645W) (7.146) and Punta San Miguel
(9 miles N) (7.156). The bay, though open W, is one of the
Chart 2885 plan of Baha de Todos Santos few places on the W coast of Baja California where shelter
5 WSW of Cabo Banda (3145N, 11645W), a bold, from S gales can be obtained. The port of Ensenada stands
rocky headland at the NW extremity of the on the NE side of the bay and the small harbour of Puerto
promontory forming the S side of Baha de Todos El Sauzal on the N side of the bay.
Santos; a rocky ledge extends 1 mile NW from the 2 Islas de Todos Santos (7.146) lie in the W entrance to
cape. A light (truncated conical masonry tower, the bay; the passages on either side of these islands are
6 m in height) is displayed from the cape. Thence: deep and wide.

239
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Topography 3 SW of a shoal depth of 46 m (15 ft) which lies

7.152 1 miles SW of Punta del Morro, a low point
1 The S side of the bay is formed by a promontory faced situated at the opening of a valley; a light (white
by a continuous line of cliffs, about 4 miles long, from 12 hexagonal tower, 6 m in height) stands on the
to 43 m (40 to 140 ft) in height, behind which the land point. A large kelp field extends up to 1 miles
rises steeply; detached rocks and kelp lie along the shore. offshore NW of Punta del Morro. Thence:
2 From the settlement of Punta Banda, situated at the root 4 SW of a shoal depth of 09 m (3 ft) (1 miles ESE)
of the promontory, the coast turns NNE and consists of a lying 5 cables offshore in the approach to
low sandy beach which fronts the extensive Estero Punta Ensenada.
Banda; the mouth of this lagoon, which lies 4 miles NNE Thence, if bound for Ensenada, to the pilot boarding
of Punta Banda, is obstructed by a bank on which the sea position (7.159).
breaks continuously. (Directions for Ensenada continue at 7.161)
3 Ensenada and its environs, including the airport, occupy
the head of the bay. Ensenada
The N side of the bay, from the entrance to the vicinity
of Ensenada, is bold, with cliffs 15 to 30 m high, and is General information
fringed with kelp. 7.157
1 Position. Ensenada (3151N, 11638W) is situated on
the NE side of Baha de Todos Santos.
Principal marks Function. A port of entry and principal port of Baja
7.153 California, provides alongside berthing facilities for
1 Landmarks: container, bulk cargo and cruise vessels; there is also
Pico Banda (3144N, 11644W); the peak rises accommodation for fishing vessels, yachts and a naval
gently from S but falls away abruptly N, and base. The population of the city is about 260 000.
forms an excellent mark from S. 2 Traffic. In 2002, 228 ships called totalling
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Lighthouse 3 720 482 dwt.
(3149N, 11649W) (7.144). Port Authority. Comision Nacional Coordinadora de
2 Major light: Puertos, Boulevard Teniente Azueta 224, Recinto Portuario,
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light (3149N, 22800 Ensenada, Mexico.
11649W) (7.144). Website: www.puertoensenada.org

Limiting conditions
Other navigational aid 7.158
7.154 1 Controlling depths. Entrance channel, 13 m; turning
1 Racon. Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light basin, 12 m.
(3149N, 11649W). Deepest and longest berth. Multiple use terminal; see
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 7.162.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Vol 3. Mean spring range about 16 m; mean neap range
Directions 05 m.
(continued from 7.147) 2 Density of water: 1024.4 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Cruise liners up to
100 000 grt and 310 m LOA.
Entry from south
7.155 Arrival information
1 From the vicinity of 3145N, 11650W the track leads 7.159
ENE into the bay, passing, in deep water, between the 1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
dangers extending 1 mile NW from Cabo Banda (3145N, Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
11645W) (7.146) and S of Islas de Todos Santos Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
(3 miles NW) (7.146). Thence the line of bearing 060 of Outer anchorage may be obtained, weather permitting,
Ensenada W Breakwater Light leads through the bay to S of entrance in depths of from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft); if
Ensenada port entrance and the pilot boarding position. a S gale is expected anchorage may be obtained in the S
In 1972 a strong N set was experienced in this channel. side of Baha de Todos Santos in the lee of Cabo Banda
(7.146).
2 Pilotage is compulsory for entering the harbour and is
Entry from north available 24 hours provided prior arrangements are made;
7.156 the pilot boarding area is about 1 miles SW from the port
1 From the vicinity of 3155N, 11652W, the track leads entrance.
SE into the bay passing (with positions from Punta del Tugs available; compulsory for vessels over 2500 tons.
Morro (3152N, 11640W)):
NE of Bajo San Miguel (7 miles W), which is Harbour
surrounded by kelp, thence: 7.160
2 SW of Punta San Miguel (4 miles NW), a bold 1 General layout. The harbour is protected on its W side
point, 46 m high, from where a light (white round by a breakwater which extends about 1800 m SE from
concrete tower, 5 m in height) is displayed, thence: Punta Ensenada (31504N, 116384W), a steep
NE of Islas de Todos Santos (7 miles SW) (7.146); promontory, 113 m high, and on its S side by a breakwater
a field of kelp extends 1 mile N of the N island. which extends about 500 m WSW from a point on the
Thence: shore, 1 miles SE of Punta Ensenada. The entrance

240
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Ensenada from NW (7.160)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de Ensenada, SA de CV)

between the breakwaters is about 350 m wide. The main 75 m, breadth 16 m, lifting capacity 2250 tonnes; patent
cargo berthing areas stand on reclaimed land on the N and slip; lifting capacity 508 tonnes.
W sides of the harbour; a cruise liner terminal and marina Other facilities: hospitals; deratting exemption
have been constructed on the E side. A naval base and certificates.
petroleum terminal are situated in the S part of the harbour. 2 Supplies: provisions and fresh water (limited in
2 Local weather. The prevailing winds are from NW and summer) available; bunkers by road tanker.
SW; haze is reported to be common in the bay. Communications: local airport. International airport at
Tijuana, 120 km distant.
Directions
(continued from 7.156) Small craft
7.161 7.164
1 From the pilot boarding position, the port is approached 1 Marina facilities in the cruise liner terminal.
and entered from the S via a buoyed channel which
continues, with light-buoys (lateral), into the harbour. Puerto El Sauzal
Useful marks: 7.165
W breakwater light (truncated tower, 12 m in height). 1 General information. Puerto El Sauzal, a fishing port,
E breakwater light (metal framework tower, 7 m in is situated at Punta Sauzal (31537N, 116427W) on the
height). N side of Baha de Todos Santos.
The harbour is approached on the alignment of leading
Principal berths lights (truncated metal towers, 11 (front) and 16 m (rear) in
7.162 height) and entered between breakwaters about 200 m in
1 Coastal wharf: length 348 m; depth alongside 46 to length, from the heads of which lights (metal framework
64 m. towers, 7 m in height) are displayed.
No 1 Berth: length 156 m; depth alongside 85 m.
Multiple use terminal Nos 2 to 4 Berths: combined Anchorage
length 480 m; depth alongside 11 m. 7.166
Cruise liner terminal (NE side of port): three berths. 1 Anchorage may be obtained in the bight situated about
4 miles E of Cabo Banda (3145N, 11645W) (7.146) in
Port services depths of from 6 to 18 m (18 to 60 ft), sand and mud. This
7.163 anchorage is considered the best open anchorage on the
1 Repairs: floating dock; length 73 m, breadth 13 m, coast during S gales, and the prevailing N winds are not
lifting capacity 1422 tonnes; mechanical lift dock; length felt with any strength here.

241
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

ISLAS DE TODOS SANTOS TO THE flows into the sea about 1 miles N of the monument
APPROACHES TO SAN DIEGO BAY where it is known as Tijuana River.
Principal marks
General information
7.169
Chart 3056 1 Landmarks:
Route Pico Agudo (3217N, 11656W), a triple peaked
7.167 mountain.
1 From the vicinity of Islas de Todos Santos (3148N, Monte Mesa (3 miles N of Punta Agudo).
11648W) to the approaches to San Diego Bay (3240N, 2 Islas Coronados (Los Coronados) (3225N,
11712W), the coastal passage leads NNW for about 11716W), four rocky islets lying 7 miles offshore.
50 miles. Coronado del Sur, the S and largest island, appears
as a wedge shaped mass when seen from N or S;
Topography during the rainy season it is covered with flowers,
7.168 but at other times it has a stark appearance.
1 The coast between Punta San Miguel (3154N, Coronado del Norte, on the NW side of the group
11645W) and Punta Salsipuedes, a low, ill-defined point is a barren rock, as are the two smaller islands in
11 miles NW, is formed into a bay lined by alternate sandy the middle.
bluffs and rocky cliffs about 15 m high, and is backed by 3 Boundary Monument (32320N, 117075W)
low hills, with a mountain range a few miles inland. (7.182).
Thence to Punta Descanso, 15 miles farther NNW, the coast Cabrillo National Monument on Point Loma
is generally sandy with an occasional rocky cliff, with a (3240N, 11714W) (8.39).
range of hills rising immediately behind it. Major lights:
2 From Punta Descanso to the Boundary Monument, Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light (3149N,
situated 17 miles N, the coast is generally bluff and from 11649W) (7.144).
15 to 25 m high; a few miles inland there is a range of 4 Tijuana Light (white concrete tower, 22 m in height)
hills, about 122 m high, backed by a range of mountains. (3232N, 11707W), which stands close S of the
North of the monument, tableland falls to low, marshy international boundary (7.182).
ground, which extends N to San Diego Bay; Ro Tijuana Point Loma Light (3240N, 11715W) (8.39).

Bull Ring

Boundary Monument

Tijuana Light from W (7.169)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

242
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

Other navigational aids Monument, comprises two offshore berths, using anchors
7.170 and mooring buoys, and an SBM berth.
1 Racons: Port Authority. Puertos Mexicanos, Municipio Libre No
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Lighthouse 377, Piso 12, Ala B Col Santa Cruz Atoyac, 03310 Mexico
(3149N, 11649W). City, Mexico.
Puerto Cueva Light (3225N, 11715W) (7.181) on
Coronado del Sur. Local weather and sea state
San Diego Approach Light-buoy (3237N, 7.174
11715W). 1 The berths are exposed to a heavy W or NW swell,
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. particularly during the summer months and the engines
should be kept ready at short notice. If the height of the
swell exceeds 3 m cargo operations are suspended. Boat
Directions
(continued from 7.147) work is often hazardous.
Poor visibility may be experienced in this area in the
Charts 2885 plan of Baha de Todos Santos, 3056 summer months.
7.171
1 From a position WSW of Islas de Todos Santos Arrival information
(3148N, 11648W) the coastal passage leads NNW 7.175
passing (with positions from Punta Descanso (3216N, 1 Port operations. Berthing/unberthing is undertaken in
11701W)): daylight only.
Clear of a light-buoy (special) moored 2 miles NW Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
of the N of Islas de Todos Santos, and: Signals Volume 6 (5).
WSW of Bajo San Miguel (2 miles N of the N of Anchorage on arrival may be obtained within the
Islas de Todos Santos) (7.156), thence: charted anchorage W and NW of the SBM.
2 WSW of Roca Piln de Azcar (4 miles SE), a small 2 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards about 2 miles
rock lying 1 miles offshore, thence: WSW of the SBM (32209N, 117062W), from a black
WSW of Punta Descanso, which is surmounted by a hulled launch, for either the SBM or the conventional
hill 112 m (392 ft) high, thence: berths. In adverse weather vessels will be advised to
WSW of Rosarito Oil Terminal (6 miles NNW) proceed to Ensenada (7.157), where the pilot will board not
(7.173); offshore berths lie up to 1 miles less than 3 miles from the breakwater. The pilot and a
offshore. Thence: Boarding Officer remain on board the vessel during cargo
3 Either side of Islas Coronados (14 miles NW) (7.169). operations. Berthing/unberthing is undertaken in daylight
There is a deep passage, about 1 miles wide, only.
between Coronado del Norte and the other islets 3 Tugs are not available.
but it is obstructed by kelp and its use is not Restricted area. The terminal lies within a restricted
recommended. The passage, 7 miles wide, between area as charted.
the islets and the mainland, is clear and safe but
deep-draught vessels should note a depth of 165 m Directions
(54 ft), position approximate, which lies about 7.176
2 miles SSE of Coronado del Sur. A light (white 1 There are ample depths in the approach to the berths. A
concrete tower, 6 m in height) is displayed from recommended approach from S is with Coronado del Sur
the S extremity of Coronado del Sur, and kelp bearing 345 until within 4 miles of the S extremity of the
extends 2 miles SE from this island. Thence: island when course may be altered to 072, for about
4 Clear of a dangerous wreck (3232N, 11712W) 6 miles, to the offshore berths. A light-buoy is moored off
which lies 4 miles W of the International each anchor berth and a light is displayed from the SBM
Boundary Monument (7.182); a light-buoy (special) berth.
is moored between the Monument and the wreck. 2 Useful marks:
Thence: Radio mast (3220N, 11704W) (conspicuous),
To the vicinity of SD Light-buoy (32373N, standing close N of the mouth of Ro Rosario.
117147W) (8.41). Power station, with four grey chimneys, each 45 m
high, and a fifth, 60 m high, (red obstruction
Useful marks lights), is prominent abreast the terminal about
7.172 2 miles NNW of Ro Rosario; a tank farm, of
1 Punta Salsipudes Light (3204N, 11653W) (not white tanks with coloured bands, stands close N of
charted). the power station.
Puerto Cueva Light (3225N, 11715W) (7.181). 3 Group of radio masts (red lights) (position
Aero light (3230N, 11701W). approximate) which stand about 1 miles N of the
(Directions continue for San Diego Bay at 8.41 and tank farm.
for the passage to San Pedro Bay at 8.112; directions Light (3221N, 11705W).
for San Clemente Island are given at 8.71)
Berths
Rosarito Oil Terminal 7.177
1 In addition to the SBM on the S side of the port there
Chart 3056 are two anchor berths, about 5 cables apart, each with five
General information mooring buoys for stern and breast lines, each with a depth
7.173 of 152 m; both anchors are used and on completion of
1 Position and function. Rosarito Oil Terminal (3221N, berthing the heading is around 300. The N berth is used
11705W), situated about 11 miles S of the Boundary for the discharge of ammonia and the S berth for oil.

243
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

2 Maximum size of vessel: Coronado del Sur

Berth No 1: LOA 210 m, draught 104 m, 26 500 grt, 7.180
fuel oils, jet fuel, diesel. 1 Anchorage has been obtained, sheltered from the
Berth No 2: LOA 171 m, draught 85 m, 17 000 grt, prevailing winds, a short distance S of the middle of the E
LPG products. side of Coronado del Sur (3224N, 11715W) (7.169) in
SBM: LOA 215 m, draught 152 m, 35 000 grt, light depths of 15 m (48 ft), sand.
oil (gasoline). Landing may be effected in a small cove, open N, near
this anchorage.
Port services
7.178
Puerto Cueva
7.181
1 Repairs: no facilities.
1 Puerto Cueva (3225N, 11715W) is a small cove on
Other facilities: medical attention can be arranged in an
the NE side of Coronado del Sur which provides shelter for
emergency.
Supplies: bunkers and fresh water not available; limited fishermen.
A light (white octagonal concrete tower, 10 m in height,
quantities of provisions can be delivered (weather
racon) is displayed from the cove.
permitting).
International Boundary
Anchorages and shelter Charts 3056, 2324
7.182
Baha Descanso 1 The Boundary Monument (32320N, 117075W),
7.179 which marks the boundary between Mexico and the United
1 Description. Baha Descanso is the wide indentation in States of America, is a conspicuous marble obelisk, 6 m in
the coast formed between Punta Mezquite (3210N, height, which stands at an elevation of 125 m (41 ft) at the
11655W) and Punta Descanso (8 miles NW) (7.171); edge of low tableland and just N of Tijuana Light (7.169).
with the exception of Roca Piln de Azcar (7.171), in the A conspicuous bull ring is situated on the beach close ESE
middle of the bay, there are no off-lying dangers. of this monument.
Local knowledge is required. 2 One mile E of the monument, a stone mound (elevation
2 Anchorage. The bay is exposed but anchorage may be 111 m (365 ft)) marks a second point on the boundary,
obtained along the shore in depths of from 15 to 27 m (8 which then leads inland in an 085 direction, passing close
to 15 fm); small vessels sometimes anchor off Rancho N of the city of Tijuana until it reaches Ro Colorado.
Descanso (2 miles N of Punta Mezquite), a settlement The seaward extension of the boundary, from the
which may be identified by sandhills to the N of it. Small monument, leads 265 for 5 miles, thence NNW for
coasters have been reported to obtain anchorage S of Roca 2 miles, thence WNW for 11 miles to position 323522N,
Piln de Azcar. 1172749W.

244
Home Contents Index

NOTES

245
Home Contents Index

Chapter 8 - San Diego to Point Arguello, including the Channel Islands

121 120 119 118 117

35 35

899

Point Arguello

778

C A L I F O R N I A
8.284
8.254
Port Hueneme 899
899

34 34
Santa Rosa Santa Cruz
Island Island 8.230
8.17 5
8.203 Long Beach
246

Los Angeles
8.320
1081
1082

8.13 4
8.79
Santa Catalina
Island
San Nicholas 1063
Island
8.91

33 8.66 33
San Clemente 8.104
Island

8 . 15
San
Diego

899 2885

121 120 Longitude 119 West from Greenwich 118 117

March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8
SAN DIEGO TO POINT ARGUELLO, INCLUDING THE CHANNEL ISLANDS

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 899 2 The scheme is divided into two sections by a
Scope of chapter precautionary area which is established in the approaches to
8.1 Los Angeles and Long Beach Harbors.
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the passages The traffic lanes are 1 mile wide, and the separation
along and off the coast of California from the approaches zone is 2 miles wide, except for a 6 mile section of the
to San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W) to Point Arguello scheme immediately W of the precautionary area where it
(215 miles NW). Included in the description are the is 1 mile wide.
Channel Islands, eight islands extending in two groups over 3 This TSS is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International
a distance of 130 miles off the coast of S California, the Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
major ports of San Diego (8.15), Long Beach (8.175), Los IMO recommended tracks (9.4) link the TSS off Point
Angeles (8.203) and Port Hueneme (8.254), and the Conception (8.287) and the approaches to San Francisco
recreational harbours along the coast including Mission Bay (10.16).
(8.114), Oceanside (8.122), Newport Bay (8.141), Marina 8.5
del Rey (8.247), Ventura (8.293), Santa Barbara (8.296) and 1 Areas to be Avoided. Channel Islands National Marine
many others. Sanctuary has been established for the protection and
2 It is divided into the following sections: preservation of marine life and other natural resources in
San Diego Bay to San Pedro Bay (8.15). the waters surrounding the islands of San Miguel, Santa
San Pedro Bay and approaches (8.161). Rosa, Santa Cruz and Anacapa in the N group (3400N,
San Pedro Bay to Point Hueneme (8.228). 12000W), and Santa Barbara (3328N, 11902W) in the
Point Hueneme to Point Arguello including the S group; the limits of the protected areas are shown on the
Channel Islands Northern Group (8.277). chart.
2 The area supports a rich and diverse marine culture,
Pacific Missile Range since it is located in a transition zone between N and S
8.2 waters.
1 A sea test range is established off Point Mugu (3405N, In order to avoid the risk of pollution, all cargo-carrying
11903W) (8.238) on the coast of southern California; the ships, in particular tankers and other bulk carriers, except
test area extends SW for 170 miles and is up to 100 miles those bound to and from the island ports, should avoid
wide. Operations, which comprise intermittent firing of these areas.
rockets, missiles, torpedoes and gunnery exercises, take For a description of, and restrictions in, marine
place continuously. Vessels intending to transit the range sanctuaries see 1.45.
area should make contact with PLEAD CONTROL, the US
Navy Station at Point Mugu, before entering the area. For Regulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access Areas
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2). 8.6
2 Vessels inbound or outbound to or from ports in S 1 Regulated navigation area is a water area within a
California should use Santa Barbara Channel (8.284). defined boundary for which regulations for vessels
Weather navigating within the area have been established.
8.3 Safety zone is an area to which, for safety or
1 The mild climate is controlled by the North Pacific environmental purposes, access is limited to vessels
anticyclone which, aided by sea breezes, brings winds from authorized by the Captain of the Port.
over the sea which help keep coastal temperatures up in 2 Security zones are areas so designated by the Captain
winter and down in summer. Winter is the rainy season of the Port for such time as is necessary to safeguard the
though not much rain falls along these coasts. security of vessels and port installations; access is limited
2 Strong winds and rough seas, though less frequent than to vessels authorized by the Captain of the Port or District
farther N, can cause a problem between the middle of Commander.
autumn and late spring; the Santa Ana (1.184), a strong 3 Restricted areas are areas into which, in general, only
local wind, also generates gales along sections of this coast. United States government vessels may enter. Other vessels,
Sea fog is frequent in this area; it is persistent and if permitted to enter, should proceed through by the most
widespread, particularly in the summer and autumn N of direct route.
Santa Monica, and in the autumn and winter S of Santa For further information on regulated navigation areas
Monica. See also 1.193. and limited access areas see 1.52 and Appendices V and
VI.
Traffic regulations
8.4 Data collection buoys
1 Traffic Separation Scheme is established, as shown on 8.7
the chart, in the approaches to Los Angeles/Long Beach, 1 In the area covered by this chapter a number of
thence along Santa Barbara Channel; it extends for about uncharted light-buoys (special), marked Wave Buoy, may
160 miles from position 33197N, 118034W, in Gulf of be encountered. These buoys form part of a long term
Santa Catalina, to position 34247N, 120522W, W of Coastal Data Information Program and transmit data for use
Point Conception. in marine weather broadcasts.

247
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Rescue Coast radio stations

8.8 8.9
1 In the area covered by this chapter there are Coast 1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on Pacific
Guard stations at: coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT stations
North San Diego Bay, at the SE corner of Lindbergh operate in the area covered by this chapter:
Field (3244N, 11711W) (8.34). San Diego (3242N, 11715W).
San Diego Air Station, at Lindbergh Field. Santiago Peak/Dana Point (3343N, 11732W).
Los Angeles Air Station, at Los Angeles International Avalon/San Pedro (3321N, 11821W).
Airport (3357N, 11824W). Redondo Beach (3345N, 11820W).
Los Angeles/Long Beach, on the W side of Santa Barbara (3432N, 11959W).
Reservation Point (33435N, 118160W) (8.212). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Channel Islands Harbor (3410N, 11913W) (8.307). Volume 1(2).
For services provided see 1.62.

SAN DIEGO BAY TO SAN PEDRO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION Traffic separation scheme
8.13
1 A TSS is established, as shown on the chart, in Gulf of
Chart 899 Santa Catalina and in the S approaches to San Pedro Bay;
Area covered see 8.4.
8.10 Local Weather
1 In this section are described the passages, harbours and
8.14
anchorages between San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W)
1 Fog is prevalent in this area during the autumn and
and San Pedro Bay (80 miles NW); it is arranged as
winter; offshore, September and October are the worst
follows:
months, whilst along the coast November, December and
San Diego Bay and approaches (8.15).
February, are the worst months. It forms during the night
Channel Islands Southern Group (8.62).
and tends to dissipate by late morning, particularly along
Point Loma to Dana Point (8.104).
the coast.
Dana Point to San Pedro Bay (8.134).
Winds are generally moderate; gale force winds are
occasionally experienced between the months of November
to April.
Topography
8.11
1 For San Diego Bay, see 8.17.
SAN DIEGO BAY AND APPROACHES
Between Point Loma (3240N, 11714W) (8.39) and
General information
Point Fermin (82 miles NW), the W entrance to San Pedro
Bay, the coast recedes to form Gulf of Santa Catalina. The Charts 2885 plan of San Diego Bay, 3056, 899
shores of the gulf are thickly populated, and the buildings General description
of numerous towns and resorts show up well from seaward. 8.15
The harbour of Newport Bay, and several other boat 1 San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W) is the best natural
harbours lie along this coast. In San Pedro Bay (8.161), at harbour on the Pacific coast of United States of America S
the head of the gulf, is the city of Long Beach, and to the of San Francisco; it affords good protection in any weather.
W of it, Wilmington and San Pedro, suburbs of Los The first known European visit was by the Spanish
Angeles. explorer Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo who anchored in the bay
2 The high peaks of mountain ranges, some 20 miles in September 1542. In 1769 the Franciscans founded their
inland, are visible from offshore; prominent amongst them first mission in the old town of San Diego on the banks of
is Santiago Peak, a double headed peak, which rises to an San Diego River; the present city was founded in 1851 on
elevation of 1734 m (5687 ft) (chart 2530) 17 miles NNE of a plain at the foot of the hills on the E side of the bay.
Dana Point (3328N, 11743W) (8.112). Nearer the coast
San Onofre Mountain and Margarita Peak, which lie Function
12 miles SE, and 16 miles E respectively, of Dana Point, 8.16
are prominent. Behind the broken lines of the coastal range 1 San Diego is a port of entry and it is equipped to handle
the peaks of higher ranges can be seen. all manner of commercial vessels, including passenger
3 W of Point Fermin, Palos Verdes Hills rise sharply to an vessels. It is also the main naval base for the United States
elevation of 450 m at the W entrance to San Pedro Bay. Pacific Fleet and the headquarters of the Eleventh Naval
Offshore, the islands of San Clemente (3253N, District.
11827W) (8.66) and Santa Catalina (18 miles NNE) (8.79) Topography
are prominent. 8.17
1 San Diego Bay is separated from the ocean by Silver
Strand, a low, narrow sandspit, the S part of which is a
Concentrations of naval vessels State Park, which extends 7 miles NW from Imperial Beach
8.12 (3235N, 11708W) (8.41); at its NW extremity the
1 Concentrations of naval vessels may be encountered in sandspit expands to a width of 1 miles to form an area
the approaches to San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W). known as North Island which has a United States Naval

248
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Air Station on its W side and the residential and resort city Arrival information
of Coronado on its E side. The entrance to the bay is Port radio
dominated on its W side by Point Loma (3240N,
8.27
11714W) (8.39).
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
2 The inner shores of the bay are occupied by built up
Volume 6(5).
areas, the skylines of which are prominent from S in clear
weather. The city of San Diego occupies the central part of Notice of ETA
the inner side of the harbour and the towns of La Playa, 8.28
Roseville and Loma Portal are situated on its NW shore. 1 The notice of ETA required is 48 hours in advance, with
South of San Diego, National City and Chula Vista extend changes at least 2 hours before arrival. Vessels are advised
to South San Diego at the head of the bay. to avoid arriving between 0715 and 1045 hours on
Mondays, or on mornings following public holidays, owing
Approach and entry to the heavy movement of US naval vessels.
8.18 A vessel is considered to be an arrived vessel at that
1 San Diego Bay is approached and entered from S, on time when the vessel is boarded by the pilot at the
the alignment of leading lights, through a dredged channel SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W).
marked by light-buoys.
Outer anchorage
Traffic 8.29
8.19 1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor, in convenient
1 In 2002, 385 vessels called totalling 6 9909 836 dwt. depths, to SE of the entrance channel, but clear of the
restricted area as shown on the chart. Anchorage in the
Port Authority restricted area is only allowed with the specific permission
8.20 of the local naval authorities.
1 San Diego Unified Port District, 3165 Pacific Highway, 2 The following lie in the anchorage area S of Coronado
P.O. Box 120488, San Diego CA 921120448, USA. (positioned from Coronado Hotel (32408N, 117106W):
Website: www.portofsandiego.org TG1 Mooring buoy (2 miles S).
Cable area (centred 8 cables SSE).
Limiting conditions Obstruction (reported 1992, position approximate)
Controlling depths (3 miles S).
8.21 Pilotage and tugs
1 The project depth for the harbour entrance channel as 8.30
far as the turning basin on the NE side of North Island is 1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and all
128 m (42 ft), thence 122 m (40 ft) to the SE corner of vessels over 300 grt, and is available 24 hours. The pilot
Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal, thence 106 m (35 ft) to a office is at Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal (32420N,
basin SW of National City Marine Terminal (24th Street 117095W) and the pilot boats are stationed at Shelter
Marine Terminal). Island (32425N, 117140W). Pilots board vessels in the
For the latest controlling depths the chart and the port vicinity of the SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W), as
authorities should be consulted. shown on the chart, from one of two white launches with
the word PILOT on the front of the deckhouse.
Vertical clearances SD Light-buoy should usually be left to port, unless
8.22 otherwise directed. The vessels speed should be maintained
1 A fixed highway bridge, linking San Diego with at 7 kn and the ladder is usually required on the lee side,
Coronado, crosses San Diego Bay 3 cables S of Tenth about 2 m above the water.
Avenue Marine Terminal (32420N, 117095W). The Tugs are available.
vertical clearance under the two centre spans is 594 m over
a width of 183 m in each case. For the opening on the N Traffic regulations
side of the channel the vertical clearance is 533 m over a 8.31
width of 1524 m, and for the opening on the S side, a 1 Restricted Areas, as shown on the chart, are established
vertical clearance of 475 m over a width of 591 m. in the following areas:
In the port approaches S of Point Loma (3240N,
Deepest and longest berths 11714W).
8.23 In the area, charted as Naval Anchorage, E of Point
1 Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal (8.46). Loma.
2 In the entrance channel at Ballast Point (32412N,
Tidal levels 117139W), and on each side of the channel
8.24 7 cables NNW, and 6 cables NNE of Ballast Point.
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring At Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W).
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 06 m. An area (not charted) off the NE of North Island,
Density of water partially overlapping the Security Zone and on the
8.25 approach to the berthing area of the Naval Air
1 The density of water in the bay is 1025 g/cm3. Station (see below).
3 An area surrounding the Naval Amphibious Base in
Maximum size of vessel handled South San Diego Bay extending E and out to
8.26 about 1 miles SE from the entrance to Glorietta
1 There is no restriction on length and breadth but the Bay (32407N, 117102W).
maximum draught is reported to be about 12 m; a vessel Security Zones, not all of which are shown on the
188 099 dwt, draught 104 m, has used the port. chart, are established in the following areas:

249
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

4 At the installations 2 cables N, 10 cables N, and Harbour

6 cables NNE, respectively, of Ballast Point.
General layout
At the berthing area (32423N, 117111W) at the
8.34
Naval Air Station on North Island.
1 San Diego Bay is crescent shaped, about 12 miles in
At Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W).
length and varying in width between 3 cables and 2 miles.
At the Naval Amphibious Base (see above) and
It is entered between Ballast Point (32412N, 117139W)
within the Restricted Area.
(8.42) and Zuiga Point (5 cables ESE) (8.42). The main
5 At The Naval Station San Diego (3240N,
berthing areas and port facilities, which are accessed
11707W).
through the main channel, line the N shores of the bay.
The waters out to 100 yards radius of a cruise ship
2 The principal naval berthing areas are situated at:
within the San Diego port area.
Ballast Point.
Safety Zone, as shown on the chart, is established in the
Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W) (8.45).
vicinity of the Coast Guard Station (32436N,
Naval Air Station North Island (3242N, 11711W)
117109W).
(8.45).
6 Regulated Navigation Area lies immediately N of the
Naval Station San Diego (3240N, 11707W) (8.45).
Restricted Area lying E of Ballast Point and is in force
3 The principal commercial berthing areas are situated at:
during submarine docking/undocking operations.
B Street and Broadway Piers (32430N, 117105W)
For remarks on these areas see 8.6. For details see
(8.46).
Appendices V and VI.
Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal at San Diego
8.32
(32420N, 117095W) (8.46).
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in San Diego
National City (24th Street) Marine Terminal (3239N,
inward of the line joining the following points:
11707W) (8.46).
Zuiga Jetty Light V (32409N, 117133W), thence
4 There are extensive berthing areas for small craft at
S to;
Zuiga Jetty Light Z (32400N, 117134W), thence Shelter Island (8.52), situated 1 miles N of Ballast Point,
and Harbor Island (8.55), situated 3 miles NE of Ballast
W to;
Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W). Point, and in addition, around the harbour, there are a
number of small jetties, boat basins and marinas.
2 See Appendix VII.
The ship channels in San Diego Bay are designated San Diego International Airport (Lindbergh Field)
narrow channels for the purposes of enforcing Rule 9 of the occupies the N side of the bay behind Harbor Island.
Navigation Rules for Inland Waters. 5 From the W basin at Harbor Island a channel in which
Movement restrictions. No vessel over 1600 grt should there is a least charted depth of 40 m (13 ft) leads about
8 cables NNE to a basin at Loma Portal. The narrow
transit the San Diego-Coronado Bay Bridge (8.22), in poor
visibility conditions, if the bridge is not held visually entrance to the channel is spanned by two bridges, the
lowest having a vertical clearance of 6.4 m (21 ft) at HW.
within stopping distance.
3 Tankers and barges carrying petroleum products, Submarine cables and pipelines
explosive or other hazardous materials should not 8.35
commence a movement in the approaches to or within the 1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places
outer or inner harbour of San Diego when visibility of less throughout the bay as shown on the chart. Also, pipelines
than 5 cables is prevalent. and cables, additional to those charted, may exist and may
4 Speed limits. The maximum speed within San Diego not have been buried, or may have become exposed.
Bay is restricted to 10 kn except in that part of the channel Extreme caution should be exercised when operating in
between Ballast Point (32412N, 117139W) and Nos 14 depths of water comparable to the draught of the vessel, or
and 15 Light-buoys (5 cables N) where vessels shall when anchoring, or when trawling.
proceed at their minimum safe manoeuvring speed, usually For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
about 5 kn. Notwithstanding this all vessels, including small
boats, shall regulate their speed so that no damage will be Measured distance
caused by the wash to wharves, piers, docks, boats, other 8.36
ships and installations. 1 There is a measured distance in the bay centred at
32435N, 117120W on the S side of Harbor Island;
distance 6076 ft; running track 090270, with mile
marker points.
Quarantine and customs Degaussing station
8.33 8.37
1 Vessels are usually boarded and cleared when alongside 1 A DG range is located on the entry leading line in the
their berths. Small commercial vessels and fishing vessels main channel in the vicinity of Ballast Point (32412N,
are boarded at the Broadway Pier (32430N, 117105W). 117139W). It comprises an 80 ft channel range abreast
Pleasure craft and yachts which are subject to inspection Ballast Point and a 50 ft channel range 900 ft S of the
should make arrangements through the Harbor Police at point. A 30 ft minesweeper range is situated on the E side
Shelter Island (32425N, 117140W). of the channel, 2 cables E of Ballast Point.
2 All foreign flag yachts must report immediately at the
police dock on arrival irrespective of their last port. San Natural conditions
Diego is a port of entry and, being in the front line of the 8.38
war against illegal drug importation, the authorities take 1 Tidal streams set generally in the direction of the
their duties very seriously. channels at rates of from to 5 kn. On the out-going
For further information on quarantine and customs stream there is a slight set towards Zuiga Shoal (8.42) S
see 1.48. of the jetty. Care should be taken whilst passing Ballast

250
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Hotels at Coronada

Tanks at W side of Point Loma (8.39.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Point as a vessel may take a sudden sheer caused by a a conspicuous disused lighthouse standing
cross-current deflected from this point. 1 cables SSW; the statue is often visible above
2 An eddy, of unpredictable velocity and direction, is the fog when the old lighthouse is obscured.
usually encountered along the ends of the municipal piers, 3 Group of tanks on Point Loma (5 cables NW of the
namely B Street, Broadway and Navy Piers, which can statue).
make berthing difficult; great care should be exercised and Tower (32423N, 117150W) on Point Loma.
without local knowledge the use of a pilot is essential. Tank (2 cables NNE of the tower), painted in red and
3 Weather. Radiation fog is common on about 3 to 7 days white chequers.
each month between September and April and is worst 4 Tower (32427 N, 117115W) of the Naval Air
during the late night and early morning; December is the Station Administration Building surmounted by an
foggiest month. aerolight, 55 m in height and painted red and
Winds in the area are strongest between November and white, on North Island.
April. Although gales are rare gusts of wind have reached South Tower (32408N, 117106W), Coronado
a speed of 50 kn on occasion during this season. Hotel; a small breakwater extends from the shore
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.216. in the vicinity of the hotel.
5 Major lights:
Tijuana Light (3232N, 11707W) (7.169).
Principal marks Point Loma Lighthouse (black house on white square
8.39 pyramidal framework tower, 21 m in height)
1 Landmarks: (3240N, 11714W).
Boundary Monument (32320N, 117075W) Lindbergh Field Aero Light (32437N, 117108W).
(7.182).
Tijuana Lighthouse (3232N, 11707W) (7.169).
2 Statue (32404N, 117143W), on the summit of
Point Loma, a long, narrow peninsula, about 120 m Other navigational aids
high, which is bare of trees, except in the gullies 8.40
and around the buildings near its summit; 1 Racons:
elsewhere it is covered with coarse grass and low Puerto Cueva Light (3225N, 11715W) on
bushes. There are a number of installations at its S Coronado del Sur (7.169).
end, and much of the peninsula is occupied by SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W).
naval establishments; from a distance the peninsula San-Diego-Coronado Bay Bridge (both sides)
has the appearance of an island. The statue is part (32414N, 117091W).
of the Cabrillo National Monument, which includes For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

251
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Point Loma Light from S (8.39.2)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Directions W of Imperial Beach (1 miles N of Ro Tijuana)

(continued from 7.172) where there are three piers which make good radar
targets. An obstruction, marked by a buoy (orange
Approaches and white) lies off the head of the N pier. Thence:
8.41 5 E of SD Light-buoy (safe water) (2 miles S).
1 From west. In clear weather, San Clemente Island Thence:
(3253N, 11827W) (8.66) will be sighted before the E of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles S).
distinguishing features of the coast can be seen.
A feature known as Coronado Escarpment, in which
depths rise from 1190 m (650 fm) to 200 m (100 fm) over a
distance of about 2 miles, extends NNW/SSE about Entrance channel
11 miles offshore in the approaches to San Diego Bay. It is 8.42
penetrated about 10 miles SW of Point Loma (3240N, 1 Leading Lights:
11714W) by Coronado Canyon in which similar depths Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
extend about 10 miles WSW/ENE. white column) (32423N, 117140W), displayed
2 Exercise activity is usually heavy in the W approaches at the entrance to Shelter Island Yacht Basin.
to San Diego Bay and an unmarked corridor about Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
1 miles wide has been established for the use of naval framework tower) (457 m N of the front light).
vessels as follows: 2 From a position close W of No 4 Light-buoy the
From position 32363N, 117432W the N boundary alignment (354) of these lights, (visible 352355),
of the corridor leads E to longitude 117176W, leads N for about 3 miles into the bay, through a channel
thence to the SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W), marked by light-buoys (lateral), passing (with positions
thence to Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W). from Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W)):
3 From position 32347N, 117432W the S boundary 3 E of Point Loma, from which a field of kelp extends
of the corridor extends 090 to position 32350N, about 1 mile S; several dangerous wrecks, whose
117135W, thence N to 3240N. positions can best be seen on the chart, lie within
From south. From a position WSW of the Boundary 5 cables S and E of the point. Thence:
Monuments (32320N, 117075W) (7.182), and clear of 4 W of Zuiga Shoal with depths over it of less than
the dangerous wreck (7.171), the approach to the San 55 m (18 ft) which extends 1 miles S from
Diego Entrance Channel leads generally N passing (with Zuiga Point (1 miles NE), the low and sandy
positions from Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W)): point at the E entrance to the bay. A submerged
4 W of the mouth of Ro Tijuana (8 miles SE) jetty, marked at intervals by five light-beacons
(7.168); depths of 91 m (30 ft) or less, and an area (white diamond daymarks on posts) extends 1 mile
of kelp, extend up to 1 mile offshore in the S from Zuiga Point on the W side of the shoal.
vicinity. Thence: Thence:

252
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Ballast Point from S (8.42)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

5 E of Ballast Point (1 miles NNE) which projects 9 At slack water, vessels anchored S of Harbor Island may
about 2 cables from the E side of the peninsula partly obstruct the main channel when swinging.
forming the W side of the entrance, a light (green A dangerous wreck, position approximate, is charted in
and white chequered diamond daymark on the approach to Sweetwater Channel on the S side of
platform on dolphin) is displayed from the point. National City Marine Terminal.
Two DG platforms stand within 1 cables S of
Ballast Point. Close N of Ballast Point is the Useful marks
submarine base, which is surrounded by floating 8.43
protection barriers attached to light-buoys (special). 1 Aero light (32427N, 117115W), displayed from
And: the Naval Air Station Tower on the N side of
6 W of a DG platform (1 cables E of Ballast Point); North Island.
two buoys (orange and white) are moored SW of Lookout tower (32379N, 117084W).
the platform. A rock awash (reported 2000) lies Oil tanks (32367N, 117057W), at the head of San
80 m N of the platform, and a submerged jetty, Diego Bay.
marked by lights (white diamonds, orange border
on piles), extends to the shore from close S of the Basins and berths
platform.
7 Thence the main channel, further marked by light-buoys Anchorages
(lateral), leads through the bay for about 5 miles to the 8.44
vicinity of Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal, and a further 1 The anchorage areas for general use include all the
3 miles to the vicinity of National City (24th Street) navigable waters of San Diego Bay with the exception of
Marine Terminal. A highway bridge crosses the channel the following areas which are shown on the chart:
3 cables S of Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal; see 8.22 for 1. Naval anchorages reserved for the use of US
vertical clearances. The centre of the main inbound channel Government vessels and authorized harbour pilot and patrol
is marked on the NW side of the bridge by four lights boats, situated:
vertically disposed, the upper three white, the lower light On the W side of the main channel, both N and S of
green; the centre of the main outbound channel is marked Ballast Point (32412N, 117139W).
on the SE side of the bridge in similar fashion. 2 S of Harbor Island (32435N, 117120W).
8 Cautions. Vessels with a draught of 113 m or more A3; E of the Coast Guard Station (32436N,
should exercise caution when navigating the channel 117109W).
entrance, between Nos 5 and 6 Light-buoys and Ballast 2. Special anchorages in which the San Diego Unified
Point, in swell conditions of 18 m or more; deep-draught Port District controls the anchoring and placing of
vessels have touched the bottom under such conditions. temporary moorings, designated:

253
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

A1: in Shelter Island Yacht Basin (3243N, National City (24th Street) Marine Terminal (3239N,
11714W) (8.52). 11707W):
3 A2: in Americas Cup Harbour (Commercial Basin) Berths 1 and 2: length 427 m, depths alongside 61 to
(32434N, 117134W) (8.54). 107 m.
A4: in the roadstead beneath the highway bridge 5 General cargo and vehicles.
(8.22) and to the W of the main fairway. Berths 3, 4 and 5: length 305 m, depths alongside
A5: in Glorietta Bay (32407N, 117102W) (8.57). 107 to 113 m (4 and 5); length 312m, depth
A6: off the marina (32 392N, 117088W). alongside 128m (5).
A8: W of the channel abreast National City (24th General cargo and vehicles.
Street) Marine Terminal (3239N, 11707W). Berths 10 and 11: length 457 m, depths alongside
4 A9: immediately W of the Coast Guard Station. 107 m.
3. B Street Anchorage (32432N, 117110W), which 6 General cargo, vehicles and timber; these two berths
is reserved for merchant vessels awaiting a berth. are situated on the S side of the terminal in the
4. Areas in which submarine cables and pipelines are Sweetwater Channel which is marked by
laid; the limits of these areas can best be seen on the chart. light-beacons (starboard hand).
Vessels anchoring in San Diego Harbor shall ensure a
free passage for other vessels, and shall not obstruct the Port services
approaches to the wharves. Repairs
8.47
1 Repairs of all kinds can be carried out.
Largest dry dock:
Naval berths
Length 3042 m; breadth 536 m; building and repairs.
8.45
Largest floating dock:
1 The depths quoted below are US charted depths and the
Length 1890 m; breadth 542 m; lifting capacity
authorities should be consulted for the latest information.
25 000 tons.
Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W).
Largest slipway:
N and S sides; lengths 300 m, depths alongside
Length 11585 m; lifting capacity 1400 tons.
118 m.
2 Naval Air Station North Island (3242N, 11711W): Other facilities
There are eight berths, mainly on the N side, with 8.48
depths between 118 m and 14.6 m (2001) 1 DG (8.37); deratting inspections and certificates; garbage
alongside. The berthing area is surrounded by disposal; hospitals; compass adjustment.
floating protection barriers attached to light-buoys
Supplies
(special).
8.49
3 Naval Station San Diego (3240N, 11707W):
1 Fresh water at all berths; fuel, diesel and lube oils;
There are thirteen piers; Pier 8, the longest, is 490 m
bunkers by pipeline at Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal,
in length with a depth of 113 m alongside.
otherwise by barge; provisions and stores of all kinds.
Floating protection barriers attached to light-buoys
(special) surround these berths. Communications
8.50
1 San Diego International (Lindbergh Field Municipal)
Airport.
Commercial berths
8.46 Rescue
1 The depths quoted below are reported depths and the 8.51
port authorities should be consulted for the latest 1 The Coast Guard Station and Marine Safety Office
information. (32436N, 117109W) are situated on a promontory at
B Street Pier (32430N, 117105W): the SE corner of Lindbergh Field.
N and S sides; lengths 305 m, depths alongside 107
to 113 m. Small craft basins
W side; length 122 m; depth alongside 91 to 107 m. Shelter Island Yacht Basin
2 Cruise vessels. A fog signal (horn) is sounded from 8.52
this pier. 1 Description. Shelter Island Yacht Basin is the SW of the
Broadway Pier (close S): two basins formed inside Shelter Island (32425N,
N and S sides; lengths 305 m, depths alongside of 117140W), an island about 1 mile long and 100 m wide,
107 m. which is joined to the mainland by a mole near its NE
W side; length 41 m, depth alongside 107 m. extremity. The complexes at Shelter Island form the most
Cruise vessels and miscellaneous craft. important small craft area in San Diego Bay.
3 Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal (32420N, 2 The basin contains several large marinas and yacht
117095W): clubs, including the San Diego Yacht Club; there is
Berths 1 and 2: length 357 m, depth alongside 94 . accommodation for more than 2000 boats at its piers, floats
Berths 3 to 6: length 786 m, depths alongside 10.4 to and moorings. The Harbor Police Dock is situated just
107 m. inside the entrance and the police boats provide 24 hour
Petroleum products, molasses, containers and general fire protection, law enforcement and assistance to small
cargo. boats in distress; the dock is also the boarding station for
4 Berths 7 and 8: length 280 m, depth alongside Port Health, Immigration and Customs authorities.
125 m. 3 Special Anchorage A1 (8.44) is situated on the W side
Dry bulk cargoes, containers. of the basin.

254
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Directions. The basin is approached on the entry leading Naval Amphibious Base which is situated on a broad
line (8.42) and entered through a channel marked by a projection of land extending NE from the inner side of
light-beacon (starboard hand) off the W end of Shelter Silver Strand. About 215 yachts and other small craft can
Island. There is a least charted depth of 58 m (19 ft) in the be accommodated at Coronado Yacht Club and a marina in
entrance, thence depths of about 46 m (15 ft) through the the bay.
basin, and depths of between 46 m (15 ft) and 27 m (9 ft) 2 A speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in the bay.
at the berths. Special Anchorage A.5 (8.44) is situated at the N
entrance to the bay.
Silvergate Yacht Club Numerous mooring buoys lie in the NW part of the bay.
8.53 3 Directions. From the vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy (port
1 Silvergate Yacht Club situated on the E side of Shelter hand), moored on the S side of the main channel close SE
Island, 8 cables NE of the entrance to the Shelter Island of the San Diego-Coronado Bay Bridge (8.22), the
Yacht Basin, is a small basin enclosed by breakwaters, alignment (232) of the following lights leads into the bay
entered directly from the main channel; a light (green and through a channel, in which the controlling depth was
white chequered diamond daymark on post) is displayed 46 m (15 ft) in 2002, and which is marked by light-buoys
from the head of the S breakwater. and buoys (lateral):
4 Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
Americas Cup Harbor pile) (32406N, 117101W).
8.54 Rear light (similar daymark, on post) (64 m from
1 Description. Americas Cup Harbor (Commercial Basin) front light).
is the NE of the two basins formed inside Shelter Island 5 Caution. The area to SE of the entrance channel, which
(32425N, 117140W) (8.52); it can accommodate over is occupied by the piers of the amphibious base, is part of
600 vessels including commercial fishing vessels. Special a restricted area and security zone (8.31), marked by buoys
Anchorage A2 is situated in the middle of the basin and is (special), the first of which extends 1 miles SE from
reserved for fishing vessels. Repair yards can handle craft Glorietta Bay; the limits of the area can be seen on the
up to 800 tons. chart.
2 Directions. The basin is entered from the main channel
N of Nos 18 and 19 Light-buoys. The entrance, in which Coronado Cays
there is a least charted depth of about 49 m (16 ft), is 8.58
marked by No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) moored 1 cables 1 Coronado Cays (32375N, 117080W) is situated in
E of the N extremity of Shelter Island. Uncharted dangers, the S part of San Diego Bay and is approached and entered
marked by a light-beacon close SW of the light-buoy, are through a channel which had a least depth of 21 m (7 ft)
reported to lie off the S entrance point to the basin, and a in 2000, and which is marked by pairs of piles (lateral
submerged pile, charted as obstruction, lies in the entrance; daymarks), most displaying lights. Depths alongside the
two notice boards are situated in this area. Inside the many arms of the complex were reported to be 25 (8 ft)
entrance the fairways leading N and S of the anchorage (2001).
area are marked by light-beacons and beacons; there are
charted depths of about 42 m (14 ft) leading to the berths Chula Vista Harbor
on the N side of the basin and of about 40 m (13 ft) to 8.59
those on the S side. The least depths at the piers and 1 Chula Vista Harbor (Small Boat Basin) (32374N,
anchorage are about 27 m (9 ft). 117060W) is situated towards the head of San Diego
Bay.
Harbor Island 2 The basin is approached through a channel marked by
8.55 pairs of light-beacons (lateral daymarks), which leads S
1 Description. Harbor Island (32435N, 117120W), on from the termination of the main channel S of National
the N side of San Diego Bay, encloses two basins, City Marine Terminal, and is entered between breakwaters
separated by a short isthmus, in both of which there are a from the heads of which lights are displayed. The approach
number of marinas. West Basin, the largest, in which there channel is reported to have been dredged to a depth of
are depths of between 24 to 36 m (8 to 12 ft), can 55 m (18 ft) (2002), with reported depths of 49 m (16 ft)
accommodate about 1600 small craft at piers and moorings. alongside the piers; charted depths are less.
2 A light (building, red roof) is displayed at the entrance 3 All the usual services are available.
to West Basin at the W extremity of Harbor Island.
The fairway into East Basin is marked by a pair of Caution
light-buoys (lateral); a mooring buoy lies just about 8.60
1 cables S of the E end of Harbour Island. 1 There are numerous wrecks and obstructions in the
shallow area of South San Diego Bay; caution should be
Intercontinental Marina exercised when navigating outside the marked channels.
8.56
1 Intercontinental Marina (32425N, 117100W), at San Boat channel at the head of the bay
Diego, is entered from the vicinity of No 23 Light-buoy
(port hand). There are depths of about 30 m in the Emory Channel
entrance and a least depth of 21 m (7 ft) in the basin. 8.61
1 From the vicinity of 32373N, 117073W in the head
Glorietta Bay of the bay, about 1 miles S of the termination of the main
8.57 channel, Emory Channel, an unmarked channel reported to
1 Description. Glorietta Bay (32407N, 117102W), is have a depth in it of 21 m (7 ft) (2001), leads 8 cables
formed between the SE side of Coronado and the US SSW to a small basin with a similar depth.

255
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

CHANNEL ISLANDS SOUTHERN GROUP San Clemente Island

Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information Description
Charts 899, 2530 8.66
1 San Clemente Island (3253N, 11827W) is 18 miles
Description
long and 4 miles wide, and attains an elevation of 600 m
8.62
(1965 ft) at its highest point. The top of the island appears
1 The S group of Channel Islands comprise San Clemente,
as a tableland from a distance.
Santa Catalina, San Nicolas and Santa Barbara, which lie
The NE side of the island is bold, with rocky cliffs, and
between 18 and 60 miles off the coast of southern
is steep-to, with kelp growing close to the beaches.
California between San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W)
2 The SW side of the island is more irregular, but is lower
and Point Vicente (90 miles NW). The islands are described
and has more gentle slopes; the bottom slopes more
at:
gradually than on the NW side. Kelp extends up to 5 cables
2 San Clemente Island (8.66).
offshore in places and there are numerous rocks close
Santa Catalina Island (8.79).
inshore inside the kelp, but outside the kelp there are many
San Nicolas Island (8.91).
places where vessels may shelter in the lee of the island
Santa Barbara Island (8.99).
during NE gales.
Navigation restrictions Caution
8.63 8.67
1 San Clemente and San Nicolas Islands are military 1 The island is a US Naval Reservation and is closed to
reservations and are closed to the public. the public; vessels, including fishing vessels and pleasure
craft, are warned that the vicinity of the island may be
Off-lying banks and dangers dangerous at any time due to naval activities, including
8.64 gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. Security Zones and
1 Approaching from S there are several banks which may Restricted Areas extend up to 2 miles in places off the S
be encountered. and E coasts of the island and up to 3 miles in places off
Sixtymile Bank (3204N, 11814W), which lies the N and NW coasts of the island. For remarks on these
45 miles S of San Clemente Island, has a least depth over areas see 8.6. For details see Appendix V and VI.
it of 97 m (53 fm). ODAS Light-buoy 46086 is moored
about 27 miles NNE from the bank. Local magnetic anomaly
2 Bishop Rock (3227N, 11908W) on which the clipper 8.68
Bishop struck in 1855, is a rock awash on which the sea 1 Local deflection of the compass is reported to occur up
breaks, even in moderate weather. It lies towards the SE to 3 miles offshore along the N, E and S coasts of the
end of Cortes Bank, a shallow area of irregular depths, island; differences of up to 5 from the normal variation
about 40 miles SW of San Clemente Island, the bottom of have been experienced.
which comprises mainly white sands and broken shells but Measured distance
there is fine coral over its SE part. 8.69
3 Bishop Rock is marked by No 2CB Light-buoy 1 A measured distance is established off the NW coast of
(starboard hand). A wreck, with a depth over it of 1 m the island; it is marked as follows (with positions from
(3 ft), lies 1 cable SE, and another rock 5 cables E, of Wilson Cove Light (3300N, 11833W) (8.72)):
Bishop Rock. North Range marks. Two towers, 3 cables apart, each
4 The bottom is very broken up to 2 miles ESE of 21 m in height and surmounted by a black and
Bishop Rock and the area should be avoided; similarly white triangular daymark (front mark 8 cables W).
about 5 miles WNW of the rock where there is a 165 m South Range marks. Similar structures (front mark
(54 ft) patch over a broken bottom. 1 mile SSW).
ODAS Light-buoy 46047 is moored about 20 miles W of Distance. 6080 ft.
Bishop Rock. Running track. 150330.
The current in the vicinity of Cortes Bank is variable in
direction with rates of from 1 to 2 kn. Landmarks
5 Tanner Bank (3242N, 11908W), about 5 miles N of 8.70
Cortes Bank, extends about 12 miles in a WNW direction 1 Pyramid Head (3249N, 11821W), a high, sharp,
and is about 5 miles wide. The least known depth on the jagged point, which attains an elevation of 274 m.
bank of 165 m (54 ft) is marked on its N side by a buoy Radar Dome (3253N, 11827W), white coloured, on
(orange and white). the summit of the island.
6 A bank, with a least known depth of 82 m (45 fm) over Radio mast (3259N, 11833W), from which red
a hard bottom of fine grey sand and shells, extends 9 miles obstruction lights are displayed.
in a SE/NW direction about 18 miles NW of Tanner Bank;
Directions
it is fished extensively in the winter season. An area of 8.71
obstructions is charted about 4 miles NNE of the least 1 See caution at 8.67.
depth.
North-east coast
Local magnetic anomaly 8.72
8.65 1 From a position NE of Pyramid Head (3249N,
1 Local deflection of the compass is reported to occur 11821W) (8.70), from where a light (red and white
within a radius of 8 miles of Sixtymile Bank (3204N, chequered diamond daymark on pole) is displayed, the
11814W) (8.64); differences of up to 4 or more from the coastal passage leads NW passing (with positions from
normal variation have been experienced. Pyramid Head Light):

256
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

2 NE of an obstruction with a depth over it of 15 m are laid close inshore, about 5 and 8 cables ENE
(5 ft) lying 2 cables offshore (about 1 miles NE), respectively, of China Point, in the W approach to the
thence: cove.
NE of Navy Anchorage S End Light (red and white Local knowledge is required.
chequered diamond daymark on post) (about Caution. Landing, if authorized, may be effected on the
13 miles NW); numerous buoys are moored in the beach, but may be hazardous due to unexploded ordnance.
charted prohibited area in the approaches to Wilson 3 Useful marks:
Cove (8.75). Thence: Pyramid Head Light (3249N, 11821W) (8.72).
3 NE of an obstruction, with a depth over it of 146 m China Point Light (3248N, 11825W) (8.73).
(48 ft) (13 miles NW), thence: Pyramid Cove Anchorage Light (red and white
NE of a point (about 16 miles NW), from where chequered diamond daymark on post) (3250N,
Navy Anchorage N End Light (red and white 11823W) is displayed at an elevation of 270 m
chequered diamond daymark on post) is displayed; above the head of the cove.
a mooring buoy and a light-buoy are moored
2 cables NNE of the light.
4 Useful marks:
Prominent white rock which lies close inshore 6 miles Wilson Cove
NW of Pyramid Head. 8.75
Wilson Cove Light (red and white chequered diamond 1 Description. Wilson Cove (3300N, 11833W) is a
daymark on post) (3300N, 11833W). small cove on the NE side of the island which affords
San Clemente Light (red and white chequered reasonable anchorage for authorized vessels in the
diamond daymark on post) (3302N, 11836W). prevailing W winds but can be uncomfortable at times
when the swell comes round the island from NW; a strong
South-west coast wind blowing down off the hills is usually felt in the
8.73 afternoon.
1 From a position SW of China Point (3248N, 2 Buildings on the hill overlooking the cove are prominent
11825W), from where a light (red and white chequered from SE.
diamond daymark on post) is displayed, the coastal passage A naval pier extends about 168 m NNE at the head of
leads NW passing (with positions from China Point Light): the cove. There are depths of from 43 to 73 m alongside
2 SW of Lost Point (4 miles NW), thence: the outer 64 m of this pier where it is 12 m wide.
SW of a rock, with a depth over it of 82 m (27 ft), The best anchorage for small craft is under the lee of
marked by a buoy (grey) on its W side, which lies the kelp extending from a point about 1 mile NNW of the
5 cables W of Eel Point (9 miles NW); a pier.
stranded wreck lies close N of Eel Point. Thence: 3 Local knowledge is required.
3 SW of The Isthmus (15 miles NW), the NW Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
extremity of the island, from the N part of which Volume 3. Mean spring range about 15 m; mean neap range
San Clemente Light (8.72) is displayed, and: about 06 m.
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy (special), moored in a Directions. Wilson Cove should be approached from NE
position 5 miles WSW of the N extremity of the to avoid numerous buoys which are laid to the N and S of
island, thence: the cove; mooring buoys are laid in the vicinity of the pier
4 SW of Castle Rock (16 miles NW), a rock 22 m and on the W side of the cove.
high, the outermost of a line which extends 4 Leading lights. The alignment (198) of the following
5 cables W from the NW extremity of The lights leads from NNE to the vicinity of the pier:
Isthmus; a rock which dries 09 m (3 ft) lies Front light (hut) (33003N, 118334W), on the
3 cables NE and depths of less than 9 m (30 ft) extremity of the pier.
extend 2 cables NW of Castle Rock. An isolated Rear light (hut) (190 m SSW of the front light), at
shoal, with a depth over it of 122 m (40 ft), lies the root of the pier.
1 cable NW of Castle Rock. A fog signal is sounded from the pier.
(Directions for the coasts of Santa Catalina Island are 5 Useful marks with positions from Wilson Cove Light
given at 8.83, for the coasts of San Nicolas Island at (3300N, 11833W):
8.95 and for Santa Barbara Island at 8.101) Navy Anchorage S End Light (2 miles SSE) (8.72).
Wilson Cove Light (8.72).
Navy Anchorage N End Light (1 miles NNW)
Anchorages (8.72).
Pyramid Cove
8.74
1 Description. Pyramid Cove, which is formed on the S Seal Cove
side of the island between Pyramid Head (3249N, 8.76
11821W) (8.70) and China Point (4 miles WSW), affords 1 Seal Cove (3254N, 11832W) is a small indentation
protected anchorage in NW weather to authorized vessels, on the SW side of the island which affords an indifferent
in depths of 183 m (60 ft) or more. The shores of the cove anchorage for small craft during NW winds.
are fringed with kelp to a distance of nearly 5 cables in A rock 15 m high lies near the middle of the cove, and
places; vessels should keep clear of the kelp as several another rock 9 m high lies about 3 cables farther SSE; a
dangers are known to exist, and there are indications of rocky patch which dries lies in the entrance to the cove
others. The influence of swell is felt most of the time. about 2 cables SW of the first mentioned rock.
2 A mooring buoy is laid close inshore on the E side of 2 Landing may be effected.
the cove, 6 cables E of Pyramid Head, and mooring buoys Local knowledge is required.

257
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

West Cove Landmark

8.77 8.82
1 West Cove (3301N, 11836W) is situated on the S 1 Tower (3323N, 11824W), on Black Jack Mountain.
side of The Isthmus (8.73) and affords some shelter with
good holding ground; the anchorage lies in a Restricted
Directions
Area.
Useful mark: North-east coast
San Clemente Light (3302N, 11836W) (8.72). 8.83
Local knowledge is required. 1 From a position ENE of Santa Catalina East End Light
(3318N, 11819W) (pole), the coastal passage leads NW,
Northwest Harbor thence WNW, passing (with positions from Long Point
8.78 Light (3324N, 11822W)):
1 Northwest Harbor (3302N, 11835W) is a cove on the 2 NE of a group of mooring buoys, those to seaward
N side of the island which affords shelter from S winds; displaying lights, which lie up to 2 cables offshore
the lee provided by a low islet at the W entrance also in the vicinity of Jewfish Point (6 miles SE); a
makes a comfortable anchorage in the prevailing W winds. prominent quarry stands behind the point. Thence:
The bottom is sandy and kelp extends to depths of 22 m NE of Abalone Point (4 miles SE), close off which
(12 fm). A dangerous wreck lies in the approach about there is a lighted mooring buoy, thence:
midway between the entrance points. 3 NE of Avalon Bay (4 miles SE), from the entrance
2 A mooring buoy lies in the anchorage at the head of the points of which lights are displayed (8.86), thence:
cove. NE and NNE of Long Point, a salient point from
Local knowledge is required. where a light (red and white chequered diamond
Useful mark: daymark on pole) is displayed, thence:
San Clemente Light (3302N, 11836W) (8.72). NNE of Blue Cavern Point (6 miles WNW), a bold
point at the E entrance to Isthmus Cove (8.88); a
mooring buoy lies off a prominent quarry
Santa Catalina Island 7 cables SE of this point. Thence:
4 NNE of Ship Rock (7 miles WNW) on which
Chart 1063 (see 1.14) stands a light (metal box). From seaward the rock,
Description the top of which is coloured white with guano,
8.79 resembles a haystack. Foul ground extends 3 cables
1 Santa Catalina Island (3322N, 11825W), separated S from the rock. Thence:
from mainland 18 miles N by San Pedro Channel, and from 5 NNE of Arrow Point (9 miles WNW), the salient N
San Clemente Island, 18 miles SSW, by the Outer Santa point of the island. Indian Rock, an above-water
Barbara Passage, is 18 miles long in a NW/SE direction rock, lies about 1 cables offshore in an area of
and has a greatest width of 7 miles. foul ground in Emerald Bay, 7 cables SE of Arrow
The island is rugged and mountainous, with steep Point. Thence:
precipitous shores, broken occasionally by deep ravines, NNE of West End (3 miles W of Arrow Point),
and is covered by a thick growth of brush, and some scrub from where a light (post) is displayed.
oak.
2 About 6 miles from the NW extremity, there is a deep South-west coast
cut which almost divides the island into two, the land 8.84
sloping steeply to a narrow neck of low land, 5 cables 1 From a position WSW of Santa Catalina East End Light
wide, between the coves on each side. This may cause the (3318N, 11819W) (8.83), the passage leads generally
island to appear as two from a distance. NW passing (with positions from Catalina Head (3325N,
3 Orizaba Mountain, the summit, is situated near the 11831W)):
middle of the SE part of the island. Clear of, depending on draught, Farnsworth Bank
The island is generally steep-to. Much of the N side is (4 miles S), thence:
free from kelp, but the S side has a fringe of kelp close in 2 SW of Catalina Head, a high, bluff point, about
to the beach. Most of the dangers in the approach to the 150 m high; Catalina Harbor Light (pole) is
island are close inshore within the kelp. displayed at an elevation of 122 m from the point.
Catalina Airstrip (3324N, 11825W), is situated on the Thence:
N side of the island. SW of Ribbon Rock (3 miles WNW), a prominent
headland with a dark vertical rock face, having a
sizeable ribbon of quartz veining, which is visible
Restricted landing for some distance, thence:
8.80 3 SW of West End (5 miles WNW) (8.83); Eagle
1 Santa Catalina is privately owned; landing permits, and Rock, an above-water rock, lies 1 cables offshore
arrangements for the leasing of mooring buoys for Santa in a position 3 cables S of this point.
Catalina Island (except Avalon), are issued at Two Harbors
(3326N, 11830W) (8.88). Useful mark
8.85
Seaplane landing area 1 Radio masts (33215N, 118222W) from which red
8.81 obstruction lights are displayed.
1 A seaplane landing area is situated in the SE approach (Directions for Santa Barbara Island are
to Avalon Bay (3321N, 11819W) (8.86), as shown on given at 8.101 and for passage S of the
the chart. Santa Barbara Islands at 8.326)

258
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Bays and anchorages Isthmus Cove

8.88
1 General information. Isthmus Cove, entered between
Blue Cavern Point (3327N, 11829W) (8.83) and Lion
Avalon Bay Head, a point fringed by foul ground (about 1 miles
8.86 WNW), lies on the N side of the cut described at 8.79. It
1 General information. Avalon Bay (3321N, 11819W) affords anchorage for small vessels with shelter from S
is a small bay on the N coast of the island, 2 miles from winds, but it is dangerous in NW winds. The entrance to
its SE extremity. There are depths of 36 to 24 m (2 to the bay is obstructed on its E side by Bird Rock, an island
13 fm) in the bay increasing to 36 m (20 fm) close outside 113 m high, covered with sand and grass lying 5 cables
the entrance. Shelter within the bay is excellent during SW WNW of Blue Cavern Point, and Harbor Reefs, usually
winds and good during NW and SE winds if their strength marked by kelp, which dry 06 m (2 ft) near their SE end,
does not exceed 20 kn. which lie 2 cables SW of Bird Rock.
2 The city of Avalon is an incorporated city and part of 2 The Catalina Cove and Camp Agency at Two Harbors,
Los Angeles County. It is the principal settlement on the situated at the head of the cove, is the issuing agency for
island and is a popular yacht haven and resort during the landing permits and leasing of mooring buoys throughout
summer; it is the only place on the island where a landing the island, except for Avalon.
permit is not required. Local knowledge is required.
3 Local knowledge is required. Landmark:
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Ship Rock (8.83), lying 1 miles NW of Blue Cavern
Volume 3. Mean spring range about 15 m; mean neap range Point.
about 07 m. 3 Directions. The approach to the cove from E is clear of
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio dangers, but vessels from W should note Eagle Reef which
Signals Volume 6(5). lies 3 cables offshore, 6 cables NW of Lion Head; the reef,
4 Inland Rules of the Road (Appendix VII) do not apply which is usually marked by kelp, has a least depth over it
to any harbour on Santa Catalina Island. of 09 m (3 ft) and is marked on its E side by a light-buoy
Submarine cables are laid between Avalon Bay and the (starboard hand).
mainland. 4 When entering from N attention is drawn to a rocky
Directions. The lights illuminating a road cut along the patch, with a depth over it of 12 m (39 ft), which lies
coast for some miles either side of Avalon Bay are visible
2 cables NNW of Bird Rock; shallow water extends
when approaching from N.
cable NW from Bird Rock.
5 The harbour is entered between breakwaters extending
5 A light (white diamond daymark on post) is displayed
from Cabrillo Peninsula on the S and Casino Point
from the E side of Harbor Reefs which are marked on their
(2 cables NW) on the N; a light (green square daymark on
N side by three buoys (orange and white), and on their W
mast) is displayed from the S breakwater, and a light (red
side by a buoy (port hand). A dangerous wreck (position
triangular daymark on mast) is displayed from the N
approximate) lies close S of Harbor Reefs.
breakwater.
6 Useful mark:
6 Useful marks: (positioned from the N breakwaterlight):
Tank (33275N, 118312W).
Large white circular building (1 cable WNW) on
Anchorage is available for all vessels S of the line
Casino Point; it is illuminated on occasions.
joining the entrance points except in an area extending
Illuminated white concrete tower (2 cables SW).
2 cables NNE of the Catalina Island Steamship Line pier
7 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained in Descanso
at Two Harbors, which is reserved for commercial vessels
Bay, the area N of the harbour between Casino Point and
only.
White Rock (3 cables NW) but it is obstructed by kelp
7 Fisherman Cove on the E side of Isthmus Cove is small
and the holding ground is reported to be poor.
but is reported to be the only shelter against Santa Ana
Small craft usually moor to buoys in Avalon Bay,
winds (1.184) on the N shore of Santa Catalina Island; it is
temporary allocations are made by the Harbour Master.
much frequented by small craft at night during the summer.
8 Berths. Transportation Wharf, a concrete pier 137 m
Fourth of July Cove and Cherry Cove are similar
long with depths from 6 to 18 m alongside occupies both
indentations on the W side of the cove and are used
sides of Cabrillo Peninsula; it is used by passenger and
frequently as day anchorages for small craft visiting Two
commercial vessels from the mainland.
Harbors. A mooring buoy, for the use of the Coast Guard,
A pleasure pier is situated on the S side of the bay.
lies in the S entrance to Cherry Cove.
9 Services: all the usual facilities are available including
8 Landing: small pier at Two Harbors with depths of
floating docks; emergency rescue services; regular
about 36 m at its head; there is a fuel dock on the E side
communication by air and sea with the mainland.
of the pier.
Services: all the usual facilities are available including
limited repair facilities; emergency rescue services; regular
White Cove communication by air and sea with the mainland.
8.87
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 146 m
(48 ft) in White Cove which is situated about 1 mile S of
Long Point (3324N, 11822W) (8.83). A mooring buoy Catalina Harbor
for the use of the Coast Guard lies in the bay. Hen Rock, 8.89
on which there is an underwater wreck, lies close inshore 1 General information. Catalina Harbor, entered E of
in the N approach to the bay 5 cables S of Long Point. Catalina Head (3325N, 11831W) (8.84), lies on the S
Local knowledge is required. side of the cut described at 8.79; Two Harbors (8.88) is at
Landing can be effected. the head of the bay. It affords shelter for small vessels, in

259
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

all but S winds. It is free from hidden dangers and is easy 2 No 2 Light-buoy (special) is moored 3 miles NE of Begg
of access. Rock; Mooring buoy (F), which is lit, is moored 8 miles
Local knowledge is required. NW of the rock.
2 Directions. Approaching from SE attention is drawn to a
Landmarks
rock with a depth over it of 27 m (9 ft) (reported 1988)
8.94
which lies 1 miles SE of Catalina Head.
1 Aero light (tower, 23 m in height) (3314N,
When entering the shores of the bay should be given a
11930W), standing at an elevation of 299 m on
clearance of at least 150 m; Pin Rock, a small above-water
the summit of the island.
rock, lies 150 m offshore on the E side of the entrance, and
Radar tower (elevation 276 m) (1 mile WNW of the
kelp extends out to the 55 m (18 ft) depth contour. A
aero light).
mooring buoy, for the use of the Coast Guard, lies close
Radio tower (6 cables ESE of the aero light), 26 m in
inside the entrance on the W side of the bay.
height, standing at an elevation of about 244 m.
3 Useful mark:
Catalina Harbor Light (3325N, 11831W) (8.84). Directions
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of between 7 and
9 m (24 to 30 ft), soft bottom, abreast Ballast Point, the N Passage north of the island
extremity of a low spit lying on the E side of the harbour 8.95
6 cables NNE of the E extremity of Catalina Head. The 1 From a position ESE of San Nicolas Island East End
head of the harbour, N of Ballast Point, is shoal and is Light (post) (3314N, 11930W) the coastal passage leads
obstructed by dangerous wrecks; a stranded wreck lies at generally NW, thence WNW, passing (with positions from
the head of the harbour. East End Light):
NE of a bank, with depths over it of 183 m (60 ft) or
less, which extends 1 miles E from the vicinity
South coast of the light; a sandspit is formed on the inner
8.90 6 cables of the bank. The bank is marked at its
1 Shelter from E winds may be obtained off the S coast of extremity by No 3 Light-buoy (port hand). Thence:
the island between Church Rock (3318N, 11820W) at 2 Clear of a rocky bank (4 miles NNW) with a least
the SE extremity of the island, and Salta Verde Point depth over it of 20 m (11 fm); an obstruction
(5 miles WNW). All known dangers are contained inside (position approximate) is charted 1 miles farther
the 18 m (60 ft) depth contour which lies within 3 cables of NNW. Thence:
the shore. Clear of a group of buoys (about 8 miles NW)
moored N of the W extremity of the island.
Passage south of the island
8.96
San Nicolas Island 1 From the same position as above the coastal passage
leads generally W and WNW passing (with positions from
East End Light):
Chart 899 (see 1.14) S of the light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles E) (8.95),
Description thence:
8.91 2 SSW of an area of broken and foul ground, covered
1 San Nicolas Island (3314N, 11930W), the outermost in kelp, which extends 3 miles W from the W
of the S group, is 8 miles long and 3 miles wide, and rises extremity of the island (8 miles WNW). Two reefs
to an elevation of 276 m (905 ft) at its highest point; it has which dry at half-tide, and which break in
a gentle, rounded profile from a distance. The W part is moderate weather, lie in this area 1 miles W of
sand, some of which has drifted to the N shore; the the island; no attempt should be made to pass
remainder is cut by deep ravines, the tableland being between the kelp and the coast.
spotted with patches of vegetation. Useful marks
2 Except for a distance of about 2 miles along the NE
8.97
shore the island is surrounded by kelp. Off the W end of
1 With positions from East End Light (3314N,
the island the kelp extends about 3 miles to seaward.
11930W):
N side; 2 pairs marker beacons (3 and 4 miles
WNW, respectively).
Caution S side; pair of marker beacons (3 miles WSW).
8.92 (Directions for passage S of the
1 The island is a US Naval Reservation and is closed to Santa Barbara Islands are given at 8.326)
the public; a naval restricted area extends up to 3 miles
offshore around the island; for remarks on restricted areas Anchorage and landing
see 8.6. For details see Appendix VI. 8.98
1 Anchorage. There are restricted anchorage areas off the
NW and SE ends of the island.
Outlying dangers With the approval of the authorities indifferent
8.93 anchorage may be obtained S of the sandspit at the E end
1 Begg Rock (3322N, 11942W), a bold rock which of the island (8.95). Small craft anchor in depths of 15 m
rises sharply from depths of 91 m (50 fm), lies 8 miles NW (48 ft), hard sand; larger vessels farther offshore in depths
of the W extremity of the island; 4BR Light-buoy of 31 m (17 fm), hard sand. In strong winds anchorage off
(starboard hand) is moored about 2 cables NNW of the Santa Barbara Island (3328N, 11902W) (8.99) is to be
rock. preferred.

260
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

2 Local knowledge is required. Anchorage

Landing. In the summer months, landing can usually be 8.102
effected towards the E end of the S side of the island. 1 Anchorage. There is a general anchorage area off the E
A pier, about 1 cables long, extends ENE from the coast of the island within an area bounded by a line drawn
coast 8 cables NNW of the E extremity of the island; a from Santa Barbara Light as follows:
tank stands on the shore behind the pier. In an 023 direction for 1 miles; thence 140 for
Permission must first be obtained from the relevant 2 miles; thence 212 for 2 miles; thence
authorities. 296 for 1 mile; thence 325 to the shore.
2 Small craft may find a reasonable anchorage off a small
cove about 3 cables S of Arch Point, near the inshore
Santa Barbara Island edge of the kelp, in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), but local
knowledge is required. A mooring buoy is moored off the
cove.
Chart 899 (see 1.14) Landing may be effected in the cove.
Description
8.99 Other names
1 Santa Barbara Island (3328N, 11902W) lies 24 miles 8.103
ENE of San Nicolas Island and 21 miles W of Santa 1 Ben Weston Point (33215N, 118292W).
Catalina Island. The island is 1 miles long and 1 mile Catalina Canyon (3323N, 11834W).
wide, and rises to an elevation of 193 m (635 ft). It is Emery Knoll (3302N, 11823W).
saddle shaped and from a distance has the appearance of Goat Harbor (3325N, 11824W).
two islands. The shores of the island are bold and Howland Landing (33277N, 118313W).
precipitous and are surrounded by deep water, except where Iron Bound Cove (33267N, 118345W).
the presence of kelp denotes foul or rocky bottom. 2 Little Harbor (3323N, 11829W).
2 Sutil Island (91 m (300 ft) high), a rocky islet San Clemente Canyon (3244N, 11814W).
surrounded by kelp, lies 3 cables off the SW point of San Nicolas Basin (3300N, 11900W).
Santa Barbara Island. Santa Rosa Cortez Ridge (3315N, 11948W).
Caution. Santa Barbara Island lies within Channel Tanner Basin 3251N, 11940W).
Islands National Marine Sanctuary and as such is an area Toyon Bay (33225N, 118210W).
to be avoided; see 8.5. The limits of the area are shown on
the chart.
POINT LOMA TO DANA POINT
Off-lying banks and dangers General information
8.100
Chart 899
1 Osborn Bank, over which there is a least depth of 35 m
(19 fm), lava, extends about 5 miles WNW/ESE in a
Routes
8.104
position 6 miles S of Santa Barbara Island.
1 Offshore route. The route described leads NW from the
A pinnacle rock, of very small area, with a least depth
vicinity of Point Loma (3240N, 11714W) to a position
over it of 31 m (17 fm), lies 16 miles NNW of Santa
at the entrance to the TSS about 18 miles WSW of Dana
Barbara Island.
Point (3327N, 11743W).
2 A submerged buoy, charted as an obstruction with a
Coastal route. The charted dangers fringing the coast lie
depth over it of 37 m (20 fm), was reported (1988) to lie
on, or within, the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour which
14 miles NNW of Santa Barbara Island.
parallels the shore at a distance of about 3 miles. Kelp
extends up to 2 miles offshore in places; detailed directions
are not given.
Directions
8.101 Topography
1 Off the S and E coasts of the island kelp extends out to 8.105
the 18 m (60 ft) depth contour which lies about 5 cables 1 Between Point Loma and Point La Jolla, 11 miles N, the
offshore. coastline is high and rocky, and broken at mid-point by the
Off the W coast of the island the kelp is thick between entrance to Mission Bay; the conurbations of Ocean Beach
Sutil Island and the main island. Irregular depths, over and Pacific Beach flank the bay on either side.
which there is kelp, with a least depth of 137 m (45 ft) at 2 North of Point La Jolla the cliffs rise to a height of
their extremity, extend about 1 miles WNW from the NW 90 m, decreasing gradually about 5 miles farther N where
point of the island; a rock awash, which breaks in a the heights vary from 6 to 24 m. Thence the coast, as far
moderate swell, lies towards the edge of the kelp, 1 mile W as San Mateo Point, 31 miles NNW, is formed by a low,
of this NW point. flat tableland, faced by steep cliffs, from 18 to 40 m high,
2 Useful marks: fronted at LW by broad beaches. The tableland is
Santa Barbara Island Light (post) (3329N, intersected by numerous steep valleys, the streams which
11902W), which is displayed from Arch Point, run through which are usually dry during the summer.
the NE point of the island; it is visible off the N Thence as far as Dana Point, 8 miles farther NW, the coast
and E sides of the island but is partially obscured becomes higher and more rugged. This latter stretch of
elsewhere. coast is broken by San Juan Capistrano Valley and San
3 Shag Rock, 44 m high, situated 1 cable offshore, Juan Creek 1 miles E of Dana Point; the railway and the
3 cables W of Arch Point. main highway, which run close together along the whole of
(Directions for passage S of the the coast, close inland, can be seen below the cliffs on this
Santa Barbara Islands are given at 8.326) particular stretch of coast.

261
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Depths Prohibited area

8.106 8.109
1 Depths generally increase uniformly from the shore, 1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of a
except in the following depressions which bring depths of concrete pier situated 1 miles NNE of Point La Jolla
200 m (100 fm) to within about 1 mile of the shore: (3251N, 11717W); the area is marked by unlit buoys
La Jolla Canyon (3254N, 11717W). and should be given a good clearance. The pier serves the
Carlsbad Canyon (3307N, 11722W). Scripps Institution of Oceanography, a leading research
institution in oceanography and marine biology.
Exercise area
8.107
1 A military exercise area, extending up to 3 miles off the
Principal marks
coast, is established from a position about 2 miles N of
8.110
Oceanside Harbor (3312N, 11724W) to San Clemente,
1 Landmarks:
about 15 miles NW. The most recent 11th Coast Guard
Point Loma (3240N, 11714W) (8.39).
District Local Notices to Mariners should be consulted for
TV Towers (red obstruction lights) (3250N,
the latest information.
11715W) which stand on Soledad Mountain, an
A restricted area (8.6) lies within this exercise area
isolated hill 250 m high.
centred about 4 miles NW of Oceanside Harbor.
Water Tower (3314N, 11722W), painted in red and
Measured distances white chequers, situated at Camp Pendleton.
8.108 2 Dome (3322N, 11734W), the N of two at a
1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of nuclear power station.
000180, marked by two pairs of steel towers, is situated Major light:
about 3 miles N of Point La Jolla (3251N, 11717W) Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W) (8.39).
(8.112). A large, elevated, aluminium coloured tank stands
close S of the S rear tower, and a smaller one close N of
the N rear tower. Other navigational aid
A measured distance of 5280 ft, on a running track of 8.111
326, is situated 2 miles N of Oceanside Harbor (3313N, 1 Racon: SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W).
11724W) (8.122). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Domes of the nuclear power plant SE of San Clemente (8.110)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

262
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Directions Mission Bay

(continued from 7.172) Chart 899 (see 1.14)
8.112
General information
1 From a position W of SD Light-buoy (3237N,
8.114
11715W) (8.41) the route leads generally NW passing,
1 Mission Bay, situated 5 miles N of Point Loma
with positions from Point Loma (3240N, 11714W):
(3240N, 11714W), is a small craft harbour administered
2 SW of Point Loma (8.39), off which depths of 18 m
by the city of San Diego. It is separated from the ocean by
(60 ft) or less extend about 1 miles SW; several
Mission Beach, a recreational area with prominent buildings
dangers, including New Hope Rock, which lies
and structures; from a distance the roller coaster at the
1 miles NNW of the point, and a dangerous
beach has the appearance of a dome.
wreck (existence doubtful) which lies 3 cables SW
2 A highway bridge, which crosses the entrance channel
of New Hope Rock, lie inside the 18 m (60 ft)
about 1 miles above the entrance, separates the two main
depth contour. A sewer outfall extends seawards
berthing areas, Mariners Basin on the W side of the
from a position about 1 mile N of Point Loma;
channel and Quivira Basin on the E side, from the inner
buoys near the shore end mark dangerous shoaling
part of the bay which becomes a lagoon with numerous
over the pipeline. Because of the beds of kelp
small islands and bays, most of which are used for aquatic
which extend up to 2 miles off the coast between
sports and activities.
Point Loma and Point La Jolla (11 miles N) this
part of the coast should be given a wide berth
when on passage. And: Limiting conditions
3 SW of Point La Jolla (11 miles N), the N end of a 8.115
rounded rocky projection, 2 miles in length, which 1 Controlling depths. In 2003 the mid-channel controlling
is the seaward extension of Soledad Mountain depth was 43 m (14 ft) to the highway bridge. Controlling
(8.110); it is faced with cliffs about 23 m high. depths in Mariners Basin were 46 to 52 m (15 to 17 ft),
The buildings of La Jolla, including a tower and a except for the edges, and 61 m (20 ft) in Quivira Basin.
dome, are prominent in the vicinity of the point. A Vertical clearances:
submerged buoy with a depth over it of 91 m 2 Ventura Point-Sunset Point fixed highway bridge;
(30 ft) lies 5 cables NNW of Point La Jolla. vertical clearance 116 m.
Thence: Dana Landing-Crown Point fixed highway bridge; S
Clear of a buoy (special) (20 miles NW), thence: section vertical clearance 116 m, N section vertical
4 SW of San Mateo Point (3323N, 11736W) from clearance 94 m.
where a light (red and white chequered diamond
daymark on post) is displayed. The point, known
locally as Cottons Point, terminates in cliffs 18 m Traffic regulations
high, and is the N entrance to San Mateo Creek. A 8.116
nuclear power station, from which a submarine 1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside a line
pipeline extends 5 cables to seaward, stands joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
2 miles SE of San Mateo Point; an obstruction,
with a depth over it of 34 m (11 ft), lies at the Landmarks
extremity of the pipeline which is marked by 8.117
buoys (orange and white). A light-buoy (special) is 1 Tower (red lights) (1 miles E of the entrance),
moored 3 miles WSW of the nuclear power station 103 m high, at Sea World.
on the boundary of the exercise area (8.14). Fishing Pier (3 cables S of the entrance), a Y-shaped
Thence: pier at Ocean Beach, with fog signal.
5 To a position at the S end of the TSS WSW of Dana
Point (3327N, 11743W), a moderately bold,
sandstone cliff, 67 m high, at the extremity of a Directions
spur from the coastal range. Detached rocks and 8.118
ledges extend nearly 2 cables offshore, from this 1 Dangers in the approach. Approaching from S attention
point. is drawn to the dangers off Point Loma described at 8.112.
A submerged buoy with a depth over it of 91 m (30 ft)
lies about 1 miles W of the entrance.
Approaching from N an obstruction with a depth over it
of 91 m (30 ft), and a dangerous wreck (position
Useful marks approximate), marked by a buoy, lie about 1 mile and
8.113 2 miles NNW respectively, of the entrance; a fish haven
1 Bird Rock (3249N, 11717W), a rock 6 m high extends 1 miles to seaward within 1 miles N from the
lying close to the shore. entrance.
Water tower (3304N, 11717W), aluminium 2 Entry. The bay is entered between two jetties, about
coloured, at Leucadia. 1 cables apart, thence the dredged channel leads as far as
Aero light (3308N, 11717W). a highway bridge about 1 miles above the entrance. No 1
2 Camp Pendleton South Light (white pyramidal Light (port hand, horn) is displayed from close to the head
structure) (3315N, 11726W). of the N Jetty. No 4 Light (post) is displayed on the S side
Camp Pendleton North Light (white pyramidal of the channel, 1 mile inside the entrance. Lights are
structure) (3319N, 11729W). displayed at the entrances to the main berthing areas in the
(Directions continue at 8.139) outer and inner parts of the bay.

263
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Mission Bay (8.118)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

3 Caution. Moderate to heavy swells break just inside the Submarine pipelines, about 1 mile apart, extend about
entrance along the S jetty; under such conditions entrance 1 mile to seaward from the S side of Carlsbad; C
should be made favouring the left quarter of the channel Light-buoy (special) marks the extremity of the N pipeline.
near the N jetty.

Berthing areas Oceanside Harbor

8.119 Chart 899 (see 1.14)
1 The two principal berthing areas are: General information
Quivira Basin (on the E side of the channel 1 mile 8.122
inside the entrance). A rock groin extends about 1 Oceanside Harbor (3312N, 11724W), is a small craft
140 m NW from the S side of the entrance. harbour comprising two shallow basins which can
Mariners Basin (on the W side of the channel 1 mile accommodate about 950 craft; there are about 50 berths for
inside the entrance). craft in transit. The harbour shares a common entrance with
2 In the inner part of the bay, where there are general Del Mar Boat Basin, the Camp Pendleton Marine Corps
depths of 18 to 30 m (6 to 10 ft), there are several Base, to the N.
marinas and private moorings. Del Mar Boat Basin and its approach channel is a
Berthing and anchoring in any of the basins is under the restricted area, and a restricted area lies close N of the
control of San Diego Unified Port District. harbour entrance; for remarks on restricted areas see 8.6.
For details see Appendix VI.
Port services 2 A large illuminated sign, with OCEANSIDE in white
8.120 letters on a blue background, is situated on a grassy knoll
1 Repairs can be effected in Quivira Basin; lifts with a overlooking the middle of the harbour, and an illuminated
capacity of 100 tonnes. tower, which resembles a lighthouse, is situated at the SE
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are side of the harbour; these marks serve to identify the
available. harbour.

Carlsbad Controlling depth

8.121 8.123
1 Description. Carlsbad (3309N, 11720W) is a resort 1 In 2003, a depth of 43 m (14 ft) in the entrance to
with several hotels; a chimney at the S end of the town is Oceanside Harbour. This depth is subject to frequent
prominent, as is a low, white, square tower, on the W end change and local authorities must be consulted for the latest
of a building at the N end of the town. depths.

264
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Oceanside Harbor (8.122)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Traffic regulations Port services

8.124 8.126
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside a line 1 Repairs can be effected; shiplift with capacity 14 tonnes.
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII. Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are
available.
Rescue: Coast Guard search and rescue vessel on
station.
Directions
8.125 Dana Point Harbor
1 Approach. A fish haven lies about 1 miles offshore Chart 1063 (see 1.14)
off the extremity of a pleasure pier about 1 miles S of the General information
harbour at the town of Oceanside. 8.127
Entry. From the vicinity of OC Light-buoy (safe water), 1 Description. Dana Point Harbor is a small craft harbour
moored 4 cables SW of the entrance, the harbour is situated close SE of Dana Point (3327N, 11743W)
approached between the W breakwater, a long breakwater (8.112); the harbour is protected on all sides and is entered
in four sections, and the E breakwater, shorter and in two from SE between two breakwaters. A church with a giant
sections, and entered through a dredged channel marked by cross is prominent on the hill above the harbour.
buoys and light-beacons. 2 The harbour comprises two basins separated by a fixed
2 No 1 Light (port hand) is displayed from the head of the highway bridge under which there is a vertical clearance of
W breakwater, and No 2 Light (starboard hand) is displayed 61 m (20 ft). There is accommodation for 1400 craft in the
from the head of the E breakwater. A buoy on the N side E basin and over 1000 craft in the W basin; both basins
of Oceanside Harbor entrance channel marks the extremity have independent entrances. All berths are assigned by the
of a submerged jetty. Harbour Master; there are about 60 berths for craft in
The channel divides close inside the entrance, the N transit. Anchorage, which is under the control of the
section leading to Del Mar Boat Basin, the E to Oceanside Harbour Master, may be obtained in a special anchorage on
Harbour. the W side of the harbour.
3 Caution. The entrance channel is subject to severe wave
action and shoaling and the buoys are frequently shifted to Controlling depths
meet the changing conditions; mariners are advised to 8.128
contact the harbour control on VHF before entering. 1 In 2003, the mid-channel controlling depth was 3 m
Entry at night, in rough seas, should not be attempted (9 ft) in the channel that leads WNW to the W basin, and
without local knowledge. 3 m (9 ft) in the entrance to the E basin. Severe shoaling

265
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Dana Point Harbor (8.127)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

was located on the S side of the entrance channel and near 1 miles NW of San Mateo Point, and a rock, with a
the entrance to the E basin. Shoaling is reported to build depth over it of 37 m (12 ft) (reported 1965) (position
up quickly, between dredging, in the entrance to the W approximate), lies 2 miles SE of Dana Point.
basin. 2 Approaching from N, a good clearance should be given
to the detached rocks and ledges extending 2 cables
offshore from Dana Point; San Juan Rock, 3 m high,
Traffic regulations marked by 2SJR Light-buoy (starboard hand), lies 2 cables
8.129 S of the highest part of Dana Point.
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside a line A sewer outfall extends 6 cables SSW from the shore
joining the breakwater heads; see Appendix VII. passing about 3 cables E of the harbour entrance.
A speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in the harbour; an area 3 A rock, with a depth over it of 23 m (7 ft), marked on
reserved for bathing, marked by buoys, is situated in the its S side by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) lies
NW corner of the harbour. 1 cables E of the entrance.
Numerous uncharted racing buoys are laid off the
harbour entrance.
Navigational aids
8.130 Port services
1 No 3 Light (port hand) is displayed from the S 8.132
breakwater head. 1 Repairs can be effected; shiplift with capacity of
No 4 Light (starboard hand) is displayed from the E 25 tonnes.
breakwater head. Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are
No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) is moored in the N available.
approach to the harbour, about 4 cables WSW of Rescue boat available.
No 3 Light.

Dangers in the approach Other names

8.131 8.133
1 Approaching from S, the coast between Dana Point and 1 Del Mar (3257N, 11716W), (resort town).
San Mateo Point (7 miles SE) (8.112) is foul up to Encinitas (3302N, 11717W).
5 cables offshore. San Mateo Rocks, which are 12 m (4 ft) Lasuen Knoll (3324N, 11800W).
high, and are surrounded by kelp, lie 5 cables offshore, Solana Beach (3259N, 11716W).

266
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

DANA POINT TO SAN PEDRO BAY ENE of the E extremity of Santa Catalina Island
(3322N, 11825W) (8.79), from where a light
General information (8.83) is displayed. Thence:
2 WSW of the entrance to Newport Bay (8.141);
Chart 1063 No 4SA Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored
Route 3 miles W of the entrance. Ferry routes between
8.134 Newport Beach and Avalon (Santa Catalina Island),
1 From a position at the S end of the TSS, WSW of Dana and between Dana Point and Avalon, cross the S
Point (3327N, 11743W), the main route leads 17 miles part of the TSS. Thence:
NNW through the TSS to the boundary with San Pedro 3 WSW of several obstructions (submerged buoys),
Bay Precautionary Area. It passes E of Santa Catalina shown on the chart, which follow the line of, and
Island (8.79), and to seaward of the approaches to Newport lie up to 1 miles W and WNW of, the extremity
Bay, the offshore oil berth at Huntington Beach and the oil of a sewer outfall which extends 4 miles to
production platforms lying up to 2 miles offshore W of seaward from the mouth of Santa Ana River
Huntington Beach, and those lying close to the NE of the (4 miles NW); a framework structure, marked by
TSS. white lights, covers the inshore end of the pipeline
at its landing. Thence:
Topography 4 WSW of Platform Eureka, Platforms Ellen and Elly,
8.135 and Platform Edith (between 11 miles W and 13
1 The coast between Dana Point and the entrance to miles WNW), situated close to the lane; and:
Newport Bay, 11 miles NW, consists of bold, rocky cliffs, WSW of the Huntington Beach Offshore Buoy Berth
from 12 to 30 m high, forming the seaward ends of ridges (7 miles WNW) (8.152). Thence:
separated by deep, narrow valleys. The San Joaquin Hills 5 To a position E of S Light-buoy (special) moored at
rise to an elevation of over 350 m 2 miles inland. Laguna the N extremity of the separation zone at the
Beach, a seaside resort, extends along the shore for over boundary of the TSS with the Precautionary Area.
two miles near the middle of this stretch of coast. Vessels bound for Anaheim Bay (13 miles NW)
2 From Newport Bay to Anaheim Bay, 13 miles NW, the pass clear of the marine farm (11 miles WNW)
coast is low and backed close inland by several lagoons. and W of Platforms Emmy (9 miles NW) and
The countryside is treeless and largely built up, the towns Eva (10 miles NW).
and pleasure resorts along the coast being almost
continuous. Useful marks
8.140
Measured distance 1 Trestle Bridge (3338N, 11757W), across the mouth
8.136 of Santa Ana River.
1 See 8.144. Platform Esther (3343N, 11807W) (8.158).
Tank (33435N, 118046W), at Sunset Beach.
Marine exploitation (Directions continue for Long Beach Harbor
8.137 at 8.190, for Los Angeles Harbor at 8.217
1 Oil production platforms are situated close E of the N and for the coastal passage at 8.238)
part of the TSS, and in the approaches to Anaheim Bay
(3344N, 11806W); such structures are subject to
frequent change. The structures close E of the TSS are
Newport Bay
each surrounded by a 500 m safety zone; submarine Chart 1063 (see 1.14)
pipelines connect the structures and the structures with the General information
shore. 8.141
1 Description. Newport Bay (3336N, 11753W) is an
Principal marks extensive lagoon bordered on the seaward side by a
8.138 sandspit 3 miles long. The bay is an important sporting
1 Landmarks: centre, both for yachting and fishing. The city of Newport
Two chimneys (3339N, 11759W), at a power Beach includes the districts of Newport and Balboa on the
station close to the shore. sandspit, and Corona del Mar, E of the entrance. Newport
Tower (3323N, 11824W), on Santa Catalina Island Heights is situated on the N side of the lagoon, and is
(8.82). separated from Newport Beach by a narrow creek which is
Two large, white radar domes (3345N, 11820W) spanned by a bridge.
(8.173). 2 The numerous houses and buildings along the beach,
2 Major lights: and on the hills behind the bay, are prominent from
Long Beach Aero Light (3349N, 11809W) (8.173). seaward; tall office buildings in a complex 1 miles N of
Long Beach Light (3343N, 11811W) (8.173). the entrance are particularly prominent.
Los Angeles Light (3343N, 11815W) (8.173).
Point Vicente Light (3344N, 11825W) (8.236). Limiting conditions
8.142
Directions 1 Controlling depths. The project depth in the entrance
(continued from 8.113) channel and in the various reaches that lead to the turning
8.139 basin, 3 miles above the entrance, is 61 m (20 ft); in the
1 From a position at the entrance to the N-bound traffic channel N of Balboa Island the project depth is 3 m (10 ft)
lane of the TSS, WSW of Dana Point (3327N, 11743W) over a width of 61 m. The project width of the entrance
(8.112), the track leads NNW passing (with positions from channel is 152 m, of the reaches 61 m, and of the turning
Newport Bay W jetty No 3 Light (3335N, 11753W): basin 305 m.

267
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

2 For the latest controlling depths, the chart, and the port WNW of the entrance; the front mark of the E range is
authorities, should be consulted. situated on a pleasure pier.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Local weather. West to NW winds predominate but the
Mean spring range about 16 m; mean neap range about strongest winds blow from between W and SW. Severe
06 m. storms are rare, but the Santa Ana (1.184) blows from E or
NE with great violence, though with short duration.
7 Landmarks with positions from No 3 Light (3335N,
Arrival information 11753W), on the head of the W jetty:
8.143 Radio tower (red lights) (4 miles NW).
1 Anchorages. Outer anchorage may be obtained E of the Hospital building (6 cables SE of the radio tower).
E entrance jetty in depths of from 55 to 11 m (18 to 36 ft), Tower (2 miles NW) on a light coloured building.
but it is exposed; there are several unlit buoys in this area. Pleasure pier (2 miles WNW) which extends
Special anchorages areas are established in Newport 1 cables SW from the shore.
Bay; the allocation of berths is strictly controlled by the
Harbour Master. Directions
2 Traffic regulations: 8.145
Inland Rules of the Road are in force N of a line 1 From the vicinity of NWP Light-buoy (safe water),
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII. moored 2 cables S of the entrance, the bay is entered
Between 1st June and 15th September annually, between two jetties 251 m apart. No 3 Light (port hand) is
navigation by power-driven vessels is prohibited displayed from the head of the W jetty and No 4 Light
through the passage between Bay Island (starboard hand) is displayed from the head of the E jetty.
(33365N, 117543W) and the peninsula close S. Thence the fairway, which leads first 7 cables NNW, then
A speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in Newport Bay. 2 miles WNW to the turning basin, is marked by lights
(lateral, on piles).
Harbour 2 Caution. A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
on the S side of the fairway 1 cable NW of No 5 Light,
8.144
which stands 6 cables NNW of the entrance.
1 General layout. Balboa Island (33364N, 117536W),
Useful mark:
a large island on the N side of the bay, connected to the
Aero light (3340N, 11852W), at Orange County
mainland by a bridge, lies 1 mile inside the entrance; Grand
Airport.
Canal, a boat channel spanned by a bridge, separates the E
and W parts of this island. Collins Island is a small island Berths
lying off the NW extremity of Balboa Island to which it is 8.146
connected by a bridge. 1 There are numerous small wharves and piers in the bay
2 Harbor Island lies on the N side of the bay, cable NW used mainly by local yachts and fishing vessels. Several
of Collins Island; it is connected to Promontory Point, on berths for vessels in transit can be found at the Harbour
the mainland, by a bridge. Harbor Island forms the SE Office pier (8 cables N of the entrance) or at a marina at
entrance point of the channel which leads N to the head of the NW end of the turning basin.
the lagoon.
Bay Island lies 1 miles inside the entrance on the S Port services
side of the bay; it is connected to Balboa by a bridge. The 8.147
Newport Bay Yacht Club is situated on the S side of the 1 Repairs can be effected; slipway with a capacity of
bay, 2 cables WSW of Bay Island. 325 tons which can accommodate vessels up to a length of
3 Lido Isle (33368N, 117551W) is a large island in 46 m.
the middle of the W side of the bay, with its E extremity Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are available
situated 2 cables from Bay Island; it is separated from at the various berthing areas in the bay.
Newport Beach by a narrow channel which is spanned by a Rescue boat available.
bridge. The area NW of Lido Isle comprises the turning
basin.
4 There are no bridges over the main channel, and none of Huntington Beach
the fixed bridges connecting the islands restrict passage to Chart 1063
the anchorage areas. The fairway leading N from Harbor General information
Island to the head of the lagoon is spanned by a fixed 8.148
bridge with a vertical clearance of 61 m (20 ft). Above this 1 Position and function. Huntington Beach (3340N,
latter bridge depths are subject to frequent change; the 11800W) is a resort city and an oil producing centre;
upper reaches of the bay are very shoal, and are presently vessels are berthed at an offshore oil berth.
(2003) closed through contamination.
5 Submarine cables cross the fairway in the following Maximum size of vessel handled
approximate positions: 8.149
Between 4 and 6 cables inside the entrance. 1 The offshore terminal can accommodate vessels of up to
1 miles inside the entrance. LOA 305 m; draught 13 m; 150 000 dwt.
2 miles inside the entrance.
Outside the main channel they are also laid on the E Pilotage and tugs
and N sides of Balboa Island and on the S side of Lido 8.150
Isle in close proximity to the anchorage areas. 1 The Mooring Master will board vessels in the Los
6 Measured distance. A measured distance of 1 mile, on Angeles area.
a running track of 111291, marked by two pairs of A mooring vessel assists and runs lines to the buoys; it
beacons, is situated on the S side of Balboa, 1 miles also acts as a Pollution Control vessel.

268
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Huntington Beach Pier harbour on either side of the entrance channel where there
8.151 are general depths of between 76 and 128 m (25 to 42 ft);
1 There is a fishing and pleasure pier at Huntington Beach mooring buoys are laid in these areas.
from the head of which a light is displayed. At the seaward Pilotage. Available from Long Beach; see 8.162.
end of the pier there is a fish haven with a least depth over Traffic regulations. Inland Rules of the Road are in
it of 3 m (10 ft). A number of mooring buoys lie close force inward of the line joining the jetty heads; see
inshore in the vicinity of Huntington Beach. Appendix VII.

Offshore oil berth Tidal streams

8.152 8.157
1 From a position 7 cables SE of Huntington Beach Pier a 1 The in-going stream at the head of the basin flows E to
submarine pipeline extends 1 miles SW from the shore; at W, which is contrary to the normal flow outside the
its head, in a depth of 152 m (50 ft), is a multi-point harbour; the effect is the opposite on the out-going stream.
mooring consisting of eight buoys, marked 4 cables W by After heavy rain the out-going stream may attain rates of
HB Light-buoy (special). Both anchors and seven buoys are up to 5 kn.
used for mooring, the eighth buoy being a hose supporting
buoy.
2 Crude oil, naptha and petroleum products are handled.
Directions
There are several obstructions (submerged buoys), and
8.158
fish havens, which are charted on the 183 m (60 ft) depth
1 Entry leading lights:
contour in the SE approach to this berth, and a dangerous
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
wreck in the NW approach.
framework tower) (33442N, 118055W), at the
head of the turning basin.
Rear light (similar structure) (180 m NE of the front
Port services light).
8.153 The alignment (036) of these lights leads through a
1 With the exception of limited facilities for the reception channel marked by light-buoys (lateral) passing (with
of oily waste none of the usual services are available. positions from the front light):
2 SE of Platform Esther (1 miles SW) from where
lights are displayed, thence:
Through the outer harbour entrance (7 cables SW)
formed by E Jetty Head, from which No 6 Light
Anaheim Bay and Huntington Harbour (starboard hand) is displayed, and W Jetty Head,
from which No 5 Light (port hand) is displayed,
thence:
Charts 1082, 1063 3 Into the inner harbour; No 9 Beacon (port hand)
General information marks a dangerous rock on the NW side of the
8.154 entrance, and No 10 Light (starboard hand) is
1 Anaheim Bay (3344N, 11805W) stands on the E side displayed from a dolphin on the SE side of the
of Seal Beach, a resort area at the E entrance to San Pedro entrance.
Bay; the harbour serves the US Naval Weapons Station. Caution. In the SE approach to Anaheim Bay an unlit
The entrance to the bay is protected by two jetties each dolphin lies 6 cables SSE, and a shoal depth of 9 m (29 ft)
5 cables in length which converge to leave an entrance lies 1 mile S respectively, of the head of the E Jetty.
about 1 cable in width. 4 Useful mark:
2 The waters inside the jetty heads are designated a Seal Beach Municipal Pier (33442N, 118064W),
restricted area; for remarks on restricted areas see 8.6. For a pier 500 m in length.
details see Appendix VI.
Huntington Harbour, which is situated on the SE side
of Anaheim Bay, is a privately managed small craft
harbour, whose entrance is through Anaheim Bay; Huntington Harbour
permission to enter must be obtained from the naval 8.159
authorities. 1 On the SE side of the basin a channel, marked by No 11
Light-beacon (port hand), (close E of No 10 Light), and by
buoys (port hand) leads to the entrance to Huntington
Harbour. The entrance channel is spanned by a bridge with
Controlling depths a vertical clearance of 7 m.
8.155 2 All the usual facilities are available, including repairs to
1 In 2003 there was a least dredged depth of 11 m (36 ft) vessels up to 25 tonnes displacement and 15 m in length.
in the entrance channel, reducing to 104 m (34 ft) in the
basin.

Arrival information Other names

8.156 8.160
1 Explosives anchorage. Naval vessels, carrying or 1 Abalone Point (3333N, 11749W).
transferring ammunition or explosives, anchor in the outer Two Rock Point (3333N, 11748W).

269
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

SAN PEDRO BAY AND APPROACHES

GENERAL INFORMATION 3 Long Beach pilots board from one of two boats 1 mile
S of LB Light-buoy (33414N, 118110W) large and
Charts 1082, 1063 deep-draught vessels are boarded about 2 miles S of the
Description buoy. The pilot boats, Vega and Polaris, have yellow hulls
8.161 and white upperworks with the letters LONG BEACH
1 San Pedro Bay is formed between Seal Beach (3344N, PILOTS displayed on each side. In normal weather
11806W) (8.154) and Point Fermin (10 miles W) (8.173), conditions the pilot ladder should be on the starboard side
and comprises the harbours of Long Beach (8.175) and Los about 2 m above the water. In thick fog vessels may be
Angeles (8.203); Terminal Island, in the NW part of San requested to anchor outside the breakwater in Anchorage F.
Pedro Bay, separates the outer bay from Los Angeles and 4 The Long Beach Pilot Office is at the NW end of Pier F
Long Beach inner harbours. The bay is well protected and (33448N, 118128W).
is a safe harbour in any weather. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
2 Long Beach Harbor, in the E part of San Pedro Bay, Volume 6(5).
includes the city of Long Beach and a part of Terminal
Island on which is located the US Naval Shipyard and Vessel Traffic Service
Naval Station. Four oil production islands lie to E of Long 8.163
Beach Harbor in the E part of the bay. 1 Vessel Traffic Service and VMRS, operated by the
Los Angeles Harbor, at the W end of the bay, includes Marine Exchange in cooperation with the US Coast Guard,
the waterfront districts of San Pedro, Wilmington and a is established covering the navigable waters of San Pedro
major portion of Terminal Island. Bay and San Pedro Channel, excluding Santa Monica Bay,
3 Both harbours are ports of entry. Although the two ports within a radius of 25 miles from Point Fermin (3342N,
are separate entities their harbour facilities are closely 11818W); the service is mandatory for most vessels and
interrelated; the harbours are connected by Cerritos Channel includes all the Precautionary Area, portions of the TSS
(8.184). and Long Beach and Los Angeles harbours. Mariners
The three breakwaters protecting the bay are: should report their position and destination, and will be
4 San Pedro Breakwater which extends first ESE for given information about traffic to be encountered in the
9 cables, then ENE for 9 cables from Cabrillo Precautionary Area.
Beach, 5 cables NE of Point Fermin (3342N, 2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
11818W), to the entrance to Los Angeles Main Volume 6(5).
Channel.
Middle Breakwater which extends 2 miles ENE, then Traffic regulations
1 mile E from the entrance to Los Angeles Main 8.164
Channel to the entrance to the Long Beach 1 Traffic separation scheme. The Los Angeles/Long
Channel. Beach section of the TSS (8.4) is established, as shown on
5 Long Beach Breakwater which extends 2 miles E the chart, in the S and W approaches to San Pedro Bay.
from the entrance to the Long Beach Channel. 2 Precautionary Area, as shown on the chart, exists
between the S and W approach traffic lanes and the Los
Pilotage Angeles/Long Beach breakwaters. Special caution is
8.162 necessary within this area due to the presence of large
1 All foreign vessels and US vessels of more than 300 grt vessels manoeuvring to embark or disembark pilots, to
are subject to pilotage at both Los Angeles and Long enter or leave the traffic lanes, or to enter or leave
Beach Harbors. Pilotage will be charged whether a pilot is Commercial Anchorage G.
employed or not. 8.165
Pilot areas are established, as shown on the chart, 1 Regulated Navigation Area (see Appendix V) has been
which extend 1 miles SSE and 3 miles S respectively, established, as shown on the chart, comprising the Los
from the entrances to Los Angeles and Long Beach Angeles and Long Beach Pilot Areas (8.162), and the area
Harbors; these areas should only be entered when vessels between them S of Middle Breakwater, including the whole
are proceeding in, or out, of the harbours; see 8.165. of Anchorage G (8.170). These regulations include a speed
Notice of ETA. A minimum of 2 hours notice of arrival limit within the area of 12 kn. In addition to this mandatory
is required at both Los Angeles and Long Beach Pilot limit, vessels within 20 miles of Point Fermin (3342N,
Stations. 11818W) are requested to observe a voluntary speed limit
2 Los Angeles pilots board vessels with a draught of 50 ft of 12 kn as an environmental measure.
(152 m) or less from one of two pilot boats in the vicinity 2 Security Zone is established around any vessel carrying
of No 3 Light-buoy, moored 1 miles SSE of Los Angeles LPG/LNG within the Long Beach/Los Angeles Harbours
Light (3343N, 11815W) (8.173), as shown on the chart. and within 3 miles of their entrances. A Security Zone is
Vessels with greater draught will be boarded 2 miles farther also established around any passenger vessel within the
SSE, SE of No 1 Light-buoy as shown on the chart. The same area; see Appendix V.
pilot boats, Stephen M White and Phineas Banning, have 3 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in San Pedro
black hulls and white upperworks with the letters L.A. Bay within the line of the breakwaters, and a line joining
PILOTS displayed on each side. In normal weather the E end of Long Beach Breakwater to the extremity of
conditions the pilot ladder should be on the starboard side the E jetty at Anaheim Bay (3344N, 11805W); see
about 1 m above the water. Pilots may not board in periods Appendix VII.
of severe weather or poor visibility. 4 Prohibited anchorage. Within Los Angeles and Long
The Los Angeles Pilot Office is at the SE end of Pier Beach Harbors and the Precautionary Area to the S,
No 1 (33433N, 118163W). anchoring outside of the designated anchorage areas is

270
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

prohibited, except in an emergency or with the prior and Q. No vessel carrying more than 680 tonnes of
approval of the Captain of the Port. explosives may anchor in this anchorage.

Regulations concerning entry tankers Natural conditions

8.166 8.172
1 State of California regulations require tankers carrying in 1 Tidal streams in both Los Angeles and Long Beach
excess of 5000 tons of oil as bulk cargo to be escorted by Harbors follow the axes of the various channels and seldom
a tug or tugs while in transit within Long Beach and Los exceed 1 kn.
Angeles harbours and their approaches. See 10.10 for Winds. At Los Angeles, the predominant wind is WSW
further brief general details and for where the full from May to September and W from October to April but
regulations may be found. For Long Beach and Los in winter the wind is often S or SE. South-east gales occur
Angeles, an escort tug should be in position in the S part five or six times during winter and are dangerous to vessels
of the pilot boarding areas prior to an inbound vessel anchored outside the breakwaters. Winds in summer, though
arriving within 2 miles of the breakwaters. Masters are to sometimes strong, are not usually dangerous.
ensure anchors are ready for letting go prior to entering the 2 Caution should be exercised during the late autumn and
pilot boarding areas. winter should E winds become established over California
as such a condition may give rise to the onset of a Santa
Submarine cables and pipelines Ana (1.184).
8.167
Fog is most likely to be experienced from September to
1 Mariners are cautioned against anchoring in the vicinity
January and again in April; it is mainly radiation fog
of the many cable areas and submerged pipeline areas
drifting from the land and is worst in the evening and early
which are shown on the charts; in particular, attention is
morning; industrial smoke increases the intensity and
drawn to the cables areas in the Long Beach Channel, the
persistence of the fog.
Los Angeles Main Channel, and the NE part of Long
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.217.
Beach Outer Harbor.
3 Seiches. Both Long Beach and Los Angeles Harbors are
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
characterised by short period oscillations of the sea level
Quarantine and customs known as seiches. The most persistent and conspicuous
oscillation has a period of approximately 1 hour. At the
8.168
harbour entrances, this seiche is very prominent, causing
1 The quarantine and immigration station is at Reservation
velocity variations which at times may be as great as 1 kn,
Point (33435N, 118160W) (8.212). Vessels subject to
and which often overcomes the lesser tidal stream so that
arrival inspections should make arrangements in advance
the flow changes direction at half hourly intervals. Because
through their agents; unless otherwise directed, the officials
of the more restricted channel, the stream through the
usually board vessels at their berths.
entrance of Long Beach Inner Harbor usually reaches a
For general remarks on quarantine and customs see 1.47
greater velocity than that through the entrance of Los
and 1.48.
Angeles Inner Harbor, and the hourly variation may
Measured distance sometimes be 1 kn or more.
8.169 4 The hourly seiche, together with other oscillations of
1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of shorter period and of more irregular occurrence, at times
090270, is established on the S side of Long Beach causes a very rapid change both in the height of the water
Breakwater. Each end is marked by pairs of yellow and the velocity and direction of the stream, and may
diamond shaped daymarks on metal posts. endanger vessels alongside the piers and wharves; it is
advisable to ensure the moorings are tight at all times.
Anchorages
8.170 Principal marks
1 Anchorage areas are established both inside and outside 8.173
the breakwaters. The limits of the areas are indicated by 1 Landmarks:
pecked lines on the charts and are distinguished by capital Two large, white radar domes (3345N, 11820W)
letters; individual berths in the areas are numbered. Areas which stand on the summit of San Pedro Hill; the
BG are commercial anchorages and Areas N, P and Q are hill, which drops in terraces, terminates on the
general anchorages. Inside the breakwaters, vessels must coast in steep rocky cliffs about 18 m high.
anchor in the anchorage area assigned except in the case of Point Fermin (3342N, 11818W), a bold cliffy
an emergency. point, 30 m (100 ft) high, at the W entrance to the
2 Caution. A trot of lighted mooring buoys lies in the bay; a light (pole) is displayed from the point and
NW part of Area B; several more lie within Areas C and E. a prominent pavilion stands 3 cables N of the light.
A dangerous wreck, partially visible and marked by a light 2 Los Angeles Lighthouse (white round tower, on
buoy, lies in Berth D8. concrete base, 21 m in height) (3343N,
8.171 11815W), on the head of San Pedro Breakwater.
1 Outer anchorages are Area F, which lies on the SE side Long Beach Lighthouse (green square on white tower,
of Long Beach Breakwater, and Area G, to the S of the on building on columns, 13 m in height) (3343N,
Middle Breakwater. Vessels are prohibited from entering 11811W), on the E extremity of the Middle
Commercial Anchorage G unless bound for an assigned Breakwater.
berth within it. 3 Major lights:
2 Explosives anchorage covers an area centred in position Long Beach Aero Light (aviation beacon) (3349N,
33436N, 11809W, 2 cables N of Long Beach 11809W), displayed at an elevation of 46 m at
Breakwater, with a radius of about 9 cables; when the Long Beach Municipal Airport.
anchorage is in use it encompasses parts of Areas D, E, F Long Beach Light as above.

271
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Point Fermin from S (8.173)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Los Angeles Light as above. Port Authority

Point Vicente Light (3344N, 11825W) (8.236). 8.177
1 Long Beach Harbor Commission, Pier A, 925 Harbor
Other navigational aids Plaza, P.O. Box 570, Long Beach, California 908010570.
8.174 Website: www.polb.com
1 Racons:
No 3 Light-buoy (33413N, 118144W). Limiting conditions
LB Light-buoy (33414N, 118110W). Controlling depths
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 8.178
1 Most channels in Long Beach harbour are maintained at
considerably more than the project depth of 107 m (35 ft) .
Long Beach Channel as far as Back Channel has charted
LONG BEACH HARBOR depths of 23 m (76 ft) (2002).
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
General information
Vertical clearances
8.179
Charts 1081, 1082, 1063
1 Gerald Desmond Bridge (33458N, 118132W) is a
Position and function fixed span bridge with a vertical clearance of 472 m
8.175 (155 ft), which crosses Back Channel between Middle
1 Long Beach Harbor (3345N, 11813W) is a man made Harbor and Inner Harbor.
harbour situated in the E part of San Pedro Bay. It is one Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of
of the largest ports on the Pacific coast and has the 472 m (155 ft) cross the E part of Cerritos Channel in
reputation of being Americas most modern port. It handles Inner Harbor, 3 cables NW of Gerald Desmond Bridge;
extensive foreign and domestic trade with modern facilities vessels are required to maintain a distance of at least 18 m
for the largest vessels, including several of the largest and (6 ft) under the cables at all times.
most modern container terminals on the Pacific coast. 2 Heim Highway Bridge and Henry Ford Avenue
Bascule Bridge, (33460N, 118143W), 25 m apart,
Traffic cross Cerritos Channel on the N side of Terminal Island.
8.176 The former has a vertical clearance of 116 m (38 ft) when
1 In 2002, 3053 vessels called totalling 163 491 612 dwt. down, and 49 m (163 ft) when raised; the two tall,

272
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

rectangular towers of the bridge, from which red the city of Long Beach; it terminates at the Flood Control
obstruction lights are displayed, are prominent. The latter, a Channel on the W side of Long Beach. The former
railway bridge, is a double leafed span with a clearance of passenger liner Queen Mary, now a museum and hotel, lies
18 m (6 ft) when closed and 503 m (165 ft) when raised; it at the S entrance to Queensway Bay, and close S of the
is maintained in the open position, except for maintenance liner is a prominent white, illuminated dome, in which is
and the passage of trains. Clearance gauges are reported to housed the flying boat Spruce Goose.
be sited on either side of these bridges. 3 There are extensive small craft facilities in Queensway
3 The opening signal for the Heim Highway Bridge is Bay and in Alamitos Bay (8.200) on the E side of Outer
three prolonged blasts, and for the Henry Ford Avenue Harbor.
Bridge two short blasts followed by one prolonged blast. Middle Harbor is divided into an East Basin and a West
The acknowledging signal for both bridges is two Basin, separated by Back Channel. Commercial operations
prolonged blasts followed by one short blast when the take place in East basin, but West Basin, which is bounded
bridge will open immediately, and five short blasts when N and NE by Terminal Island, and is protected on its S
they will not open immediately. side by Naval Base Mole, is a naval base and a restricted
4 The controller of both bridges can be contacted by VHF area; for remarks on restricted areas see 8.6. For details see
radio, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). Appendix VI. Numerous piers project into West Basin from
Queens Way Bridge (33458N, 118120W) is a Naval Base Mole and from Terminal Island, and the US
fixed span bridge with a vertical clearance of 137 m (45 ft) Naval Shipyard, including three dry docks, is situated in
at its centre, which connects the city of Long Beach with the NE side of the basin.
the S piers in the harbour. 4 The Inner Harbor is entered through Back Channel, a
continuation of the main channel N of Middle Harbor;
Tidal levels Cerritos Channel, leading E from Inner Harbor connects the
8.180 Long Beach terminals with those at Los Angeles. From the
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring Turning Basin in Inner Harbor, the berthing areas of
range about 16 m; mean neap range about 06 m. Channel Two and Channel Three lead ENE, parallel to each
other, for 7 cables.
Density of water
8.181 Development
1 The density of water in the bay is 1025 g/cm3. 8.185
1 Construction work was in progress (2003) within West
Maximum size of vessel handled Basin on the new facilities on Pier T; 820 m (2700 ft) of
8.182 wharfage is now open with a further 460 m (1500 ft) due to
1 A vessel of 266 585 dwt, draught 20.1 m, LOA 335 m be completed by mid-2004.
has used the port.
Submarine cables and pipelines
Arrival information 8.186
8.183 1 See 8.167.
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 8.163. Natural conditions
Anchorages. See 8.170. 8.187
Pilotage. See 8.162. 1 See 8.172.
Tugs are available and meet vessels inside the
breakwaters. Principal marks
2 Traffic regulations. See 8.164 and 8.165. Harbor 8.188
Restricted Area is established in that part of Long Beach 1 Landmarks in the approach: see 8.173.
Channel between Pier J and the entrance to Middle Harbor, Landmarks in the harbour (positioned from the centre
as can be seen on the chart; outbound traffic has priority in of the white dome(33451N, 118113W) (8.184)):
this section and a speed limit of 6 kn is imposed. The Radar tower (11 cables S) on SE corner of Pier J.
maximum speed in the Middle and Inner Harbors is also Grain elevator (1 mile W), which has a prominent,
restricted to 6 kn. grey tower.
Quarantine and customs. See 8.168. 2 Tower (9 cables N), a green coloured structure, on an
hotel.
Harbour Tower (9 cables NNE), a white stone structure, on
an hotel.
General layout Major lights:
8.184 See 8.173.
1 Long Beach Harbor consists of Outer Harbor, Middle
Harbor and Inner Harbor. Long Beach Channel leads to
Other navigational aids
Southeast Basin and Basin Six, which are entered from 8.189
Outer Harbor, thence to Middle Harbor. 1 See 8.174.
2 In the Outer Harbor, which is principally an anchorage
Directions
area, there are four artificial oil production islands, known (continued from 8.140)
as the Astronaut Islands, named after former astronauts
Grissom, White, Freeman and Chaffee. The islands, whose Approaches
positions can be seen on the chart, look like holiday 8.190
resorts, with palm trees and tall, white, high rise structures 1 There is a clear approach through the precautionary area
which camouflage the derricks; each is marked on its four (8.164), from its boundaries with the N-bound traffic lane
sides by lighted beacons. Queensway Bay (8.201) in the (33355N, 118100W) and the E-bound traffic lane
NW corner of Outer Harbor, separates the port area from (3336N, 11818W), to the pilot boarding area S of the

273
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

White dome

J Pier
Port of Long Beach from SE (8.184)
(Original dated 2004)
(Photograph Port of Long Beach)

entrance (33434N, 118110W) to Long Beach Harbor, Pier J east side basin
keeping clear, depending on draught, of the rocky patches, 8.192
reported 1983, and wreck, 3 miles SSE and 4 miles SSE 1 The basin on reclaimed land on the E side of Pier J
of the entrance, respectively. containing Berths 266270 (8.195) is entered from Long
The LB Light-buoy (safe water) must be left to port. Beach Outer Harbour on the alignment (270) of lights (on
2 Caution. Vessels awaiting a pilot should stay well to buildings) leading between two breakwaters, extending E
seaward and E of the LB Light-buoy. When making the from the basin. Light-beacons stand on the head of each
breakwater entrance, speed should be no greater than is breakwater.
necessary to maintain steerage way. At night, the lights of
Useful marks
small craft may be difficult to distinguish against the
8.193
harbour lights in the background.
1 With positions from the centre of the White Dome
3 Leading lights:
(33451N, 118113W):
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe)
Island Grissom (5 cables NE), Island White
(33441S, 118111W) on S breakwater, E side
of Pier J. (14 cables E), Island Freeman (14 cables ESE), and
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables N of front Island Chaffee (2 miles ESE), which are
light) on N breakwater, E side of Pier J. described at 8.184. Fog signals (horns) are sounded
From a position close E of LB Light-buoy the alignment from the islands.
(355) of these lights leads N through the fairway, passing 2 Belmont Pier (2 miles E), a pleasure pier about 310 m
between Middle Breakwater and Long Beach Breakwater in length from the head of which lights are
and entering Long Beach Channel. displayed.
Long Beach Breakwater No 1 Light (green square
daymark on framework tower) (33434N,
Long Beach Channel
118082W), displayed from the E extremity of
8.191
Long Beach Breakwater.
1 From the entrance between Long Beach Light (8.173)
and No 2 Light (red triangular daymark on white Basins and berths
framework tower), displayed from the W extremity of Long 8.194
Beach Breakwater (3 cables E), Long Beach Channel 1 The port of Long Beach has over 60 piers and wharves,
leads NW for 2 miles to the entrance to Middle Harbour, the majority of which are in South-east Basin and East
thence N for a farther 1 miles through Back Channel, Basin; only the deeper commercial berths are listed.
which is spanned by a bridge (8.179) at its N end, and into Though most of the piers are owned by the Port of Long
Inner Harbor. Light-beacons mark the extremities of Piers Beach several berths in Inner Harbor are privately owned
D, F and J and the Naval Base Mole. and operated.

274
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Back Channel

Long Beach Channel from SSE (8.191)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

2 Alongside depths. The depths quoted below are reported East Basin
depths and the port authorities should be consulted for the 8.196
latest information. 1 Pier F:
Berths 610: length 823 m; depths alongside 97 m to
11.3 m; container terminal.
Piers D and E:
South-east Basin and Basin Six Berths 2426: length 594 m; depths alongside 91 to
8.195 122 m; general cargo in containers, Ro-Ro
1 Pier J: terminals.
Berths 232234: length 700 m; depths alongside 11 to 2 Berths 2831: total length 605 m; depths alongside
137 m; container terminal. 12.2 to 143 m; dry bulk, including cement
Berth 242: length 183 m; depth alongside 107 to cargoes, and liquid bulk cargoes including animal
119 m; bulk liquid cargoes. fats and vegetable oil.
Berths 243247: length 1006 m; depths alongside 11 Berths 3234: length 335 m; depths alongside 97 to
to 12.2 m; container terminal. 11.6 m; steel products, bulk cement, animal fats
2 Berths 266270: length 826 m; depth alongside and vegetable oils.
137 m; container terminal. 3 Pier T:
Pier G: Berth 118: length 228 m; recyclable metals.
Berths 212215: length 580 m; depths alongside 107 Berth 121: length 381 m; depths alongside 198 to
to 158 m; bulk iron ore, potash, petroleum coke 207 m; crude oil and petroleum products.
cargoes. Berth 122: length 183 m; depths alongside 97 to
3 Berths 227230: length 777 m; depths alongside 128 107 m; lumber and lumber products.
to 143 m; container terminal. Details of Piers 1, 2 and 3 may best be seen from the
Pier F: chart.
Berth 211: length 497 m; depths alongside 94 to
109 m; barge loading. Inner Harbor
Berth 210: length 167 m; depths alongside 119 to 8.197
122 m; bulk salt and bunkering. 1 Channel Three Pier D:
4 Berth 208: length 128 m; depths alongside 88 to Berth 46: length 195 m; depths alongside 88 to
100 m; bulk cement and bunkering. 107 m; gypsum terminal.
Berths 204207: length 751 m; depths alongside 94 Berths 5254: length 400 m; depths alongside 94 to
to 113 m; general cargoes, steel products and 122 m; newsprint and lumber products.
lumber. Pier C:

275
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Berths 6062: length 550 m; containerised cargo. Supplies. Fresh water and fuels by pipeline at the berths
2 Channel Two Pier C: or by barge; provisions and stores.
Berth 73: length 114 m; depths alongside 107 to Communications. Los Angeles International Airport
122 m; crude oil and petroleum products. about 30 km distant.
Pier B: Rescue. See 8.225.
Berths 8283: length 323 m, depths alongside 91 to
119 m; gypsum, petroleum products and vehicles. Small craft
3 Several other tanker terminals, the largest at Berths
8487: length with dolphins 603 m; depth
Long Beach Marina
alongside 146 to 155 m; crude oil and petroleum 8.200
products. 1 General information. Long Beach Marina, a small craft
harbour administered by Long Beach Marine Department, is
Cerritos Channel situated in Alamitos Bay (3345N, 11807W) on the E
8.198 side of San Pedro Bay. The central part of the bay is
1 Pier A: formed by Naples, an island connected to the mainland by
Berths 9094: length 1097 m; receipt of general three fixed bridges, and with navigable channels around it.
cargo. Long Beach Marina occupies the E part of the bay inside
Pier S: the entrance; another marina lies in the inner part of the
Berth 101 (immediately W of Heim Highway Bridge bay and is entered from a section known as Marine
(8.179)): length 109 m; depth alongside 116 to Stadium which extends NW from Long Beach Marina.
137 m; liquid chemical terminal. 2 Depths. There is a least charted depth of about 46 m
(15 ft) in the entrance channel, and of about 3 m (10 ft) to
Port services the berths in the inner harbour.
8.199 Vertical clearances (bridges):
1 General. The port facilities of Long Beach are closely Naples Island W side to Belmont Shore; vertical
interrelated with those of Los Angeles. clearance 12 m (4 ft).
Repairs of all kinds can be carried out. 3 Naples Island N side to Belmont Shore; vertical
Largest dry dock: Length 333 m; breadth 43 m; clearance 4 m (13 ft).
depth over the sill 119 m. Naples Island NE side across Marine Stadium;
2 Other facilities. Deratting inspections and certificates vertical clearance 97 m (32 ft).
from Los Angeles; limited facilities for reception of oily Bridge over channel to inner marina; vertical
waste at Los Angeles; hospitals; compass adjustment. clearance 33 m (11 ft).

Entrance to Alamitos Bay and Long Beach Marina (8.200)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

276
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

4 Directions. The bay is entered from SSW between two Limiting conditions
jetties, about 1 cable apart, which extend about 5 cables
Controlling depths
from the shore. Lights (starboard and port hand) are
8.206
displayed from the head of the E and W jetty, respectively.
1 Project depth in Main Channel as far as the entrance to
Dangers in the approach (positioned from the head of
Super Tanker Channel is 137 m (45 ft), and in Super
the W jetty (33442N, 118073):
Tanker Channel 122 m (40 ft); greater depths are usually
Dangerous wreck (2 cables W) (position approximate).
maintained.
Dangerous wreck (5 cables SSW).
For the latest controlling depths the chart and the port
5 Berths and services. Long Beach Marina has
authorities should be consulted.
accommodation for 1800 small craft; all mooring is
controlled by a Harbour Master. Visiting craft may obtain Vertical clearances
berthing on a first come first served basis. 8.207
All the usual small craft facilities are available at the 1 Vincent Thomas Bridge (3345N, 11816W), a
various berthing areas in the bay; repairs can be effected to highway suspension bridge, crosses Main Channel, on the S
craft up to 40 tonnes and 18 m in length. side of the turning basin about 3 miles above the entrance.
It has a vertical clearance of 56 m (185 ft) over the width
Downtown Marina of the central 152 m (500 ft). The usable channel width is
8.201 3505 m (1150 ft), with a vertical clearance of 503 m
1 Description. Downtown Marina (33455N, 118110W) (165 ft). The centre of the span is marked by two green
is an enclosed small craft harbour situated on the NE side fixed lights, and four red fixed lights mark the limits of the
of Queensway Bay, a recreational area where numerous channel.
unlit buoys and moorings are laid; Island Grissom (8.184) 2 Heim Highway Bridge (33460N, 118143W) and the
lies on the N side of the entrance to the marina. adjacent bascule bridge, which span Cerritos Channel, are
2 A detached breakwater lies 1 cable SE of the entrance; described at 8.179.
lights are displayed from the extremities of the breakwater
Tidal levels
and from each side of the entrance to the marina. The
8.208
entrance N of the island is foul and a dangerous wreck lies
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
1 cable E of this entrance.
range about 16 m; mean neap range about 06 m.
Services. All the usual services are available.
Density of water
Other facilities 8.209
8.202 1 The density of water in the bay is 1025 g/cm3.
1 In addition to the two major small craft harbours
described above, other facilities, where all the usual Maximum size of vessel handled
services can be obtained, are situated: 8.210
Inside the entrances to Channel Two and Channel 1 It is reported a vessel LOA 333 m, 228 896 dwt, draught
Three (33463N, 118130W). 214 m, has been handled.
In Cerritos Channel in the approaches to the Heim Arrival information
Highway Bridge (33460N, 118143W) (8.179). 8.211
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 8.163.
Anchorages. See 8.170.
LOS ANGELES HARBOR Pilotage. See 8.162.
Tugs are available and meet vessels inside the
General information breakwaters.
Traffic regulations. See 8.164 and 8.165.
Charts 1081, 1082, 1063 Quarantine and customs. See 8.168.
Position and function
8.203 Harbour
1 Los Angeles Harbor (3345N, 11816W) is situated on General layout
the W side of San Pedro Bay. Together with Long Beach 8.212
Harbor it is one of the largest harbours on the Pacific coast 1 Los Angeles Harbor consists of Outer Harbor, which
and historically has been a leader in terms of tonnage comprises the sheltered area N of San Pedro Breakwater
handled. Los Angeles is the leading container port in the (8.161), and Inner Harbor, bounded on W and N by the
United States. It has extensive modern facilities to mainland and on the E and S by Terminal Island, at the
accommodate all types and sizes of vessels, and is the only SW end of which there is a reclaimed area known as
port in S California regularly visited by passenger vessels; Reservation Point (33435N, 118160W). Pier 300 is an
it continues to expand. extensive area of reclaimed land, on the S side of Terminal
Island, between the E entrance to Fish Harbour and the
Traffic Naval Base Mole (1 miles E).
8.204 2 Pier 400 is separated from Pier 300 by Pier 300 Channel,
1 In 2002, 2655 vessels called totalling 101 937 275 dwt. which is approached through Pier 300 Turning Basin that
also gives access to Fish Harbour (8.226) on the S side of
Port Authority Terminal Island near its W end.
8.205 San Pedro on the W side of Inner Harbor, East San
1 Los Angeles Harbor Department, 425 South Palos Pedro at the W end of Terminal Island, and Wilmington N
Verdes Street, San Pedro. of Inner Harbor, are all included within the limits of the
Website: www.portoflosangeles.org City of Los Angeles.

277
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

3 From the entrance Main Channel leads about 1 mile NW Los Angeles Main Channel
across Outer Harbor to Inner Harbor, which is entered 8.218
between Reservation Point and Pier No 1 (1 cables W). 1 Cautions. Vessels should keep clear of Los Angeles
The tanker terminal in Outer Harbor is served by Super Main Channel during the passage of deep laden tankers to
Tanker Channel which leads WSW from Main Channel and from Berths 4547 in Outer Harbor (3343N,
7 cables inside the entrance. 11816W). These vessels are constrained by their draught
4 Above Reservation Point, Main Channel leads N to and must remain in the channel. Vessels which do not have
Inner Harbor Turning Basin, thence NE through East Basin a pilot on board may obtain information on the movements
Channel, and ENE into Cerritos Channel, which connects of such vessels by contacting Los Angeles Pilot Station.
with Long Beach Inner Harbor. The channel is lined with 2 Extensive dredging is reported (2003) to be taking place
wharves and piers on both sides. in Main Channel, through Inner Harbour Turning Basin and
5 The berthing areas of South-west Slip, West Basin and East Basin Channel to East Basin and parts of Cerritos
Slip No 1 are entered from the turning basin; Slip No 5 is Channel, due to complete in 2005.
entered from the N side of East Basin Channel; East Basin Leading Lights:
is entered at the head of this latter channel. Front light (framework tower) (33432N,
118163W).
Submarine cables and pipelines Rear light (similar structure) (84 m from front light).
8.213 3 From the entrance, marked on its W side by Los
1 See 8.167. Angeles Light (8.173), and on its E side by No 8 Light
(red triangular daymark on white framework tower, on
white house) displayed from the W extremity of Middle
Natural conditions
Breakwater (3 cables E), the alignment (296) of these
8.214
lights leads NW through the fairway, marked by
1 See 8.172.
light-buoys, for about 1 miles to the vicinity of
Reservation Point (8.212).
Principal marks 4 A Shallow Water Habitat on the SW side of the channel
8.215 is marked by Light-beacons A to E (white diamond
1 Landmarks in the approach: see 8.173. daymark, orange border, on pile):
Landmarks in the harbour: 8.219
Radio Tower (red lights) (33443N, 118167W), on 1 Thence the Main Channel leads about 3 miles
San Pedro City Hall. generally N, NE and ENE, through East Basin Channel,
Tank (green and white) (11 miles SSE of the radio thence Cerritos Channel, to the vicinity of Heim Highway
tower) on Pier No 1. Bridge (33460N, 118143W) (8.179), passing under
2 Tank (1 mile SE of the radio tower) on Reservation Vincent Thomas Bridge (8.207).
Point.
Five chimneys (33462N, 118159W) at a power Super Tanker Channel
station. 8.220
Major lights: 1 Leading Lights. From a position on Main Channel entry
See 8.173. leading line (8.218), in the vicinity of No 11 Light-buoy
(port hand) (33428N, 118157W), the alignment (255)
Other navigational aids of the following lights leads through the fairway, marked
8.216 by light-beacons and light-buoys to a turning basin which
1 See 8.174. serves a bulk carrier terminal at the entrance to East
Channel, and a tanker terminal at the entrance to West
Channel.
Directions Front light (white mast, red bands) (33426N,
(continued from 8.140) 118170W) displayed from Cabrillo Beach at the
root of San Pedro Breakwater.
Approaches Rear light (similar structure) (200 m WSW of the
8.217 front light).
1 There is a clear approach through the precautionary area 2 Caution. The fairway passes close N of the boundary of
(8.164), from its boundaries with the N-bound traffic lane the Shallow Water Habitat (8.218).
(33355N, 118100W) and the E-bound traffic lane
(3336N, 11818W), to the pilot boarding area S of the Useful mark
entrance (33426N, 118148W) to Los Angeles Harbor, 8.221
keeping clear, depending on draught, of the rocky patches, 1 Cabrillo Beach Launch Ramp (33428N,
reported 1983, together with an obstruction, 2 to 3 miles 118169W) from where lights are displayed.
SSE, and wreck, 3 miles SSE of the entrance.
2 Vessels approaching from W and exempt from using the Basins and berths
TSS, entering the precautionary area from inshore, should 8.222
note a dangerous rocky area, over which there are tide rips, 1 The port of Los Angeles has over 100 piers and
which lies 3 cables SE of Point Fermin; it is marked on its wharves; most of the piers are owned by the City of Los
S side by No 6PF Light-buoy (starboard hand). Angeles. Only the deeper commercial berths are listed
3 From the vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) below.
(33394N, 118135W), the entrance fairway, marked by Alongside depths. The depths quoted are reported
light-buoys (lateral), leads NNW for about 3 miles to the depths and the port authorities should be consulted for the
entrance between San Pedro and Middle Breakwaters. latest information.

278
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Pier 300

Los Angeles Main Channel between Pier 1 and Reservation Point from S (8.218)
(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Outer Harbor West Basin and North-west Slip:

8.223 Berths 121126: length 608 m; depth alongside
1 West Channel: 137 m; container terminal.
Berths 4547: length 324 m; depth alongside 143 m; 4 Berths 127131: length 594 m; depth alongside
supertanker terminal. 107 m; container terminal.
East Channel: Berths 136139: length 542 m; depth alongside
Berths 5455: total length 408 m; depths alongside 116 m; container terminal.
104 m; general cargoes including reefer cargoes. Berths 142147: length 507 m; depth alongside
Berths 5760 on Pier No 1: length 756 m; depths 107 m; general cargoes, steel, molasses and Ro-Ro
alongside 101 to 116 m; mooring and repair cargoes.
berths. 5 Pier A:
Berths 148151: length 410 m; depth alongside 10 m;
petroleum and chemical tankers.
Inner Harbor Slip No 1:
8.224 Berths 163164: length 306 m; depth alongside
1 Main Channel West Side: 107 m; tanker terminal.
Berths 7071 on Pier No 1: length 244 m; depth 6 Berths 165166: length about 250 m; depth alongside
alongside 107 m; petrochemical terminal. 113 m; borate terminal.
Berth 72: length 123 m, depth alongside 104 m; Berths 167169: length 400 m; depth alongside
seafood. 107 m; tanker terminal.
Berths 9193B: length 868 m; depth alongside East Basin Channel North-west side:
113 m; passenger terminal. Berths 171173: length 430 m; depth alongside
2 Main Channel East Side: 107 m; tanker terminal.
Berths 226236: length about 1190 m; depths 7 Berths 174176: length 400 m; depth alongside
alongside 137 m; container terminals and general 107 m; general cargo terminal.
cargo. East Basin Channel South-east side:
Berths 237238: length 247 m; depth alongside Berths 212225: length about 2332 m; depth
116 m; tanker terminal. alongside 79 to 122 m; container terminal.
3 South-west Slip: Slip No 5:
Berths 118120: length 372 m; depth alongside 94 to Berths 187190: length 580 m; depths alongside 107
113 m; tanker terminal. to 116 m; bulk liquid terminal.

279
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

8 East Basin: Small craft

Berths 195198: length about 690 m; depths alongside
107 to 113 m; car carrier terminal.
Fish Harbor
Cerritos Channel South side:
8.226
Berths 206209: length 678 m; depth alongside
1 Description. Fish Harbor (3344N, 11816W) is an
137 m; container and Ro-Ro terminal.
artificial harbour situated on the S side of Terminal Island
9 Pier 300:
near its W end; it is flanked on its E side by Pier 300
Berth 301: length 309 m; depth alongside 219 m;
(8.212). It consists of an outer harbour, used mainly as a
coal and petroleum coke.
yacht anchorage, and an inner harbour which serves the
Berths 302305: length 1219 m; depth alongside
fishing industry. Charted depths are mostly greater than
152 m; container terminal.
55 m (18 ft) in the inner harbour and the E side of the
outer harbour, and 34 m (11 ft) in the outer harbour on its
Port services W sides.
8.225
2 Directions. From Main Channel abreast No 12
1 General. The port facilities of Los Angeles are closely
Light-buoy (starboard hand), the fairway leads N into
interrelated with those of Long Beach.
Pier 300 Turning Basin and thence to the entrance to Fish
Repairs of all kinds can be carried out.
Harbor.
Largest dry dock: At Terminal Island; Length
Three buoys (orange and white) mark a restricted area
200 m; accepts vessels of 296 m beam; maximum
close to the E side of Reservation Point. Light-beacons
depths over the blocks 76 m; lifting capacity
(lateral) stand on the heads of the entrance breakwaters to
22 000 tons.
outer and inner harbours.
2 Largest slipway: At Fish Harbor (8.226); lifting
capacity 1000 tons.
Other facilities. Deratting inspections and certificates; Marinas
limited facilities for the reception of oily waste; garbage 8.227
disposal; hospitals; compass adjustment; salvage crews and 1 There are small craft berthing areas in:
divers. The Outer Harbor in West Channel (33432N,
3 Supplies. Fresh water and fuels by pipeline at the berths 118167W), including Watchorn Basin on its E
or by barge; provisions and stores. side and the Cabrillo Marina Complex on its W
Communications. Los Angeles International Airport side.
about 30 km distant. On the E side of East Basin (3346N, 11815W).
Rescue. The Los Angeles/Long Beach Coast Guard 2 On both sides of Cerritos Channel between East
Station is on the E side of Main Channel at Reservation Basin and Heim Highway Bridge, 6 cables E.
Point (33435N, 118160W) (8.212). All the usual facilities are available.

SAN PEDRO BAY TO POINT HUENEME

GENERAL INFORMATION Santa Monica Bay (3400N, 11830W), and to the
approach to Port Hueneme (54 miles WNW); the route is
Chart 899 free from off-lying dangers.
Area covered
8.228 Topography
1 In this section is described the passage between San 8.231
Pedro Bay (3343N, 11811W) and Point Hueneme 1 Palos Verdes Hills (8.11) rise above the coast on the N
(3409N, 11913W), the small craft harbours and the oil side of San Pedro Channel which trends 6 miles WNW
terminal in Santa Monica Bay (3400N, 11830W), and between Point Fermin and Point Vicente; the shore is well
Port Hueneme; it is arranged as follows: marked by kelp.
Point Fermin to Point Hueneme (8.230). 2 Between Point Vicente and Point Dume (25 miles NW)
Port Hueneme (8.254). the coast is deeply indented by Santa Monica Bay. The E
coast of this bay, which is comparatively low and lined by
Traffic separation scheme sand dunes, is backed by an almost continuous urban area
8.229 extending to the high land in the interior; towns merge one
1 A TSS is established, as shown on the chart, in the area into the other. The N shore of the bay is bold, rocky and
covered by this section; see 8.4. rugged. Steep cliffs rise sharply from the sea, then ascend
gradually to the peaks of Santa Monica Mountains about 3
to 4 miles inland.
POINT FERMIN TO POINT HUENEME 3 West of Point Dume the coastline is rugged for a
distance of about 14 miles, and is backed inland by
General information mountains rising to an elevation of about 950 m.
Charts 1063, 899 Currents
Route 8.232
8.230 1 Moderately strong currents of confused directions have
1 From the vicinity of Point Fermin (3342N, 11818W) been observed in the vicinity of Dume Canyon, a
the route follows the TSS, as shown on the chart, through steep-sided submarine valley which runs in a NW direction,
San Pedro Channel, thence WNW across the approaches to close off Point Dume (3400N, 11848W) (8.238).

280
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Exercise areas Principal marks

8.233 8.236
1 Firing practice areas are established in the vicinity of 1 Landmarks:
Point Vicente (3344N, 11825W) (8.238) and Point Mugu Two large white radar domes (3345N, 11820W)
(3406N, 11908W) (8.238). (8.173).
For details of these firing areas see Appendix VI. Point Fermin (3342N, 11818W) (8.173).
Tall, white, observation tower, conspicuous amongst
the prominent buildings of Marineland Oceanarium
Restricted area in Santa Monica Bay
on Long Point (3344N, 11824W).
8.234
2 Chimneys, five nearly in line parallel to the beach
1 A restricted area, as shown on the chart, in which there
(3351N, 11824W), at a large power station on
are sewer outfalls, is established in Santa Monica Bay. It
the N side of King Harbor; a light (44 m in
extends about 6 miles W from the shore at El Segundo
height) is displayed from the power station.
(3355N, 11826W); a light-buoy (special) is moored on
Two chimneys (102 m (334 ft) high) (3355N,
its W boundary. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
11826W), red and white bands, at a power
the area.
station at El Segundo.
For remarks on restricted areas see 8.6.
3 Two chimneys (75 m (245 ft) high) (3408N,
11910W), painted in red and white bands, and
Hazards in Santa Monica Bay which exhibit red obstruction lights; at a power
8.235 station.
1 Numerous uncharted buoys and underwater obstructions The W part of Anacapa Island (284 m (930 ft) high)
exist within the 18 m (10 fm) depth contour along the coast (3401N, 11925W).
of Santa Monica Bay between King Harbor (3351N, 4 Major lights:
11824W) (8.246) and Marina del Rey (8 miles NNW) Point Vicente Light (white round tower, 20 m in
(8.247); under certain tidal conditions the underwater height) (3344N, 11825W).
obstructions may present a danger to surface navigation. Los Angeles Municipal Airport Aero Light (3357N,
Also, during the summer months, fishing barges may be 11825W).
encountered anchored between 1 and 2 miles offshore along 5 Anacapa Island Lighthouse (white round tower, 17 m
this coast. in height) (3401N, 11922W), which is displayed

Point Vicente Light from S (8.236)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

281
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

from the E extremity of the E part of Anacapa Light-buoy (special) is moored close S of the
Island. point. Mugu Canyon, a submarine valley, brings
Point Hueneme Light (3409N, 11913W) (8.271). depths of more than 91 m (50 fm) to within
5 cables of the shore in this vicinity. The entrance
Other navigational aids to the lagoon, which shifts frequently, is not
8.237 prominent, but two aluminium coloured tanks
1 Racons: situated 1 miles NW of Point Mugu make good
Los Angeles No 3 Light-buoy (33413N, landmarks. Thence:
118144W). 8 SSW of a light-buoy (special) (2 miles W of
Platform Gail (3407N, 11924W). Laguna Point); a target light-buoy (orange) is
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. moored 7 cables offshore 2 miles WNW of
Laguna Point. Thence:
To a position SSW of Point Hueneme (3409N,
Directions
(continued from 8.140) 11913W), at the entrance to Port Hueneme, a
8.238 low, rounded, sandy area at the W end of the
1 From a position about 4 miles S of Point Fermin Santa Clara Valley.
(3342N, 11818W) the route leads initially 6 miles W, Useful marks
thence 48 miles WNW, through the W-bound lane of the 8.239
TSS passing (with positions from Point Fermin): 1 White radar structure (3407N, 11904W), on the
N of W Light-buoy (special) (5 miles S), moored at summit of Laguna Peak.
the E extremity of the separation zone, thence: Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
S of two dangerous wrecks (1 and 2 miles WSW 11912W).
respectively), thence: Platform Gina (34070N, 119166W).
2 S of White Point (1 miles WNW) from which (Directions continue for Port Hueneme at 8.272
submarine sewer outfalls extend 1 miles to and for Santa Barbara Channel at 8.291.
seaward, thence: Directions for the passage S of the
NNE of SP Light-buoy (special) (6 miles SW), Santa Barbara Islands are given at 8.326)
moored in the separation zone at its turn to WNW,
and: El Segundo Marine Terminal
3 SSW of Point Vicente (6 miles WNW), a steep
rocky cliff, 37 m high, which appears white and Chart 899 (see 1.14)
red in colour, with red the predominant colour. A General information
rock awash, with kelp extending beyond it, lies 8.240
1 cables SW of the point. A small black 1 Position and function. El Segundo Marine Terminal
pyramidal rock, 76 m high, stands close inshore (3355N, 11826W) is situated on the E side of Santa
about 3 cables E of the point. A light (8.236) is Monica Bay. A service pier, from the head of which a light
displayed from the point. A firing practice area (red and white chequered diamond daymark on pile) is
(8.233) is established in the vicinity of Point displayed, extends about 3 cables WSW from the vicinity
Vicente. Thence: of an extensive and prominent tank farm at a refinery at El
4 SSW of Palos Verdes Point (2 miles NNW of Point Segundo. Submarine pipelines run from positions on the
Vicente), a bold, bluff point 23 m high on which shore close SSE and up to 4 cables NNW of the service
there is a stranded wreck; No 10PV Light-buoy pier to two multi-point tanker mooring berths for large
(starboard hand) moored 7 cables W of the point crude carriers.
marks bands of heavy kelp which extend up to 2 Traffic. In 2002, 216 vessels called totalling
6 cables offshore from the point. Thence: 24 064 202 dwt.
5 SSW of Point Dume (3400N, 11848W), a reddish Port Authority. Cheveron Shipping Co., 1006 Pier F
coloured rocky bluff with white cliffs on either Avenue, Long Beach, CA 90802.
side; the bluff rises to a dome shaped head, 60 m Limiting conditions
high, which falls away N to a low plateau between 8.241
it and the high land. A reef, which dries, and on 1 Tidal levels for Santa Monica (3401N, 11830W);
which is a small above-water rock, extends about mean spring range about 16 m, mean neap range about
2 cables S of the point, and foul ground extends 06 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables.
3 cables E from the reef; these dangers are marked Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel LOA
by No 12PD Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored 285 m, 175 548 dwt, has been accommodated.
5 cables S of Point Dume. Thence: Local weather. Gales are rare in Santa Monica Bay, but
6 SSW of Point Mugu (3405N, 11903W), the local N winds can, on occasions, be sufficiently strong to
seaward termination of the Santa Monica interrupt cargo operations; vessels must then proceed to an
Mountains; it is made prominent by the low lying anchorage.
Santa Clara Valley to W. A conspicuous landslide,
43 m high, is situated at the foot of a high bluff Arrival information
2 miles E of Point Mugu; it can be identified on 8.242
clear moonlight nights. A firing practice area 1 Terminal radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
(8.233) is established in the vicinity of the point. Signals Volume 6(5).
Thence: Notice of ETA: 7 days, 72 hours and 24 hours.
7 SSW of Laguna Point (2 miles W of Point Mugu), Anchorage for vessels awaiting berth is assigned by the
the S extremity of a sandspit which separates the terminal authorities. There are two commercial anchorages,
shallow Mugu Lagoon from the sea; No 5 ES-1 and ES-2, each contained within an radius of 550 m

282
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

(1800 ft) centred on positions 33542N, 118294W and awash were reported near the N side of the entrance to this
33533N, 118290W respectively. Attention is drawn to basin.
the restricted area (8.234) which extends to seaward on the 4 Port radio: at the Harbour Masterss office situated at
N side of the port. the entrance to Basin 2. For details see Admiralty List of
2 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boarding area is about Radio Signals Volume 6(5) under Redondo. Craft in transit,
3 miles SW of No 2ES Light-buoy. and requiring a berth, should obtain instructions from the
Harbour Master.
Directions Inland Rules of the Road are in force inward of the
8.243 line joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
1 Caution. No 2ES Light-buoy marks the W limit of an Landmarks. Chimneys (3351N, 11824W) (8.236).
area within which, in addition to the above mentioned 5 Directions. Dangers in the approaches (with positions
pipelines and tanker berths, numerous uncharted buoys and from the head of the W breakwater):
other hazards to navigation exist. Submarine obstructions Dangerous wreck, position approximate, (2 miles
closer to the pier are marked by a light-buoy and SW).
light-buoys (lateral). A dangerous wreck (position Obstruction (fish haven) (1 miles SW).
approximate) lies 1 mile S of the terminal. Obstruction (fish haven) (8 cables W).
2 Useful marks: Obstruction (fish haven) (1 mile NNW).
Two chimneys (3355N, 11826W) (8.236). Pair of intake towers (close N of the root of the W
Los Angeles Municipal Airport Aero Light (3357N, breakwater), at the extremity of a submarine
11825W). pipeline extending 2 cables WSW from the
Pier (3353N, 11825W) at the resort of Manhattan shore.
Beach; a fish haven is established around the head 6 Entry. RB Light-buoy (safe water), moored about
of this pier which extends about 1 cables from 1 cable SSW of the head of the W breakwater, marks the
the shore. approach to the entrance. From the entrance, about 1 cable
wide between the heads of the breakwaters, the channels to
Berths the basins are marked by buoys (lateral and mid-channel).
8.244 Lights (lateral) are displayed from the heads of the
1 Of the original four berths only two remain: breakwaters and at the entrances to Basins 1 and 2. Three
No 3: max LOA 305 m, 150 000 dwt, draught 155 m. and a half cables inside the entrance two buoys (isolated
No 4: max LOA 305 m, 150 000 dwt, draught 170 m. danger), moored on the W side of the harbour, mark the
seaward end of a submarine pipeline.
Terminal services 7 All the buoys and lights inside the harbour are privately
8.245 maintained.
1 Repairs: no facilities. Caution. In 1988 numerous uncharted sunken wrecks
Other facilities: reception of oily waste; hospitals. were reported in the harbour.
Supplies: bunkers and fresh water not available; Useful marks:
provisions in emergency. ODAS Light-buoy 46045 (special) (3350N,
Communications: Los Angeles International Airport 11827W).
16 km distant. Pier (3352N, 11824W) at Hermosa Beach, from
which a fog signal is sounded; a fish haven is
established around the head of this pier which
Small craft harbours extends about 2 cables W from the shore.
Chart 899 (see 1.14) 8 Port services. Repairs can be effected to craft up to
King Harbor 60 tonnes displacement and 15 m in length.
8.246 All the usual small craft facilities are available.
1 Description. King Harbor is a large harbour for small
craft, situated at Redondo Beach (3351N, 11824W) on Marina del Rey and Venice Beach
the SE side of Santa Monica Bay. It is used mainly by 8.247
pleasure craft and has accommodation for more than 1400 1 Description. Marina del Rey (3358N, 11827W),
craft in three basins; Nos 1 and 2 Basins are on the N side situated on the E side of Santa Monica Bay, is one of the
of the harbour, and No 3 Basin is situated close inside the largest marinas in the United States with accommodation
entrance. Entry is from S between the heads of a long, for over 6000 pleasure craft. Venice Beach, with Ballona
curving W breakwater protecting Basins Nos 2 and 3, and Lagoon close inside it, extends NNW from the entrance to
a short E breakwater protecting Basin No 3. the marina to the conurbation of Venice, which is part of
2 Hazard. Submarine oil seepage is reported to occur the city of Los Angeles; a number of oil wells are situated
about 1 miles off King Harbor in the deep water of on the beach in the S part of the town.
Redondo Canyon; the surface of the water is covered with 2 The marina, in which there are eight basins, is entered
a thin film of petroleum and gas bubbles have been between two jetties protected by a detached breakwater
reported at several locations in this vicinity. A second lying parallel to the shore. Lights (lateral daymarks) are
seepage, about 4 miles farther NW, is more noticeable and displayed from the head of each jetty and from the
more continuously in action; on calm days large blobs of extremities of the detached breakwater.
oil have been seen projected clear of the water, and gas Controlling depths. In 2003 the entrance channel depth
escapes continuously in large bubbles. was 38 m (12 ft) for about 9 cables within the entrance,
3 Controlling depths. There are depths of between 82 to and thence (2000) 29 m (9 ft) for 4 cables farther N,
91 m (27 to 30 ft) in the entrance and depths of about withdepths in the basins of 3 m (10 ft).
24 m (8 ft) in the basins. In 1977 shoaling was reported on 3 Measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of
the S side of the entrance to Basin 3, and in 1989 rocks 324144 is established off Venice Beach. The S

283
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Marina del Rey (8.247)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

marks are two beacons (orange and white triangular With the exception of the light (starboard hand) which is
daymarks) on the detached breakwater, and the N mark is a displayed from the pier adjacent to the harbour office, all
beacon (similar daymark) on Venice Fishing Pier (see the aids within the entrance are privately maintained.
below). 8 Caution. In dense fog, it is reported possible to mistake
Anchorage. During storm, stress or other emergency the fog signal on Venice Fishing Pier for that at the head
condition, anchorage may be obtained in a special of N jetty; the respective signals should be confirmed. See
anchorage for small craft in the N part of the channel. Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals for details.
4 Traffic regulations. Useful marks:
Traffic separation lanes have been established in the Los Angeles Municipal Airport Aero Light (3357N,
entrance channel and are marked by buoys on 11825W).
which are the words NO SAIL. All power driven 9 Venice Fishing Pier (1 mile NNW of the entrance),
vessels are to keep these buoys to port when which extends about 2 cables SW from the shore;
entering or leaving the marina. The centre lane at night the length of the pier is illuminated, and a
between the buoys is used solely by vessels under light (pile) stands at the head. A fish haven is
sail when entering or leaving the harbour. established around the head of the pier.
5 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited 10 Port services.
in the area enclosed by the detached breakwater Repairs can be effected at two boatyards; the largest
and a line drawn across the channel 300 m above slipway has a capacity of 100 tonnes.
the entrance. Other facilities: medical facilities at the marina and
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the hospitals nearby.
harbour entrance; see Appendix VII. Supplies of all kinds can be obtained.
Speed limits are placed on white and orange buoys Rescue. A Coast Guard search and rescue craft is
within the channel. stationed at the pier adjacent to the harbour office
6 Directions. Danger in the approach; obstructions (fish on the E side of the bend in the entrance channel,
havens) lie about 1 miles WNW of the detached 9 cables inside the entrance. A 24 hour police and
breakwater. fire patrol is provided by craft from this pier.
In 1993 shoaling was reported in the S entrance and the
N entrance is to be preferred; the authorities should be Minor bays and coves
consulted for the latest information. The ends of the jetties Chart 1063
should be given a wide berth. Lunada Bay
7 From the entrance the dredged channel, marked by lights 8.248
(lateral) and the buoys of the traffic separation lanes, leads 1 Lunada Bay is a small bay on the S side of Palos
about 7 cables NE, thence about 7 cables N, to the various Verdes Point (3346N, 11826W) (8.238). A rock, over
basins. which the sea breaks, lies close off Resort Point, the S

284
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

entrance point (4 cables SSE of Palos Verdes Point); the A reef, marked by kelp, extends for a short distance
bay is obstructed by kelp. offshore 5 cables W of the anchorage.
4 Landing. A pier, 213 m in length, with a depth of 46 m
Bluff Cove and Malaga Cove at its head, extends from the shore on the W side of
8.249 Kellers Shelter; it is used by fishing and recreational craft.
1 Bluff Cove is a shallow cove situated on the S side of
Flat Rock Point (3348N, 11825W) and is obstructed Paradise Cove
with kelp. Flat Rock and Bit Rock, 18 and 15 m high, 8.252
respectively, lie close off a narrow spur that protrudes from 1 Description. Paradise Cove, which affords protection
the otherwise rounded point. A dangerous wreck lies in the from N and W winds, is situated 1 miles NE of Point
S entrance to the cove. Dume (3400N, 11848W) (8.238) at the W entrance to
2 Malaga Cove, situated close N of Flat Rock Point, Santa Monica Bay. There are moorings for small craft in
affords protection to small craft and fishing vessels from all the cove, and a sport fishing pier 120 m in length on the
but W or SW winds. Entrance is gained through a break in NW side of the cove.
the kelp, and anchorage, in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), Local knowledge is required.
may be obtained with the S point of the cove bearing 207. 2 Dangers in the approach.
Local knowledge is required. Obstruction (fish haven), position approximate, lying
2 miles ENE of Point Dume.
Chart 899 (see 1.14) Kelp extends up to 3 cables offshore and this area
Santa Monica should be avoided on account of possible unknown
8.250 dangers; in 1988 submerged pilings were reported
1 Description. Santa Monica (3401N, 11830W) on the to lie about 1 cables SSW of the fishing pier.
NE side of Santa Monica Bay is an important city and 3 Anchorage may be obtained, close outside the kelp line
resort. The buildings and structures along the beach are off the fourth break in the cliffs E of Point Dume with that
prominent from seaward; notable amongst them are the tall point bearing 240 in depths of from 11 to 13 m (36 to
General Telephone Building surmounted by a radio mast 42 ft), sand.
(red and white bands), and a clock tower which surmounts Rescue. A rescue boat is maintained on station at
a bank building. Paradise Cove; a similar craft is also stationed at Zuma
2 A pleasure pier extends about 2 cables from the shore Beach, 1 mile NW of Point Dume.
and is protected by a breakwater, about 3 cables long
which lies parallel to the shore 1 cable to seaward; shoaling Other names
is reported between the breakwater and the shore. No 1 8.253
Light-buoy (port hand) is moored about 2 cables S of the 1 Portuguese Point (3344N, 11822W).
breakwater. Buoys (orange and white) are moored at the Topanga Beach (3402N, 11835W).
extremities of the breakwater. San Pedro Escarpment (3343N, 11822W).
Mariners are advised to use extreme caution in this area Santa Monica Basin (3345N, 11845W).
due to debris and other hazards. Santa Monica Canyon (3355N, 11839W).
3 Dangers in the approach (with positions from the head
of the pier): PORT HUENEME
Wreck with a depth over it of 128 m (42 ft)
(1 miles WSW). General information
Obstruction (fish haven) (1 miles W).
4 Useful mark. Chart 899 plan of Approaches to Port Hueneme and plan of
Santa Monica Airport Aero Light (3401N, Port Hueneme
11827W). Position and function
Rescue. Santa Monica Harbor Patrol maintains a rescue 8.254
boat on station for emergencies. 1 Port Hueneme is an artificial port entered on the E side
of Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W). It is a customs
Kellers Shelter station and accommodates cargo vessels, commercial and
8.251 recreational fishing vessels, and offshore oil rig support
1 Description. Kellers Shelter, which affords protection vessels; citrus fruits are a principal export, while bananas
from N and W winds, is situated on the E side of Malibu and new cars are the main imports. The commercial
Point (3402N, 11841W), the only low land on the N terminal occupies the SE part of the basin.
side of Santa Monica Bay. Two white buildings at the head
of a pier (see below) about 4 cables NE of Malibu Point Approach and entry
make good landmarks. 8.255
2 Local knowledge is required. 1 The port is approached on the alignment of leading
Dangers in the approach. lights and entered through a small cutting protected by two
Obstruction (fish haven) lying 1 miles E of Malibu jetties.
Point. Traffic
Numerous uncharted, private mooring buoys may be 8.256
encountered in the anchorage area. 1 In 2002, 319 vessels called totalling 5 724 091 dwt.
3 Caution. A main highway runs along the coast between
Santa Monica (8.250) and Malibu Point and care must be Port Authority
taken not to confuse the headlights of cars with 8.257
navigational lights. 1 The port is under the jurisdiction of the US Navy
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 9 to Naval Construction Battalion Centre; arrangements for
13 m (30 to 42 ft), sand, with Malibu Point bearing 263. commercial vessels are made by the Oxnard Harbor

285
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

District, 105 East Port Hueneme Road, P.O. Box 608, Port boarding position, as shown on the chart, is close on the
Hueneme CA 930410608. entrance leading line about 1 miles SSW of the entrance.
Website: www.portofhueneme.org The ladder is normally rigged on the starboard side on
entry and the port side on departure, about 15 m above the
Limiting conditions water.
Tugs are available.
Controlling depths
8.258 Traffic regulations
1 The project depths are 11 m (36 ft) in the entrance 8.267
channel and 107 m (35 ft) in the basin. In 2003 the 1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force N of a line
mid-channel controlling depth in the entrance channel was joining the jetty heads.
104 m (34 ft), with a least charted depth in the basin of Speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in the port.
97 m (32 ft), except for shoaling in the N and NW part. One-way traffic only is permitted for large vessels, and
Minor silting takes place between dredgings. The channel is is controlled by the pilots.
100 m wide at its narrowest point. Guidelines call for an 2 Security Zone. The waters of Port Hueneme harbour
under keel clearance of 09 m (3 ft) for inbound vessels and have been declared a temporary security zone pending the
06 m (2 ft) on departure. likely establishment of a permanent restricted area. See 8.6
2 For the latest controlling depths the port authorities for remarks of security zones.
should be consulted.
Quarantine and customs
Deepest and longest berth 8.268
8.259 1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
1 Wharf No 1 (8.275). by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
Tidal levels officials on arrival at their berths.
8.260 For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 15 m; mean neap range about 05 m.
Harbour
Density of water
8.261 General layout
1 Density of water is 1.025 g/cm3. 8.269
1 The port comprises a basin, about 400 m long and
Maximum size of vessel handled
365 m wide; the locations of the various berths can be seen
8.262
on the chart. Commercial operations are carried out at
1 A vessel LOA 250 m, beam 30 m, draught 97 m, has
Wharf Nos 1 and 2 either side of the E basin. There is a
been accommodated.
boat basin in the NW corner of the port.
Local weather and sea state A cable area, as shown on the chart, exists at the head
8.263 of the port.
1 Swell. During periods of strong W winds, during spring
tides, swell enters through the narrow entrance and causes Natural conditions
surging at the berths in the head of the harbour; anti-surge 8.270
lines are provided when required. 1 Winds. Variable W and NW winds ranging from light to
Fog. See 8.270. strong prevail; they are usually light in the morning,
increasing to maximum strength around 1600 and
decreasing after sunset.
Arrival information Santa Ana winds (1.184) may occur during the autumn
Port radio and winter months.
8.264 2 Fog. Sea fog is prevalent from July to October, with
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals visibility falling below 5 cables on 5 to 10 days per month,
Volume 6(5). August and September being the worst months; it is
generally more widespread and persistent than land fog.
Outer anchorage Current. A strong SE set may be evident off the port
8.265 during the winter months whenever a steep pressure
1 Anchoring is not permitted inside the port due to limited gradient producing NW winds is established along the coast
space. of S California.
The recommended anchorage for deep-draught vessels is 3 In the summer months when tropical storms may be
about 1 miles S of Port Hueneme Light (3409N, active off the coast of Baja California a strong NW set
11913W) in a depth of 24 m (13 fm), but there is little may be experienced.
protection in heavy weather.
2 Anchoring SE of the entrance is not recommended as Principal marks
the area is frequently used for various marine projects. 8.271
1 Landmarks:
Pilotage and tugs Two chimneys (3408N, 11910W) (8.236).
8.266 Point Hueneme Lighthouse (white square tower on
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over building, 15 m in height) (3409N, 11913W), at
300 grt, and for all naval vessels over 84 m LOA. The pilot the E entrance to Port Hueneme.

286
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Port Hueneme from SW (8.271)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

2 Platform Gina (34070N, 119166W). 8.274

Major lights: 1 Useful marks.
Point Hueneme Light as above. Water tank (34095N, 119125W), red and
Anacapa Island Light (3401N, 11922W) (8.236). white chequers.
Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
11912W).

Directions
(continued from 8.239) Berths
8.272 8.275
1 Approach. A Safety Fairway, as shown on the chart, in 1 There are six wharves of which two are for commercial
which the erection of oil rigs and other structures is not use and four operated by the United States Navy; berths at
permitted, leads from Santa Barbara Channel NNE through the latter may be made available by the Navy on
Hueneme Canyon, a deep submarine valley, to the port application.
entrance. No 1 Wharf: three berths each 183 m in length.
8.273 No 2 Wharf: two berths each 213 m in length.
1 Entry leading lights.
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
pole) (34091N, 119123W), at the head of the Port services
port. 8.276
Rear light (similar structure) (225 m NE of the front 1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
light). Other facilities: limited facilities for the reception of
2 From the vicinity of 3407N, 11914W, the alignment oily waste; hospital; Ro-Ro ramp.
(037) of these lights leads through the dredged channel Supplies: marine fuels by pipeline; fresh water;
marked by PH Light-buoy (safe water), thence between the provisions.
heads of the jetties, from where lights are displayed, and Communications: local airport, distant 8 km N;
through into the basin. international airport at Los Angeles, 80 km distant.

287
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

POINT HUENEME TO POINT ARGUELLO, INCLUDING

CHANNEL ISLANDS NORTHERN GROUP
GENERAL INFORMATION rugged, and all except Anacapa Island, the E island, are of
considerable size; they break the force of the heavy W
Chart 899 swell and afford a lee in winter from the full force of the
Area covered SE gales.
8.277 2 Anacapa Island (3401N, 11924W), consists of three
1 In this section is described the passage through the islands, separated by two narrow openings which cannot be
Santa Barbara Channel between Point Hueneme (3409N, used as passages. The island is formed by crumbling, grey
11913W) and Point Arguello (77 miles WNW), including sandstone, and surrounded by perpendicular cliffs that are
the small craft harbours of Channel Islands Harbor, Ventura honeycombed with caves. The three parts of the island rise
and Santa Barbara, on the mainland coast. Santa Barbara progressively in height from E to W.
Islands, which comprise the N group of the Channel 3 Santa Cruz Island (3402N, 11947W), the largest of
Islands, are described, together with the channels between the Santa Barbara Islands, extends about 20 miles in an
them, and the anchorages and shelters on their coasts; it is E-W direction. It is high and rugged and rises abruptly
arranged as follows: from the sea. The E part is barren and irregular; the W part
Santa Barbara Channel (8.284). has a few trees, is well covered with grass and has several
Passage south of Santa Barbara Islands (8.320). springs. The island is generally steep-to, with rocks seldom
extending more than 1 cable from the shore, and there is
Mainland coast much less kelp than around other islands in the group.
8.278 Numerous coves, in which landing can be effected, afford
1 The coast between Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W) shelter to small craft but local knowledge is required.
and the mouth of Ventura River (9 miles NNW) consists of 4 Santa Rosa Island (3357N, 12006W), is the second
low sand beaches and sand dunes. Built up areas line the largest of the group and has a high, bold rocky coast. The
coast for a distance of 2 miles NNW of Port Hueneme, island is well covered with vegetation, but there are no
thence Mandalay Beach extends to Ventura Marina. large trees. Kelp surrounds the greater part of the island.
2 Between Ventura River and Point Conception (about 5 San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W), the W of
60 miles WNW) the coast is backed by Santa Ynez Santa Barbara Islands, is 7 miles long and is of irregular
Mountains; the only decided break in this range being at shape; it has an average width of 2 miles. It rises to two
Gaviota Canyon which lies about 12 miles E of Point peaks of nearly equal height and is treeless but covered
Conception. This stretch of coast is entirely open and Santa with grass. Sand dunes are prominent on the W part. The
Barbara (3424N, 11941W) (8.296) is the only place coasts are bold, broken and rocky, especially on the S side
where shelter can be obtained. where there is deep water outside the kelp.
3 The coast is very rugged between Ventura River and
Rincon Point, a low and sandy point, 11 miles W; the land Marine sanctuary
rises to elevations of over 610 m within 1 miles of the 8.280
shore. Five miles N of Ventura River the tanks and derricks 1 Santa Barbara Islands lie within Channel Islands
of an oilfield dominate the slopes above Point Pitas; the National Marine Sanctuary, an area to be avoided; for
point has a steep gully on its W side and holiday cottages details see 8.5.
extend along the beach E from the point. Both the road and
Restricted landing
the railway skirt the coast between Ventura and Santa
8.281
Barbara, and there are numerous embankments; the coast is
1 Santa Cruz Island and Santa Rosa Island are privately
fringed by kelp.
owned and landing permits must be obtained.
4 From Santa Barbara to Goleta Point, 7 miles W (8.292),
San Miguel is a military reservation administered by the
the coast consists of bluffs between 9 and 30 m high with
National Park Service; landing is only permitted at Cuyler
short stretches of sandy beach; it is fringed by kelp up to
Harbor (8.318).
2 cables offshore in places. Thence to Point Conception,
31 miles farther W, the coast is more rugged than that to Danger Zones
the E. The railway and, in places the road, the bridges and 8.282
embankments of which are prominent, continue to skirt the 1 Danger Zone is established around the E side of San
coast. A heavy growth of kelp extends over 1 mile offshore Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W), see chart.
in places. Danger Zones are established between Point Conception
5 The coast between Point Conception and Point Arguello, (3427N, 12028W) and Point Arguello (12 miles NW);
situated about 12 miles NW, consists of bold, rocky cliffs on occasions debris from the launch of missiles may fall in
from 30 to 122 m high. The railway runs along the cliffs, these zones.
passing through several tunnels. Close inland the peaks of For further details see Appendix VI.
Oak Mountain (614 m (2014 ft) high), and Tranquillon
Mountain, standing 7 miles ESE and 4 miles E, Natural conditions
respectively, of Point Arguello, dominate this stretch of 8.283
coast. 1 Currents through Santa Barbara Channel are variable
and depend to a great extent on the wind. It has been
Santa Barbara Islands reported that the general set is E, due to the prevailing W
8.279 winds and the partial inflow of the California Current,
1 Santa Barbara Islands are a chain of four islands, which which, for most of the year, flows SSE along these coasts
extend about 55 miles W from a position 10 miles SW of at a rate of about kn. At the W entrance to the channel
Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W) to form the S side of this current generally runs S and SW off Point Conception
Santa Barbara Channel. The islands are all high and (3427N, 12028W); in heavy NW weather, the current

288
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

flows into the S side of the entrance and E along the N Uncharted submarine cables and pipelines may exist in
coast of San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W). At the E the vicinity of oil well structures and between those
entrance of the channel, near the slopes of the submarine structures and the shore; mariners should anchor with
valleys off Port Hueneme (3409N, 11912W) and Point caution in these areas.
Mugu (3405N, 11903W), there are conflicting currents, 3 For remarks on submarine pipelines and safety zones see
at times quite strong, with a generally E set at the latter 1.11 and 1.12.
place.
2 Currents in the vicinity of the islands frequently follow Topography
the direction of the wind, with eddies under the lee of the 8.286
islands and projecting points. 1 See 8.278.
Tidal streams. At the strongest period of the in-going Traffic separation scheme
tide, the tidal stream off Point Hueneme sets NW at an 8.287
average rate of about kn, off Santa Barbara (3424N, 1 A TSS is established, as shown on the chart, between
11941W) W at an average rate of nearly kn, and off Point Hueneme and a position about 20 miles W of Point
Point Conception at an average rate of about 1 kn. It is Conception; see 8.4.
reported that a strong inshore set prevails on the in-going
tide in the deep waters of the submarine valley off Port Natural conditions
Hueneme. 8.288
3 Local weather. Prevailing winds in Santa Barbara 1 See 8.283.
Channel are W and blow from that direction most days,
especially in the afternoon. Strong SE winds occur in Principal marks
winter and there may be periods of several days at a time 8.289
when seas are too rough for the passage of small vessels. 1 Landmarks:
Strong NW gales are often experienced off Point Chimney (64 m (209 ft) high) (3412N, 11915W),
Conception, which has been called the Cape Horn of the painted in red and white bands and which displays
Pacific because of such weather. There is a sharp contrast red obstruction lights.
between the climate of the coast E of the point and that of W part of Anacapa Island (3401N, 11925W)
the coast to NW. (8.236).
4 In the summer months the winds in the channel are Summit of Santa Cruz Island (3402N, 11947W).
quite different from those on the coast to NW and outside 2 Summit (479 m (1574 ft) high) of Santa Rosa Island
the islands. Whilst the N shore is protected by Santa Ynez (3357N, 12006W).
Mountains strong NW winds and heavy swells are felt off TV Tower (3432N, 11958W), standing at an
the islands; the band of rough seas so formed is known elevation of about 1220 m, 1 mile E of Santa Ynez
locally as Windy Lane, and is about 6 miles wide along the Peak.
N coast of Santa Barbara Islands. South summit (253 m (831 ft) high) of San Miguel
During the summer months dense fog is a common Island (3402N, 12022W).
occurrence. 3 Point Conception (3427N, 12028W), the SW
extremity of a bold headland, 67 m high, the SE
extremity of which extends S and is known as
SANTA BARBARA CHANNEL Government Point. The comparatively low land
between this headland and the mountain range
General information behind it renders it distinctive; at a distance, from
ESE to WNW, the point may appear as an island.
Chart 899 4 Major lights:
Route Point Hueneme Light (34087N, 119126W)
8.284 (8.271).
1 From the vicinity of Point Hueneme (3409N, Anacapa Island Light (3401N, 11922W) (8.236).
11913W) to that of Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W), Santa Barbara Light (white tower, 7 m in height)
about 77 miles WNW, the route follows the TSS, as shown (3424N, 11943W).
on the chart, through Santa Barbara Channel which leads Point Conception Light (white tower behind building,
between the N coasts of Santa Barbara Islands and the 16 m in height) (3427N, 12028W).
mainland. The TSS extends WNW to a position 15 miles
SW of Point Arguello. Other navigational aids
Area to be avoided. See 8.280. 8.290
1 Racons.
Marine exploitation Platform Gail (3407N, 11924W).
8.285 Gaviota Light-buoy (34277N, 120127W) (not
1 Offshore oil wells and oil drilling platforms, some charted).
marked by lights, buoys and fog signals, extend as much as Platform Harvest (3428N, 12041W).
10 miles offshore between Point Hueneme and Point For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Conception, 65 miles WNW; the positions of these
structures and the submarine pipelines linking them to each Directions
other, or to the shore, can be seen on the chart. The (continued from 8.239)
structures are surrounded by 500 m safety zones. 8.291
2 Temporary drilling platforms may be found along this 1 From a position in the W-bound lane of the TSS, about
coastline and may be moved periodically. The most recent 5 miles SSW of Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W), the
11th Coast Guard District Local Notices to Mariners should route leads WNW passing (with positions from Santa Cruz
be consulted for the latest information. Island West Point (3405N, 11955W)):

289
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Point Conception and lighthouse from SE (8.291)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

SSW of Platform Gina (32 miles ENE), thence: soundings give no warning of their proximity. A
NNE of a light-buoy (special) (30 miles W) moored light-buoy (special) is moored 4 miles NW of the
in the separation zone, thence rock. Thence:
2 NNE of the E extremity of Anacapa Island (26 miles NNE of ODAS Light-buoy 46054 (special)
ESE), from where a light (8.236) is displayed; (28 miles WNW), thence:
Arch Rock, 24 m high with a 15 m arch, and with 8 SSW of Point Conception (3427N, 12028W)
a pointed rock close S of it, lie off this E (8.289); a light (8.289) stands on the point. A low
extremity. Thence: black rock, nearly awash at HW, lies a little more
3 SSW of Platform Gail (26 miles ENE); two other than 1 cable SW of the lighthouse, and a rock
platforms lie 3 miles NNW and 4 miles NW, awash lies 2 cables off the W side of the
respectively, of Platform Gail. Thence: headland, nearly 5 cables NW of the lighthouse. A
NNE of Cavern Point (18 miles E), the NE extremity light-buoy (special) is moored 2 miles S of
of Santa Cruz Island; a rock, 34 m high, lies close Government Point. Thence:
inshore 5 cables WSW of the point. Thence: 9 NNE of ODAS Light-buoy 46063 (14 miles SW of
4 SSW of ODAS Light-buoy 46053 (special) (10 miles Point Conception), thence:
NNE), thence: SSW of an oil platform (lighted) (10 miles S of
NNE of West Point, the NW extremity of Santa Cruz Point Arguello Light), thence:
Island; a buoy (safe water) is moored 4 miles N of 10 SSW of Platforms Hermosa, Harvest and Hidalgo
the point. And: (8 miles W, 10 miles W, and 12 miles WNW,
5 SSW of a light-buoy (special) (privately maintained), respectively, of Point Conception) light-buoys
together with an unlit mooring buoy, (10 miles (special) lie within 4 miles WSW, and 2 miles
N), thence: NW and NNE of Platform Hidalgo, as can be seen
NNE of Carrington Point (6 miles WSW), the N on the chart. Thence:
extremity of Santa Rosa Island, a bold point rising 11 SSW of Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W), a
to a height of 138 m; and: narrow rocky point which extends 4 cables W from
6 NNE of Harris Point (22 miles W), the N point of the general line of the coast; a light (mast, 20 m in
San Miguel Island. The point is bold, precipitous, height) is displayed from the point, the outer
and steep-to, and fringed by rocks; it rises to an extremity of which overhangs the sea. About
elevation of 148 m 7 cables S of its extremity. 1 cable from its extremity it is nearly divided by
Thence: gullies on both sides, forming a saddle which gives
SSW of Platform Heritage (24 miles NW), thence: it the appearance, when seen from N or S, of two
7 NNE of Wilson Rock (23 miles W), a black rock. A small heads. A detached rock lies 1 cable E of the
reef, which dries in places, and on which the sea point, and detached rocks extend up to 1 cables
breaks, extends 1 mile WNW from the rock. There from Rocky Point situated about 1 mile SSE of the
is foul ground S and SW of the rock and the lighthouse. Thence:
locality should be avoided in thick weather as the 12 To a position clear of the W end of the TSS in
dangers are steep-to and unmarked by kelp; position 3426N, 12052W.

290
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Useful marks Arrival information

8.292 8.298
1 Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N, 1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
11912W). Signals Volume 6(5).
Ortega Hill, 5 cables W of Summerland (3425N, Anchorage may be obtained anywhere inside the kelp
11936W), rises to an elevation of 76 m and has that fronts the harbour, but it is not recommended in winter
the appearance of an extensive landslide. when the kelp becomes detached and may foul a vessels
2 Tower (3425N, 11951W) prominent amongst the hawse; large vessels usually anchor outside this area of
buildings of the University of California which kelp where there is better holding ground. A permit
stand above Goleta Point, a low point with a cliff program for mooring or anchoring E of the harbour is
face 9 m high. being planned (2003); contact Harbour Master for details.
Santa Barbara Municipal Airport Aero Light 2 Local knowledge is required; the Harbour Master will
(3426N, 11951W). give advice for entering and provide a patrol boat for
3 Espada Bluff (3432N, 12031W), a prominent cliff; assistance if necessary.
the cliffs on each side drop sharply to less than Traffic regulations.
30 m in height. Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
(Directions continue at 9.17) harbour inside the line joining the extremity of
8.293 Stearns Wharf (8.299) to the head of the S
breakwater; see Appendix VII.
Oil installations between Ventura 3 Craft in transit requiring berths should report to the
and Santa Barbara Harbour Masters office situated at the SW corner
of the harbour.
Rincon Island Anchoring is prohibited within 100 m E of Stearns
8.294 Wharf at any time and within 5 cables E of this
1 Rincon Island is an artificial island, used for oil wharf between November and March. Anchoring is
operations, situated at the head of a causeway which not usually allowed inside the harbour.
extends 5 cables S from Point Gorda (3421N, 11927W),
a low point which rises sharply to Mount Rincon, close Harbour
inland. A light (framework tower) stands on the island. 8.299
2 About 7 cables ESE of the root of the causeway a 1 General layout. The harbour is formed on its S side by
pier, on which there are a number of oil derricks, extends a breakwater extending 2 cables ENE from Point Castillo,
about 5 cables offshore; numerous tanks and derricks lie by a jetty which extends 1 cables farther N over a
along the coast E of this pier. sandbar, thence by a steep cliff 15 m high, 5 cables NE of
Santa Barbara Point; on its NE side it is formed by Stearns
Carpinteria
Wharf which extends 3 cables SE from a position on the
8.295
shore 5 cables NNE of Point Castillo. A groyne projecting
1 A prominent oil installation is situated on the E side of
S from the shore 3 cables W of Stearns Wharf forms the N
the town of Carpinteria (3424N, 11931W); a submarine
entrance to the berthing area in which there are numerous
pipeline leads to tanker mooring buoys about 6 cables
piers and slips.
offshore.
2 A dredged channel, marked by buoys, leads NW
The installation serves oil production platforms, whose
between the breakwater and Stearns Wharf before turning
positions are shown on the chart, which lie up to 4 miles
SW into the berthing area; the buoys are frequently moved
W, and 7 miles SSW of Carpinteria, to which they are
to contend with shoaling.
connected by submarine pipelines. Support vessels operate
3 Lights are displayed at the junction of the breakwater
from a pier at the installation.
and the jetty extension, at the head of the jetty, from the
2 An area of foul ground extends 7 cables E from Sand
head of Stearns Wharf and at the head of the groyne; the
Point, a low, rounded point on the W side of Carpinteria
lights are often difficult to identify against the background
about 1 miles WNW of the pier.
lights of the city.
4 Measured distance. A measured distance of 1 mile, on
Santa Barbara a running track of 082262, is established close E of
Chart 899 (see 1.14) Santa Barbara Harbor. The defining marks are white
General information daymarks on telephone poles situated 4 cables NNE and
8.296 1 miles ENE of the extremity of Stearns Wharf.
1 Position and function. The artificial harbour of Santa Local weather. Fog is prevalent from August to
Barbara is situated 1 mile NE of Santa Barbara Point November. Winds are generally light; NE winds, the most
(3424N, 11942W), a high cliff at the SE extremity of common, are frequent from November to February.
narrow tableland. The city is a popular resort, and the
harbour is used mainly by pleasure craft and fishing Directions
vessels; there are more than 1100 berths. 8.300
1 A buoy (orange and white) moored in the approaches
Limiting conditions about 1 miles SE of the extremity of Stearns Wharf
8.297 marks the extremity of a sewer outfall.
1 Depths. The entrance channel and harbour are subject to A heavy bed of kelp may lie in the roadstead and the
rapid shoaling, particularly after SE gales; the Harbour approach is made through a break in this kelp which is
Master should be consulted for the latest information. usually kept open by passing vessels.
Largest vessel. A vessel LOA 46 m, draught 3 m, has 2 SB Light-buoy (safe water) and No 3 Light-buoy (port
been handled. hand) moored about 5 cables SSE and 1 cables S

291
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Santa Barbara Harbour from SE (8.299)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph City of Santa Barbara Waterfront Department)

respectively, of the extremity of Stearns Wharf, mark the Oil installations between Santa Barbara
approach to the entrance. and Point Conception
3 Caution. At HW the jetty and sandbar on the S side of
Caution
the entrance become relatively inconspicuous at night but
8.303
the masts of craft in the harbour are clearly visible over the
1 Oil well production heads, least covered 119 m (39 ft)
breakwater. It has been known for strangers making for the
depth, and submerged pipelines, extend as much as 3 miles
entrance, and not having identified the navigational lights,
offshore along this stretch of coast.
to steer for the masts in the harbour and to have grounded
on the sandbar; the buoyed channel should be followed at Coal Oil Point
all times. 8.304
4 Numerous vessels may be encountered anchored, or 1 An oil production platform lies 1 miles SW of Coal
secured to mooring buoys, in the area up to 4 cables E and Oil Point (3424N, 11953W), a low point. Mooring
SE of Stearns Wharf. buoys lie close SW of the point, and the pilings of former
piers and other obstructions may be encountered between
Main berth the point and Ellwood Pier, a 700 m long pier, 2 miles
8.301 WNW. A rock, with a depth over it of 43 m (14 ft) lies
1 Depths of 58 m (19 ft) were charted (2003) alongside 7 cables offshore, 1 miles WSW of the head of Ellwood
the outer part of the E side of Stearns Wharf, close off Pier. A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
which there is a mooring buoy. 1 miles SSW from Coal Oil Point.
2 Local knowledge is required when navigating in this
vicinity. Pilots board about 3 miles S of Coal Oil Point.
Port services It is reported that a spring in the vicinity of Coal Oil
8.302 Point gives off an odour detectable over 2 miles away.
1 Repairs can be effected; a 25-tonne capacity hoist can
handle craft up to 15 m in length. There is a small floating Capitan
dock. 8.305
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are 1 Capitan (3428N, 12002W), a small indentation in the
available. coast, is the landing place for the submarine pipelines and
Communications: municipal airport about 11 km distant. power lines laid from the oil production platforms lying
Rescue. A US Coast Guard unit is stationed in the 4 and 6 miles SW, and 8 and 14 miles WSW,
harbour. respectively, from the town. An aluminium coloured tank

292
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Channel Islands Harbor (8.307)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

makes a good mark, standing 3 cables inland on a bare hill, exercised when approaching the entrance from S,
152 m high. particularly at night.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
Gaviota harbour inward of the detached breakwater; see
8.306 Appendix VII.
1 Oil is loaded from a submarine pipeline at Gaviota Craft in transit requiring berths should report to the
(3428N, 12012W); a number of large, green, storage Harbour Masters office on the E side of the basin 4 cables
tanks mark the inshore end of the pipeline. A sports fishing inside the entrance; 70 such berths are available.
pier, 166 m long, stands about 1 mile W of the loading 3 Measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of
area, and the railway trestle bridge along the beach in this 327147, is established off Channel Islands Harbor.
area makes a good mark. There are numerous marker and The S marks are the detached breakwater S head light and
mooring buoys off the shore. the S jetty light; the N marks are two poles on the beach.
4 Useful marks.
Small craft harbours on the north side Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
of Santa Barbara Channel 11912W).
Chart 899 (see 1.14) Point Hueneme Light (34087N, 119126W)
Channel Islands Harbor (8.271).
8.307 For marks at Port Hueneme see 8.271 and 8.274.
1 General information. Channel Islands Harbor is a small 5 Port services.
craft basin situated 1 mile NW of Port Hueneme (3409N, Repairs can be effected; fixed lift with capacity of
11912W); it has accommodation for over 2400 60 tonnes.
recreational craft. The basin is entered between two jetties Other facilities. All the usual small craft facilities are
protected by a detached breakwater lying parallel to the available.
shore 2 cables off the entrance. Lights are displayed from Rescue. US Coast Guard vessels are stationed just S
both extremities of the detached breakwater and from both of the Harbour Masters office.
the seaward and inward ends of the jetties.
2 Controlling depths. The controlling depth (2003) in the Ventura Marina
entrance channel as far as the fuel dock was 39 m (13 ft); 8.308
the controlling depth (1996) in the inner basin was 27 m 1 General information. Ventura Marina (3415N,
(9 ft). 11916W) a small craft harbour used by pleasure craft and
The entrance, and the area SE of the entrance, are commercial fishing craft, is situated close N of Santa Clara
subject to rapid and uncertain shoaling; caution should be River (3414N, 11916W) on the S side of Ventura; it has

293
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Ventura Marina from W (8.308)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

accommodation for over 1500 craft. The marina is entered 6 Directions. The area N of the entrance and E of the
between two jetties protected by a detached breakwater detached breakwater is not navigable due to sandbars and
about 550 m long in a N-S direction; a light stands on the shoals; the recommended approach is a direct course from
S extremity of the detached breakwater and lights are 2V Light-buoy (safe water), moored about 5 cables SW
displayed from the heads of the jetties. of S Jetty Light No 6, to the breakwater entrance, keeping
2 The resort town of Ventura is situated 2 miles NNW of clear of the dangerous wrecks NE and NW of the buoy.
the marina in Pierpont Bay, entered between the mouth of The private buoys in the entrance channel and harbour are
Santa Clara River and that of Ventura River (3 miles NW). not charted as their positions change frequently due to
It can be identified by a number of aluminium coloured shifting shoals.
tanks and oil derricks situated high on the slopes above the 7 Rough seas from W, which occur mainly in the winter
town. months, cause dangerous breakers to roll into the entrance;
3 Controlling depths. The dredged entrance channel leads under such conditions extreme caution must be exercised.
NE between the jetties then turns E into the harbour. In Useful marks (positioned from the root of Ventura Pier
2003 the least charted depths in the marina was 33 m (34165N, 119175W)):
(11 ft); depths in the development of Ventura Keys N of Radio Tower (1 miles NE).
the harbour entrance are less. Depths frequently change and Cross (6 cables NW), illuminated at night, which
the Harbour Master should be contacted for the latest surmounts a hill 107 m high NW of the centre of
information. Ventura.
4 Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the 8 Trestle bridge (9 cables W) carrying the railway over
harbour inside the entrance; see Appendix VII. Ventura River.
Craft in transit requiring berths should report to the Marina services. Repairs can be effected; mobile lift
Harbour Masters office situated at the head of the entrance with capacity of 150 tonnes.
channel 3 cables inside the entrance. All the usual small craft facilities are available.
5 Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be obtained
anywhere in Pierpont Bay but the bay is unprotected. Anchorage
A sewer outfall and two submarine pipelines extend up
to 7 cables S from the head of the bay either side of Cojo Anchorage
Ventura Pier (34165N, 119175W) (ruins); a buoy 8.309
(special) is moored at the head of the longest pipeline. 1 Cojo Anchorage, situated 1 miles E of Point
Hazard. Fish havens are situated in the bay 2 miles Conception (3427N, 12028W) (8.289) affords protection
SW and 1 miles S respectively, of Ventura Pier. from moderate W, and NW winds. The anchorage is in

294
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

depths of from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft), hard sand, off the some buildings near the root of the pier; a large white
mouth of the Cojo Valley. house with a tiled roof is reported to stand amongst these
Mooring buoys are laid in the bay, which lies within a buildings.
danger zone (8.282). 8.315
1 Painted Cave, which lies close W of Profile Point
Anchorages and shelters on the south side situated 3 miles E of West Point (3204N, 11955W)
of Santa Barbara Channel (8.291), affords shelter for small boats; the entrance is over
46 m high and depths of more than 36 m (12 ft) extend
Chart 899 (see 1.14) 1 cable inside the entrance. A rock, 19 m high, lies close
General information inshore 5 cables ESE of Profile Point.
8.310 8.316
1 Landing restrictions. See 8.281. 1 Forney Cove is situated on the S side of Fraser Point
Local knowledge is required. (3404N, 11956W), a narrow peninsula which extends
5 cables W from the coast and forms the W extremity of
Anacapa Island Santa Cruz Island. Several rocks, the highest 21 m high, lie
8.311 close inshore between Fraser Point and West Point,
1 In SE winds anchorage may be obtained in depths of 1 miles NNE.
from 16 to 22 m (9 to 12 fm), 2 cables N of the centre of 2 The cove affords shelter, during NW weather, in depths
the middle island; in NW winds anchorage may be of 13 m (43 ft); the swell is broken by a rocky islet, 8 m
obtained in depths of 14 to 22 m (8 to 12 fm) 2 cables S high, lying on the W side of the anchorage and connected
of the E gap between the islands, but larger vessels will to the coast by a reef.
find Smugglers Cove (8.333), on the E side of Santa Cruz
Island, a better berth. The only protection from NE winds
is to be as close inshore as possible in the bay immediately
Santa Rosa Island
W of Cat Rock, 22 m high, on the S side of the W island. 8.317
2 Boats anchor in depths of 9 to 13 m (30 to 42 ft) in East 1 Bechers Bay is situated between Carrington Point
Fish Camp, the indentation on the S side of the middle (3402N, 12003W) (8.291), and Skunk Point (4 miles
island which lies about 5 cables SW of the E gap. SE), a low, sandy point, backed by sand dunes 76 m high;
Caution. Anacapa Island is steep to, and, except in a the point is difficult to identify on dark nights. Foul ground
few places, is surrounded by kelp; it is imprudent in thick extends 4 cables N from Carrington Point terminating in
weather to approach the island within depths of 90 m Beacon Reef with a least depth over it of 41 m (13 ft); the
(50 fm). sea rarely breaks over the reef. Shoal ground extends
3 Landing may be effected on the N side of the island at 5 cables E from Skunk Point, and an isolated shoal, with a
Frenchys Cove, on the N side of the W gap, and at the E least depth over it of 64 m (21 ft), lies from 5 cables to
extremity of the island where there is a boat landing and 1 mile SE of the point; in bad weather the sea breaks
hoist; landing may be effected on the S side of the island heavily over this foul ground.
on the S side of the W gap and at East Fish Camp. 2 The NW anchorage, situated 1 miles S of Carrington
Point, affords reasonable shelter in NW weather. A pier,
Santa Cruz Island with depths of 5 m (16 ft) at its head projects 5 cables
8.312 offshore at the S end of the anchorage; anchorage can be
1 Scorpion Anchorage lies in a small bay entered obtained off the pier in depths of 11 m (36 ft). A Coast
between San Pedro Point (3402N, 11931W), the E Guard mooring buoy is situated 8 cables NE of the pier.
extremity of Santa Cruz Island, and Cavern Point (2 miles 3 The SE anchorage, situated 1 mile W of Skunk Point,
WNW). There is a boat landing, and several large buildings affords shelter from SE winds in depths of 11 m (36 ft),
with clumps of trees adjacent, at the head of the bay. sand.
2 An islet 24 m high lies 1 cables offshore at the E end Caution. A naval operating area is established in the
of the anchorage, and farther W there are other small bay and mine warfare exercises take place at intervals;
above-water rocks lying 1 cable offshore. permission to enter the area must be obtained from the
8.313 Pacific Marine Test Centre at Point Mugu (3405N,
1 Chinese Harbor, which lies at the E end of a broad bay 11903W); see 8.2. Submerged debris from these exercise
entered between Coche Point (3402N, 11936W) and may present a hazard to seabed fishing.
Pelican Bay, a small indentation (4 miles W), affords
anchorage in the kelp in depths of about 9 m (30 ft); it San Miguel Island
provides the best shelter on Santa Cruz Island from NE 8.318
winds. The NE part of Chinese Harbor is an excellent 1 Cuyler Harbor, situated on the N shore of San Miguel
anchorage in SE to SW weather, in depths of about 17 m Island 1 miles SE of Harris Point (3405N, 12022W)
(55 ft). (8.291) affords good shelter during S winds but the holding
Pelican Bay is used as a yacht anchorage during the ground is poor, and in heavy NW weather, and with N or
summer months. E winds, the anchorage is not safe; however the latter
8.314 winds are not often experienced. The bay is much
1 Prisoners Harbor lies in the W part of the bay encumbered by kelp.
described above, 1 mile SE of Pelican Bay, and is sheltered 2 The harbour lies in a Naval Danger Zone; see 8.282.
from S weather; a heavy swell rolls in during NW weather, Although the island is a military reservation landing is
and with NE winds it is dangerous. A pier extends N into permitted at Cuyler Harbor, but at no other location.
depths of about 5 m (16 ft) at the head of the harbour. Landmark:
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 22 to 27 m Prince Island, a dark, rocky island, with a
(12 to 15 fm), about 2 cables NNW of the pier, abreast a precipitous seaward face, lying 2 miles SE of
white rock on the shore, with the pierhead aligned with Harris Point, makes a good mark in the approach;

295
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Kid Rock, 3 m high, lies off the NE coast of the Principal marks
island. 8.324
3 Directions. From a position with the W point of Prince 1 Landmarks:
Island bearing 186, distant 13 miles, the line of bearing W part of Anacapa Island (3401N, 11924W).
209 of Judge Rock, a small black rock, lying 1 cable Summit of Santa Cruz Island (3402N, 11947W).
offshore at the head of the bay, leads into the anchorage Summit of Santa Rosa Island (3357N, 12006W).
passing midway between Middle Rock (5 cables WSW of S summit of San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W)
Prince Island), which dries 12 m (4 ft) and is thus not (8.289).
always be visible, and Bat Rock (about 9 cables W of 2 Point Conception (3427N, 12028W) (8.289).
Prince Island), at the W entrance point. The E entrance to Major lights:
the harbour, between Prince Island and the mainland S, is Point Hueneme Light (34087N, 119126W)
heavily obstructed by rocks; the passage should only be (8.271).
attempted by small craft. Anacapa Island Light (3401N, 11922W) (8.236).
4 Useful marks: Gull Island Light (post) (3357N, 11950W).
Nifty Rock, 12 m high, and Hare Rock 17 m high, lie Point Conception Light (3427N, 12028W) (8.289).
on the W side of the approach, 4 and 9 cables SE
respectively, of Harris Point. Other navigational aid
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 13 m 8.325
(42 ft) with the S point of Prince Island bearing about 1 Racon. Platform Harvest (3428N, 12041W).
082. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Directions
Other names 8.326
8.319 1 From a position S of Anacapa Island Light (3401N,
1 Brockway Point (3401N, 12009W). 11922W) (8.236) the passage leads WSW, then WNW
Diablo Point (3403N, 11945W). and NNW passing:
Rodes Reef (3402N, 12007W). SSE of Sandstone Point (3400N, 11933W), at the
SE extremity of Santa Cruz Island; a Coast Guard
mooring buoy is laid 4 cables S of the point. The
Acoustic Range (8.322) is 6 miles WSW of this
PASSAGE SOUTH OF THE SANTA
BARBARA ISLANDS point. Thence:
2 SSE of Bowen Point (3358N, 11943W), thence:
SSE of Gull Island (5 miles W of Bowen Point),
General information 20 m high, the largest and outermost of a group of
small rocky islands, surrounded by kelp; a shoal
Chart 899 area with a least depth over it of 55 m (18 ft) lies
Route between Gull Island and Punta Arena, the point on
8.320 the shore 7 cables NNE. A light (8.324) is
1 From the vicinity of Anacapa Island (3401N, displayed from Gull Island. Thence:
11924W) (8.279) the route leads WSW, thence WNW 3 SSE of an area of numerous rocks and pinnacles with
along the S coasts of the islands; thence NNW and to the a least depth over it of 104 m (34 ft) (reported
vicinity clear of the W end of the TSS SW of Point 1966) which lies between 7 cables and 2 miles
Arguello (3435N, 12039W). The passages between the S of East Point (3356N, 11958W), the
islands are also described. moderately high, sharp and bold E extremity of
2 This N group of the Channel Islands are separated from Santa Rosa Island. Thence:
Santa Barbara Island (8.99), about 40 miles SE, by the deep 4 S of South Point (3354N, 12007W), a rocky bluff
Santa Cruz Basin in which there are depths of 1939 m rising to an elevation of 184 m; a light (white hut)
(1060 fm). is displayed from the point, and a conspicuous
Area to be avoided. See 8.280. wreck lies 1 miles WNW of the point. ODAS
Light-buoy 46069 (special) is moored 15 miles
Topography SSW of South Point. Thence:
8.321 5 SSW of Bee Rock (5 miles NW of South Point), a
1 See 8.279. rock 15 m high, with a smaller, but higher rock,
lying close SE, which lies 7 cables offshore in
Acoustic range the SE approach to San Miguel Passage; a rock,
8.322 which breaks occasionally, with a depth over it of
1 An acoustic range facility is situated in an area which 37 m (12 ft), lies 3 cables WNW of Bee Rock.
extends about 6 cables offshore from Valley Anchorage The whole of the coast in this vicinity is fronted
(3359N, 11940W) on the S coast of Santa Cruz Island. by kelp making these rocks difficult to see. Other
Submarine cables and submerged scientific apparatus, and dangers lie in the kelp up to 5 cables offshore on
several light-buoys (special), are laid in this area. the W coast of Santa Rosa; vessels should remain
outside the kelp at all times. Thence:
Natural conditions 6 SSW of Crook Point (3401N, 12022W), the low,
8.323 irregular S point of San Miguel Island; dangers
1 Currents. See 8.283. extend up to 4 cables offshore within 5 cables E
Tidal streams of about 1 kn set through the passages and ESE of the point. Wyckoff Ledge, a detached
between the islands. reef, lies within 6 cables of the shore 1 miles W
Local weather. See 8.283. of Crook Point. Thence:

296
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

7 SSW and SW of Point Bennett (3402N, 12027W), (3357N, 11958W) (8.326), and Skunk Point (2 miles
the W extremity of San Miguel Island, a long, NNW) (8.317).
narrow, jagged bluff, 22 m high, which rises to an
elevation of 103 m within 1 mile; high sand dunes San Miguel Passage
extend for a distance of 2 miles inland from the 8.331
point. An extensive area of foul ground extends 1 San Miguel Passage (3401N, 12017W), which
4 cables W, and 1 mile NW, from Point Bennett separates Santa Rosa Island from San Miguel Island, is
inside the limit of the kelp, and an isolated bank about 2 miles wide between the ledges which project
with a depth over it of 20 m (11 fm), lies 8 cables from the facing extremities of the two islands. There is
SW of Point Bennett. Thence: much broken water, and many tide rips, in the vicinity of
8 WSW of an area of foul ground, on which the sea these ledges.
breaks in heavy weather, which extends about 2 Sandy Point, the W extremity of Santa Rosa Island, is
8 cables WNW from a position 3 cables W of moderately bold and rocky, with detached rocks, 3 and 1 m
Castle Rock (1 miles NNE of Point Bennett), a high, respectively, situated about 1 cables offshore N and
high islet lying 5 cables offshore with a smaller NW of the point. High white sand dunes run inland from
islet close NW of it; shoal patches lie between the the point and are prominent from S and W. Small craft
islet and the shore. Westcott Shoal with a depth may obtain shelter S of the point. Talcott Shoal, an
over it of 87 m (28 ft), and an oil seepage, with a extensive shoal on which the sea breaks in heavy weather,
least depth over it of 5 m (16 ft), lie 8 cables NNE, lies in the kelp band 1 mile offshore with its least depth
and 1 miles N, respectively, of Castle Rock. With situated about 1 miles NE of Sandy Point; numerous
the exception of the oil seepage, all the dangers lie shoal patches lie between the shoal and the shore S and
inside the limits of the kelp. This coast of the SE.
island should not be navigated without local 3 Cardwell Point, the E extremity of San Miguel Island is
knowledge. Thence: a low, sandy point, extending 5 cables E from a cliff about
9 WSW of Richardson Rock (5 miles NW of Point 12 m high. A dangerous reef extends 3 cables ESE from
Bennett); two smaller rocks lie on its E side. The the point and there are other dangers 2 cables S of the reef
rock is steep-to, and, although prominent in clear and up to 2 cables offshore on the S side of the point. In
weather, should be avoided in thick weather, as 1984 the reef was reported to have extended farther ESE,
soundings give no warning of its proximity. with breakers reported up to 5 cables off Cardwell Point.
Thence: 4 Currents. During NW winds, a strong current sets
10 WSW of ODAS Light-buoy 46063 (special) (17 miles across the passage from Cardwell Point towards Talcott
NW); thence to the vicinity of the W end of the Shoal; even in calm weather the current tends to set
TSS. towards the shoal. Vessels should remain outside the kelp
and, to avoid the W edge of the shoal, the outermost rock
Useful mark off Sandy Point should not be allowed to bear W of S until
8.327 clear of the shoal.
1 Tank (3400N, 11936W), on the E side of Santa 5 Caution. A naval danger zone, in which bombing
Cruz Island. exercises take place, has been established for about 3 miles
(Directions continue at 9.17) around the E side of San Miguel Island, including San
Miguel Passage; it is bounded E by the meridian of
120150W, through Sandy Point, and W by the meridian
Passages between the islands of 120233W, marked on the N and S shores of the island
8.328
1 The passages between the islands are navigable but are by pairs of range markers; see 8.282.
not much used.
Anchorages and shelters
Anacapa Passage
8.329 Chart 899 (see 1.14)
1 Anacapa Passage (3400N, 11930W), which separates General information
Anacapa Island from Santa Cruz Island, is 4 miles wide 8.332
and free from dangers. It is steep-to on the E side and has 1 Landing restrictions. See 8.281.
a gradual slope on the W side. Passage should not be Local knowledge is required.
attempted in thick weather, as soundings give no warning
of approach to danger. Santa Cruz Island
Tide rips are strong in certain conditions, especially 8.333
during North-easters and SE gales. 1 Smugglers Cove, situated on the E side of Santa Cruz
Island about 1 miles SW of San Pedro Point (3402N,
Santa Cruz Channel 11931W), affords shelter, in depths of 9 m (30 ft), sand,
8.330 during NW weather. A Coast Guard mooring buoy is
1 Santa Cruz Channel, which separates Santa Cruz Island moored in the vicinity of a dangerous wreck in the middle
from Santa Rosa Island, is about 5 miles wide and the of the cove.
fairway is free from dangers. 8.334
On the W shore of Santa Cruz Island foul ground 1 Willows Anchorage, situated 1 miles W of Bowen
extends about 6 cables SE from Morse Point (3358N, Point (3358N, 11943W), on the S coast of Santa Cruz
11951W), and a 5 m (16 ft) patch lies about 2 cables NW Island, affords shelter for small craft in NW weather;
of Kinton Point (3 miles NW of Morse Point). landing can be effected.
2 On the E shore of Santa Rosa Island shoal patches Two rocks, each 26 m high, are situated in the
extend up to 5 cables offshore between East Point anchorage; the outermost is more than 1 cable offshore.

297
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Santa Rosa Island (3401N, 12022W) (8.326) on San Miguel Island, affords
8.335 shelter for small craft, in NW weather, in depths of 13 m
1 Johnsons Lee, situated immediately E of South Point (42 ft), inside the kelp with Judith Rock, situated near the
(3354N, 12007W) (8.326) on Santa Rosa Island, is an W entrance point, bearing 265, distant about 2 cables.
open roadstead which affords shelter from W and N winds, Foul ground extends 2 cables offshore in places within the
but is dangerous in S weather. Anchorage may be obtained kelp between Wyckoff Ledge and the bight.
inside the kelp in depths of from 9 to 16 m (30 to 52 ft), 8.337
sand; there are no known dangers in the kelp. There is a 1 Adams Cove, situated immediately E of Point Bennett
Coast Guard mooring buoy in the anchorage. (3402N, 12027W) (8.326) on San Miguel Island, affords
2 A light (8.326) is displayed from South Point, and a shelter for small craft inside the foul ground extending
conspicuous stranded wreck lies on the shore 1 miles 3 cables S from the point.
WNW of South Point.
San Miguel Island Other name
8.336 8.338
1 Tyler Bight, situated 2 miles NW of Crook Point 1 Cluster Point (3355N, 12011W).

298
Home Contents Index

NOTES

299
Home Contents Index

Chapter 9 - Point Arguello to the approaches to San Francisco Bay

123 122 121

Pillar Point

9.93
37 C A L I F O R N I A 37

9.67

229 Monterey
9.73

9.57

Point Sur

36 36

9.45

9.34
Morro Bay

9.27 Port
San Luis
9.19

35 35

9.11

Point Arguello

778

123 Longitude 122 West from Greenwich 121

March 2004

300
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

POINT ARGUELLO TO THE APPROACHES TO SAN FRANCISCO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2530 these systems may result in prolonged periods of strong
Scope of the chapter winds and heavy rains.
9.1 Sea fog is prevalent, particularly in August and
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the passages September when visibility at some places is reduced to less
along the coast of California from Point Arguello (3435N, than 5 cables on more than 15 days per month. See also
12039W) to Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W), 200 miles 1.193.
NNW, in the vicinity of the entrance to the TSS in the S
approaches to San Francisco Bay. Traffic separation scheme
It is divided into the following sections: 9.4
Point Arguello to Point Sur (9.8). 1 IMO recommended tracks, as shown on the charts,
Point Sur to the approaches to San Francisco Bay link the TSS off Point Conception (8.287) and the TSS in
(9.56). the approaches to San Francisco (10.16). These tracks lie
offshore between Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) and Point
Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary Pigeon, 115 miles NNW.
9.2 Vessels of 300 gt and above, except those carrying
1 Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary consists of hazardous cargo in bulk, should follow the tracks nearest to
an area of about 4024 square miles of coastal and ocean the coast, in the directions indicated. Vessels carrying
waters in and surrounding Monterey Bay (3645N, hazardous cargo in bulk should follow the tracks farthest
12150W). The limits of the area are shown on United from the coast, in the directions indicated.
States charts and partially on British Admiralty charts 778
and 591; they extend from 3533N in the S to the Through Traffic
boundary with Gulf of The Farrallones National Marine 9.5
Sanctuary (10.8) in the N, and out to approximately the 1 For vessels bound direct for ports N of San Francisco
900 m (500 fm) depth contour offshore in the N and S Bay, see 10.18.
parts, and up to 50 miles offshore from the head of
Monterey Bay.. Rescue
2 Sea Otter Refuge. Within the National Marine 9.6
Sanctuary, the coastal waters out to 3 miles from latitude 1 A Coast Guard station is situated at Monterey Harbor
3534N extending 72 miles NNW to 3632N in Carmel (3636N, 12153W) (9.73). For services provided see
Bay are designated as a refuge, within which the use of 1.62.
bows or firearms and the trapping of birds or mammals is
forbidden. Coast radio stations
For a description of, and restrictions in, marine 9.7
sanctuaries see 1.45. 1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on Pacific
coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT stations
Weather operate in the area covered by this chapter:
9.3 San Luis Obispo (3524N, 12043W).
1 The weather along this coast is mostly cool, damp and Salinas/Monterey Bay (3644N, 12146W).
foggy in the summer, becoming mild and wet in the winter. Santa Cruz (3658N, 12201W).
In the summer the coast remains relatively unaffected by For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
storms and frontal systems, but in the winter a series of Volume 1(2).

POINT ARGUELLO TO POINT SUR

GENERAL INFORMATION Point Buchon to Point Piedras Blancas (9.27).
Point Piedras Blancas to Point Sur (9.45).
Chart 778
Pacific Missile Range
Area covered 9.9
9.8 1 Pacific Missile Range, described at 8.2, extends off this
1 In this section are described the passages between Point part of the coast as far N as Point Piedras Blancas
Arguello (3435N, 12039W) and Point Sur (121 miles (3540N, 12117W).
NNW), the waters of San Luis Obispo Bay (9.19) and
Estero Bay (9.28), and the minor ports and anchorages in Currents
those bays and along this coastline; it is arranged as 9.10
follows: 1 For information on currents off the coast of California
Point Arguello to Point Buchon (9.11). see 1.149, and succeeding paragraphs.

301
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

POINT ARGUELLO TO POINT BUCHON to Point San Luis (3510N, 12045W), and form the
shores of San Luis Obispo Bay. Oceano, a small resort
General information town, and the site of the county airport, is situated on the
coast close N of Arroyo Grande Creek, 12 miles N of Point
Chart 778 Sal.
Route 4 The coast between Point San Luis and Point Buchon
9.11 (9 miles NW) is formed of cliffs from 12 to 18 m high,
1 From the vicinity of Point Arguello (3435N, which rise steeply to Mount Buchon, a rugged mountain
12039W) the route leads NNW for about 42 miles, across mass that lies between San Luis Obispo Bay and Estero
the approaches to San Luis Obispo Bay, to the vicinity of Bay (9.28).
Point Buchon. Port San Luis, the only port of any
importance on this stretch of coast, is situated in San Luis Danger zones
Obispo Bay. 9.13
1 Danger zones are established, which extend up to
Topography 3 miles offshore between Point Arguello (3435N,
9.12 12039W) and Point Sal (19 miles N); they are a
1 The coast between Point Arguello and Point Sal continuation of those described at 8.282.
(19 miles N) is formed into two shallow bights, separated For details see Appendix VI.
at midpoint by Purisima Point (3445N, 12038W). Submarine cable
Notable features in the S bight, which consists of low 9.14
tableland and sand dunes, are Caada Honda (1 miles 1 A submarine cable extends WSW from the coast
NNE of Point Arguello), a deep gully spanned by a railway 6 miles ESE of San Luis Obispio Light (3510N,
trestle bridge, and the mouth of Santa Ynez River, 12046W).
5 miles farther NNE. The launch gantries at Vandenburg
Air Force Base are prominent along this stretch of coast. Principal marks
2 North of Purisima Point the coast is sandy, and lower 9.15
than that to the S, as far as Schumann Canyon situated 1 Landmarks:
5 miles N of the point, from where it begins to rise to Saddle Peak (3513N, 12047W), the highest peak
Mount Lospe, the summit of the ridge, 3 miles inland, on Mount Bouchon, reported visible over 40 miles
which dominates Point Sal. distant.
3 For a distance of about 14 miles N of Point Sal the Two concrete dome structures (3513N, 12051W)
coast consists of a sandy beach backed by low sand dunes, and other large buildings of Diablo Canyon nuclear
before changing to bold rocky cliffs which curve sharply W powerplant are conspicuous from some distance.

Domes of Diablo Canyon nuclear power station (9.15)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

302
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

2 Major lights: 8 WSW of Santa Rosa Reef (6 cables WNW of

Point Conception Light (3427N, 12028W) (8.289). Westdahl Rock); an isolated rocky patch, with a
San Luis Obispo Light (cylindrical structure E of the depth over it of 143 m (47 ft), and which is not
old lighthouse) (3510N, 12046W). charted, lies 4 cables W of Santa Rosa Reef. A
rock which covers and uncovers, existence
Other navigational aid doubtful, and Lone Black Rock, 06 m high, lie
9.16 between the reef and the coast 5 cables E and
1 Racon. Platform Harvest (3428N, 12041W). 9 cables ENE respectively, of Santa Rosa Reef.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Thence:
9 WSW of Pecho Rock (3 miles NW of Point San
Luis); foul ground, marked by kelp extends up to
Directions 5 cables SE and NW of the rock, and between the
(continued from 8.292 and 8.327) rock and the shore. It is reported a fish haven,
9.17 with a depth over it of about 125 m (41 ft), has
1 From the W end of the TSS (3426N, 12052W) the been constructed about 1 mile NW of this rock.
passage leads generally NNW passing: Thence:
WSW of Point Pedernales (1 miles N of Point 10 WSW of Lion Rock (6 miles NW of Point San
Arguello), from which detached rocks extend Luis), the outermost of two high rocks lying
1 cables to seaward. The point and the largest 2 cables offshore; another prominent, pointed, grey
detached rock are dark and prominent in contrast rock, 35 m high, lies close offshore off a nuclear
to the sand dunes which begin immediately N of power station at Diablo Canyon, about 9 cables SE
the point. Thence: of Lion Rock. A security zone extends from the
2 WSW of Platform Irene (4 miles WNW of Point power station; see 8.6 and Appendix V. Thence:
Arguello), from which submarine pipelines extend 11 WSW of 16 PB Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
to the coast 8 miles NE; two mooring buoys lie in about 2 cables WSW of a 7 m (22 ft) rocky patch
close proximity to the platform. Thence: lying 8 cables SSW of Point Buchon (3515N,
3 WSW of Purisima Point (10 miles N of Point 12054W). Point Buchon is an overhanging cliff,
Arguello), a low, rocky point, the N side of which 12 m high, backed by low tableland from which
is bare sand; reefs, fronted by kelp, extend up to the land rises rapidly to a bare hill 1 mile inland,
2 cables offshore along the coast for about thence to Valencia Peak 1 mile farther NE. Point
3 miles SSE from this point. An inshore set has Buchon is reported to be prominent on radar.
been reported in the vicinity of this point. Thence: 12 Caution. The coast between Point San Luis and Point
Clear of the ODAS Light-buoy 46023 in position Buchon should be given a wide berth; in thick weather the
34422N, 120574W, and a light-buoy (special) 55 m (30 fm) depth contour is a good guide.
moored 6 miles farther N, thence:
4 WSW of Point Sal (3454N, 12040W), a bold, dark Useful marks
headland, streaked with yellow sandstone. From 9.18
NW it appears as a low conical hill with two 1 Railway station building at Surf (3441N, 12036W),
higher hills immediately behind it; these hills are which is painted yellow.
not as well defined from S. Breakers and reefs Pismo Beach Pier (3508N, 12039W), 366 m in
extend for nearly 3 cables S and W from the point, length.
and 1 cable SE from Lion Rock (Seal Rock) which (Directions continue at 9.32)
stands 1 cable S of Point Sal; shoals also extend
5 cables W from a point situated 2 miles SE of Port San Luis
Point Sal. And:
5 Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46011 (10 miles W of Chart 778 (see 1.14)
Point Sal), and a light-buoy (special) (16 miles General information
WNW of the same point). Thence: 9.19
WSW of Souza Rock (14 miles NNW of Point Sal), 1 Position and function. Port San Luis is situated on the
a steep-to rock, marked on its SW side by W side of San Luis Obispo Bay, a broad open bight, which
No 14SR Light-buoy (preferred channel to port), is contained between the settlement of Shell Beach
thence: (3510N, 12040W) and Point San Luis (4 miles W)
6 WSW of Point San Luis (3510N, 12045W), a (9.17). The bay affords good shelter in N or W weather,
bold, rocky point, which rises steeply to San Luis but is exposed S and SE, from which directions gales
Hill, 215 m high, 7 cables NW; the point is usually occur two or three times during the winter. A
reported to be prominent on radar. A light (9.15) is breakwater extending 4 cables SE from Point San Luis
displayed from the W side of the point. A shoal provides some protection to the piers and anchorage.
depth of 14 m (46 ft) (charted as 7 fm) lies about 2 The port, which is a port of entry, is primarily used as a
1 miles SSW of Point San Luis. Thence: base for commercial fishing vessels, sporting fishing craft
7 WSW of Westdahl Rock (1 miles SW of Point San and recreational craft. It serves the town of San Luis
Luis), a dangerous pinnacle rock marked on its Obispo which lies 10 miles NNE of the bay.
SW side by No 1 Light-buoy (port hand); passage 3 Topography. The E shore of the bay is formed by a
between Westdahl Rock and the mainland should narrow tableland, which terminates in cliffs from 12 to
not be attempted. A light-buoy (special) is moored 30 m in height, at Fossil Point (35105N, 120435W) at
2 miles farther SW. Thence: the head of the bay; a tank farm stands above Fossil Point.
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46062 (12 miles WSW Thence a sandy beach, 5 cables long, fronts the settlement
of Point San Luis), thence: of Avila Beach which stands on the E side of San Luis

303
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Port San Luis (9.19)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Obispo Creek. From the W side of the creek, to Point San E of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (5 cables SE)
Luis 1 miles SW, the shore is high with rocky bluffs. moored 1 cables SSE of the extremity of the
4 Port Authority. Port San Luis Harbor District, P.O. Box breakwater, and:
249, Avila Beach, California 93424. 3 W of No 2 buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles E)
moored 2 cables SW of Howell Rock which has a
Tidal levels depth over it of 4 m (13 ft), and is the W of the
9.20 dangers in the E side of the bay, thence:
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring E of Lansing Rock (4 cables ENE) which has a
range about 16 m; mean neap range about 05 m. depth over it of 55 m (18 ft), thence to the
Arrival information allocated anchorage or pier.
4 A channel, marked by buoys (lateral) (privately
9.21
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio maintained), leads from S of Lansing Rock to Port San
Luis Pier passing ENE of Atlas Rock, which lies 2 cables
Signals Volume 6(5).
Anchorages. The general anchorage is inside a line W of Lansing Rock, with a depth of 4 m (13 ft) over it. A
dangerous wreck lies on the E side of Atlas Rock.
extending SW from Fossil Point to the extremity of the
Approach and entry from west should be made
breakwater at Point San Luis. It includes two special
anchorage areas, designated A1 and A2; Area A1 is passing S of Westdahl Rock Light-buoy (1 miles WSW)
situated E of County Wharf (5 cables W of Fossil Point), (9.17), thence as above.
and Area A2 occupies the W side of the harbour W of a 5 Useful marks:
line drawn NNE from the extremity of the breakwater to Aero light (35144N, 120384W) (not charted),
the N shore of the bay. Heavy swells set in at the 6 miles N of Pismo Beach.
anchorages with heavy weather from S and SE. Whaler Island (1 cable SE), an islet 22 m high, which
2 Mariners should contact the Harbour Masters Office for forms part of the breakwater extending SE from
anchorage information. Point San Luis.
Local knowledge is required. 6 Smith Island (2 cables N of Whaler Island), 14 m
Inland Rules of the Road are in force NW of the line high.
joining Fossil Point to the extremity of the breakwater Light (post) (privately maintained) which stands on
above; see Appendix VII. the head of California Polytechnic State University
Pier (1 mile NE), which is lit along its entire
Directions length.
9.22
1 With positions from Point San Luis (3510N,
12045W). Berths
Approach from east is not recommended as the E part 9.23
of the bay inside the 18 m (10 fm) depth contour is 1 With positions from Point San Luis.
obstructed with rocks, shoals and heavy kelp. The Harford Pier (5 cables N), which extends about
above-water rocks are: 2 cables SE, has depths of 52 to 61 m (17 to 20 ft)
Bird Rock (3 miles ESE), 21 m high. alongside, but shoaling was reported in 1990; vessels berth
White Rock (2 miles E), 5 m high. at a large warehouse at the head of the pier.
Avila Rock (1 miles ENE), 2 m high. California Polytechnic State University Pier (1 mile
2 Approach and entry from south. From a position close NE) extends about 5 cables S and has depths of 94 m
W of Souza Rock Light-buoy (2 miles SSE) (9.17) the line (31 ft) alongside both sides. It is not safe to moor alongside
of bearing, 000, of California Polytechnic State University in strong S to SE winds; mooring buoys are used to keep
Pier (1 mile NE) leads into the bay passing: vessels clear of the pier.

304
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

2 County Wharf (1 miles NE) is a pier which extends Mussel Point (3456N, 12040W).
about 2 cables S from Avila Beach and has depths of Santa Lucia Bank (3455N, 12120W).
79 m (26 ft) towards its head; it is used by fishing and Santa Maria River (3457N, 12039W).
recreational craft. A sewer pipeline extends 3 cables from
the shore parallel to the pier and 12 m E of it. In 1983 the POINT BUCHON TO POINT
pier was damaged by a storm and submerged obstructions PIEDRAS BLANCAS
have been reported in its vicinity.
General information
Port services
Chart 778
9.24
1 Repairs: minor facilities only; launching ramps and
Route
9.27
50 tonne lift available.
1 From the vicinity of Point Buchon (3515N, 12054W)
Other facilities: hospital at San Luis Obispo.
the route leads NW for 31 miles to the vicinity of Point
Supplies: fuel, fresh water and provisions.
Piedras Blancas (3540N, 12117W) passing across the
Communications: airport at San Luis Obispo about
approaches to Estero Bay and San Simeon Bay.
15 km distant.
Topography
Anchorage 9.28
1 Between Point Buchon (3515N, 12054W) and Point
Point Sal Estero (14 miles NNW) the coastline is formed into Estero
9.25 Bay. The land on the E side of the bay drops abruptly from
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 15 m Mount Buchon (9.12) to a long, sandy spit, enclosing
(48 ft), sand, with some protection from NW winds, under Morro Bay entered about 7 miles N of Point Buchon,
Point Sal (3454N, 12040W) (9.17), but it is exposed to thence farther N it rises to a bluff bordered, treeless
the swell. The best anchorage is 2 cables from Lion Rock country, of rolling hills.
(1 cable S of Point Sal), in depths of 13 m (42 ft), with that 2 The coastal range of mountains rises to elevations of
rock bearing 303, just open of Point Sal. over 600 m within 4 miles of the coast behind Estero Bay,
Local knowledge is required. increasing to 1100 m, 8 miles inland behind Point Piedras
Blancas.
Other names From Point Estero to the vicinity of the settlement of
9.26 Cambria (about 7 miles NW) the coast consists of bluffs,
1 Bear Valley (3439N, 12037W). backed by a range of steep, grassy hills, from 150 m to

Morro Rock from NW (9.31.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

305
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Power station chimneys at Morro Bay from SW (9.31.2)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

213 m high; the shoreline is fringed with kelp and there are 2 Three tall chimneys (5 cables E of Morro Rock),
a number of rocks close inshore. which attain an elevation of 137 m, and the top
3 North of Cambria, as far as San Simeon Bay (6 miles sections of which are illuminated at night; they
NW), the coast continues to be fringed with rocks close make good marks viewed from SE and NW.
inshore, but the bluffs decrease in height and the hills Hearst Castle (3541N, 12110W), an historical
recede inland; thick groves of pine trees are scattered on monument, illuminated at night, which is
the hillsides. sometimes reported visible when the coastline is
From the N entrance to San Simeon Bay to Point obscured by fog or low lying haze.
Piedras Blancas (5 miles WNW) the coast is low and 3 Major lights:
fringed by numerous detached rocks, which are usually San Luis Obispo Light (3510N, 12046W) (9.15).
marked by kelp. Piedras Blancas Light (white truncated conical tower)
(3540N, 12117W).
National Marine Sanctuary
9.29
1 See 9.2.
Directions
Submarine cables (continued from 9.18)
9.30 9.32
1 Submarine cables, as can be seen on the chart, extend 1 From a position SW of Point Buchon (3515N,
W out of Estero Bay from a point on the shore 2 miles 12054W) the passage leads NNW, then NW, passing (with
NNE of Point Buchon. positions from Point Estero (3527N, 12100W)):
WSW and SW of Point Estero, a steep-to point faced
Principal marks with cliffs from 15 to 27 m high, rising to a flat
9.31 topped hill over 155 m high, thence:
1 Landmarks: 2 SW of White Rock (about 6 miles NW); a pinnacle
Hollister Peak (3521N, 12047W), which has a rock, with a depth over it of 101 m (33 ft), lies
jagged appearance. 7 cables SW of this rock. Thence:
Morro Rock (3522N, 12052W), a high, conical, SW of Von Helm Rock (7 miles NW), a pointed
rocky peninsula, connected to the mainland NE by rock lying nearly 1 mile offshore, which only
a spit of sand. breaks in the heaviest weather, thence:

306
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Piedras Blancas Light from W (9.31.3)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

3 SW of Cambria Rock (8 miles NW), which lies Morro Bay

5 cables offshore and is surrounded by foul
ground, thence: Chart 778 (see 1.14)
SW of Pico Rock (1 miles NW of Cambria Rock), General information
which is surrounded by foul ground; a 69 m 9.34
(22 ft) shoal lies about 3 cables SW of Pico Rock. 1 Description. Morro Bay (3522N, 12052W), is an
Thence: extensive shallow lagoon, separated from Estero Bay (9.28)
4 SW of San Simeon Point (3538N, 12112W), a by a narrow sandy spit; it has facilities for commercial
low, wooded projection, extending 5 cables SSE fishing, sports fishing, and recreational craft.
from the general line of the coast. The trees show The bay is entered between the heads of two
up well from W, but the point is not easily breakwaters, about 250 m apart. The W breakwater extends
identified without local knowledge. A rock, with a about 3 cables S from Morro Rock (9.31); the S breakwater
depth over it of 96 m (31 ft), lies 1 miles extends a similar distance W from a position 5 cables S of
offshore about 2 miles WSW of San Simeon Point; the N extremity of the sandy spit.
it is the outermost of several isolated shoals lying 2 Several offshore buoy berths are situated up to 3 miles
off this point. Thence: N of the entrance to Morro Bay.
5 SW of Point Piedras Blancas (3540N, 12117W), a Local knowledge is required for entering the bay. Due
low, rocky point, projecting 5 cables from the to the constantly changing channel mariners are advised to
general line of the coast; a light (9.31) is displayed use extreme caution and to contact the Harbour Master, or
from the point. Piedras Blancas, two large white Coast Guard, for the latest information on conditions in the
rocks which appear as one from S, lie 8 cables entrance and channel.
ESE of the point, and Outer Rock, another large Limiting conditions
white rock, lies close W of the point; in hazy 9.35
weather this latter rock is sometimes visible from 1 Controlling depths. In 2003 there was a least charted
NW and S, when the light cannot be seen. depth of about 49 m (16 ft) in the entrance channel as far
as the piers on the N side of the bay, and of about 37 m
Useful mark (12 ft) in the channel to Fairbank Point on the E side of
9.33 the bay about 2 miles above the entrance. From this point a
1 Morro Bay W Breakwater Light (3522N, 12052W) channel, privately maintained, with a depth in it of 23 m
(9.37). (7 ft), leads about 3 cables S to White Point where there
(Directions continue at 9.49) is a small craft basin (9.38).

307
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

2 Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring off the entrance to Morro Creek. A buoy (special) is
range about 15 m, mean neap range about 0.5 m. moored to seaward of the terminal.
2 No 18EB Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles NW of
Arrival information Morro Rock) marks a rock, with a depth over it of 96 m
9.36 (31 ft), in the W approach to the terminal. An unmarked
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio fish haven, with a depth over it of 122 m (40 ft) lies about
Signals Volume 6(5). 1 miles NNW of Morro Rock. A sewer, marked at its
Pilotage. Pilots for vessels bound for the offshore buoy seaward end by buoys, and other submerged pipelines lie N
terminal (9.39) board about 3 miles WNW of Morro of the oil terminal up to 2 miles N of Morro Rock.
Rock. 3 Vessels lie head-to in the direction of the prevailing NW
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line wind; a mooring master supervises berthing arrangements.
joining the breakwater heads; see Appendix VII. Additional lines are absolutely essential to prevent damage
2 Local weather. Estero Bay has the reputation of being to the ship and terminal equipment in case a S, or strong
one of the foggiest areas on the coast of California; this offshore wind gets up. Conditions can change very rapidly.
fog is most common in the mornings and evenings.
On average gales occur on one or two days each month. Port services
In winter they are often S or SE; in summer they are 9.40
mainly NW. 1 Repairs can be effected; shiplift with a capacity of
20 tonnes which can handle craft up to 20 m in length.
Directions Supplies: fuel, water, provisions and stores.
9.37 Rescue: Coast Guard cutter stationed in the harbour.
1 Approach. Tidal streams in the entrance channel are
strong and variable and the approach to the channel should
be made from SW in order to avoid sharp turns near the Anchorages
entrance, particularly in heavy weather.
Entry. From the vicinity of MB Light-buoy (safe water), Cayucos
moored about 5 cables WSW of the entrance, a buoyed 9.41
channel leads through the entrance to the vicinity of 1 Description. Cayucos is a settlement in the NE part of
Fairbank Point; due to the continual shifting of the channel Estero Bay situated about 2 miles E of Cayucos Point
the buoys are frequently moved to mark the best water and (3527N, 12057W); the point, which is reported to be a
are not shown on the national chart. good radar target, is faced with cliffs from 15 to 27 m
2 Inside the bay it is reported that the tidal streams, high. The coast in this part of the bay is foul and rocks
especially the in-going stream, have a tendency to push with depths over them of less than 18 m (6 ft) lie up to
vessels towards the two piers on the N side of the bay, 5 cables offshore in places.
8 cables inside the entrance (9.38). Local knowledge is required.
Caution. Great care should be exercised when entering 2 Directions. Approaching Cayucos from W attention is
the bay. In winter, the swells from storms in the N Pacific drawn to Constantine Rock which lies 5 cables S of
are known to break across the sandbars at the entrance Cayucos Point, and which is marked on its S side by 1CR
making navigation hazardous. In heavy seas and high tides Light-buoy (port hand), and to Mouse Rock, which has a
the S part of the W breakwater is frequently awash. least depth over it of 09 m (3 ft), and which is marked on
3 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is its SE side by 3MR Light-buoy (port hand), which lies
displayed from a position close W of the Coast Guard and about 1 miles ESE of Cayucos Point, in the approach to
Harbour Masters office about 7 cables inside the entrance; the pier; the sea breaks heavily in a moderate swell on
see 1.56. both these dangers. An isolated shoal, with a depth over it
Useful marks: of 49 m (16 ft), lies about 1 miles ESE of Cayucos Point.
Morro Bay W Breakwater Light (white column) 3 Useful marks:
(3522N, 12052W). Tank (1 miles E of Cayucos Point), painted white,
Pillar Rock, a small rock 30 m high, which lies close and situated on a hill on the W side of Cayucos.
off the NW extremity of Morro Rock (9.31). Whale Rock (2 miles ESE of Cayucos Point), 5 m
in height, lying 1 cable offshore on the S side of
Berths in Morro Bay Cayucos.
9.38 4 Anchorage, with some shelter from N and NW winds,
1 Two T-shaped piers, with depths alongside of 67 m and may be obtained in a depth of 20 m (11 fm) with the above
61 m respectively, lie close together on the N side of the tank, bearing 017, distant 1 miles.
bay about 8 cables inside the entrance. Landing. There is a fishing and pleasure craft pier at
Morro Bay State Park Basin at White Point. There are Cayucos with a depth of 37 m at its extremity.
depths of about 24 m (8 ft) in this basin, but in 1993 it
was reported that the entrance had shoaled to a depth of Chart 778
03 m (1 ft). San Simeon Bay
2 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained in two 9.42
special areas lying 1 and 2 miles respectively, above the 1 Description. San Simeon Bay is bounded on its W side
entrance in depths ranging from about 18 to 55 m (6 to by San Simeon Point (3538N, 12112W) (9.32) from
18 ft); berths are allocated by the Harbour Master. which point the coast curves sharply E to form the head of
the bay. The bay offers good shelter in N weather, but is
Offshore berth exposed to the S gales of winter. The town of San Simeon,
9.39 where there is a pier 300 m in length, is situated 1 miles
1 A submarine pipeline extends up to 6 cables offshore E of San Simeon Point; the town is popular with tourists
to an oil terminal situated about 5 cables N of Morro Rock visiting Hearst Castle 2 miles NE (9.31).

308
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

2 Local knowledge is required. POINT PIEDRAS BLANCAS TO POINT SUR

Directions. The buildings of San Simeon are prominent
when approaching from S. The entrance to the bay is
marked by No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) moored 4 cables General information
SE of San Simeon Point. A Coast Guard mooring buoy lies Chart 778
off the pier.
Route
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the bay, in
9.45
depths of from 9 to 15 m, hard sand. San Simeon Point
1 From the vicinity of Point Piedras Blancas (3540N,
should not be approached within a distance of 2 cables,
12117W) to that of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W), the
and the E coast should not be approached within a distance
route leads NW for about 50 miles.
of 5 cables.

Topography
9.46
Point Piedras Blancas
1 The coast between Point Piedras Blancas and the mouth
9.43
of the prominent San Carpoforo Valley, situated about
1 Anchorage for a coaster may be obtained, with shelter
6 miles NNW, continues low with small bluffs and bare
from NW winds, in the lee of Point Piedras Blancas
rolling hills; off it are numerous detached rocks, and it is
(3540N, 12117W) (9.32) in depths of about 8 m (26 ft),
well fringed with kelp.
sand, with Point Piedras Blancas Light bearing 280, distant
2 Between San Carpoforo Valley and the entrance of Big
2 cables.
Sur River, situated 41 miles NW, the coast is bold and
Local knowledge is required.
rugged, with cliffs from 60 to 150 m high rising to
mountains from 750 to 1500 m high, 2 to 3 miles inland; it
forms one of the boldest stretches of the Californian coast.
In places the coast is intersected by deep, narrow valleys;
there are few beaches or outlying rocks.
Other name 3 The highway running along the coast at an elevation
9.44 varying from 30 to 150 m is plainly visible from seaward;
1 China Harbor (3528N, 12059W). it is marked by numerous cuttings.

Point Sur and lighthouse from NW (9.48)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

309
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

The remaining 2 miles of coastline, between Big Sur 5 SW of White Rock No 2 (5 miles NW of Ragged
River and Point Sur, is low, with sand beaches backed by Point), a high, rounded rock lying 2 cables
dunes. False Sur, a rounded hillock, lies close to the shore offshore, thence:
1 mile ESE of Point Sur; it is sometimes mistaken for Point SW of a pinnacle rock with a depth over it of 32 m
Sur in fog or conditions of low visibility. (10 ft) (8 miles NW of Ragged Point), thence:
SW of Whaleboat Rock (9 miles NW of Ragged
National Marine Sanctuary Point), which dries 15 m (5 ft); Bird Rock, 15 m
9.47 (5 ft) high lies 3 cables N of Whaleboat Rock.
1 See 9.2. Thence:
6 SW of Cape San Martin (3553N, 12128W), which
Principal marks is ragged and precipitous on its seaward side, and
9.48 is easily identified by San Martin Rocks. The outer
1 Landmarks: of these rocks, 13 m high, lies 5 cables WNW of
Villa Creek (3551N, 12124W), spanned by a the cape; the middle and inner rocks are 10 m and
conspicuous white bridge. 44 m high, respectively. A shoal depth of 96 m
Junipero Serra Peak (3609N, 12125W), whose (31 ft) lies 7 cables offshore, 1 miles NW of
summit is crowned by pine trees. Cape San Martin. The bridge crossing Willow
2 Twin Peak and Cone Peak (3603N, 12130W), Creek, 3 cables N of Cape San Martin, is
known locally as Twin Peaks; they have scattered prominent from seaward.
trees on their summits and are good marks, even at
night. There is an observation tower on the summit Cape San Martin to Point Sur
of Cone Peak which is illuminated at night when 9.50
occupied. 1 From a position SW of Cape San Martin (3553N,
3 Point Sur (3618N, 12154W), a black rocky hill, 12128W), the passage continues NW, passing:
110 m high, with sand dunes extending E from it SW of Tide Rock (4 miles NNW of Cape San
for over 5 cables. There are many buildings on the Martin), a small black rock, awash, which lies
summit of the point, which from a distance N or 7 cables offshore; the rock is extremely dangerous
S, may appear as an island. in calm weather as there is then no breaker to
4 Major lights: indicate its position. Thence:
Piedras Blancas Light (3540N, 12117W) (9.31). 2 NE of ODAS Light-buoy 46028 (354N, 12153W),
Point Sur Light (white tower on grey stone building) thence:
(3618N, 12154W). SW of Lopez Point (3601N, 12134W), a narrow
tableland extending from the high land inland.
Lopez Rock lies 3 cables offshore 8 cables WNW
Directions of Lopez Point; a shoal with a depth over it of
(continued from 9.33) 11 m (36 ft) lies 3 cables SW of Lopez Rock.
Thence:
Point Piedras Blancas to Cape San Martin 3 SW of Slate Rock and Little Slate Rock (7 miles
9.49 NNW of Lopez Point), the latter rock 12 m high,
1 From a position SW of Point Piedras Blancas (3540N, which lie close inshore, thence:
12117W) the passage leads NW passing: SW of Partington Point (3610N, 12142W); two
SW of Harlech Castle Rock (1 miles NW of Point major landslides are prominent in the vicinity of
Piedras Blancas), a rock lying nearly 7 cables this point. A deep submarine canyon approaches
offshore and which dries 03 m (1 ft); it is not the coast about 2 miles NW of Partington Point
usually marked by kelp. A 5 m (16 ft) shoal lies bringing the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour within
5 cables NW of Harlech Castle Rock. And: 2 cables of the shore. Thence:
2 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal with a least 4 SW of a rock with a depth over it of 96 m (31 ft)
depth over it of 20 m (66 ft) (3 miles WNW of which lies 5 cables offshore, (5 miles NW of
Point Piedras Blancas); this shoal has been Partington Point), thence:
reported to break in a heavy W swell. Thence: SW of Pfeiffer Point (3614N, 12149W), the
3 SW of La Cruz Rock (3 miles NNW of Point Piedras termination of a long ridge which rises to an
Blancas); the rock is situated 5 cables S of Point elevation of 366 m about 1 miles NE of the
Sierra Nevada, a low bluff named after a vessel point; Pfeiffer Rock lies close under the point. The
which stranded 2 cables NW of the point. Thence: point presents a bold, precipitous, light coloured
SW of a shoal with a depth over it of 87 m (28 ft) face to seaward; it is distinguished from S by its
(almost 1 mile WNW of Point Sierra Nevada), colour, and from N the pointed summit is
thence: prominent. There is a deep gully on the N side of
4 SW of Ragged Point (3545N, 12120W), easily the point, more conspicuous from N than from S.
identified as it is the first point S of San Thence:
Carpoforo Valley (9.46). Visible rocks and ledges 5 SW of Cooper Point (1 miles NW of Pfeiffer Point);
extend 2 cables offshore from Ragged Point, and it is marked by a prominent pinnacle 52 m high,
a rocky patch with a depth over it of 69 m (22 ft) and an off-lying rock 55 m high. Foul ground,
lies 1 mile NW of the point. Thence: with dangerous rocks at its outer end, extends
SW of White Rock No 1 (4 miles NW of Ragged 4 cables W from Cooper Point. Thence:
Point), a high, pointed rock lying 5 cables offshore 6 SW of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) (9.48), from
just S of Salmon Cone, a rocky hill; a rock awash where a light (9.48) is displayed. Numerous
lies 1 cable W of White Rock No 1. Thence: dangers extend in places nearly 1 mile offshore

310
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

between Point Cooper and Point Sur; Sur Rock, Shoal, with a depth over it of 14 m (4 ft)
awash, lies 7 cables offshore 1 miles SSE of (3 cables SE of Harlan Rock).
Point Sur, and a rock, with a depth over it of Local knowledge is required.
82 m (27 ft), which breaks in heavy weather, lies
5 cables SW of Sur Rock. These and other dangers Chart 778 (see 1.14)
are usually well marked by kelp, but it is a Pfeiffer Point
dangerous locality in thick weather, and vessels 9.53
should remain in depths of not less than 55 m 1 Anchorage, with reasonable protection from N and NW
(30 fm). winds, may be obtained by small vessels about 9 cables
ESE of Pfeiffer Point (3614N, 12149W) (9.49). The
Useful marks anchorage is 2 cables offshore in a depth of about 15 m
9.51 (50 ft) sand, clear of the kelp.
1 Alder Creek (3552N, 12125W), a deep ravine Small craft can obtain better protection by anchoring
spanned by a white bridge. closer inshore.
Plaskett Rock (3555N, 12129W), a large white Local knowledge is required.
rock.
Square Black Rock (3604N, 12137W). Small craft
Girder bridge (3609N, 12140W), which spans
Anderson Canyon. Chart 778
(Directions continue at 9.62) Sierra Nevada Point
9.54
Anchorages 1 Anchorage for small boats can be obtained S of Sierra
Nevada Point (3543N, 12119W) (9.49) to the E of the
Lopez Point N side of La Cruz Rock in strong NW or light S weather.
9.52 A sandy beach inshore of La Cruz Rock affords a
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with some protection from landing for boats in heavy NW weather, the beach being
NW winds, in depths of 18 m (60 ft), sand, 1 mile SE of relatively free of breakers.
Lopez Point (3601N, 12134W) (9.49). Local knowledge is required.
Smaller vessels may obtain better shelter by anchoring
inside the kelp in a depth of about 9 m (30 ft), sand, with Other names
Lopez Point bearing about 287. 9.55
The following dangers, positioned from Lopez Point, lie 1 Breaker Point (3545N, 12119W).
in the approach to the anchorage: Cruz, Arroyo de la (3542N, 12118W).
2 Rock, with a depth over it of 32 m (10 ft) (5 cables Gamboa Point (3603N, 12135W).
SE). Lucia Canyon (3558N, 12158W).
Harlan Rock (1 miles ESE), 3 m high, lying Pacific Valley (3555N, 12128W).
3 cables offshore, and conspicuous only when Salmon Head (3549N, 12123W).
approaching the anchorage. Sur Canyon (3603N, 12206W).

POINT SUR TO THE APPROACHES TO SAN FRANCISCO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION Topography
9.58
Chart 2530 1 The coast between Point Sur and Point Lobos, situated
Area covered 13 miles N, is bold and rugged, but it decreases in height
9.56 as Point Pinos, 7 miles farther N, is approached; it is
1 In this section are described the approaches to Monterey backed by high land which attains an elevation of almost
Bay, the minor harbours in that bay, and the passage 1350 m 6 miles inland. The highway, which is marked by a
between Monterey Bay and the S approach to San number of bridges, is visible from seaward between Point
Francisco Bay; it is arranged as follows: Sur and Point Lobos.
Point Sur to Point Pinos (9.57). 2 Just N of Point Sur there is a sandy beach and bluff,
Monterey Bay (9.67). which continue for 1 miles to the mouth of the Little Sur
Monterey Bay to Pillar Point (9.93). River, after which the coast becomes more rugged.
Carmel Bay (9.63) indents the coast between Lobos
Point and Cypress Point, 3 miles NNW, thence the coast
POINT SUR TO POINT PINOS to Point Pinos, about 4 miles NNE, is low, with the cliffs
decreasing in height, and is fringed by numerous small
rocks and ledges. Moss Beach, backed by white sand dunes
General information which show up well in contrast to the dark trees behind
them, extends 2 miles SSW from Point Pinos.
Chart 778
Route Depths
9.57 9.59
1 From the vicinity of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) the 1 The depths along this part of the coast are considerable;
route leads NNW for 17 miles to Cypress Point, thence depths of 55 m (30 fm) being found less than 1 mile
5 miles NNE to Point Pinos. offshore in places.

311
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

National Marine Sanctuary from W. The coast between Hurricane Point and
9.60 the N side of Bixby Landing is fronted by
1 See 9.2. numerous detached rocks, many of which are
above-water. Castle Rock, 55 m high, lies close
Principal marks
inshore 2 cables N of Bixby landing; a detached
9.61
9 m (30 ft) shoal lies 3 cables offshore abreast
1 Landmarks:
Castle Rock, and a 137 m (45 ft) shoal lies
Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) (9.48).
6 cables offshore about 6 cables farther N. Thence:
Pico Blanco (3619N, 12149W), a pointed peak
4 WSW of a shoal with a depth over it of 87 m (28 ft)
with a white topped summit.
(4 miles N), thence:
Mount Carmel (Boulder Peak) (4 miles NNE of Pico
WSW of Soberanes Point (5 miles N), which
Blanco), which has a round, bare summit. Both
projects only slightly from the general line of the
this peak, and Pico Blanco, can sometimes be seen
coast; an isolated grassy hill, 61 m high, stands
when the lower land is obscured by fog or haze.
immediately behind the point, and a high, grassy
2 Major lights:
ridge extends inland from this hill. Lobos Rocks, a
Point Sur Light (3618N, 12154W) (9.48).
group of small rocky islets, lie 5 cables NW of
Point Pinos Light (white tower on dwelling, 13 m in
Soberanes Point; the two larger islets are white
height) (3638N, 12156W).
topped and each is about 12 m in height, with foul
Directions ground between. Thence:
(continued from 9.51) 5 WSW of a shoal with a depth over it of 11 m (36 ft)
9.62 which lies 4 cables W of Yankee Point (8 miles
1 From a position SW of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) NNW); the seaward face of the point is irregular,
the passage leads NNW, then NNE passing (with positions broken and fringed with numerous detached rocks.
from Hurricane Point (3621N, 12154W)): Yankee Point Rock, 18 m high, lies close off the
WSW of Ventura Rocks ( mile S); the N rock is point, and Yankee Point Breaker, an underwater
conical and 37 m high; the S rock dries 15 m rock on which the sea usually breaks, lies
(5 ft). A 105 m (34 ft) patch lies 5 cables SW of 3 cables SSW of the point. Thence:
these rocks. Thence: 6 WSW of Pinnacle Point (3631N, 12157W), an
2 WSW of Hurricane Point; a submerged buoy, charted irregular, jagged, rocky point 30 m high, which
as obstruction, has been established, at a depth of forms the NW extremity of Lobos Point. Sea Lion
896 m (49 fm), approximately 12 miles W of Rocks, the outermost of which is 37 m high,
Hurricane Point, thence: extend 5 cables SW from the point; a rocky patch,
3 WSW of Bixby Landing (1 mile N), which can be on which the sea breaks lies 1 cables S of this
identified by a concrete arch bridge, prominent outermost rock. Thence:

Point Pinos from NW (9.62)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

312
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

7 WSW and WNW of Cypress Point (3635N, 3 Chimney (about 2 miles NNE), in Stillwater Cove
12159W), a comparatively low point, thickly (9.65) on the N side of the bay.
wooded to within about 2 cables of its extremity; White house (conspicuous) (2 miles NNW), close E
the cliffs are steep with numerous detached rocks of Sunset Point on the N side of the bay.
up to about 2 cables offshore. Cypress Point Rock,
4 m high, marked on its W side by No 6 Small craft anchorages
Light-buoy (starboard hand), lies 2 cables NW of 9.65
the point, and is prominent from N or S. Thence: 1 Shelter from S winds may be obtained in Whalers Cove,
8 WNW of Point Joe (2 miles NNE of Cypress Point), a small indentation 8 cables ESE of Pinnacle Point, in
a rocky point over which the surf breaks heavily; a depths of about 6 m (20 ft), rock or gravel, but there is a
rocky patch, with a depth over it of 21 m (7 ft), rock, with a depth over it of 32 m (10 ft) near the middle
lies 4 cables NNW of Point Joe. Thence: of the cove.
9 WNW and N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) 2 Shelter from N winds may be obtained in Pebble Beach
moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos (3638N, and Stillwater Cove, E of it, two small coves on the N side
12156W), a low, rocky, bare point, but with pine of the bay entered between Pescadero Point, situated
trees standing 2 cables back from the beach. 1 miles SE of Cypress Point, and Arrowhead Point,
Above-water rocks extend 2 cables NW from the 5 cables farther E. The two coves which are shallow and
point, which should be given a wide berth as a obstructed with kelp, are separated from each other by
considerable swell sets on to it. A light (9.61) is Pescadero Rocks. The anchorage is in depths of from 18 m
displayed from the point. to 55 m (6 to 18 ft) but there are many dangers in the
10 Caution. Vessels continuing N, transiting across the vicinity and great care must be exercised. Landing may be
entrance to Monterey Bay on the recommended effected in Stillwater Cove.
tracks (9.4), are advised of the presence of B Local knowledge is required to enter all three coves.
Light-buoy (special) (3641N, 12223W) and
ODAS Light-buoy 46042, 2 miles farther NNW. Other name
(Directions continue for Monterey Harbor at 9.77, for 9.66
Moss Landing Harbor at 9.83, for Santa Cruz Harbor 1 Kasler Point (3625N, 12155W).
at 9.89 and for passage N of Monterey Bay at 9.99)
MONTEREY BAY

Carmel Bay General information

Chart 229
Chart 778 (see 1.14) Description
General information 9.67
9.63 1 Monterey Bay is formed between Point Pinos (3638N,
1 Description. Carmel Bay, entered between Pinnacle 12156W) (9.62) and Point Santa Cruz (19 miles NNW)
Point (3631N, 12157W) (9.62) and Cypress Point (9.89).
(3 miles NNW) (9.62), affords shelter to small craft in On the SW side of the bay, the 3 mile stretch of the
both N and S weather. coast between Point Pinos and Monterey Harbor is fronted
The town of Carmel occupies the NE side of the bay on by the resort of Pacific Grove, and the picturesque city of
the N side of Carmel River; the lights of the town make a Monterey; E of the harbour the coast is lower and
good mark on clear nights. The beach fronting the head of curves N.
the bay is low, but the land on the S side is bare and 2 The E shore of the bay consists of low sand beaches
mountainous; the N side is hilly and heavily wooded. and sand dunes, with some low sandy bluffs. Salinas
2 Carmel Canyon, a deep submarine valley, runs into the Valley, low land extending E from about the middle of the
bay and brings depths of 91 m (50 fm) to within 2 cables E shore, forms a break, prominent from seaward, between
of the beach in the SE part of the bay. Santa Lucia Mountains to the S, and the high land of Santa
Local knowledge is essential. Cruz Mountains to the N. Another marked depression in
State Park Reserve. The peninsula of Point Lobos the coastal range is formed 6 miles farther N where Pajaro
(9.62) is designated an ecological reserve and regulations River flows into the bay.
prohibit landing anywhere in its area. Whalers Cove (9.65) 3 Monterey Canyon, a submarine valley, runs through the
may be used for shelter only. middle of the bay, and depths of 91 m (50 fm), are found
within 4 cables of the beach in the vicinity of Moss
Landing Harbor (3648N, 12147W).
Directions The bay is free from dangers, and affords shelter, during
9.64 S winds, at Monterey Harbor, on the S side of the bay,
1 Approaching from S, attention is drawn to the dangers and, during NW winds, in Santa Cruz Harbor (3657N,
extending SW from Pinnacle Point (9.62). 12201W) and Soquel Cove (close E), on the N side of
Approaching from N, care should be taken to avoid The the bay.
Pinnacles, a shoal area with a depth over it of 18 m (6 ft)
which may be identified by breakers, which lies 5 cables Pilotage
offshore, 1 miles SSE of Cypress Point. 9.68
2 Useful marks (positioned from Pinnacle Point): 1 Pilotage for all foreign vessels, and national vessels
Whalers Knoll (4 cables ESE), a rocky hill on Point without a licensed pilot, is compulsory for harbours within
Lobos, 61 m high. Monterey Bay; pilots are provided from San Francisco
Tower of the Carmelite Monastery (about (10.40). The pilot boarding area is centred about 2 miles
1 miles E), in the SE corner of the bay. NW of Point Pinos Light (3638N, 12156W).

313
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Chimneys of power station at Moss Landing from NW (9.72.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Restricted areas Each chimney is 161 m in height and is marked by

9.69 flashing red obstruction lights.
1 Restricted and prohibited areas, as shown on the chart, Two radio towers (3641N, 12148W), each 137 m
are established in the NE and SE parts of Monterey Bay. high, behind the sand dunes at Marina.
For details of these areas see Appendix VI. Three radio towers (3658N, 12159W).
2 Major lights:
National Marine Sanctuary Point Pinos Light (3638N, 12156W) (9.61).
9.70 Point Santa Cruz Light (white lantern on square brick
1 See 9.2. tower attached to brick building, 12 m in height)
(3657N, 12202W).
Natural conditions
9.71 Monterey Harbor
1 Local weather. The prevailing winds are W except in Chart 229 (see 1.14)
late autumn and early winter, when E winds are as General information
frequent; gale force winds are rare. 9.73
The mountain ranges N and S of Monterey Bay, and the 1 Position and function. Monterey Harbor (3636N,
receding coast on the E side of the bay, offer a wide funnel 12153W), situated in the S part of the bay, 3 miles SE of
to the cold, foggy NW winds, which blow over the bay Point Pinos, is a small resort harbour which provides
and well into the Salinas Valley to S. shelter for over 800 small craft. There is also some
Fog is frequently encountered in July, August and commercial activity and fishing. The port was formerly the
September. base of a large sardine fishing industry but most of the
2 Tidal streams. In general, tidal streams in the bay are canneries are now closed. The port is a customs station.
reported to be weak, except in the vicinity of the offshore 2 The city of Monterey was once the capital of California
mooring (9.84) off Moss Landing Harbour. when it was ruled by Mexico, and for some time after it
became a state.
Principal marks
9.72 Limiting conditions
1 Landmarks: 9.74
Two chimneys (3648N, 12147W), at the power 1 Controlling depths. There are depths of more than 6 m
station at Moss Landing at the head of the bay; (20 ft) in the outer harbour and entrance, and 18 to 30 m
they are the dominating landmarks in the bay. (6 to 10 ft) in the small boat basin.

314
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Point Santa Cruz Light from S (9.72)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring Municipal Wharf No 2; the area between the wharves is
range about 16 m, mean neap range about 05 m. formed into a marina. There is a small marina at the root
of the N breakwater.
Arrival information 2 Landmarks, with positions from Point Pinos:
9.75 Presidio Monument (2 miles SE), a granite structure
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Monterey Harbor, standing on a bare hill on the W side of the
sheltered from S winds, but it is open N and gales from harbour.
this direction are experienced from time to time. A Radio tower (6 cables N of the monument).
seasonal and special anchorage area is established close E
of Municipal Wharf No 2, through which mariners are Directions
requested to avoid transiting. (continued from 9.62)
Anchorage inside the harbour may be obtained in the 9.77
special anchorage area in the centre of the harbour. 1 From a position N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
2 Craft in transit and requiring berths should contact the moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos (3638N, 12156W)
Harbour Masters Office situated on the S side of the (9.62) the track leads SE, passing (with positions from
harbour. Point Pinos):
Speed limit in the harbour is 3 kn. NE of Aumentos Rock (8 cables ESE), lying 1 cable
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line offshore, thence:
joining the head of the breakwater and the head of 2 NE of No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
Municipal Wharf No 2; see Appendix VII. 4 cables NE of Point Cabrillo (2 miles SE); 2
light-buoys (special) are moored between No 4
Harbour Light-buoy and Point Cabrillo in the NW corner of
9.76 a pipeline area that extends to Monterey
1 General layout. The harbour is protected by a breakwater. Thence:
breakwater which extends 3 cables E from the shore and 3 NE and E of the extremity of the breakwater, on the
provides good protection in NW weather, though in winter head of which stands No 6 Light (starboard hand).
some surging is experienced at the wharves. The harbour Thence the entrance to the harbour is marked by a
entrance is about 1 cables wide between the extremity of buoy (preferred channel to port), and the channels
the breakwater and the head of Municipal Wharf No 2, in the harbour by buoys (lateral); all buoys are
which extends 2 cables N from the S shore to form a S privately maintained.
breakwater; Municipal Wharf No 1, known also as 4 Caution. When swells run after winter storms, a strong
Fishermans Wharf, and which is lined with restaurants and current is reported to run at the entrance to the marina
shops, stands in the S part of the harbour 1 cables W of between Wharf No 1 and Wharf No 2.

315
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Monterey Harbour from E (9.76)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

Useful marks: Controlling depths

Aero light (5 miles SE of Point Pinos). 9.81
Aero light (8 miles ENE of Point Pinos). 1 The project depth for the entrance channel, the outer
turning basin, channel, and inner turning basin, is 46 m
Berth (15 ft)
9.78 For the latest controlling depths the port authorities or
1 Municipal Wharf No 2, 533 m long with depths of 73 m United States chart should be consulted.
(24 ft) alongside its head.
Arrival information
Port services 9.82
9.79 1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1 Repairs can be effected; lift with a capacity of 60 Volume 6(5).
tonnes. Anchorage off Moss Landing Harbor is unprotected but
Supplies: fuels, water, provisions. the holding ground is good. It has been reported that
Communications: airport close ESE. sudden shifts of wind direction may occur between late
Rescue: Coast Guard Station at the root of the morning and early afternoon creating choppy and confused
breakwater. seas off the port.
2 Craft in transit and requiring berths should contact the
Harbour Masters Office situated in the inner turning basin.
Moss Landing Harbor Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the head of the N breakwater and the head of the
General information pier which extends from the coast at Moss Landing,
9.80 3 cables S; see Appendix VII.
1 Description. Moss Landing Harbor (3648N, 3 Local weather. Mariners should be aware of a local
12147W), on the E side of Monterey Bay, is a small condition. Prevailing winds are NW, with a few SE winds
artificial harbour situated at the mouth of Elkhorn Slough, and N gales during winter. Sudden wind shifts have been
an enclosed area of marshes and salt pans; it is a good experienced in the late forenoon and early afternoon, with
harbour of refuge. The harbour is used by pleasure craft new winds creating a cross pattern of swell, giving rise to
and a fishing fleet of about 300 vessels; in total there is confused seas. In the first few hours, the strength of the
accommodation for about 500 craft. wind may not be apparent from the sea surface. The
Local knowledge is required. condition has affected the manoeuvring of deep-draught

316
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Moss Landing Harbour from SSW (9.80)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

vessels. With a SW wind over an ebb tide, slight breaking 5 SE of No 1 buoy (port hand) moored cable SW of
seas may be experienced across the harbour entrance. the head of the N jetty, thence:
Between the jetties, on the heads of which stand
Directions lights (lateral).
(continued from 9.62) 6 From the outer turning basin the main channel, marked
9.83 by lights, buoys and a beacon, leads 5 cables S to the inner
1 Approach: From a position WNW of No 2 Light-buoy turning basin.
(starboard hand), moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos Another channel, marked by buoys (privately
(3638N, 12156W) (9.62), the track leads about 11 miles maintained), and which has a least charted depth (2002) of
NE to the vicinity of MLA Light-buoy (safe water) moored 3 m (10 ft), leads to a marina at Elkhorn Yacht Club
9 cables SW of the harbour entrance, passing (with 3 cables N of the outer turning basin.
positions from Point Pinos): 7 Useful marks:
2 SE of A Light-buoy (special) (8 miles NNW), thence: Two chimneys (3648N, 12147W) (9.72).
SE of a buoy (special) (6 miles N), thence: Water tank (7 cables SSW of the two chimneys),
NW of a dangerous wreck (7 miles NNE), position painted white.
approximate, lying about 1 miles WSW of the
mouth of Salinas River. Thence: Offshore berth
3 NW of a dangerous wreck, position approximate, 9.84
which lies 1 miles SSW of the harbour entrance. 1 A submarine pipeline, which serves an offshore fuelling
Entry leading lights: berth, leads about 5 cables WNW from a position on the
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on shore, 2 cables NNE of the head of the N jetty. White
red column), at the head of the entrance channel. mooring buoys mark the limits of the facility. Mariners
Rear light (similar structure) (58 m NE of the front transiting the area should stay well clear of the facilities.
light). Tugs are available to assist mooring.
4 From the vicinity of MLA Light-buoy the alignment Caution. See 9.71 concerning tidal streams.
(052) of these lights leads about 1 mile NE to the outer
turning basin, passing: Port services
NW of No 2 buoy (starboard hand) moored 1 cable 9.85
SW of the head of the S jetty to mark turbulent 1 Repairs can be effected; mobile lift with a capacity of
water from a power station discharge which might 70 tonnes.
be dangerous to small craft, and: Supplies: fuels, water, provisions.

317
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Soquel Cove The city of Santa Cruz lines the NW shore of the bay,
and the suburbs of Seabright and Twin Lakes extend over
General information the beach to E.
9.86 2 There is a municipal pier at Santa Cruz, and a small
1 Description. Soquel Cove lies in the NE part of craft harbour on the E side of Seabright can accommodate
Monterey Bay and is bounded on its W side by Soquel about 1200 craft.
Point (3657N, 12158W). Aptos Creek and Soquel Creek Local knowledge is required; a patrol boat operates in
enter the cove 3 miles ENE and 1 miles NE the harbour and will offer guidance on request.
respectively, of Soquel Point. Seacliff Beach lines the head Arrival information
of the cove. 9.88
2 Anchorage. The cove offers reasonable shelter in NW 1 Port radio. A 24 hour guard is maintained on VHF.
weather but is exposed S; anchorage may be obtained in Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the pier in
depths of about 9 m (30 ft), sand, SE of the mouth of depths of 9 m (30 ft), sand, noting an area of spoil ground
Soquel Creek. lies midway between Soquel Point and Santa Cruz Point.
3 Useful marks: The harbour provides good shelter in N weather, but in
Concrete hull, connected to the shore by a fishing NW weather a heavy swell is likely to sweep into the
pier, situated on Seacliff Beach close NW of the anchorage. In S winds craft unable to take shelter in the
mouth of Aptos Creek. small craft harbour, should make for Monterey Harbor
Chimney at Rio del Mar, situated at the mouth of (9.73) or Moss Landing Harbor (9.80).
Aptos Creek. 2 Craft in transit and requiring berths should contact the
4 Landing may be effected at a pleasure pier at Capitola Harbour Masters Office situated in the SE corner of the
on the W side of the mouth Soquel Creek; there is a depth small craft harbour.
of 33 m at the outer end of the pier. Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining Point Santa Cruz and the entrance to the small craft
harbour, and inside the small craft harbour itself; see
Santa Cruz Harbor
Appendix VII.
General information Directions
9.87 (continued from 9.62)
1 Description. Santa Cruz Harbor, on the N side of 9.89
Monterey Bay, is entered between Soquel Point (3657N, 1 Approach. From a position W of No 2 Light-buoy
12158W) (9.86) and Point Santa Cruz (2 miles W) (starboard hand), moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos
(9.89). (3638N, 12156W) (9.62), the track leads about 18 miles

Santa Cruz Harbor from SSW (9.87)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

318
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

N across Monterey Bay to Santa Cruz Harbor, passing Topography

(with positions from Point Santa Cruz (3657N, 9.94
12202W)): 1 From Point Santa Cruz (9.89) the coast trends W for
2 Clear of A Light-buoy (special) (12 miles S), thence: about 4 miles, then turns NW for about 14 miles to Point
E of a light-buoy (privately maintained) (4 miles Ao Nuevo (9.99); it rises from high bluffs, with a few
SSW), thence; intervening beaches, to low, flat tree covered hills. High
Clear of SC Light-buoy (safe water) (1 mile SE); a whitish cliffs, immediately N of Waddell Creek, a narrow
58 m (19 ft) patch, marked by kelp, lies 5 cables S steep sided valley situated 3 miles ESE of Point Ao
of Point Santa Cruz. Six buoys (special) lie within Nuevo, are prominent. The high land in the interior on this
1 to 2 miles of SC Light-buoy in an arc from E section of the coast is dominated by Loma Prieta, a
through S to W. Thence: prominent flat topped peak, situated 13 miles NE of Point
3 E of Point Santa Cruz, a flat point which terminates Santa Cruz (chart 2530); an observation tower stands on
in cliffs about 12 m high; close under the point are the summit.
two flat rocks, the outer and higher one is 5 m 2 For 5 miles NW of Point Ao Nuevo the coast is low
high. Behind the point the land rises in terraces. A and rocky, and is indented by two small bays separated by
light (9.72) is displayed from the point. Franklin Point (2 miles NW of Point Ao Nuevo); thence
to Pescadero Point, 4 miles farther NNW (9.99), it is lined
Berths by reddish coloured cliffs and fringed by numerous
9.90 detached rocks.
1 Municipal pier extends over 4 cables SE from the shore 3 North of Pescadero Point the coast becomes more
at Santa Cruz and has a depth of 79 m (26 ft) at its outer rugged, with yellow or white vertical cliffs, and is broken
end; it is lined with restaurants and stores. A Coast Guard by several small streams which pass through deep sided
mooring buoy lies close E of the pier. valleys. A prominent, whitish cliff, more than 30 m high,
Berthing is possible in all but S weather; in general, stands 7 miles N of Pescadero Point, and beyond it the
only fishing vessels use the pier. Swell, sweeping round the coast is backed by a low, flat tableland, which trends NNW
point, often causes a considerable surge and good moorings for about 9 miles before turning sharply W to Pillar Point
are necessary. (3730N, 12230W) to form Half Moon Bay. The land
2 A fog signal (horn) is sounded from the pier between consists mainly of grass covered rolling hills with ranches
15th April and 1st November. and cultivated ground near the shore.
4 Montara Mountain, which is covered in grass and is bare
Port services of trees, extends 3 miles SE/NW, about 3 miles NE of
9.91 Pillar Point; North Peak and Scarper Peak form its
1 Repairs can be effected; mobile lift with a capacity of extremities. From S it appears as a long undulating ridge;
40 tonnes; boat hoist on the pier. from NW as a flat topped mountain with four knobs on its
Supplies: fuels, water, provisions. summit.

Small craft harbour Exercise areas

9.92 9.95
1 Small craft harbour is entered from SSE between two 1 Submarines exercise frequently, both surfaced and dived,
small breakwaters and extends N for about 7 cables; a in the areas indicated on the chart. A good lookout should
light (white cylindrical structure) stands on the head of the be kept for them when passing through these waters.
W breakwater. Vessel Traffic Service
2 Caution. Extensive shoaling occurs in the small craft 9.96
harbour entrance between late November and early April. 1 San Francisco Bay VTS (10.15) covers the N part of
The channel buoys are moved to define the constantly this coastal area.
shifting channel and are not charted; the Harbour Master
should be consulted for the latest depths. When a heavy National Marine Sanctuary
swell is running, no attempt should be made to enter the 9.97
channel without local knowledge. 1 See 9.2.
3 The harbour is divided into a lower and an upper basin Principal marks
by two bridges situated 4 cables above the entrance; the
9.98
clearance under the bridges is 55 m. In 2003 the
1 Landmarks:
controlling depth in the outer basin was 39 m (13 ft).
Cement works (3701N, 12212W) at Davenport; the
smoke from the installation can be seen over a
long distance by day, and its lights are visible at
MONTEREY BAY TO PILLAR POINT night. A tower is prominent amongst the buildings
by day.
General information 2 Two white radar antennas and a radio telescope
building which stand on Pillar Point (3730N,
Chart 229 12230W), the SE extremity of a low ridge,
Route 2 miles long; another prominent tower stands
9.93 5 cables N of the point. The lights from the radar
1 From the vicinity of Point Santa Cruz (3657N, site make a good mark at night.
12202W), at the W entrance to Monterey Bay, the route 3 Major lights:
leads initially W for about 4 miles, then NW for about Point Santa Cruz Light (3657N, 12202W) (9.72).
20 miles, thence NNW for about 20 miles, to the vicinity of Pigeon Point Light (white conical tower, 35 m in
Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W). height) (3711N, 12224W).

319
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Cement works at Davenport (9.98.1)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Pigeon Point Light (9.98.2)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

320
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Point Montara Light (white conical tower, 9 m in approach to San Francisco Bay, as required. For
height) (3732N, 12231W). vessels bound for destinations N of San Francisco
Bay, see 10.18.
Directions Useful mark
(continued from 9.62) 9.100
9.99 1 Aero light (3731N, 12230W).
1 From a position S of Point Santa Cruz (3657N, (Directions continue for S approach to San Francisco
12202W) (9.89) the passage leads initially W, thence NW Bay at 10.29 and for the SW approach at 10.30)
and NNW, passing (with positions from Point Santa Cruz):
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
Pillar Point Harbor
183 m (60 ft) (1 miles S), thence:
Clear of the light-buoy (4 miles SSW) (9.89), Chart 229 (see 1.14)
thence: General information
2 SSW of Needle Rock Point (4 miles W), close off 9.101
which stands a slender pillar of rock; another, 1 Pillar Point Harbor lies in the N part of Half Moon Bay
shorter pillar stands 1 cable E of the point. Neither which is formed between Miramontes Point (3726N,
pillar can be distinguished when abreast the point. 12227W) (9.99) and Pillar Point (4 miles NNW) (9.98).
Thence: The harbour, which is well protected by breakwaters and
3 SSW of Sand Hill Bluff (6 miles WNW), which is provides good shelter in NW weather, is used by fishing
composed of sandstone cliffs, 15 m high, with a vessels and pleasure craft.
sandhill near the edge of the top of the cliff,
which is covered with grass and scrub on its SE Depths
side and is white on its NW side, thence: 9.102
SW of the cement works (9.98) at Davenport 1 In 2003 there were reported depths of about 61 m
(3701N, 12212W), from where a ruined pier (20 ft) in the entrance, and depths of from 06 to 52 m (2
extends about 4 cables to seaward, thence: to 17 ft) in the harbour.
4 SW of No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
8 cables S of Ao Nuevo Island (3707N,
Arrival information
12220W), a low, black, rocky island from which 9.103
foul ground extends 5 cables NW and 7 cables 1 Port radio. The Harbour Master can be contacted by
SE. An old lighthouse, and several white buildings VHF.
adjacent to it, are prominent on the island which Anchorage may be obtained E of the rocky ledge which
lies 3 cables SW of Point Ao Nuevo, a point extends SE from Pillar Point but the berth must be vacated
formed by sand dunes from 6 to 30 m high. with the onset of S winds. There are private moorings only
Thence: inside the harbour and boats in transit should contact the
5 SW of two shoals, one with a depth over it of 46 m Harbour Master before securing to a pier.
(15 ft), the other with a depth over it of 91 m 2 Local knowledge is required.
(30 ft), which lie about 1 and 1 miles NW of Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
Ao Nuevo Island, thence: harbour entrance; see Appendix VII.
6 SW and WSW of Pigeon Point (3711N, 12224W), Harbour
a rocky point, 15 m high, from which the land 9.104
slopes up gradually to the coastal hills; several 1 The W breakwater extends first 300 m SE, thence 500 m
moderately large rocks lie within 2 cables SW of ENE, thence about 300 m ESE from Pillar Point. The E
the point. A light (9.98) is displayed from the breakwater extends about 1200 m from the E shore of the
point; a group of trees, prominent against the bay leaving an entrance about 120 m wide, open E. A light
barren hills in the background, stand about (white round tower) stands on the head of the W
2 cables NE of the lighthouse. Thence: breakwater but is obscured from seaward. A light
7 WSW of Pescadero Point (3 miles NNW of Pigeon (starboard hand) stands on the head of the E breakwater.
Point); between Pigeon Point and Pescadero Point, 2 A pier, 180 m long with a depth of 15 m (5 ft) at its
and for 3 miles NNW of the latter point, head, extends SSE in the W side of the bay, 4 cables NNE
detached rocks, with depths over them of 55 m of Pillar Point.
(18 ft), extend 5 cables offshore in places. A rocky A marina, protected by breakwaters, is situated at
patch with a depth over it of 09 m (3 ft) lies Princeton on the N side of the harbour, 7 cables ENE of
4 cables offshore about 8 cables S of Pescadero Pillar Point; lights are display from each extremity of the S
Point, and a 12 m (39 ft) patch lies 7 cables breakwater.
WSW of the point. Thence: 3 A launching ramp is situated at El Granada close to the
8 WSW of a stranded wreck (3 miles N of Pescadero root of the E breakwater.
Point), thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, an isolated shoal Directions
depth of 165 m (54 ft) (4 miles NNW of 9.105
Pescadero Point), thence: 1 Approach from west. From the vicinity of PP
WSW of Miramontes Point (11 miles N of Point Light-buoy (safe water), moored 1 miles SSW of Pillar
Pescadero); foul ground fringes the coast for Point the approach leads ENE passing with positions from
4 miles in the approach to this point. And: Pillar Point:
9 ENE of ODAS Light-buoy 46012 (23 miles WNW 2 SSE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 cables SW)
of Point Pescadero). Thence to Pillar Point Harbor, moored on the SW side of an area of foul, rocky
or to the N-bound lane of the TSS in the S ground, well marked by kelp, which extends

321
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

4 cables SW and 1 mile SE from Pillar Point; Sail Half Moon Bay town (3 miles SE), which has several
Rock, 10 m high, is the largest and SW of several prominent buildings.
black rocks which lie within 1 cables of Pillar Port services
Point. Thence:
9.106
3 NNW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles
1 Repairs. Slipways W of the marina can take vessels of
SSE) which is moored off the NW extremity of
50 tonnes.
Southeast Reef, which extends about 7 cables
Supplies: all the usual small craft requirements.
SE/NW. A rock awash lies towards the SE end of
Communications: local airport.
this reef, 2 miles SE of Pillar Point, which
otherwise has depths of from 12 m to 9 m (4 to Anchorage
30 ft) over it. Thence: Point Ao Nuevo
4 SSE of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile SE),
9.107
which marks the SE extremity of the dangers off
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with shelter from NW
Pillar Point, and:
weather, in the bight formed E of Point Ao Nuevo
NNW of a shoal depth of 52 m (17 ft) (1 miles
(3707N, 12220W) (9.99) with the old lighthouse tower
SSE); thence to the anchorage or harbour entrance
on Ao Nuevo Island bearing 276, distant about 9 cables,
as required.
in depths of 146 m (48 ft). The bed of kelp, and the reef
5 Approach from south is made passing E of No 1S
extending SE from the islet, damp down the swell.
Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles SE), moored on the SE
2 An isolated shoal with a depth over it of 105 m (34 ft),
side of Southeast Reef. Between this reef and the shore SE
lies about 1 miles SE of Ao Nuevo Island, and a
there are a number of shoal heads with depths over them
dangerous wreck lies in the bight.
of from 58 to 91 m (19 to 30 ft). Entry from S is not
recommended when there are breakers on Southeast Reef. Other names
6 Useful marks: 9.108
Hotel (1 miles E) at Miramar, in front of which 1 Bolsa Point (3712N, 12224W).
there is a ruined pier. El Jarro Point (3702N, 12213W).

322
Home Contents Index

NOTES

323
Home Contents Index

Chapter 10 - San Francisco Bay

30 123 30 122 30

Sacramento
10.303
30 30

229

San Pablo
10.240 10.263
Bay
10.212
38 590
38
3120 10.185 590 Stockton
Richmond 10.286
1 0 .1 9 10.167
324

588
10. 1 0 5
10.37
Oakland
San
Francisco
10.72 C A L I F O R N I A
591 592

10.139

10.19
Redwood City
30 30
1 0. 1 9 10.152

30 Longitude 123 West from Greenwich 30 122 30

March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10
SAN FRANCISCO BAY AND APPROACHES, INCLUDING
THE PORTS IN SAN FRANCISCO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 229, 2530 Suisun Bay. The delta region of San Joaquin and
Scope of the chapter Sacramento Rivers forms the E side of Suisun Bay; the
10.1 port of Stockton lies in the former river, about 78 miles
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the above Golden Gate, and the port of Sacramento in the
approaches and entrance to San Francisco Bay (3750N, latter river, about 80 miles above Golden Gate.
12223W), which is formed by a series of connecting bays
Historical notes
and harbours of which San Francisco Bay itself, San Pablo
10.3
Bay (3805N, 12223W), and Suisun Bay (3805N,
1 The early European explorers, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo
12203W) are the largest.
of Spain, in 1542, and later Sir Francis Drake in 1579,
2 Included in the description are the ports of San
both failed to observe the entrance to San Francisco Bay; it
Francisco (10.72), Oakland and Alameda (10.105),
may well have been obscured by fog when they passed.
Redwood City (10.152) and Richmond (10.185), which lie
The bay was discovered in November 1769 by Don
within San Francisco Bay, and the ports of Stockton
Gaspar de Portol, but was first entered by a ship on 5th
(10.286) and Sacramento (10.303), which are reached
August, 1775, commanded by Lieutenant Jan Manuel de
through the channels which lead N and E, through San
Ayala, and the first mission was established in 1776.
Pablo Bay and Suisun Bay.
2 The Presidio, the first military settlement, was
3 It is divided into the following sections:
established in 1776 in the area SE and SW of Fort Point
Approaches and entrance to San Francisco Bay
(37485N, 122285W) (10.44), but the first village,
(10.14).
Yerba Buena (good herb), named after a herb growing on
San Francisco Bay South Part (10.69).
the peninsula, was not established until 1834. It was not
San Francisco Bay North Part (10.164).
until 1847 that the name was changed to San Francisco, on
San Pablo Strait to Stockton and Sacramento
the termination of the war between the United States and
(10.211).
Mexico when California was transferred to the former
country.
Description 3 In 1906 80% of the city was destroyed by a massive
10.2 earthquake and fire.
1 San Francisco Bay is one of the most important and In 1945 the United Nations Charter was drafted in San
largest harbours on the Pacific coast of the United States. Francisco.
Within Golden Gate (3749N, 12230W), the bay leads S
for nearly 30 miles to the entrance to Coyote Creek Submarine cables and pipelines
(3728N, 12203W), and N for about 9 miles to the 10.4
junction with San Pablo Bay. The channels through the bay 1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places
are wide, and depths of 88 to 122 m (29 to 40 ft) are throughout the bay, and in the harbours, as shown on the
available for vessels proceeding to the main ports. The bay chart. Also, pipelines and cables, additional to those
is landlocked and affords good shelter in all kinds of charted, may exist and may not have been buried, or may
weather except occasional N and S storms in the winter have become exposed. Extreme caution should be exercised
months. when operating in depths of water comparable to the
2 The E shore is mostly low, and, in the S part, is draught of the vessel, or when anchoring, or when trawling.
composed of extensive marshes intersected by numerous For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
winding sloughs; in the N part, in the vicinity of the Anchorages
entrance to San Pablo Bay, it is backed by a ridge of 10.5
rolling grassy hills. The city of Oakland stands on this E 1 A large number of anchorage areas are established in
shore, opposite San Francisco, and built up areas extend N, San Francisco Bay, and the adjoining bays and tributaries.
through Berkeley, to the city of Richmond which dominates The limits of the anchorages, each of which is numbered,
the E entrance to San Pablo Bay. are indicated on the charts by pecked lines; the purpose of
3 The W shore, N of the entrance, is much bolder than the each anchorage is also given on the chart.
E shore and has only a few stretches of marshland. It is a US Coast Guard requirement that all ships over
The S arm of the bay is separated from the ocean by a 300 gt anchored in the Bay area maintain a VHF listening
high peninsula, on the N part of which stands the city of watch, by a person proficient in English, when winds
San Francisco; the port of Redwood City is situated on the exceed 25 kn.
S part. The inner coast of this peninsula trends E from
Golden Gate Bridge for about 3 miles, thence it curves S Natural conditions
for over 10 miles before turning SE to the head of the bay 10.6
where it consists of marshes and flats intersected by 1 Winds. West or NW winds prevail on this part of the
sloughs. Pacific coast of the United States throughout the greater
4 North of Richmond, San Francisco Bay opens out into part of the year and are most constant during the summer
San Pablo Bay, at the E end of which Mare Island Strait months when gales from these directions are frequent. On
leads N into Napa River, and Carquinez Strait leads E into occasions the summer constancy is broken by a NE flow,

325
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

sometimes strong, blowing down from the interior through Oakland Harbor (10.117).
gaps in the mountains and along the coastal valleys; this North Ship Channel (10.170).
flow often serves to clear the fog and stratus from the bay Southampton Shoal Channel (10.169).
region. These NE winds are very dry and provide the Richmond Harbor (10.197).
conditions for the severe brush fires that are known to San Pablo Strait Channel (10.217).
occur in this season. In December and January winds are Pinole Shoal Channel (10.217).
more variable and S and N winds become roughly equal in Benicia-Martinez Railway Drawbridge (10.246).
frequency to the NW winds. Winds are normally lightest in 2 The following general regulations apply to all power
the early morning and strongest in the late afternoon. driven vessels of 1600 grt or over, and to tugs with a tow
2 South gales are not infrequent in winter, often of 1600 grt or over, navigating within these areas. Other
commencing as SE and later veering SW, and finally regulations specific to some of these areas are included in
becoming NW; such gales tend to raise an uncomfortable the appropriate place later in the chapter.
cross sea. 1. Speed shall not exceed 15 kn through the water.
There are comparatively few storms in the vicinity of 2. Engines must be ready for immediate
the bay. Except in the winter, very few low pressure areas manoeuvring, and to be capable of remaining
move from the Pacific across California; nearly all the stopped for an extended period of time.
storms entering the United States from W pass far N of 3. Rule 9 of the Inland Navigation Rules must be
central California. complied with; see Appendix VII.
3 Fog. In common with the more N part of the Pacific 3 Safety and Security Zones. A security zone is
coast of the United States, the vicinity of San Francisco established in the waters out to 100 yards radius of a cruise
Bay experiences fog more frequently during the summer ship or tanker within the San Francisco Bay and delta ports
months than during other periods of the year. These fogs area shoreward of a line connecting Nos 7 and 8
are generally brought in from seaward by W winds about Light-buoys at the E end of Main Ship Channel.
sundown, and usually continue until about noon on the A moving safety and security zone is established around
following day. a vessel carrying nuclear materials while in transit between
4 During the summer months the fog often drifts in only the E end of Main Ship Channel and the Concord US
as far as Alcatraz Island, partially obscuring Golden Gate Naval Weapons Station in Suisun Bay.
Bridge, the shoreline and western sections of the bay; 4 Restricted areas are established in certain limited areas
Sausalito and Richardson Bay have much less fog than within San Francisco, San Pablo and Suisun Bays.
Golden Gate. For general remarks on these areas see 8.6. For further
In winter, morning fogs frequently form over the details see Appendices V and VI.
lowlands of the central valley and over the bay. Inland Rules of the Road are in force within a straight
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.218. line drawn through Point Bonita Light (3749N,
10.7 12232W), through Mile Rocks Light (1 miles SSE), to
1 Tides. At the entrance to San Francisco Bay the mean the shore; see Appendix VII.
rise of the tide is about 15 m (5 ft). At the S end of the 5 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited outside
bay the tide occurs about 1 hours later, and the mean rise the designated anchorages (10.5) except when required for
is about 07 m (2 ft) greater than at the entrance of the safety, or with the written permission of the Captain of the
bay. Passing N into San Pablo Bay, the tide occurs from 1 Port. Masters of vessels anchoring outside a designated
to 2 hours later than at Golden Gate, with a mean rise of anchorage area should immediately inform the Captain of
about 02 m ( ft) greater than at the latter place. In Suisun the Port, through the VTS (10.15), of this position and the
Bay the time of tide is about 3 hours later than at Golden reason for anchoring.
Gate, with a mean rise about the same. It requires about
4 hours for HW to pass from Suisun Bay to Stockton, on Regulations concerning entry
San Joaquin River, and about 5 hours from Suisun Bay to 10.10
Sacramento on Sacramento River. The mean rise of the tide 1 Tankers. State of California regulations require tankers
at Stockton is about 10 m (3 ft), and at Sacramento is carrying in excess of 5000 tons of oil as bulk cargo to be
07 m (2 ft). escorted by a tug or tugs while in transit within San
Francisco, San Pablo and Suisun Bays. Double hulled
Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary vessels with fully redundant steering and propulsion
10.8 systems, a bow thruster and a compliant navigation system
1 Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary are exempted. The details below are a brief summary of the
consists of an area of about 948 square miles situated in Tank Vessel Escort Regulations, which may be found at
the approaches to San Francisco Bay (3645N, 12150W), www.dfg.ca.gov/ospr/organizational/msb/regulations
extending up to 15 miles to seaward of Farallon Islands; /regulations.htm
the limits of the area are shown on United States charts, 2 Tugs are required as escorts when transiting Zones 1, 2,
and partially on British Admiralty chart 591. To the N the 4 and 6. See below for zone details. Vessels are not
area abuts Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (10.21), required to be escorted in Zones 3 and 5, or when outside
and to the S Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary the zone limits.
(9.2). Masters are required to prepare, and submit for approval
2 For information on marine sanctuaries see 1.45. well in advance, an Escort Plan which shall include the
following:
Traffic regulations 3 Intended route and transit speed.
10.9 Communications to be used.
1 Regulated Navigation Areas have been established in Characteristics of the vessel relevant to tug
the San Francisco Bay region in the following areas: operations, including number of crew assigned to
San Francisco Bay area (10.17). the escorting plan.

326
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Tugs to be used. explosive weight in excess of 100 short tons for ships, and
Intended response actions in case of emergency. in excess of 5 short tons for barges, or carrying cargoes of
4 Prior to commencing a transit, a checklist is to be a particular hazard as listed in 33CFR 126.10 (not in this
completed, a pre-escort conference conducted with the book), may be escorted by a Coast Guard patrol craft
escort tugs, and two way communications maintained whilst underway in the bay. These escorts are at the
throughout the transit. The pilot will assist with or conduct discretion of the Captain of the Port. Each vessel shall
these requirements. An escort tug is required to be in co-ordinate all movements with the Captain of the Port and
Zone 1 before a vessel requiring escort arrives within shall ensure:
8 miles of Mile Rocks Light (3748N, 12230W). 3 a) Speed shall not exceed 12 kn.
5 Zone limits are as follows: b) No transit shall be made if the visibility is less
Zone 1. From the Colregs demarcation line E to than 1 mile.
Golden Gate Bridge. c) 24 hours notice of ETA is given.
Zone 2. From Golden Gate Bridge S to a line d) The vessel shall participate in the VTS (10.15),
between the S end of Bay Farm Island and the S and adhere to the TSS, except as permitted by the
end of Point San Bruno peninsula, and N to a line VTS or Captain of the Port.
between Point San Pablo and San Pablo Bay No 5
Rescue
Light-beacon.
10.12
6 Zone 3. From the S end of Zone 2 to 1 mile N of San
1 In the area covered by this chapter there are Coast
Mateo Bridge.
Guard stations at:
Zone 4. Navigable waters from 1 mile N to 1 mile S
Horseshoe Bay (37500N, 122285W) (10.60),
of San Mateo Bridge.
close inside Golden Gate.
Zone 5. From the E boundary of Zone 2 in San Pablo
At Yerba Buena Island (3749N, 12222W) (10.104),
Bay as far as Light-beacon No 15 in the W
on its E side.
approach to Carquinez Strait.
At San Francisco Air Station (3738N, 12223W).
7 Zone 6. From Zone 5 boundary E through Carquinez
At the SE end of Mare Island (3805N, 12215W).
Strait and N on Sacramento Ship Channel to
2 At Rio Vista (3809N, 12142W) (10.309), on the
1 mile beyond Ryer Island Ferry Terminal, and E
W side of the Sacramento River.
on San Joaquin River to 1 mile beyond Antioch
At Sacramento Air Station (3840N, 12124W).
Bridge.
For services provided see 1.62.
10.11
1 Vessels carrying explosives. In addition to the harbour Coast radio stations
regulations promulgated by San Francisco Port Authority, 10.13
copies of which can be obtained on application from that 1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
authority, the Coast Guard Captain of the Port has Pacific coast of the United States, the following VHF
prescribed the following additional regulations for vessels stations operate in the area covered by this chapter:
carrying explosives and certain categories of hazardous Vacaville/Stockton (3819N, 12200W).
bulk cargo: Point Reyes/San Francisco (3800N, 12300W).
2 Vessels entering or leaving San Francisco Bay carrying For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
explosives, either Class A or Military, having a net Volume 1(2).

APPROACHES AND ENTRANCE TO SAN FRANCISCO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION the ability of the master, or person in charge of the vessel,
Chart 229, 591 to exercise control over the vessel effectively and safely.
Participation in the scheme is mandatory.
Area covered
2 The VTS area is divided into two sectors:
10.14
Offshore. The ocean waters out to 38 miles from
1 In this section are described the approaches to San
Mount Tamalpais (3756N, 12235W), excluding
Francisco Bay, including the minor bays on the N side of
the Offshore Precautionary Area (see chart).
the approach, and the entrance to the bay as far as Alcatraz
Inshore. The waters of the Offshore Precautionary
Island (3750N, 12225W) (10.46) and Angel Island
Area E to San Francisco Bay extending inland to
(1 miles N).
Stockton, Sacramento and Redwood City.
It is arranged as follows:
3 Vessel Movement Reporting System, to manage and
Approaches (10.19).
track vessel movements within the VTS, area has been
Entrance (10.37).
established and is compulsory for the following:
Vessel Traffic Service Power driven vessels of 40 m or more in length,
10.15 while navigating;
1 Vessel Traffic Service with radar surveillance is Towing vessels of 8 m or more, while navigating;
maintained for the control of shipping in the approaches to Vessels certificated to carry 50 or more passengers for
San Francisco Bay, in San Francisco Bay, and as far inland hire, when engaged in trade.
as Stockton and Sacramento; the VTC is situated on Yerba 4 For details of the schemes, and for a list of the reporting
Buena Island (3749N, 12222W). It is not the function of points, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
the VTC to direct the movement of vessels, but to enhance See also Appendix III.

327
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

10.16 to pass the approaches to San Francisco Bay to W of

1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established in the Farallon Islands and clear of the TSS. This will enable
approaches to San Francisco Bay, as shown on the chart. coastwise traffic to avoid crossing the directed traffic areas
The scheme comprises three pairs of traffic lanes which and/or precautionary area.
converge on the SF Light-buoy (safe water) (3745N,
12242W) from S, SW and NW The separation zone
between the lanes to and from S is 2 miles wide, whilst the APPROACHES
separation zones between the lanes to and from SW and
NW taper from 1 miles at their outer ends to 1 mile at General information
their inner ends. A light-buoy (special) is moored at the
Charts 229, 591, 2530
inner end of each of the separation zones; the light-buoys
are designated S, W and N, respectively. The lanes Description
terminate on the boundary of a Precautionary Area which is 10.19
enclosed by a circle of 6 miles radius centred on the SF 1 The approaches to San Francisco lead through Gulf of
Light-buoy. Within the Precautionary Area, an area to be The Farallones which lies between Point San Pedro
avoided 1 mile in diameter centred on SF Light-buoy is (3736N, 12231W) (10.26) and Point Reyes (about
established for the protection of the buoy. Traffic within the 34 miles NW) (10.26).
Precautionary Area consists of vessels making the transition 2 The prominent and easily distinguished landmarks, and
between Main Ship Channel and one of the established the numerous natural and artificial aids to navigation, make
traffic lanes, and those manoeuvring E of SF Light-buoy to the navigation of the approaches comparatively simple in
pick up or drop off pilots; extreme caution should be clear weather. In thick weather, the heavy traffic, and the
exercised. currents which are variable in direction and strength, can
2 From a position in the Precautionary Area ENE of the render the approach difficult and dangerous. The salient
SF Light-buoy the scheme continues into the entrance to points in the gulf make good radar targets but there have
San Francisco Bay along Main Ship Channel, and through been reports of ghost echoes making identification difficult
Golden Gate, to the vicinity of Alcatraz Island. on occasions.
Precautionary Areas are established in the vicinity of Topography
Golden Gate Bridge and E of Alcatraz Island. Within these
10.20
latter Precautionary Areas, mariners transiting the areas are
1 Offshore islands. Farallon Islands, a group of rocky
advised to keep the centrelines of the areas to port so as to
islets, the largest of which are described at 10.26, lie in the
create a counter-clockwise traffic flow.
entrance to Gulf of The Farallones and extend 7 miles NW
3 A Deep Water Route (10.54) is established inside
from a position 24 miles WNW of Point San Pedro
Golden Gate on the N side of this TSS.
(3736N, 12231W). The islands form part of the County
West of Golden Gate the scheme is IMO adopted and
of San Francisco.
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
2 South side of the approach. In the vicinity of Point
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. Where Navigation Rules
San Pedro the coast is bold and rugged, rising abruptly
for US Inland Waters are in force (see 10.9, and
from the sea to the spurs of Montara Mountain (9.94) of
Appendix VII), the provisions of Rule 9 apply. These traffic
which Point San Pedro (10.26) is a seaward spur; highway
lanes are intended for use by vessels of 1600 grt and over.
cuttings make distinctive features in the bluffs. For about
10.17
8 miles N of Point San Pedro the coast consists of whitish
1 San Francisco Bay Regulated Navigation Area
bluffs which attain an elevation of about 183 m at their
consists of the following defined sub-areas:
highest point. Thence, for the remaining 3 miles to the
a) Golden Gate Traffic Lanes and Separation Zone
entrance to Golden Gate, the bluffs give way to a stretch of
from the boundary with the Colregs demarcation
broad, sandy beach, backed in part by prominent sand
line to the boundary with Golden Gate
dunes. The buildings of San Francisco extend without a
Precautionary Area.
break to this part of the coast.
b) Golden Gate Precautionary Area.
3 North side of the approach. From Point Reyes to the
2 c) Central Bay Traffic Lanes and Separation Zone,
entrance to Golden Gate (26 miles ESE) the coast is
and Deep Water Route and Separation Zone. In
indented by Drakes Bay (10.33) and Bolinas Bay (10.34),
addition to the regulations given at 10.9, vessels
backed by high land; the coastline between the bays
E-bound with a draughts of 137 m (45 ft) or
consists of high cliffs bordered by narrow sand beaches.
greater, or W-bound with draughts of 85 m (28 ft)
The most prominent mountain in the approach is Mount
or greater, shall use the Deep Water Route. A
Tamalpais (3756N, 12235W), which is visible over a
vessel shall not enter the Deep Water Route if a
great distance in clear weather. The summit comprises three
vessel to which these regulations apply is
peaks, West Peak, Middle Peak and East Peak, of which
navigating in the route when either vessel is
West Peak is the highest, and East Peak is the sharpest.
carrying certain dangerous cargoes, or carrying
The mountain is covered with bushes and scrub trees,
bulk petroleum products, or is a tank vessel in
which give it a dark appearance contrasting sharply with
ballast, if such entry would result in meeting,
the surrounding hills; this is especially true in summer
crossing or overtaking the other vessel.
when the latter hills are of a light reddish colour.
d) Central Bay Precautionary Area.
4 From Mount Tamalpais to the entrance to San Francisco
Bay the land continues high in the shape of Marin
Through traffic Peninsula on which there are ridges over 300 m in height.
10.18 The coast is very rugged and broken; the cliffs, which are
1 Vessels not calling at San Francisco are urged to shape terminations of the spurs from Mount Tamalpais, are
course between Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W) upwards of 150 m high and are intersected by deep, narrow
(8.291) and Point Arena (3857N, 12344W) (11.15) so as valleys.

328
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

5 Inland, and about 30 miles E of Golden Gate, Mount Principal marks

Diablo (3753N, 12154W) is often visible in the 10.26
approach in clear weather; a red obstruction light is 1 Landmarks:
displayed from the summit. White radar antennas and radio telescope building on
Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W) (9.98).
Off-lying banks Point San Pedro (3736N, 12231W), a dark rocky
10.21 promontory, 195 m high, close off which lies San
1 Cordell Bank (chart 2530) (3801N, 12326W), a bank Pedro Rock, a large triple headed rock, white on
about 7 miles long and 3 miles wide, lies 19 miles W of its S face.
Point Reyes in the NW approach to Gulf of The Nine radio and TV towers on San Bruno Mountain
Farallones; the soundings are a good guide for vessels (3741N, 12226W).
approaching from this direction. A light-buoy (special) is 2 TV Tower, the N of three, which stands at an
moored about 4 miles SSW from the centre of the bank. elevation of 299 m (980 ft), on Mount Sutro
2 An area of about 397 square miles surrounding the bank (3745N, 12227W).
is designated the Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary; Radar dome, the highest of two, on West Peak of
see 1.45. Mount Tamalpais (3756N, 12235W) (10.20); a
Rittenburg Bank, with a least depth over it of 78 m lookout tower stands on East Peak.
(43 fm), lies 10 miles SE of Cordell bank. A fish haven, Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W), a bold, dark rocky
over which there is a reported depth of 60 m (33 fm) headland, the W and higher extremity of a ridge
(1974), is situated on the W side of this bank. running 3 miles E; a light (see below) stands on
the point. The land N of Point Reyes is low, so
Exercise areas that from N and S the point has the appearance of
10.22 an island; it has a similar appearance in hazy
1 Submarines exercise frequently, both surfaced and dived, weather.
in the areas indicated on the charts. A good lookout is to 3 Southeast Farallon (3742N, 12300W), the largest
be kept for them when passing through these areas. of Farallon Islands. The island consists of two
islets separated by a narrow gorge, impassable
Vessel Traffic Service even by boats; several rocky islets lie close N and
10.23 S of the island. A light (see below) is displayed
See 10.15. from the summit of the E islet, which is the
highest of the two; the W islet is known as
Traffic separation scheme Maintop Island.
10.24 North Farallon (6 miles NW of Southeast Farallon),
1 See 10.16. two small groups of high, bare, precipitous islets
and rocks.
Flow 4 Major lights:
10.25 Point Montara Light (3732N, 12231W) (9.98).
1 Currents. Observations at the SF Light-buoy (3745N, Farallon Light (white conical tower, 12 m in height)
12242W) indicate a general NW current during the winter (3742N, 12300W).
months with an average rate of kn, though it may be Point Reyes Light (on round structure on top of
modified by the wind prevailing at the time. This current square building, 11 m in height) (3759N,
increases the rate of the tidal streams setting NW and 12301W).
decreases the rate of those setting SE. During the summer Point Bonita Light (3749N, 12232W) (10.46).
months this NW current is less constant and is much Mile Rocks Light (3748N, 12230W) (10.46).
weaker, with a negligible rate; under the influence of wind Aero light (3755N, 12244W) displayed from a
it may be variable, and also frequently sets S. radio tower at Point Bolinas.
2 When there is a considerable discharge of waters from
the rivers through San Francisco Bay, the flow at the SF Other navigational aid
Light-buoy usually sets NW at a rate of 1 kn; the greatest 10.27
observed rate at the light-buoy is nearly 3 kn. 1 Racon. SF Light-buoy (3745N, 12242W).
The rate of wind induced current in this area is For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
generally about 2% that of the wind speed. Wind induced
currents from SE are stronger than average whilst those Directions
from NW tend to be weaker. (continued from 9.100)
3 Immediately outside the bar, there is a slight current
setting N and W known as the Coast Eddy Current. Landfall
Caution. It has been reported that following prolonged S 10.28
winds, strong N currents may be experienced in the area on 1 In clear weather, no difficulty should be experienced in
the NE side of the approaches between Duxbury Reef making a landfall as the marks, both natural and artificial,
(10.31) and Golden Gate. are easily distinguished. Even in poor visibility several of
4 Tidal streams in the vicinity of the SF Light-buoy are the high mountains show above the fog at times, and can
rotary, turning clockwise, and are largely diurnal, revolving be used for fixing the vessels position.
completely in a period of about 25 hours. They have an Approaching from S landfall should be made at Point
average maximum rate of less than kn, setting SE at Ao Nuevo (3707N, 12220W) (9.99), or Pigeon Point
about 1 hour before the time of the higher LW at Golden (3711N, 12224W) (9.99); from W at Southeast Farallon
Gate, and NW at about 2 hours after the time of the lower (3742N, 12300W) (10.26), to pass S of the island; from
LW at that place. N at Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).

329
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Point Reyes Light from NNW (10.26)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

2 In thick weather, and if unsure of ones position, by CR Light-buoy, about 8 cables SSW of Point
approaching vessels should make contact with the VTS at Montara, lie up to 5 cables offshore between this
the earliest opportunity for assistance, and prior to point and Pillar Point. The vicinity of Point
approaching a TSS lane. From N, Point Reyes fog signal Montara is dangerous in poor weather and great
has sometimes been found difficult to locate; by remaining caution is required when navigating within the
in depths of about 82 m (45 fm) Point Reyes can be 55 m (30 fm) depth contour. Thence:
rounded safely to enter the SE-bound lane of the TSS 4 W of Point San Pedro (6 miles N) (10.26); an
about 5 miles SW of the point. underwater rock lies about 3 cables offshore 1 mile
S of Point San Pedro. Thence:
Approach from south E of S Light-buoy (special) (13 miles NW) (10.16); a
10.29 submerged buoy, reported 1988, lies mile SW of
1 From the N end of one of the recommended tracks the buoy. Thence:
(9.4), passage continues either N or NE towards the 5 To the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, E
entrance and into the N-bound traffic lane of the TSS, of SF Light-buoy (safe water) (18 miles NNW) and
about 8 miles WSW of Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W), within the Precautionary Area (10.16).
passing (with positions from Pillar Point):
E of ODAS Light-buoy 46012 (20 miles WSW), Approach from south-west
thence: 10.30
2 W of PP Light-buoy (safe water) (1 miles SW) 1 Having passed SE of Noonday Rock (3747N,
(9.105), and: 12310W) (10.31), and the Farallon Islands to SE, from a
E of a submerged buoy (13 miles NW), reported position at the entrance to the NE-bound traffic lane of the
1988, thence TSS, about 6 miles SSE of Southeast Farallon (3742N,
W of Pillar Point (9.98), thence: 12300W) (10.26), the track leads NE passing (with
3 W of Point Montara (2 miles NNW), the seaward positions from Southeast Farallon):
end of a spur from the NW shoulder of Montara 2 NW of a light-buoy (special) (position approximate)
Mountain (9.94). The point, from where a light (13 miles SSE), thence:
(9.98) is displayed, terminates in cliffs 18 m high, SE of Hurst Shoal (6 cables SE); the sea only breaks
and is fringed by numerous detached rocks; a over this shoal in heavy weather. Thence:
depth of 12 m (4 ft) lies about 5 cables W of the Clear of, depending on draught, a wreck with a depth
point. Dangers, including Colorado Reef, marked over it of 174 m (57 ft) (10 miles E), and:

330
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

3 SE of W Light-buoy (special) (10 miles E) (10.16); Anchorages in the north approaches

thence:
To the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, E Drakes Bay
of SF Light-buoy (15 miles ENE) and within the 10.33
Precautionary Area (10.16). 1 Description. Drakes Bay is situated between the 70 m
high, narrow peninsula which forms the E side of Point
Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26), and Double Point
(9 miles ESE) (10.31); the bay is named after Sir Francis
Approach from north Drake who anchored here in 1579. Fishing vessels work
10.31 out of the bay during the season; a small fish wharf is
1 From a position at the entrance to the SE-bound traffic situated about midway along the inner side of the
lane of the TSS, about 6 miles SW of Point Reyes peninsula.
(3800N, 12301W) (10.26), the track leads SE passing 2 At the head of the bay, there is a stretch of high, white
(with positions from Point Reyes): sand dunes, through which is the common entrance of
SW of two rocks, with depths over them of about several lagoons. These lagoons, the largest of which is
09 m (3 ft), on which the sea breaks in moderate known as Drakes Estero, are navigable by small craft but
weather, lying 1 cable W of Point Reyes, thence: local knowledge is required.
2 NE of Noonday Rock (14 miles SW), a steep-to rock, 3 The E side of the bay, as far as Double Point, consists
the principal danger in the N approach to San of high, rocky cliffs.
Francisco Bay; NR Light-buoy (preferred channel Directions. The only dangers in the approach lie off the
to port) is moored about 6 cables W of the rock. W entrance point where a reef, on which the sea breaks in
The rock lies on the E side of Fanny Shoal over moderate weather, extends about 5 cables SE from the
which there are general depths of from 183 to point; other dangers lie within 4 cables of the peninsula on
55 m (10 to 30 fm). Thence: its S side. No 1 Light-buoy (port hand), is moored 6 cables
3 NE of North Farallon (14 miles SSW) (10.26), SE of the W entrance point to mark these dangers.
thence: 4 Useful marks:
NE of Middle Farallon (16 miles S), a single black Chimney Rock, a detached rock which stands close
rock standing 5 cables NE of a rocky shoal with a under the W entrance point.
depth over it of 95 m (31 ft); thence: Chimney, and several tanks, which stand on the
NE of Southeast Farallon (18 miles S) (10.26), and: peninsula.
4 SW of Double Point (12 miles ESE), which consists 5 Anchorage may be obtained, on the W side of the bay,
of two high spurs, 4 cables apart, projecting from in depths of from 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft), sand. The bay is
the coastline. An islet, 14 m high, lies 1 cables used extensively during NW weather.
off the NW spur, and a rock, 16 m high, lies close
under the longer SE spur; foul ground, marked by Bolinas Bay
breakers, extends about 4 cables offshore, up to 10.34
1 mile SE of the SE spur. Thence: 1 Description. Bolinas Bay is situated between Duxbury
5 SW of Bolinas Point (15 miles ESE), a high point, Point (3754N, 12242W) (10.31) and Rocky Point
the W extremity of tableland extending E; (3 miles ESE), a shelving point 30 m high, with high,
numerous radio towers stand above the point. precipitous cliffs on its S side; numerous detached rocks lie
Thence: within 1 cable of the point, and Gull Rock, an above-water
6 SW of Duxbury Point (16 miles ESE), a yellowish rock, lies close inshore about 7 cables ESE of the point.
coloured point, 49 m high, the S extremity of the 2 At the head of the bay, and separated from it by a
tableland mentioned above. Duxbury Reef, which narrow strip of sandy beach, is Bolinas Lagoon. The
partly dries, extends 1 miles SE of the point, and lagoon, for which local knowledge is required, and which
a ledge, with a least depth over it of 8 m (26 ft) is navigable only by boats, is entered through a cut in the
lies SW of Duxbury Reef with its S extremity beach in which there is a depth of less than 1 m (3 ft). The
1 miles S of the point. No 1DR Light-buoy (port settlement of Bolinas lies close inside the entrance on its
hand) is moored on the S side of these dangers, W side, and that of Stinson Beach at the E end of the
2 miles S of Duxbury Point. And: lagoon.
7 SW of N Light-buoy (special) (15 miles SE) 3 Directions. The dangers in the W entrance to the bay,
(10.16), and: marked by No 1DR Light-buoy moored 2 miles S of
NE of ODAS Light-buoy 46026 (17 miles SE), Duxbury Point, are described at 10.31. It should be noted
thence: that the W part of the bay is shallow and is obstructed by
To the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, E several dangerous rocks. See also Caution at 10.25.
of SF Light-buoy (21 miles SE) and within the 4 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 7 to
Precautionary Area (10.16). 11 m (23 to 36 ft), sheltered from NW winds, about
(Directions continue at 10.49) 1 miles E of Duxbury Point, but the bay is little used.

Small craft shelters in the approaches

Shelter Cove
Waiting anchorage 10.35
10.32 1 Description. Shelter Cove, in the S approaches, is
1 Anchorage, suitable for deep-draught vessels, may be entered between San Pedro Rock (3736N, 12231W)
obtained in the Precautionary Area (10.16) about 4 miles N (10.26) and a point situated 5 cables ENE; foul ground
of the SF Light-buoy. extends 2 cables W from this latter point.

331
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Golden Gate Bridge from SW (10.37)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Michael Reeves)

It is reported that small craft can obtain shelter here, can be approached through either Main Ship Channel
over a sandy bottom, from E and, to a lesser extent, S (10.49), or, depending on size, the lesser passages of
gales. Bonita Channel (10.52) and South Channel (10.51).
Local knowledge is required. 2 The bar is semi-circular in shape and extends about
2 Landing. There are no jetties but a launching ramp lies 5 miles WSW from the entrance. The N part of the bar is
at the head of the cove. There is a municipal fishing pier at known as Fourfathom Bank, and Potatopatch Shoal, a small
Pacifica, about 2 miles NNE of San Pedro Rock. area with depths over it of 7 m (23 ft) or less, lies on the
Supplies: fuel, provisions and water. N side of this bank; the name of the shoal is reported to
have originated from the fact that schooners entering from
Chart 229 (see 1.14) N frequently lost their deck cargoes of potatoes whilst
Southeast Farallon crossing the shoal. In 2003 the least charted depth on the S
10.36 part of the bar was 104 m (34 ft), although lesser depths
1 Anchorage may be obtained in two small coves situated may exist in the charted dumping ground.
on the N side of Southeast Farallon (3742N, 12300W) 3 Golden Gate is the connecting passage between the
(10.26), in the W approaches. The W cove, known as ocean and San Francisco Bay. The entrance is 2 miles wide
Maintop Bay, and the smaller E cove, known as Fisherman at the W end but the fairway is reduced to about 1 miles
Bay, are separated by several rocky islets lying up to by Mile Rocks (10.49). The inner end of the passage is a
2 cables N of the island, the N and largest of which is little less than 1 mile wide, and is spanned by Golden Gate
61 m high. The anchorage in Maintop Bay is in a depth of Bridge (10.44).
15 m (49 ft) between the entrance points, and that in
Fisherman Bay in the outer part of the cove in a similar Topography
depth. 10.38
2 Local knowledge is required. 1 Point Lobos (3747N, 12231W), the S entry point to
Landing may be effected on the N and E sides of Golden Gate, is high and rocky, with black rugged cliffs at
Southeast Farallon; a mooring buoy is situated off the E its base.
landing place. From Lands End, the N face of Point Lobos, the S shore
of Golden Gate extends in a gentle curve NE for 2 miles to
Fort Point (10.44) to form a shallow bay; cliffs rise
ENTRANCE
abruptly from narrow beaches except near the head of the
General information bay where there is a beach 2 cables in length.
2 Point Bonita (2 miles N of Point Lobos), the N entry
Charts 591, 588 point to Golden Gate, is a black, narrow, sharp and
Description precipitous point, faced by a cliff 30 m high, which rises
10.37 irregularly along its seaward face to an elevation of about
1 San Francisco Bay is entered through Golden Gate 90 m, 2 cables N of its extremity; seen from NW the
(3749N, 12230W), which is fronted by a bar, and which point appears as three heads. During the summer months

332
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

the cliffs are whitened by guano, but the first heavy rains (2 miles W of Point Bonita), and through Main Ship
restore the natural black colour. Channel.
3 From Point Bonita to Lime Point (2 miles ENE) 2 In Bonita Channel (NW of Point Bonita), the out-going
(10.44), the N shore of Golden Gate, is bold and rugged, stream is weak and of short duration; the in-going stream
with cliffs, reddish in colour, rising abruptly to heights of begins so early that, during the last half of the out-going
more than 180 m. It is formed into two shallow bays; in stream in Golden Gate, the stream in Bonita Channel forms
the E of the bays the steep cliffs are broken by the mouth an eddy flowing SE around Point Bonita into Bonita Cove,
of a narrow valley which terminates in a low beach at the close E (10.56).
shore. 3 Golden Gate. The in-going stream sets very nearly
Golden Gate Bridge, the dominant feature in the straight through, with a slight tendency towards the N
entrance, is described at 10.44. shore and, when strong, with heavy overfalls, both at Lime
4 Inside the entrance, the N shore of San Francisco Point (37495N, 122285W) and Fort Point (8 cables S).
extends about 3 miles E from Golden Gate Bridge and It causes an eddy in South Bay on the S side of Golden
includes the Golden Gate National Recreation Area Gate.
(Presidio Military Reservation) and several small craft 4 In the vicinity of Mile Rocks (at the W entrance to
harbours. Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W) (10.46), South Bay), the stream attains a considerable rate within a
together with Treasure Island (2 miles E) (10.103), Yerba few minutes after slack water on both the in-going and
Buena Island (2 miles ESE) (10.104), and Angel Island out-going tides.
(1 miles N) (10.46) are prominent from the entrance. 5 The out-going stream has been observed to have a rate
Between Golden Gate Bridge and Angel Island the coast is of more than 6 kn between Lime Point and Fort Point
rugged and is deeply indented by Richardson Bay (10.61). and it sets from inside the bay on the N side towards the
latter point. The out-going stream also causes an eddy in
Controlling depth South Bay, and a heavy rip and overfall that extends
10.39 2 cables S from Point Bonita.
1 Main Ship Channel, the principal channel across the bar, 6 Daily predictions for the times of slack water and the
is 610 m wide and has a project depth of 167 m (55 ft); times and rates of maximum in-going and out-going
the channel is subject to shoaling, particularly at the edges, streams are published annually by the US National Ocean
but is maintained by dredging. Service in Tidal Current Tables, Pacific Coast of North
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the Port America and Asia, and also in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Authority, should be consulted. 7 Within Golden Gate, the main part of the in-going
stream sets NNE, and causes swirls from Golden Gate as
Pilotage far E as Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W) and Angel
10.40 Island (1 miles N), and through Raccoon Strait which
1 Pilotage is compulsory; the San Francisco Bar Pilots leads between Angel Island and the mainland NW. The
provide pilotage to ports in San Francisco Bay and to ports out-going stream, inside Golden Gate is felt first along the
on all tributaries to the bay, including Stockton and S shore.
Sacramento. 8 At periods of freshets in Sacramento River and San
One of two pilot boats, San Francisco or California, are Joaquin River, there have been occasions, at neaps, when
on station at all times. The boats are each 25 m in length, the in-going stream has been almost imperceptible.
and have a white hull with a blue waterline band; the
superstructure is white, and the top hamper orange. The Golden Gate Bridge
word PILOT is shown on both sides of the hull, and on the
10.44
forepart of each boat.
1 Golden Gate Bridge, which was completed in 1937,
2 Pilots board in the vicinity of the SF Light-buoy
spans the entrance from Fort Point (37485N,
(3745N, 12242W), as shown on the chart, in all but the
122285W), projecting from high cliffs on the S side, and
severest weather. In poor visibility, often experienced, a
Lime Point, a high precipitous point (8 cables N). A square,
vessel requiring a pilot should sound four long blasts on
red brick fort, faced by a stone seawall, obscured from
the whistle or siren, and lay to. Tankers to be escorted
seaward by the structure of the bridge, stands on Fort
(10.10) are boarded about 1 mile W of SF Light-buoy.
Point.
Contact should be made with the pilot vessel 30 minutes
2 The two towers of the bridge are each 226 m (741 ft)
before arrival.
high; the S tower stands 2 cables N of Fort Point, to which
Traffic separation scheme it is connected by a trestle bridge. The channel span
between the towers is 1228 m (4028 ft) wide and has a
10.41
vertical clearance of 686 m (225 ft) at its centre. Aero
1 See 10.16.
obstruction lights are displayed from metal towers on the
Submarine cables and pipelines tops of the two towers.
10.42 3 Navigational aids. The centre of the span is marked, on
1 See 10.4. both sides, by three fixed white lights in a vertical line
above a fixed green light. A light is displayed from the S
Tidal streams pier.
10.43 4 Fog signals (privately maintained) are sounded from the
1 Across the bar, the in-going stream converges towards centre of the main span, from the S pier and from Lime
the entrance, and is felt sooner around Point Lobos Point.
(3747N, 12231W) and Point Bonita (2 miles NNW) than
across Main Ship Channel. The out-going stream spreads Traffic regulations
from the entrance over the bar, but its main strength is 10.45
WSW, parallel with the S edge of Fourfathom Bank 1 See 10.9 and 10.17.

333
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Mount Diablo

Golden Gate Bridge and San Francisco Bay from W (10.44)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Point Bonita Light from WSW (10.46.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

334
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Recreation Areas are established in two areas inside the Other navigational aids
entrance, as shown on the chart. The S area extends along 10.47
the N shore of San Francisco from the vicinity of Fort 1 Racons:
Point (37485N, 122285W) (10.44) to that of Pier 45 SF Light-buoy (3745N, 12242W).
(2 miles E); the N area extends SW and W from Angel Golden Gate Bridge (3749N, 12229W).
Island (3752N, 12226W), and includes Raccoon Strait HR Light-buoy (3750N, 12227W).
and the whole of Richardson Bay and its approaches. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2 These areas are intended primarily for use by pleasure
craft. They should not be used for through passage by
vessels exceeding 300 grt except in case of emergency or Directions approaches to Golden Gate Bridge
special circumstances. (continued from 10.29, 10.30 and 10.31)

Principal marks Cautions

10.46 10.48
1 Landmarks: 1 Dangerous conditions can develop on the bar (10.37)
Point Bonita Lighthouse (white tower on building, when large swells reach the coast. These swells are
10 m in height) (3749N, 12232W); a radar amplified, and increase in height, as they pass over the
tower stands 3 cables NNW. shallower water. This amplification is worsened during the
Mile Rocks Lighthouse (white tower, orange bands) out-going tide, and waves of up to 75 m have been
(3748N, 12230W); the tower is floodlit at night. experienced on the bar; bar conditions can change radically
in a short period of time.
2 Fog is frequent in Golden Gate and while radar is a
great help, it is reported that ghost echoes in the entrance
may make it difficult to identify.

Main Ship Channel

10.49
1 Deep-draught vessels should arrive at the pilot station
1 hour before HW in order to cross the bar under the most
favourable conditions.
2 Leading bearing. From the vicinity of the SF
Light-buoy (3745N, 12242W) (10.29) the line of bearing
(070) of Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W)
(10.46) leads about 8 miles ENE, through Main Ship
Channel, marked by four pairs of light-buoys (lateral), to
the vicinity of Mile Rocks, thence 2 miles farther ENE to
Golden Gate Bridge Precautionary Area, passing (with
positions from Mile Rocks Light (3748N, 12230W)):
3 NNW of a dangerous wreck lying close SW of No 8
Light-buoy (starboard hand) (4 miles WSW),
thence:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (3 miles W), thence:
4 NNW of a wreck with a depth over it of 152 m
Mile Rocks Light (10.46.2) (50 ft) (2 miles WSW), thence:
(Original dated 1994) NNW of Mile Rocks, two small black rocks, each
(Photograph Michael Reeves) 6 m high, situated close together; a light (10.46)
stands on the outer rock. The passage between
these rocks and the shore S is foul and should not
be attempted. And:
2 Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W), which is 5 SSE of Point Bonita Light (1 miles NNW) (10.46),
covered with numerous buildings. The island was thence:
formerly a federal prison but is now part of the SSE of Point Diablo (1 miles NNE), a narrow point
Golden Gate National Recreation Area; prior which rises abruptly to a height of over 60 m; a
permission must be obtained before landing on the light (white house) is displayed from the point.
island. A light (see below) is displayed from the And:
summit of the island; in foggy conditions, a water NNW of a shoal patch with a depth over it of 73 m
tower standing 1 cable NW of the light, is reported (24 ft) (1 miles ENE), lying 2 cables offshore,
to be visible when other marks are obscured. thence:
Angel Island (3752N, 12226W), a high, partially 6 Into the Precautionary Area and under Golden Gate
wooded island, with a flat summit. The island was Bridge (10.44); tide rips occur off both piers of the
once an immigration detention centre, is now a bridge. No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
State Park. 1 cables SW of the S pier of the bridge marks
3 Major lights: shoal water extending from Fort Point; in fog, this
Point Bonita Light as above. light-buoy is reported to sometimes provide a radar
Mile Rocks Light as above. mark to indicate the S pier. A light (mast) stands
Alcatraz Island Light (grey octagonal pyramidal on Lime Point on the N side of the fairway
tower) (3750N, 12225W). (10.44).

335
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Alcatraz Island from ESE (10.46.3)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Michael Reeves)

Useful marks 2 Directions. See cautions at 10.48. From the vicinity of

10.50 No 1DR Light-buoy (37516N, 122416W) (10.31), the
1 Water Tank on the summit of Point Lobos (3747N, track leads about 6 miles ESE to the channel entrance,
12231W) (10.38), with a dome 2 cables ENE. thence SE through the channel, passing (with positions
Cliff House, on the coast, 4 cables SW of the water from Point Bonita Light):
tank. NE of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles
(Directions continue for the main route at 10.53 WNW) moored on the N side of Potatopatch
and for the Deep Water Route at 10.54) Shoal, and:
3 SW of a detached rocky shoal, with a depth over it
of 49 m (16 ft) (2 miles NW), which lies in the
Side channels approach to Tennessee Cove, a small inlet on the
NE side of the channel, thence:
Close SW of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles
South Channel NW), moored on the W side of Centissima Reef;
10.51 Sears Rock lies on the N end of Centissima Reef.
1 South Channel (3745N, 12231W), is an unmarked And:
channel which lies parallel to, and about 7 cables off, the 4 NE of No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles
coast S of Mile Rocks (3748N, 12230W). The channel WNW), moored on the NE side of Fourfathom
is used by some coasting vessels and fishing vessels, Bank, thence:
approaching Golden Gate from S in clear weather. The line of bearing, 137, of Mile Rocks Light leads
2 Local knowledge is required. into the TSS, passing:
There is a least charted depth of 97 m (32 ft) (2003) in 5 SW of Bird Island (6 cables NW), situated close
the fairway, except at its S end where there is an offshore; shoal water extends 2 cables NW from
obstruction, with a depth over it of less than 76 m (25 ft), the islet. Thence:
lying 3 miles SSE of Mile Rocks. NE of a light-buoy (preferred channel to port)
3 Attention is also drawn to Seal Rocks, which lie close (5 cables WSW) moored at the E extremity of
off Point Lobos (10.38), situated 8 cables SSW of Mile Fourfathom Bank, and:
Rocks. SW of Point Bonita.
A sewer outfall, shown on the chart, extends 3 miles 6 Caution. When leaving San Francisco Bay on the
WSW from a point on the shore at the entrance to the out-going tide extreme care should be taken when rounding
channel, 4 miles S of Mile Rocks. Point Bonita as the effect of the tidal stream is to throw
the stern to port and the bow towards the rocks off the
Bonita Channel point. It is also reported there is a set towards the bank in
10.52 the vicinity of Potatopatch Shoal.
1 Description. Bonita Channel (3750N, 12234W),
which is buoyed, leads between the NE side of Fourfathom Golden Gate Bridge to Alcatraz Island
(continued from 10.50)
Bank, and the coast NW of Point Bonita (3749N,
12232W) (10.38); a number of rocky patches fringe this Main route
coast close inshore. The channel is used by coasters and 10.53
other small vessels. The channel, in which there is a least 1 From the Precautionary Area E of the bridge the
depth of 131 m (43 ft), is narrowed to 2 cables at its E-bound traffic lane leads 3 miles E passing (with
mid-point by rocky patches. positions from Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W)):

336
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

N of C Buoy (orange and white) (2 miles WSW), 5 S of Point Blunt (1 miles N), the SE extremity of
thence: Angel Island (10.46) to which it is connected by a
2 N of No 2 Light-beacon (starboard hand) (2 miles low neck of land; a light (white house) stands on
WSW) marking a 15 m (5 ft) patch close offshore, the point, and the structure is floodlit at night.
thence: Dangers fringing the point are marked by No 3
N of Anita Rock (1 miles WSW), from where a Light-buoy (port hand). Heavy tide rips may be
light (red and white chequered diamond daymark experienced off this point, particularly at springs
on concrete tower) is displayed, noting, depending on the out-going tide.
on draught, Presidio Shoal, about 4 cables N of Cautions. See end of 10.53.
Anita Rock, which has depths over it of less than (Directions continue for entry to S part of the bay
18 m (60 ft), thence: at 10.87 and for N part of the bay at 10.176)
3 N of B, A and X Buoys (orange and white) moored
about 3, 4 and 5 cables ENE, respectively, of Directions for leaving harbour
Anita Rock Light, thence: 10.55
S of Alcatraz Shoal (5 cables W), on which there is 1 W-bound traffic lane. From a position in the
a least charted depth of 125 m (41 ft), thence: Precautionary Area N of Alcatraz Island, the W-bound
4 S of Alcatraz Island (10.46), noting a least depth traffic lane leads WSW to Golden Gate Bridge
(2003) of 11 m (36 ft) (charted as 33 ft) lying in a Precautionary Area passing S of Harding Rock (10.54), and
spoil ground 2 cables S of the island. Heavy tide clear of, depending on draught, Shag Rocks and Arch
rips occur in the vicinity of Alcatraz Island. A fog Rock, which lie 9 cables NW, and 8 cables WNW
signal (horn) is sounded from the SE extremity of respectively, of Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W).
the island. Thence the TSS should be followed through Golden Gate
5 Cautions. Surveys indicate that shoaling tends to occur and Main Ship Channel to the vicinity of the SF
W of the spoil ground S of Alcatraz Island. A shoal Light-buoy.
oriented SW/NE, with depths over it of less than 122 m 2 Deep-draught vessels. From a similar position
(40 ft), extends off the E shore of this island. deep-draught vessels should follow the deep water route
6 The traffic lanes between Angel Island (3752N, which passes N of the above dangers.
12226W) and North Point, 2 miles S, are crossed Small craft shelters in Golden Gate
frequently by tugs with barges, and self-propelled dredgers,
operating to and from the spoil ground S of Alcatraz Bonita Cove
Island. 10.56
(Directions continue for Port of San Francisco 1 Bonita Cove, which lies between Point Bonita (3749N,
at 10.86, for Port of Oakland at 10.123 and for 12232W) (10.38) and Point Diablo (1 miles E) (10.49)
N part of San Francisco Bay at 10.176) affords anchorage in depths of 11 m (36 ft) close under
Point Bonita.
South Bay
Deep Water Route 10.57
10.54 1 South Bay, which is entered between Mile Rocks
1 Vessels with a draught of 137 m (45 ft), or more, when (3748N, 12230W) (10.49) and Fort Point (2 miles ENE)
bound from sea to the deep-water anchorages S of the San (10.44), is sometimes used by sailing craft which are
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge, or N to San Pablo Bay and becalmed, or which are forced towards Mile Rocks on an
Carquinez Strait, should use the Deep Water Route, E of out-going tide. It is reported the anchorage is
Golden Gate Bridge, as shown on the chart. Vessels uncomfortable, and difficulty has been experienced in
intending to use this route should notify the VTS before getting underway from the bay.
passing Mile Rocks. Vessels should not meet nor overtake
in this Deep Water Route. Small craft basins and harbour
2 From the Precautionary Area E of the bridge the route inside Golden Gate
leads NE and E to the Precautionary Area N of Alcatraz San Francisco Municipal Yacht Harbor
Island passing (with positions from Alcatraz Island Light 10.58
(3750N, 12225W)): 1 San Francisco Municipal Yacht Harbor, situated
SE of Point Cavallo (2 miles W), a sharp, rocky 1 miles E of Fort Point (37485N, 122285W) (10.44)
point, with rocks, some above-water, near its W comprises a W and an E Basin, about 3 cables apart;
side, thence: depths in the basins are from 24 to 36 m. Lights are
3 SE of Yellow Bluff (2 miles WNW), from where a displayed at the entrance to each basin, and a stone tower,
light (red and white chequered diamond daymark 9 m in height, is prominent, 2 cables W of the entrance to
on pile) is displayed; a rock, covered 15 m lies the W Basin; a light is displayed from the extremity of a
close off this point and a buoy (special) is moored submarine outfall, 2 cables W of the tower. The E Basin is
2 cables NNE of the point. Thence: bounded on its E side by one of three piers which extend
NW of Harding Rock (1 miles NW), marked on its from Fort Mason, situated on the E side of Black Point, a
NW side by HR Light-buoy (preferred channel to rocky prominence. Fort Mason and Black Point lie in the
port), and: Golden Gate National Recreation Area and prior permission
4 SE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles NW), must be obtained from the relevant authorities before
which marks the N side of the Route, thence: berthing.
N of the NW extremity of Alcatraz Island (10.46), 2 The basins accommodate about 700 craft, and berths for
from where a fog signal (horn) is sounded; a rock vessels in transit are available; mariners requiring such
awash, marked by a buoy (preferred channel to berths should contact the Harbour Masters Office on the S
starboard) lies close off this point. And: side of the W Basin.

337
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Aquatic Park (starboard hand) leads 1 miles NW to a turning basin at

10.59 Sausalito. In 2003 there was a least charted depth of 67 m
1 Aquatic Park (2 miles E of Fort Point) is a pleasure (22 ft) in the channel, and 60 m (20 ft) in the basin.
resort, with bathing beach, which is protected W by a 2 Useful marks:
curved pier extending from Black Point, and E by a pier Cone Rock Light (red and white chequered diamond
alongside which are berthed historic ships of the National daymark on black framework tower) (6 cables
Maritime Museum. Speed limit in the basin is 3 kn; the NE of Sausalito Point).
basin is closed to power driven craft. Light (red and white striped conical tower, on
2 There are depths of from 27 to 49 m in the basin, and building) (privately maintained) (37517N,
anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 4 m; 122292W) (not charted).
permission to remain at anchor for more than 24 hours
must be obtained from the Aquatic Park Ranger Station. Raccoon Strait
Horseshoe Bay Description
10.60 10.63
1 Description. Horseshoe Bay, a shallow indentation 1 Raccoon Strait (3752N, 12227W) separates Angel
situated on the W side of Point Cavallo (3750N, Island (10.46) from Tiburon Peninsula on the mainland
12228W) (10.54), is enclosed by a breakwater extending NW; the strait lies in a Recreation Area (10.45). Ferries
WSW from that point. The bay, in which there are some operate regularly from Angel Island to Tiburon and also to
piers and dolphins, is part of a military reservation and is San Francisco.
only available to the public in case of emergency. Tidal streams
2 Golden Gate Coast Guard Station is located in 10.64
Horseshoe Bay. 1 Tidal streams in the strait are strong and there are heavy
Anchorage may be obtained S of the harbour as shown rips and swirls at times; a strong out-going stream sets
on the chart. A group of above-water rocks, known as the directly across the E end of the strait.
Needles, lie close offshore 3 cables SW of Point Cavallo.
Directions
Richardson Bay 10.65
1 From the vicinity of Point Cavallo (3750N, 12228W)
General information the track leads NNE, thence NE, passing (with positions
10.61 from Point Stuart (37517N, 122267W)):
1 Description. Richardson Bay is a large shallow ESE of Yellow Bluff (1 miles SW) (10.54), thence:
indentation, of little commercial importance, contained WNW of No 1 Light-buoy (1 mile SSW) on the N
between Sausalito Point (37515N, 122286W) and side of the Deep Water Route (10.54), thence:
Peninsula Point (1 mile ENE), the SE extremity of the 2 ESE of No 2 Light-beacon (1 mile WSW) at the
peninsula of Belvedere; it lies in a Recreation Area (10.45). entrance to Richardson Bay, thence:
Sausalito, which extends along the W shore of the bay WNW of Point Knox (3 cables SE), the SW extremity
from its entrance, has numerous piers and slipways which of Angel Island; No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
accommodate commercial fishing vessels and pleasure craft. marks an area with depths over it of less than
It is the terminus of a railway that runs N to Humboldt 91 m (30 ft) which extends 2 cables SW from the
Bay. point. Thence:
2 Strawberry Point (1 miles NW of Sausalito Point), is 3 ESE of Peninsula Point (6 cables W) (10.61); No 3
the extremity of a promontory which projects into the head Light-buoy (port hand) is moored close off the
of the bay and divides it into two parts. point. Thence:
Vertical clearance. The NW arm of the head of the bay NW of Point Stuart, the W extremity of Angel Island;
is spanned by a fixed bridge which has a vertical clearance No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored on the
of 119 m (39 ft). 9 m (30 ft) depth contour off the point, thence:
3 Traffic regulations. The N part of the bay is a wildlife 4 Clear of, depending on draught, Raccoon Shoal (3
sanctuary and is closed to marine traffic from October to cables N), which has a least depth over it of 88 m
March. Seasonally laid buoys, N of a line drawn 097 from (29 ft), and:
Strawberry Point to Belvedere, mark the perimeter of the SE of a dangerous wreck lying on the N side of the
sanctuary. channel 1 cables SW of Point Tiburon (7 cables
Speed within any channel in the bay should be such as NNW), thence:
to create no wake. 5 NW of Point Campbell (1 mile NE), the N extremity
4 Anchorage. The bay is designated a special anchorage of Angel Island, and:
area; permission to anchor must be obtained from the SE of Bluff Point (1 miles NNE) the E extremity of
authorities at Sausalito. Tiburon Peninsula; No 5 Light (port hand) stands
Anchorage No 10, a naval anchorage reserved for the on the point.
use of Government vessels, is established, as shown on the
chart, at the entrance to the bay, SE of Sausalito. Belvedere Cove
10.66
Directions for Sausalito 1 Belvedere Cove, entered between Peninsula Point
10.62 (37517N, 122274W) (10.61), and Point Tiburon
1 Depths of 52 m (17 ft), or less, extend up to 5 cables (7 cables NNE), has general depths of about 15 m (5 ft).
SSE, and 4 cables E of Sausalito Point, in the S approach One marina stands at the head of the bay, and a second in
to the bay. the NE part of the cove; there is accommodation for small
From a position 4 cables E of Sausalito Point, a craft in the deeper ferry harbour at Tiburon close inside the
narrow channel, marked on its NE side by light-beacons N entrance.

338
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

2 No 1 Light (port hand), stands 5 cables NNE of (10.65), affords good anchorage to small craft in depths of
Peninsula Point, marking the NE extremity of the shoal from 3 to 36 m (10 to 12 ft), mud, protected from S and
water which extends across the entrance to the cove from W winds.
its SW side. Attention is drawn to the dangerous wreck Mooring buoys are available for overnight stays.
(10.63) close SW of Point Tiburon, and to another A pier, used by ferries and the State Park authorities,
dangerous wreck in the SW side of Belvedere Cove. stands at the head of the cove.

Ayala Cove Other names

10.67 10.68
1 Ayala Cove, situated on the NW side of Angel Island, 1 Rodeo Cove (37496N, 122322W).
6 cables NE of Point Stuart (37517N, 122267W) Tennessee Point (37500N, 122330W).

SAN FRANCISCO BAY SOUTH PART

GENERAL INFORMATION Prohibited anchorage
10.71
1 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the Bay Area
Charts 588, 591, 592, 229 Rapid Transit Tunnel, which crosses the bay, as shown on
Area covered the chart between the Ferry Building (37477N,
10.69 122235W) (10.82) and Oakland Outer Harbor Entrance
1 In this section are described the waters of the S part of Channel (2 miles ENE).
San Francisco Bay from Alcatraz Island (3750N,
12225W) to Coyote Creek (3728N, 12203W), about PORT OF SAN FRANCISCO
28 miles SSE. It includes a description of the ports of San
Francisco, Oakland and Alameda, and Redwood City, and General information
the small craft facilities on both sides of the bay. Chart 588, 591
2 It is arranged as follows: Position
Port of San Francisco (10.72). 10.72
Port of Oakland and Alameda (10.105). 1 San Francisco (3747N, 12225W), the largest of the
Head of the Bay Hunters Point to Coyote Creek cities in San Francisco Bay, is one of the most renowned
(10.139). cities in the United States; it spreads over the N part of the
peninsula that separates the S part of the bay from the
ocean. The port, whose main installations spread about
Anchorages 6 miles S from the vicinity of North Point (37485N,
10.70 122245W) to the S extremity of Hunters Point (about
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5. 6 miles S), is the oldest, and one of the most important
The anchorages in the S part of San Francisco Bay, as ports on the Pacific coast of the United States.
shown on the chart, are:
No 7 (temporary); W of Treasure Island (37495N, Function
122222W). A wreck, with a depth over it of 10.73
238 m (78 ft), lies in the S part of this anchorage. 1 The port is equipped to handle all manner of cargoes
2 No 8 (general); W of Alameda Naval Air Station and is a regular port of call of cruise vessels. The port
(3747N, 12219W). An obstruction (steel specialises in containerised cargo though considerable
wreckage), least depth of 67 m (22 ft), exists in general cargo and bulk cargo is handled; facilities continue
the E of the anchorage in position (37473N, to be expanded. It is a port of entry.
122203W); a further obstruction, with a least Traffic
depth of 158 m (52 ft), lies on the W border of 10.74
the anchorage. 1 In 2002, 1303 vessels called totalling 67 366 681 dwt.
3 No 9 (general); S of Alameda Naval Air Station as
far as the San Mateo-Hayward Bridge, 12 miles Port Authority
SSE, (chart 592). A wreck lies in position 10.75
37454N, 122199W, with a least depth of 7 m 1 Port of San Francisco Authority, Suite 3100, Ferry
(23 ft) over it. A second wreck, with a least depth Building, San Francisco, California 94111.
of 34 m (11 ft) over it, lies 7 cables NE. Two Website: www.sfport.com
submarine pipeline corridors cross Anchorage No 9
and mariners should avoid anchoring in these
Limiting conditions
areas. Controlling depths
4 Nos 12 and 14 (explosives) lie in the W part of 10.76
Anchorage No 9, 1 mile NE, and 2 miles SE 1 The controlling depth in the approaches is that of Main
respectively, of Hunters Point (3743N, Ship Channel (10.39). Depths of 137 m (45 ft) or more are
12222W); when these anchorages are in use other available from Golden Gate Bridge to most of the
vessels must remain outside the surrounding anchorages in the harbour, and there are depths of from 88
prohibited anchorage zones shown on the chart. An to 122 m (29 to 40 ft) alongside many of the piers.
obstruction, with a least depth over it of 146 m For most recent information on channel depths see
(48 ft), lies in the NE of Anchorage No 12. charts 588 and 591.

339
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Vertical clearances San FranciscoOakland Bay Density of water

Bridge 10.80
10.77 1 The density of water is 1025 g/cm3.
1 Description. San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge, which
was opened in 1936, crosses the bay from Rincon Point
(37374N, 122233W) to Yerba Buena Island (1 miles Arrival information
NE) (10.104), thence to a point on the E shore, on the N 10.81
side of Oakland Outer Harbor. Between Rincon Point and 1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 10.15.
Yerba Buena Island the bridge is supported by five piers, Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
AE, as shown on the chart. Signals Volume 6(5).
2 The two widest spans, AB and DE, are each about Pilotage. See 10.40.
4 cables in width. The approximate mid-span vertical Tugs are available.
clearances between the piers are AB 622 m (204 ft), BC 2 Traffic regulations. See 10.9, 10.16 and 10.17.
671 m (220 ft), CD 671 m (220 ft), and DE 622 m Regulations concerning entry. See 10.10 and 10.11.
(204 ft). Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
The recommended passage for S-bound traffic is under vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
the NE half of span AB; N-bound traffic should use the immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
SW half of span DE. normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
3 There are numerous piers on that part of the bridge E of their berths.
Yerba Buena Island but only the four W spans are For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
navigable by other than small craft; the widest span, GH,
is about 2 cables in width. The approximate mid-span
vertical clearances between the piers are GH 573 m
(188 ft), HI 55 m (180 ft), IJ 53 m (174 ft), and JK
Harbour
51 m (167 ft). A second bridge is under construction (2003) General layout
E of Yerba Buena Island and to the N of the present 10.82
bridge. 1 The whole of the waterfront of San Francisco is
4 Caution. All the vertical clearances given are occupied by wharves and piers, behind which is the
approximate. They may be reduced by several metres due impressive skyline of the city of San Francisco. Ferry
to heavy traffic on the bridge and prolonged periods of Building (37477N, 122235W), formerly a ferry
very high temperature; in extreme conditions the clearance terminal, now houses the offices of the Port Authority; the
might be reduced by as much as 3 m (10 ft). Vessels, Marine Exchange within the building reports and records
whose masthead height exceeds 58 m (190 ft), should all ship arrivals and departures at Golden Gate.
exercise caution when passing under the bridge. 2 The piers N of Ferry Building are numbered with odd
5 Navigational aids: Lights are displayed as follows: numbers 145; those S of Ferry building with even
Aero lights from the tops of the towers of Piers A, B, numbers from 24, at the San Francisco-Oakland Bay
E, G and H. Bridge, to 96. Many of the piers NW of Ferry Building are
Fixed red light from each side of the bridge at the unsuitable for modern cargo handling and are being
foot of towers of Piers A, B, E, I, J and K. developed for commercial and recreational uses.
Fixed red light from each corner of the E side of Pier 3 The port shipyards are at Hunters Point, about 4 miles S
C and red axis lights along the channel axis on of Ferry Building; they lie within a restricted area, see
each side. 10.9.
6 Fixed green and three white lights vertically disposed The E entrance point to the port is formed by Treasure
from each side of spans AB, DE and GH over Island (1 miles NE of Ferry Building) and Yerba Buena
the centreline of the channel; red axis lights from Island close S; the islands are described at 10.103 and
the channelward face of the piers. 10.104.
Fixed red light from each side of the bridge marking
the NE limit of the navigable channel in span EF. Submarine cables and pipelines
7 Fixed green lights from each side of the bridge over 10.83
the centre of the channel in spans BC, CD, HI, 1 See 10.4.
IJ and JK.
Occulting red light from the top and at the centre of Principal marks
spans IJ, JK, KL, LM and MN. 10.84
All the lights are privately maintained. 1 Landmarks:
Fog signals are sounded from Piers AE, G, H and I. Alcatraz Island Lighthouse (3750N, 12225W)
(10.46).
Deepest and longest berths Coit Tower (37482N, 122243W), a tall,
10.78 cylindrical, lightcoloured tower, on Telegraph Hill.
1 Pier 80 North Container Terminal (10.93). Radar tower (37486N, 122218W), the taller of
Piers 9496 South Container Terminal (10.93). two on the summit of Yerba Buena Island.
Pier 90 Grain Terminal (10.93). 2 Pyramidal Building (37477N, 122241W).
Pier 92 Bulk liquids (10.93). Clock Tower (37477N, 122235W) on the Ferry
Building.
Tidal levels Clock Tower (37472N, 122235W) on the S end
10.79 of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge.
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring Point Avisadero (3744N, 12221W), the prominent
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 07 m. NE extremity of Hunters Point.

340
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

3 Major lights: Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on

Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W) (10.46). pole) on the S side of Islais Creek.
Aero lights on the towers of Piers G and H of San Rear light (similar structure) 222 m from front light.
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (37480N, 2 South approach leading lights. From the vicinity of
122225W) (10.77). No 5 Light-buoy (10.86) moored 13 miles SE of Potrero
Point, the alignment (293) of the following lights leads to
Other navigational aids Piers 9496:
10.85 Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
1 Racons. San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (10.77), pole) on Pier 96.
on the centre of spans AB, CD and DE. Rear light (similar structure) 582 m from front light.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 3 No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) marks the E side of the
channel off Piers 9496, and lights (port and starboard
hand, respectively) are displayed from the N end of Pier 94
and the S end of Pier 96.
Directions
Useful marks
Main route 10.89
(continued from 10.53) 1 Aero light (37438N, 122126W) at Oakland
10.86 International Airport.
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area S of Alcatraz Yerba Buena Island Light (white octagonal tower)
Island (3750N, 12225W) the track leads generally ESE, (37484N, 122217W).
SE and SSE into the harbour passing (with positions from (Directions continue for the head of the bay at 10.147)
the Ferry Building Clock Tower (37477N, 122235W)):
NNE of a dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, lying Basins and berths
2 cables N of Pier 39 (1 mile NW), thence:
2 SSW of Blossom Rock (1 miles NNW) marked Anchorages
close W by BR Light-buoy (preferred channel to 10.90
starboard). Thence: 1 See 10.70.
Through the NE half of Span AB of the San China Basin
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (5 cables E) 10.91
(10.77); a buoy (preferred channel to starboard) is 1 China Basin, situated about 1 mile S of the Ferry
moored cable NW of Pier B. Thence: Building (37477N, 122235W) (10.82), is a canal which
3 WSW of SC Light-buoy (preferred channel to extends SW for about 5 cables from San Francisco Bay. It
starboard) (1 miles SE), moored at the NW is spanned by two bascule bridges, under which the vertical
corner of General Anchorage No 9, thence: clearance, when closed, is 03 m (1 ft). Anchoring is not
ENE of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles permitted in the basin.
SSE), moored in the N approach to Piers 9496,
thence: Islais Creek Channel
4 ENE of No 5 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 miles SSE), 10.92
moored at the S approach to Piers 9496, thence: 1 Islais Creek Channel, which is entered 3 miles S of the
ENE of Point Avisadero (4 miles SSE) (10.84). Ferry Building, is approached through a channel with a
Caution. There are strong eddies off the piers of the project depth of 107 m (35 ft); in 1994 the least charted
San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge which can cause vessels depth in the channel was 122 m (40 ft). The approach,
to sheer off course. which is marked by leading lights, is described at 10.88 .
Strong streams, due to flooding in the spring, have been A bascule bridge, under which there is a vertical
reported off the piers along the San Francisco waterfront. clearance of 15 m (5 ft), when closed, spans the channel
6 cables inside the entrance.
Deep-draught vessels bound for Anchorage No 9 Principal berths
(continued from 10.54) 10.93
10.87 1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area S of Point port authorities should be contacted for the latest
Blunt (3751N, 12225W) (10.54) the recommended track information.
leads SE, passing E of Blossom Rock (10.86), thence The principal berths listed N to S from North Point
through the CD or DE spans of the San (37485N, 122245W) are:
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (10.77), and to the allocated
anchorage. Buoys (preferred channel to port) are moored Pier No Berthing Depth Remarks
cable NW and cable SE of Pier D. Mariners should space (m)
note the charted obstruction (10.70) on the W edge of (m)
Anchorage No 8. 45(N) 400 47 to Transient vessels
107
Directions for South Container Terminal (Piers 9496) 35(E) 320 107 Passenger vessels
10.88
30 & 32 190 116 Cruise terminal develop-
1 North approach leading lights. From the vicinity of
(E face) (E face) ment
No 2 Light-buoy (10.86) moored 6 cables ENE of Potrero
Point (37454N, 122228W) the alignment (203) of the 50 305 137 Mission Rock Terminal
following lights leads to the entrance to Islais Creek (E face) general cargo, Ro-Ro
Channel and to the N end of Piers 9496: facility

341
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Pier No Berthing Depth Remarks are displayed from the entrances and from points on the
space (m) breakwater. Berths are assigned by the Harbour Master.
(m) All the usual services are available.
80 1550 116 Army Street Terminal, Central Basin
(total) with Ro-Ro facilities 10.101
90 370 85 Grain terminal 1 Central Basin, which lies 2 miles S of the Ferry Building
(37477N, 122235W) (10.82), has depths in it of 3 to
92 265 107 Bulk liquids and sand 73 m (10 to 24 ft), and has limited berthing facilities on its
94 & 96 750 122 South Container W side.
Terminal Fuel, water and supplies are available.
Repairs can be undertaken; ramp and portable lift
available.
Port services
Hunters Point
Repairs
10.102
10.94
1 On the N side of Hunters Point (3744N, 12222W)
1 All manner of repairs can be carried out at Hunters
there are two repair facilities. The largest slip can handle
Point Shipyard (3743N, 12222W).
craft up to 305 tonnes or 36 m in length for hull and
Largest commercial floating dock:
engine repairs.
Length 274 m; breadth 451 m; lifting capacity
65 000 tons; it can accommodate vessels of LOA
Treasure Island and Yerba Buena Island
2895 m; breadth 442 m; draught 114 m;
230 000 dwt. Treasure Island
2 Largest graving dock: 10.103
Length 333 m; breadth 439 m. 1 Treasure Island (37495N, 122222W) is a reclaimed
area originally constructed for the Golden Gate
Other facilities International Exposition of 193940. There are restricted
10.95 areas (10.9) (not charted) off the N end of the island, and
1 Deratting certificates issued; several hospitals; garbage between the S end of the Island and Yerba Buena Island
disposal; salvage services. (10.104).
Supplies The principal berth on the island is:
10.96 Pier No 1 (on the SE side of the island); length
1 Fuel oils by barge; fresh water at the piers or by barge; 228 m; depth alongside 91 m; two berths each
provisions and stores. side.
2 A small harbour protected by a breakwater from the
Communications head of which a light (starboard hand) is displayed is
10.97 situated on the N point of the island.
1 International airport 8 km S of the city. Depths of 73 m (24 ft) or less, lie within 4 cables of the
shore on the NW side of the island. An isolated rock, with
Small craft a least depth of 88 m (29 ft) over it, lies 1 cables
10.98 offshore on the W side of the island.
1 The small craft facilities on the N side of San Francisco 3 Caution. When the prevailing W wind is strong,
are described at 10.58 and 10.59. deep-draught vessels proceeding to the berths on the E side
of the island may experience difficulty when making the
Basins at North Point sharp turn in the Oakland Bar Channel SE of Yerba Buena
10.99 Island.
1 Fishermans Wharf lies off North Point (37485N,
122245W) between Pier 45 and Pier 39 and has depths Yerba Buena Island
of 46 m in the approaches to the wharf; the approach is 10.104
marked by lights. 1 Yerba Buena Island (37486N, 122219W), connected
Pier 39 Marina has accommodation for 360 craft in to Treasure Island N by a narrow causeway, and to both
basins which lie on either side of the pier and are protected sides of the bay by the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge,
by L-shaped breakwaters; the E breakwater is marked by is high, and is covered with a scrubby growth of trees; a
lights (privately maintained). In 2001 depths alongside the former lookout tower, and radar towers serving the VTS
berths was reported to be 27 m (9 ft). (10.15) are visible on the summit. The San Francisco Coast
2 Craft in transit, and requiring a berth, should contact the Guard Station, at which there are several piers, is located
Harbour Master. on the E side of the island.
All the usual facilities are available in both the above
areas. PORT OF OAKLAND AND ALAMEDA
South Beach Harbor General information
10.100
1 South Beach Harbor, which lies 1 mile SE of the Ferry Charts 588, 591
Building (37477N, 122235W) (10.82), has Position
accommodation for 700 craft; depths in the approach, and 10.105
alongside, are reported to be 46 m. The marina is protected 1 Oakland (3748N, 12217W) is situated on the E, or
by a breakwater extending N and S and can be entered at mainland side of the bay, opposite San Francisco, and is
either end of the breakwater. Lights (privately maintained) the second largest city in the bay area; the port installations

342
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Port of Oakland and San Francisco Bay from SE (10.105)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

occupy 19 miles of waterfront. The city of Alameda is on Vertical clearances

an island, separated from the mainland by Oakland Inner 10.110
Harbor Channel and Tidal Canal on the N, and by San 1 San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge. See 10.77.
Leandro Bay (3745N, 12213W) on the E. Dennison Street Fixed Bridge spans Brooklyn Basin
North Channel between the E extremity of Coast Guard
Function Island (3747N, 12215W) and the mainland; it has a
10.106 vertical clearance of 34 m (11 ft).
1 The Port of Oakland is entirely distinct from that of San Park Street Bascule Bridge spans Park Street Bridge
Francisco, and is a separate port of entry. It is the largest Reach, 6 cables SE of Coast Guard Island; it has a least
general cargo port in the bay and a leading container ship vertical clearance when closed of 46 m (15 ft), over a
terminal on the Pacific coast; in terms of container traffic it centre width of 305 m (100 ft).
ranks amongst the top 20 ports in the world. 2 Fruitvale Avenue Bridges. A bascule bridge and a
Traffic railway lift bridge with a least vertical clearance of 4 m
(13 ft) span Tidal Canal, 1 mile SE of Coast Guard Island;
10.107
the least vertical clearance when the railway bridge is
1 In 2002, 1795 vessels called totalling 83 805 466 dwt.
raised is 411 m (135 ft).
Port Authority High Street Bascule Bridge spans Tidal Canal about
10.108 4 cables SE of the Fruitvale Bridges; it has a least vertical
1 Board of Port Commissioners, 530 Water Street, PO Box clearance when closed of 49 m (16 ft) over a centre width
2064, Oakland, CA 94607. of 305 m (100 ft).
Website: www.portofoakland.com Deepest and longest berths
10.111
Limiting conditions 1 Outer Harbour Container Terminals (10.131).
Controlling depths Tidal levels
10.109 10.112
1 In 2002 the project depth in Bar Channel through the 1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
Entrance Channels to Oakland Outer Harbor, and Inner range is about 18 m; mean neap range about 08 m.
Harbor as far as the E end of Park Street Bridge Reach,
was 128 m (42 ft). Density of water
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port 10.113
authorities, should be consulted. 1 The density of water is 1025 g/cm3.

343
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Arrival information Quarantine and customs

10.118
Vessel Traffic Service
1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
10.114
by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
1 See 10.15.
quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
Port radio officials on arrival at their berths.
10.115 For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) under
San Francisco, and for details for Alameda Naval Air Harbour
Station. General layout
Pilotage and tugs 10.119
10.116 1 The port comprises two areas, Outer Harbor and Inner
1 Pilotage. See 10.40. Harbor, approached through a common entrance at Bar
Tugs are available. Channel, and also the basin S of Alameda Naval Air
Station.
Traffic regulations Outer Harbor is situated between the approach to the
10.117 San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge on the N, and on the S
1 See 10.9, 10.16 and 10.17. by Seventh Street Terminal; from Bar Channel it is
Regulated navigation area is established in the approached through Outer Harbor Entrance Channel. The
approaches to Oakland Harbor. The area comprises Bar principal container terminals, and the Oakland Army Base,
Channel and its immediate approaches, and Outer and Inner are located in this harbour.
Harbor Entrance Channels. 2 Inner Harbor is that part of the channel that extends
In addition to the general regulations given at 10.9, any E from the junction with Bar Channel to Tidal Canal, about
vessel to which these regulations apply shall not enter the 6 miles above the entrance; numerous piers and wharves lie
area if such entry would result in meeting, crossing or on either side of the harbour. The channel runs adjacent to
overtaking any similar vessel. the most highly developed area of the city, bordering
2 Restricted areas are established in the N end of Outer Oakland to N and Alameda to S.
Harbor adjacent to the Oakland Army Base (see chart), and 3 Three and a half miles inside the entrance the harbour
around Alameda Naval Air Station; vessels are permitted to widens out into Brooklyn Basin, the centre of which is
transit the entrance channel to reach berths on the Oakland occupied by Coast Guard Island; the main channel S of
side of Inner Harbor. Coast Guard Island continues as Brooklyn Basin South

Port of Oakland from NW (10.119)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

344
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Channel; that to the N is known as Brooklyn Basin North SE side; two lights (similar structures), in line
Channel. bearing 056.
4 East of Brooklyn Basin, Tidal Canal leads into San 2 From the vicinity of No 2 Light on the W extremity of
Leandro Bay, where a shallow channel continues to the Seventh Street Marine Terminal, 9 cables ESE of Yerba
Metropolitan Oakland International Airport on Bay Farm Buena Island Light, the Outer Harbor Entrance Channel,
Island. marked by light-buoys and lights, leads about 7 cables NE
Alameda Naval Air Station (3747N, 12219W) into Outer Harbor; No 5 Light-buoy (port hand) and No 7
stands on reclaimed land on the W side of Alameda. It is buoy (port hand), moored 1 miles and 2 miles ENE
served by a basin and three piers situated on the S side of respectively, of Yerba Buena Island Light, mark the limit of
Alameda which are protected by a breakwater over the dredged area on the NW side of the harbour.
1 miles long.
Inner Harbor
Submarine cables and pipelines 10.126
10.120 1 From the vicinity of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand),
1 See 10.4. moored on the S side of Bar Channel 5 cables SE of
Yerba Buena Island Light, Inner Harbor Entrance Channel,
Measured distance marked by light-buoys and lights (lateral) leads ESE for
10.121 about 1 mile to the entrance to Inner Harbor. Thence the
1 A measured distance of 1 nautical mile, on a running channel, marked 1 miles inside the entrance by No 10
track of 105285, is established just inside the Light-beacon (starboard hand), leads generally E to the
entrance to Inner Harbor. The E and W points on the N vicinity of Coast Guard Island (3747N, 12215W),
side of the channel are marked by a red daymark on a passing through Inner Harbor Reach, and the Grove Street
pole; those on the S side are marked by two red daymarks Pier-Brooklyn Basin Reach.
on a pole. 2 Brooklyn Basin. The main channel continues S of Coast
Guard Island through Brooklyn Basin South Channel to
Tidal Canal. Brooklyn Basin North Channel, with depths of
Principal marks
about 46 m (15 ft), and marked by light-beacons and a
10.122
beacon (starboard hand), leads round the N side of Coast
1 See 10.84.
Guard Island to rejoin the main channel at Dennison Street
Bridge (10.110), at the SE extremity of the island.
Directions 3 Caution. Speed through Inner Harbor should be adjusted
(continued from 10.53) so as to prevent damage to the craft moored in the
numerous marinas on each side of the channel.
Approach
10.123
Tidal Canal
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area S of Alcatraz 10.127
Island (3750N, 12225W) the track to the San 1 From Park Street Bascule Bridge, an artificial channel,
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge follows that described at with a least charted depth of 43 m (14 ft), leads 1 mile SE
10.86. Vessels bound to, or from, facilities in Oakland may to the entrance to San Leandro Bay (10.137); it is spanned
wish to transit the DE span of the bridge in order to by the Fruitvale Avenue and High Street Bridges, described
facilitate safe passage through the Oakland Bar Channel. at (10.110).
The VTS (10.15) should be notified of such intentions in Alameda Naval Air Station
advance.
10.128
1 From a position about 2 miles SE of the San
Bar Channel Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge the route leads E into the
10.124 harbour through a channel, 305 m wide, marked by a pair
1 From a position about 4 cables SSE of Yerba Buena of light-buoys (lateral) and two pairs of light-beacons
Island Light (37484N, 122217W) (10.89) a channel, (lateral).
marked by light-buoys (lateral), leads 4 cables ENE to the
junction of the channels leading to Outer and Inner
Harbors. Basins and berths
2 Caution. The projection of the Seventh Street Terminal Anchorages
forms areas of slack water; on the S side of the terminal on 10.129
the in-going tide, and on the N side of the terminal on the 1 See 10.70.
out-going tide. Deep-draught vessels entering Inner Harbor,
on the in-going tide, may tend to sheer to port when the Alongside depths
bow enters the slack water; similarly vessels entering Outer 10.130
Harbor on the out-going tide may tend to sheer to 1 All depths are reported depths; the port authorities
starboard. should be contacted for the latest information.

Outer Harbor Outer Harbor

10.125 10.131
1 Lights in line, situated between 1 and 2 miles ENE of 1 The principal terminals are:
Yerba Buena Island Light, mark the sides of the entrance Berth Nos 2022: berthing space 683 m; depth
channel, which is between 198 and 183 m wide: alongside 128 m; operated by Maersk Pacific Ltd.
NW side; two lights (red rectangular daymarks, white Berth No 23: berthing space 274 m; depth alongside
stripes, on piles), in line bearing 059. 128 m; operated by Yusen Terminals Inc.

345
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

2 Berth No 24: berthing space 384 m; depth alongside the mainland E; Metropolitan Oakland International Airport
128 m; operated by Maersk Pacific Ltd. is situated on Bay Farm Island.
Berth Nos 2526: berthing space 346 m; depth Tidal Canal (10.127) enters the bay on its N side from
alongside 128 m; operated by TransBay Container whence a narrow channel, marked by light-beacons
Terminal Co. (lateral), leads about 1 miles S to the airport; in 1984
severe shoaling was reported in this channel.
Seventh Street Marine Terminal 2 The bay is connected to San Francisco Bay by San
10.132 Leandro Channel. This channel is very narrow, with
1 Berth Nos 3234: berthing space 536 m; depth shallow, uneven depths at its E end. A bascule bridge, with
alongside 116 m; operated by Stevedoring Services a vertical clearance of 6 m on the S side of the draw, spans
of America Terminals. the channel where it enters San Leandro Bay.
Ben E Nutter Container Terminal (Berth Nos 35, 37 Local knowledge is required.
and 38): berthing space 35 and 37, 688 m; depth
alongside 128 m, berthing space 38, 262 m; depth Ballena Bay
alongside 116 m; operated by Marine Terminals 10.138
Corp. 1 Description. Ballena Bay (3746N, 12217W) is a
large small craft harbour formed on the E side of an island
Inner Harbor on the S side of Alameda; it affords good shelter in stormy
weather. Depths of 18 m (6 ft) or less extend E and S from
10.133
the E side of the entrance; in 2001 a depth of 21 m (7 ft)
1 Positioned from No 10 Light-beacon (37475N,
was reported in the entrance channel and 24 m (8 ft)
122181W).
alongside the berths.
Berth Nos 55 and 56 (9 cables WNW): berthing
2 A light (port hand) is displayed from a dolphin at the S
space 730 m, depth alongside 128 m; operated by
extremity of the island, and a light (port hand) is displayed
Hanjin Shipping Co (partially charted as under
at the entrance to the harbour; the channel entrance is
construction).
marked by buoys (starboard hand).
Berth Nos 6063 (1 cables N): berthing space
3 There is a depth of about 24 m (8 ft) in the channel
836 m; depth alongside 128 m; operated by
between the island and Alameda which is spanned by a
American President Lines.
fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 15 m (5 ft). The
Schnitzer Steel Industries Pier (5 cables ENE):
channel entrance is marked by light-buoys (lateral), and a
berthing space 632 m; depth alongside 94 to 11 m;
light-beacon (black and white chequered diamond daymark,
scrap metals.
on post) (privately maintained) is displayed close W of the
2 Howard Container Terminal (8 cables ENE): Berth
channel.
Nos 6769; berthing space 593 m; depth alongside
4 Useful mark:
128 m; terminal also handles conventional and
Tower (radar reflector) standing 4 cables SE of the
Ro-Ro cargoes.
entrance.
Services: all the usual facilities are available.
Alameda Naval Air Station
10.134
1 The principal berths are: HEAD OF THE BAY HUNTERS POINT
Pier No 2: length 366 m. TO COYOTE CREEK
Pier No 3: length 411 m.
The Naval Port Services Office should be consulted for General information
the latest depths. Charts 591, 592, 229 (see 1.14)
Description
10.139
Port services
10.135 1 South of Hunters Point (3744N, 12222W) on the W,
1 Repairs. All manner of repairs can be carried out. and Bay Farm Island (5 miles E) on the E, the greater part
Largest dry docks; see 10.94 of San Francisco Bay is occupied by shallow flats, through
Other facilities. Several hospitals; garbage disposal. which a comparatively narrow channel leads to the head of
Supplies. Fuel oils by barge; fresh water; provisions and the bay. The shores of the bay are linked by the San
stores. Mateo-Hayward Bridge (10.143), 10 miles SE of Hunters
Communications. International airport 13 km S of the Point, and the narrows at the head of the bay by the
city. bridges at Dumbarton Point (3730N, 12206W) (10.144).
2 The channel favours the W side of the bay, which is
more built up than the E side. San Francisco International
Small craft Airport is situated on the shore, 6 miles S of Hunters
Point, and the port of Redwood City (10.152) is entered
Inner Harbor through Redwood Creek, 4 miles above the San
10.136 Mateo-Hayward Bridge.
1 There are many small craft facilities on both sides of the 3 The E shore of the bay, between Dumbarton Point and
channel from Inner Harbor entrance to the vicinity of Bay Farm Island is fronted by extensive shallow flats
Oakland Airport at the S end of San Leandro Bay. which dry about 1 mile offshore in places; it is accessible
only to small boats.
San Leandro Bay Above Dumbarton Point, the main channel continues SE
10.137 for about 3 miles to the entrance to Coyote Creek, at the
1 Description. San Leandro Bay (3745N, 12213W), is head of the bay; numerous other creeks flow into the head
formed between Bay Farm Island to S, Alameda to N, and of the bay.

346
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Pilotage Directions
10.140 (continued from 10.86)
1 See 10.40.
Hunters Point to Dumbarton Point
10.147
Vessel Traffic Service 1 From the vicinity of Point Avisadero (3744N,
10.141 12221W) (10.84) the fairway leads SSE passing through
1 See 10.15. San Bruno Shoal Channel, a channel 3 miles long,
dredged to a depth of 85 m (28 ft) over a width of 152 m
(500 ft) (2002). The channel, which is entered 2 miles
Submarine cables and pipelines SSE of Point Avisadero, is marked at its entrance by No 1
10.142 Light-beacon (port hand) and No 2 Light-buoy (starboard
1 See 10.4. hand), thence by two pairs of light-beacons (lateral). The
channel leads W of San Bruno Shoal (37385N,
122175W) and a spit, with depths of less than 55 m
Vertical clearances
(18 ft) which extends 2 miles NNW from the shoal. A
10.143
dolphin stands close W of the shoal and a ruined tower and
1 San Mateo-Hayward Bridge. This bridge crosses the
another dolphin stand on the spit, 1 and 2 miles NNW
bay from Little Coyote Point (37345N, 122157W),
respectively, of this dolphin.
2 miles E of San Mateo, to the vicinity of Johnson Landing
2 Thence the fairway leads SE passing:
(6 miles ENE). It is a fixed span bridge with a vertical
NE of No 8 Light-beacon (starboard hand) which
clearance of 41 m (135 ft).
stands on the SW side of the channel 1 miles NE
2 Navigational aids:
of Coyote Point (3735N, 12219W) (10.145),
Two fixed green lights, displayed from each side of
and:
the centre of the bridge, mark the centre of the
SW of an obstruction (submerged pile) lying on the
channel; fixed red lights mark the piers of the
NE side of the channel, 1 mile NE of No 8
bridge.
Light-beacon. Thence:
A fog signal is sounded from the bridge.
NE of 8A Beacon (starboard hand) (2 miles E of
A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 49 m
Coyote Point), thence:
(160 ft), crosses the bay close S, and parallel to the bridge.
3 Through the fairway under the San Mateo-Hayward
3 Close S of the bridge a fishing pier (a former lift
Bridge (3735N, 12215W), marked close N of the bridge
bridge) extends 7 cables from Little Coyote Point into the
by No 10 Light-buoy (starboard hand) and close S of the
channel. A light is displayed, at an elevation of 4 m, from
bridge by No 11 Light-buoy (port hand). Obstructions are
one of the power cable pylons which stands close off the
charted between these two buoys. No 12 Light-beacon
extremity of this pier; another pylon stands 3 cables NE.
(starboard hand) on the S side of the channel, 2 miles
10.144
ESE of the bridge, bearing 127 (intensified on this
1 Dumbarton Bridges. Two bridges and an aqueduct span
bearing), leads through the centre of the fairway.
the head of the bay from Ravenswood Point (37305N,
4 Thence the fairway continues ESE and SE passing:
122082W) to Dumbarton Point (1 miles ESE).
NNE of No 12 Light-beacon which marks the SW
Dumbarton Highway Bridge, the N bridge, has a
side of the channel off the entrance to Steinberger
horizontal clearance of 67 m (221 ft), and a vertical
Slough (37325N, 122135W); a sewer outfall
clearance of 26 m (85 ft). A power cable, with a higher
extends into the channel from the N side of
safe overhead clearance, spans the channel on the N side of
Steinberger Slough. Thence:
this bridge. A fog signal is sounded from the bridge.
5 NE of the light-beacon and light-buoy (3 miles ESE
2 Dumbarton Railroad Bridge, the S bridge, has a
of the San Mateo-Hayward Bridge) marking the
horizontal clearance of 38 m (125 ft), and a vertical
entrance to Redwood Creek (10.152), thence:
clearance of 4 m (13 ft) when closed, but it is maintained
NE of No 14 Light-beacon (starboard hand), marking
in the open position.
the SW side of the channel 3 cables NNE of
Close N of the railway bridge, an aqueduct, which
Ravenswood Point (37305N, 122082W),
carries water to San Francisco, crosses the bay. From the
thence:
W shore the aqueduct is carried on a trestle, 6 cables long,
6 Under the Dumbarton Highway and Railroad Bridges
to a building on the SW side of the fairway; thence it is
(10.144), passing SW of Dumbarton Point, and
tunnelled under the channel to the E shore.
into the head of the bay.

Landmarks Useful marks

10.145 10.148
1 Tower (the centre of three) (37405N, 122245W), 1 Monument standing on a hill 5 cables W of Point San
on the E side of San Bruno Mountain (10.26). Bruno (37392N, 122227W); it is reported to
Coyote Point (3735N, 12219W), a prominent point be floodlit.
which is covered by a heavy growth of trees. Aero light (3737N, 12223W) at San Francisco
International Airport.
Aero light (3740N, 12207W) at Hayward Air
Other navigation aid Terminal.
10.146 2 Aero light (3731N, 12215W) at the head of
1 Racon. San Mateo-Hayward Highway Bridge Steinberger Slough.
(3735N, 12215W). Radio tower (tallest of many) (37328N,
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 122140W).

347
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Head of the bay Anchorages

10.149 10.151
1 Caution. Mariners are warned that numerous uncharted 1 See 10.70.
objects, some submerged, may exist along the edges of the
waterways in the head of the bay. Port of Redwood City
Local knowledge is required. General information
10.150 10.152
1 Coyote Creek. From Dumbarton Point the main 1 Position and function. The Port of Redwood City
channel, marked by light-beacons (lateral) leads about (3730N, 12213W) lies inside Redwood Creek which is
3 miles ESE to Calaveras Point (3728N, 12203W) at entered through a dredged channel, 3 miles SE of the San
the N entrance to Coyote Creek. Coyote Creek has many Mateo-Hayward Bridge. General and bulk cargoes,
tributaries; Alviso Slough, which branches S, is entered including cement, scrap metal, gypsum and sand are
1 miles above Calaveras Point. Power cables, with a safe handled. Redwood City, which is the seat of San Mateo
overhead clearance of 198 m (65 ft), span Coyote Creek at County, stands 2 miles farther S of the port installations.
the junction with Alviso Slough. 2 Traffic. In 2002, 34 vessels called totalling
2 Guadeloupe Slough, entered at No 20 beacon (starboard 1 193 675 dwt.
hand), 7 cables S of Calaveras Point, is marked by a Port Authority. Redwood City Port Authority, 675
beacon (starboard hand) and buoys (lateral), and is used by Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 940632794.
barges delivering aviation fuel to an airfield about 3 miles Website: www.redwoodcityport.com
inland. It is spanned close inside the entrance by power
cables with a safe overhead clearance of 198 m (65 ft). An Limiting Conditions
obstruction, with a depth over it of 03 m (1 ft), lies about 10.153
2 cables NNW of No 20 beacon. 1 Depths. The entrance channel, which has a minimum
3 Mayfield Slough. From the S side of the main channel width of 92 m (302 ft), has a project depth of 91 m (30 ft).
off Dumbarton Point, a narrow channel marked by piles For the latest controlling depths, the port authorities
leads about 3 miles S to a yacht harbour adjacent to Palo should be consulted.
Alto Municipal Airport (37275N, 122070W). In 1984 Vertical clearance. Power cables, with a safe overhead
there were depths of about 12 m (4 ft) in this harbour. clearance of 47 m (155 ft), span the entrance to Redwood
An aero light is displayed from the airport. Creek.

Port of Redwood City from S (10.152)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

348
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

2 Density of water: 1025 g/cm3. Fifteen berths are allocated for craft in transit; requests
Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel of 222 m should be made to the Harbour Masters office on the SW
LOA and draught 91 m has been accommodated. side of the marina.
2 Directions. A directional light (pole) showing red over
bearings 045046 (1); white over bearings
Arrival information 046047 (05); green over bearings 047048 (1); is
10.154 displayed from the marina.
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 10.15. From position 37402N, 122132W, in the white
Pilotage. See 10.40. sector of the light, a dredged channel, marked by
Tugs are available. light-beacons and beacons (lateral), leads 2 miles NE to the
harbour entrance.
3 A sewer outfall, covered with rocks, extends from the
Directions shore S of the harbour, SW along the S side of the channel
10.155 to its entrance, thence 3 miles WNW into the bay.
1 From a position 1 mile N of Redwood Point (3737N, Services: all the usual facilities are available.
12212W) a channel marked at its entrance by No 2
Light-beacon (starboard hand), and No 3 Light-buoy (port
hand), and subsequently by light-beacons (lateral) and a Sierra Point and Oyster Point
beacon (lateral), leads 2 miles S and SSW to the port 10.160
installations. 1 Sierra Point (37405N, 122230W) is the site of the
2 Useful mark: Brisbane Marina that can accommodate about 500 craft.
Silos of a cement plant, which stand at the entrance Reported controlling depth for the entrance and basin in
to Westpoint Slough (1 miles SSW of Redwood 200 was 24 m (8 ft).
Point). Oyster Point, a low, filled area, close S of Sierra Point,
is the site of two marinas; the Oyster Cove Marina, with
accommodation for 200 craft, lies inside the point; the
Berths Oyster Point Marina, with accommodation for 570 craft, is
10.156 situated on the SE side of the point.
1 Turning basins are situated at both ends of the berthing 2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables E of Sierra
area. Point, Oyster Point Channel, reported depth 21 m (7 ft)
Municipal berths, on the E side of the creek, listed (1988), marked by light-beacons (lateral) (privately
from N to S, all with reported depths of 91 to 107 m maintained), leads into Oyster Cove Marina; a spur from
alongside, are: this channel leads NW into Brisbane Marina.
Nos 1 & 2: berthing space 503 m (with dolphins); Oyster Point Marina is approached through a short
sand and bulk cement. channel, reported depth 21 m (7 ft) (1982), entered between
No 3: berthing space 228 m (with dolphins); bauxite, a pair of light-beacons (lateral), 4 cables S of Oyster
gypsum, sand and scrap metal. Point Channel.
2 No 4: length 137 m; general cargo; USGS facility.
No 5: length 152 m; cruise vessels.
Cargill Salt berth (at the head of the S turning basin): Seaplane Harbor
Length 189 m (with dolphins); bulk salt by elevator. 10.161
1 A channel, in which there was a depth of 22 m (7 ft)
(1982), leads to a seaplane harbour (3738N, 12223W)
Port services
on the N side of San Francisco International Airport; a
10.157
beacon (port hand) stands at the S entrance to the harbour.
1 Other facilities: hospital; limited facilities for the
A platform, from which a light is displayed, stands at
reception of oily waste; garbage disposal.
the extremity of a cable area, about 1 mile E of the
Supplies: fresh water.
harbour.
Communications: See 10.97.

Small craft Coyote Point Harbor

10.158 10.162
1 There is a municipal marina at the head of the S turning 1 Coyote Point Harbor, which can accommodate about
basin, with depths of about 18 m (6 ft), which can 580 craft in two basins, stands on the E side of Coyote
accommodate about 225 small craft; other small craft basins Point (3735N, 12219W) (10.145); depths in the basins
are situated closer to the city at the head of the creek. are about 24 m (8 ft).
Entry is made on the alignment of leading lights through
a channel marked by two light-beacons (lateral) and by
piles; all lights are privately maintained. In 2002, the depth
Small craft
in the channel was reported to be 3 m (10 ft).
Craft in transit, requiring a berth, should report to the
San Leandro Marina Harbour Masters office on the NW side of the harbour.
10.159
1 Description. San Leandro Marina (3742N, 12211W)
comprises two basins which in total can accommodate Other name
about 500 small craft; in 2003 the controlling depth in the 10.163
entrance channel was about 15 m (5 ft). 1 Belmont Slough (3733N, 12215W).

349
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

SAN FRANCISCO BAY NORTH PART

GENERAL INFORMATION ALCATRAZ ISLAND TO

SAN PABLO STRAIT

Chart 591 General information

Area covered
10.164
1 In this section is described the main passage through the Charts 591, 590
N part of San Francisco Bay from Alcatraz Island Routes
(3750N, 12225W) to the entrance to San Pablo Bay, 10.167
about 8 miles N, including a description of the small craft 1 From the vicinity of Alcatraz Island (3750N,
bays and harbours on each side of the bay. Also included is 12225W) to that of Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W)
a description of the port of Richmond and the associated the main channel leads initially N and NW, passing E of
terminals NW of the harbour. Angel Island (1 miles N), and NE of Tiburon Peninsula
2 It is arranged as follows: (5 cables farther NW), thence it leads N to pass under the
Alcatraz Island to San Pablo Strait (10.167). Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), and into
Port of Richmond (10.185). San Pablo Strait.
2 Southampton Shoal Channel, a deep-water channel,
branches N from the main channel about 1 mile NE of
Angel island. It leads first to the Richmond Long Wharf
and to the Richmond Harbor Entrance Channel, thence
Description
under the Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge, to the
10.165
port installations on the peninsula NW of Richmond
1 The W side of the bay is rugged and is indented by a
Harbor.
series of shallow, marshy bays, navigable only by small
Raccoon Strait, which leads between Angel Island and
craft; marked channels lead to the principal small craft
Tiburon Peninsula, is described at 10.63.
harbours. The city of San Rafael, the seat of Marin County,
stands on this W shore, towards its N end, and is linked to
the city of Richmond on the E shore by the Richmond-San Pilotage
Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), which is the dominant 10.168
feature in the N part of the bay. High land above San 1 See 10.40.
Rafael descends to Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W)
on the NW side of San Pablo Strait.
2 The E side of the bay, from Oakland in the S, to Vessel Traffic Service
Richmond in the N, presents an almost unbroken stretch of 10.169
built up area; extensive shallow flats extend several miles 1 See 10.15.
from this shore. North-west of Richmond, a high, hilly
peninsula, extends NW to Point San Pablo (3758N,
12226W) on the SE side of San Pablo Strait; several Regulated navigation area
important oil terminals are situated on this peninsula. 10.170
3 San Pablo Strait, which links San Francisco Bay to San 1 Southampton Shoal Channel and Richmond Entrance
Pablo Bay, is 1 miles wide between its salient points and Channel. In addition to the general regulations given at
has a clear navigable width of about 6 cables on the W 10.9, any vessel to which these regulations apply shall not
side of dangers extending SW from Point San Pablo. enter the area if such entry would result in meeting,
crossing or overtaking any similar vessel.

Anchorages Submarine cables and pipelines

10.166 10.171
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5. 1 See 10.4.
The anchorages in the N part of San Francisco Bay, as
shown on the chart, are:
No 4 (general): SE of Point San Quentin (37565N, Vertical clearances RichmondSan Rafael Bridge
122290W); Anchorage No 13 (explosives) lies in 10.172
the E side of this anchorage, 1 miles SE of Point 1 Description. This bridge which spans the bay between
San Quentin. Point San Quentin (37565N, 122290W) (10.174), and
2 No 5 (general): 3 miles SE of Point San Quentin. Castro Point (3 miles E), is one of the longest fixed high
Obstructions, reported 2002, lie 6 cables SSW of level double-deck bridges in the world. Two main channels
Red Rock (10.174) in the N part of this anchorage. known as West Navigation Channel and East Navigation
No 6 (general): the E side of the bay, N and S of Channel pass under the bridge; both channels are marked
Berkeley Yacht Harbor (3752N, 12219W), by buoys and light-buoys. The W channel span is 305 m
between Richmond in the N and Oakland in the S. (1000 ft) wide with a vertical clearance of 564 m (185 ft);
Numerous unlit buoys (orange and white) are laid the E channel span is 296 m (970 ft) wide with a vertical
in the N part of the anchorage. clearance of 411 m (135 ft).

350
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

2 Navigational aids: 3 E of Point Blunt (4 miles S) (10.54), thence:

The centres of the spans above the two main channels E of Quarry Point (4 miles S), the bold, steep-to E
are marked by three fixed white lights, vertically extremity of Angel Island; a light (port hand)
disposed, above a fixed green light. Aero lights are stands on from Quarry Point.
displayed from each of the two towers which flank Thence the channel leads NW passing:
each span. NE of Point Simpton (3 miles S), the NE point of
A fixed green light marks the centre of the adjoining Angel Island, and:
secondary channel spans. 4 SW of Southampton Shoal Light (white round tower)
3 Fog signals (horns) are sounded from the centre of (3 miles SSE), which stands at the S end of
the spans above the two main channels. Southampton Shoal. The shoal, over which there is
a least depth 46 m (15 ft) extends 1 miles NNW
from the light. Thence:
Tidal streams 5 NE of Bluff Point (3 miles SSW) (10.65), thence:
10.173 NE of Point Chauncey (2 miles SSW) from where a
1 In the N part of San Francisco Bay, the times of slack light (port hand) is displayed. Point Chauncey is
water are later than at Golden Gate, by about 20 minutes in the site of both Local and National Fisheries
the fairway E of Angel Island, to about 50 minutes in San Laboratories. Thence:
Pablo Strait. 6 Thence the channel leads generally NNE passing:
The average maximum rate of the in-going stream is Through the West Navigation Channel under the
about 2 kn. Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (7 cables
WNW) (10.172), thence:
7 ESE of a light-beacon (white diamond daymark,
Principal marks orange border, on pile) (1 miles WNW), which is
10.174 displayed from the extremity of a sewer outfall,
1 Landmarks: thence:
Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W) (10.46). WNW of Invincible Rock (1 miles NNW), marked
Angel Island (3752N, 12226W) (10.46). on its SW side by No 16 Light-buoy (starboard
Bell Tower (37523N, 122155W) (not charted), at hand), and:
the University of California. 8 ESE of No 17 Light-beacon (port hand) (2 miles
Red Rock (37558N, 122258W), so named NW), which stands at the entrance to San Rafael
because of its colour. Creek Channel; this light is intensified on bearings
2 Point San Quentin (37565N, 122290W), a high of 215 and 333 to indicate the W limits of the
point projecting about 1 mile from the coast; the fairway. Thence:
prominent buildings of San Quentin Prison stand WNW of Whiting Rock (1 miles NNW), marked on
on the S side of the point. its W side by No 18 Light-buoy (starboard hand),
Major lights: thence:
Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W) (10.46). 9 WNW of The Brothers (2 miles N), two islets, from
East Brother Island Light (yellow square tower on the E of which a light (10.174) is displayed,
dwelling) (3758N, 12226W). thence:
NW of Point San Pablo (2 miles N), a point which
rises abruptly to a height of 43 m, and on which
Other navigational aids
there is a tank farm; a light (concrete mooring
10.175
dolphin) is displayed from a terminal at Point San
1 Racons:
Pablo. No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), E
close N of the point marks the E side of the
and W channels.
fairway. Thence:
WCA1 buoyant light-beacon (37548N, 122252W)
10 SE of Point San Pedro (3 miles NNW), which rises
at the extremity of a sewer outfall (10.205).
to San Pedro Hill, 108 m high. Three chimneys
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
stand on the SW side of the point, and there is a
large quarry just N of the point. The Sisters, three
small, bare rocks, lie 2 cables NE of the point.
Directions Close S of The Sisters, five mooring buoys have
(continued from 10.53 and 10.54)
been established.
(Directions E continue at 10.221)
Main channel
10.176
1 The channel is marked on its starboard side by Southampton Shoal Channel
Light-buoys Nos 218, on its port side by No 3 Light-buoy 10.177
and No 15 buoy, and at mid-channel, at intervals, by A, B 1 From a position in the main channel in the vicinity of
and C Light-buoys (safe water). Charted depths in the main No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored 7 cables WSW
fairway exceed 11 m (36 ft). of Southampton Shoal Light (3753N, 12224W) (10.176),
2 From a position in the Precautionary Area SE of a channel, with a project depth of 137 m (45 ft), marked
Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W), for vessels leaving by light-buoys (lateral), leads NNW, passing W of
the E-bound traffic lane of the TSS, or NE of the island, Southampton Shoal, and through a shoal area over which
for vessels using the Deep Water Route, the channel leads there are depths of less than 91 m (30 ft), to the
N passing (with positions from Red Rock (37558N, manoeuvring area off Richmond Entrance Channel and
122258W) (10.174)): Richmond Long Wharf.

351
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

2 Caution. Attention is drawn to the sewer outfall Corte Madera Creek

described at 10.205; attention is also drawn to the 10.182
regulations at 10.170. 1 Description. Corte Madera Creek, where there is a ferry
10.178 terminal, lies at the head of a marshy bight entered
1 Thence the fairway continues NNW, further marked by between Paradise Cay (37545N, 122285W) (10.181)
light-buoys (lateral), passing ENE of Red Rock (10.174), and Point San Quentin (1 miles N) (10.174); a State
and WSW of Castro Rocks, a group of small, low rocks Security Zone surrounds the SE side of Point San Quentin.
which lie on the edge of the bank on the E side of the Local knowledge is essential.
fairway; thence through the East Navigation Channel of the 2 Directions. From the vicinity of No 2 Light-beacon
Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), to the (starboard hand), standing 1 mile SE of Point San Quentin,
terminals at Molate Point and Point San Pablo; lights a channel, marked by lights and light-beacons, leads
(towers) are displayed from the extremities of Molate Point 2 miles WNW to a turning basin at the mouth of the creek;
Terminal. there is a reported depth of 13 m (4 ft) (1999) in this
(Directions for Port of Richmond are given at 10.204) channel. A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of
365 m (120 ft), spans the turning basin.
Caution. An obstruction lies in the approach 4 cables
Small craft harbours on the SE of No 2 Light-beacon.
east side of the bay
San Rafael Creek
Emeryville 10.183
10.179 1 Description. San Rafael Creek lies at the head of San
1 Description. There are two marinas in the small craft Rafael Bay, a large, shallow indentation, formed between
harbour at Emeryville (3750N, 12218W) situated close Point San Quentin (37565N, 122290W) (10.174) and
N of the E approach to the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Point San Pedro (3 miles NE) (10.176). The creek houses
Bridge; about 730 small craft can be accommodated. The several marinas which serve the city of San Rafael.
entrance channel to the harbour is marked by lights; two 2 Directions. From the vicinity of No 17 Light-beacon
unlit piles lie close W of the entrance to the channel. (1 miles NE of Point San Quentin) (10.176), the
2 In 1998 there were depths of 18 m (6 ft) in the alignment (293) of leading lights (red rectangular
approach; there are depths of 12 m (4 ft) alongside the daymarks, white stripes, on piles), leads into the entrance
berths in the harbour. through a channel marked by light-beacons, which had a
Services. All the usual facilities are available. controlling depth (2003) of 17 m (5 ft) at mid-channel to
the mouth of San Rafael Creek. Power cables, with a safe
Berkeley Yacht Harbor overhead clearance of 38 m (125 ft), span the channel close
10.180 E of the leading lights. On departure, No 17 Light-beacon
1 Description. Berkeley Yacht Harbor (3752N, is intensified on a bearing of 113.
12219W), which is protected by two detached 3 Thence the channel continues to a turning basin about
breakwaters, has accommodation for over 900 small craft. 1 mile inside the entrance, with a controlling depth of
Twenty berths are allocated for craft in transit; requests 06 m (2 ft).
should be made to the Harbour Masters office on the S Useful marks:
side of the harbour. Berkeley Pier, extends 2 miles WSW Marin Islands (3758N, 12228W), two small islands
from the S side of the harbour; the outer 1 miles of the in the centre of the bay; there are some buildings,
pier are in ruins, and the remaining inner section is used as and a stranded wreck, on the N side of the higher
a fishing pier. East Marin Island.
2 Directions. Approaching from W, the channel is marked 4 Loch Lomond Marina, which lies at the N entrance to
by No 2 Light-beacon (starboard hand) which stands at the the creek 1 miles N of Point San Quentin, is entered
extremity of Berkeley Pier, and by No 3 Light-beacon (port through a marked channel which leads N from the main
hand) (8 cables NE of No 2 Light-beacon) on the N side of channel, about 5 cables W of the West Marin Island.
the channel. Lights are displayed from the detached Services. All the usual facilities are available.
breakwaters and at the entrance to the harbour.
Other names
3 Craft approaching from N should note Berkeley Reef, 10.184
(8 cables NW of the entrance) which is marked by No 1 1 Point Fleming (3753N, 12219W).
Light (port hand). Point Isabel (37538N, 122193W).
In 2000 there were charted depths of 18 m (6 ft) or less
on the S side of the entrance, and an isolated depth of PORT OF RICHMOND
15 m (5 ft) near the N entrance; the least charted depths
inside the harbour were about 21 m (7 ft). General information
Services. All the usual facilities are available. Chart 591
Position
10.185
Small craft harbours on the 1 Port of Richmond (3755N, 12223W) is situated in the
west side of the bay
NE corner of San Francisco Bay about 8 miles NE of
Paradise Cay Golden Gate; it includes the port facilities to Point San
Pablo, about 5 miles NW.
10.181
1 Paradise Cay (37547N, 122285W), is a small craft Function
harbour with accommodation for about 200 craft. In 2002 10.186
there were reported to be depths of about 12 m (4 ft) in 1 The port is the terminal of the Atchison, Topeka and
the approach, and 15 m (5 ft) in the harbour. Santa F Railroad and the Southern Pacific Railroad; it is

352
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

an important oil refining centre and oil shipment port. Regulations concerning entry
There are major facilities for petroleum, dry and liquid 10.198
cargoes, steel products, lumber and automobiles. 1 Tankers. See 10.10.
Approach and entry Quarantine and customs
10.187 10.199
1 From the main channel in San Francisco Bay the port is 1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
usually approached through the Southampton Shoal Channel by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
(3754N, 12225W), and then entered through channels quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
marked by leading lights, light-beacons and light-buoys. officials on arrival at their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Traffic
10.188 Harbour
1 In 2002, 688 vessels called totalling 43 799 270 dwt.
General layout
Port Authority 10.200
10.189 1 The harbour comprises the area of the shore from a
1 Port of Richmond, 1411 Harbour Way South, PO Box position on the mainland N of Brooks Island (3754N,
4046, Richmond CA 94804. 12221W), to Point San Pablo (about 5 miles NW). The
principal oil terminals lie between Point Richmond
Limiting conditions (37545N, 122235W) and Point San Pablo.
2 A turning basin is situated close inside Point Richmond
Controlling depths and there is another turning basin at the head of the
10.190 harbour. The main berthing areas are in Harbor Channel
1 The project depth for Southampton Shoal Channel is (1 miles ENE of Point Richmond) and Santa F Channel,
137 m (45 ft) and for the harbour channels as far as Santa which is entered through Harbor Channel.
F Channel is 107 m (35 ft), thence 91 m (30 ft) into the There are facilities for small craft E of Point Richmond,
turning basin at the head of the harbour. in a basin 7 cables NE of Brooks Island, and at the head
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port of the harbour.
authorities, should be consulted.
Submarine cables and pipelines
Vertical clearances 10.201
10.191 1 See 10.4.
1 See 10.172.
Principal marks
Deepest and longest berths 10.202
10.192 1 See 10.174.
1 Tankers: Richmond Long Wharf (37554N,
Other navigational aids
122246W) (10.208).
10.203
Containers: Terminal No 3 (10.208).
1 See 10.175.
Automobiles: Terminals 6 & 7 (10.208).
Tidal levels Directions
10.193 Approaches
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring 10.204
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 07 m. 1 Approach from S is made through Southampton Shoal
Channel which is described at 10.177.
Density of water Approach from N is made through the East Navigation
10.194 Channel of the Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge
1 The density of water is 1025 g/cm3. (10.172).
2 The approach to the inner harbour is through a channel,
Arrival information in two legs, which leads from a position 1 miles NW of
Vessel Traffic Service Point Richmond (37545N, 122235W) to a position off
10.195 Brooks Island (1 miles E). The second leg of the channel
1 See 10.15. is protected on its S side by a training wall which extends
about 1 miles W from Brooks Island.
Pilotage and tugs
10.196 Entrance
1 Pilotage. See 10.40. 10.205
Tugs are available. 1 Entrance Channel Leading Lights. From a position in
the manoeuvring area at the N exit from Southampton
Regulated navigation area Shoal Channel, about 1 miles NW of Point Richmond
10.197 (37545N, 122235W), the alignment (132) of the
1 Regulated navigation area is established in Point Potrero following lights leads about 1 mile SE through the Entrance
Reach in the approaches to the harbour. In addition to the Channel, which is marked by light-buoys (port hand) and a
general regulations given at 10.9, any vessel to which these light-beacon (starboard hand), to Point Potrero Reach:
regulations apply shall not enter the area if such entry Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
would result in meeting, crossing or overtaking any similar pile structure) (5 cables S of Point Richmond).
vessel. See also 10.169 for Southampton Shoal Channel Rear light (similar structure) (310 m SE of
and Richmond Entrance Channel. front light).

353
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Port of Richmond from SSE (10.200)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

2 Caution. A sewer outfall, as shown on the chart, Principal Terminals

marked towards its W end by buoyant light-beacons WCA1 10.208
and WCA2 (white with orange bands), extends from the 1 With positions from Point Richmond (37545N,
Richmond shore N of Point Richmond, across the entrance 122235W):
channel, to the E side of Southampton Shoal Channel. Outer berths:
Extreme caution should be exercised when turning, or using Terminal No 4 at Point San Pablo (3 miles NNW):
an anchor in this vicinity. length 318 m; depth alongside 107 m; bulk liquids.
3 Point Potrero Reach Leading Lights. From a position Point Orient Wharf (3 miles NNW): length 153 m;
about 4 cables WSW of Point Richmond, the alignment depth alongside 11 m; petroleum products; not in
(099) of the following lights leads 1 miles E through use 2003.
Point Potrero Reach, which is marked by light-buoys and Molate Point (2 miles NNW): length 183 m; depth
light-beacons (lateral), passing N of a beacon (red and alongside 107 m; Naval fuel depot.
white) marking the N extremity of the training wall: 2 Richmond Long Wharf (1 miles NW): four berths
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on on W face; overall length 934 m (with dolphins);
pile) (1 miles E of Point Richmond). depth alongside 11 m; petroleum products; 505 m
Rear light (similar structure) (314 m E of front light). of berthing space on the inner face, N section,
4 Thence the fairway leads round Point Potrero Turn, used mainly by barges, with depths of from 21 to
marked by a buoy and light-buoy (starboard hand), and 27 m alongside.
continues N for 7 cables into Harbor Channel, thence NW Terminal No 1 (close E): length 170 m; depth
for 5 cables to the turning basin at the head of Santa F alongside 11 m; vegetable oils and petrochemicals.
Channel. Mariners should take note of the wreck at the 3 Harbor Channel:
entrance to the turning basin. Terminal No 7 (1 miles E): length 213 m; depth
alongside 107 m; import and export of
Basins and berths automobiles.
Anchorages ARCO Tanker and Barge Docks (N of Terminal
10.206 No 7): length 216 m; depth alongside 107 m;
1 See 10.166. bunkering, petroleum and petrochemicals.
Union Tanker Dock (N of ARCO Dock): length
Alongside depths 224 m; depth alongside 107 m; bunkering and
10.207 petroleum products.
1 All depths are reported depths; the port authorities 4 Terminal No 3 (1 miles ENE): length 307 m; depths
should be contacted for the latest information. alongside 107 m; containers.

354
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Terminal No 2 (N of Terminal No 3): length 220 m; Largest dry dock: length 228 m; breadth 256 m;
depth alongside 107 m; liquid chemicals. maximum draught 945 m.
5 Santa F Channel: 2 Other facilities. Several hospitals; limited facilities for
Time Oil Co Wharf (14 miles ENE): length 79 m the reception of oily waste; garbage disposal.
with dolphins; depth alongside 11 m; petroleum Supplies. Fresh water at most berths; all grades of fuel;
products. provisions and stores.
Levin-Richmond Terminal (1 miles ENE): three Communications. See 10.97 and 10.135.
berths; berthing space 564 m; depths alongside 10
to 107 m; dry bulk cargoes, chemicals and steel Small craft
products.
6 Texaco Wharf (NW of Levin-Richmond Terminal):
Marinas
length 192 m; depth alongside 107 m; petroleum 10.210
products. 1 With positions from Point Richmond (37545N,
Burmah-Castrol Wharf (11 miles NE): length 182 m; 122235W):
depth alongside 97 m; petroleum products. Brickyard Cove (6 cables E); depths in the basin
24 m.
Richmond Marina Bay (2 miles E); depths of less
than 18 m in the approach with shoaling reported
Port services (1984).
10.209 Richmond Yacht Harbor (1 miles NE) in Santa F
1 Repairs. All manner of repairs can be effected. Floating Channel; depths in the basin 24 m; shiplift
cranes with capacity up to 350 tonnes and five dry docks at capacity 60 tons.
Point Potrero (37543N, 122219W): All the usual services are available.

SAN PABLO STRAIT TO STOCKTON AND SACRAMENTO

GENERAL INFORMATION Topography
10.213
Charts 590, 229 1 From Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W), the W
Area covered shore of the bay, as far as the entrance to Petaluma River
10.211 (about 7 miles NNW), is fronted by extensive shallow
1 In this section are described San Pablo Bay, Carquinez flats which dry up to 5 cables offshore in places.
Strait and Suisun Bay, and the main channel through those The N shore of the bay consists of low marshes,
bays to the delta of San Joaquin River and Sacramento intersected by numerous sloughs, and is similarly fronted
River; the ports of Stockton and Sacramento which are by extensive shallow flats; it is bounded W by Tubbs
reached through those rivers are described. Also included is Island, and E by Mare Island.
a description of Mare Island Strait, the minor channels 2 The S shore of the bay is moderately bold, except
leading through the bays, and the more important of the between Point San Pablo (1 miles SE of Point San
installations which border the main channel. Pedro), and Pinole Point, about 4 miles NE, where it is low
2 It is arranged as follows: and marshy; drying flats fringe the shore to the approach to
San Pablo Bay (10.212). Carquinez Strait.
Carquinez Strait (10.240).
Suisun Bay (10.263).
Exercise areas
Port of Stockton (10.286). 10.214
Port of Sacramento (10.303). 1 Firing areas are established in the centre of San Pablo
Bay and to the W of Mare Island; see chart. The former is
active from 1 April to 30 September between 1000 and
1500 on the first Wednesday of each month, and on the
SAN PABLO BAY third full weekend (Saturday and Sunday) of June.
The latter is activated occasionally. In all cases,
notifications of firing will be made.
General information
Pilotage
Chart 590 10.215
Description 1 See 10.40.
10.212 Vessel Traffic Service
1 San Pablo Bay, which is entered through San Pablo 10.216
Strait (3759N, 12226W), is a large, shallow basin, 1 See 10.15.
10 miles long in a NE direction, with a greatest width of
8 miles. The main channel, on the SE side of the bay, leads Regulated navigation areas
to Mare Island Strait and Carquinez Strait; a minor channel 10.217
leads to Petaluma River on the NW side of the bay. 1 Regulated navigation areas are established in San Pablo
2 There is considerable traffic in the main channel through Strait from the Richmond-San Rafael Bridge up to and
the bay; deep-draught vessels pass through the bay to the including Pinole Shoal Channel, see 10.9.
oil installations in Carquinez Strait, and there is a regular Pinole Shoal Channel. In addition to the general
flow of traffic to the installations in Suisun Bay and regulations given at 10.9, Pinole Shoal Channel is reserved
onwards to Stockton and Sacramento. for the use of vessels greater than 1600 gt; vessels less than

355
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

1600 gt are not permitted to use this area nor to cross it at 5 S of Mare Island Pier No 35 (1 mile NNE of Davis
any point. Vessels to which these regulations apply shall Point), off the W extremity of which stands No 17
not enter the channel if a similar vessel within the channel Light (port hand).
is: Caution. Mariners westbound on an ebb stream in
2 (A) carrying certain dangerous cargoes, or Pinole Shoal Channel should beware of being set down on
(B) carrying petroleum products in bulk, or the navigation aids following the turn at No 11
(C) a tanker in ballast if entry would result in Light-beacon.
meeting, crossing or overtaking such vessel.
Vessels permitted to use the channel shall proceed at a Useful marks
reasonable speed so as not to interfere with any channel 10.222
maintenance or survey work, and shall not anchor in the 1 P Light-beacon (red and white chequered diamond
channel without permission. daymark on pile) (3801N, 12222W) which
stands close NNW of the pier at Pinole Point.
Submarine cables and pipelines Tank (38013N, 122173W), painted black and
10.218 white, at a fertilizer plant at Hercules.
1 See 10.4. Chimney (38027N, 122154W), the N of six, at
Oleum. Many prominent pastel coloured oil tanks
Natural conditions stand on hills behind the town.
10.219 (Directions continue at 10.250)
1 Tidal streams. The normal times of slack water in San
Pablo Bay are about 50 minutes later than in Golden Gate Anchorages
at the W end of the bay, and by about 2 hours at the E end 10.223
of the bay. Streams can be strong within the bay. 1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
Local weather. Winds in San Pablo Bay can be The anchorages in San Pablo Bay, as shown on the
particularly strong and this factor must be taken into chart, are:
consideration by tankers bound for the oil terminals. No 18 (general): W side of the bay.
No 19 (general): N side of the bay; several buoys and
Principal marks targets lie in the E side of this anchorage, and a
10.220 lighted mooring buoy in the SW part.
1 Landmark: 2 No 20 (general): S side of the bay.
Pinole Point (3801N, 12222W), a moderately high, No 21 (naval): in the approach to Mare Island Strait;
rocky bluff, from which a fishing pier extends depths in the NE corner of this anchorage are
about 2 cables NW. reported (2003) to be less than charted.
Major light:
East Brother Island Light (3758N, 12226W) Gallinas Creek
(10.174). Description
10.224
Directions 1 Gallinas Creek, which enters San Pablo Bay about
(continued from 10.176) 3 miles NW of Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W), is
10.221 approached through a channel, marked on its N side by
1 The main channel through San Pablo Bay is from 1 to markers (private); in 1983 the least depth in the channel
2 miles wide between the 55 m (18 ft) depth contour lines. was 06 m (2 ft).
Within this channel is Pinole Shoal Channel, which is Local knowledge is required.
183 m wide and has a project depth of 107 m (35 ft)
(2003). For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the Petaluma River
port authorities, should be consulted. Description
2 Pinole Shoal Channel. See 10.217 for regulations. From 10.225
a position in San Pablo Strait SE of Point San Pedro 1 Petaluma River, which enters San Pablo Bay about
(3759N, 12226W) (10.176), the fairway, marked by 7 miles NNW of Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W),
light-beacons, and, at mid-channel by E Light-buoy (safe is used by pleasure craft, and by barges transporting gravel,
water), leads about 4 miles NE to Pinole Shoal Channel oyster shell, heavy construction equipment, and concrete
which is entered 1 mile NNW of Pinole Point (3801N, products to the city of Petaluma which lies 12 miles above
12222W) (10.220): the entrance.
3 Thence the channel leads generally ENE for about Local knowledge is required.
6 miles, marked by light-beacons and light-buoys (lateral),
to the entrance to Carquinez Strait passing (with positions Limiting conditions
from Pinole Point): 10.226
SSE of an obstruction (1 miles NNE), thence: 1 Depths. In 2003 the mid-channel controlling depth in
NNW of a dangerous wreck (2 miles NE), thence: the approach channel was 22 m (7 ft); thence (2002) to
SSE of a wreck with a depth over it of 52 m (17 ft) the turning basin at Petaluma it was 09 m (3 ft).
(3 miles NE), thence: Vertical clearances. Overhead power cables, swing
4 NNW of the oil terminals, which lie 5 cables NW, bridges, and fixed highway bridges, span the river within
and 3 cables N, respectively of Davis Point 2 miles of the entrance, and in the approaches to Petaluma.
(5 miles ENE); a spoil ground, over which there The least safe overhead and vertical clearances are 21 m
are depths of less than 55 m (18 ft), lies on the N (70 ft) under power cables and highway bridges, and 12 m
side of the fairway. Lights are displayed from the (4 ft) under the swing bridges, when closed, as far as the
extremities of the terminals. Thence: turning basin at Petaluma.

356
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Directions connected to the mainland by a causeway, about 3 miles

10.227 above the entrance, and by a fixed bridge, 6 cables
1 From a position 3 miles NNE of Point San Pedro a farther N.
channel, marked at its entrance by Nos 1 and 2 There are several marinas on the E bank towards its N
Light-beacons (lateral), thence throughout its length by end.
light-beacons (starboard hand) and beacons (port hand)
leads 1 miles N, thence 4 miles NW, and W, to the Limiting conditions
vicinity of Petaluma Point on the S side of the entrance. 10.232
2 An unlit platform, standing 1 cables W of No 1 1 Depths. The strait is subject to shoaling. In 2002 the
Light-beacon, marks the extremity of a submarine pipeline project depth in Sections AF of the channel, as shown on
area extending WNW to the shore. the chart, was 91 m (30 ft), and in section G, 79 m (26 ft).
Caution. Numerous piles, shoals and obstructions have For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
been reported in Petaluma River that do not appear on authorities, should be consulted.
United States charts. 2 Vertical clearances:
Mare Island Causeway Lift Bridge: vertical clearance
Novato Creek 36 m (12 ft) down and 30 m (100 ft) when up;
10.228 horizontal clearance 43 m (140 ft). The operators
1 A dredged channel (private), marked by aids (private), can be contacted by VHF radio.
leads SSW from the vicinity of Petaluma Point to Novato Sears Point Fixed Highway Bridge: vertical clearance
Creek, 1 mile S; in 1985 the controlling depth in this 30 m (100 ft); horizontal clearance 43 m (140 ft).
channel was 06 m (2 ft). 3 A power cable spans the strait about 1 mile N of the
entrance; the safe overhead clearance is 628 m (206 ft). If
Small craft marinas the clearance under the cable is 3 m, or less, or if the
10.229 clearance is in doubt, passage should not be made without
1 In addition to the facilities that may be found inside the authority.
creeks in the bay small craft may find accommodation in:
San Pablo Yacht Club, which is entered 5 cables Pilotage
ESE of Point San Pablo (3758N, 12226W), and 10.233
is approached through a channel with a reported 1 Vessels bound for the US Naval Dockyard should
depth of 14 m (4 ft)). A slipway can embark a pilot off the entrance to the strait.
accommodate craft up to 14 m in length. A
Restricted area
channel, with a reported depth of 06 m (2 ft),
10.234
leads 5 cables farther SE to a private yacht basin.
1 Passage and anchoring are prohibited to vessels without
2 Rodeo Marina at Lone Tree Point (38022N,
Federal authority within 91 m of the Mare Island shoreline
122163W); there are reported depths of 15 m
S of the Mare Island Causeway, and within 48 m of Piers
(5 ft) both in the approach and in the basin.
34 and 35 at the S end of the island.

Oil terminals at the entrance Directions

to Carquinez Strait 10.235
10.230 1 The strait is entered between Dike No 14 which extends
1 With positions from Davis Point (38031N, about 460 m SE from Mare Island, and Dike No 9 which
122156W): extends about 640 m SW from the mainland; the outer
Pacific Refining Company (Sequoia Oil) Wharf parts of both dikes are underwater, and are marked by
(5 cables NW): overall length 375 m (with light-beacons (lateral).
dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; petroleum 2 The fairway, about 210 m wide at the entrance, is
products. marked by lights and light-buoys as far as the naval
San Francisco Refinery (Oleum) Wharf (3 cables shipyard; lights are displayed at the entrances to the small
N): T-shaped, length 420 m (with dolphin); depth craft facilities in the vicinity of Mare Island Causeway.
alongside 975 m; petroleum products and Caution. When practicable, passage under the bridges
bunkering. should be made only against the tidal stream. No passage
Shore (Wickland) Oil Terminal Wharf (1 mile should be attempted at peak periods of the tidal streams.
ENE): overall length 300 m (with dolphins); depth
alongside 122 to 137 m; petroleum products; an Mare Island Naval Shipyard
obstruction is charted close N of the E end of 10.236
the wharf. 1 Berths. Numerous piers and wharves, with depths of up
to 91 m alongside.
Mare Island Strait and Napa River Due to silting from Napa River depths may be as much
as 1 m less than project depths between dredging.
Description
10.231 Small craft
1 Mare Island Strait (3805N, 12215W), at the mouth of 10.237
Napa River, leads 3 miles NNW between Mare Island and 1 There are three small craft basins on the E side of the
the mainland E. The city of Vallejo stands on the E bank strait of which Vallejo Marina, adjacent to Mare Island
of the strait, and the installations of Mare Island Naval Causeway, is the largest. The basin can accommodate about
Station and Shipyard occupy the W bank. Reclamation is 500 craft in depths of about 3 m.
being carried out on the W side of Mare Island and a dike All the usual services are available, including a shiplift
extends over a mile from its SW extremity. The island is with capacity 50 tons.

357
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Chart 229 (see 1.14) Other names

Napa River 10.239
10.238 1 McNairs Beach (37594N, 122270W).
1 Description. Napa River, the continuation of Mare Midshipman Point (3807N, 12227W).
Island Strait above Sears Point (38071N, 122165W), is Wilson Point (38007N, 122190W).
used by barge traffic and pleasure craft and is navigable
through a dredged channel as far as a turning basin at CARQUINEZ STRAIT
Jacks Bend, (about 11 miles above Sears Point), thence to General information
the head of navigation at Napa, 1 mile farther N.
Chart 590
2 Napa County Airport is situated on the E bank of the
river, 6 miles N of Sears Point.
Description
10.240
Local knowledge is required.
1 Carquinez Strait, which is entered between Semple Point
Depths. In 1999 the controlling depth in the river was
(38039N, 122135) and the town of Valona (5 cables S),
243 m (8 ft) as far as Horseshoe Bend (about 8 miles
is a channel, 6 miles long, that connects San Pablo Bay
above Sears Point), thence the project depth is 3 m (10 ft).
with Suisun Bay; it is spanned by bridges at both ends. It
3 Caution. Shoaling was reported on the W side of the
is deep throughout, except for an extensive shallow bank
channel in the vicinity of the following locations:
on the N side of the strait which fronts the shore between
No 7 Light.
Dillon Point (38036N, 122116W) and Benicia Point
Just below the lift bridge at Brazos.
(1 miles SE), and for banks which extend towards the
No 16 Light.
fairway S of Benicia Point.
4 Vertical clearances:
2 There are important terminals at Crockett, close E of
Power cables span the river in several places; the
Valona, and at the E end of the strait, at Martinez on the S
least safe overhead clearance below Napa is one of
side, and at the Port of Benicia on the N side. There are
38 m (125 ft); at Napa it is one of 122 m (40 ft).
small craft basins on either side of the strait.
5 Swing bridge with a vertical clearance of 06 m (2 ft)
when down, and 29 m (97 ft) when up, spans the Controlling depths
river at Brazos (about 6 miles above Sears Point). 10.241
Fixed highway bridge with a vertical clearance of 1 In 2003, the project depth for Suisun Point Reach
326 m (107 ft) spans the river at Suscol (about Channel (3802N, 12208W), which leads out of
8 miles above Sears Point). Carquinez Strait into Suisun Bay, was 107 m (35 ft).

Carquinez Strait from W (10.240)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

358
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port Vessel Traffic Service
authorities, should be consulted. 10.246
1 See 10.15.

Vertical clearances Regulated navigation area

10.242 10.247
1 Carquinez Strait Bridges. Two fixed bridges, with one 1 Benicia-Martinez Railroad Drawbridge. See 10.9 for
central pier, span the strait at Semple Point. Each span has general regulations. The area extends between the longitude
a horizontal clearance of 304 m; the vertical clearance of Carquinez Bridge (122135W) and New York Point
under the N span is 445 m (146 ft), and under the S span (121533W).
408 m (134 ft). A third bridge is under construction (2001) Eastbound vessels to which this regulation applies shall
close W of the existing bridges, with a design clearance of not transit under the lift span of the railway bridge if the
48.1 m (158 ft). visibility in the vicinity is less than mile. This visibility
2 Navigational aids: shall be determined immediately on entering the regulated
An aero obstruction light is displayed from the top of area.
the central pier. 2 Westbound vessels shall likewise determine the
Fog signals (private) are sounded from both sides of visibility in the vicinity of the railway bridge immediately
the centre pier, and from the S side of No 2 Pier on entering the area, and shall not proceed W of longitude
on the N bank. 121553W (the W extremity of Mallard Island) if the
3 Power cables span the strait in two places; 2 cables W visibility at the bridge is less than mile.
and 1 miles E of Carquinez Strait Bridges. The least safe
overhead clearance is one of 545 m (179 ft) under the W
Submarine cables and pipelines
set of cables.
10.248
10.243
1 See 10.4.
1 Benicia-Martinez Highway Bridge, a multi-span fixed
bridge, crosses the E end of Carquinez Strait between
Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W) and Army Point (almost Other navigational aids
1 mile NNW). The main navigational span, between Piers 10.249
Nos 10 and 11, has a horizontal clearance of 134 m 1 Racons:
(440 ft), and a vertical clearance of 41 m (135 ft); this span Carquinez Strait Bridges (10.242), N and S channels.
almost coincides with that of the adjacent railway bridge. Benicia-Martinez Highway Bridge (10.243),
2 Navigational aids: S channel.
A red occulting light, with three white fixed lights For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
vertically disposed above, mark each side of the
main navigational span; these red occulting lights
turn to occulting green when the lift span of the Directions
railway bridge is fully open. (continued from 10.221)
All the bridge piers are marked by red fixed lights 10.250
and the centre of the spans by green fixed lights. 1 From a position N of Shore (Wickland) Oil Terminal
3 All lights are privately maintained. Wharf (38035N, 122145W) the fairway leads E under
Fog signals (private) are sounded from the centre of Carquinez Strait Bridges (10.242), then generally SE and
the main span and also from between Piers 6 and ENE to the Benicia-Martinez Bridges, passing (with
7 on the N side of the strait. positions from Benicia Point (38026N, 122098W)):
10.244 SSW of Dillon Point (1 miles WNW) from where
1 Southern Pacific Railroad Lift Bridge, which has a No 21 Light (port hand) is displayed; tide rips are
number of fixed spans, is situated close E of the highway experienced off this point. And:
bridge. The lift span has a vertical clearance of 213 m 2 NNE of No 20 Light (starboard hand) (1 miles
(70 ft) when closed, and 41 m (135 ft) when open; the WNW) which is displayed, between 1st October
horizontal clearance is 89 m. The operators can be and 1st April, from the extremity of a ruined pier
contacted by VHF radio. on the S side of the fairway, thence:
2 Navigational aids: Red fixed lights are displayed from SSW of No 21A Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile NW),
the piers supporting the spans adjacent to the lift span; a thence:
green fixed light is displayed from the centre of each of 3 NE of No 22 Light (starboard hand) (1 mile W),
those spans. Red flashing lights are shown from the top of displayed from Port Costa, thence:
the middle of those spans, and from the top of the N lift SW of No 23 Light (port hand) (close W), standing
tower. An aero obstruction light is displayed from the top W of foul ground off Benicia Point, and:
of the S tower. All lights are privately maintained. NE of the wharf at Point Carquinez (6 cables SW),
3 A fixed highway bridge was under construction (2002) behind which is a tank farm, thence:
close E of the railway bridge with a design vertical 4 S of No 25 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 cables S),
clearance of 42 m (139 ft). moored at the extremity of the bank, with depths
over it of less than 11 m (36 ft), which extends S
from Benicia Point, and:
N of Ozol Oil Wharf (9 cables S).
Pilotage 5 Thence the fairway leads 1 miles E to Suisun Point
10.245 Reach Channel, thence 1 mile ENE to pass under the
1 See 10.40. Benicia-Martinez Bridges (10.243); the main navigational

359
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

channel under the bridges is marked by light-buoys Valero-Benicia Refinery (Exxon) Wharf; length
(lateral). Lights are displayed from the extremities of the 335 m; depth alongside 123 m; petroleum
terminals at Martinez, on the S side of the channel. products.
Pier No 95; length 730 m; depth alongside 116 m;
Useful mark petroleum products, automobiles and general cargo.
10.251 2 Traffic. In 2002, 223 vessels called totalling
1 Chimney (taller of two) (3802N, 12207W) S of 15 539 176 dwt.
Bulls Head Point, a rounded point 30 m high. Services. Fresh water and facilities for the disposal of
(Directions continue at 10.269) oily waste are available.

Small craft
Anchorages
10.252 Morro Cove
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5. 10.257
The anchorages in Carquinez Strait, as shown on the 1 Morro Cove, situated on the N shore of the strait close
chart, are: W of Semple Point (38039N, 122135W), is the site of
Anchorage No 22 (general): S of Benicia Point. Four the California State Maritime Academy; there is a small
lighted mooring buoys are anchored in a W-E line, craft harbour on the E side of the cove.
400 ft apart, commencing 2 cables S of the
Crockett Marina
breakwater lights of Benicia Marina and ending at
10.258
a position 3 cables SE of the lights.
1 Crockett Marina (38034N, 122136W) is situated on
2 Anchorage No 23 (temporary anchorage awaiting
the S shore close W of Carquinez Strait Bridges. There are
berth): SE of Benicia Point; a wreck, with a depth
reported depths of 09 m, both in the approach, and in the
over it of 64 m (21 ft), lies in the N part of this
basin. A slipway can handle craft up to 18 m in length, and
anchorage. Mariners should also note the cable
there is a shiplift with a capacity of 44 tons.
area running through this anchorage.
All the usual services are available.
Anchorage No 24 (general): NW of Benicia Point.
3 Caution. Several wrecks and obstructions are scattered Glen Cove Marina
within the boundaries of Anchorage No 24 which lies 10.259
between Dillon Point and Benicia Point. 1 Glen Cove Marina is situated on the N shore at Elliot
Cove, 5 cables E of Semple Point (38039N, 122135W).
Terminals in Carquinez Strait There are reported to be depths of 2 m in the basin, the
entrance to which is marked by lights (private).
Crockett Terminal Benicia Marina
10.253 10.260
1 Crockett Terminal (3803N, 12213W) stands on the S 1 Benicia Marina, protected by breakwaters, is situated on
shore close E of Carquinez Strait Bridges and is the site of the N shore at Benicia (3803N, 12209W); lights
the California and Hawaiian Sugar Company Refinery. (private) stand on the heads of the breakwaters. There are
Sugar products and bulk molasses are handled at a wharf reported depths of 36 m in the approach, and 24 m in the
with 858 m (with dolphins) of berthing length, with a depth basin.
of 91 m alongside. All the usual services are available.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 53 vessels called totalling
1 241 842 dwt. Martinez Marina
Services. Fresh water and facilities for the disposal of 10.261
oily waste are available. 1 Martinez Marina is situated on the S shore, 1 mile WSW
of Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W), and is bounded W
Ozol Oil Wharf by the Martinez Municipal Fishing Pier. The entrance to the
10.254 basin is protected by breakwaters from the extremity of
1 The Defense Fuel Supply Support Point terminal at Ozol which lights (private) are displayed. Outside the breakwater,
(38016N, 122098W) has a berthing length (with 1 cables WNW of the entrance, there is an obstruction
dolphins) of 268 m, with a depth alongside of 113 m. with a least depth of 10 m (33 ft) over it. In 1991 a depth
Fresh water is available. of 15 m (5 ft) was reported in the entrance; there are
reported depths of 18 m in the basin.
Martinez Terminals All the usual services are available.
10.255
1 There are two terminals at Martinez, on the S shore of Other names
the strait close W of the Benicia-Martinez Bridges 10.262
(3802N, 12207W): 1 Commodore Jones Point (38035N, 122105W).
Shell Oil Wharf; overall length about 560 m; depth Southampton Bay (3804N, 12211W).
alongside about 122 m; petroleum products.
Amorco Upper and Lower Wharves; overall length SUISUN BAY
298 m; depth alongside about 107 m; petroleum
General information
products and bunkering.
Charts 590, 229 (see 1.14)
Port of Benicia Description
10.256 10.263
1 Port of Benicia is situated at Army Point (3803N, 1 Suisun Bay, entered W from Carquinez Strait at the
12208W) and has two terminals: Benicia-Martinez Bridges (3802N, 12207W), is a large,

360
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

shallow area, with marshy shores, containing numerous 3 N of Mallard Island (1 miles W) from where No 28
marshy islands, many of which have been reclaimed and Light-beacon (starboard hand) is displayed.
are now under cultivation. The main channel leads along Thence:
the S shore of the bay to the delta region of Sacramento NNW of No 30 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
and San Joaquin Rivers, 14 miles above the entrance to the (close N).
bay.
New York Point to Sacramento River Deep Water Ship
2 There are important terminals on the S side of the bay,
close inside the Benicia-Martinez Bridges, at Concord and Channel
Pittsburg, situated 5 and 12 miles respectively, above the 10.270
bridges, and at Antioch (3801N, 12149W), close inside 1 From a position off New York Point (38026N,
San Joaquin River. 121533W), the fairway, further marked by light-beacons,
3 The combined deltas of San Joaquin and Sacramento leads NE between Browns Island (close E) and Van Sickle
Rivers comprise the feeder rivers, sloughs and canals which Island (7 cables NNE), thence E between Winter Island
directly, or indirectly, connect with one or both of the (1 miles ENE) and Chain Island (2 miles NNE), to enter
rivers. Hundreds of miles of navigable waterways, Sacramento River Deep Water Ship Channel at No 1
navigable by small boats, are available in this delta. Many Light-beacon (port hand) standing about 3 cables NE of
public and private small craft marinas are spread over the Point San Joaquin (38036N, 121513W), the N
region which is widely used as a recreational area both for extremity of Winter Island; the entrance is marked on its S
sailing and fishing. side by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand).
2 The entrance to the Channel leads across the mouth of
Controlling depths San Joaquin River which is entered between Point San
10.264 Joaquin and Point Sacramento the NW extremity of
1 In 2003 the project depth of the many reaches which Sherman Island (8 cables E).
make up the channel through the bay, and which are (Directions continue for Sacramento at 10.316)
numbered on the chart, was 107 m (35 ft); this project New York Point to Stockton Deep Water Channel
depth is maintained to the mouth of San Joaquin River. 10.271
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port 1 From a position off New York Point (38026N,
authorities, should be consulted. 121533W), a dredged channel with a project depth
(1999) of 107 m (35 ft), marked by light-beacons and
Pilotage light-buoys, leads E through New York Slough, the channel
10.265
through which San Joaquin River enters Suisun Bay,
1 See 10.40.
passing S of Browns Island and Winter Island, and SW of
Vessel Traffic Service Kimball Island (3 miles E of New York Point), to enter
10.266 Stockton Deep Water Channel at Antioch (3801N,
1 See 10.15. 12149W).
(Directions continue for Stockton at 10.299)
Traffic regulations
Anchorages
10.267 10.272
1 Restricted area. Unauthorised entry to the charted area 1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
surrounding the Naval Weapons Station at Concord is The anchorages in Suisun Bay, as shown on the chart,
prohibited. are:
No 26 (general and Reserve Fleet Anchorage); on the
Submarine cables and pipelines
W side of the bay. Mariners should note the
10.268
charted obstruction lying 5 cables W of No 2
1 See 10.4.
Light-beacon (38029N, 122067W) at the S end
of this anchorage.
Directions No 27 (general); on the N side of the bay.
(continued from 10.251)
Suisun Slough
Suisun Point to New York Point
Description
10.269
10.273
1 From the main navigational channel under the
1 From Army Point (3803N, 12208W) the NW shore of
Benicia-Martinez Bridges (10.243), a dredged channel,
Suisun Bay trends NE for about 6 miles to Grizzly Bay, a
marked by lights, light-buoys, and in places by leading
shallow bay which is bound N and NE by Grizzly Island,
lights, leads generally ENE and E through a succession of
and SE by Simmons Island and Ryer Island.
reaches, numbered and named on the chart, to the vicinity
2 Suisun Slough (3807N, 12204W), which, together
of Stake Point (3803N, 12157W), passing NNW of
with Montezuma Slough (close E), flows into the W side
Point Edith (38032N, 122043W), a salient point, NNW
of Grizzly Bay, leads generally NNE to Suisun City, about
and N of Seal Islands (1 mile E of Point Edith), S of Roe
12 miles above the entrance. It is used mainly by barge
Island (2 miles ENE of Point Edith), and S of Middle
traffic carrying petroleum products. A prominent wind
Ground (4 miles E of Point Edith).
turbine is reported in approximate position 38093N,
2 Thence the channel, further marked by light-beacons,
122074W.
leads to the vicinity of New York Point (38026N,
121533W) passing (with positions from New York Point): Directions
SSW of Simmons Point (2 miles WNW), the W 10.274
extremity of Chipps Island; No 27 Light-beacon 1 From Benicia-Martinez Bridges (10.243), the fairway,
(port hand) stands close to the point. Thence: marked on its SE side by light-beacons (starboard hand),

361
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

leads NE to Grizzly Bay, noting the dangerous wreck lying Dow Chemical Wharf (about 2 miles ESE); length
close SW of No 4 Light-beacon. 205 m with dolphins; depth alongside 122 m;
2 Thence, from the W entrance to Grizzly Bay, a dredged caustic soda.
channel in which there was a controlling depth of 2 m
(6 ft) (1990), and which is marked by light-beacons, leads Small craft
into Suisun Slough. There are reported depths (2001) of 10.280
19 m (6 ft) in the channel to Suisun City. 1 Pittsburg Marina, the NW of two basins for small craft
Vertical clearance. A power cable, with a safe overhead on the SE side of New York Point, is reported to have
clearance of 33 m (110 ft), spans the slough just S of depths of 23 m (7 ft).
Suisun City.
Antioch
Terminals on the south shore of Suisun Bay General information
10.281
Shore Oil Terminal Wharf 1 Antioch (3801N, 12149W), situated on the S side of
10.275 San Joaquin River is a manufacturing city with two
1 Shore Oil (Landsea) Terminal Wharf, a T-shaped wharf principal terminals on its E side.
situated 1 mile ENE of Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W), Traffic. In 2002, 11 vessels called totalling 497 520 dwt.
has 295 m of berthing space with dolphins, with depths 2 Vertical clearances. Two sets of power cables span the
alongside of to 104 m; petroleum products are handled. river between the two berths (10.282); the minimum safe
overhead clearance beneath the E of the two is 38 m.
Avon Pier
10.276 Berths
1 Avon Pier, an L-shaped wharf situated 1 miles ENE of 10.282
Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W), has about 400 m of 1 Georgia-Pacific Corp Antioch Plant Wharf
berthing space, with depths alongside of about 97 m; (38009N, 121471W); overall length with
barges berth on the inner face. Petroleum products are dolphins 238 m; depth alongside 94 m; gypsum
handled. Lights are displayed from the extremities of the cargoes.
wharf. Gaylord Container Corp California Mill Wharf (about
5 cables E of the Antioch Plant Wharf); overall
Concord Naval Weapons Station length with dolphins 233 m; depth alongside
10.277 107 m; reception of miscellaneous dry bulk
1 Description. Concord Naval Weapons Station is commodities.
contained within a restricted area (10.267) which extends
along the mainland coast from the E of the Seal Islands Repairs
(38033N, 122030W), to the vicinity of Middle Point 10.283
(about 3 miles E). 1 Shipyard which can effect repairs to small vessels;
2 The berthing area, known as Port Chicago, comprises slipway with a capacity of 350 tons.
three piers, Nos 2, 3 and 4, on each of which there are two Small craft
berths. All berths have depths alongside of 97 m but are 10.284
subject to silting; the authorities should be consulted for the 1 A marina is situated 3 cables SE of Antioch Point
latest depths. (38015N, 121495W) at the junction of San Joaquin
3 Directions. From the vicinity of Point Edith (38032N, River with New York Slough. Reported depths in the
122043W) (10.269), Seal Islands Channel, marked by entrance are 24 m (8 ft).
beacons (lateral), leads between the Seal Islands and the
mainland S to Port Chicago. Small craft
10.285
Pittsburg 1 There are small craft facilities in Suisun Bay at:
Suisun City (3814N, 12202W) (10.273).
General information McAvoy (38025N, 121575W).
10.278 Pittsburg (3802N, 12153W) (10.280).
1 Pittsburg (3802N, 12153W), situated on the S side of Antioch (3801N, 12149W) (10.284).
New York Slough (10.271), is a manufacturing city with All the usual services are available.
several deep water berths.
Traffic. In 2002, 75 vessels called totalling
PORT OF STOCKTON
2 708 372 dwt.

Berths General information

10.279 Chart 2530 (see 1.14)
1 With positions from New York Point (38026N, Position and function
121533W): 10.286
PGE-Pittsburg Fuel Pier (3 cables W); a T-shaped pier 1 Port of Stockton (3757N, 12119W) is situated on San
with 326 m of berthing space and depths of 107 m Joaquin River about 78 miles from the entrance to San
alongside; petroleum products. Francisco Bay in the heart of the fertile San Joaquin
Diablo Service Corp Wharf (about 6 cables SE); Valley; the surrounding terrain is flat, irrigated farmland,
length 350 m with dolphins; depth alongside almost at sea level. It is the major inland port of California
107 m; petroleum coke. and the seat of San Joaquin County. The port is served by
2 US Steel Corp Wharf (1 miles ESE); length 270 m; three transcontinental railways; all types of cargo can be
depth alongside 10 m; semi-finished steel. handled.

362
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

San Joaquin River Deepest and longest berths

10.287 10.293
1 San Joaquin River, which rises in the Sierra Nevada, 1 Containers: Berths 10 & 11 (10.300).
flows 275 miles in a W direction and enters Suisun Bay at Bulk: Berths 12 & 13 (10.300).
Antioch Point (38015N, 121495W) (10.284). The river
is bordered by levees that are 35 m, or more, higher than Tidal levels
the land behind them. 10.294
Some of the principal tributaries flowing into the main 1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
river are Three Mile Slough, (about 10 miles above Antioch range about 10 m; mean neap range about 06 m.
Point), Mokelumne River (about 16 miles above Antioch
Point), and Middle River (about 19 miles above Antioch Abnormal levels
Point). 10.295
1 Major floods may occur on San Joaquin River from
Approach and entry November to April, which, at their maximum, may cause a
10.288 rise of 3 m (10 ft) at the mouth of the river, and 41 m
1 From San Francisco Bay the port is approached through (13 ft) at Stockton.
dredged channels in San Pablo Bay (10.212), Carquinez
Strait (10.240) and Suisun Bay (10.263), thence through the Density of water
Stockton Deep Water Channel (10.299) in San Joaquin 10.296
River. 1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.

Maximum size of vessel handled

Traffic 10.297
10.289 1 Vessels of 45 000 to 55 000 dwt can use the waterway
1 In 2002, 186 vessels called totalling 5 775 373 dwt. fully laden, and up to 80 000 dwt partially laden. A vessel
LOA 2743 m has used the port.
Port Authority
10.290
1 Port of Stockton, 2201 West Washington Street, PO Box
Arrival information
10.298
2089, California 95201. 1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Website: www.portofstockton.com Signals Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorages. In addition to those anchorages
listed earlier in the chapter, Anchorage No 28 (general) lies
Limiting conditions W of Sherman Island (3803N, 12150W) at the mouth of
San Joaquin River. Anchorage No 30 (explosives) is
Controlling depths established in the course of the old river at Mandeville
10.291 Point (3804N, 12132W) to the N of Mandeville and
1 The project depth of the channel from the entrance to Venice Cuts.
San Francisco Bay to the turning basin at the port is 2 Pilotage. See 10.40.
107 m (35 ft). Tugs are available.
For the latest controlling depths in the various reaches Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
the charts, and the port authorities, should be consulted. vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
Vertical clearances their berths.
10.292 For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
1 The minimum vertical clearance under any of the
bridges spanning the channels through the bays leading to
San Joaquin River is 408 m (134 ft) at Carquinez Strait Directions
Bridges (10.242). (continued from 10.271)
In the delta region vertical clearances under the bridges Stockton Deep Water Channel
are at HW. 10.299
2 Antioch Bridge, a fixed bridge which spans the river 1 From Antioch (3801N, 12149W) a tortuous channel,
3 miles E of Antioch (3801N, 12149W), has a horizontal marked by light-beacons, light-buoys, and in places by
clearance of 121 m and a vertical clearance of 42 m; it is leading lights, leads for about 32 miles to Stockton.
the only bridge over the main channel as far as the turning At Mandeville Cut and Venice Cut, about 19 miles
basin at Stockton. The navigable channel under the bridge, above Antioch Point, the river still follows its old channel
marked by light-buoys (lateral), is close to the N bank. A and care must be taken to avoid taking a sheer when
racon (Z) transmits from the bridge. meeting the river current between the two cuts. With
3 Stockton. A fixed highway bridge, with a clearance of freshets, care is needed to avoid a sheer at the junction of
14 m (46 ft), spans the upper Stockton Channel, 2 cables San Joaquin River and the main channel at Channel Point
E of the turning basin. in the approach to Stockton.
Power cables. The minimum safe overhead clearance 2 Caution. The canals and tributaries in the delta formed
under any of the power cables spanning the channels by the San Joaquin and Sacramento Rivers are crossed in
through the bays leading to San Joaquin River, and in the many places by ferries operated by cables from the shore.
river itself as far as the turning basin at Stockton, is 42 m Care must be taken not to approach too close to the ferries
(140 ft). due to the danger of fouling these cables.

363
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Basins and berths 3 All the usual services are available.

10.300 San Joaquin River above Stockton. Small craft can
1 Berths are situated on the S bank of the river. Depths navigate the river for some 75 miles to Hills Ferry. The
alongside are reported depths; the port authorities should be controlling depth is about 09 m (3 ft), and the least vertical
consulted for the latest information. The turning basin at clearance under bridges 24 m (8 ft). Several fuelling and
the E end of the port is 366 m long, 266 m wide, and has a water points are available.
project depth of 107 m.
West Complex comprises Berths 14 to 20 on the NE PORT OF SACRAMENTO
side of Rough and Ready Island, between 1 and 2 miles
below the turning basin. There is 1830 m of berthing space General information
for maximum draughts of 11.3 m.
2 East Complex. The principal berths are, from W to E: Chart 2530 (see 1.14)
Berths 1213: berthing space 257 m (with dolphins); Position and function
depth alongside 107 m; dry bulk cargoes and 10.303
petroleum products. 1 Port of Sacramento (3832N, 12130W) is situated on
Berths 1011: berthing space 308 m (with dolphins); Sacramento River about 80 miles from the entrance to San
depth alongside 107 m; containers and general Francisco Bay. It is the state capital of California and the
cargo. seat of Sacramento County. The city is a distribution and
3 Berth 9: length 196 m, depth alongside 107 m; transportation centre for N California and also for parts of
general cargo and bulk liquids. Nevada and Oregon; the port is an important point for the
Berths 7 and 8: length 304 m; depth 107 m; lies in a interchange of cargo between, rail, highway and water
cut into the S side of the main San Joaquin transportation, handling mainly bulk cargoes, particularly
channel and is used for molasses, liquid fertiliser foodstuffs.
and the discharge of anhydrous ammonia. Sacramento River
4 Berths 36: combined length 540 m; depth alongside 10.304
107 m; Berth No 3, containers, dry and liquid 1 Sacramento River rises in the Trinity Mountains in N
bulk; Berth No 4, bulk cargoes; Berths Nos 5 & 6, central California, and flows S for 325 miles to enter
general cargoes and bulk liquid. Suisun Bay at Point Sacramento (3803N, 12150W)
Berth No 2: length 178 m, depth alongside 107 m; (10.270). Barges and other small craft use Sacramento
general cargoes. River all the way to Sacramento, a distance of about
Stockton Elevator Wharf (S side of the turning basin): 50 miles.
length 172 m; depth alongside 113 m; grain
cargoes.
Approach and entry
10.305
Port services 1 From San Francisco Bay the port is approached through
10.301 dredged channels in San Pablo Bay (10.212), Carquinez
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only can be effected; slipways Strait (10.240) and Suisun Bay (10.263), thence through the
up to a capacity of 200 tons. Sacramento River Deep Water Ship Channel (10.316).
Other facilities. Limited facilities for the reception of Traffic
oily waste; garbage disposal; several hospitals.
10.306
Supplies. Provisions; fresh water on the wharves;
1 In 2002, 96 vessels called totalling 3 195 599 dwt.
bunkers by barge, larger quantities may be taken at the
terminals in Carquinez Strait and San Pablo Bay. Port Authority
Communications. Stockton airport 10 km distant; 10.307
Oakland International Airport 112 km distant. 1 Port of Sacramento, PO Box 980070, 3251 Beacon
Boulevarde, Suite 210, West Sacramento, California
957980070.
Small craft Website: www.portofsacramento.com
10.302
1 Facilities in the approaches. Between Antioch and Limiting conditions
Stockton there are concentrations of small craft facilities in Controlling depths
the following locations: 10.308
On the S side of Antioch Bridge (3801N, 1 The project depth of the channel from the entrance to
12145W) (10.292). San Francisco Bay to the entrance to the Deep Water Ship
Around the S and E sides of Bethel Island (about Channel is 107 m (35 ft). Thence the project depth for the
5 mile E of Antioch Bridge). Channel is 91 m (30 ft), over a width of between 61 and
At the junction of San Joaquin River with 91 m.
Mokelumne River (about 10 and 12 miles above For the latest controlling depths in the various reaches
Antioch Bridge). the charts, and the port authorities, should be consulted.
2 Facilities at Stockton with positions from the turning Sacramento River is reported to have a controlling depth
basin: of 3 m (10 ft).
Stephens Anchor Marina, and Ladds Stockton Marina,
on the N side of the river (about 3 miles W); least Vertical clearances
reported depths in the basins are 09 m (3 ft). 10.309
Waterfront Yacht Basin (1 mile E); reported depth in 1 The minimum vertical clearance under any of the
the basin 1 m (3 ft). bridges spanning the channels through the bays leading to

364
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Sacramento River is 408 m (134 ft) at Carquinez Strait During the dry season the in-going stream reaches
Bridges (10.242). Paintersville, 30 miles above the river mouth, and is then
In the delta region above Rio Vista, bridge clearances non-tidal as far as Freeport, 11 miles farther N. Local
are above HW. knowledge is required to assess the strength of the stream.
2 Deep Water Ship Channel. Rio Vista Lift Bridge spans
the Deep Water Ship Channel just above the town of Rio Directions
Vista (3809N, 12142W), commercially the most (continued from 10.270)
important town S of Sacramento. The bridge has a vertical
clearance of 54 m when down, and 43 m when up; the Deep Water Ship Channel
operators can be contacted on VHF radio. 10.316
3 Sacramento River. The minimum vertical clearance 1 From the entrance off Point Sacramento, deep-draught
over the river proper is 45 m at the highway vessels follow the lower Sacramento River to the junction
double-bascule span bridge, when it is down, 7 cables with Steamboat Slough and Cache Slough, about 12 miles
above Isleton (3810N, 12136W). above Point Sacramento, where the channels divide. Here
Power cables. The minimum safe overhead clearance the shallow-draught channel through Sacramento River
under any of the power cables spanning the channels turns E and N for about 38 miles to Sacramento, and the
through the bays leading to Sacramento River, thence deep draught channel continues N for about 25 miles
through the Deep Water Ship Channel to Sacramento, is through Cache Slough and the Deep Water Ship Channel,
38 m (125 ft); over the river itself it is 33 m. to Sacramento.
2 The channel is marked throughout by light-beacons,
Tidal levels light-buoys and leading lights.
10.310 Cable ferries. See caution at 10.299.
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 12 m, mean neap range about 05 m. Sacramento River
10.317
Abnormal levels 1 The river is marked by light-beacons and beacons.
10.311 Caution. Mariners are warned that numerous piles and
1 Major floods occur in Sacramento River from November other obstructions, some submerged, may exist along the
to April. An extreme flood condition may result in a rise of edges of the river that are unmarked on United States
3 m in the river level at its mouth, and as much as 9 m at charts.
Sacramento.
Basins and berths
Density of water 10.318
10.312 1 The port has six berths, each about 183 m in length,
1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3. with reported depths of 91 m alongside; they are situated
Maximum size of vessel handled on the NE side of the turning basin. The berths are
10.313 variously equipped to handle general cargoes, and bulk
1 A vessel LOA 2133 m, breadth 323 m, draught 91 m, cargoes of grain and rice; containers can be handled at
has used the port. Berth No 6.

Arrival information Port services

10.314 10.319
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio 1 Repairs. Minor repairs only can be effected.
Signals Volume 6(5). Other facilities. No facilities for the reception of oily
Outer anchorages. In addition to those anchorages waste; garbage disposal; several hospitals.
listed earlier in the chapter, Anchorage No 28 (10.298). Supplies. Provisions; fresh water on the wharves;
Pilotage. See 10.40. bunkers by barge, larger quantities may be taken at the
Tugs are available. terminals in Carquinez Strait and San Pablo Bay.
2 Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed, Communications. Sacramento International Airport
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs, about 16 km distant.
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at Small craft
their berths. 10.320
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48. 1 In the upper reaches of Sacramento River, between
Walnut Grove (3814N, 12131W) and Sacramento
Harbour (26 miles N) there are many small craft facilities where
provisions and fuel can be obtained. In the river at
Tidal streams Sacramento there are five facilities, including Sacramento
10.315 Boat Harbor on the E bank of the river opposite the
1 Tidal streams in Sacramento River are dependent on the entrance to Barge Canal.
state of the river. When the river is high there is little or Above Sacramento the river is navigable by small craft
no in-going stream at Sacramento, and the out-going stream as far as Colusa, 125 miles above its mouth; the controlling
is strong. depth is reported to be 18 m (6 ft).

365
Home Contents Index

Chapter 11 - Point Reyes to Point St George

126 125 124 123

42 42

Point St George

11.97

3122

41 41

3095

Humboldt Bay
11.63 11.70

Cape Mendocino
C A L I F O R N I A

40 11.50 40

3122

11.33

39 39
Point Arena

11.8
229

38 38
3120 Point Reyes

126 Longitude 125 West from Greenwich 124 123

March 2004

366
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11
POINT REYES TO POINT ST GEORGE

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2530, 2531 affected areas, whilst Point St George appears to be the
Scope of the chapter least affected.
11.1 3 By autumn, winds are a mixture of S and N with N
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal becoming predominant; fog is less frequent except in
passages along the coast of California from Point Reyes sheltered areas like Humboldt Bay where radiation fog is
(3800N, 12301W) to Point St George (4147N, likely.
12415W). Included in the description is the port of
Humboldt Bay (4046N, 12414W) (11.70), the only Rescue
deep-draught harbour on this stretch of coast, with the 11.3
many small craft harbours and shelters along the coast. 1 Coast Guard stations are situated at:
2 It is divided into the following sections: Bodega Bay (3817N, 12303W) (11.19).
Point Reyes to Cape Mendocino (11.5). Noyo River (39255N, 123490W) (11.38).
Cape Mendocino to Point St George (11.62). Humboldt Bay (4046N, 12414W) (11.94).
Humboldt Bay Air Station (4059N, 12406W).
Weather For services provided see 1.62.
11.2
1 In winter and spring, fronts and storms cause varying Coast radio stations
wind directions, but since many lows pass well offshore 11.4
and to N, winds are often from S; gales occur about 5% of 1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
the time off Point Arena (3857N, 12344W) and Cape Pacific coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT
Mendocino (4026N, 12424W). These strong winds stations operate in the area covered by this chapter:
inhibit the formation of radiation fog. Point Reyes/San Francisco (3800N, 12300W).
2 In late spring and summer, NW to N winds are most Point Reyes/Bodega Bay (3800N, 12301W).
common and are reinforced by the sea breeze. Strong Casper/Fort Bragg (3921N, 12349W).
winds continue N of Cape Mendocino but do not inhibit Klamath City (4131N, 12401W).
the formation of advection fog which is prevalent from July For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
to September. Point Reyes and Point Arena are the worst Volume 1(2).

POINT REYES TO CAPE MENDOCINO

GENERAL INFORMATION kelp, which extends, in some cases, into depths of 18 m
(60 ft), but during winter gales, much of this is torn away.
Charts 3120, 3121 3 In clear weather the mountains inland form good
Area covered landmarks and are, at times, visible when the lower land is
11.5 obscured by haze or fog. The S part of the coast between
1 In this section are described the passages between Point Point Arena and Cape Mendocino is less bold and rugged
Reyes (3800N, 12301W) and Cape Mendocino (about than that to N, and the mountains are not so high, nor so
160 miles NNW), including descriptions of the small craft close to the coast.
harbours of Bodega Harbor (11.23), and Noyo River 4 Protection from NW winds, which are predominant in
(11.38), and the many smaller bays along the coast which the summer months, may be had in several places, but
afford shelter to small craft. there is no protection from winds from a S quarter, which
2 It is arranged as follows: are more frequent in winter, and are usually accompanied
Point Reyes to Point Arena (11.8). by a heavy W swell.
Point Arena to Abalone Point (11.33).
Through traffic
Abalone Point to Cape Mendocino (11.50).
11.7
1 For vessels S-bound direct for ports S of San Francisco
Description Bay, see 10.18.
11.6
1 There are few dangers off the coast between Point Reyes
and Point Arena, about 67 miles NW, nor between Point POINT REYES TO POINT ARENA
Arena and Cape Mendocino, about 95 miles farther NNW.
General information
With the exception of Blunts Reef (11.55), and the other
dangers off Cape Mendocino, those dangers which do exist Chart 3120
do not extend more than 1 mile from the shore, and lie Route
inside the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour. 11.8
2 The coast is rugged, with high, bold cliffs, and is often 1 From the vicinity of Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W)
mountainous and fringed by detached rocks. During the to that of Point Arena, the route leads generally NW for
summer months, the rocks generally are well marked by about 67 miles.

367
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Topography From Gualala River to Point Arena (15 miles NW)

11.9 (11.15), the coast comprises mainly steep ridges broken by
1 For about 10 miles NNE of Point Reyes the coast ravines.
consists of a broad white sand beach, backed by high,
grassy dunes, thence, as far as the S entrance to Bodega
Naval Test Area
Bay, 6 miles farther NNW (11.17), it is formed by high, 11.10
yellow, rocky cliffs. Twenty five miles inland, Mount Saint 1 A Naval Test Area extends about 4 miles N and 10 miles
Helena, standing 45 miles NNE of Point Reyes (chart W from Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W). An illuminated
2530), is one of the highest peaks on this stretch of coast. Optical Target is situated 2 miles NNE of Point Reyes,
2 North of the entrance to Bodega Bay the coast is formed and submarine cables are laid from the target to three
of cliffs, about 61 m high, broken 2 miles from the entrance transducers lying between 2 and 3 miles offshore, as
by a wide, sandy beach, backed by sand dunes, thence the shown on the chart.
steep rocky cliffs continue for about 10 miles to the mouth Vessel Traffic Service
of Russian River (11.26). Numerous rocks, from 6 to 40 m 11.11
high, fringe the coast to a distance of 2 cables offshore in 1 San Francisco Bay VTS (10.15) covers the S part of this
places. coastal area.
3 The coast between Russian River and Fort Ross Cove
(11.27), situated about 6 miles NW, is high, being formed Natural conditions
by the bare steep spurs from Ross Mountain (11.14). For 11.12
several miles NW of Fort Ross Cove the coast is bold and 1 Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in the
wooded to the tops of the hills, which approach close to following vicinities:
the coast in this vicinity; it is also traversed by ravines and Gualala Point (3845N, 12332W) (11.15); variation
fringed close inshore by many rocks. differs as much as 8 from the normal.
4 Thence as far as the mouth of Gualala River (3846N, Saunders Reef (3851N, 12340W) (11.15); variation
12332W) (11.15) the coast consists of cliffs, about 18 m differs as much as 4 from the normal.
high, bordered by numerous detached rocks; the tree line is 2 Fog is very frequent at both Point Reyes and Point
from 1 to 5 cables behind the edge of the cliffs. A sandy Arena; the former has reported more than 100 hours of fog
beach, 5 cables long, and backed by high, prominent sand from June to November, inclusive, with 200 hours or more
dunes, stands on this stretch of coast 3 miles SE of the in July and August, and the latter has reported more than
river mouth. 100 hours per month from June to October, with over

Point Arena Light from SW (11.14)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

368
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

200 hours in August. In thick weather it is prudent to 6 SW of Gualala Point Island, 13 m high, which is
remain outside the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour along this connected to Gualala Point on the mainland by a
section of the coast. rocky reef, covered with sand, which dries. Sand
dunes extend 3 cables inland from the point.
Thence:
National Marine Sanctuaries 7 SW of Robinson Reef (1 miles NW), a group of 25
11.13 to 30 rocks which lie 3 cables offshore close N of
1 Both Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary the mouth of Gualala River. The intervening coast
(10.8) and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (10.21) between Gualala Point and the river mouth is
extend from Point Reyes N to Bodega Head (3818N, formed by a sandy beach. A white hotel building
12303W), and out to 30 miles offshore; see 1.45. is prominent from SW and W in this vicinity.
Thence:
8 SW of Fish Rocks (4 miles NW), two rocky islets
Principal marks connected to the shore at LW, and which are
11.14
surrounded by smaller rocks. The outer rock is
1 Landmarks:
46 m (150 ft) high and the inner rock 30 m high; a
Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
rock, 122 m high, lies 1 cable SE of the outer
Ross Mountain (3830N, 12307W), which is
rock. Thence:
reported visible for over 50 miles. There are a few
9 SW of Sail Rock (7 miles NW), a pointed rock,
groups of trees near its summit but the slopes are
134 m high, which lies 4 cables offshore; from
bare; the ravines are wooded.
NW it has the appearance of a sail. Thence:
Point Arena Lighthouse (white round tower, black
SW of No 16 Light-buoy moored 4 cables SW of the
gallery, 35 m in height) (3857N, 12344W).
outermost rock on Saunders Reef (8 miles NW).
2 Major lights:
This reef, with several rocks awash, and well
Point Reyes Light (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
marked by kelp, lies about 5 cables offshore; there
Point Arena Light as above.
is foul ground between the reef and the shore.
Thence:
10 SW of Point Arena (3857N, 12344W), the first
Directions prominent headland N of Point Reyes. The
11.15 headland consists of a long level plateau, bare of
1 From a position SW of Point Reyes (3800N, trees for about 1 mile inland, which decreases in
12301W) the passage leads generally NW passing (with height towards the extremity of the point which is
positions from Bodega Head (3818N, 12303W)): 18 m high. A light (11.14) is displayed from this
NW of Cordell Bank (3801N, 12326W) (10.21), extremity. An underwater reef, on which the sea
thence: usually breaks, extends 6 cables NW from the
Clear of an obstruction, position approximate, which extremity of the point. Sea Lion Rocks, 9 m high,
lies 7 miles WSW of Tomales Point (4 miles SE), lie close inshore 1 miles SSE of the point, and
the S entrance to Bodega Bay. Thence: Arena Rock, on which the sea breaks except in the
2 SW of No 12 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored smoothest conditions, lies 1 miles NNW of the
1 miles SW of Bodega Head at the N entrance to point; a submerged rock, on which the sea breaks
Bodega Bay (11.17); the summit of this headland only in heavy weather, lies 1 cable N of Arena
is round and grassy and has steep cliffs on its S Rock and is steep to.
and W sides. A light (red and white chequered 11 Caution. Owing to the dangers lying within 3 miles S
diamond daymark on pile) is displayed from the and 2 miles N of Point Arena, and which lie only a short
headland. And: distance inside the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour, it is
3 Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46013 (13 miles WSW), recommended that mariners remain in depths of 73 m
thence: (40 fms) or more when in this vicinity.
SW of wreck, position approximate, dangerous due to Useful mark
explosives, which lies 3 cables offshore about 11.16
1 miles S of the entrance to Salmon Creek 1 Gualala Mountain (3851N, 12331W), a heavily
(3 miles N), thence: wooded, prominent peak.
4 SW of Mile Rocks (9 miles NW), lying 7 cables (Directions continue at 11.36)
offshore, thence:
SW of No 14 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored
Bodega Bay
4 cables SW of the extremity of Sunken Reef
(13 miles NW), a dangerous reef which extends Chart 3120 (see 1.14)
7 cables offshore, thence: Description
5 The passage continues to lead NW, passing with 11.17
positions from Gualala Point (3845N, 12332W): 1 Bodega Bay, entered between Tomales Point (3814N,
SW of Salt Point (14 miles SE), a point 11 m high 12300W) and Bodega Head (4 miles NW) (11.15)
which is very rocky and bare of trees; outlying affords shelter from NW winds in its N part but is
rocks extend for more than 1 cable from it. dangerous in S or W winds. Tomales Bay (11.22) is
Thence: entered from the S part of the bay and Bodega Harbor
SW of Horseshoe Point (11 miles SE), a cliff 55 m (11.23) from the N part of the bay.
high, with a depression of 18 m immediately 2 The E side of the bay is rocky, rising to an elevation of
behind it; it is bare of trees and its summit is about 183 m; it is fringed by shoals and above-water rocks,
marked by several projecting rocks. Thence: which extend about 3 cables offshore. Estero de San

369
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Antonio flows into the S part of the bay; the entrance to 2 Tomales Bay lies within Gulf of The Farallones National
Estero Americano, farther N, is now silted up. Marine Sanctuary (10.8).
3 Bodega Rock, 55 m high, stands 3 cables SE of Bodega Local knowledge is required; the entrance bar can be
Head near the NW end of an area of foul ground which dangerous.
extends 3 cables farther SE from this rock. A narrow ridge, Tidal streams are strong and a rate of 6 kn may be
with depths over it of less than 183 m (60 ft), and with a encountered at springs in the entrance.
least depth of 95 m (31 ft), lies parallel with the shore in Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Tomales Bay;
the centre of the bay and SE of Bodega Rock. BA see Appendix VII.
Light-buoy (safe water) is moored 7 cables SE of Bodega 3 Directions. The bay is entered over a bar with depths of
Rock. between 12 m (4 ft) and 27 m (8 ft); a buoy (safe water),
4 Bodega Bay, but not Bodega Harbor, lies within Gulf of moored 4 cables E of Tomales Point, marks the approach to
The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary (10.8). the bar.
The sudden appearance of breakers on the bar, in a calm
Bodega Marine Life Refuge sea, is reported to be common, and as they occur with little
11.18 warning they are known as sneaker waves. They mainly
1 An area which extends almost 2 cables offshore, occur during the out-going stream and craft should be
established for the protection of marine life, is situated in ready to leave the area before the tide turns, or be prepared
the N approach to the bay between Horseshoe Cove to remain outside the bar until the waves have subsided.
(1 miles NNW of Bodega Head Light), and Mussel Point, 4 Within the bar, a narrow channel, marked by buoys and
6 cables farther NNW; the University of California Bodega beacons, and in which there are depths of between 1 and
Marine Laboratory, in which two white buildings are 3 m (3 and 10 ft), leads for about 4 miles into deeper water
prominent, stands in Horseshoe Cove. inside the bay; the shoals and channels in the bay are
subject to frequent change. An unmarked rock, with a
Rescue depth over it of 29 m (9 ft), lies in the centre of the bay,
11.19 5 miles SE of Tomales Point.
1 Bodega Bay Coast Guard station is situated on the E 5 Facilities. Berths, including long piers used by sports
side of Bodega Harbor Channel, 8 cables above the fishermen, extend into the bay in several places; all the
entrance. usual small craft facilities are available.
A small craft yard in the bay can carry out hull and
Directions engine repairs; it is equipped with a travel lift and a crane,
11.20 each with a capacity of 15 tonnes.
1 Entering the bay from S, No 2 Light-buoy (starboard
hand), moored 8 cables NNW of Tomales Point, marks foul Bodega Harbor
ground extending NNW from that point; thence the fairway 11.23
to the head of the bay leads N passing: 1 General information. Bodega Harbor (3820N,
Clear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate, 12303W), situated in the N part of Bodega Bay, is an
1 miles NNW of Tomales Point; thence: important commercial fishing base and, in season, an active
W of a dangerous wreck which lies 2 miles N of sports fishing and recreational harbour. During the salmon
the same point, and: season more than 500 fishing craft either anchor in Bodega
E of BA Light-buoy. Bay, or moor alongside berths at the various marinas inside
2 Entering from N, in good weather, small craft sometimes the harbour. It is entered between the NE side of Bodega
use the passage between Bodega Head and Bodega Rock Head and the S extremity of the peninsula of Doran Beach.
but local knowledge is required. This passage is unsafe 2 Depths. A dredged channel, protected by jetties at its
when breakers from heavy ground swells reduce the width entrance, leads from Bodega Bay to berthing areas along
of the passage; large breakers can form inside the 9 m the N and NE sides of the harbour at the town of Bodega
(30 ft) depth contour line NW and SW of Bodega Rock. Bay. There are turning basins close inside the entrance;
When such conditions exist mariners should enter the bay 4 cables N of the entrance; at the town of Bodega Bay;
passing S of BA Light-buoy. and on the NE side of Bodega Harbor.
3 The project depth of the channel is 36 m (12 ft). The
Anchorage harbour authorities should be consulted for the latest
11.21 depths; under certain tidal conditions depths may be 08 m
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 7 cables NE of (2 ft) less than those quoted.
Bodega Rock, 5 cables offshore, in depths of from 9 to Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Bodega
11 m (30 to 36 ft), or closer in if draught permits. The Harbor; see Appendix VII.
anchorage should be vacated immediately on the approach 4 Directions. The alignment (269) of leading lights leads
of S or W winds. between the entrance jetties and into the lower turning
basin:
Tomales Bay Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, and green
11.22 square daymark, on pile structure) (38183N,
1 Description. Tomales Bay, entered E of Tomales Point 123034W), intense on the leading line.
(3814N, 12300W), is a narrow inlet with an average 5 Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
width of 5 cables which leads about 12 miles SE from framework tower) (145 m from front light), intense
Bodega Bay. on the leading line.
Fishing, both commercial and sporting, is carried on in A light (green and white chequered diamond daymark
the bay, and oyster farms occupy large areas of the tidal on framework tower) stands on the head of the S jetty.
flats S of Toms Point which stands 2 miles SE of 6 Thence the channel, marked throughout by light-beacons
Tomales Point on the E side of the inlet. and beacons, leads first NNE, on the alignment (209),

370
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Entrance to Bodega Harbor from W (11.23)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

astern, of a second set of leading lights, sharing the same Russian River
rear light-structure as above; thence N, marked by leading 11.26
lights ahead and astern, to the N turning basin at the town 1 Description. There are many summer resorts on the
of Bodega Bay. shores of Russian River (3827N, 12308W); fuel,
7 A channel, marked on its SW side by beacons, continues provisions and water can be obtained at Jenner inside the
SE from the town to the upper turning basin on the NE river mouth. The river mouth is now silted up but a rock
side of Bodega Harbor; a dangerous wreck lies on the NW jetty has been constructed on the spit extending from the S
side of this turning basin close inside the entrance. side of the river mouth.
A marina on the W side of the harbour is served by a The approach to the river is obstructed by rocks and
channel, marked by light-beacons and buoys, which underwater reefs; the outermost danger is Mile Rocks
branches from the main channel at the entrance to the town (11.15).
turning basin. 2 Useful marks:
8 Berths and services: The bold sharp point immediately S of the river
Berths available at the various marinas; transit berths appears as an island from S.
available. Gull Rock (1 miles SSE of the river mouth), a rock
All the usual services. 30 m high which lies 2 cables offshore. A large,
Repairs can be effected; shiplift with capacity flat topped, arched rock, 26 m high, lies 2 cables
20 tonnes. offshore, 5 cables NW of Gull Rock.

Small craft shelters and landings Fort Ross Cove

11.27
Chart 3120 1 Description. Fort Ross Cove (3831N, 12315W)
11.24 affords some shelter in NW winds but the holding ground
1 Local knowledge is required for all of the following is poor and the anchorage is obstructed by rocks. The cove
shelters and landings. is divided into two bights, the W being slightly larger.
Fort Ross was first settled by Russian traders in 1812 in
Duncans Landing an occupation that lasted until 1824. The old Russian
11.25 church remains standing, the buildings have been restored
1 Duncans Landing (3824N, 12306W) affords a good and the area is now a State Historical Monument.
landing in NW winds. Landing cannot be effected.

371
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

2 Danger in the approach. Fort Ross Reef, on which POINT ARENA TO ABALONE POINT
there are pinnacle rocks 11 m high, extends 3 cables
offshore 1 mile SE of the cove; the reef is partly marked General information
by kelp. Charts 3120, 3121
Route
Fisk Mill Cove 11.33
11.28 1 From the vicinity of Point Arena (3857N, 12344W)
1 Fisk Mill Cove (3836N, 12321W) affords some the route leads about 24 miles NNW to Point Cabrillo,
shelter in NW winds. The bottom is rocky but there are no thence about 19 miles N to the vicinity of Abalone Point
below-water dangers. (3940N, 12348W).

Fisherman Bay Topography

11.29 11.34
1 Fisherman Bay (3839N, 12324W) affords some 1 Point Arena to Point Cabrillo. Immediately E of Point
shelter in NW winds. Two below-water rocks, well marked Arena, from the mouth of Garcia River, the cliffs give way
by kelp, lie 1 cables off the S point of the bay. The to sandy beaches and sand dunes which extend along the
buildings of Stewarts Point village, where provisions may shore for 4 miles. Mal Pass, a steep ravine, the bluffs on
be obtained, are prominent on the N side of the bay. either side of which are nearly 85 m high, is situated
5 miles NNE of Point Arena, and a reddish coloured cliff,
61 m high, is prominent 2 miles farther NNE. In the
Havens Anchorage
interior, Cold Spring Mountain rises 10 miles NNE of
11.30
Point Arena.
1 Havens Anchorage (3848N, 12335W) is used
2 Between Cuffey Cove (11 miles N of Point Arena)
extensively during the summer months by fishing vessels in
(11.41), and the mouth of Navarro River (11.36), 3 miles
NW winds. It is provided with protection from NW winds
farther N, the cliffs, 60 m high, are bordered by high
by Fish Rocks (11.15), and, 5 cables farther NW, by
detached rocks, thence from the mouth of Little River
Havens Neck, a high, bare point, 44 m high, connected to
(3916N, 12347W) (11.44) to Mendocino Bay (1 miles
the cliffs by a low isthmus.
N) (11.45) there is a broad tableland, faced by cliffs from
The cove is obstructed by rocks and ledges extending
12 to 18 m high, and fringed by numerous low rocks; the
over 1 cable SE from the W headland.
land close inland is bare of trees.
3 Point Cabrillo to Abalone Point. As far as Fort Bragg
Arena Cove (3926N, 12349W) (11.39), thence to Laguna Point
11.31 (3 miles farther N) (11.36), the coast is partly wooded and
1 Description. Arena Cove (3855N, 12343W), a small consists of broken, irregular cliffs, from 12 to 18 m high,
indentation in the coast, affords shelter in NW winds. The fringed by numerous rocks. Farther N, Ten Mile River
S head of the cove is a high, yellow, rocky cliff, 60 m Beach, a straight, sandy beach, backed by sand dunes for a
high, visible over a considerable distance in clear weather. distance of 5 cables inland, extends to the mouth of Ten
There is a pier at the town of Point Arena at the head of Mile River, which enters the sea 4 miles NNE of Laguna
the bay. Point. The tree line is about 1 miles inland behind this
A submarine cable, as shown on the chart extends SW stretch of coast; the concrete bridge which carries the
to seaward from the head of the bay. highway across Ten Mile River is prominent from W. North
2 Directions. Light-buoy A (safe water) is moored in the of Ten Mile River the coast is markedly bold and rugged,
entrance to the cove, 6 cables SW of the pier. and is heavily timbered.
When approaching the cove in thick weather during the
summer months, the edge of the kelp may be followed and Principal marks
will lead to within 1 cables of the light-buoy. A breaker 11.35
is reported in a heavy SW swell, 7 cables WSW of the N 1 Landmarks:
point of the cove, and scattered kelp extends almost out to Point Arena Lighthouse (3857N, 12344W) (11.14).
that position. Bald Hill (3928N, 12345W), a prominent
3 From the vicinity of the light-buoy, the line of bearing landmark; its summit and SW slope are bare of
(074) of the pier leads about cable S of a rock, with a trees.
depth over it of 49 m (16 ft), which lies 1 cables W of Cahto Peak (3941N, 12335W), prominent in clear
the head of the pier. weather.
Useful mark: 2 Major lights:
Disused lookout tower, painted white with a red roof Point Arena Light (3857N, 12344W) (11.14).
on a steel structure, is prominent at the head of the Point Cabrillo Light (white octagonal framework
bay. tower on building, 14 m in height) (3921N,
Services: 3 ton hoist on the pier; provisions; fuels; fresh 12350W).
water.
Directions
(continued from 11.16)
Other names 11.36
11.32 1 From a position SW of Point Arena (3857N,
1 Black Point (3841N, 12326W). 12344W), and clear of Arena Rock (11.15), the passage
Gerstle Cove (3834N, 12320W). leads initially NNW, then N, passing (with positions from
Rocky Point (3838N, 12324W). Point Cabrillo (3921N, 12350W)):
Stillwater Cove (38325N, 123175W). WSW of, depending on draught, a rock with a depth
Timber Cove (3832N, 12316W). over it of 73 m (24 ft) (18 miles SSE), which lies

372
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Point Cabrillo Light from NW (11.35)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

1 mile offshore; a shoal depth of 10 m (33 ft) lies this vicinity should be given a clearance of at least
5 cables SSE of this rock. Thence: 1 mile. And:
2 WSW of Elk Rock (16 miles SSE), which stands Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46014 (10 miles SW),
5 cables offshore, thence: thence:
WSW of a shoal with a least depth over it of 32 m 6 WSW of Point Cabrillo, a flat topped point from 15
(10 ft) which lies 5 cables WSW of Saddle Point to 18 m high, from where a light (11.35) is
(11 miles SSE), thence: displayed. The point terminates in nearly vertical
3 WSW of Navarro Head (9 miles SSE), a headland cliffs and is bare of trees except for a few near the
123 m high which dominates the N side of the buildings close to the lighthouse. Detached rocks
entrance to Navarro River (11.42); a shoal with a lie within 1 cable of the point, and depths of 55 m
depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), and which breaks, lies (30 fm) are found within 5 cables. A shoal depth
5 cables SSW of the river entrance. Dangers of 49 m (16 ft) lies 1 miles SSE of the point.
extend up to 5 cables offshore along the coast Thence:
between Elk Rock and Navarro Head, with some 7 W of NA Light-buoy (5 miles N) (11.38), moored off
shoal depths lying outside the 183 m (60 ft) depth the entrance to Noyo River. Depths shoal rapidly
contour. A rocky shoal with a depth over it of inside the 18m (60 ft) depth contour between Point
82 m (27 ft) lies 7 cables offshore, 1 mile NW of Cabrillo and Noyo River and onwards to Laguna
Navarro Head. Thence: Point; this stretch of coast should be given a wide
4 WSW of Bull Rock, an underwater ledge on which berth. Thence:
the sea usually breaks, which lies 5 cables WNW 8 W of Laguna Point (8 miles N), a small projecting
of Salmon Point (8 miles SSE), a treeless cliff, cliff, 9 m high; it is flat topped and is bare of trees
33 m high. Detached rocks, two of which are 8 m for some distance inland and can only be identified
high, extend 2 cables W from this point. In a if close inshore. A reef, which dries, extends
heavy swell the sea breaks between Bull Rock and 1 cables NW from the point. Thence:
the rocks off Salmon Point. Thence: 9 W of Kibesillah Rock (13 miles N), a rock awash,
5 WSW of Colby Reef (6 miles SSE), with a least lying 5 cables offshore; it is the outermost danger
depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), lying 5 cables W of for many miles N and S. Other rocks, up to 24 m
Stillwell Point, a bold, sharp cliff, 58 m high. The high, lie inside Kibesillah Rock. Thence:
cliff has a yellow landslide on its S face, and a 10 W of Abalone Point (19 miles N), a point 18 m high,
rocky islet, 43 m high, stands close off its NW fringed by low, detached rocks; it is the seaward
side. A shoal with a least depth over it of 18 m termination of Gordon Hill, a bare hill. Switzer
(6 ft) lies 2 cables N of Colby Reef. The coast in Rock, a small, low rock, lies 3 cables offshore

373
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

about 1 miles S of Abalone Point; a rock with a in depths of 64 to 119 m (21 to 39 ft), is limited to an
depth over it of 18 m (6 ft) lies close N of area about 2 cables long and 1 cable wide; buoys mark the
Switzer Rock. entrance.
4 Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
Useful mark entrance to Noyo River; see Appendix VII.
11.37 Controlling depths. In 2002 the mid-channel controlling
1 Bells Mountain which rises above Bells Point depth in the river was 2 m (6 ft) to Noyo Basin; depths
(3938N, 12347W); it has a bare summit, and a of 3 m (10 ft) were reported in the basin.
few trees on its seaward side. 5 Vertical clearances. A highway bridge, with a vertical
(Directions continue at 11.55) clearance of 24 m, spans the river close inside the entrance;
in 2000 a replacement bridge was reported under
Noyo River and Fort Bragg construction with a design clearance of 30 m. Power cables
span the river in several places, with a minimum safe
Chart 3120 (see 1.14) overhead clearance of 24 m between Noyo Basin and
Noyo River Dolphin Cove.
11.38 6 Directions. From the vicinity of NA Light-buoy (safe
1 Description. The lower section of Noyo River water), moored 1 mile W of the mouth of the river, the line
(39255N, 123490W) is the principal commercial and of bearing (105) of a directional light leads E to the
sport fishing centre on this part of the coast and many anchorage, thence between the jetties and into the river,
fishing vessels operate from here; the facilities extend along passing:
both banks of the river for about 5 cables inside the 7 Close N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
entrance. Noyo Basin and Dolphin Cove lie on the S bank 6 cables W of the entrance, thence:
of the river 5 cables and 1 mile respectively, above the Close S of No 3 Buoy (port hand), marking a
entrance. below-water rock, moored about 3 cables WNW of
2 The river entrance is protected by two jetties; No 5 the entrance.
Light (port hand) stands at the head of the larger N jetty, Thence the channel, marked by lights, leads to Noyo
and No 4 light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored off the Basin and Dolphin Cove.
extremity of the smaller S jetty. A fog signal is sounded 8 Caution. Care should be exercised on entering to avoid
from the vicinity of No 5 Light. the reefs, and a rock on the S side of the entrance. Heavy
3 Noyo Anchorage, off the entrance to the river, affords W or SW swells form breakers in the entrance and surging
some shelter from N or S for small craft. The anchorage, is felt as far as Noyo Basin.

Noyo River entrance (11.38)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

374
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Services: all the usual small craft services are available. 2 The S entrance rises to a knoll, 55 m high, and rocks,
Slipways can handle craft up to 14 m for repairs. both above and below water extend 2 cables W from the
Rescue. A Coast Guard station lies within the river. point. The N entrance is formed by a rocky islet, 24 m
high, from which foul ground extends WSW for 2 cables.
Fort Bragg The main danger in the entrance is a below-water rock, on
11.39 which the sea usually breaks, which lies 1 cables S of the
1 Description. Fort Bragg (3927N, 12348W), formerly islet.
known as Soldiers Harbor, situated 1 mile N of the entrance 3 Whitesboro Cove is entered S of the S entrance to
to Noyo River, is the largest coast town between San Albion Cove; the cove is rocky and exposed to W and NW
Francisco and Eureka in Humboldt Bay. Once a lumber winds and seldom used as an anchorage.
port, the former loading wharf has been removed; but the Vertical clearance. Close inside its mouth the river is
buildings of the town by day, and its lights by night, are spanned by a fixed highway bridge with a vertical
prominent. An airstrip, about 5 cables long, parallels the clearance of 36 m.
coast between Noyo River and Fort Bragg. 4 Directions. The entrance to Albion Cove is marked by
2 The cove is obstructed with rocks and ledges extending AR Light-buoy (safe water) moored 4 cables WSW of the
from both N and S entrance points leaving only a small rocky islet. From the vicinity of the light-buoy, the fairway
area for small craft to anchor; in W winds the anchorage is leads E into the cove passing S of Mooring Rock, 9 m
exposed and, as better protection can be obtained at Noyo high, from where a light (port hand) is displayed, which
River, the cove is now seldom used. lies in the middle of the cove and is connected to the N
Services: provisions, minor repairs. shore by foul ground. A fog signal is sounded from
Mooring Rock from 15th April to 15th Oct. Least charted
Anchorages and shelters depths in the narrow river entrance are about 06 m (2 ft).
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Albion River
General within a line drawn 030210 through Mooring Rock; see
11.40 Appendix VII.
1 Local knowledge is required for all the following 5 Services: several small piers at Albion; all the usual
anchorages and shelters. small craft services are available.
Cuffey Cove and Inlet Little River
11.41 11.44
1 Cuffey Cove (3909N, 12344W), which affords shelter 1 Description. Little River (3916N, 12347W) affords
to small craft in NW winds, is a small cove entered shelter from NW to small craft off its entrance in depths of
2 cables E of Cuffey Point, 43 m high, the N entry point about 8 m (26 ft) but the anchorage is only 1 cables wide
to the larger Greenwood Cove, on the E side of which and the approach is narrow and obstructed by rocks. A
stands the village of Elk. Greenwood Cove is much shoal bank with numerous above-water rocks extends about
obstructed by rocks, shoals and kelp and offers little 4 cables offshore on the S side of the anchorage and
shelter. affords some protection from S. These reefs and rocks
2 Dangers extend up to 5 cables offshore in the approach surrounding the cove are well marked by kelp, and a heavy
to Cuffey Cove. Cove Rock, 15 m high and the S of a line undertow is felt when close to the rocks.
of rocks running parallel with the coast, lies 2 cables W 2 Navigational aid. LR Buoy (safe water) is moored
of Cuffey Point. The outermost dangers are rocks, on 3 cables SSW of the N entrance point to the cove.
which the sea breaks, lying 1 cable SSW and 2 cables NW,
respectively, of Cove Rock. A rock, 36 m high, a small Mendocino Bay
kelp covered rock awash, and other dangers, lie in the 11.45
entrance to the cove. 1 Description. Mendocino Bay (3918N, 12348W)
3 Cuffey Inlet, entered between Cuffey Point and Cuffey affords some shelter in NW winds but must be vacated
Cove, provides good shelter for boats in N and W winds. with the onset of W or S winds; in heavy SW gales, the
Useful marks: sea breaks right across the entrance. The bottom is hard
Group of cypress trees standing 2 cables N of the throughout the bay, and in places it is rocky. It is an
cove is reported to be a good mark. uncomfortable berth in the summer.
Yellow and red church spire, surmounted by a cross, 2 The S entrance point of the bay is a rocky, irregular
in the N part of Elk, is reported to be a good mark cliff, 30 m high, fringed by rocks; a reef extends cable
when approaching from SW. NW from it, and a rocky shoal, with a least depth over it
of 58 m (19 ft) lies within 2 cables farther NW; this area
Navarro River should be avoided when a swell is running. The N entrance
11.42 point is a broken cliff, 183 m high, fringed by numerous
1 The entrance to Navarro River lies about mile ESE of rocks close inshore.
Navarro Head (3912N, 12346W) (11.36). While the 3 Big River flows into the NE corner of the bay, and the
mouth of the river is usually closed with depths of just 03 town of Mendocino is on the N side of the bay.
to 06 m (1 to 2 ft) across the bar, reasonable shelter from Directions. Approaching from N mariners should note
NW winds may be obtained off the entrance. that the promontory on the NW side of Mendocino Bay is
fronted by detached rocks, and foul ground extends
Albion Cove 5 cables NW from it. A number of shoal heads, with depths
11.43 over them of from 87 to 165 m (28 to 54 ft) lie in deep
1 Description. Albion Cove (3914N, 12346W) affords water within 7 cables W and NW of this promontory.
shelter to small craft in NW winds but is open SW. The 4 MB Buoy (safe water), moored about 4 cables WSW of
settlement of Albion stands on both banks of River Albion the N entrance point, marks the entrance to the bay.
which flows into the head of the cove. Services: provisions; fresh water.

375
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Russian Gulch 2 North of Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54), the

11.46 hills backing the coast are lower than those S of the point
1 Russian Gulch (3920N, 12348W), a small indentation and are bare of trees; the coast is bordered by low, sandy
situated 2 miles N of Mendocino Bay, affords good shelter flats and beaches; it is generally foul and should be given a
to small craft. The head of the cove lies in a State Park. wide berth. Large sand dunes are prominent at the entrance
A concrete arch bridge, which spans the head of the to Mattole River (2 miles N of Punta Gorda) (11.56), and
cove, is prominent from S and W. on the N side of McNutt Gulch, about 3 miles farther N.
Craft approaching from S should note the dangers
extending NW from the N point of Mendocino Bay Submarine canyons
(11.45). 11.52
2 A rock awash lies on a reef in the approach to the cove, 1 Between Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W) and Cape
2 cables NW of the S entrance point; the reef, with a least Mendocino (30 miles NW), four deep submarine canyons,
depth of about 24 m (8 ft), extends SSE for about 1 cable named from S to N, Delgada Canyon, Spanish Canyon,
from the rock. Mattole Canyon and Mendocino Canyon approach the
coast. Delgada Canyon brings depths of 183 m (100 fm) to
Caspar Anchorage within 5 cables of the coast, 6 miles NNW of Point
11.47 Delgada, and the same depth contour comes to within
1 Caspar Anchorage, situated 1 mile N of Point Cabrillo 2 miles of the coast at the head of the other canyons.
(3921N, 12350W) (11.36), is a small cove at the mouth 2 Caution is necessary when navigating in this vicinity in
of Caspar Creek. It offers some shelter for small craft, thick weather due to the irregularity of the depths, and of
except from W winds, but the anchorage is constricted and the currents; it is inadvisable to put too much reliance on
seldom used. soundings along this stretch of coast.
Supplies may be obtained at the village of Caspar on
the N bank of the creek near its mouth. Natural conditions
11.53
Cleone 1 Caution. The wind, sea and currents off Punta Gorda
11.48 (4016N, 12422W) are probably as strong as anywhere
1 The cove at Cleone, close N of Laguna Point (3929N, off the coast; frequent and strong tide rips have been
12348W) (11.36), offers some protection to small boats in reported. Often when the weather at Shelter Cove (11.60),
S winds; it is used occasionally in winter. and even at Big Flat (11.55), is clear and calm, and the sea
smooth, both wind and sea will increase as Punta Gorda is
Other names approached, until, just N of the point, strong breezes to
moderate gales will be experienced. At other times, clear
Chart 3120 weather S of this point will lead to fog N, or vice versa.
11.49 2 Weather. Cape Mendocino (4026N, 12424W) lies in
1 Beaver Point (3924N, 12349W). the latitude of great climatic change. The meteorological
Bruhel Point (3936N, 12347W). conditions N of the cape are quite different from those S.
Pudding Creek (3927N, 12348W). The winds do not blow so strongly into the bight S of the
Westport (3938N, 12347W). cape, and the amount of rainfall increases rapidly N. Fog is
more prevalent S and is very frequent near the cape. The
ABALONE POINT TO CAPE MENDOCINO strong NW winds of summer are less violent S of the cape,
which forms a partial lee for vessels proceeding N along
General information the coast.
3 Currents. In the vicinity of the Blunts Reef Light-buoy,
Chart 3121 moored 4 miles W of Cape Mendocino, the current sets
Route SW at an average rate of about kn, but during winter
11.50 months, when the prevailing wind is SE, the current sets
1 From the vicinity of Abalone Point (3940N, 12348W) NW. The greatest rate observed off the light-buoy is 3 kn.
the route leads initially about 43 miles NW to the vicinity Tidal streams in the vicinity of Blunts Reef Light-buoy
of Punta Gorda, thence 13 miles NNW to Cape Mendocino. are weak, with a maximum rate of about kn, and are
Many shoals and rocks lie inside the 183 m (10 fm) depth consequently masked by wind driven currents.
contour which, except off Point Delgada and Cape
Mendocino, runs parallel to the shore at a distance off of Principal marks
about 1 mile or less. 11.54
1 Landmarks:
Topography Cahto Peak (3941N, 12335W) (chart 3120)
11.51 (11.35).
1 For the most part the coastline is bold and rugged, with Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W), which projects
cliffs from 12 to 30 m high, and is fringed by numerous 1 mile from the general line of the coast. The
rocks; in places it is heavily wooded. Steep, wooded seaward face of the point, which is about 1 mile in
mountains, rise to elevations of from 900 to 1200 m, close length, rises gradually from cliffs, 6 m high, to an
to the coast. elevation of 30 m, and then more steeply to an
Usal Valley, a narrow, steep sided ravine, fronted by a elevation of more than 300 m, at a distance of
low flat beach, indents the coast 10 miles N of Abalone 1 mile from the coast.
Point; a small grassy hillock stands just inside the entrance 2 King Peak (4009N, 12407W), the highest of three
to the ravine. summits known as Three Peaks; in clear weather
Cooksie Mountain (Mattole Mountain) (4015N, the peaks are reported visible for a distance of
12416W) dominates the high land E of Punta Gorda. 75 miles.

376
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W), a high, bold, 7 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
rounded cape which is bare of trees except in the 165 m (54 ft) (3 miles S), the least depth on Tolo
ravines; its seaward face rises to an elevation of Bank, a bank with irregular depths, which extends
274 m about 2 cables inland, and its extremity is a 7 miles S from Point Delgada, and which is
small, almost overhanging spur, 43 m high. An sometimes marked by patches of kelp; thence:
abandoned lighthouse (grey structure, 8 m in SW of No 20 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles
height) stands 1 mile SE of the extremity. SSW), moored in the approaches to Shelter Cove
3 Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W), a high rock, (11.60), thence:
prominent from N or S, which is connected to 8 SW of Big Flat (8 miles NW), a narrow strip of
Cape Mendocino by a narrow neck of drying rocks low, flat land, bordered by a sandy beach which
and shingle; a cave can be seen on its SW side. In extends NW for 2 miles; abandoned buildings
thick weather care must be taken to avoid stand at its S end, and Shubrick Rock, a small,
confusing Sugar Loaf with False Cape Rock, low rock, lies 1 cables offshore at the S end of
4 miles N of Cape Mendocino (11.67). the flat. Thence:
4 Major light: Clear of a rock awash (reported 1974) which lies
Cape Mendocino Light (post, 157 m in elevation) 2 miles WSW of Spanish Flat (13 miles NW),
(4026N, 12424W); an abandoned lighthouse thence:
stands 60 m WNW of the light-structure. 9 SW of Rodgers Break (15 miles NW), a pinnacle
rock with a depth over it of 09 m (3 ft), on which
the sea rarely breaks; a pinnacle rock, over which
Directions there is a depth of 55 m (18 ft), and which
(continued from 11.37) probably breaks in very heavy weather, lies
5 cables NW of Rodgers Break. Reynolds Rock, a
Abalone Point to Punta Gorda double headed rock, 3 m (10 ft) high, which
11.55 breaks, lies 2 cables offshore, 5 cables E of
1 From a position W of Abalone Point (3940N, Rodgers Break. Thence:
12348W) (11.36) the passage leads NW, thence NNW, 10 To a position SW of Gorda Rock, which lies 5 cables
passing (with positions from Point Delgada (4001N, SW of Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54),
12404W)): and which is marked 1 cables SW by No 24
2 SW of Hardy Rock (22 miles SE), a rock, 14 m Light-buoy (starboard hand); a conical rock, 6 m
high, lying 3 cables offshore between Juan Creek high, lies 1 cable off Punta Gorda. Rocks and
and Hardy Creek; ruined buildings at Juan Creek shoals lie up to 4 cables offshore in places between
are reported to be prominent. Depths of 183 m Reynolds Rock and Punta Gorda. A detached
(60 ft) or less lie within 1 miles of the coast shoal, with a depth over it of 165 m (54 ft), lies
between Switzer Rock (11.36) and Hardy Rock. 7 cables offshore, 2 miles WNW of Reynolds
Thence: Rock.
3 SW of Cape Vizcaino (21 miles SE), a broad,
irregular line of precipitous cliffs, 30 m high, Punta Gorda to Cape Mendocino
bordered by low rocks. Island Knob, a rocky islet, 11.56
37 m high and covered with lime, is almost 1 Caution. Following an earthquake in April 1992, it is
connected to the cape; a shoal on which the sea possible that significant changes have taken place to the
breaks lies 1 cables W of the islet. Cottaneva shoreline and offshore depths between Punta Gorda and
Rock, 6 m high, is situated nearly 1 cables Cape Mendocino.
offshore, 2 cables SSE of Island Knob; two 2 From a position off Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W)
smaller rocks lie 1 cable NW of Cottaneva Rock, the passage turns NNW passing (with positions from Punta
and a shoal with a depth over it of 5 m (16 ft) lies Gorda):
5 cables offshore, 7 cables S of Cottaneva Rock. WSW of Christmas Rock (1 mile NW); the coast for
Thence: about 2 miles N of Punta Gorda is bordered by
4 SW of Cottaneva Needle, and Sea Lion Rock, which rocks and shoals extending 5 cables offshore in
lie close inshore within 7 cables S of Williams places. Thence:
Point (19 miles SE), thence: 3 WSW of the entrance to Mattole River (2 miles N), a
SW of Double Cone Rock (18 miles SE), which lies non-navigable river which flows into the sea
1 cables offshore; a shoal, with a depth over it of between two heads each 110 m high. The S of
27 m (9 ft), lies 4 cables offshore, 1 mile N of these heads is partly wooded, and the N is bare; a
Double Cone Rock, thence: prominent sand dune is visible on the S side of the
5 SW of Anderson Cliff (12 miles SE), a high, river entrance. Sea Lion Rock, 5 m high, and a
projecting rocky spur. A rock, 40 m high, and rock with a depth over it of 09 m (3 ft), lie close
several smaller rocks fringe the point close offshore about 7 cables N of the river mouth.
inshore. Jackson Pinnacle, a black rock, hard to Thence:
distinguish, lies close inshore 11 cables NW of 4 WSW of The Brothers (4 miles N), two small
Anderson Cliff. Thence: rocks, 24 m (8 ft) high, which lie close together
6 SW of Small White Rock (4 miles SE), a rock, 11 m 4 cables offshore, thence:
high, which lies close inshore; a rock, with a depth WSW of Devils Gate Rock (8 miles N), a low,
over it of less than 18 m (6 ft), and a 69 m (22 ft) pointed rock, 6 m high, with a smaller rock close
patch, lie from 2 to 3 cables offshore, 7 and NW, which lies 6 cables offshore. A shoal, with a
8 cables NNW, respectively, of Small White depth over it of 68 m (22 ft), lies 1 miles W
Rock. Thence: of Devils Gate Rock. Thence:

377
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

5 WSW and W of Blunts Reef, the outermost visible lies 3 cables offshore S of Cape Mendocino; it has
danger lying 2 miles W of Cape Mendocino the appearance of a vessel.
(4026N, 12424W), a prominent, bold, (Directions continue at 11.68)
mountainous headland, fringed by rocks; the
seaward face is steep and rocky, backed by rolling Small craft shelters
grass covered hills with wooded ravines and partly 11.59
wooded N slopes. Blunts Reef consists of two 1 Between Cape Vizcaino (3943N, 12350W) and Point
black rocks, which dry 18 m (6 ft), lying about Delgada (21 miles NW), there are a number of small
1 cables apart; 2B Light-buoy (starboard hand, exposed landings which are only suitable during smooth
bell) is moored 1 miles W of the reef. Shoal weather in summer, but none, with the exception of Shelter
heads, with depths over them of 105 and 128 m Cove, described below, have been used for many years.
(34 and 42 ft) lie 3 and 5 cables, respectively, W
Chart 3121 (see 1.14)
of the outer rock of Blunts Reef. The Great Break,
with a depth over it of 69 m (22 ft) lies 7 cables
Shelter Cove
SSW of Blunts Reef. An area containing numerous 11.60
dangerous underwater rocks and ledges lies 1 Description. Shelter Cove, situated on the S side of
between the foregoing dangers and the coast, from Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W) (11.54), is used
about 3 miles S to 1 mile N of Cape Mendocino. extensively by fishing vessels. It affords some shelter in
Inshore there are many rocks and ledges, extending NW winds, but is exposed and dangerous in S or SE
in places nearly 1 mile from the coast. winds; on occasions there is a swell running in the cove.
There is an aircraft landing strip on Point Delgada.
2 Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
Caution range about 18 m, mean neap range about 07 m.
11.57 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
1 Cape Mendocino. The cape is the turning point for all Volume 6(5).
vessels bound N or S along the coast, and, in view of the Local knowledge is required.
dangers in its vicinity, the uncertainty of the currents, and 3 Directions. Point Delgada is fringed by numerous rocks,
the irregular nature of the bottom, great caution is especially off its S end; a bank, on which there are
necessary when navigating in the area. numerous shoal patches of from 23 to 91 m (7 to 30 ft),
2 A heavy W swell breaks, even in depths of up to 18 m extends 1 mile S from Point Delgada, and is marked at its
(60 ft), in this locality, which should be avoided. Passage extremity by No 20 Light-buoy (11.55). Vessels
between Cape Mendocino and Blunts Reef should not be approaching from N should exercise great caution when
attempted under any circumstances. rounding Point Delgada and shape course to pass S of
No 20 Light-buoy, maintaining a distance of at least 1 mile
from the point at all times.
Useful marks
4 From a position about cable S of No 20 Light-buoy
11.58
the track leads ESE for about 9 cables, passing S of a rock
1 With positions from Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W):
with a depth of 58 m (19 ft) over it, thence NNE for about
Usal Rock (17 miles SE), black in colour, situated
1 mile, passing SE of No 1 Buoy (port hand), moored
close inshore.
8 cables SSE of Point Delgada, marking the SE extremity
Big White Rock (13 miles SE), a prominent feature
of the dangers extending from the point.
when the higher points of land are obscured by
5 Shallow water extends 3 cables offshore in the cove,
fog.
and it is reported that landslides close S of the cove have
Jackass Cone (12 miles SE).
deposited rocks along the shore; approach to the shore
2 Cluster Cone Rock (9 miles SE), the largest and
should be made with caution.
whitest of a group of rocks lying 1 cable offshore,
6 Anchorage may be obtained, about 5 cables offshore, in
and Morgan Rock, lying 5 cables farther NW. The
depths of about 16 m (54 ft). Shoal depths of 46 and 50 m
latter is a large, prominent, white topped rock, the
(15 and 16 ft) lie on the W side of the anchorage.
largest of a group of rocks lying 1 cable offshore,
Services: ramp, no piers; fresh water; provisions; fuels.
and makes a good mark when the higher land is
obscured by fog.
3 Needle Rock (6 miles SE); buildings on the shore
Other names
mark an abandoned landing in this vicinity. Chart 3121
Chamisal Mountain (3 miles ESE). 11.61
Kaluna Cliff (1 miles N), a prominent mark. 1 Cooksie Creek (4013N, 12418W).
Steamboat Rock (4025N, 12424W), a rock, 9 m Four Mile Creek (3 miles NW of Cooksie Creek).
high, the upper half white, the lower black, which Sea Lion Gulch (1 miles NW of Cooksie Creek).

CAPE MENDOCINO TO POINT ST GEORGE

GENERAL INFORMATION Bay (4046N, 12414W) (11.70) and Crescent City Harbor
Chart 2531 (4145N, 12412W) (11.106), and the small craft shelter
Area covered at Trinidad Harbor (4103N, 12409W) (11.114).
11.62 It is arranged as follows:
1 In this section are described the passages between Cape Cape Mendocino to Humboldt Bay (11.63).
Mendocino (4026N, 12424W) and Point St George Humboldt Bay (11.70).
(about 80 miles NNE), including a description of Humboldt Humboldt Bay to Point St George (11.97).

378
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

CAPE MENDOCINO TO HUMBOLDT BAY at its NE end, and which breaks in heavy weather,
thence:
General information 2 NW of False Cape Rock (4 miles N) (11.67). Two
rocky islets, 29 m and 165 m high, respectively,
Charts 3121, 3122 lie between the rock and False Cape, and Mussel
Route Rock, 21 m high, lies 5 cables offshore 7 cables
11.63 NNE of False Cape Rock. A rock, with a depth
1 From the vicinity of Blunts Reef Light-buoy (4026N, over it of 3 m (10 ft) lies a little more than
12430W) the approach to Humboldt Bay leads initially N 5 cables W of False Cape Rock. Other dangerous
for about 5 miles, to clear the dangers NW of Cape shoals, and numerous rocks, extend up to 1 miles
Mendocino, thence NE for about 20 miles. offshore for a distance of 1 miles S of the rock,
and 7 cables offshore for 1 mile N of the rock.
Topography Thence:
11.64 3 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
1 The coast between Cape Mendocino and False Cape, 18 m (60 ft) (reported 1980) (11 miles N),
situated 4 miles N, is bold and straight, and is bordered by thence:
a wide beach at LW; Bear River enters the sea midway SE of ODAS Light-buoy 46022 (17 miles NNW),
between these two points. False Cape is a bold headland; it thence:
is grass covered, with wooded ravines on either side, and 4 To the vicinity of HB Light-buoy (4046N, 12416W)
projects only slightly from the general line of the coast. (11.89), noting O and Q Light-buoys (special) (20 miles N
2 For a distance of 4 miles N of False Cape the hills and 19 miles NNE, respectively).
decrease in height; farther N a stretch of sand beach and (Directions continue for Humboldt Bay at 11.87 and
dunes extends as far as the entrance to Humboldt Bay, for the coastal passage at 11.101)
broken only by Table Bluff, 12 miles N of False Cape.
Table Bluff has a steep and prominent face, 5 cables long, Small craft
below which is a narrow sandy beach.
Eel River
Submarine canyon 11.69
11.65 1 Description. Eel River (4038N, 12419W) flows into
1 Eel Canyon extends SE to a position 8 miles NNW of the sea over a shifting bar, about midway between Cape
Cape Mendocino. Mariners are cautioned against mistaking Mendocino and the entrance to Humboldt Bay. Vessels of
this canyon for one of those S of the cape (11.52). shallow draught occasionally enter the river, but it is
mainly used by fishing vessels and small craft.
Natural conditions Depths of less than 7 m (22 ft) extend 5 cables offshore
11.66 in the S approaches to the river.
1 For weather, currents and tidal streams in the vicinity of 2 Depths over the bar vary considerably according to the
Cape Mendocino, see 11.53. amount of water in the river, which is dependent on the
kind of winter experienced. At times there is as much as
Principal marks 43 m (14 ft) on the bar, but more usually the depth is
11.67 about 24 m (8 ft).
1 Landmarks: Local knowledge is required.
Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W) (11.54).
False Cape Rock (4031N, 12424W), which stands HUMBOLDT BAY
4 cables W of False Cape; the rock is not as high,
nor as regular in shape as Sugar Loaf, and its top General information
is much flatter, but care must be taken, in thick Charts 3095, 3121
weather, not to confuse the two. Position
2 White cross (4034N, 12421W), which surmounts a 11.70
hill, 37 m high, at Centreville. The buildings of an 1 Humboldt Bay (4046N, 12414W) is entered 21 miles
oceanographic research facility stand on the cliffs NNE of Cape Mendocino, and is the first important
8 cables S of Centreville. harbour N of San Francisco.
Humboldt Hill (4043N, 12412W), surmounted by a
tower. Function
Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (white column) (4046N, 11.71
12414W). 1 The redwood timber industry dominates Humboldt Bay.
3 Major lights: Large quantities of lumber and wood products are loaded;
Cape Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W) (11.54). general cargoes and petroleum products are discharged.
Humboldt Bay Light as above. The bay can be used as a harbour of refuge in
impending bad weather, providing a vessel can enter before
the bar becomes impassable.
Directions
(continued from 11.58) Topography
11.68 11.72
1 From a position about 1 miles W of Blunts Reef 1 The coast in the vicinity of the entrance consists of flat
Light-buoy (4026N, 12430W) (11.55) the passage leads sand dunes and is always fringed by surf. The channel
initially N, thence NE, passing (with positions from Cape entrance is barren on its S side but there are clumps of
Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W)): trees on the shore on the N side.
W of an extensive detached shoal (3 miles NW), By day, smoke from the sawmills in the bay can usually
with a least charted depth over it of 83 m (27 ft) be seen, but dense sea fog is relatively frequent.

379
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Humbolt Bay entrance from SW (11.70)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

Approach and entry Vertical clearances

11.73 11.77
1 The port is approached and entered between breakwaters 1 A fixed highway bridge crosses Humboldt Bay from the
on the alignment of leading lights. N side of Eureka (4048N, 12410W) to a point just N of
Samoa, on the Samoa Peninsula (1 miles NW).
Traffic Clearances of the fixed spans are 122 m (40 ft) from
11.74 Eureka to Woodley Island; thence 91 m (30 ft) to Indian
1 In 2002, 27 vessels called totalling 1 138 840 dwt. Island; thence 137 m (45 ft) to Samoa Peninsula.
Port Authority Deepest and longest berths
11.75 11.78
1 Humboldt Bay Harbor, Recreation and Conservation 1 Timber products: North Coast Export Co Wharf at
District, PO Box 1030, Eureka, California 955021030. Samoa (11.93).
Website: portofhumboldtbay.org Petroleum products: Union Oil Wharf at Eureka
(11.93).
Limiting conditions Tidal levels
Controlling depths 11.79
11.76 1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. At Eureka, mean spring
1 The project depths (2003) for Humboldt Bay are as range about 22 m; mean neap range about 10 m.
follows: Maximum size of vessel handled
Bar Channel 146 m (48 ft). 11.80
Entrance Channel 146 m (48 ft) . 1 Draught up to 116 m (38 ft).
North Bay Channel 116 m (38 ft).
Eureka Channel Outer Reach 116 m (38 ft). Movement restrictions
2 Eureka Channel Inner Reach 79 m (26 ft). 11.81
Samoa Channel and Turning Basin 116 m (38 ft). 1 In summer months vessels usually enter on both
Fields Landing Channel and Turning Basin 79 m in-going and out-going tides; in winter entry is usually
(26 ft). made on the first or last of the in-going tide, or the first of
Dredging is carried out regularly to maintain depths; for the out-going tide. Departure is made on the in-going tide
the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port only, regardless of the time of year. Deep-draught vessels
authorities, should be consulted. enter, or depart, on the last of the in-going tide from

380
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

November to the end of March; night movements depend jetties, average rate is about 2 kn, and maximum rate about
on conditions on the bar before dark. 4 kn, although in storm conditions may reach 5 kn.
2 Climate. The climate of Eureka is completely maritime
and high humidity prevails throughout the year, which is
Arrival information divided into a rainy and a dry season. The rainy season is
11.82 from October to April, and the dry season from May to
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio September. The latter season is characterised by
Signals Volume 6(5). considerable fog or low cloudiness; the fog tends to clear
Pilotage is compulsory; ETA should be given at least in the late morning and the early afternoons are generally
4 hours before arrival. The pilot boat, tug Koos King, has a sunny.
black hull, with a red funnel and white upperworks. The Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.219.
pilot boarding position is within 5 cables of HB Light-buoy.
Vessels should proceed at not more than 5 kn when picking Principal marks
up the pilot, with the ladder rigged 3 m (10 ft) above the 11.86
waterline. 1 Landmarks:
2 Tugs are available. Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (4046N, 12414W)
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Humboldt (11.67).
Bay within the entrance jetty heads; see Appendix VII. Red Bluff (40446N, 124126W), a conspicuous
3 Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed, cliff, (30 m) (98 ft) high, on the E shore of the
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs, bay.
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials are Radio tower, conspicuously lit, (4 cables E of Red
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at Bluff).
their berths. 2 Tanks in Samoa (4049N, 12411W), 3 cables apart;
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48. the N prominent tank is the E of a group of three.
Major light:
Harbour Humboldt Bay Light (4046N, 12414W) (11.67).

General layout Directions

11.83 (continued from 11.68)
1 The bay consists of two shallow lagoons, South Bay,
about 3 miles long and 2 miles wide, in the S part; and Approach
Arcata Bay, the shores of which are bounded by low, 11.87
marshy shores, indented by sloughs, in the N part. The 1 The approach from S is described at 11.68. In thick
bays are connected by a narrow channel running parallel weather, after passing False Cape Rock (4031N,
with the coast and separated from the sea by narrow strips 12424W) (11.67), with the exception of the isolated shoal
of sand known as North Spit and South Spit. The entrance (reported 1980) (11.68) lying 7 miles NNW of the rock,
to Humboldt Bay, which is fronted by a bar, is between vessels will clear all dangers by remaining in depths of
two parallel jetties about 680 m apart. more than 274 m (15 fm) until in the vicinity of HB
2 Bucksport, where there are two oil piers, stands on the E Light-buoy (4046N, 12416W).
shore, 3 miles above the entrance on North Bay Channel. 2 Similarly, approaching from N in thick weather, when
Fairhaven, where there is a plywood plant, is a small clear of Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W) (11.100), by
town on the inner side of North Spit, 3 miles above the remaining in depths of 274 m (15 fm) or more, a vessel
entrance. will be clear of all dangers.
Eureka, a port of entry, and the principal town in the
bay, dominates the E shore, 4 miles above the entrance; it Humboldt Bay Bar
handles much of the commerce of the bay and has several 11.88
berths. Eureka Municipal Airport is situated on North Spit, 1 The entrance to the bay is fronted by a bar which
1 miles above the entrance. extends 5 cables to seaward from the outer end of the
3 Samoa is a small settlement on the W shore of the bay, jetties.
opposite Eureka, about 5 miles above the entrance; it has Owing to the frequent changes in depths over the bar,
a large lumber mill. the strong sets that may be experienced, and the sharp turn
in the main channel when close inside the entrance, caution
Submarine cables and pipelines must be exercised on entry. The bar is smoothest during the
11.84 last of the in-going tide, and is often passable at this time
1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places but impassable 2 hours later, when the out-going tide has
throughout the bay, as shown on the chart. Pipelines and commenced to run.
cables additional to those charted may exist and may not 2 Pilots report that strong N-going currents may be
have been buried, or may have become exposed. Extreme encountered in the bar channel from October to April.
caution should be exercised when operating in depths of Consequently care must be exercised on the approach to
water comparable to the draught of the vessel. the entrance as the set tends to cause vessels to sheer to
For further information see The Mariners Handbook. starboard by setting the stern N, thus swinging the bows
towards the S jetty. During, or shortly after SE, S or SW
Natural conditions storms, currents in the channel over the bar and entrance
11.85 channels are reported to attain a rate of about 4 to 5 kn.
1 Tidal streams follow the general line of the channels. In Heavy seas, between 2 and 25 m high, occur well inside
the main channel, average rate is less than 2 kn, and the entrance channel when seas from SW are deflected,
maximum rate does not exceed 3 kn. Between the entrance about midway along the N jetty, in a SE direction.

381
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Entrance channel Southport Channel runs from the entrance to the bay
11.89 parallel to Fields Landing Channel and Hookton Channel,
1 Approach leading lights. From the vicinity of HB to Southport Landing, at the head of the bay, 3 miles SSW
Light-buoy (safe water) (4046N, 12416W) the alignment of Buhne Point.
(105) of the following lights on North Spit leads 1 miles
ESE to the entrance: Berths
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on Anchorage
tower) (4046N, 12414W). 11.92
Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe) on 1 There are no authorised anchorages in Humboldt Bay.
Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (152 m ESE of front
Principal berths
light) (11.67).
11.93
2 No 3 Light (port hand) is displayed from the head of the
1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
N jetty, and No 4 Light (starboard hand) is displayed from
port authorities should be contacted for the latest
the head of the S jetty; No 2 Buoy (starboard hand),
information.
moored about 2 cables WNW of the S jetty head, marks
Berths at Fields Landing (40436N, 124132W):
the S side of the channel.
Humboldt Bay Forest Products Terminal; length
3 Entrance leading lights. From a position in the entrance
183 m; depth alongside 10 m; lumber products.
close N of the S jetty head the alignment (141) of the
Humboldt Marine Services; berthing space 305 m;
following lights leads 8 cables SE, through the entrance
depth alongside 55 to 79 m; repairs.
channel, marked by No 6 Light (starboard hand) and No 5
2 Berth at Bucksport (40467N, 124117W):
Light-buoy (port hand), passing close along S jetty to the
Chevron Products Co Wharf; length 122 m (with
head of South Spit:
dolphins); depth alongside 73 to 91 m; petroleum
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
products.
pile) (40451N, 124136W).
Berth at Fairhaven (40473N, 124117W):
Rear light (similar structure) (245 m SE of front
Crown Simpson Wharf; length 213 m (with dolphins);
light).
depth alongside 116 m; wood pulp.
4 Caution. The approach leading line should not normally
3 Berths at Eureka (4048N, 12410W):
be used beyond its intersection with the entrance leading
Sierra Pacific Industries Wharf; length 143 m; depth
line; the entrance leading line should not normally be used
alongside 97 to 107 m; lumber products.
seaward of the outer end of the jetties.
Pacific Affiliates, Eureka Wharf: length 305 m (with
It has been reported (1973) that the entrance leading
dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; general cargo.
lights are difficult to distinguish in poor visibility.
Dock B: length 61 m; depth alongside 7 m; seafood
products.
4 Berths at Samoa (4049N, 12411W):
Main channel Louisiana Pacific Corp, Chemical Wharf: length
11.90 350 m, with dolphins; depth alongside 100 to
1 From the head of South Spit, the main channel, marked 107 m; receipt of caustic soda.
by lights (lateral) and light-buoys (lateral), leads E, then Louisiana Pacific Corp, Chip Export Wharf: length
NNE through North Bay Channel to the entrance to Arcata 384 m, with dolphins; depth alongside 116 m;
Bay, 3 miles above the head of South Spit. wood chips.
2 At the entrance to Arcata Bay, the channel divides into
three branches, each spanned by the fixed highway bridge Port services
11.94
(11.77). The E branch, called Eureka Channel, marked by
1 Repairs. No facilities for large vessels.
light-beacons, passes along the waterfront of Eureka and S
Small craft repairs are effected at Humboldt Marine
of Woodley Island (40485N, 124095W); the middle
Services at Fields Landing; lift capacity 150 tons.
branch leads between Woodley Island and Indian Island
Slipway at Dock A at Eureka can handle vessels
(1 cables NW); and Samoa Channel, the W and largest
335 m in length, 73 m beam, 37 m draught, and
branch, leading to Samoa, marked by light-beacons, leads
displacement 300 tons.
between Indian Island and North Spit (3 cables NW).
2 Other facilities. Hospital; garbage disposal available.
3 In Arcata Bay, shallow, unmarked channels lead to the
Supplies. No facilities for bunkering large vessels; fresh
town of Arcata in the NE corner of the bay, and to Mad
water; provisions; stores.
River Slough, in the NW corner.
Communications. Local airport.
Rescue. Coast Guard Station situated on the inner side
of North Spit, 5 cables within the entrance. A Coast Guard
South Bay Air Station is at McKinleyville about 7 miles N of the head
11.91 of Arcata Bay.
1 South Bay is entered between the NE extremity of South
Spit (4045N, 12414W) and Buhne Point (3 cables SE), Small craft
which is fringed by Buhne Spit Shoal. Marinas
Fields Landing Channel, marked by lights (lateral), a 11.95
beacon and a set of leading lights, leads along the E side 1 There are marinas at:
of the bay to a turning basin off Fields Landing (1 mile S Woodley Island (40485N, 124095W) (11.90), on
of Buhne Point), where there is a lumber terminal. its S side.
2 Hookton Channel, an extension SSW of Fields Landing Eureka Boat Basin (40482N, 124106W).
Channel, leads to the entrance to Hookton Slough, at the Buhne Point (40444N, 124133W) (11.91), on its
head of the bay, 3 miles S of Buhne Point. E side.

382
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Fields Landing (40434N, 124133W) (11.91). Off-lying bank

Berths for craft in transit are available. 11.99
All the usual small craft facilities are available. 1 A rocky bank, over which there is a least depth of 22 m
(12 fm), lies 5 miles S of Point St George (4147N,
12415W), an isolated 35 m (19 fm) patch lies 1 mile S of
Other name the SE end of this bank.
11.96
1 Daby Island (40487N, 124090W).
Principal marks
11.100
1 Landmarks:
HUMBOLDT BAY TO POINT ST GEORGE Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (4046N, 12414W)
(11.67).
General information 2 Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W), a steep-sided
peninsula, 116 m high, covered with dense bush. It
Charts 3121, 3122 is joined to the mainland by a narrow neck of
Route land, and when first sighted from N or S, appears
11.97 as a round topped island; a white cross on its S
1 From the approaches to Humboldt Bay (4046N, slopes is fairly prominent. A light (white square
12414W) to the vicinity of Point St George (4147N, tower, 8 m in height) is displayed from the SW
12415W) the route leads generally N for about 61 miles, side of the headland; the light is obscured when
passing to seaward of the dangers in the approach to bearing more than 140.
Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W), either side of Reading 3 Sharp Point (4114N, 12406W), a sharp pointed
(Redding) Rock (4120N, 12410W), and to seaward of St conical cliff, 122 m high; its light grey colour
George Reef which extends 6 miles NW of Point St enables it to be identified for a long distance in
George. Isolated rocks extend up to 1 mile offshore in clear weather from any direction.
places. Red Mountain (4132N, 12355W), visible for about
60 miles in clear weather.
Topography 4 False Klamath Rock (4136N, 12406W), a reddish,
11.98 round topped rock, lying 3 cables offshore.
1 From the entrance to Humboldt Bay to the mouth of Major lights:
Mad River, situated 11 miles N, the coast consists of partly Humboldt Bay Light (4046N, 12414W) (11.67).
wooded sand dunes backed by low marshy land; thence to Del Norte Aero Light (4147N, 12414W), at Point
the mouth of Little River, 5 miles farther N, the sand St George.
dunes vary in height from 6 to 18 m. The N side of the
mouth of Little River is rocky and thence to Trinidad
Head, 2 miles NW (11.100), the coast comprises rocky Directions
cliffs. Inland, Hupa Mountain (chart 2531) rises to an (continued from 11.68)
elevation of 1247 m (4093 ft), about 16 miles E of Trinidad
Head, and Rodgers Peak (Mountain), which is thickly Humboldt Bay to Reading Rock
wooded, rises about 9 miles NE of Trinidad Head; both 11.101
peaks make good marks. 1 From a position W of HB Light-buoy (4046N,
2 For 5 miles N of Trinidad Head the coast is rocky, 12416W) (11.89) the passage leads N, passing (with
with cliffs over 30 m high, fringed by numerous islets; positions from Trinidad Head Light (4103N, 12409W)):
thence, for almost 11 miles to the S end of Gold Bluffs, Clear of a light-buoy (special) (13 miles SW),
there is a low, sandy beach, backed by lagoons, the largest thence:
of which are Big Lagoon and Stone Lagoon. Gold Bluffs, W of Pilot Rock (5 cables S), a whitish, conical rock,
which line the coast for a distance of about 11 miles, are a steep-to on all sides, lying in the approach to
series of bluffs, from 30 to 150 m high, composed of sand Trinidad Harbor (11.114), thence:
and gravel; for the first 3 miles they are comparatively low 2 W of No 26 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored
and fronted by rocks extending 7 cables offshore in 1 mile W of Trinidad Head (11.100). For a
places. About 4 miles N of their S extremity, the bluffs are distance of 1 mile NNW of Trinidad Head, as far
indented by the openings to two quite broad valleys. as Elk Head, the coast is fronted by foul ground
3 The coast N of Gold Bluffs becomes rocky, irregular and below-water rocks which extend up to
and broken; the broad, high cliffs are fringed by many 7 cables offshore in places. Blank Rock and
rocks. A yellow clay landslide, extending from the top of a Flatiron Rock lie near the outer edge of the foul
slope, 275 m high, situated N of Gold Bluffs, is pointed at ground about 3 cables WSW, and 5 cables WNW
the top, broad in the base, and is the highest, and most respectively, of the N extremity of Trinidad Head.
prominent of the bluffs in this vicinity. Flatiron Rock is the larger of the two rocks and
4 For a distance of about 11 miles N of the mouth of the has two rocky heads of equal height. A rock,
Klamath River (4132N, 12405W) (11.101), the coast which breaks, lies about 1 cables SW of Flatiron
consists of high bold rocky cliffs bordered by rocks, some Rock, and other dangers extend up to 3 cables
of which are above water, and backed by rugged hills NW of Flatiron Rock. Thence:
covered with grass and scrub; farther N, a broad sand 3 W of Green Rock (1 miles NNW), a rock of small
beach, behind which the land is flat and cultivated, extent, with a grass covered summit, lying 3 cables
continues NNW for about 3 miles to Crescent City offshore; patches of 55 m (18 ft), and 165 m
Harbor (11.106). In the approach to Point St George the (54 ft) lie, respectively, about 5 cables and
coast is low and rocky, and is fringed by numerous rocks. 7 cables W of Green Rock. Thence:

383
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Trinidad Head from W (11.100)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

4 W of White Rock (about 2 miles NNW), of small W of Flint Rock Head (17 miles SSE), a small rocky
extent lying 1 cables off a wooded point of the peninsula, connected to the cliffs by a low sand
same height; dangers extend up to 1 mile offshore isthmus. A sandy beach leads from Flint Rock
in this vicinity. Thence: Head to the mouth of Klamath River, 1 mile N,
W of Cone Rock, which lies 1 mile WNW of Scotty whose entrance is no longer navigable. The coastal
Point (3 miles N); a detached rock, 46 m (15 ft) highway spans the river at Klamath, about 2 miles
high, stands 5 cables E of this rock. Thence: inland, and the lights of Requa, on the N bank,
5 W of Turtle Rocks, which lie 1 mile WSW of Rocky close inside the entrance, are visible from seaward.
Point (5 miles N), and which are marked, A rock awash, and a dangerous rock, lie 7 cables
5 cables WNW, by No 28 Buoy (starboard hand). NNW, and 2 miles NNW, respectively, of Flint
Rocky Point is a bold point with cliffs 61 m high Rock Head. Thence:
fringed by rocks and ledges; two rocky pinnacles 2 W of an isolated rock (113 m (37 ft) high)
rise to an elevation of 77 m (253 ft) above (13 miles SSE), lying 1 mile offshore; thence:
woodland 5 cables inland from the point. The coast W of Wilson Rock (12 miles SSE), with a depth
between Rocky Point and Turtle Rocks is foul. over it of 08 m (2 ft), which lies 5 cables W of
Thence: False Klamath Rock (11.100). A rock, awash, lies
6 W of Sharp Point (11 miles N) (11.100); a low, sandy 7 cables N of Wilson Rock, and numerous
beach, from which dangers extend up to 5 cables below-water rocks lie within 1 mile of the coast
offshore in places, extends 1 mile NNE from Sharp for a distance of about 3 miles N of Wilson Rock;
Point. Thence: amongst these rocks are Footsteps Rocks. Thence:
7 Either side of Reading Rock (Redding Rock) 3 W of Midway Point (9 miles SE), a bold, high point.
(17 miles N), an isolated, steep-to rock, 29 m Isolated rocks and shoals lie within 1 mile of the
high, with a dark base and a white top, and with a coast 1 mile SW of the point, and within
cleft in its S face; a light (red and white chequered 7 cables of the coast up to 2 miles N of the
diamond daymark on house) stands on the rock. point. Sister Rocks, a group of prominent rocks, lie
Clearing bearing. At night, by keeping Trinidad Head 5 cables W of Midway Point. Thence:
Light visible at all times, vessels will pass clear of Cone W of the approaches to Crescent City Harbor
Rock and Turtle Rocks. (3 miles SE) (11.106), thence:
Reading Rock to Point St George 4 W of Point St George, a low projection on which are
several irregular rocky hillocks near the beach; an
11.102
airfield is situated 1 mile E of the point. The
1 Thence the passage continues N, passing (with positions
seaward face of the point is 1 mile in length, with
from Point St George (4147N, 12415W)):

384
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Castle Rock

Point St. George from N (11.102)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

sand dunes backed by low land; the tree line is 6 Caution. All the rocks on St George Reef are steep-to,
6 cables inland, but there are a few trees towards and soundings give no warning of their vicinity. Fog is
the S of the projection. Radio masts stand on the quite frequent, both in the summer and autumn, and in
N end. Numerous off-lying rocks, some of them thick weather this area should be given a wide berth.
above water, extend up to 7 cables offshore
between Crescent City Harbor and Point St Useful marks
George. The S prominent rock fringing the Point 11.103
St George is Castle Rock, lying 1 miles S of the 1 Dows Prairie Aero Light (4059N, 12407W).
point, which has a flat top with a small knob near Hupa Mountain (4105N, 12348W) (11.98).
its E edge. White Rock, 137 m high, which Rodgers Peak (Mountain) (4110N, 12402W)
resembles an arch when seen from W, stands close (11.98).
W of the point, and Brown Rock lies at the Mussel Point (4119N, 12405W), a light grey cliff,
extremity of a reef extending 5 cables NW from 90 m high, with a small, flat top, distinctive at
the N side of the point. Thence: some distance. A rock, 23 m (77 ft) high, stands
5 W of St George Reef, a rocky ledge, awash in places, 5 cables offshore 1 miles S of the point.
which extends 6 miles W and NW from Point St 2 Split Rock, and High Bluff (4130N, 12404W), the
George and is marked at its NW extremity by latter 104 m high, slightly projecting heads; each is
2SG Light-buoy (starboard hand). The light-buoy is marked by a split or chasm on its N face. White
moored 1 mile W of NW Seal Rock, a rock Rock, made distinctive by its colour, stands
surmounted by a disused lighthouse; ODAS 46027 3 cables N of High Bluff.
Light-buoy (special) is moored 9 cables NNW of Battery Point Light (41446N, 124121W) (11.110).
NW Seal Rock. There is a deep channel between (Directions continue at 12.9)
NW Seal Rock and SW Seal Rock, 1 miles SE;
Channels on St George Reef
rocks, which break, lie close SW of SW Seal
Rock. The dangers on the S side of the reef are St George Channel
Star Rock (1 miles WSW), the SE danger, Hump 11.104
Rock (2 miles W), Jonathan Rock (4 miles W), 1 Description. St George Channel, about 1 mile wide
which only breaks in a heavy swell, and Mansfield between the dangers at its narrowest point, leads between
Break (4 miles W), a below-water rock. Point St George and the E rocks of St George Reef. The

385
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

channel is frequently used by coastal vessels in clear 46 m (15 ft) in the outer harbour channel.
weather; although the saving in distance is only about 34 m (11 ft) to the outer basin on the E side of the
3 miles, it is an advantage to such vessels during heavy harbour.
NW winds and swell. 21 m (7 ft) in the small craft basin in the NE part of
Local knowledge is required. the harbour.
2 The authorities should be consulted for the latest depths.
Dragon Channel Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
11.105 range about 21 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
1 With positions from SW Seal Rock (4149N,
12421W). Arrival information
Dragon Channel, which leads WNW between Jonathan 11.108
Rock (1 miles S) (11.102), and Whale Rock (2 miles SE), 1 Pilotage. No pilots available; local knowledge is
thence between Mansfield Break (7 cables SSW) (11.102) required. Berths are assigned by the Harbour Master, whose
and Great Break (5 cables SE), is not recommended. A office is in the outer basin and who can be contacted on
wreck and a shoal, with depths over them of 58 and 82 m VHF from Monday to Friday during the hours 05002100.
(19 and 27 ft), respectively, lie in Dragon Channel 2 cables Anchorage may be obtained in the outer harbour which
W of Great Break and 3 cables W of SW Seal Rock. gives good protection from NW but is open S. Small craft
get good protection in the basins on the E side of the
Crescent City Harbor harbour.
2 Vessels at anchor should take precautions against a local
Chart 3122 (see 1.14) SE wind known as the kick back or back draft, which
General information frequently blows with considerable violence. The wind
11.106 occurs only after strong NW winds outside, and it usually
1 Crescent City Harbor (4145N, 12412W) is entered blows from the early afternoon until midnight.
4 miles SE of Point St George. Commercial and sports Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the
fishing vessels operate out of the harbour and petroleum harbour entrance; see Appendix VII.
products are handled. Crescent City, the seat of Del Norte
County, extends around the N side of the harbour. Harbour
11.109
Limiting conditions 1 The harbour is protected W by a breakwater extending
11.107 6 cables SE, thence 1 cables ESE, from Battery Point
1 Controlling depths. In 2002 the controlling depths (4145N, 12412W), and SE by a breakwater which
were: extends 3 cables NE to the shore from Whaler Island, an

Crescent City Harbour from SE (11.109)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

386
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

island 27 m high (8 cables ESE of Battery Point). An inner 1 mile S of Outer Breakwater Light (41442N,
breakwater extends 2 cables NNW from Whaler Island to 124115W); a shoal depth of 21 m (7 ft), on which the
form an outer basin on the E side of the harbour; an sea breaks only in a heavy swell, lies 5 cables ENE of
above-water rock, known as Pelican Rock, stands in the Chase Ledge.
entrance to this basin. 11.111
There are a number of mooring buoys in the harbour. 1 Entrance leading lights:
Directions Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile) (about
11.110 8 cables N of Outer Breakwater Light).
1 Caution. Care must be exercised when approaching Rear light (similar structure) (68 m from front light).
Crescent City Harbor because of the numerous rocks and From the vicinity of No 4 Light-buoy moored 6 cables S
shoals in its vicinity. of the harbour entrance, the alignment (001) of these
2 Dangers in the N approach. Foul ground with many lights leads N into the harbour passing with positions from
off-lying rocks extends nearly 1 mile offshore in the N the Outer Breakwater Light:
approach to the harbour between Battery Point (4145N, 2 W of Mussel Rock (7 cables SE), a rock about 3 m
12412W) and Point St George, about 3 miles NW; this high, thence:
area should be avoided. A light (white two storey structure) E of Round Rock (2 cables S), a rock 137 m high;
(privately maintained) stands on the islet 1 cable S of a rocky patch with a depth over it of 64 m (21 ft)
Battery Point. No 1 buoy (port hand) moored 5 cables SW lies 1 cables ENE of Round Rock. Thence:
of Battery Point Light marks a rock, which dries about 3 E of Outer Breakwater from the head of which a
15 m (5 ft). light (pile) is displayed. Two patches, one of 33 m
3 The principal above-water rocks are (positioned from (11 ft) and one of 3 m (10 ft), lie close together
Battery Point Light): (1 cables ESE); other shoal depths extend across
Castle Rock (2 miles NW) (11.102). the entrance towards Whaler Island (3 cables
White Rock (1 miles WNW). ENE). Thence:
Preston Island (7 cables WNW), a peninsula, 36 m 4 W of No 6 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 cable
high. ENE), marking a 21 m shoal, and:
Steamboat Rock (3 cables SSE), 128 m high. E of No 7 Buoy (1 cable NNE), marking Fauntleroy
4 Dangers in the S approach. Chase Ledge, marked Rock, a rock which dries, thence:
3 cables WSW by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand), is a W of No 8 Light (starboard hand), displayed from the
steep-to shoal with a depth over it of 64 m (21 ft) lying inside head of the inner breakwater.

Battery Point Light, Crescent City, from SW (11.110)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

387
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

5 Caution. When inside the entrance, the leading line 4 Approaching from west. From the vicinity of No 2
should not be followed as it leads close to the inside head Buoy (starboard hand), moored 2 cables W of Pilot
of the inner breakwater. Rock (5 cables S of Trinidad Head) (11.101), the
approach leads ENE passing NNW of No 4 Buoy
Berths (starboard hand) moored on the W side of a rock,
11.112 with a depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), which lies
1 Fishing vessels berth at the long wharf on the W side of 2 cables SSE of Prisoner Rock. A rock with a
the harbour which extends SSE from the root of the outer depth over it of 21 m (7 ft) lies cable NNW of
breakwater, and at Citizens Dock, a Y-shaped pier, which Prisoner Rock. A shoal depth of 15 m (5 ft) lies
extends from the shore on the N side of the outer basin. cable SSE of Flat Rock.
Pleasure craft berth in the small craft basin which opens 5 Approach from south. The coast from the mouth of
out N of Citizens Dock; about 500 berths are available. Little River (1 miles SE of Trinidad Head) to the
Services entrance to the cove, is bordered with numerous
11.113 rocks, some above water, which extend 2 cables
1 Repairs to small craft; vessels up to 34 m and offshore in places. Little River Rock, lying at the
270 tonnes can be accommodated. edge of foul ground extending from the coast
Other facilities: hospital. 5 cables NW of the river mouth, Cap Rock, 3 m
Supplies: fuels; provisions; water. (10 ft) high, and Double Rock 46 m (15 ft high)
Rescue: Coastguard vessel is usually on station in the lying 5 cables and 1 mile farther NNW,
outer basin. respectively, are the outermost of the above-water
rocks.
6 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing more than 343
Trinidad Harbor
of Little Head, kept open W of Prisoner Rock, passes
Chart 3121 (see 1.14) WSW of the shoal depth SSE of Prisoner Rock.
General information Useful mark:
11.114 Abandoned lighthouse structure on the N side of the
1 Description. Trinidad Harbor, situated on the E side of harbour, 2 cables NE of Little Head.
Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W) (11.100), is a small 7 Anchorage. The best anchorage is about midway
cove, obstructed by several rocks, which affords shelter in between Prisoner Rock and Trinidad Head, with Flat Rock
NW winds but is dangerous in W or S winds. It is used just open S of Prisoner Rock, bearing 073, in depths of
mainly by fishing vessels during the summer months, but a 13 m (42 ft), mud. The inner part of the bay, N of Prisoner
swell usually sets into the cove, even in those months, and Rock and W of Flat Rock, is designated a special
the holding ground is not particularly good. anchorage area, primarily for the use of sport and
2 Fishing vessels unload their catches at a pier in the commercial fishing vessels; temporary floats and buoys are
small bight on the W side of Little Head, a prominent laid in this area.
rocky knoll, 38 m high, in the W side of the cove at the Services. Slipway for craft up to 8 m in length and
root of Trinidad Head. 27 m beam; provisions; fuel.
Of the many rocks in the cove Prisoner Rock, lying in
the entrance 1 cable ESE of Trinidad Head, is the most Other names
prominent. It is formed by two rocks 128 m high, close
Chart 3122
together, which from S resemble an animal lying down
11.115
with its head towards W. Flat Rock, 12 m high, is also
1 The following are on St George Reef (4148N,
situated in the entrance 1 cables E of Prisoner Rock; a
12418W):
rock, 17 m high, stands 1 cable N of Flat Rock.
East Rock.
3 Foul ground, with rocks above water in places, extends
Flat Rock.
1 cables offshore around the head of the cove. Long Rock.
Port radio. The harbour monitors VHF. Mussel Rock.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 19 m; mean neap range about 08 m. Chart 3121
Directions. Local knowledge is required. Patricks Point (4108N, 12410W).

388
Home Contents Index

NOTES

389
Home Contents Index

Chapter 12 - Point St George to Columbia River

126 125 124 123 122

Columbia River
2940

46 46
12.137

12.123

45 45

12.98
3124 Yaquina Bay

12.74
44 O R E G O N 44

12.46
Coos Bay

3095
12.35

43 43
3122

3123 Cape Blanco

12.6

42 42

Point St George

126 Longitude 125 West from Greenwich 123 122

March 2004

390
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

POINT ST GEORGE TO COLUMBIA RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION

Chart 2531 half of the year, with August the worst month, though its
Scope of the chapter frequency decreases in the N of the area.
12.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal
passages along the coast of Oregon from the vicinity of Rescue
Point St George (4147N, 12415W) to the approaches to 12.3
Columbia River (4615N, 12405W), about 270 miles N. 1 Coast Guard stations are situated at:
The principal ports on this coast are Coos Bay (4321N, Chetco River (4203N, 12416W) (12.21).
12420W) (12.46), and Newport, the latter lying in Rogue River (4225N, 12426W) (12.26) (seasonal).
Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W) (12.98). Also included Coquille River (lifeboat only) (4307N, 12426W)
in the description are Pelican Bay (12.13), Chetco River (12.44).
(12.16), Rogue River (12.22), Port Orford (12.27), Coquille Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) (12.68).
River (12.40), Umpqua River (12.80), Siuslaw River North Bend Air Station (4325N, 12415W) (12.68).
(12.88), Tillamook Bay (12.142), and Nehalem River 2 Umpqua River (4340N, 12412W) (12.87).
(12.149). Siuslaw River (4401N, 12408W) (12.94).
2 The chapter is divided into the following sections: Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W) (12.119).
Point St George to Coos Bay (12.5). Depoe Bay (4449N, 12404W) (12.130).
Coos Bay to Columbia River (12.73). Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W) (12.148).
For services provided see 1.62.

Coast radio stations

Weather 12.4
12.2 1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
1 The strongest winds occur in winter and spring and are Pacific coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT
most common from between SE and S. In the summer and station operates in the area covered by this chapter:
early autumn they are light, directions from NW and SW Newport (4438N, 12403W).
being the most frequent. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Fog is a problem along the coast, mainly in the latter Volume 1(2).

POINT ST GEORGE TO COOS BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION POINT ST GEORGE TO CAPE BLANCO

General information
Chart 2531
Area covered Chart 3122
12.5 Route
1 In this section are described the passages between Point 12.6
St George (4147N, 12415W) and Coos Bay, about 1 From a position off St George Reef (4150N,
90 miles N. It includes descriptions of Coos Bay, and the 12423W) the route leads NNW for about 60 miles,
principal rivers and bays along the coast used by small passing to seaward of Rogue River Reef and Orford Reef.
craft. The principal dangers are Rogue River Reef (12.9)
which extends 3 miles offshore from the river of the Topography
same name (4225N, 12426W), and Orford Reef (12.9), 12.7
which extends 5 miles offshore SW of Cape Blanco 1 For 10 miles N of Point St George (4147N, 12415W)
(4250N, 12434W). the coast, indented by Pelican Bay (12.13), is low and
2 The section is arranged as follows: sandy. For the remaining 6 miles to the entrance to
Point St George to Cape Blanco (12.6). Chetco River (12.16), it curves NW and is formed of low,
Cape Blanco to Coos Bay (12.35). rocky cliffs, backed by a low tableland on which several
Coos Bay (12.46). prominent rocky knolls rise to heights of from 30 to 60 m.

391
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Winchuk River flows into the sea on the California-Oregon and is prominent from S. The islet is black nearly
border, 3 miles SE of the entrance to Chetco River. to the top, which is usually white.
2 North of Chetco River, as far as Crook Point (13 miles Humbug Mountain (4241N, 12426W); conical,
N) (12.9), the coastline comprises high, broken cliffs, with a steep and rugged seaward face.
bordered by rocky islets and ledges which extend up to 2 Major lights:
5 cables offshore. Eight miles N of Chetco River, a rugged Del Norte Aero Light (4147N, 12414W) (11.100).
cliff from 60 to 90 m high extends for one mile along the Cape Blanco Light (white conical tower, 18 m in
coast and is backed by a bare, triple headed hill from 213 height) (4250N, 12434W).
to 244 m high. In the interior Bosley Butte (4212N,
12413W) rises above the coastal range. The mountain
Directions
appears flat topped when seen from W or NW, with two (continued from 11.103)
summits separated by a slight depression; the NE summit 12.9
appears more rounded and larger, though slightly lower, 1 From a position W of 2SG Light-buoy (4150N,
than the other summit. Closer to the coast, Rocky Prairie, 12424W) (11.102), moored off the extremity of St George
and another mountain 610 m high, made distinctive by bare Reef the passage leads NNW passing:
patches in the forestry near their summits, lie 3 miles SE WSW of CR Light-buoy (safe water) (42017N,
and 4 miles SSE of Crook Point. 124170W), moored off the entrance to Chetco
3 From Crook Point, a low sandy beach backed by high River, thence:
sand dunes, distinctive in clear weather, leads 2 miles N 2 WSW of Goat Island (4204N, 12419W), which
to the entrance to Pistol River. The mouth of this river is lies 2 cables offshore and is steep-to on its W
only open in the rainy season, and its position alters from side. White Rock lies 6 cables offshore 1 mile NW
year to year. Thence as far as Cape Sebastian, 2 miles of Goat Island, and an isolated above-water rock
farther NNW (12.9), the coast is fringed by high rocks. lies 2 cables NW of White Rock. Thence:
Between Cape Sebastian and the mouth of Rogue River WSW of Cape Ferrelo (4206N, 12421W), a bold,
(6 miles N) (12.22) the coast is broken and rugged, rather rugged faced point fringed by rocks and islets for
low near the beach off which there are relatively few up to 5 cables offshore, thence:
outlying rocks. 3 WSW of Leaning Rock (4212N, 12423W), a rock
4 North of Rogue River the coastline trends N then NNW whose NW face is perpendicular and which slopes
for about 26 miles to Cape Blanco; for 5 miles N of Rogue gradually towards SE; it is the most prominent of
River the coast is fringed by numerous rocks. The a number of rocks which lie up to 5 cables W of
mountains backing the coast are high, irregular in shape Deer Point. Thence:
and are covered with chaparral. Distinctive amongst the WSW of Mack Reef which consists of rocks, some
peaks are Brushy Bald Mountain (4233N, 12419W) above-water, others awash or underwater, which
which shows up in hazy weather as a flat rounded summit extends 1 miles S from Crook Point (4215N,
with gentle slopes on its S and W sides, and Colebrook 12425W), a low point terminating in a rocky
Butte (4 miles NNW of Brushy Bald Mountain), which, knoll 53 m high. Mack Arch (12.8) is the most
when viewed from W appears as a cone with gently prominent of many rocks on the reef. Thence:
sloping sides, and from S as a rounded peak, not dissimilar 4 WSW of Cape Sebastian (4219N, 12426W), which
to Brushy Bald Mountain but lower. The slopes of is prominent from N or S; it is the seaward
Colebrook Butte are wooded, except for the lower part of termination of a ridge running at right angles to
the seaward side, which is bare, and brown in colour. the coast. On the W side it rises abruptly from the
Farther N, Bald Mountain (8 miles N of Brushy Bald sea to an elevation of 211 m, with a depression
Mountain), appears from seaward as an irregular knob at behind it, after which it rises again more gradually
the NW end of a ridge 1 mile long; the ridge terminates SE to an elevation of 610 m. The seaward face is
in a sharp conical peak known as Rocky Peak. Viewed precipitous and broken, with a few trees on it; the
from SW three knobs show, but from NNW only two are lower part of the S side is grass covered. A rock,
seen. with a depth over it of 32 m (10 ft), and on which
5 North of Port Orford (4245N, 12430W) (12.27), a the sea breaks, lies 5 cables offshore 1 mile NW of
narrow sand ridge, about 3 miles long, rising at one point the W extremity of the cape. Thence:
to a height of 49 m, covered with grass, fern and brush, 5 WSW of an isolated shoal, with a depth over it of
ends abruptly on the S side of a valley known as Elk River 183 m (60 ft), which lies 3 miles W of Hunter
Valley; thence vertical cliffs, in places over 50 m high, and Creek (4223N, 12426W), and 7 cables WSW of
which are crowned by woods, extend to Cape Blanco. R Light-buoy (12.25), thence:
6 Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W), which projects Clear of a submerged buoy (42265N, 124347W)
1 miles from the general line of the coast, is a small bare with least depth of 46 m (15 ft) over it, thence:
tableland, terminating seaward in a cliff, 69 m high, backed 6 WSW of North-west Rock (4228N, 12430W), the
by low land. From W the cape is not prominent, but from outermost above-water rock on Rogue River Reef
N or S it resembles a bluff islet; a group of buildings on which extends nearly 3 miles NW from a
the cape are reported to be prominent. position 1 miles W of the mouth of Rogue River;
a rock, with a depth over it of 46 m (15 ft) lies
3 cables W of North-west Rock. The bottom in
Principal marks this vicinity is very broken and vessels are advised
12.8 to give the rock a berth of at least 1 miles.
1 Landmarks: Thence:
Mack Arch (4214N, 12424W), a double headed, 7 WSW of North Rock, the innermost of a group of
rocky islet, which lies 7 cables offshore. The steep-to rocks, some of which are submerged, and
arch, 30 m high, is under the E and lower summit, on which the sea breaks heavily, lying between 1

392
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

and 2 miles offshore, 2 miles NW of Hubbard by small coasting vessels in clear weather, but it is intricate
Mound (4229N, 12426W). Foul ground extends and obstructed with many dangers.
between 6 cables and 1 miles offshore between Local knowledge is required.
the mouth of Rogue River and Hubbard Mound;
off the latter point it is marked by breakers. Passage inside Orford Reef
Thence: 12.12
8 WSW of Sisters Rocks (4236N, 12425W), a group 1 A channel, from 2 to 3 miles wide, leads N inside
of three of which the largest, 120 m (394 ft) high, Orford Reef, narrowing to 1 mile where it turns W between
is connected to a rocky point, 79 m high; the the NE edge of Orford Reef, and the S end of Blanco
middle rock is 45 m high, and the outer is 46 m Reef. This channel is much used by small coasting vessels
high. Small craft sometimes obtain shelter in NW in clear weather, but should not be attempted in thick
winds under the lee of the largest rock. Thence: weather. Depths of 11 m (36 ft) are situated near the centre
9 WSW of Lookout Rock (2 miles N of Sisters of this channel about 1 miles E of Best Rock (3 miles
Rocks), a prominent, projecting, precipitous cliff, SW of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W)), but elsewhere it
behind which is a marked depression, thence: is deep.
WSW of Island Rock (4240N, 12429W), a flat
topped rock which lies 1 miles offshore and Pelican Bay
4 miles S of Port Orford (12.27); a needle rock, Chart 3122
33 m (109 ft) high stands 1 cable NW. Thence: Description
10 WSW of South-east Black Rock (4246N, 12.13
12437W), a rock 18 m (6 ft) high, and Fox Rock 1 Pelican Bay is contained between Point St George
(1 miles W), the S dangers on Orford Reef, a (4147N, 12415W) (11.101) and Chetco Point (12.16),
group of rocks and submerged ledges, which 15 miles N. Pyramid Point, 10 miles N of Point St
extends from 2 to 5 miles offshore SW of Cape George, is a rocky knoll; Prince Island, a high islet, and
Blanco (12.7). Kelp extends over the reef and from Hunter Rock, a high, double headed rock, are prominent
the reef to within 1 miles of the shore. The sea close W and NW, respectively, of Pyramid Point. The S
breaks continuously over Fox Rock. Thence: shore of the bay consists of a broad sand beach and sand
W of North-west Rock (about 2 miles N of South-east dunes; Lake Talawa and Lake Earl, surrounded by marshy
Rock), the NW danger on Orford Reef, thence: land, lie close behind the sand dunes. Smith River flows
11 W of Blanco Reef, which extends up to 1 miles SW into the sea close S of Pyramid Point.
and W of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W)
(12.7), and consists of numerous rocks and ledges, Directions
some of which are marked by kelp. The most 12.14
visible of the rocks are Black Rock, 74 m high, 1 From S the bay can be entered either W of St George
situated 1 miles SW of the lighthouse (12.8), and Reef (11.101), or, depending on size of vessel, and in clear
Pyramid Rock, 9 m high, situated 1 mile WSW of weather with local knowledge, through St George Channel
the lighthouse; dangers lie around, and between (11.104).
these rocks, and an isolated depth of 183 m (60 ft) In the N part of the bay the coast is obstructed with
lies 1 mile W of Pyramid Rock. The narrow rocks and dangers and should be given a clearance of at
channel between Blanco Reef and Cape Blanco is least 1 miles; Cone Rock, lying 6 cables offshore
obstructed by rocks and should not be attempted; 1 miles NNW of Pyramid Point, is the most prominent of
numerous rocks, some above water, extend over these dangers.
5 cables NW from Cape Blanco. 2 Inside the bay, all dangers are contained within the
12 Caution. In thick weather care should be taken when 183 m (60 ft) depth contour which runs parallel to the
passing Rogue River Reef and rounding Cape Blanco; it is coast at a distance of about 1 miles. South of Pyramid
prudent to remain in depths of 91 m (50 fm) or more. Point, the following dangers lie inside this depth contour
(positioned from Pyramid Point):
Useful marks Rock, 3 m (10 ft) high (2 miles S), lying 2 cables
12.10 offshore.
1 Whalehead Island (4208N, 12422W), the outer of Group of rocks 3 m (10 ft) high (1 miles SW), lying
three rocky islets, the other being 39 m and 31 m 7 cables offshore.
high respectively.
Needle Rock (4227N, 12429W), the most Interstate boundary
prominent rock on Rogue River Reef. 12.15
Arch Rock (4247N, 12436W), on Orford Reef; a 1 The boundary between California and Oregon lies in an
large square arch in the rock is visible from S or 090 direction close S of the parallel of 42N, about
SW. 1 miles N of Cone Rock (12.14). This also marks the sea
Aero light (4251N, 12431W), at Cape Blanco boundary between the Eleventh and Thirteenth Coast Guard
State Airport. Districts.
(Directions continue at 12.38)
Chetco River
Side channels Chart 3122 (see 1.14)
Rogue River to North Rock General information
12.11 12.16
1 The channel between the dangers on the E side of 1 Chetco River flows into the N side of Chetco Cove
Rogue River Reef and the mainland, and those on the E which lies at the N end of Pelican Bay (12.13). The cove
side of North Rock and the mainland, is sometimes used is contained between Chetco Point (4203N, 12417W), a

393
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

narrow peninsula 24 m high, formed by rugged cliffs which 4 From the vicinity of CR Light-buoy (safe water)
extend 2 cables from the general line of the coast, and Red (42017N, 124170W), the alignment (030) of these
Point (2 miles SE). The mouth of the river is protected by lights leads NNE through a fairway marked by No 2
two stone jetties. Light-buoy (starboard hand) and into the dredged channel,
2 The town of Brookings occupies the W bank of the 36 m wide and marked by No 9 beacon (port hand) inside
river, and the port of Brookings, which is used for the the entrance, which leads between the jetties and into the
loading of lumber barges, by fishing vessels and by turning basin.
pleasure craft, is situated on the E bank, close inside the 5 Useful marks with positions from Bar Rock Light (port
river entrance. The port comprises a turning basin and a hand) (42026N, 124164W), which is displayed from
small craft basin protected by a dike 550 m long; a second the extremity of the N jetty:
small craft basin is entered S of the turning basin, and a Pelican Bay Light (white octagonal tower attached to
barge slip is situated on the E side of the turning basin at building) (7 cables E).
the entrance to this lower basin. No 11 Light (port hand) (3 cables NNE) which is
displayed on the N side of the entrance to the
Limiting conditions turning basin.
12.17 6 Yellow Rock (12 m high) (1 cables NW) which
1 Controlling depths. In 2003 the controlling depth was stands close to the shore on the N side of the
36 m (12 ft) in the entrance channel leading to the turning entrance.
basin, in which there was a depth of 24 m (8 ft). Depth in Islet, 177 m (58 ft) high (4 cables W), which lies
thesmall craft basins was generally 27 m (9 ft). close off a rocky headland midway between
Vertical clearances. A power cable, with an overhead Chetco Point and the river entrance.
clearance of about 14 m, spans the river 6 cables above the Ruined pier (6 cables W) which extends about
entrance, and a highway bridge, 1 cables farther N, has a 2 cables offshore close E of Chetco Point.
vertical clearance of 18 m. 7 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of about 4 m at the N end of the
Arrival information channel and visible from seaward; see 1.56.
12.18
1 Outer anchorage. Chetco Cove affords indifferent Berths
anchorage; there is some protection from NW but it is 12.20
exposed S. 1 Lumber is loaded into barges at the slip in the turning
Numerous rocks, some above water, fringe the shores of basin.
the cove and its approaches; a dangerous wreck is charted Fishing boats and pleasure craft berth in the two small
8 cables SSE of Bar Rock Light. Caution should be craft basins; the upper small craft basin can accommodate
exercised when anchoring. over 500 craft.
Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 16 m (54 ft),
5 cables SSW of Bar Rock Light and 1 cables E of the Port services
approach channel. 12.21
2 Local knowledge is required. 1 Repairs: 60 tonne lift; ramp.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line Supplies: fuels; provisions; stores; water.
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII. Rescue: Coast Guard station is situated on the E side of
Storm signal. Flown by day from the Coast Guard the entrance to the turning basin.
station. There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.

Directions Rogue River

12.19
1 Approach to Chetco Cove. The river valley makes a Description
good landmark, even in hazy weather. 12.22
Approaching from S, Red Point (12.16) should be given 1 Rogue River (4225N, 12426W), situated 6 miles N of
a berth of at least 1 mile; White Rock, Long Rock, and Cape Sebastian (12.9), is an important sports fishing area.
groups of rocks known as Twins Rocks and Cousins Rocks, The towns of Wedderburn and Gold Beach stand on the N
lie on foul ground which extends 4 cables from Red Point; and S sides, respectively, of the river close inside the
a shoal with a depth over it of 69 m (26 ft) lies 6 cables entrance; Gold Beach is the principal town.
WSW of Red Point.
2 Approaching from N, foul ground extends 3 cables SW Limiting conditions
from Zwagg Island, 31 m high, which bounds the W side 12.23
of Macklyn Cove on the NW side of Chetco Point. Walrus 1 Depths. The project depth in the entrance channel to a
Rocks lie on the extremity of a reef which extends over turning basin at Wedderburn is 4 m (13 ft); in 2002 the
1 cable S from Chetco Point; a shoal with a depth over it controlling depth across the bar was only 21 m (7 ft) in the
of 67 m (22 ft) lies 1 cable farther S of Walrus Rocks. NW part. Shoaling to bare sometimes occurs seasonally
Numerous other rocks, both above and below-water, extend across the entrance at the breakwaters.
up to 3 cables offshore between Chetco Point and the A dredged channel leads from close inside the entrance
entrance to the river. to a boat basin at Gold Beach; this channel is subject to
3 Chetco River Leading Lights: severe shoaling and in 1994 had shoaled to bare near its
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on entrance. The controlling depth in 2003 was 24 m (8 ft).
framework tower) (42029N, 124160W), on the 2 Caution. Controlling depths are consistently less than
E side of the river. the project depth and are subject to continual and
Rear light (similar structure) (250 m NNE of the front pronounced change; mariners should obtain the latest
light). information on depths before attempting entry.

394
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Vertical clearances. A highway bridge with a vertical

clearance of 91 m (30 ft) spans the river 8 cables above the
entrance.

Arrival information
12.24
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Storm signal. From a pole near the Coast Guard
lifeboat station. There is no corresponding night signal. See
1.58.

Directions
12.25
1 Approach. The head on the N side of the river mouth
attains an elevation of 228 m (750 ft) 1 miles NE of the
entrance and, together with the marked depression in the
coastal range made by the river valley, makes a good mark
from seaward. Needle Rock (12.10), on Rogue River Reef
(12.9) is also prominent in the approach.
2 Entry. Approach is made from a position S of
R Light-buoy (safe water) (42237N, 124287W), which
is moored 2 miles S of Rogue River Reef and 5 cables SSE Port Orford (12.27)
(Original dated 1990)
of an isolated rocky patch over which the sea breaks. The
fairway leads NE, passing SE of R Light-buoy, marked by (Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
a buoy (port hand), leads into the river passing between
two stone jetties; a light (port hand) is displayed from the 1 mile offshore in an area 2 miles N of Island Rock, should
head of the N jetty. be given a good berth as other dangers lie amongst and to
3 Rough Bar sign. A seasonal Rough Bar advisory sign is the N of them in the S entrance to the cove.
established 6 cables inside the entrance; see 1.56. 2 The entrance to the cove is marked by No 1 Light-buoy
Useful mark: (port hand) moored about 8 cables S of The Heads.
Highway bridge (12.23), prominent when approaching Above and below-water rocks extend up to 5 cables
the river mouth. from the shore around the cove, but a passage with a least
depth of 21 m (7 ft) is available through the centre of the
Port services cove to the wharf E of Graveyard Point.
12.26 3 Useful marks with positions from The Heads:
1 About 200 small craft berths at Gold Beach; all the White water tank (on the summit), made prominent
usual facilities are available. by the dense, wooded background; it has been
Rescue. A Coast Guard lifeboat station is manned from reported that from a distance it has, on occasions,
June to mid September. been mistaken for Cape Blanco lighthouse (12.8).
Klooqueh Rock (3 cables NW of the S extremity),
Port Orford black, conical shaped, and prominent, particularly
from N.
General information 4 Tichenor Rock (1 cable S).
12.27 No 3 Light (port hand), a seasonal light displayed
1 Port Orford is entered between The Heads (4244N, from the head of the breakwater at Graveyard
12431W), 91 m high, which, when seen from S, appear as Point (7 cables NE).
a long ridge with three knobs, and Rocky Point (2 miles Battle Rock, a high, narrow, black rock, which,
SE). The cove affords good shelter in NW winds, but is except at high tides, is connected to the shore
exposed and dangerous in S winds. It is easy of access and close E of Fort Point (9 cables NE).
is probably the best natural NW lee N of Point Reyes
(10.26). The town of Port Orford, the home of the famous Anchorage
yellow cedar, is situated at the head of the cove. 12.29
2 A breakwater, extending about 1 cable SE from 1 Anchorage may be obtained a little W of the centre of
Graveyard Point (7 cables NE of The Heads), protects a the bay, in depths of 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft), sand, taking
wharf on its NE side. There is a Coast Guard mooring care to avoid a dangerous wreck lying 2 cables ENE of
buoy in the cove. No 3 Light, and a rock with a depth of 3 m (10 ft) just
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring under 2 cables E of the light, where it is reported many
range about 22 m; mean neap range about 09 m. anchors have been lost. Small craft may obtain better
Local knowledge is required. shelter from NW winds closer to The Heads; these winds
sweep with considerable force through the depression at the
Directions head of the cove.
12.28
1 Approaching from S, Humbug Mountain (4241N, Berth
12426W) (12.8), and Island Rock (1 miles WSW) 12.30
(12.9), make good marks. Redfish Rocks, a group of six 1 The wharf at Graveyard Point is high and seldom used
islets from 3 to 43 m (10 to 140 ft) high, which lie nearly for berthing alongside; fishing boats use moorings off the E

395
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

side of the wharf. In 2003 there were depths of 06 to Topography

12 m (2 to 4 ft) alongside the E face of the wharf. 12.36
1 The coast N of Cape Blanco differs considerably from
Port services that S of the cape. The coastal mountains are not so high,
12.31 and the coast consists of high, yellow sand dunes and
1 Boat hoist with capacity 12 tons. cliffs, broken by bold rocky headlands of moderate height
All usual small craft facilities. and backed by pine covered hills.
2 The coast for 4 miles N of Cape Blanco is formed by
Anchorages cliffs which gradually decrease in height N, thence a sandy
beach, backed by sand dunes and narrow lakes, extends
Mack Arch Cove about 11 miles N to the approaches to Coquille River
12.32 (12.40). Sand dunes continue for 4 miles N of Coquille
1 Description. Mack Arch Cove is situated NE of Mack River, after which cliffs, gradually increasing in height,
Arch (4214N, 12424W) (12.8) and is protected from extend to Cape Arago (7 miles farther N) (12.38). The high
NW by Mack Reef (12.9). The reef breaks the swell which, cliffs in the approach to Cape Arago are intersected by
during NW winds, rolls towards Mack Arch Cove, and the seven deep ravines known as the Seven Devils.
latter is then sometimes used as a temporary anchorage.
The area has not been closely surveyed and extreme Major lights
caution should be exercised when using this anchorage. 12.37
Local knowledge is required. 1 Cape Blanco Light (4250N, 12434W) (12.8).
2 Anchorage may be obtained E of the group of rocks Cape Arago Light (white octagonal tower and
situated 5 cables N of Mack Arch, with Mack Point dwelling, 13 m in height) (43205N, 124225W);
(8 cables NNE of Mack Arch) bearing about 055, in visible from S when bearing more than 035. The
depths of about 11 m (36 ft), sand. light is displayed from Gregory Point, the N
Temporary anchorage may also be obtained in moderate extremity of a rocky wooded islet, 2 miles NNE
NW winds, in the bight between Mack Arch and Yellow of Cape Arago.
Rock (1 miles SE). The approach should be made passing
midway between Yellow Rock and Mack Arch, anchoring Directions
when the former bears 155, and the latter 296, in depths (continued from 12.10)
of 20 m (66 ft), sand. 12.38
1 From a position W of Blanco Reef (12.9) the coastal
Hunters Cove passage leads NNE, passing (with positions from Coquille
12.33 Point (4307N, 12426W)):
1 Description. Hunters Cove is a small constricted WNW of Gull Rock (16 miles SSW), a dark,
anchorage under the SE side of Cape Sebastian (4219N, rugged rock with two knobs on its summit; this
12426W) (12.9); it is entered between the cape and rock is fringed by submerged rocks. Thence:
Hunters Island (1 cables S), a rocky, flat topped island. 2 WNW of Castle Rock (5 cables NE of Gull Rock), a
Shoal water extends E from Hunters Island to the shore. high, prominent rock which lies off the entrance to
2 Anchorage sheltered from N winds may be obtained by Sixes River, thence:
small craft in depths of about 6 m (20 ft) but it is not WNW of Tower Rock, the largest of several rocks
recommended. During moderate SW and strong NW winds which extend up to 8 cables W of Blacklock Point
heavy seas make entry difficult. (15 miles SSW), a precipitous rocky cliff, 48 m
Local knowledge is required. high, thence:
3 WNW of Coquille Point, 18 m high, which is fringed
Other names by dangers up 1 miles NW and should be given
a wide berth, thence:
Chart 3122 Clear, depending on draught, of a submerged buoy
12.34 (6 miles WNW) with a depth of 164 m (54 ft)
1 Black Rock (4212N, 12423W). over it, thence:
Coal Point (4242N, 12427W). WNW of Five Mile Point (6 miles N), a projecting
House Rock (42065N, 124220W). rocky cliff, 18 m high, fringed by rocks from 3 to
Otter Point (4228N, 12426W). 12 m high more than 2 cables to seaward, thence:
Twin Rocks (4205N, 12421W). 4 WNW of Cape Arago (4320N, 12422W) the W
extremity of a large headland that projects about
1 mile from the general line of the coast. The
CAPE BLANCO TO COOS BAY seaward face of the cape, 2 miles long,
comprises a narrow, sparsely wooded tableland,
General information 15 m high, fringed with rocks of about the same
height. The cape is only conspicuous when the
Chart 3123 high land in the interior is obscured. Reefs extend
Route 5 cables SW and W, and 7 cables NW, from the
12.35 cape. Thence:
1 From the vicinity of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W) 5 WNW of K Light-buoy (safe water) (1 miles NNW
to the approaches to Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) the of Cape Arago Light), moored in the approach to
route leads NNE for 33 miles; all charted dangers lie within Coos Bay.
the 365 m (20 fm) depth contour which parallels the coast Caution. Tide rips have been reported about 5 miles
at a distance of between 1 and 2 miles. NW of Coquille Point.

396
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Useful mark 2 From the vicinity of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand),

12.39 moored about 1 miles WNW of the entrance on the N
1 Aero light (4325N, 12415W), at North Bend side of Coquille Rock, the fairway, marked by No 4
Municipal Airport. Light-buoy (starboard hand), leads about 1 miles ESE,
(Directions continue for Coos Bay at 12.64 passing N of two rocky areas, which break, lying 8 and
and for coastal passage at 12.78) 9 cables NW, respectively, of Coquille Point, and on to the
entrance lead.
Coquille River 3 Entrance leading lights:
Front light (red rectangle, black stripe, on framework
Chart 3123 (see 1.14) tower) (on the W breakwater of the small craft
General information basin, 7 cables inside the entrance).
12.40 Rear light (similar structure) (278 m from front light).
1 Position and function. Coquille River (4307N, The alignment (102) of these lights leads into the river
12426W) is entered 5 cables NE of Coquille Point (12.38) between the jetty heads.
between two jetties about 160 m apart. 4 Useful marks:
Fishing vessels operate out of Bandon, which is situated No 8 Light-beacon (starboard hand), standing on S
on the S bank close inside the entrance; the settlement of jetty.
Prosper is 4 miles above the entrance, and Coquille, No 14 Light-beacon (starboard hand), on the head of
21 miles above the entrance, is the distribution centre for the W breakwater of the small craft basin.
the agricultural communities of the river valley. River The fairway to Bandon is marked on the N side by
traffic above Bandon comprises mainly rafts of logs. seasonal buoys (port hand). About 1 mile inside the
2 Topography. South of the entrance the coast comprises entrance the river turns sharply N along the inside of the
rocky cliffs fronted by detached rocks, amongst which are shifting sand spit that forms the N side of the entrance.
Cat and Kittens Rocks, the highest of which is 20 m high, Submarine cables cross the river 5 cables inside the
which lie 5 cables SW of Coquille Point. A long, low area entrance.
of shifting dunes extends N of the entrance. 5 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of about 9 m from a position on
Limiting conditions the S shore about 6 cables inside the entrance, just N of the
12.41 Coast Guard station; see 1.56.
1 Controlling depths. The Federal project provides for a
depth of 4 m (13 ft) from the entrance to Bandon, about Facilities
1 mile from the entrance. The reported depth above Bandon 12.44
is about 18 m (6 ft) to Coquille, 21 miles above the 1 Berths. In 1999 there were reported depths of 15 to
entrance. 24 m (5 to 8 ft) in the small craft basin at Bandon,
The channel is subject to frequent changes and the 9 cables inside the entrance; about 180 berths, and a
deepest water is not always on the leading line; the launching ramp, are available.
authorities should be consulted for the latest information. The wharf at a former lumber mill, 2 cables NE of the
2 Vertical clearances. A highway lift-bridge with a small craft basin, is 95 m long and is reported to have a
clearance of 226 m (74 ft) when raised, and 85 m (28 ft) depth of 37 m alongside.
when lowered, spans the river 3 miles above the entrance; a 2 Services. All the usual small craft facilities, including
power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 219 m repairs; fuels by road tanker; Coast Guard motor lifeboat
(72 ft) spans the river close E of the bridge. stationed at Bandon.
Power cables spanning the river between Prosper and
Coquille have a minimum safe overhead clearance of Small craft shelter
207 m (68 ft). 12.45
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables for Bandon. 1 Small craft and fishing vessels sometimes obtain shelter
Mean spring range about 2 m; mean neap range about in the summer in South Cove, close under the S point of
09 m. Cape Arago (4320N, 12422W) (12.38).
Local knowledge is required.
Arrival information
12.42 COOS BAY
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line General information
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Chart 3095
Directions Position and function
12.43 12.46
1 Caution. It is reported the bar breaks, even in calm 1 Coos Bay, the name given to the lower reaches of Coos
seas, and mariners should favour the N side of the fairway River (12.71), is entered close N of Cape Arago (4320N,
in the approach. 12422W) (12.38). The bay can be used as a harbour of
Approach. Dangers extend up to 1 miles NW from refuge and can be entered at any time except in extreme
Coquille Point. The outermost danger is Coquille Rock, weather.
which has a depth over it of less than 18 m (6 ft), and is It is one of the most important harbours between San
marked about 3 cables N by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard Francisco and Columbia River, and was once billed as the
hand). Closer in, Wash Rock, which dries 21 m (7 ft), lies largest timber exporting port in the world. Forest products
8 cables W of Coquille Point; two other rocks, which at one time made up nearly all the goods handled, but
break, lie 2 and 3 cables WNW, respectively, of while this has declined in recent years, it remains one of
Wash Rock. the largest forest products ports in the world.

397
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

2 Foreign trade is mainly in logs, wood chips, lumber, has a vertical clearance of 375 m (123 ft); the power cable
plywood, paper, and paperboard. Coasting trade is mainly close W of this bridge has a safe overhead clearance well
in sand and gravel, lumber and petroleum products. in excess of the bridge clearance.
Coos Bay is a port of entry, and incorporates a Foreign 3 Isthmus Slough (4321N, 12412W) is spanned by a
Trade Zone. bascule bridge which has a vertical clearance of 55 m
(18 ft). Power cables close N of the bridge have a safe
Topography overhead clearance of 305 m (100 ft).
12.47
1 Cape Arago (4320N, 12422W) (12.38) is the Deepest and longest berths
dominant feature when approaching Coos Bay. 12.53
From the vicinity of Cape Arago Light (12.37), the S 1 Roseburg Lumber Company (12.67).
side of the entrance trends 2 miles NE to Coos Head, a
Tidal levels
headland 70 m high, faced by cliffs, 30 m high, which
12.54
terminate in several small rocky points with sand beaches
1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring range about
between them; several prominent buildings stand on the
21 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
cliffs close SW of Coos Head. Midway between Gregory
Point and Coos Head, Mussel Reef extends 2 cables Maximum size of vessel handled
NNW from the shore at Yoakam Point. 12.55
2 The entrance is between two jetties, about 3 cables 1 Vessels of up to LOA 221 m, breadth 335 m,
apart, which project 5 cables WNW from the general line 45 000 dwt, draught 107 m, can be accommodated.
of the coast; the outer extremities of these jetties are
submerged for a distance of about 1 cable. Arrival information
North Spit, which forms the N side of the entrance, is
the low extremity of a sand spit extending N along the Port radio
coast. 12.56
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Approach and entry Volume 6(5).
12.48
Outer anchorage
1 The harbour is approached on the alignment of leading
12.57
lights, and entered between jetties through a dredged
1 Caution. There is no safe anchorage off Coos Bay,
channel marked by light-buoys and lights.
Oregon, coastline during the winter months due to the rapid
Traffic onset of severe weather (see note on chart).
12.49 Small craft may obtain anchorage almost anywhere in
1 In 2002, 67 vessels called totalling 2 103 802 dwt. the bay outside the dredged channels and below the railway
bridge at Pony Point (43254N, 124143W), taking note
Port Authority of submarine cables laid across the bay at Empire
12.50 (43235N, 124168W), as shown on the chart.
1 Oregon International Port of Coos Bay, 125 Central
Avenue, Suite 300, PO Box 1215, Coos Bay, Oregon Pilotage and tugs
974200311. 12.58
Website: portofcoosbay.com 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours, weather
permitting. Pilots should be requested 24 hours in advance.
Limiting conditions The pilot boards from one of two tugs, Coos Bay or North
Bend, which have black hulls, orange upperworks, and
Controlling depths white funnels. The boarding position is 1 mile NW of
12.51 K Light-buoy, as shown on the chart. Vessels should
1 The project depth of the entrance channel is 143 m maintain a speed of 4 to 5 kn, with the pilot ladder about
(47 ft) outside, reducing to 113 m (37 ft) at the inner end. 3 m above the waterline.
Thence, it is 113 m (37 ft) at the entrance turn and through Tugs are available.
the various reaches leading to Isthmus Slough (not charted),
and thence 67 m (22 ft) through Isthmus Slough to Inland Rules of the Road
Millington, about 15 miles above the entrance. 12.59
2 The width of the channel through the bay varies 1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Coos Bay
between 91 and 122 m (300 and 400 ft) except at the swing within the entrance jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
bridge (43256N, 124141W) (12.52). Quarantine and customs
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port 12.60
authorities, should be consulted. 1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
Vertical clearances by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
12.52
officials on arrival at their berths.
1 Southern Pacific Railroad Bridge spans the main channel
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
close E of Pony Point. This swing bridge has a vertical
clearance of 37 m (12 ft) when closed, and a horizontal
Harbour
clearance of 60 m (197 ft). The bridge controller monitors
VHF radio. General layout
2 McCullogh Highway Bridge, 6 cables E of the railway 12.61
bridge, spans the main channel from North Point 1 From the entrance the bay trends NE for about 5 miles,
(43254N, 124133W) to Russell Point (5 cables N). It its width varying from less than 5 cables to about 1 mile; it

398
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

then turns gradually E and S, and opens out to a width of light-buoys (lateral), between the jetties to the vicinity of
from 1 to 1 miles. The W shore of the bay, as far as the Coos Head Light (black and white chequered diamond
bend to E, is formed by a sand spit which is covered with daymark on framework tower) (4321N, 12420W)
partly wooded sand dunes which are 30 m high in places. passing (with positions from Coos Head Light):
2 The dredged channel through the bay to the head of the 3 NNE of Baltimore Rock (2 miles W), which has a
bay, about 11 miles above the entrance, is bordered by depth over it of 34 m (11 ft), and is marked on its
marshland and intersected by several sloughs. South Slough N side by BR Buoy (special); the rock, which
(12.69) discharges into the bay just inside the entrance, and usually breaks, is the outermost danger on a ledge
North Slough, Haynes Inlet and Kentuck Inlet, discharge which extends 7 cables NNW from Gregory Point
into the bend in the vicinity of North Point (43254N, (12.37). And:
124133W). Coos River (12.71), Catching Slough (12.71), 4 SSW of No 3A Light (port hand) (6 cables NW), on
Isthmus Slough, used for logging operations, and Coalbank the N jetty, thence:
Slough, unused, discharge into the head of the bay. NNE of Guano Rock (2 cables NW), a rock awash,
3 The principal berthing areas are at Roseberg (8 miles marked on its NW side by No 4 Light-buoy
above the entrance), and the cities of North Bend (starboard hand).
(11 miles above the entrance), and Coos Bay (14 miles 5 Thence the channel, marked by light-buoys, turns from
above the entrance); the two cities merge to form one ESE through E to NNE and on to the alignment of:
continuous conurbation from North Point to Coalbank Inside Range B leading lights:
Slough (4 miles S). North Bend has many sawmills and Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
factories and considerable quantities of lumber are exported pile structure) (1 miles NE of Coos Head Light).
from there; the municipal airport is situated on the NW Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower)
side of the city on the S side of the entrance channel. Coos (179 m NNE of the front light).
Bay is the principal city on the bay and is a distribution 6 The alignment (023) of these lights leads 5 cables
centre for the many industries in the area. There are also NNE into the bay and on to the Coos Bay Range passing:
berths at Empire (5 miles above the entrance). WNW of the entrance (8 cables ENE) to South
Slough (12.69). marked by No 1 Light (port hand),
Natural conditions thence:
12.62 ESE of an area of submerged and ruined jetties
1 Currents. There is usually a current, setting N or S, just (8 cables NE of Coos Head Light), on the E side
off the jetties at the entrance; this should be guarded of North Spit.
against, especially when outward bound. A S current is 7 Cautions. Approaching from any direction in thick
often experienced during the summer months, and a N weather requires great caution.
current during the winter after strong S winds. The entrance channel is subject to frequent changes;
2 Tidal streams. Observations in the entrance suggest the light-buoys and buoys may be moved from time to time to
mean rate of the streams is about 2 kn. The greatest meet such changes. There are breakers across the
observed rate of the out-going stream was about 3 kn, and submerged ends of the entrance jetties at most times.
of the in-going stream about 3 kn; during freshets an 8 When entering in strong NW winds, large vessels may
out-going stream of 5 kn has been reported at Guano Rock encounter difficulty in making the turn and find themselves
(12.65). being set onto the submerged jetty (8 cables NE).
Weather. Prevailing winds are from NW, while storms
may produce winds from SW or SE.
Main channel
Major lights 12.66
12.63 1 From the entrance the main channel is marked
1 Cape Arago Light (43205N, 124225W) (12.37). throughout by pairs of leading lights, lights and
Umpqua River Light (4340N, 2412W) (12.77). light-buoys, as can be seen on the chart. The first five
ranges from, and including Inside Range, to the Upper
Jarvis Range leading to North Point (43254N,
Directions for entering harbour 124133W), also have reciprocal, or near reciprocal pairs
(continued from 12.39) of leading lights.
12.64
1 The most favourable time for crossing the bar is on the
last of the in-going stream; on occasions the bar is only
passable at this time. Mariners should ensure they have Berths
identified the entrance leading lights before closing the 12.67
entrance. 1 The depths quoted below are reported depths and the
port authorities should be consulted for the latest
Entrance channel information. The principal terminals are, from N to S:
12.65 Roseberg Lumber Company (43255N,
1 Entrance leading lights: 124154W): length 436 m (with dolphins); depth
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on alongside 119 m; wood chips.
dolphin) (43210N, 124195W). Ocean Terminals Company (43246N,
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower) 124131W): length 396 m (with dolphins); depth
(810 m ESE of the front light), on the E shore of alongside 116 m; lumber and containerised general
the bay. cargo.
2 From the vicinity of K Light-buoy (safe water) 2 Newport Petroleum Wharf (43237N, 124130W):
(43222N, 124231W), the alignment (116) of these length 91 m (with dolphins); depth alongside
lights leads 2 miles ESE, through a channel marked by 85 m; petroleum products.

399
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Oregon Chip Terminal (43235N, 124130W): (12.65) a channel, marked by lights, a light-buoy and buoys
length 331 m (with dolphins); depth alongside (lateral) leads about 5 cables S to the entrance to the boat
11 m; wood chips. basin, thence continues another 5 cables S to the bascule
3 Tosco Dock (43231N, 124131W): length 262 m bridge at Charleston. The channel as far as the boat basin
(with dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; petroleum is subject to shoaling; the authorities should be consulted
products and bunkering. for the latest depth information.
Dolphin Terminals Wharf (close S): length 99 m 5 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
(with dolphins); depth alongside 104 m; logs. displayed at an elevation of about 4 m on the E end of the
Central Dock (43226N, 124127W): length 472 m breakwater; see 1.56.
(with dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; wood Berths: about 500 berths, used by both commercial
chips and logs. fishing craft and pleasure craft in depths of about 24 to
4 Pierce Terminal (43217N, 124122W): length 3 m (8 to 10 ft).
183 m; depth alongside 11 m; nickel ore. 6 Repairs: dry dock which accommodates craft length
Coos Bay Wood Chip Dock (43217N, 274 m, breadth 91 m, displacement 300 tonnes; slipway
124120W): length 404 m; depth alongside which accommodates craft length 213 m, breadth 67 m,
107 m; wood chips, logs, containerised general draught 18 m.
cargo. Supplies: all the usual facilities are available.

Port services North Slough and Haynes Inlet

12.68 12.70
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only. 1 North Slough and Haynes Inlet are entered from the
Dry dock can accommodate vessels of length 67 m, main channel through a common entrance between Jordan
width 137 m, displacement 1000 tons. Point (4326N, 12414W) and Russell Point (7 cables
Slipway; length 365 m, width 975 m, draught 37 m; ENE) (12.52). The channels through the sloughs are
capacity 400 tons. marked by beacons (privately maintained).
Other facilities. Oily waste disposal; garbage disposal; 2 A causeway crosses North Slough and joins the state
hospital. highway fixed bridge over Haynes Inlet. There is a vertical
2 Supplies. Fresh water at most terminals; all grades of clearance of 46 m (15 ft) under a fixed bridge on the
fuels available by barge or road tanker; provisions and causeway, and a vertical clearance of 97 m (32 ft) under
stores. the state highway fixed bridge. A replacement bridge is
Communications. Airport at North Bend. reported (2002) as under construction with a design
Rescue. Coast Guard Station in Charleston Boat Basin clearance of 10 m (33 ft).
(12.69); Coast Guard Air Station is at North Bend
Municipal Airport.
Channels at the head of the bay
12.71
1 Coos River (chart 3123) can be entered through
Small craft Cooston Channel, unmarked, at North Bend, or through
Marshfield Channel at the N end of Marshfield Range.
Marshfield Channel is marked by leading lights, lights and
Charleston Boat Basin a buoy. The river divides about 5 miles above the
12.69 entrance to Marshfield Channel into Millicoma River and
1 Description. Charleston Boat Basin, which is operated South Fork. Millicoma River is navigable to Allegany,
and maintained by the Port of Coos Bay, is situated on the 7 miles above the confluence, and South Fork is
W side of the mouth of South Slough (4320N, navigable as far as Dellwood, 8 miles above. In 1990, the
12419W), an inlet navigable only by small craft, which least depth in these waterways was 06 m (2 ft) between the
extends about 4 miles S from its junction with Coos Bay. E end of Marshfield Channel and a lifting bridge about
The town of Barview stands at the E entrance to the 3 miles above the entrance. The lifting bridge has a vertical
slough. clearance of 85 m (28 ft) when down, and 165 m (54 ft)
2 Coos Bay Coast Guard Station is on the S side of the when up; a fixed highway bridge spanning South Fork has
basin which is protected on its N side by a breakwater. a vertical clearance of 116 m (38 ft); power cables crossing
Local knowledge is required. Millicoma River have a safe overhead clearance of 12.2 m
Controlling depths. In 2003, the controlling depth in (40 ft).
the outer part of the entrance channel to South Slough was 2 Catching Slough (chart 3123) is navigable for several
3 m (10 ft). Least charted depth in the outer part of the miles by vessels of light draught. A swing bridge at the
basin is 12 m (4 ft) and 18 m (6 ft) in the inner part. entrance to the slough has a vertical clearance of 122 m
3 Vertical clearances. The entrance to the basin is (40 ft) when closed; power cables higher upstream have a
spanned by a power cable with a safe overhead clearance least safe overhead clearance of 39 m (13 ft).
of 167 m (55 ft).
Farther S, at Charleston, the channel is spanned by a
bascule bridge with a horizontal clearance of 244 m (80 ft),
and a vertical clearance of 67 m (22 ft) when closed. A Other names
power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 216 m 12.72
(71 ft), spans the channel on the S side of the bridge. 1 Fossil Point (43212N, 124189W).
4 Directions. From a position in the entrance to Coos Bay Pigeon Point (43218N, 124183W).
8 cables ENE of Coos Head Light (4321N, 12420W) Utter Rock (43240N, 124165W).

400
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

COOS BAY TO COLUMBIA RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION (12.95) and continue thus to the approaches to Yaquina

Bay, 11 miles farther N.
Chart 2531 4 Inland, Table Mountain, flat topped, covered with dead
Area covered trees, and of a whitish appearance, stands 11 miles ENE of
12.73 Alsea Bay. Marys Peak (chart 2531), a prominent
1 In this section are described the passages between Coos mountain, wooded on its sides but with a grassy summit,
Bay (4321N, 12420W) and Columbia River (4615N, rises 12 miles farther ENE.
12405W), about 175 miles N. The principal port on this
stretch of coast is Newport, in Yaquina Bay (4437N, Off-lying banks
12405W). Descriptions are also given of Umpqua River 12.76
(4340N, 12412W), Siuslaw River (4401N, 12408W) 1 Heceta Bank lies between 35 miles WSW and 25 miles
and Alsea River (4425N, 12405W), which enter the sea NW of Heceta Head (4408N, 12408W) (12.78). It
between Coos Bay and Yaquina Bay, and of the other small consists of areas with depths over them of less than 91 m
craft harbours N of Yaquina Bay, the largest of which is (50 fm), but the depths everywhere in the vicinity are
Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W). irregular.
2 It is arranged as follows: Stonewall Bank with depths over it of less than 37 m
Coos Bay to Yaquina Bay (12.74). (20 fm), and with a least depth of 24 m (13 fm), lies about
Yaquina Bay (12.98). 15 miles WSW of the entrance to Yaquina Bay (4437N,
Yaquina Bay to Cape Meares (12.123). 12405W). An obstruction is charted close SW of this
Cape Meares to Columbia River (12.137). bank.
2 ODAS Light-buoy 46050 (special) is moored NW of this
bank, about 19 miles W of the entrance to Yaquina Bay,
and a light-buoy (special) NNE of the bank, about
COOS BAY TO YAQUINA BAY 10 miles W of the entrance.

General information Major lights

12.77
Chart 3123 1 Cape Arago Light (43205N, 124225W) (12.37).
Route Umpqua River Light (white conical tower, 20 m in
12.74 height) (4340N, 12412W); the structure is
1 From the approaches to Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W), surrounded by trees, but the lantern is visible
to those of Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W), the route above them.
leads N for about 77 miles. With the exception of two Heceta Head Light (white conical tower, 17 m in
shoal patches which lie almost 2 miles offshore in the height) (4408N, 12408W); the light is
approaches to Yaquina Bay, all charted dangers are constructed on a platform cut out from the face of
contained within the 183 m (10 fm) depth contour which the head, and only the lantern is visible from N.
parallels the coast at a distance of about 1 mile. Yaquina Head Light (white conical tower, 28 m in
height) (4441N, 12405W).
Topography
12.75 Directions
1 From Coos Bay to the Umpqua River, 19 miles N, the (continued from 12.39)
coast consists of sand beaches and dunes backed by 12.78
moderately low hills; the coast is broken, 13 miles N of 1 From a position WNW of K Light-buoy (safe water)
Coos Bay, by the mouth of Tenmile Creek. (43222N, 124231W) the passage leads N passing:
North of Umpqua River, sand dunes continue to line the W of U Light-buoy, moored off the entrance to
coast for 21 miles to the mouth of Siuslaw River (12.88). Umpqua River (4340N, 12412W) (12.80),
The line of the coast is interrupted by the mouths of thence:
Tahkenitch Creek and Siltcoos River, which enter the sea W of S Light-buoy, moored off the entrance to
7 and 12 miles N, respectively, of Umpqua River. Siuslaw River (4401N, 12408W) (12.88),
2 From Siuslaw River to the vicinity of Cape Perpetua thence:
(16 miles N) (12.78) the hills immediately behind the 2 W of Heceta Head (4408N, 12408W), whose
coast attain an elevation of over 245 m and are heavily seaward face consists of near vertical cliffs 30 to
wooded; within 5 miles of the coast peaks attain an 60 m high, and from where a light (12.77) is
elevation of over 610 m. The sand dunes, conspicuous in displayed. The N part of the headland rises to an
contrast to the dark trees which partly cover them, give elevation of 158 m; a high, pointed, black, conical
way to sloping sand cliffs, thence farther N, to high, rock, (55 m (180 ft) high) situated close W of this
broken, rocky cliffs. At intervals, there are strips of clear, N part, is prominent from N or S. Thence:
grassy land behind the cliffs. The mouth of Tenmile Creek, 3 W of Cape Perpetua (4417N, 12407W), the N of
marked by a sandy beach, 3 cables in length, is situated two slightly projecting points, from where Cleft of
12 miles N of Siuslaw River. the Rock Light (grey square tower) (privately
3 Yachats River, navigable only by canoes, flows into the maintained) is displayed. This N point, the bolder
sea close N of Cape Perpetua between cliffs from 5 to 9 m of the two, is a reddish coloured cliff which rises
high, backed for 1 mile inland by a narrow strip of grassy to an elevation of 244 m close inland. The S point
land. Thence low bluffs, fronted by a broad sandy beach, is known as Captain Cook Point. A few rocks,
extend about 7 miles N to the entrance to Alsea Bay awash, lie close off the cape. Thence:

401
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

4 W of Seal Rocks (4430N, 12405W), a number of 3 The entrance is protected by two jetties, 3 cables apart
low rocks which extend about 5 cables offshore for at their outer ends, which project over 5 cables from the
a distance of about 2 miles; the tallest rock, coast; the outer 150 m of the S jetty is submerged. A Coast
situated towards the N end of the group, is 6 m Guard lookout tower, together with several other towers,
high. Thence: stands on the S entrance point.
5 W of two patches with depths over them of 46 and The N side of the entrance is formed by shifting sand
76 m (15 and 25 ft), which lie 1 miles offshore dunes about 30 m high; Army Hill, about 2 miles N of
in positions about 2 and 3 miles, respectively, the entrance is 32 m high.
NNW of the tallest of Seal Rocks, thence:
Limiting conditions
W of Y Light-buoy (safe water), moored off the
12.81
entrance to Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W)
1 Depths. The project depths are 8 m (26 ft) in the
(12.98).
entrance channel, thence 67 m (22 ft) to both Gardiner
Useful marks (12.86), and to the turning basin at Reedsport (12.86). The
12.79 entrance channel is obstructed by a bar, which is reported
1 Cox Rock (4407N, 12408W), a high, white to be shoalest during the month of September; depths in
topped, conical rock. the channels vary considerably between dredging.
Rocky Knoll (4411N, 12407W). 2 It is reported the river is navigable, at HW, as far as
Gwynn Knoll (4415N, 12407W). Scottsburg (4340N, 12348W), about 23 miles above the
Aero light (4435N, 12404W), at Newport Airport. entrance, by vessels whose draught does not exceed 18 m
(Directions continue for Yaquina Bay at 12.113, (6 ft).
and for coastal passage at 12.126) For the latest controlling depths the river authorities,
should be consulted.
3 Vertical clearances. A swing bridge, with a vertical
Umpqua River clearance of 11 m (36 ft) when closed, spans the river at
the upper end of the turning basin at Reedsport; the power
Chart 3123, US Chart 18584 (see 1.14)
cable just W of the bridge has a safe overhead clearance of
General information
463 m (152 ft). A railway bridge, 2 cables above the
12.80
highway bridge, has a swing span with a vertical clearance
1 Position and function. Umpqua River (4340N,
of 49 m (16 ft) when closed.
12412W), whose entrance lies 19 miles NNE of Coos
4 The least vertical clearance of all cables above the
Bay, is used mainly by barge traffic carrying lumber
highway bridge is 29 m (95 ft).
products, sand, crushed rock, and petroleum products, and
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
by small craft; commercial traffic is very light. The
range about 20 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
customs port of entry is at Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W)
(12.46). Arrival information
2 Topography. The S point of the entrance is marked by 12.82
partly wooded sand dunes which attain an elevation of 1 Local knowledge is required.
about 90 m. About 1 mile S of the entrance is a prominent, Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
bright, bare spot amongst the trees in the dunes. joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.

Umpqua River entrance from W (12.80)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

402
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Harbour Thence the channel, further marked at intervals by

12.83 leading lights, and by light-beacons and beacons, leads to
1 General layout. The river is a large estuary which, in Gardiner or Reedsport as required.
many respects, is similar to Coos Bay. From its entrance it Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
trends generally NNE for 4 miles, then curves gradually displayed from the vicinity of No 6 Light; see 1.56.
round through E to S. The W shore of the lower reach, as
far as the bend, is formed by a sand spit consisting of
partly wooded sand dunes, which are about 30 m high in Side channels
places. 12.85
2 The estuary is largely occupied by shallow flats through 1 Scholfield (Schofield) Creek enters Umpqua River on
which runs a narrow channel; above the bend, it is the N side of Reedsport; the entrance to the creek is
obstructed by a number of islands. These islands from NW marked by a pair of beacons (lateral). A fixed highway
to SE are Steamboat Island and Cannery Island (adjacent to bridge, with a vertical clearance of 61 m (20 ft), spans the
each other, 8 miles above the entrance), Leeds Island (close creek 9 cables S of the entrance to the creek. A fixed
S of Steamboat Island), Bolon Island (close SE of railway bridge, with a vertical clearance of 49 m (16 ft),
Steamboat Island) and Blacks Island (close E of Bolon spans the creek about 1 mile farther upstream.
Island). 2 Smith River which enters Umpqua River from NE at
3 Jerden Cove (3 miles inside the entrance), and Macey Reedsport is reported to have a controlling depth of 15 m
Cove (close N), both of which dry, are small indentations (5 ft) for 5 miles above its mouth, thence 06 m (2 ft) as far
on the E bank of the river. Barretts Landing, where there as Sulphur Springs Landing 18 miles above its mouth. The
are several prominent towers, is situated on the W bank, highway bridge, 2 miles above the mouth, has a
6 miles inside the entrance. retractable span with a vertical clearance of 67 m (22 ft).
4 The main berthing areas (12.86) are at Winchester Bay,
at Gardiner, and at Reedsport, the principal town on the
Berths
river.
12.86
Submarine cables and pipelines are laid across the
1 Winchester Bay is a fishing resort situated on the E
river at Winchester Bay and at Reedsport from close W of
bank of the river 1 miles inside the entrance. Berthing
the highway bridge to close W of the railway bridge.
facilities comprise two basins, West Basin and East Basin.
5 Storm signal. From the Coast Guard lookout tower
West Basin is entered on the N side of Winchester
(12.80). There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Point; the entrance is marked by a No 8 Light (starboard
Landmark:
hand) and a daybeacon (port hand). In 2003 the controlling
Umpqua River Light (4340N, 12412W) (12.77).
depth from the entrance to the basin was 33 m (11 ft),
except for a lesser depth of 3 m (10 ft) along the W edge
of the channel. General charted depths in the basin are
between 21 and 33 m (7 and 11 ft), except for lesser
Directions depths near the sides.
12.84 2 East Basin is entered through a dredged channel which,
1 Caution. Dangerous shoals, which break, lie on the N in 2003, had a controlling depth of 27 m (9 ft) over a
side of the entrance. width of 30 m to just inside the basin, thence depths of
A submerged wave gauge, with a depth over it of 61 m 18 m (6 ft) over a width of 23 m to the head of the basin;
(20 ft), marked by two pairs of orange coloured markers, lights (lateral) stand at the channel entrance. Lesser depths
lies on the W edge of a cable area, about 1 mile SSW of are charted within the basin. For both basins, the chart
the head of the S jetty. should be consulted for the latest depths.
2 Bar leading lights: 3 Gardiner, on the NE bank of the river, 8 miles inside
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on the entrance, is the site of a large paper mill and a lumber
framework tower) (43401N, 124121W). mill; barges unload oil at a wharf at the paper mill. The
Rear light (similar structure) (268 m from front light). mills are served by a dredged channel which leaves the
3 From the vicinity of U Light-buoy (safe water), moored main channel at No 21 Light (7 miles inside the entrance).
9 cables W of the entrance, the alignment (086) of these Depths of 55 m are reported alongside the wharf; a light
lights, displayed from the S side of the entrance, leads (private) is displayed from the wharf.
across the bar and into the entrance passing N of No 2 There is a small craft ramp at Gardiner.
Buoy (starboard hand) (seasonal light-buoy), moored 4 Reedsport, on the SW bank of the river, 10 miles inside
2 cables W of the head of the S jetty; the leading line the entrance, is the site of a saw mill. Barges occasionally
favours the S side of the entrance. ship lumber at a wharf situated between the highway bridge
4 Thence, from a position in the entrance 3 cables W of and the railway bridge (12.81); the wharf is reported to
the front leading light the channel turns gradually NE to have a depth of 55 m alongside.
the vicinity of No 6 Light (starboard hand), a turning light On the NW end of Bolon Island, opposite Reedsport,
intensive both upstream and downstream, and on to the there is a lumber wharf which is used occasionally.
alignment of:
5 Channel leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on Port services
pile) (43414N, 124111W). 12.87
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower) 1 Repairs: slipway at Reedsport for craft up to 457 m in
(366 m from front light). length, smaller slipway at Gardiner; tidal graving dock for
6 The alignment (026) of these lights leads NNE to the barges of length 80 m, breadth 18 m; small craft facilities
vicinity of Winchester Point (1 miles inside the entrance). available at East Basin.

403
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Supplies: provisions, fuels, fresh water at Reedsport and Directions

East Basin. 12.92
Rescue: Coast Guard station at the entrance to East 1 Caution. An artificial reef has been established about
Basin. 2 miles N from Siuslaw River entrance light-buoy, see
chart.
Entrance leading lights. From the vicinity of
Siuslaw River
S Light-buoy (safe water), moored 5 cables W of the
Chart 3123 (see 1.14) entrance jetties, the alignment (094) of the following lights
General information leads into the entrance:
12.88 Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
1 Position and function. Siuslaw River (4401N, framework tower) (44010N, 124078W).
12408W) has some logging operations and finished Rear light (similar structure) (274 m from front light).
lumber is shipped by barge to other Pacific coast ports; it 2 Thence the river is marked by two sets of leading lights,
is also frequented by fishing vessels and small craft. The and by light-beacons, beacons and a buoy, to a position
customs port of entry is at Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) about 1 mile above Florence.
(12.46). Caution. Uncharted buoys on the S side of the entrance
2 There is a fish cannery, and small craft facilities at to the river are frequently shifted to indicate the best water.
Florence, on the N bank of the river, 4 miles inside the Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
entrance. At Cushman, on the N bank, 2 miles ENE of displayed at an elevation of 11 m on a Coast Guard lookout
Florence, there are lumber and shingle mills, and also small tower on the N jetty; see 1.56.
craft facilities. The river is navigable, by vessels of light
draught, as far as Mapleton, 9 miles above Cushman, but Berths
the channel is narrow and tortuous. 12.93
3 Topography. The river is entered between two jetties, 1 Wharf at the cannery at Florence; barge wharf at
just over 1 cable apart, which project 4 cables from the Cushman.
coast. The S entrance point is a narrow spit of high shifting Marinas at Florence; the largest can accommodate
sand dunes; the N entrance point is formed by a low, flat, 250 craft.
sand beach, backed by rocky wooded cliffs, from 15 to Marina at Cushman can accommodate about 50 craft.
30 m high. Inside the entrance the river leads S for about
3 miles, then turns E. Port services
12.94
Limiting conditions 1 Repairs: minor repairs only; slipway for vessels up to
12.89 18 m in length, and hoist with capacity 50 tonnes, at
1 Controlling depths. The project depths are 55 m (18 ft) Cushman.
across the bar, thence 49 m (16 ft) to the turning basin at Supplies: provisions, fuels, fresh water at Florence and
Florence, thence 36 m (12 ft) to Cushman. Cushman.
The bar at the entrance is narrow and the depths vary Rescue: Coast Guard station on the E side of the river
greatly because of storms and freshets; particularly during close SSE of Cannery Hill (12.91).
late winter and spring.
2 Mariners are advised to contact the Coast Guard station Alsea Bay
(12.94) for the latest depth information before attempting
entry. Chart 3123
Vertical clearances. Between Florence and Glenada, a Description
small settlement on the S bank, the river is spanned by a 12.95
bascule bridge with a vertical clearance of 52 m (17 ft) 1 Alsea Bay (4425N, 12405W), formed by the estuary
when closed. A railway swing bridge, with a vertical of Alsea River, is obstructed with shoals and flats through
clearance of 46 m (15 ft), when closed, spans the river which the river flows in a narrow winding channel. The S
1 mile above Cushman. The power cables which span the entrance to the bay is a rounded, sandstone cliff, 30 m
river between these bridges have a minimum safe overhead high, covered with trees; the N point is low, broad and
clearance of 23 m (75 ft). sandy. There is considerable fishing in the bay and river
but boats rarely cross the bar.
Arrival information 2 The principal settlement is Waldport which is situated
12.90 just inside the bay on the S side of the entrance.
1 Local knowledge is required. Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line entrance to the bay; see Appendix VII.
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII. Local knowledge is required.

Harbour Directions
12.91 12.96
1 Submarine cables are laid across the river in the 1 The entrance, which is unsurveyed, has a shifting bar
vicinity of Cannery Hill (1 miles inside the entrance), and with a depth over it of about 18 m (6 ft). The bar shoals
between Florence and Glenada. on the in-going tide and the full effect of the tide cannot
Storm signal. From the Coast Guard station (12.94). be relied on. Inside the bay the river, marked by seasonal
There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58. buoys (privately maintained), is navigable by small craft for
Landmark. Cannery Hill (Cannay Hill) (44003N, about 10 miles above its mouth.
124075W), a wooded hill on the E bank of the river is A fixed road bridge, with a vertical clearance of 20 m
prominent. (66 ft), spans the bay about 1 mile within the entrance.

404
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Small craft facilities For the latest controlling depths, the chart, and the port
12.97 authorities should be consulted.
1 Marina with accommodation for about 100 craft at Vertical clearances
Waldport; it has all the usual facilities. There are several 12.104
other marinas in the river above Waldport. 1 A fixed highway bridge, with a vertical clearance of
393 m (129 ft), spans the channel at Newport, about
YAQUINA BAY 1 miles inside the entrance; a light (flashing red) is
displayed from the bridge over the centre of the channel.
A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 235 m
General information (77 ft), spans the river 5 cables S of Yaquina, a settlement
Chart 3123, US Chart 18581 (see 1.14) on the E bank 4 miles inside the entrance.
Position and function A fixed highway bridge, 5 cables above Toledo, has a
12.98 vertical clearance of 104 m (34 ft).
1 Yaquina Bay is entered 4 miles S of Yaquina Head 2 An overhead pipeline at the entrance to Depot Slough, at
(4441N, 12405W) (12.99), and is the name given to the Toledo, has a minimum safe overhead clearance of 165 m
estuary of Yaquina River; the harbour is the widening of (54 ft). Further pipelines 3 cables above the entrance to the
the river just inside the entrance. slough have a safe overhead clearance of 55 m (18 ft).
Newport, situated just inside the N entrance, is a port of Tidal levels
entry, and is the principal port of the bay. There are several 12.105
fish processing plants at the town, and lumber, logs, paper, 1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring range about
plywood and petroleum products are handled. 24 m; mean neap range about 12 m.
2 There are several large lumber mills and a paper mill at
Toledo, about 11 miles above the entrance; products are Local weather and sea state
barged downriver to Newport for shipment. 12.106
1 In the summer months the swell tends to run parallel to
Topography the coast and the bar is comparatively smooth, getting
12.99 some shelter from Yaquina Head. In winter however, the
1 The dominant feature is Yaquina Head, distinguished by heavy W swell makes the bar very rough. A smooth bar
two grass covered conical hills, the outer 108 m high, and and favourable tidal conditions are necessary for large
the inner 120 m high, with a saddle about 61 m high vessels leaving the bay.
between them. The outer extremity is comparatively low,
broken and rocky. The grass covered land changes to a Arrival information
12.107
dense forest about 1 mile inland from the point, and the
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
hills rise steeply.
Signals Volume 6(5).
2 The entrance to the bay is protected by jetties, about
Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards about 5 cables
1 cables apart, which project about 7 cables from the
W of Y Light-buoy (44359N, 124067W) (12.114).
shore; the extremity of the N jetty is submerged. The S
Pilotage is arranged through the Coos Bay Pilots
entrance point is formed from a low, sandy beach, backed
Association at Coos Bay, the same pilot boats being used
by high sand dunes; the N entrance point is a sandy bluff,
(12.58). A minimum of 48 hours notice of ETA is required,
37 m high, thence broken yellow cliffs extend N to Yaquina
arrangements are usually made in advance by the agents.
Head.
2 Tugs are available from Coos Bay (the pilot tugs), and
Approach and entry from Toledo.
12.100 Local knowledge. Buoys cannot be relied upon to
1 The bay is approached and entered from WSW on the indicate the best water either in the entrance to Yaquina
alignment of leading lights, through a channel marked by Bay or in the river; depths are subject to frequent change.
light-buoys. Entry should not be attempted without a pilot or local
knowledge; small craft unfamiliar with the area should seek
Traffic advice about the bar conditions from the Coast Guard.
12.101 3 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
1 In 2002, 2 vessels called totalling 135 928 dwt. joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
Port Authority vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
12.102 immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
1 Port of Newport, 600 South East Bay Boulevard, normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
Newport OR 973654338 their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Limiting conditions Harbour
Controlling depths General layout
12.103 12.108
1 The project depths from the entrance for 1 miles to the 1 Yaquina Bay is formed by shallow flats, through which
first turn are 122 to 91 m (40 to 30 ft), thence 91 m runs a narrow channel; above Yaquina Bay, the river is
(30 ft) to, and in, the turning basin off McLean Point narrow and tortuous.
(2 miles inside the entrance), thence 55 m (18 ft) to The deep-water berths are situated at McLean Point, on
Yaquina (4 miles inside the entrance), thence 3 m (10 ft) the E side of Newport, 1 miles inside the entrance; the
to Toledo, at the head of the project. berths are served by a turning basin 366 m wide.

405
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Yaquina Bay (12.108)

(Original dated 1990)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

2 The principal small craft berthing areas are at Newport, Directions

and at the S entrance to the bay opposite Newport; there (continued from 12.79)
are other facilities along the river between Newport and
Toledo. Approach
12.113
1 An area of shoal depths extends S, thence SSW, from
Submarine cables and pipelines the vicinity of Yaquina Head across the approaches to
12.109 Yaquina Bay.
1 Submarine cables are laid across the bay in the vicinity Yaquina Reef, the shoalest part of this area N of the
of the Newport fixed highway bridge, and in the approach entrance, is a narrow ridge of hard sand and rocks with
to the turning basin at McLean Point. depths over it of from 15 to 55 m (5 to 18 ft), which
extends 1 miles N from the head of the N jetty. Isolated
depths of between 24 and 55 m (8 and 18 ft) lie N of
Storm signal
Yaquina Reef, and a dangerous wreck lies on the reef,
12.110
about 6 cables N of the head of the N jetty.
1 Shown from the Coast Guard station (12.119). There is
2 South Reef, the continuation S of Yaquina Reef, is a
no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
narrow ridge with depths over it of from 3 to 91 m (10 to
30 ft), which extends 1 miles SSW from a position about
Tidal streams 3 cables SW of the head of the S jetty.
12.111
1 The tidal streams attain a rate of about 2 kn in the Entrance
entrance, and about kn off the berths at Newport. Off 12.114
Yaquina, and 1 mile S of Toledo, the rate is about 1 kn. 1 Outer leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile structure) (44372N, 124035W).
Principal marks Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower, on
12.112 pile structure) (366 m from front light).
1 Landmarks: From the vicinity of Y Light-buoy (safe water)
Two radio towers (4439N, 12403W), from which (44359N, 124067W), moored about 1 miles WSW of
red obstruction lights are displayed. the entrance, the alignment (060) of these lights leads
Major light: ENE for about 2 miles into the entrance through a
Yaquina Head Light (4441N, 12405W) (12.77). channel, marked by light-buoys, to the vicinity of No 7

406
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Light-buoy (port hand), passing (with positions from the Small craft
head of the S jetty):
2 NNW of an isolated shoal depth of 91 m (30 ft)
Newport
(1 miles SW), thence: 12.120
SSE of two rocks awash which lie close S of the 1 The Port of Newport operates the small craft basin on
head of the N jetty (1 cables N). the S side of the bay close E of the Newport fixed
12.115 highway bridge. The basin is protected N and W by jetties
1 Inner leading lights: through which a channel, dredged to a depth of 26 m
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on (8 ft) (2001), leads to a ramp at the head of the basin. A
pile structure) (44377N, 124030W), in light is displayed from the W entrance point, and a
Newport Harbor. daybeacon from the E entrance point.
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower) 2 The port also operates an area of commercial moorings
(120 m from front light). on the N shore of the port, 7 cables above the highway
2 From the vicinity of No 7 Light-buoy the alignment bridge. The area is protected from the main channel by a
(040) of these lights leads NE into the bay passing detached breakwater from the extremities of which lightsare
under the fixed highway bridge (12.104). The light on the exhibited.
bridge is a marker light on the alignment of the leading Both basins provide ample berths.
lights. Services
Thence the channel, marked by light-beacons, 12.121
daybeacons and buoys, leads through the bay and river to 1 Repairs: There are several marine repair facilities on the
Toledo. river above Newport. The largest slipway is at Weiser Point
3 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is (4 miles above the entrance), which can accommodate
displayed at an elevation of 8 m from a pier at the Coast vessels of length 38 m, breadth 107 m, displacement
Guard station at Newport (12.119); see 1.56. 505 tons. There are cranes up to 70 tons capacity at Oneatta
Point.
Useful marks Supplies: all the usual small craft requirements are
12.116 available at the marinas or at Newport.
1 Old Yaquina Bay Light (white tower), and a Coast
Guard lookout tower, which stand close together Other name
on the summit of the N entrance point (44374N, 12.122
124038W). 1 Coquille Point (4437N, 12401W).
No 4 Light (starboard hand) (44365N, 124048W),
displayed from near the extremity of the S jetty. YAQUINA BAY TO CAPE MEARES
General information
Basins and berths Chart 3124
Route
McLean Point 12.123
12.117 1 From the approaches to Yaquina Bay (4437N,
1 All depths are reported depths, the port authorities 12405W) to the vicinity of Cape Meares (4529N,
should be consulted for the latest information. 12359W), the route leads generally N for about 52 miles;
Newport International Terminal: all charted dangers lie within the 365 m (20 fm) depth
No 1 Berth: length 186 m, including No 2 Berth contour which follows the trend of the coastline at a
extension; depth alongside 91 to 107 m. distance off of about 2 miles.
No 2 Berth: length 76 m; depth alongside 82 m;
barges. Topography
Both berths handle logs, sawn timber and paper 12.124
products. 1 North of Yaquina Head (4441N, 12405W) (12.99),
yellow and white sandstone cliffs, 12 to 30 m high, which
Toledo are low and broken, extend to Cape Foulweather (5 miles
12.118 N) (12.126), and continue thus for a farther 9 miles to the
1 The wharves at the mills at Toledo are reported to have approaches to Siletz Bay (12.131). The cliffs are fringed by
a least depth of 3 m. sandy beaches and sand dunes. Iron Mountain, elevation
200 m, 1 miles NE of Yaquina Head, is a distinctive hill;
its upper part is bare and composed of a red rock
Port services formation in contrast to its lower part which is thickly
12.119 wooded.
1 Repairs: minor repairs only. 2 From Siletz Bay to the vicinity of Cascade Head
Other facilities: hospital; Ro-Ro facilities at Berth No 1; (8 miles N) (12.126), the yellow sandstone cliffs, initially
containers handled; some facilities for the disposal of oily from 24 to 30 m high, give way to bluffs of lesser height
waste. which rise to grassy hills; the shore is fronted by a broad
Supplies: provisions; fresh water; stores; bunkers by beach fringed by rocky ledges.
road tanker. 3 From the N side of Cascade Head, a low sand beach
2 Communications: Newport Municipal Airport, 8 km S extends for 7 miles to Cape Kiwanda (12.126), broken
from Newport. only by the entrance to Nestucca Bay (4 miles N) (12.133);
Rescue: Coast Guard station is situated on the N side of close inland, rolling hillocks, some of which are wooded,
the entrance, 2 cables NE of Newport fixed highway bridge. rise to an elevation of 150 m. Sandy beaches and sand

407
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

dunes continue for 4 miles, across the entrance to Sand 4 W of DB Light-buoy (safe water), moored off the
Lake, a shallow and non-navigable lake, and for 1 mile N, entrance to Depoe Bay (4449N, 12404W)
from where the character of the coast changes to vertical (12.128), thence:
sandstone cliffs, from 15 to 30 m high, which extend for W of the entrance to Siletz Bay (4456N, 12402W)
the remaining 3 miles to Cape Lookout (12.125). (12.131), thence:
4 N of Cape Lookout, a low, narrow sandy peninsula 5 W of Cascade Head (4504N, 12401W), at the N
extends 4 miles N to the entrance to Netarts Bay entrance to Salmon River, a river whose entrance
(12.135), thence a sandy beach, backed by cliffs from 15 to is nearly blocked and which has no commercial
36 m high, above which there are prominent, high, sand importance. The headland is rugged and heavily
dunes, trends NNW for 1 miles to the S side of Cape wooded, 3 miles long, faced by cliffs over 210 m
Meares. high in places. The cliffs are cut by several deep
gorges through which three creeks discharge in
cascades between 18 and 24 m high. Two Arches
Principal marks Rock, and several other rocks, lie within 1 cables
12.125 of the cape. Thence:
1 Landmarks: 6 W of the entrance to Nestucca Bay (5 miles N of
Haystack Rock (4513N, 12359W), conical in Cascade Head) (12.133), thence:
shape, whose summit, in summer, is whitened by W of Haystack Rock (4513N, 12359W) (12.125),
guano. which lies 5 cables SW of Cape Kiwanda, a low,
Cape Lookout (4520N, 12400W), which projects yellow, rocky point, much broken and eroded;
1 miles from the general line of the coast. The S bright coloured sand dunes, 150 m high, are
face is nearly straight, with precipitous cliffs in prominent behind the cape. Buoy CK (special) is
which are many caves; the N face is sloped and moored close NW of Haystack Rock. A submarine
timbered. The wooded ridge, which forms the cable extends seaward from 1 mile S of the cape.
cape, attains an elevation of 610 m, 3 miles Thence:
inland. 7 W of Cape Lookout (4520N, 12400W) (12.125);
2 Three Arch Rocks (4528N, 12359W), from 62 to reasonable shelter may be obtained in NW winds,
84 m high, the largest of a group of rocks standing under the S side of the cape, in depths of 9 to
on a reef that projects nearly 1 mile from the S 15 m (30 to 48 ft), but local knowledge is required.
extremity of Cape Meares. These rocks, which are Thence:
perforated by the sea, are a favourite resort of sea W of the entrance to Netarts Bay (4 miles N of
lions, whose barking can be heard from a Cape Lookout) (12.135), thence:
considerable distance with a favourable wind. 8 W of Three Arch Rocks (4528N, 12359W)
3 Major lights: (12.125). Cape Meares, the high rocky point
Yaquina Head Light (4441N, 12405W) (12.77). behind the rocks, extends 2 miles N and has
Cape Meares Light (white masonry building, 5 m in vertical cliffs 140 m high at its N end; a light
height) (4529N, 12359W). (12.125) is displayed from the W extremity of the
cape, which is a narrow projection, covered with
fern and bush, terminating in a cliff 61 m high.
Pillar Rock, 31 m high, and Pyramid Rock, a high
rock leaning NW, stand 2 cables and 6 cables,
Directions
(continued from 12.79) respectively, NNW of Cape Meares Light, and a
12.126 shoal depth of 3 m (10 ft) lies 9 cables N of the
1 From a position W of Y Light-buoy (safe water), moored light.
about 1 miles WSW of the entrance to Yaquina Bay
(12.98), the passage leads N passing:
Useful marks
W of Yaquina Head (4441N, 12405W) (12.99); 12.127
two submerged ledges lie N of Yaquina Head, not 1 Radio mast (4445N, 12403W).
more than 5 cables offshore. A patch of rocks, Neskowin Rock, dark brown with a wooded summit,
drying 24 m (8 ft), lies 5 cables offshore 1 mile N rises abruptly from the beach to an elevation of
of the head. Thence: 34 m at the entrance to Neskowin Creek (4506N,
2 W of Otter Rock and Gull Rock, which lie 3 and 12359W).
4 miles, respectively, N of Yaquina Head, in a (Directions continue at 12.141)
field of kelp together with a number of
below-water rocks and rocks awash, thence: Depoe Bay
3 W of Cape Foulweather (4447N, 12405W), the
named part of a bluff headland which has a Chart 3124 (see 1.14)
seaward face over 5 miles long, and which is faced General information
with rocky cliffs 18 m high; the N extremity of the 12.128
cape is known as Government Point. The cape is 1 Description. Depoe Bay (4449N, 12404W) is a small
formed by several grassy headlands, divided by craft harbour situated between 1 and 1 miles S of
densely wooded ravines. It is highest at its S end, Government Point (12.126). There is a small basin at the
where it rises to an elevation of over 300 m at a town of Depoe Bay, and a fishing resort at the head of the
short distance inland; a grassy patch on the SW bay. This basin is considered to be one of the best small
slope is prominent. The coastal highway follows craft shelters along this part of the coast. The bay itself has
the shoreline closely in the vicinity of the cape. foul ground at both its N and S ends, but the approach to
Thence: the dredged channel to the basin is deep and well marked;

408
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

the foul areas break in moderate seas and are marked by Local knowledge is required.
kelp. The holding ground in the bay is good.
2 Local knowledge is essential; without it the entrance Directions
should not be attempted at night or in poor weather. 12.132
Controlling depths. In 1986 the reported controlling 1 Approaching from S, dangers extend nearly 3 cables
depth in the dredged channel to the basin was 24 m (8 ft); offshore for almost 2 miles N of Government Point.
shoaling to 12 m (4 ft) was reported in 1994 near the W Approaching from N, attention is drawn to the shoal area
edge of the channel under the bridge. In 2003 there were off Devils Lake (about 2 miles N of the entrance) (12.136).
general depths of 18 to 24 m (6 to 8 ft) in the basin, with The bay is entered over a shifting bar, thence through a
lesser depths towards its edge. narrow channel navigable only by small craft whose
Vertical clearance. The bridge (see below) has a draught does not exceed 12 m (4 ft) at HW.
vertical clearance of 128 m (42 ft) under a span 91 m Useful mark:
(30 ft) wide. White bridge, which crosses a creek close S of Taft,
3 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the is prominent from seaward.
entrance to the basin; see Appendix VII.
Regulations concerning entry. Craft over 15 m in Nestucca Bay
length require special permission from the Harbour Master
to enter; such entry can only be made at HW. Description
4 Storm signal. Shown from a pole close N of the bridge. 12.133
There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58. 1 Nestucca Bay, frequented only by small craft, is entered
Landmark: 5 miles N of Cascade Head (4504N, 12401W)
A concrete arch bridge, over the entrance to the (12.126). It is the estuary formed by the junction of
basin, is prominent from seaward. Nestucca River and Little Nestucca River.
The S point of the entrance consists of rolling grassy
Directions hillocks, from 120 to 150 m high, which approach the
12.129 coast. The N point is the extremity of the sandspit and
1 Entrance leading lights: dunes (12.124) which extend N to Cape Kiwanda.
Front light (white rectangular daymark, red stripe, on 2 The summer resort of Pacific City, where small craft can
framework tower) (44486N, 124037W). obtain supplies and fuel, stands 3 miles N of the entrance
Rear light (similar structure) (15 m from front light). to the bay.
From the vicinity of DB Light-buoy (safe water), moored
Directions
1 mile W of the entrance, the alignment (085) of these
12.134
lights leads into the bay and to the entrance to the basin,
1 Local knowledge is required.
passing N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
The bar channel changes in position and depth
4 cables W of the entrance. The entrance is floodlit, and
frequently; even in a moderate sea the bar is very
a fog signal is sounded from a white hut on the S side of
dangerous. A fixed highway bridge, with a vertical
the entrance.
clearance of 3 m (10 ft), spans Nestucca River at Pacific
2 Caution. Mariners are warned that dangerous surges can
City.
occur in the entrance to the basin.
2 Caution. The coastal highway follows the coast between
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
the N side of Cascade Head and the approach to Nestucca
displayed at an elevation of 8 m from the N side of the
Bay. At night, the headlights of cars travelling this road
entrance channel; see 1.56.
could be mistaken for the lights of vessels, or navigation
aids.
Port services
12.130
1 Berths at piers and moorings in the basin. Netarts Bay
Repairs: tidal grid for hull repairs; slipway. Description
Supplies: provisions; stores; fresh water; fuel. 12.135
Rescue: Coast Guard station in the basin. 1 Netarts Bay is a large, shallow lagoon, navigable only
by small craft, entered 4 miles N of Cape Lookout
Siletz Bay (4520N, 12400W) (12.125). The entrance is at the N
end of the sandspit separating it from the sea; the sand
Description dunes on this peninsula are visible for a good distance to
12.131 seaward. The bay is obstructed with drying flats, except for
1 Siletz Bay, entered 6 miles NNE of Government Point a small channel along the E shore; the entrance channel is
(4450N, 12404W) (12.126) is separated from the sea by subject to constant change.
a sandy spit, covered with brush; it is formed by the 2 The settlement of Netarts, where there is a small boat
estuary of the Siletz River which flows into the SE side of basin and a slipway, stands on the N shore of the bay,
the bay, and is navigable only by small craft. about 1 mile inside the entrance.
2 The N point of the entrance is a low bluff with a narrow Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the bay;
sand beach. The S point is the extremity of the low narrow see Appendix VII.
sandspit above, on which there are several buildings. Local knowledge is required.
Taft, and Cutler City, on the N side of the bay, are
suburbs of Lincoln City, 1 miles N; the lights of these Other names
communities show up well at night. There are several 12.136
marinas on the bay offering all the usual services for small 1 Delake (4458N, 12400W).
craft. Devils Lake (4459N, 12359W).

409
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

CAPE MEARES TO COLUMBIA RIVER 3 Major lights:

Cape Meares Light (4529N, 12359W) (12.125).
Cape Disappointment Light (46166N, 124031W)
General information (13.24).
North Head Light (4618N, 12405W) (13.24).
Chart 3124
Route
12.137 Other navigational aid
1 From the vicinity of Cape Meares (4529N, 12359W) 12.140
to the approaches to Columbia River the route leads 1 Racon. CR Light-buoy (safe water) (4611N,
generally N for about 42 miles in depths of 73 m (40 fm), 12411W) moored in the approach to Columbia
or more, at a distance of 5 miles from the salient points on River.
the coast. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Topography
12.138
1 North of Cape Meares, a narrow peninsula of sand Directions
dunes from 12 to 15 m high leads 5 miles N to the (continued from 12.127)
entrance to Tillamook Bay (12.142), thence for over 5 miles 12.141
farther N it continues straight, lined by wooded sand dunes 1 From a position W of Cape Meares (4529N,
behind which are several lakes. Heavily wooded hills begin 12359W) the passage leads N passing:
to rise from 5 to 7 cables inland, and attain an elevation W of T Light-buoy (safe water), moored off the
of from 300 to 490 m 1 mile farther inland. entrance to Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W)
2 N of Nehalem River (12.149) the coast is initially low (12.142), thence:
and sandy, after which it again increases in elevation and is 2 W of Falcon Rock, which lies 6 cables W of Cape
covered with dense forests, except close to the beach where Falcon (4546N, 12359W), a projecting point.
there is a narrow line of grassy hills which rise at the N The seaward face of the cape, which is less than
end to the S slope of Neahkahnie Mountain (12.139). 5 cables in extent, is very jagged and fringed by
3 Approaching Tillamook Head (4556N, 12359W) the many rocks; the SW point is composed of nearly
coast is high and wooded, with broken cliffs bordered by vertical cliffs, 60 m high, and is partly bare of
numerous rocks. The headland terminates in two points, trees. A dangerous wreck (sunken crane barge) lies
about 5 cables apart in a N and S direction. The cliffs at 8 cables S of the cape. Thence:
the S point are 170 m high, those at the N point 305 m 3 W of Castle Rock which lies 7 cables W of Arch
high, and rocks from 14 to 46 m high extend W from the Cape (2 miles N of Cape Falcon); a rocky and
point for about 1 cables. The summit, flat and densely precipitous point fringed by high rocks, which is
wooded, is 396 m high. the termination of a mountain ridge. Castle Rock,
4 The coast continues high up to 3 miles NE of Tillamook as its name suggests, resembles a castle with two
Head, backed by hills over 300 m high, thence a stretch of towers, the higher of which, 48 m (157 ft) high, is
sandy beach leads to the mouth of Necanicum River, on the seaward side; rocks awash lie 4 cables SW,
2 miles farther N. The summer resort of Seaside is and 1 mile S, respectively, of Castle Rock. Thence:
situated on the S side of the river mouth. 4 W of a reef with two heads, which dry about 12 m
5 From Necanicum River, a broad, sandy beach extends (4 ft), and lie 1 mile W of Silver Point (4551N,
13 miles NNW to the S entrance point to Columbia 12358W), a broken, high cliff, 100 m high; the
River. Clatsop Plains, which run parallel to the beach are a point rises 1 mile inland to the densely wooded
stretch of low, sandy ridges, covered with grass, fern and Double Peak. Rocks, one of them 33 m (107 ft)
bush, and on which there are many hotels and buildings. high, lie within 2 cables of the point. Thence:
5 W of a rock awash, which lies 8 cables WSW of
Principal marks Haystack Rock (1 miles N of Silver Point), the
12.139 largest of a cluster of rocks lying close inshore.
1 Landmarks: Thence:
Three Arch Rocks (4528N, 12359W) (12.125). 6 W of Tillamook Rock, which lies 1 miles W of
Neahkahnie Mountain (4545N, 12356W), is a Tillamook Head (4556N, 12359W) (12.138). A
double headed mountain which attains an elevation disused lighthouse (white square tower on
of 579 m, 2 miles inland. The S side is a grassy dwelling, 19 m in height) stands on the summit of
slope, 1 mile long, that descends to the beach; the the rock. A rock, awash, lies 3 cables E of the
seaward face ends in rocky cliffs more than 150 m rock; vessels should not attempt to pass between
high, fringed by rocks close inshore. From S, the Tillamook Rock and the head as the currents in the
two summits may be seen, but from W, the E one passage are strong and variable. Thence:
is hidden. 7 Clear of a light-buoy (special), moored 12 miles
2 Angora Peak (4549N, 12354W), most prominent WNW of Tillamook Head), thence:
from W; it has a rounded summit, with a gradual E of ODAS Light-buoy 46029 (special), 19 miles
slope S and an abrupt drop N. WSW of Cape Disappointment. Thence:
Saddle Mountain (4558N, 12341W); from NW the To the vicinity of CR Light-buoy (safe water)
mountain shows as three peaks, the NE and lowest (4611N, 12411W) moored in the approach to
peak appearing as a sharp cone, the middle one Columbia River.
irregular shaped, and the S and highest peak in the (Directions continue for Columbia River at 13.26
form of a truncated cone. and for coastal passage at 14.12)

410
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

Tillamook Bay South of Garibaldi, there are depths of about 18 m (6 ft)

as far as Bay City, 4 miles above the entrance to the bay,
Chart 3124 (see 1.14) thence the depth to Tillamook is less than 09 m (3 ft).
General information 3 Vertical clearance. A fixed highway bridge, with a
12.142 vertical clearance of 46 m (15 ft), spans the Tillamook
1 Description. Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W) is a River about 7 cables above its mouth; the river flows into
large enclosed area, chiefly occupied by shallow flats, the S part of the bay just W of the channel leading to
intersected by three channels which, though of fair depth Tillamook.
near the entrance, gradually shoal towards the head of the Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
bay. Most of the surrounding country is agricultural. There range about 23 m; mean neap range about 13 m; a range
is no commercial traffic in the bay, which is used only by of 42 m may occur at maximum tides.
fishing vessels and pleasure craft.
2 Tillamook, at the head of the bay 11 miles above the Arrival information
entrance, is the principal town and the County seat, and is 12.144
the distribution centre for the farming communities; it is 1 Local knowledge is required.
noted for its cheese production. Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
Garibaldi, where there is a boat basin, is a lumber and joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
fishing town situated on the N shore, 2 miles inside the Tidal streams
entrance. 12.145
3 Topography. Kincheloe Point, the S entrance point, is 1 The average rate of the tidal streams in the entrance is
low and sandy; it appears as an island when approaching about 3 kn.
from NW. A training wall extends about 6 cables NW
along the inner face of the point, thence 5 cables W to Directions
form the S jetty. The N entrance point is the S extremity of 12.146
a high wooded ridge extending 5 miles N along the coast. 1 From the vicinity of T Light-buoy (safe water), moored
A jetty extends about 3 cables W from the N entrance point about 1 mile W of the head of the N jetty, the line of
leaving an entrance about 2 cables wide. bearing (092) of a directional light (framework tower) on
the N bank inside the entrance, leads through the entrance,
Limiting conditions favouring the N side, through a channel marked by
12.143 light-buoys.
1 Controlling depths. In 2003 the controlling depth from 2 Thence the channel, marked by light-beacons and
the entrance to the turning basin at Garibaldi was 46 m beacons leads first 1 mile SE, then 7 cables E, to the boat
(15 ft), thence 27 m (9 ft) along the N edge of the turning basin at Garibaldi. A number of rocks lie close to the
basin in the approach to the boat basin, with 3 m (10 ft) in fairway on the N side of the SE leg, and Sow and Pigs, a
the entrance; depths in the basin were reported to be dangerous ledge which dries 12 m (4 ft) lies on N side of
between 18 to 27 m (6 to 9 ft). Depths (1999) in the the fairway at its junction with the E leg. The stream sets
turning basin, which have not been maintained for several towards this ledge when entering on the in-going tide.
years, were 03 to 09 m (1 to 3 ft). 3 Above Garibaldi, the three principal channels are Bay
2 Depths over the bar are subject to frequent change and City Channel, Main Channel and South Channel. Only Bay
the authorities should be consulted for the latest City Channel, which follows the E side of the bay, and
information. which is unmarked, is of any importance; it leads to Bay

Tillamook River entrance from W (12.142)

(Original dated 1993)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

411
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 12

City, thence to Hoquarten Slough, the narrow and twisting entrance); there are other settlements at Jetty (close inside
channel which leads from the head of the bay to the entrance), and at Brighton (1 mile inside the entrance).
Tillamook. 2 Topography. The entrance is protected by jetties, which
4 Caution. The area between T Light-buoy and the cover, extending about 3 cables W from the entrance. The
entrance frequently shoals, causing heavy breakers to form S side of the entrance is a broad, low, sand beach, backed
on the entrance leading line. by wooded country, rising to elevations of about 120 m.
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is Nehalem Beach, the N entrance point, is a narrow sandspit,
displayed on the boathouse at the Coast Guard station bare of trees, and with sand dunes of a moderate elevation
(12.148); see 1.56. on its N part.
5 Useful marks positioned from the head of the N Jetty
(45342N, 123580W): Limiting conditions
Twin Rocks (about 1 miles N); they are so close 12.150
together that they usually appear as one prominent 1 Controlling depths. The bar and channel are subject to
rock. The S and larger rock has an arch in it. continual change; the bar should not be attempted in heavy
No 3 Light (port hand), on the head of the jetty. weather. Depths over the bar and in the channel limit the
Lookout Tower (4 cables E). use of the river to small craft. The controlling depth on the
6 Green Hill (1 miles ESE), a prominent hill covered bar is reported to be 12 m (4 ft), with depths of between
with grass, ferns and dense bush and surmounted 09 to 24 m (3 to 8 ft) to Wheeler.
by trees; it ends in a bluff, rounded point on the N 2 Vertical clearances. A fixed highway bridge, with a
side of the bay. vertical clearance of 91 m (30 ft), spans the river just
Black chimney, and a silver coloured tank, at below Nehalem; a power cable close N of this bridge has a
Garibaldi (2 miles ESE). safe overhead clearance of 158 m.

Berths Directions for entry

12.147 12.151
1 Garibaldi: basin for both commercial and sports fishing 1 Local knowledge is essential.
vessels; about 200 craft can be accommodated. From NR Buoy (safe water), moored nearly 1 mile W of
Bay City: earth fill pier, which dries; used only by the entrance, the alignment of a pair of leading beacons
small fishing boats. (privately maintained), standing on the E bank close inside
Tillamook: small marina on the W bank of Trask River the river, leads into the entrance.
which flows to the head of the bay W of Tillamook; it is Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the
only open during the summer. entrance; see Appendix VII.

Services Small craft facilities

12.148 12.152
1 Repairs: dry dock at Garibaldi can accommodate vessels 1 There are marinas at Jetty and at Brighton which
length 21 m; draught 27 m; displacement 100 tonnes; provide all the usual services including repairs. There is
slipway at both Garibaldi and the marina at Trask River. also a ramp on the E side of the river at Nehalem.
Supplies: provisions; stores; fresh water; fuel; at both
Garibaldi and Tillamook. Small craft shelter
Rescue: Coast Guard station on the N shore of the bay
close W of Garibaldi.
Smuggler Cove
12.153
1 Smuggler Cove, the small bight in the coast immediately
Nehalem River
S of Cape Falcon (4546N, 12359W) (12.141), provides
General information good shelter for small craft from all but SW winds. The
12.149 best anchorage is close to the N shore in depths of about
1 Description. Nehalem River (4540N, 12356W) is an 8 m (27 ft), taking care to avoid two steep-to rocks awash,
outlet for an extensive area of heavily timbered country; which lie cable offshore on the N side of the cove. A
the main industries in the area are lumber and fishing. The dangerous wreck (masts) (uncharted) lies inside the cove.
river is tidal for about 10 miles above the entrance, after Local knowledge is required.
which it becomes a mountain stream.
The principal settlements are at Wheeler (4 miles Other name
inside the entrance), where there is an abandoned sawmill 12.154
and ruined wharf, and Nehalem (6 miles inside the 1 Hug Point (4550N, 12358W).

412
Home Contents Index

NOTES

413
Home Contents Index

Chapter 13 - Columbia River

30 124 30 123 30 122

3124
2839

13.20
13.51
Astoria
2940 13.38
2849 Longview
13 .65

W A S H I N G T O N
46 46

1 3.78
414

13.131
Vancouver
O R E G O N 13 . 1 4 8

Swan Island Basin 2849

13.91
Portland
30 30
2849
13.114
3124

30 124 30 Longitude 123 West from Greenwich 30 122

March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13
COLUMBIA RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2839, 2849, 2531 (13.91), which are situated, respectively, 12, 58, 92 and
Scope of the chapter 97 miles above the entrance. Columbia River is navigable
13.1 by barges and small craft as far as the
1 In this chapter is described Columbia River from its Pasco-Kennewick-Richland area, 286 miles above the mouth
mouth (4615N, 12405W) in the Pacific Ocean to the (13.173). Craft of similar size can navigate Snake River as
head of navigation above Richland in Washington, far as Lewiston, Idaho, 119 miles above its junction with
287 miles inland. The description includes the deep-draught Columbia River.
ports of Astoria (13.38), Longview (13.65) and Vancouver
(13.131), together with several smaller ports on Columbia
Function
River, and the deep-draught port of Portland (13.91) on 13.4
Willamette River, the principal tributary of Columbia River. 1 The river is a focus for both foreign and domestic trade.
Also included is a brief description of the salient points Exports comprise principally logs, lumber and forest
and small craft facilities on both rivers above the ports of products, grain, chemicals and general cargo; imports
Vancouver and Portland, including Snake River, the second comprise coal, petroleum products, bulk salt, cement,
most important tributary, which flows through Washington finished alumina products and general cargo.
to join Columbia River just below Richland. Traffic. In 2002, 2381 vessels called at the four
2 It is divided into the following sections: deep-draught ports and Kalama (13.85), and totalled
Columbia River Entrance to Astoria (13.19). 81 548 729 dwt.
Astoria to the junction with Willamette River (13.49). Controlling depths
Willamette River (13.89). 13.5
Columbia River above the junction with Willamette 1 The project depths in Columbia River are 146 m (48 ft)
River (13.121). at the entrance, thence 122 m (40 ft) to the junction with
Willamette River, with the same depth to Broadway
Distances
Bascule Bridge at Portland, and through the Lower Turning
13.2
Basin at Vancouver. The project depth through the Upper
1 Distances above the entrance are given in the text in
Turning Basin at Vancouver is 107 m (35 ft). A plan to
nautical miles, the zero point being taken as the
dredge and increase the project depth to 131 m (43 ft) to
intersection of the Main Channel Entrance Range and a line
Portland and Vancouver is reported to have received
joining the visible heads of the jetties on each side of the
approval (2004).
entrance. The distance from the CR Light-buoy (4611N,
2 Above Vancouver the project depth is 82 m (27 ft) for
12411W) to the mouth of Columbia River is 6 miles.
about 75 miles to The Dalles Dam, thence 43 m (14 ft) for
Charted distance markers are in statute miles, with the
about 87 miles to McNary Dam. However, depths over the
zero point a short distance to seaward of the point above;
sills of The Dalles, John Day and McNary Dams, may be
see note on charts.
the controlling depth for this stretch of the river; the least
Description sill depth (at McNary Dam) usually exceeds 36 m (12 ft).
13.3 Above McNary Dam, to Pasco and Kennewick, depths
1 Columbia River, entered at 4615N, 12405W, has a range from 43 m (14 ft) to 350 m (115 ft).
total length of about 1050 miles. The river rises in British 3 Caution. Depths throughout the river channels and
Columbia, Canada, through which it flows before entering basins may be considerably less than charted. For the latest
the United States in NE Washington. Thence it flows first S controlling depths the charts, and the port authorities,
to its junction with Snake River (13.172), then turns W to should be consulted.
form the Inter-state boundary between Oregon and Vertical clearances
Washington for the remainder of its course to the Pacific 13.6
Ocean; the length of the river in the United States is 1 Clearances under bridges and cables spanning Columbia
647 miles. River and its tributaries are from Columbia River Datum
2 The river, with its tributaries, drains a large and (MLLW during lowest river stages) between Harrington
productive territory. The river flows through the Cascade Point (4616N, 12340W) and Bonneville Dam (106 miles
Mountains (1.133) in a canyon averaging about 5 miles in above Harrington Point), thence they are referred to the
width, between high cliffs on each side; the river occupies normal pool levels of the various dams. On Willamette
about 1 mile of this width, the rest being marsh, low River above Willamette Falls (23 miles above the mouth of
islands and lowlands. Near the mouth the river becomes that river) clearances are referred to the normal pool level
wider, and in some places is 5 miles across. The at Newberg Pool (152 m (50 ft) above MSL).
hydro-electric dams and power plants on Columbia River
provide most of the electricity for the NW United States. Tidal levels
3 The principal tributary is Willamette River (13.89), 13.7
entered 88 miles from the mouth of Columbia River; both 1 At the entrance to Columbia River the mean rise is
rivers are navigable by deep-draught vessels to Astoria about 2 m. It requires about 6 hours for HW to pass from
(Oregon) (13.38), Longview (Washington) (13.65) the entrance to the river to the mouth of Willamette River.
Vancouver (Washington) (13.131) and Portland (Oregon) In passing up Columbia River the range of the tide

415
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

decreases until it is only about 05 m at the mouth of when operating in depths of water comparable to the
Willamette River. Above this point the tidal range becomes draught of the vessel, or when anchoring.
too small to be of practical importance. For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
2 There are however large fluctuations in the level due to
meteorological conditions. An extreme variation of 75 m Pilotage
has been noted at St Johns on Willamette River. Columbia 13.11
River is usually highest during May, June and July, and 1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. Foreign
lowest during September, October and November. fishing and leisure vessels under 30 m in length and 250 gt
are exempt. Pilotage for the river entrance is provided by
River level forecasting Columbia River Bar Pilots, and for the river above Astoria
13.8 by Columbia River Pilots. Pilots may board by boat or
1 The depth of Columbia River navigation channel at LW helicopter.
conditions is 122 m (40 ft) (Columbia River Datum), with 2 ETA at the pilot boarding position, situated 1 mile E of
occasional variations due to shoaling. The available water CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W) (13.26), as shown on
depth usually exceeds this and is a combination of three the chart, should be notified at least 12 hours before arrival,
main factors: and amended if it changes by 1 hour; final notification is
2 a. Diurnal tides at the Pacific Ocean (13.7). required 1 hour before arrival. Pilots boarding by helicopter
b. The discharge from Bonneville Dam (13.156). do so 5 to 10 miles W of CR Light-buoy.
c. The discharge from numerous tributaries to the 3 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
River, the largest being Willamette River (13.90). Volume 6(5).
The greatest difficulty in predicting river levels is the One of two pilot boats, Chinook or Columbia, is
lack of certainty over the volume of fresh water flow on maintained on call at all times. Columbia, is 25 m long,
any specific day. white hull and white and orange superstructure with the
3 As the number of transits by vessels with draughts word PILOT on its superstructure. Chinook, is 22 m long,
exceeding 11 m (36 ft) has increased, a River Level yellow hull and superstructure with the word PILOT on the
Reporting and Forecasting System has been developed, superstructure.
building on earlier predictions, enabling pilots and masters 4 When working with Columbia, vessel speed should be
to utilise the main channel to its full extent. The System 10 kn with the pilot ladder rigged 3 m above the waterline;
combines real time water level readings, from gauges with Chinook, vessel speed should be 12 to 14 kn with the
placed at strategic points, with a model to predict levels ladder 2 m above the waterline.
above datum. Bar pilotage extends from the open sea, 10 miles
4 The resultant River Level Forecasting Model, also seaward of the outermost buoy, to Tongue Point (4613N,
known as LOADMAX, is a planning tool to optimise times 12345W) (13.38), on the E side of Astoria. River pilotage
of sailing, transit speed, and vessel loading. Predictions are extends from Tongue Point to the head of navigation on
made for 6 days ahead, which can be checked against real Columbia or Willamette Rivers, and their tributaries. The
time data. Information is available continuously through the transfer of a bar pilot to a river pilot is made off Astoria,
Marine Exhange, Portland by radio, telephone or e-mail. as shown on the chart.
5 The sound signal for pilots are as follows:
Hazards Bar Pilot One long, two short, one long blasts on
13.9 the whistle (Morse X).
1 Logs. As logging is one of the main industries of the River Pilot One long and three short blasts on the
region, free floating logs and submerged deadheads are a whistle (Morse B).
constant source of danger in Columbia and Willamette 6 A fixed amber light is maintained by the Columbia Bar
Rivers. The danger is increased during spring freshets. Pilots, in conjunction with the Coast Guard, on top of their
Deadheads, also known as sinkers, are logs which have office at Astoria. When the light is displayed it will
become adrift from rafts or booms; one end settles to the indicate to outward bound vessels that the bar is not
bottom while the other end floats just awash, rising and passable and that they should anchor.
falling with the tide.
2 Dredging. From time to time extensive dredging Traffic regulations
operations take place in the entrance and in the rivers; 13.12
dredgers at work should be passed with caution and at 1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force within Columbia
reduced speed. River inside the line joining the N and S Jetty heads; see
When dredging is taking place, additional navigational Appendix VII.
aids, subject to movement without warning, may be
established, and existing aids may be altered or withdrawn. Regulations concerning entry
3 Navigational aids. During seasonal HW conditions 13.13
(13.18), navigational aids may be damaged or destroyed. 1 Advanced Notice of Entry. The Washington State
While every effort is made to restore these aids promptly, Office of Marine Safety requires that all tankers, and
mariners should exercise caution when navigating the river. certain cargo and passenger vessels, submit an Advanced
Notice of Entry (ANE) Report at least 24 hours before
Submarine cables and pipelines entering Washington waters.
13.10 2 A tank vessel is defined as any vessel that carries, or is
1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places certified to carry, oil in bulk as cargo or cargo residue. A
in Columbia River and its tributaries, as shown on the cargo vessel is any self-propelled vessel in commerce that
chart. Also, pipelines and cables, additional to those is 300 grt or more. A passenger vessel is any vessel 300 grt
charted, may exist and may not have been buried, or may or more with a fuel capacity of at least 6000 gallons that
have become exposed. Extreme caution should be exercised carries passengers for compensation.

416
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

3 Vessels required to submit an ANE Report must provide Pacific coast of the United States the following VHF
the following information: stations operate in the area covered by this chapter:
a) Vessels name, flag, call sign and IMO number. Astoria (4611N, 12351W).
b) Last port of call. Rainier (4605N, 12257W).
c) Current position, time, course, and speed. Portland (4529N, 12242W).
d) Length and freshwater draught of vessel. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1.
e) Name and ETA at port of destination.
4 f) Agents name, if any.
g) Cargo; dangerous or pollutant cargo by name, UN Anchorages
number, or IMDG Code number of certain 13.17
dangerous cargoes as defined in 33 CFR 160.203. 1 Columbia River has nine designated anchorages between
h) Any hazardous conditions, defects, or deficiencies Astoria and Vancouver, principally for the use of inbound
in charts, publications, hull, steering gear, vessels awaiting berths, or fully laden outbound vessels
propulsion machinery, navigation equipment, awaiting favourable river level conditions. Vessels may
anchors or cables, or required radio anchor in non-designated places as advised by the pilot.
communications equipment. Details of the designated anchorages are contained in the
i) On scene weather, if severe. appropriate section of the chapter.
5 j) Identify the vessels oil spill contingency plan, the
vessels official number, owner or operators full
address, and bunkering activities whilst in Natural conditions
Washington, if any. 13.18
For further information on Advance Notice of Entry 1 Weather. Winds are strongest in late autumn and winter
Reports see Appendix II and Admiralty List of Radio but seldom reach gale force; winds are predominantly from
Signals Volume 6(5). E and SE in winter, and from W and NW in summer. Fog
becomes a hazard in late autumn and remains frequent
through the winter.
Measured distances Ice forms occasionally in both Columbia and Willamette
13.14 Rivers, but it is usually not heavy enough to affect
1 Measured distances are situated at Swan Island navigation.
(45335N, 122430W) (13.102) in Willamette River at 2 Freshets occur annually. In Columbia River the
Portland, and off Hayden Island (4538N, 12243W) high-water stage is reached towards the end of May, but on
(13.141) in Columbia River at Vancouver. Willamette River the peak-flow period usually begins in
mid-December and continues to February. Under these
circumstances Willamette River tends to be low at the time
of the peak flow on Columbia River and appears to change
Rescue direction under the influence of the stronger flow from the
13.15 latter river; the effect in Willamette River is apparent as far
1 There is a Coast Guard station at Fort Canby (4617N, as Portland.
12403W) (13.31), and Coast Guard cutters are stationed at 3 Freshets cause shoaling in the dredged cuts through the
Astoria (4611N, 12350W); the Coast Guard Air Station various bars on Columbia River, but dredging is resumed to
is at Clatsop County Airport (4609N, 12353W). There is maintain project depths as soon as conditions permit.
a Coast Guard Safety Office at Portland (13.112). Mariners are cautioned that aids to navigation may be
destroyed, or rendered unreliable, during periods of
freshets.
Coast radio stations Salinity. The river is reported to be brackish at Astoria,
13.16 and fresh above Brookfield, about 23 miles above the
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the entrance.

COLUMBIA RIVER ENTRANCE TO ASTORIA

GENERAL INFORMATION APPROACH AND ENTRY

General information
Charts 3124, 2940
Area covered Charts 2839, 3124, 2531
13.19 Landfall
1 In this section are described the approach and entrance 13.20
to Columbia River, the channels inside the river mouth, and 1 In clear weather, Saddle Mountain (4558N, 12341W)
the port of Astoria situated 12 miles inside the entrance. (12.139) is the best landmark, and Mount St Helens, which
It is arranged as follows: rises to an elevation of about 2600 m, 75 miles E of the
Approach and entry (13.20). river entrance in the Cascade Mountains (1.133), also
Astoria (13.38). makes a good mark. Mount St Helens, originally conical

417
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

and snow capped, suffered a series of severe volcanic 4 Baker Bay (13.30) opens out on the N side of the
eruptions in 1980 with consequent change in appearance; entrance, and Youngs Bay (13.35) indents the S bank of the
these eruptions were the first suffered in the continental river in the approaches to Astoria.
United States since 1915.
2 On closer approach the high land of Cape Flow
Disappointment (4616N, 12405W) serves to identify the 13.22
entrance. The cape comprises a group of hills, 85 m high, 1 Currents. A current sets WSW in the vicinity of
which extend 2 miles N from the S extremity of the CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W). This current is largely
headland, divided by a narrow valley which runs N and S. due to the discharge from the river, and therefore it varies
The seaward faces of these hills are precipitous cliffs, with according to the seasons, being at its maximum during the
rocky points and small strips of beach. Viewed from S, the summer months when it attains a rate of about kn. At
cape appears as three low knobs, separated by low flat times, when there is a considerable run-off from the river,
ridges. From NW it appears as a flat island, with a slight the combination of tidal stream and current can produce a
depression in the centre and a low wooded knob at either SW flow of 2 kn or more; the greatest rate observed has
end; from a distance, a low, flat hill with gently sloping been one of 3 kn. The direction of the current varies with
sides is seen between the cape and high ridges E and the seasons due to the prevailing winds, setting SW during
appears as an island. From W it is not prominent except spring and summer, and NW during autumn and winter.
when the background is obscured by fog, haze or smoke. 2 Due to the outflow from the river N winds are
3 Astoria Canyon, a submarine valley in which there are accompanied by stronger currents than S winds. Outside the
depths of more than 183 m (100 fm), brings that depth influence of the outflow the general rule for the rate and
contour to within 11 miles W of Cape Disappointment. direction of wind currents holds good.
Caution. In thick weather, the entrance to Columbia Tidal streams at the CR Light-buoy tend to be weak
River is difficult to make as there are few well defined and masked by the currents described above.
landmarks, and currents are variable and uncertain. In the 3 On the bar, sudden and unpredictable changes in tidal
past, nearly all vessels that went ashore whilst making the streams, often accompanied by breakers, can make
entrance did so N of the river mouth. Care must be taken conditions dangerous. It is reported that out-going streams
under such conditions not to mistake the low sand beach N on the N side of the bar can attain rates of from 6 to 8 kn,
of Cape Disappointment for that S of the entrance; if and that strong NW winds sometimes cause currents which
unsure of their position, mariners should remain outside the set N or against the wind in the area outside the jetties.
55 m (30 fm) depth contour until the landfall light-buoy has 4 In the entrance the streams are variable, and at times
been identified. attain a rate of over 5 kn on the out-going stream; on the
4 Anchoring in the vicinity of the river entrance is in-going stream they seldom exceed 4 kn. The mean rate of
dangerous in any weather and pilots do not recommend both streams is about 3 kn in their strongest periods, but
anchoring there under any circumstances. The approaches the streams are always modified as to the rate and time of
are hampered with several wrecks and it is advisable to slack water by the discharge from the river.
maintain the centreline of the swept channel where possible 5 On the in-going tide, there is a dangerous set towards
when entering the river. Clatsop Spit, its direction being approximately ESE. On the
out-going tide, the stream sets along the line of the buoys.
Heavy breakers have been reported as far inside the
Entrance entrance as the NE side of Clatsop Spit.
13.21
1 The river is entered between two jetties, the visible Vertical clearances
heads of which are almost 2 miles apart. 13.23
South Jetty extends initially 2 miles WNW from Point 1 Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge spans the river from
Adams (46127N, 123583W), a low sandy point Astoria, to Point Ellice on the N bank, 3 miles NNW
covered with fir trees, across Clatsop Spit, a low sandspit, (13.29). The bridge has a vertical clearance of 59 m
whence it extends 2 miles farther W to seaward; the outer (193 ft) under the main navigational span at Astoria, and a
1 mile of the jetty is submerged. Shoal ground extends NW vertical clearance of 625 m (205 ft) at the centre of the
and W from the outer end of Clatsop Spit along the N side channel. There is a vertical clearance of 146 m (48 ft)
of South Jetty; due to spring freshets and NW storms there under the main navigational span over the N channel close
is a tendency for the shoals to extend in a NW direction. S of Point Ellice.
2 North Jetty extends 4 cables SW, then 2 cables W,
from the SW extremity of Cape Disappointment (4616N, Principal marks
12405W) (13.20); the W extension is submerged. The 13.24
inshore section of this jetty extends over 1 mile NE along 1 Landmarks:
the S face of Cape Disappointment. Peacock Spit, with North Head Lighthouse (white conical tower, 20 m in
general depths over it of less than 9 m (30 ft), extends height) (4618N, 12405W) standing on the W
2 miles W from the extremity of Cape Disappointment. A extremity of Cape Disappointment (13.20). North
wreck with a least reported depth over it of 24 m (8 ft) lies Head is a jagged, precipitous cliff backed by a
on the spit 1 miles WNW of the extremity of the cape. narrow, grassy strip, behind which the higher
3 Inside the entrance the river is divided into two channels ground is wooded.
by Desdemona Sands, the W part of an extensive shoal Cape Disappointment Lighthouse (white conical tower
area which dries in places, and which extends about 6 miles black band, 16 m in height) (46166N,
ESE to the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge (13.23); the 124031W), standing on the S side of the SE hill
part of the shoal area E of the bridge is known as Taylor on Cape Disappointment; there are several towers
Sands. The main channel follows the S bank of the river, in the vicinity.
and the north channel, used by small craft, follows the N Astor Column (4611N, 12349W), which surmounts
bank. Coxcomb Hill in Astoria.

418
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

2 Major lights: 2 SW of a wreck (9 cables E), which has 79 m

North Head Light as above. (26 feet) over it and SW of a wreck (1 miles
Cape Disappointment Light as above. ESE) which lies off the entrance to Baker Bay
between Sand Island Lower and Middle Dykes;
Other navigational aid lights (port hand) are displayed from the heads of
13.25 these dykes. Thence:
1 Racons: 3 SW of Sand Island Upper Dyke (about 2 miles
CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W). ESE), from the head of which a light (port hand)is
S end of the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge displayed, and:
(46116N, 123511W). NE of Clatsop Spit (2 miles SE) (13.21), thence:
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. SW of Desdemona Sands Light (red and black
chequered diamond daymark on pile structure)
(4 miles SE) displayed from the W side of
Directions
(continued from 12.141) Desdemona Sands.
4 Tansy Point Leading Lights:
Approach and entry From the vicinity of Tansy Point, the alignment (264),
13.26 astern, of the following lights leads S of Desdemona Sands,
1 The channel through the entrance to Columbia River is through a channel marked on its N side by light-buoys and
indicated by the alignment of two pairs of leading lights, buoys, to Astoria, passing under the Astoria-Point Ellice
the first pair which lead across the bar, and the second pair Fixed Bridge (13.23):
which lead into the river. 5 Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
Entrance Leading Lights: pile structure) (close SE of Tansy Point).
Front light (white rectangular daymark, black stripe, Rear light (similar daymark on framework tower)
on framework tower) (close E of Cape (880 m from front light).
Disappointment Light (46166N, 124031W)). Useful marks
Rear light (similar structure) (570 m from front light). 13.28
2 Having passed clear of CR Light-buoy (safe water) 1 McKenzie Head (4617N, 12404W), a round hill,
moored about 8 miles SW of Cape Disappointment Light, bare of trees and covered with grass and fern.
the alignment (045) of the above lights leads into the Aero light (4609N, 12353W), at Port of Astoria
entrance through a channel marked by light-buoys (lateral), Airport.
passing (with positions from Cape Disappointment Light): (Directions continue at 13.55)
SE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 miles WSW),
moored at the N entrance to the bar channel, and Channel north of Desdemona Sands
SSW of an area of spoil ground, thence: 13.29
3 NW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles 1 From a position in the entrance SW of Sand Island
SW), moored at the S entrance to the bar channel Upper Dyke (13.27), a wide channel leads N of Desdemona
1 mile WNW of an area of spoil ground with a Sands for about 5 miles to the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed
least depth over it (2003) of 134 m (44 ft), thence: Bridge (13.23), passing (with positions from Chinook Point
SE of a dangerous wreck, position approximate, (46150N, 123555W):
(3 miles WSW), thence: S of Chinook Dyke (1 miles W), from the head of
4 NW of No 2SJ Buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles SW), which a light (port hand) is displayed, and:
which marks the submerged extremity of South N of Desdemona Sands Light (2 miles SW) (13.27);
Jetty, thence: thence:
SE of No 7 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles SW), 2 SSW of Chinook Point which rises 5 cables N to
and SE of the dangerous wreck 2 cables E of the Scarboro Hill, a long, gradually rising ridge,
light-buoy. covered with grass and fern, and some trees. Light
Sand Island Leading Lights: coloured buildings in Fort Columbia State Park are
5 From a position on the entrance leading line at its prominent above the point. A submerged sewer
intersection with the line joining the jetty heads, the extends 3 cables SSW from the point, and an unlit
alignment (080) of the following lights leads about mooring buoy lies 5 cables SE of the point.
1 miles E to the vicinity of Jetty A, which extends Thence:
6 cables S from a point 4 cables E of Cape 3 S of Point Ellice (2 miles ESE), and under the
Disappointment Light: Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge (13.23). Point
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on Ellice is the termination of a spur from the
pile structure) (2 miles ESE), standing N of the mountain ridge behind Scarboro Hill; the point is
E part of Sand Island (13.30). rounded and rocky, but is not a high point. The
Rear light (similar structure) (900 m from front light). shore in this vicinity is obstructed with abandoned
fish traps and pile structures extending into the
Sand Island to Astoria river.
13.27 4 The main channel and this N channel are connected
1 From the vicinity of Jetty A, the fairway, further marked close E of the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge by a
by light-buoys, and by a direction light (black and white shallow channel leading between Desdemona Sands and
chequered diamond daymark on pile) bearing 312, astern, Taylor Sands but it is heavily obstructed by shoals and has
standing close E of Jetty A, leads SE for about 6 miles a spoil ground at its S entrance. In 1965 a rock with a
through Desdemona Lower and Upper Shoal Channels to depth over it of 18 m (6 ft) was reported to lie in this S
the vicinity of Tansy Point (46115N, 123555W), entrance 9 cables NE of the S extremity of the bridge.
passing (with positions from Jetty A): (Directions continue at 13.56)

419
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Baker Bay Warrenton

13.34
Charts 2839, 3124 (see 1.14) 1 Description. Warrenton, where there is a marina for
Description sports fishing vessels, is situated 1 mile inside the Skipanon
13.30 Waterway, entered 8 cables ESE of Tansy Point (46115N,
1 Baker Bay is a large, shallow area, partly enclosed by 123555W). A railway bridge and a highway bridge span
Sand Island, a low flat island, now in two parts, contained the waterway above the marina; the area above the bridges
between Cape Disappointment (4616N, 12405W) (13.20) is used for logging operations.
and Chinook Point (5 miles ESE) (13.29). Except for In 2002, the mid-channel controlling depth was 49 m
channels leading to Fort Canby and Iwalco Harbor on the (16 ft) from the entrance to the turning basin, with 12 to
W side of the bay, and to Chinook on the E side of the 24 m (4 to 8 ft) in the N half and 24 to 46 m (8 to 15
bay, the remainder of the bay is obstructed with drying ft) in the S half of the basin; thence 18 m (6 ft) to the
shoals and fish traps. railway bridge.
2 Local knowledge is required for these channels which 2 Directions. The alignment (198) of a pair of leading
should only be navigated at HW. lights (red rectangular daymarks, black stripes, on
framework towers), displayed from the E side of the
Directions marina, leads through Skipanon Waterway which is marked
13.31 at its entrance by lights (lateral).
1 Channel to Iwalco. From a position about midway Services. All the usual services are available; slipway
between Jetty A (4616N, 12402W) and the W side of accommodates craft up to 24 m in length.
Sand Island (1 mile ENE), a dredged channel, entered
between two detached jetties, leads along the E side of Youngs Bay
Cape Disappointment to Fort Canby, 1 miles above the Charts 2839, 3124 (see 1.14)
entrance, thence to Iwalco Harbor, 1 miles farther N. Description
Lights (lateral) are displayed from the heads of the 13.35
detached jetties and the channel is well marked throughout 1 Youngs Bay, which is contained between the entrance to
by light-beacons and beacons. Skipanon Waterway (46110N, 123544W) (13.34) and
2 In 2003 the project depth of the channel was 3 m (10 ft) Smith Point (about 1 miles E) (13.38), is shallow. Lewis
over a width of 45 m to both Fort Canby and Iwalco and Clark River flows into the S part of the bay, and
Harbor; depths in the basin at Iwalco were about 09 m Youngs River into the E side of the bay. Traffic on the two
(3 ft). The entrance is subject to frequent change and Port rivers comprises mainly tugs towing log rafts, and there is
of Iwalco Authority should be consulted for the latest a repair yard on Lewis and Clark River that can handle
controlling depths. vessels up to 350 tons. Port of Astoria Airport occupies that
3 Channel to Chinook. From a position off the SE side part of the bay between the W bank of Lewis and Clark
Sand Island, 1 miles WNW of Chinook Point, a dredged River and the highway bridge spanning the bay.
channel, marked by light-beacons and buoys, leads NE for
about 1 mile to a small craft basin at Chinook. Limiting conditions
In 2002 the controlling depth in the channel was 12 m 13.36
(4 ft). In 1986 depths of 18 m (6 ft) were reported in the 1 Controlling depths. In December 1992 the controlling
basin. depth from the entrance to the mouths of Youngs River and
Lewis and Clark River was 15 m (5 ft) over a width of
Small craft services 45 m; the entrance to Lewis and Clark River dries, but
13.32 depths in Young River increase inside the entrance.
1 Iwalco is a centre for commercial and sport fishing Vertical clearances:
vessels and has a large berthing capacity. Youngs Bay is spanned by a vertical lift bridge with
Repairs can be effected; slipway accommodates craft up a vertical clearance of 119 m (39 ft) when down,
to 23 m in length for repairs; shiplifts up to 50 tonnes and 225 m (74 ft) when raised.
capacity are available. 2 Youngs River is spanned at its entrance by a bascule
Fuel, water and provisions. bridge with a vertical clearance of 73 m (24 ft)
Chinook. Berths available in the basin; slipway; 6 tonne when closed; in 2003 part of the draw leaf was
hoist; fuel, water and provisions. reported disabled. Cables spanning the river above
the bridge have a minimum safe overhead
clearance of 32 m (103 ft).
Marinas on the south side of the entrance Lewis and Clark River is spanned, close inside its
entrance, by a bascule bridge with a vertical
Chart 2839
clearance of 76 m (25 ft) when closed. Power
Hammond
cables spanning the river above the bridge have a
13.33
minimum safe overhead clearance of 195 m
1 Description. There is a marina at Hammond 1 mile ESE
(64 ft).
of Point Adams (46127N, 123583W) (13.21) which can
accommodate about 140 craft. The entrance is protected by Directions
jetties; a beacon (starboard hand) stands on the W jetty 13.37
head, and a light (port hand) is displayed from the E jetty 1 The channel through the bay is entered 8 cables W of
head. A light (starboard hand) is displayed from a dolphin Smith Point; it is marked at its entrance by No 2 Light
at Fort Stevens Wharf, a ruined wharf close NW of the (starboard hand), and by buoys and beacons as far as the
entrance. In 2002, there was a depth of 27 m (9 ft) in the mouth of Lewis and Clark River. No 6 Light (starboard
basin channel, with shoaling at the S end. hand) is displayed 1 mile S of Smith Point where the
Services. All the usual small craft facilities are available. channel turns E to Youngs River.

420
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

ASTORIA normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at

their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
General information
Chart 2839 Harbour
Position 13.44
13.38 1 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.221.
1 Astoria (4611N, 12350W) is situated on the Oregon
bank of Columbia River, 12 miles inside the entrance. Directions
The city and its installations extend 4 miles along the 13.45
river, bounded W by Smith Point, the termination of a high 1 The directions are those given for Approach and Entry
wooded ridge, and E by Tongue Point, a bold, rocky to Columbia River at 13.26 and 13.27.
peninsula, covered with trees, connected to the S bank by a
low narrow neck. Principal berths
13.46
Function 1 Alongside depths are reported depths; the port authorities
13.39 should be contacted for the latest information.
1 It is the principal city on the lower part of Columbia Pier 1: total berthing space 530 m on two sides; depth
River and is an important port; the port district extends alongside 94 to 103 m; cruise vessels, general cargo,
from the mouth of the river as far as Westport, 38 miles plywood and grain.
above the mouth. It is a port of entry. Pier 2: total berthing space 905 m on three sides; depths
alongside 107 to 122 m; general cargo, petroleum
Traffic products, lumber.
13.40 Pier 3: total berthing space 396 m; barges and boatyard.
1 In 2002, 250 vessels called totalling 9 024 345 dwt.

Port Authority Port services

13.47
13.41
1 Repairs of all types can be undertaken afloat. Largest
1 Port of Astoria, 1 Portway, Astoria, Oregon 97103.
slipway has a capacity of 400 tons.
Website: port-of-astoria.com
Other facilities. Limited facilities for the disposal of
oily waste; garbage disposal; salvage equipment available;
Limiting conditions barge loading ramp offering Ro-Ro facilities; container yard
13.42 at Pier 3.
1 Controlling depths. See 13.5. 2 Supplies. Bunkers available at Pier 2, or at the
Vertical clearances. See 13.23. anchorage; fresh water; stores; provisions.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring Communications. Local airport 4 km distant;
range about 24 m; mean neap range about 14 m; a range international airport at Portland.
of about 36 m may occur at maximum tides. Rescue. Coast Guard cutters maintained on station.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels of LOA
259 m can be accommodated at Piers 1 and 2.
Small craft
13.48
Arrival information 1 There are two basins for small craft and fishing vessels
13.43 at Astoria.
1 Anchorage may be obtained in two designated areas, as West Basin is situated 3 cables W of Astoria Bridge, as
shown on the chart, on either side of the main channel shown on the chart; the entrance to the basin is marked by
from a position about 1 mile E of the highway bridge, to lights (lateral) (privately maintained). Depths in the
the vicinity of Tongue Point, 3 miles farther ENE. Harbour entrance are reported to be 46 m (15 ft), reducing to 15 m
regulations prohibit stays of more than 1 hour in the S (5 ft) in the basin. The basin has a capacity to berth up to
designated anchorage. 400 craft. All the usual facilities are available, including
2 Pilotage. See 13.11. repairs; a 10 tonne hoist is available in emergencies.
Tugs are available. 2 East Basin is situated 2 miles E of Astoria Bridge, and
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed, has depths of 46 m (15 ft), in the entrance and 3 m (10 ft)
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs, at the pontoons. The basin has a slipway but no services
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are are available. It is mainly used for fishing vessels.

ASTORIA TO THE JUNCTION WITH WILLAMETTE RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION major port of Longview (13.65) and the many lesser
Charts 2839, 2849 installations both above and below that port.
Area covered 2 It is arranged as follows:
13.49 Astoria to Longview (13.51).
1 In this section are described the main features on Longview (13.65).
Columbia River between Astoria and the junction with Longview to Willamette River (13.78).
Willamette River, 76 miles farther upriver, including the

421
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Local magnetic anomalies on the N side of the channel, and Miller Sands on the S
13.50 side, are used as dredging disposal sites and the shape and
1 Magnetic anomalies have been observed in Columbia height of these banks constantly changes.
River, below Vancouver, along the following stretches: 3 Harrington Point to Crims Island. Between Harrington
Between Harrington Point (4616N, 12340W) and Point and Crims Island (4611N, 12308W), 35 miles
Crims Island (4611N, 12308W); differences of above Astoria, the main channel follows the N bank to
up to 3 from the normal. Three Tree Point, thence it rounds the bend above Welch
Between Crims Island and Bachelor Island (4549N, Island, which dries, and Tenasillahe Island, holding to the
12247W); differences of up to 8 from the NE shore as far as Hunting Islands, where it leads first S,
normal. then SSE, then E, following the S bank around Puget
Island and rejoins the N bank at Cape Horn. From Cape
Horn the channel leads ENE to Abernathy Point, thence E
ASTORIA TO LONGVIEW past Gull Island and the larger Crims Island behind it.
4 Crims Island to Longview. From Crims Island to
General information
Longview (4607N, 12257W), 46 miles above Astoria,
Charts 2839, 2849 the main channel starts a turn to SE, passing S of Fisher
Natural conditions Island and Hump Island, and N of Walker Island and Lord
13.51 Island (13.52).
1 Flow. The current in the river averages about 1 kn, (Directions continue at 13.81)
which tends to cancel out the rate of the in-going tidal
stream but increase that of the out-going tidal stream to Small craft channel north of Taylor Sands
rates of between 2 and 3 kn. During freshets this latter rate (continued from 13.29)
is further increased but usually not enough to affect 13.56
navigation. 1 Local knowledge is required.
2 In the vicinity of Astoria the out-going stream is weaker From the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge (13.23) the
in the main channel on the S bank of the river than in N channel continues wide and deep for 1 mile to Megler,
North Channel on the N bank. after which, though remaining relatively deep, it narrows
Local magnetic anomaly. See 13.50. considerably as it follows the N shore first to Cliff Point,
1 mile farther NE, thence to Knappton (3 miles above the
Vertical clearances bridge).
13.52 2 Above Knappton the channel, marked by beacons and
1 A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 673 m buoys, leads generally E to Grays Point (46165N,
(221 ft), spans the main channel between Puget Island Light 123460W), from where a light (port hand) is displayed,
(46109N, 123255W) and Bugby Hole Light, on the S thence through North Channel across the entrance to Grays
bank 3 cables W; the tower on the E side of the channel is Bay to rejoin the main channel at Harrington Point
prominent. (4616N, 12340W). North Channel is tortuous and shoal
A group of power cables, with a minimum safe with constantly changing banks, and the buoys, which are
overhead clearance of 658 m (216 ft), span the main privately maintained, are moved frequently.
channel at Lord Island (4608N, 12301W).
13.53 Grays Bay and Cathlamet Bay
1 Lewis and Clark Bridge (4606N, 12258W), which Chart 2839 (see 1.14)
spans the river between Longview and Rainier, has a Grays Bay
vertical clearance of 57 m (187 ft) over the main channel. 13.57
The channel between the piers is marked by buoys (lateral), 1 Grays Bay opens out on the N side of the river between
and fog signals are sounded from the piers. A racon Grays Point (46165N, 123460W) (13.56) and
transmits from the bridge. Harrington Point (4 miles E). The bay is covered with
For remarks on clearances see 13.6. extensive mud flats and drying banks, particularly in its NE
side; it is frequented only by small pleasure craft.
Ferry traffic Grays River flows into the NE side of the bay and Deep
13.54 River into the head of the bay; depths in Deep River are
1 A ferry service operates across the river between 18 m (6 ft) for 2 miles above its entrance, but in Grays
Westport Slough (46085N, 123230W), and the SW side River are only 06 m (2 ft).
of Puget Island, as shown on the chart. 2 Deep River is approached from Grays Point through a
channel marked by beacons, passing close SE of Rocky
Directions Point (46173N, 123437W) from where a light (port
(continued from 13.28)
hand) is displayed; in 1978 a dangerous rock was reported
13.55
to lie close SE of Rocky Point.
1 The river is well marked by leading lights, lights and
Local knowledge is required.
light-buoys, as can be seen on the chart. No directions are
given but a general description of the fairway is given Cathlamet Bay
below. 13.58
2 Astoria to Harrington Point. From the Astoria-Point 1 Cathlamet Bay is entered close E of Tongue Point
Ellice Fixed Bridge to Harrington Point (4616N, (4613N, 12445W) (13.38) and is fronted by a shoal area
12340W), 8 miles above Astoria, the main channel extending to within 1 mile of the opposite shore at
follows the S bank for 4 miles to Tongue Point (13.38), Harrington Point. This shoal area contains many low
from where it leads 4 miles farther ENE, passing between islands and drying banks; in summer they are covered with
extensive areas of drying banks and shoals, to turn E along tule but in winter they are difficult to distinguish. The piers
the N bank in the vicinity of Harrington Point. Rice Island, of a former naval base stand in Mott Basin on the W side

422
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

of the bay close S of Tongue Point; the E part of the bay Coal Creek Slough
is used mostly for logging operations and log storage. 13.63
2 Local knowledge is required. 1 Small craft moorings and fuel can be obtained in Coal
Channels through the bay. John Day Channel leads Creek Slough, which enters the main channel at Stella
from Tongue Point to John Day Point, 2 miles SSE, passing (46115N, 123075W); depths over the bar are about
between Mott Island and Mott Basin. Off Lois Island, 09 m (3 ft), but deeper water extends for 3 miles above the
opposite John Day Point, the channel becomes South entrance. Power cables, with a safe overhead clearance of
Channel which follows the S shore to, and around, Settler 198 m (65 ft) cross the deeper part of the slough.
Point to Svensen (5 miles above Tongue Point). The
channel is marked by lights, beacons and buoys, throughout Fisher Island Slough
its length. 13.64
3 North Channel, marked by lights and a buoy, leads from 1 Fisher Island Slough, which leads around the N of
Tongue Point, W of Mott Island and Lois Island, to Fisher Island (4610N, 12304W), is used as the
Svensen. Above Svensen, Prairie Channel, marked by Longview Yacht Basin; depths in this channel are about
lights, beacons and buoys and subject to frequent change, 21 m (7 ft).
leads N of Karlson Island, S of Marsh Island, then follows
the S bank of the river into Clifton Channel to rejoin the LONGVIEW
river at the S extremity of Tenasillahe Island (4613N,
12327W). General information
Chart 2849
Position
Cargo terminals and small craft facilities 13.65
between Harrington Point and Longview
1 Longview (4607N, 12257W), is situated on the
Washington bank of the river, 58 miles above the entrance.
Chart 2839 (see 1.14) Lewis and Clark Bridge (13.53), with its high towers, is
Skamokawa prominent when approaching the port from either
13.59 downstream or upstream, as also are the chimneys and
1 Small craft may obtain fuel at Skamokawa which is tanks of its industrial installations.
entered from the main channel at the W end of Price Island
(4616N, 12327W); in 2000 the controlling depth was Function
03 m (1 ft), shoaling to bare, along the SE edge of the 13.66
entrance channel. 1 The port is a major port and is a port of entry. Grain,
A slipway (privately owned) is available by prior lumber products, aluminium products, steel, petroleum
arrangement. products and general cargo are handled; the lumber mills
are said to be the largest in the world. A Foreign Trade
Cathlamet Zone is established in the port.
13.60 Traffic
1 Description. Small craft berths are available at 13.67
Cathlamet (4612N, 12323W) which is approached from 1 In 2002, 321 vessels called totalling 11 259 225 dwt.
the main channel through Cathlamet Channel, a dredged
channel which leads SE for 2 miles between Hunting Port Authority
Islands and the drying banks on the N side of Puget Island, 13.68
to a fixed highway bridge at Cathlamet. Traffic is mainly 1 Port of Longview Authority, P.O. Box 1258, Longview,
fishing vessels, tows and log rafts. Washington 986320126.
2 A beacon (starboard hand) marks the channel off Ryan Website: www.portoflongview.com
Island, the S entry point, and the entrance to the basin is
marked by beacons. In 1981 the controlling depth in this Limiting conditions
channel was 3 m (10 ft); the vertical clearance under the 13.69
highway bridge is 228 m (75 ft). 1 Controlling depths. See 13.5.
Services. All the usual small craft facilities are available. Vertical clearances. See 13.53.
Tidal levels. The mean tidal range is about 10 m.
Density of water: 1000 g/cm3.
Wauna
13.61
Arrival information
1 A terminal at Wauna (4609N, 12324W), on the S 13.70
bank of the river opposite Puget Island, comprises three 1 Anchorage for deep-draught vessels may be obtained
wharves providing a total of 915 m of berthing space with NW of Lewis and Clark Bridge, on the N side of
depths alongside of from 61 to 152 m; wood chips and Slaughters Channel, as shown on the chart, in depths of
fuel oil and paper products are handled. between 91 and 116 m (30 to 38 ft); the navigable channel
must be kept clear. A secondary anchorage, SE of the
Port Westward bridge and just S of the main ship channel, may also be
13.62 used.
1 A terminal at Port Westward (4611N, 12311W), on Pilotage. See 13.11.
the S bank of the river close W of the entrance to 2 Tugs are available.
Bradbury Slough, has a berth 365 m in length, with a Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
reported depth of 122 m alongside. The berth, a former US vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
Army terminal, handles general cargo. immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are

423
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at Small craft

their berths.
Cowlitz River
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
13.76
1 Description. Cowlitz River, navigable only by small
Directions craft, flows into Columbia River on the E side of
13.71 Longview. The mouth of the river is heavily silted as a
1 The approach and entry to the river is described at 13.26 result of the volcanic eruptions of Mount St Helens in
and 13.27, and the fairway as far as Longview at 13.55. 1980. Large amounts of mud, logs, and other debris entered
Columbia River from Cowlitz River. In late 1980, dredging
was undertaken in the area but the federal project is no
Principal berths
13.72 longer maintained.
1 Alongside depths are reported depths; the port 2 Local knowledge is required; mariners are advised to
authorities should be contacted for the latest information. use extreme caution prior to entering Cowlitz River.
Vertical clearances. The minimum vertical clearance
Municipal berths under the bridges between the entrance and Ostrander,
13.73 8 miles above the mouth is 76 m (25 ft); a fixed bridge
1 There are eight deep-draught berths, with depths under construction (2002) at Kelso has a design clearance
alongside of 122 m, which extend E from Lewis and Clark of 3 m (10 ft).
Bridge for about 1 mile along the N bank of the river: Services. Some small craft berths, and fuel, are available
Berths 14: combined length 717 m; general cargo, at Kelso.
dry bulk and pellets, chemicals; cruise liners at Rainier
Berth 1. 13.77
Berth 5: length 220 m (with dolphins); petroleum 1 There is a small craft basin at Rainier; all the usual
coke. services are available. In 2002 Rainier Channel leading to
2 Berths 6 & 7: combined length 457 m; general cargo the waterfront at Rainier had a controlling depth of 73 m
and containerised cargo; Ro-Ro berth, 73 m in (24 ft) over a width of 61 m.
length, at E end of Berth 7.
Berth 8: an extension of Berths 6 and 7; length LONGVIEW TO WILLAMETTE RIVER
182 m; logs, steel and general cargo.
Berth 9: proposed vehicle import terminal upsteam General information
from Berth 8.
Chart 2849
Private berths Anchorages
13.74 13.78
1 With positions from Lewis and Clark Bridge: 1 The anchorages in this stretch of the river, as shown on
Reynolds Metal Co. Alumina Dock (2 miles NW): the chart, and which are intended primarily for
length 213 m (with dolphins); depth alongside deep-draught vessels, are as follows:
116 m; discharge of alumina. Kalama Anchorage, on the W side of the channel off
Sandy Island (4600N, 12252W).
Weyerhaeuser Co. Salt Dock (1 miles NW): length
Woodland Anchorage, on the E side of the channel
353 m (with dolphins); depth alongside 97 m; bulk
off Columbia City (4554N, 12248W).
salt.
2 Henrici Bar Anchorage, on the W side of the channel
Weyerhaeuser Co. Woodpulp Export Dock
S of Bachelor Point (4547N, 12246W); this
(1 miles NW): length 361 m (with dolphins);
anchorage is not available during the drift fishing
depth alongside 107 m; lumber, woodpulp and
season.
paper products.
Willow Bar Anchorage, on the E side of the channel
2 Weyerhaeuser Co. Wood Chip Berth (7 cables
N and S of Reeder Point (4542N, 12246W);
NW): length 293 m (with dolphins); depth
this anchorage is not available during the drift
alongside 107 m; wood chip cargoes.
fishing season.
Weyerhaeuser Co. Log Export Wharf (close W):
length 402 m (with dolphins); depth alongside Natural conditions
107 m; log cargoes. 13.79
3 The N Weyerhaeuser berths are approached through a 1 Local magnetic anomaly. See 13.50.
side channel, dredged to a depth of 104 m (34 ft) (2002), Tidal steams. The average rate of the out-going stream
on the alignment (115) of a pair of leading lights is about 2 kn; the in-going stream is seldom evident.
(privately maintained).
Landmark
13.80
Port services 1 Trojan Nuclear Power Plant (4602N, 12253W).
13.75 The cooling tower, 152 m (500 ft) high, is visible
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only; the major repair facilities for many miles both upstream and downstream.
are at Portland (13.108).
Other facilities: hospitals; limited facilities for the Directions
disposal of oily waste. (continued from 13.55)
Supplies. Bunkers available by road tanker; fresh water 13.81
on the wharves; provisions. 1 The river is well marked by leading lights, lights and
Communications. International airport at Portland, light-buoys, as shown on the chart. No directions are given
80 km distant. but a general description of the fairway is given below.

424
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Main channel alongside 122 m (40 ft); steel and other breakbulk
13.82 cargo.
1 Between Longview and Saint Helens (17 miles farther Chemical plant (close N of the town): berth 207 m in
upriver) the channel leads generally SSE, passing W of length; reported depths alongside 122 to 152 m;
Cottonwood Island, E of Sandy Island, and W of Martin discharge of chemicals.
Island and Burke Island; Lewis River flows into Columbia 3 Kalama Export Company (1 miles S of the town):
River opposite Saint Helens. Thence, from Saint Helens to berthing space 330 m; least depth alongside 122 m
Belle Vue Point (4539N, 12246W) the W entrance to alongside; grain elevator for dry bulk cargoes.
Willamette River, the channel leads generally S for Cenex/United Harvest: berthing length 256 m, depth
13 miles. alongside 122 to 137 m; dry bulk cargo.
2 There are important terminals at Kalama (13.85), There is also a barge wharf for the shipment of lumber.
Columbia City (13.86) and Saint Helens (13.87), 8, 16 and Small craft. A marina at Kalama provides all the usual
18 miles, respectively, above Lewis and Clark Bridge. services.

Carrolls Channel Columbia City

13.83 13.86
1 Carrolls Channel, which is entered from N at the mouth 1 A chemical plant at the S end of Deer Island Slough,
of Cowlitz River (13.76), leads for 4 miles E of 1 miles N of Columbia City (16 miles above Longview),
Cottonwood Island (13.82) to rejoin the main river; it is can accommodate vessels up to 107 m (35 ft) draught.
used by fishing boats and for log storage. A depth of 39 m
(13 ft) can be carried through the channel, which is Saint Helens
unmarked. 13.87
1 Position and function. There are paper and lumber
mills at Saint Helens (4552N, 12248W), 18 miles above
Multnomah Channel
Longview.
13.84
Port Authority. Port of Saint Helens, PO Box 598,
1 Multnomah Channel, which branches from the main
Saint Helens, OR 97051. Website: portsh.org
channel at Saint Helens, leads S for 19 miles, passing W of
2 Berths, which are situated in the entrance to Multnomah
Sauvie Island, to enter Willamette River, 3 miles SW of
Channel (13.84). Due to the narrowness of the channel
Belle Vue Point. The channel is used by tows and small
large vessels require the assistance of tugs.
river craft during winter when there is floe ice in the main
Pacific Western Forest Industry Dock: berthing length
channel. Depths are 61 m (20 ft) and more in both
146 m (with dolphins); depth alongside 61 m;
entrances, but decrease to 18 m (6 ft) inside the channel; a
wood chips.
fixed highway bridge near the S entrance has a vertical
Boise Cascade Corp Paper Division Dock: length
clearance of 237 m (78 ft).
250 m, depth alongside 64 m; woodpulp and paper
(Directions for Portland are given at 13.104,
products.
for North Portland Harbor at 13.127
and for Vancouver at 13.142)
Small craft facilities
13.88
Cargo terminals 1 Marinas, with all the usual services, are established in
the following places:
Kalama Saint Helens (13.87).
13.85 Ridgefield, 2 miles above the mouth of Lake River,
1 Position and function. Kalama (4601N, 12251W), entered at the N end of Batchelor Island about
lying on the E bank of the river 8 miles above Longview, 1 mile above Saint Helens; the reported controlling
has two lumber mills, and a chemical plant N of the town. depth (1973) to Ridgefield was 18 m (6 ft).
Traffic. In 2002, 202 vessels called totalling 2 Within Multnomah Channel (13.84).
9 195 224 dwt. In the channel behind an elongated island entered
Port Authority. Port of Kalama, 380 West Marine opposite Reeder Point (45425N, 122460W).
Drive, Kalama, WA 98625. Website: portofkalama.com From the entrance, marked by a buoy (starboard
2 Berths. hand), depths of 15 m (5 ft) are reported to be
North Port Marine Terminal (1 miles N of the able to be carried to the marina There is no
town): length 274 m (with dolphins); depth passage S of the marina.

WILLAMETTE RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION Portland (13.91).

Willamette River above Portland (13.114).
Charts 2849, 2531
Area covered Description
13.89 13.90
1 In this section is described the port of Portland, and the 1 Willamette River flows N through State of Oregon,
salient features on Willamette River above Portland. between Cascade Mountains (1.133) and the mountains of
It is arranged as follows: the coastal range, through the city of Portland, and enters

425
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Columbia River at Kelley Point Junction (4539N, 3 Bascule bridges (when closed): 195 m (64 ft) under
12246W), 88 miles from the mouth of Columbia River. Burnside Bascule Bridge (10 miles above the
entrance).
Lift bridges: 79 m (26 ft) under Gilsan Lift Bridge,
PORTLAND when down (10 miles above the entrance); the
clearance when the lower deck is up is 216 m
(71 ft), and when both decks are up, 49 m (161 ft).
General information For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Chart 2849 Tidal levels
Position 13.97
13.91 1 Mean tidal range is about 05 m, and the diurnal range
1 Portland (4534N, 12244W) is situated on Willamette about 07 m; the range becomes progressively smaller as
River about 10 miles above its mouth, and 98 miles above the level of the river rises.
the entrance to Columbia River. It is the largest city in
State of Oregon, and besides being the principal port on Density of water
the Columbia River system, it also one of the major ports 13.98
on the Pacific coast of the United States. 1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.
North Portland Harbor, which is described at 13.122, is
Maximum size of vessel handled
situated in Columbia River E of its junction with
13.99
Willamette River.
1 A vessel of 44 484 dwt, draught 116 m, has used the
port.
Function
13.92
1 The port is a port of call for many regular shipping lines Arrival information
13.100
engaged in both foreign and domestic trade; and is well
1 Anchorage in Willamette River may only be obtained in
equipped to handle all manner of cargoes. It is also at the
an emergency, or in inclement weather conditions. The
hub of a system of waterways extending 475 miles into the
designated anchorages, as shown on the chart, and which
interior via Willamette, Columbia and Snake Rivers. The
are intended primarily for deep-draught vessels, are in
principal commodities handled are grain, bulk minerals,
Columbia River; see 13.139.
lumber products, fish and agricultural products, cars and
Pilotage. See 13.11.
containers.
2 Tugs are available.
2 The Portland Ship Repair Yard (13.108) has facilities for
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
some of the largest vessels afloat.
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
Traffic normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
13.93 their berths.
1 In 2002, 961 vessels called totalling 29 812 098 dwt. For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Port Authority
Harbour
13.94
1 Port of Portland Commission, 700 NE Multnomah General layout
Street, PO Box 3529, Portland, Oregon 97208. 13.101
Website: portofportland.com 1 The port installations extend for about 12 miles along
both banks of Willamette River, from its entrance, as far as
Ross Island (45295N, 122398W); they are also located
Limiting conditions
in North Portland Harbor (13.122). There are five major
Controlling depths terminals operated by the port authority; Terminals Nos 2, 4
13.95 and 5 are in Willamette River, and No 6 Terminal and West
1 See 13.5. Hayden Island are in North Portland Harbor (13.128). In
addition to these port operated terminals there are numerous
privately owned piers and wharves. Small vessels and
Vertical clearances
barges are accommodated in the S part of the harbour, S of
13.96
Hawthorne Lift Bridge (45308N, 122402W), and small
1 Power cables, with a safe overhead clearance of 70 m
craft in North Portland Harbor.
(230 ft), span the river close S of the junction with
2 The Portland Ship Repair Yard is situated at Swan
Multnomah Channel, 2 miles above the entrance. The
Island, on the N bank of Willamette River, 7 miles above
twin towers supporting the cables are amongst the most
the entrance.
prominent features in the approach to Portland.
A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 375 m Measured distance
(123 ft), spans the main channel on the W side of Ross 13.102
Island (13.101). 1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running course of
2 Four fixed bridges, three lift bridges and three bascule 127307, is established on the S side of Swan Island,
bridges, span Willamette River between its entrance and as can be seen on the chart.
Ross Island.
The minimum vertical clearances under the bridges are: Climatic table
Fixed bridges: 274 m (90 ft) over the central 100 m 13.103
(330 ft) under Ross Island Bridge. 1 See 1.200 and 1.220.

426
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Fremont Bridge

Willamette River at Portland from NNW (13.101)

(Original dated 1988)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

Directions both with depths of 122 m alongside, stand on the

13.104 S side of this terminal.
1 The approach and entry to the Columbia River is 2 Terminal No 2 (4533N, 12242W), on the S bank
described at 13.26 and 13.27, and the fairway as far as of the river: four multi purpose berths, and a barge
Willamette River at 13.55 and 13.81. berth, providing 820 m of berthing space; depths
In the vicinity of Post Office Bar Range, on the W side alongside 61 to 122 m; container, Ro-Ro, logs,
of Willamette River 2 miles inside the entrance, lumber, paper products and reefer cargoes.
deep-draught vessels favour the W side of the fairway, Terminal No 6 (in North Portland Harbor): see
whilst smaller vessels, and tows usually hug the E side 13.128).
where there is less current.
Private berths
13.107
Principal berths 1 There are about 25 privately owned berths on both banks
13.105 of Willamette River variously equipped to handle petroleum
1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the products, chemicals, asphalt and creosote, grain, cement,
port authorities should be contacted for the latest alumina, natural gas and steel products; depths alongside
information. vary between 76 to 128 m.

Port services
Municipal berths
13.106 Repairs
1 With positions from N to S: 13.108
Terminal No 5 (45385N, 122463W), on the E 1 Portland Ship Repair Yard on Swan Island (4534N,
bank of the river: length 253 m with dolphins; 12243W) and in the adjacent Swan Island Basin, has the
depth alongside 122 m; grain terminal and bulk capacity to carry out all manner of repairs. There are three
minerals, leased to Portland Bulk Terminals. floating dry docks, 1830 m of repair berths with depths
Terminal No 4 (45363N, 122465W), on the E alongside of 122 m, and over 900 m of berthing space for
bank of the river: five piers with ten berths vessels laid up.
providing 1370 m of berthing space; depths 2 Largest floating dry dock: length 2993 m; extreme
alongside 10 to 122 m; general, dry bulk, grain, breadth 704 m; lifting capacity 87 000 tons;
container and Ro-Ro cargoes. A berth, 410 m in vessels up to LOA 3353 m, breadth 564 m,
length, for steel products, and a dedicated car draught 108 m, 262 376 dwt, can be
berth, 324 m in length with dolphins and floats, accommodated.

427
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

3 There are several smaller repair yards on the river with Vertical clearances
slipways and facilities to carry out all manner of repairs to 13.116
small vessels; a yard on the E bank, close N of St Johns 1 The minimum safe overhead clearance under the power
Bridge (4535N, 12246W), has a slipway which can cables spanning the river between Portland and Newberg is
accommodate vessels up to 60 m in length. one of 22 m (72 ft) over Willamette Falls Canal.
Eight fixed bridges span the river between Ross Island
Other facilities Bridge at Portland (13.96), and Newberg. The least vertical
13.109 clearance is one of 207 m (68 ft) under the main span of
1 Reception of oily waste; hospitals; salvage equipment; the bridge 42 miles above the mouth of the river in the
specialised lifting equipment, including 175 ton mobile approach to Newberg.
crane; compass adjustment. For remarks on clearances see 13.6.

Supplies
Cable Ferries
13.110
13.117
1 Provisions and stores; fuel oil, diesel oil, and lube oils
1 A cable ferry crosses the river about 1 mile above
by barge; fresh water at most berths.
Walnut Eddy, situated 29 miles above the mouth of the
Communications river. When the ferry is underway the cable is suspended
13.111 below the water at varying depths; when docked the cable
1 Portland International Airport, 3 km N of the city of lies on the bottom. No attempt should be made to pass a
moving ferry.
Portland.
Cable ferries also cross the river above Newberg at
Marine Safety Office Wheatland and Buena Vista, situated 63 and 92 miles,
13.112 respectively, above the mouth of the river.
1 The Coast Guard maintain a Marine Safety Office,
which combines the functions of Captain of the Port and Willamette Falls Canal
Marine Inspection Office, together with a Vessel 13.118
Documentation Office, in the NW corner of Swan Island 1 Willamette Falls Canal is situated on the W bank of the
Basin (13.108). river 22 miles above its mouth. It has four locks with a
total lift of 152 m (50 ft); the useable dimensions of the
locks are length 533 m, breadth 113 m, depths over the
Small craft sills at LW 18 m. Downriver traffic from the paper mills is
13.113
1 Most of the small craft facilities, including nearly all the heavy during weekdays.
moorings, are to be found in North Portland Harbor; see
(13.130).
Terminals and small craft facilities

WILLAMETTE RIVER ABOVE PORTLAND Terminals

13.119
1 Between Portland and Oregon City most of the terminals
General information are privately owned paper mills and fuel reception facilities
US Chart 18528 served by barge traffic. Above Willamette Falls are smaller,
Navigation privately owned wharves, and natural landings. The
13.114 principal wharves are (with distances above the mouth of
1 Local knowledge is required. the river):
Navigation of the river above Portland is hazardous due Crown Zellerbeck Co Wharf (18 miles), on the W
to rocks, shoaling bars and strong currents; mid-channel bank of the river, with a wharf 256 m in length,
courses are recommended. Chart coverage extends only to and a reported depth of 91 m alongside; loading
Newberg, 43 miles above the mouth of the river; though of wood chips.
well marked by navigational aids many of the daybeacons A timber wharf, 259 m in length, on the E side of
are seasonal, and above Newberg are not maintained. Willamette Falls Canal (22 miles).
2 Between Newberg and Corvallis, the practical head of
navigation for small craft, which stands 114 miles above Small craft facilities
the mouth of the river, the river is more tortuous and 13.120
twisting but is not considered too difficult for the small 1 All the usual small craft facilities can be found at the
craft that use this section; navigation above Corvallis is following locations (with distances from the mouth of the
dangerous and should not be attempted. river):
3 Portland Coast Guard should be contacted for the latest In the vicinity of Selwood Fixed Highway Bridge
information concerning navigation on the river above (14 miles); public moorings.
Salem, capital of the State of Oregon, which is situated Oregon City (22 miles); marina with 350 berths.
74 miles above the mouth of the river. Willamette (24 miles); marina with 50 berths.
There are locks at Willamette Falls Canal (13.118) at 2 Shank Landing (29 miles); alongside mooring.
Oregon City, 22 miles above the mouth of the river. Wilsonville (34 miles); marina with 115 berths.
Butteville (37 miles); marina with 35 berths.
Hazards Salem (74 miles); several marinas.
13.115 Corvallis (114 miles at limit of navigation);
1 Logs and deadheads; see 13.9. mooring, limited facilities.

428
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

COLUMBIA RIVER ABOVE THE JUNCTION WITH WILLAMETTE RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION Arrival information
13.126
Chart 2849 1 Anchorages. The designated anchorages, as shown on
Area covered the chart, and which are intended primarily for
13.121 deep-draught vessels, are as for Vancouver; see 13.139.
1 In this section are described North Portland Harbor, the Pilotage. See 13.11.
port of Vancouver, and the salient features on Columbia Tugs are available.
River above Vancouver.
It is arranged as follows: Directions
North Portland Harbor (13.122). 13.127
Vancouver (13.131). 1 The approach and entry to Columbia River is described
Columbia River above Vancouver (13.148). at 13.26 and 13.27, and the fairway as far as Willamette
River at 13.55 and 13.81.
The deep-draught berths are situated at the W entrance
to the harbour and are approached directly from the main
NORTH PORTLAND HARBOR channel.
2 The small craft facilities at the E end of the harbour are
approached, from a position 7 cables ENE of Tomahawk
General information Island, through a channel on the alignment (241) of a pair
of leading lights.
Chart 2849
Description Berths
13.122 13.128
1 North Portland Harbor is that channel of Columbia River 1 Terminal No 6 (45384N, 122447W): a container
which leads between Hayden Island (4538N, 12243W), terminal comprising three berths with a total length of
and the Oregon shore to SW. The deep-draught facilities lie 870 m; depths alongside 122 m.
at the W entrance to the harbour; the E part of the harbour, Car terminals: A major car import facility, comprising
formed by Tomahawk Island, joined to Hayden Island by a two floating docks with berthing lengths of 290 and 280 m,
narrow neck of land, is occupied by numerous small craft depths alongside 107 m, and storage for 15 000 cars, is
berths. situated SE of Terminal No 6.
Marine strategic reserve cargo facilities are at a terminal
on the W end of Hayden Island. Port services
13.129
Port Authority 1 As for Portland; see 13.108.
13.123
1 See 13.94. Small craft
13.130
1 The E side of North Portland Harbor provides most of
Limiting conditions the small craft facilities, including nearly all the moorings,
in the Portland and Vancouver areas; these facilities extend
along the S bank of Columbia River from the vicinity of
Controlling depths the Interstate Bridge (45364N, 122410W) to the W end
13.124
of Government Island (6 miles E) and include both sides of
1 West entrance. Project depths are 122 m (40 ft) in a
Tomahawk Island.
turning basin off the W entrance and for a distance of
2 All the usual services are available including repair
about 1 miles inside the entrance, thence 61 m (20 ft) for facilities for craft up to 17 m in length, 5 m in breadth, and
about 2 miles farther into the harbour. 70 tons displacement.
East entrance. The project depth in the E entrance
channel is 3 m (10 ft) as far as the E end of Tomahawk
Island. VANCOUVER
The chart, and the port authorities, should be consulted
for the latest information. General information
Chart 2849
Vertical clearances Position
13.125 13.131
1 Power cables, with a safe overhead clearance of 488 m 1 Vancouver (4538N, 12240W), is situated on the
(160 ft), span the harbour 1 miles inside the W entrance. Washington side of Columbia River, 92 miles above the
Two bridges span the harbour between Hayden Island entrance. North Portland Harbor, which is described at
and the Oregon shore: 13.122, extends along the Oregon bank of the river
Burlington Northern Railroad Bridge (4537N, opposite Vancouver.
12242W): a swing bridge with a vertical
clearance, when closed, of 119 m (39 ft). Function
2 Interstate Highway Bridge (9 cables farther ESE): a 13.132
fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 107 m 1 Vancouver is the outlet for a large lumber producing
(35 ft). section of SW Washington, and is a distribution point for
For remarks on clearances see 13.6. much of the grain produced in the States of Washington

429
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

and Oregon. In addition, bauxite, paper products, petroleum normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
products, fertilizers, steel, chemicals, cars and general their berths.
cargo, are amongst other commodities handled. For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.

Traffic Harbour
13.133
1 In 2002, 647 vessels called totalling 22 257 837 dwt. General layout
13.140
Port Authority 1 From Kelley Point (4539N, 12246W), at the junction
13.134 with Willamette River, the main channel of Columbia River
1 Port of Vancouver Commissioners, 3103 Lower River favours the Washington shore from Mathews Point
Road, P.O. Box 1180, Vancouver, Washington 986661180. (7 cables E of Kelley Point) to Ryan Point, 5 miles farther
Website: portvanusa.com ESE, passing N of Hayden Island and Tomahawk Island;
Ryan Point, once a shipyard, is now an industrial park. The
Limiting conditions principal berths extend along the Washington shore from
Mathews Point to the Burlington Railroad Swing Bridge,
Controlling depths 2 miles ESE.
13.135 2 North of Tomahawk Island an alternate barge channel
1 See 13.5. leads 1 miles ESE from Vancouver Upper Turning Basin
to rejoin the main channel off Ryan Point.
Vertical clearances
13.136 Measured distance
1 Power cables, with a minimum safe overhead clearance 13.141
of 67 m (220 ft), span Vancouver Upper Channel 1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running course of
(45383N, 122430W) between the Vancouver shore and 125, is established on the N side of Hayden Island, as can
Hayden Island. be seen on the chart.
Burlington Northern Railroad Bridge (45375N,
122415W): a swing bridge with a vertical Directions
clearance, when closed, of 119 m (39 ft) over 13.142
Vancouver Upper Turning Basin. 1 The approach and entry to Columbia River is described
2 Interstate Highway Bridge (8 cables farther ESE): at 13.26 and 13.27, and the fairway as far as Willamette
the N section of the bridge has twin lift spans with River at 13.55 and 13.81.
a vertical clearance, when down, of 119 m (39 ft), From the vicinity of Belle Vue Point (4539N,
and 543 m (178 ft) when up, and twin fixed spans 12246W) the fairway, marked by a light and a light-buoy,
with a clearance of 177 m (58 ft) at the centre, leads ESE, passing N of Hayden Island Anchorage (13.139)
and 14 m (46 ft) elsewhere, where the bridge spans to Vancouver Upper Channel, thence to Vancouver Lower
the alternate barge channel. Turning Basin.
The bridge controllers can be contacted on VHF Radio.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6. Principal berths
13.143
Tidal levels 1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
13.137 port authorities should be contacted for the latest
1 The diurnal tidal range is about 07 m when the river is information.
low; this becomes progressively smaller as the level of the Municipal berths
river rises. 13.144
1 Nos 8 & 9 Berths (45383N, 122425W): length
Density of water
380 m with dolphins; depth alongside 122 m; containers,
13.138
general cargo, steel and lumber.
1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.
No 7 Berth (close E): length 218 m with dolphins; depth
alongside 122 m; dry bulk cargoes.
Arrival information Nos 14 Berths (5 cables ESE of Nos 8 & 9 Berths):
13.139 length 533 m with dolphins, depth alongside 122 m;
1 Anchorages. The designated anchorages, which are containers, general cargo, dry bulk cargo, Ro-Ro cargo,
shown on the chart, and which are intended primarily for cars.
deep-draught vessels, are (positioned from Kelley Point
(4539N, 12246W): Private berths
Kelley Point Anchorage (2 cables E); on the S side of 13.145
Vancouver Lower Channel. 1 Alcoa Alumina Wharf (45387N, 122440W): length
2 Hayden Island Anchorage (1 miles ESE); between 256 m with dolphins; depth alongside 122 m; discharge of
Hayden Island and the S side of Vancouver Range. alumina.
Light-buoys A and B (special) are moored in this Oil Terminal Dock (45381N, 122421W) (close ESE
anchorage, 1 and 1 miles ESE, respectively, of of No 7 Berth): length 167 m with dolphins; depth
Kelley Point. alongside 97 m; petroleum products, liquid fertilizers.
Pilotage. See 13.11. Grain Elevator Wharf (45378N, 122415W): length
3 Tugs are available. 217 m; depth alongside 122 m; bulk grain.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed, Ideal Cement Pier (45375N, 122411W): length
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs, 198 m with dolphins; depth alongside 107 m; petroleum
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are products.

430
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Port services stands in a State Park on the Washington bank opposite

Warrendale.
13.146
1 Repairs. No facilities except for minor repairs; vessels Natural conditions
use the facilities at Portland (13.108). 13.153
Other facilities. Limited facilities for the reception of 1 Local magnetic anomaly. Differences of up to 8 from
oily waste; garbage disposal; hospitals. the normal variation have been reported between Point
Supplies. Provisions and stores; fuel oil, diesel oil, and Vancouver (18 miles above Vancouver) and Tunnel Point
lube oils by barge or road tanker; fresh water at most (7 cables SSW).
berths. 2 Currents flow at a considerable rate along the main
Communications. Portland International Airport, 16 km channel, with an increased rate in the approaches to
distant. Bonneville Dam. Exceptions are at the bend in the channel
at Washougal Light No 50 (14 miles above Vancouver)
where a NW set prevails, SW of Cape Horn (21 miles
Small craft above Vancouver), where a W set prevails, and between
13.147
1 The facilities for small craft are concentrated on the N Fashion Reef and Multnomah Falls (25 miles above
side of Tomahawk Island, in North Portland Harbor, and Vancouver), where a S set prevails.
along the Oregon bank of the river E of Tomahawk Island; 3 Weather. Between Corbett (18 miles above Vancouver)
see 13.130. and The Dalles (56 miles upriver) the river flows between
the Cascade Mountains (1.133). Along this stretch winds of
considerable force prevail during much of the time; in
COLUMBIA RIVER ABOVE VANCOUVER general they blow upstream in summer and downstream in
winter. Daily peak wind speeds vary from 6 to 42 kn, but
gusts to 76 kn have been recorded.
General information
Vertical clearances
US Chart 18531 13.154
Description 1 Power cables: minimum safe overhead clearance is
13.148 405 m (133 ft) under five power cables over the channel at
1 Traffic on the river above Vancouver consists mainly of Lady Island (12 miles above Vancouver).
barges and pleasure craft. A succession of locks and dams Fixed bridge: minimum vertical clearance is 414 m
on the river facilitates navigation as far as the town of (136 ft), 439 m (144 ft) for centre 91 m (300 ft), under the
Richland about 195 miles above Vancouver. Snake River highway bridge at Government Island (6 miles above
(13.172), which flows into Columbia River just below Vancouver).
Richland, is navigable for 119 miles as far as Lewiston in For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Idaho.
2 There are locks on Columbia River at Bonneville Dam Camas
(13.156), The Dalles Dam (13.161), John Day Dam 13.155
(13.164) and McNary Dam (13.168), 34, 74, 96 and 1 Camas, on the Washington side of the river 12 miles
162 miles, respectively, above Vancouver; levels on Snake above Vancouver, is the site of a large paper mill which
River are controlled by four sets of locks (13.172). maintains a wharf in Camas Slough, N of Lady Island. The
W entrance to the slough has depths of about 24 m (8 ft),
Controlling depths but the E entrance is foul and dries. A bridge across the W
13.149 part of Camas Slough has a vertical clearance of 21 m
1 See 13.5. (69 ft).
2 A marina, just E of Camas, has 250 berths; all the usual
Hazards services are available, including a 12 ton hoist which can
13.150 handle craft up to 13 m in length.
1 See 13.9.
Bonneville Lock and Dam
Pilotage 13.156
13.151 1 Bonneville Lock and Dam, 126 miles above Columbia
1 Local knowledge is required. River entrance, is in four parts. Powerhouse No 2 is
between the Washington shore and Cascade Island; the
Vancouver to Bonneville Dam spillway is between Cascade Island and Bradford Island;
Powerhouse No 1 and the old lock are between Bradford
Description Island and Robins Island; the new lock is between Robins
13.152 Island and the Oregon shore. The areas above and below
1 From Vancouver (4538N, 12240W) to Bonneville the spillway and No 1 Powerhouse are restricted areas. The
Dam, 34 miles upriver, Columbia River passes through the old lock, though not presently used, is maintained for
impressive Columbia River Gorge, flanked at each side by subsequent use.
railways and highways. 2 Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; breadth 26 m;
Navigation is influenced by strong currents, rocks and vertical lift 18 m.
rocky banks, winds and ice, the latter which may be Caution. Due to the strong downstream current setting
encountered in January or February. towards Powerhouse No 1, craft approaching the lock from
2 Near Warrendale (31 miles above Vancouver) the river E should steer as close to the Oregon shore as is prudent
narrows considerably and remains so as far as the and, providing the lock entrance is prepared, should
approaches to Bonneville Dam; Beacon Rock, 256 m high, proceed at a minimum speed conducive with safe handling.

431
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

Bonneville Dam to The Dalles Dam 2 The Dalles Lock and Dam, 166 miles above the entrance
to Columbia River, is entered on the Washington bank of
Navigation the river, 1 mile E of The Dalles; there is a single lift lock
13.157 with a vertical lift of 267 m (87 ft). The area above and
1 From Bonneville to The Dalles, the channel is through below the slipway is a restricted area.
the pool created by Bonneville Dam which extends Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; width 26 m; and
40 miles E to The Dalles Dam. depth over the sill at normal level of 61 m.
Although there are considerable depths in much of the
pool, the controlling depth in this section is 61 m (20 ft); The Dalles Dam to John Day Dam
the channels are marked by navigational aids.
2 Caution. Currents are strong in this section and Navigation
vigilance at the helm is required to maintain the vessels 13.162
position in the fairway. 1 The relevant United States small craft charts should be
obtained for the Columbia River, and its tributaries, as far
Local magnetic anomaly as Pasco.
13.158 The pool created by The Dalles Dam is called Lake
1 Differences of up to 6 from the normal variation have Celilo, and provides slack water navigation to John Day
been observed in this section of the river. Dam; the normal pool level is 49 m (160 ft) above MSL.
The channel through Lake Celilo is well marked, and has a
controlling depth of 43 m (14 ft) to John Day Dam,
Vertical clearances
22 miles above The Dalles Dam.
13.159
1 Power cables: minimum safe overhead clearance is Vertical clearances
472 m (155 ft) under the cables at Stanley Rock (23 miles 13.163
above Bonneville Dam), and at Crates Point, 13 miles 1 The minimum vertical clearance is 61 m (20 ft), when
farther upstream. down, at the railway bridge 7 miles above The Dalles Dam;
Fixed bridges: minimum vertical clearance is 305 m the clearance when up is 24 m (79 ft).
(100 ft) under the highway bridge at The Dalles Lock. For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Bridge of the Gods (2 miles above Bonneville Dam) has
a vertical clearance of 41 m (135 ft) for centre width of John Day Dam
86 m (284 ft). 13.164
2 Lift bridge: minimum safe overhead clearance is 204 m 1 John Day Dam, 188 miles above the mouth of Columbia
(67 ft) when down, and 451 m (148 ft) when up, at the River, is the largest of the Columbia River dams. It is a
highway bridge at Hood River (22 miles above Bonneville single lift lock with a vertical lift of 32 m (105 ft).
Dam) (13.160). Restricted areas are above and below the dam.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6. Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; width 26 m.
Caution. A rock awash, marked by a light and sign, in
Small craft facilities the E approach to the lock.
13.160
1 (Distances given above Bonneville Dam). John Day Dam to McNary Dam
Hood River (22 miles), in Oregon, lies at the junction of
Hood and Columbia Rivers and has two basins. The E Navigation
basin can accommodate about 55 craft; the W basin is used 13.165
for repairs to barges and tugs. 1 John Day Dam created Lake Umatilla, which has a
2 Bingen (23 miles), in Washington, has two basins; the E normal level of 80 m (265 ft) above MSL and extends
basin can accommodate about 20 craft. 65 miles to McNary Dam; depths are generally deep but
The Dalles (39 miles above Bonneville Dam) (13.161), there are many shoals. The winding channel through the
has a small craft basin protected by a breakwater and a lake has a controlling depth of about 58 m (19 ft), and is
sheer boom. marked by navigational aids.
3 All the usual services are available in the above basins. Vertical clearances
In addition small craft may obtain shelter in the 13.166
following inlets: 1 Power cables: minimum safe overhead clearance is
Rock Creek (4 miles); bridge clearance 55 m (18 ft). 25 m (82 ft) under the cables close above the highway
Government Cove (5 miles). bridges (see below).
Wind River (8 miles); bridge clearance 79 m (26 ft). Bridges: minimum vertical clearance is 216 m (71 ft) at
4 Drano Lake (14 miles); bridge clearance 46 m the fixed parallel highways bridges just above Umatilla,
(15 ft). 62 miles above John Day Dam (13.167).
Rushton (18 miles). For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
White Salmon River (21 miles); bridge clearance
79 m (26 ft). Small craft facilities
13.167
The Dalles and The Dalles Lock and Dam 1 (Distances given above John Day Dam).
13.161 John Day River Recreation Area (2 miles);
1 The Dalles, on the Oregon side of the river, has a wharf accommodation for 40 craft, bridge vertical clearance 58 m
over 305 m in length, with depths of 61 m alongside; (19 ft).
petroleum products, bulk grain and fruit cargoes are Arlington (21 miles); moorings and a ramp.
handled. The Dalles Municipal Airport stands on the Boardman (45 miles); basin protected by a breakwater
Washington bank of the river. and a jetty.

432
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

2 Umatilla (62 miles); basin with accommodation for 2 Locks. There are single lift locks at (distances above
125 craft. junction at Pasco):
All the usual services are available in the above basins. Ice Harbor Lock and Dam (8 miles); vertical lift
about 30 m (100 ft); provides depths of 3 m (10 ft),
McNary Lock and Dam or more, to Lower Monumental Dam.
13.168 Lower Monumental Lock and Dam (36 miles);
1 McNary Lock and Dam, 254 miles above the mouth of vertical lift about 30 m (100 ft).
Columbia River, just above Umatilla, has a single lift lock Little Goose Lock and Dam (61 miles); vertical lift
with a vertical lift of about 23 m (75 ft). The dam raises about 30 m.
the water level to a normal level of 103 m above MSL. A Lower Granite Lock and Dam (93 miles); lock
restricted area lies above the dam. dimensions, length 205 m, width 26 m.
Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; width 26 m. 3 Vertical clearances. The river is crossed by several
bridges, both fixed and lift, and by overhead power cables.
McNary Dam to the head of navigation The least clearances are:
Burlington Northern Railroad Lift Bridge at the
Navigation mouth of the river; 43 m (14 ft) when down, and
13.169 183 m (60 ft) when up.
1 Lake Wallula, the pool created by McNary Dam, Highway Lift bridge between Lewiston and Clarkston;
provides slack water navigation from McNary Dam to the 3 m (10 ft) when down, 128 m (42 ft) when up.
junction with Yakima River, 37 miles upstream. Depths in 4 Three fixed bridges between Lower Monumental Dam
the lake are generally deep, but there are shoal spots; and Little Goose Dam; 158 m (52 ft).
depths range from 43 m to 35 m (14 to 115 ft). The The least clearance under power cables is 131 m
channel is marked by navigational aids as far as Richland, (43 ft) under the cables spanning the river between
about 40 miles above the McNary Dam, which is the its mouth and Ice Harbor Lock and Dam.
practical head of navigation; Priest Rapid Dam, 68 miles For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
above McNary Dam, is the head of navigation. 5 Small craft facilities. Except at Lewiston and Clarkston,
where there are several marinas providing all the usual
Terminals between McNary Dam and Snake River services, there are few facilities for small craft on the river.
13.170
1 There are important grain terminals at (distances above Pasco-Kennewick-Richland
McNary Dam): 13.173
Port of Umatilla (close above). 1 Description. Pasco, on the N side of Columbia River,
Port Kelley (16 miles). 286 miles above its mouth and 32 miles above McNary
Port of Walla Walla (18 miles). Dam, with Kennewick on the S side of the river opposite,
and Richland, close upriver, together form an area which is
Vertical clearances the most important barging centre above Portland. Traffic
13.171 comprises mainly petroleum products inbound from
1 A railway lift bridge 27 miles above McNary Dam has a Portland, and grain outbound to Portland and Vancouver.
clearance of 33 m (11 ft) when down, and 22 m (72 ft) The Port of Pasco is a municipal corporation with a Board
when up. A racon transmits from the bridge. of Commissioners; in addition to the marine terminal there
For remarks on clearances see 13.6. is an industrial park and an airport. There are wharves at
Pasco and Kennewick; the wharf at Pasco is 245 m in
Snake River length with depths of 49 m alongside.
13.172 2 Vertical clearances. Four bridges span the river in this
1 Description. Snake River, entered 283 miles above the area. The railway lift bridge has a clearance of 55 m
mouth of Columbia River, rises in Yellowstone National (18 ft) when down, and 213 m (70 ft) when up; the least
Park, from which it winds S past the Grand Tetons and clearance under the three fixed highway bridges W of this
thence for some 868 miles to its junction with Columbia lift bridge is 149 m (49 ft). The overhead power cable in
River at Pasco (13.173). The river is navigable for about this area has a clearance of 165 m (54 ft).
119 miles from its mouth to Lewiston, in the State of 3 For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Idaho. Barge wharves and grain terminals at Clarkston Small craft facilities are available in boat basins at
(Washington), and Lewiston, serve the agricultural and Pasco and Kennewick, and at Columbia Park Recreation
logging communities in the region. Area at Richland; all the usual services are available.

433
Home Contents Index

Chapter 14 - Columbia River to Cape Flattery

30 125 30 124 30
30 30

Cape Flattery

14.69

4947

48 4945 48

W A S H I N G T O N

30 30
14.55

47 47
Grays
Harbor
14.22

3125

Willapa
Bay

14.8

30 30

3124

Columbia River

2942

46 46
30 Longitude 125 West from Greenwich 124 30

March 2004

434
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14
COLUMBIA RIVER TO CAPE FLATTERY

GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2940 2 All vessels, including barges, carrying cargoes of oil or
Scope of the chapter hazardous materials, and all vessels of 1600 gt and over
14.1 solely in transit, should avoid the area bounded by the
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coast of following coordinates:
Washington from Cape Disappointment (4616N, 48233N, 124382W
12405W), the N entrance point to Columbia River, to 48242N, 124382W
Cape Flattery (4823N, 12444W), at the entrance to Juan 48262N, 124447W
de Fuca Strait, about 130 miles NNW. Included in the 48262N, 124528W
description are Willapa Bay (4640N, 12400W) (14.13), 48247N, 124557W
Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) (14.22), the only 47517N, 125155W
deep-draught harbour on this stretch of coast, and the small 47077N, 124475W
craft harbour of La Push (4754N, 12439W) (14.61). 47077N, 124110W
2 It is arranged as follows: 3 This area to be avoided does not apply to any warship,
Cape Disappointment to Grays Harbor (14.8). naval auxiliary, barge (whether towed by a government or
Grays Harbor (14.22). commercial tug), or other vessel owned or operated by a
Grays Harbor to Quillayute River (14.55). Contracting Government and used, for the time being, only
Quillayute River to Cape Flattery (14.69). on government non-commercial services.
For further information on marine sanctuaries see 1.45.
Hazards 14.5
14.2 1 Restricted area (for Makah whale hunting), as shown
1 Exercise areas. From a position about 10 miles N of on the chart, has been established inshore of the TSS from
Point Brown (4656N, 12410W), as far as Cape Alava Hand Rock (4802N, 12443W) (14.78) round Cape
(4810N, 12444W), a United States Navy Flattery to Waadah Island (4823N, 12636W). When
operating/exercise area extends parallel to the coast from restrictions are in force broadcasts will be made on VHF
3 miles offshore to about 50 miles offshore. A localised channel 16. See also Appendix V.
area is situated between the entrance to Raft River Rescue
(4728N, 12420W) and Sealion Rock (2 miles WSW) 14.6
(14.59). Naval vessels, including submarines in the N part 1 Coast Guard Stations are situated at:
of the main area, may be encountered manoeuvring in these Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) (14.46).
areas. La Push (4755N, 12438W) (14.65).
2 Underwater tracking range. A United States Navy For services provided see 1.62.
underwater tracking range is established W of Queets River
(4732N, 12421W). Submarine cables, shown on the Local weather
chart, suspended several feet above the ocean bed, over an 14.7
area about 1 mile wide, extend about 8 miles SW from the 1 Winds from between E and SE predominate in winter,
vicinity of Kalaloch Rocks, a group of low, flat rocks, and from between N and NW in summer.
4 miles N of Queets River. Mariners should avoid The weather along this coast is usually mild, windy and
anchoring or trawling in this area. rainy in winter, cool and pleasant in the summer, with
some periods of fog. Close inshore, particularly in Willapa
Vessel Traffic Service Bay and Grays Harbor, wind and fog conditions are often
14.3 local and are different from conditions offshore. Radiation
1 Cooperative Vessel Traffic Service (CVTS), managed fog is prevalent in autumn and winter in the bays, as well
jointly by the United States and Canada, is established in as off the rivers and salient points along the coast; it can
Juan de Fuca Strait and its approaches. The system is form at any time when nights are calm and clear. Summer
mandatory and is intended to enhance safe and expeditious is the worst period for fog with the most affected areas
vessel movement, and to minimise risk of pollution to the being Grays Harbor and the entrance to Juan de Fuca
marine environment. In the area covered by this volume the Strait.
S boundary of the reporting area is 48N, and the W
boundary 127W. CAPE DISAPPOINTMENT
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals TO GRAYS HARBOR
Volume 6(5). See also Appendix III.
General information
Traffic regulations Chart 2940
14.4 Route
1 Area to be avoided. In order to reduce the risk of 14.8
marine casualty and resulting pollution and damage to the 1 From the approaches to Columbia River (4615N,
environment of the Olympic Coast National Marine 12405W) to those of Grays Harbor, the route leads N for
Sanctuary, an Area to be Avoided has been established off about 40 miles passing W of the entrance to Willapa Bay.
the Washington coast, as shown on the chart. All charted dangers lie inside the 36 m (20 fm) depth

435
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

contour which runs parallel to the coast at a distance of Willapa Bay

between 5 and 6 miles offshore.
Chart 2940 (see 1.14)
Description
Topography 14.13
14.9 1 Willapa Bay (4640N, 12400W), with its various
1 The coast between Cape Disappointment (4616N, tributaries, is frequented mainly by fishing boats and small
12405W) (13.20) and the S entrance point to Willapa craft, and has extensive areas of oyster beds. It is entered
Bay, 22 miles N, consists of a narrow strip of sandy beach, between Leadbetter Point (4638N, 12404W), a low and
with sandy ridges about 6 m high, fringing North Beach bare point at the extremity of North Beach Peninsula
Peninsula, which bounds the S part of Willapa Bay. The (14.9), and Cape Shoalwater (about 5 miles N), which
peninsula is covered with trees to within 2 miles of the terminates in a bluff about 15 m high; the cape is sandy,
entrance to the bay; the termination of the tree line is and the N part is covered with trees to within 1 cables of
sharply defined. There are numerous summer resorts and its extremity. In contrast to North Beach Peninsula, the N
residences along the beach, but few distinguishable shore of the entrance is marked by wooded bluffs and
landmarks. ridges up to 150 m high. In the daytime, scars on the cliffs
2 From the N entrance to Willapa Bay to the S entrance to are prominent. The shores of the bay elsewhere are
Grays Harbor, 11 miles N, the coast comprises a low sand composed of rolling hills, from 30 to 60 m high, covered
beach backed by a heavy growth of timber. with a dense growth of timber.
2 The bay consists of two arms. The S arm is about
18 miles long, and the E arm is about 10 miles long. Both
Principal marks arms are filled with extensive shallow flats, of which large
14.10 areas dry, and which are intersected by channels leading to
1 Landmarks: the numerous rivers and streams flowing into the bay. Long
North Head Lighthouse (4618N, 12405W) (13.24). Island, a high, wooded island over 30 m high, is the
Grays Harbor Lighthouse (white octagonal pyramidal dominant feature in the head of the S arm.
tower, 33 m in height) (4653N, 12407W). 3 The most important river is Willapa River which flows
Saddle Hill (4704N, 12407W). into the head of the E arm; the town of South Bend is on
Major lights: the S side of this river about 18 miles above the entrance
North Head Light (4618N, 12405W) (13.24). to the bay, and Raymond, the principal town in the bay, is
Grays Harbor Light as above. situated at the junction of South Fork and North Fork,
3 miles farther upriver. Willapa Harbor Airport stands on
the N bank of the river towards the head of the E arm in
Other navigational aids the approaches to South Bend.
14.11
1 Racons. Limiting conditions
CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W). 14.14
GH Light-buoy (4652N, 12414W). 1 Controlling depths. The project depth is 79 m (26 ft)
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. over the bar, and 73 m (24 ft) from the deep water in
Willapa Bay, along Willapa River, to the forks of the river
at Raymond; the bar channel is constantly shifting and
depths over it vary from season to season. Owing to these
frequent changes in the position of the bar channel, and the
Directions difficulty in dredging, actual depths are consistently less
(continued from 12.141)
14.12 than the project depths.
1 From a position W of CR Light-buoy (4611N, 2 The port authorities should be consulted for the latest
12411W) (13.26) the passage leads N, passing (with depths.
positions from North Head Light (4618N, 12405W)): Vertical clearance. Power cables spanning the river
between South Bend and Raymond have a safe overhead
W of the spoil ground (5 miles SW) (13.26),
clearance of 503 m (165 ft). There are fixed bridges above
thence:
the junction of North and South Forks.
W of a dangerous wreck (3 miles WNW).
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
2 The passage continues (with positions from Grays
range about 26 m; mean neap range about 15 m.
Harbor Light (4653N, 12407W)):
W of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
(13 miles SSW), lying off the entrance to Arrival information
Willapa Bay (14.13), thence: 14.15
W of W Light-buoy (safe water) (9 miles SSW), 1 Pilotage. Local knowledge is required. Pilots, if
thence: required, are arranged through Grays Harbor Pilot
3 Clear of a light-buoy (special) (14.41) (5 miles Association (14.34).
WSW) moored in the approach to Grays Harbor, Tugs can be arranged in advance from Grays Harbor
and clear of GH Light-buoy (5 miles WSW); a (14.34).
submerged buoy with a depth of 42 ft over it, Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Willapa Bay
position approximate, lies between the two within a line drawn 170 from Cape Shoalwater to
light-buoys. Leadbetter Point; see Appendix VII.
(Directions continue for Grays Harbor at Customs. South Bend and Raymond are customs ports
14.41 and coastal passage at 14.59) of entry.

436
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

Tidal streams Services. Minor repairs only, slipway at South Bend can
14.16 accommodate craft up to 20 m in length; hospitals; small
1 The average rate of the tidal streams at the entrance is craft moorings; diesel fuel; fresh water; provisions; local
about 2 kn, but rates of from 4 to 6 kn occur at times; airport.
the strongest rate being on the out-going tide with a S
wind. Small craft facilities
In the channel at South Bend the rates are 1 and 1 kn 14.20
on the in-going and out-going streams, respectively. 1 Tokeland situated on Toke Point (4642N, 12358W) is
a summer resort. A small craft basin on the N side of the
point is approached through a dredged channel. The
Directions entrance to the basin is marked on its N side by a beacon,
14.17 and on its S side by a light displayed from the extremity of
1 Entrance channel. The bar obstructing the entrance to the jetty bounding the E side of the basin. In 2002 the
the bay lies about 3 miles outside the line joining the controlling depth in the entrance channel and basin was
entrance points. The approach to the entrance channel is 4 m (13 ft).
marked by W Light-buoy (safe water) moored 9 miles All the usual services are available.
WNW of Toke Point (4642N, 12358W), thence the 2 Bay Center (4638N, 12357W), situated at the W
channel, marked by light-buoys and buoys and varying entrance to Palix River, is used mainly by fishing vessels.
between 3 and 5 cables in width, leads across the bar to the The village is approached from Willapa Bay through a
vicinity of Cape Shoalwater and follows the N shore to the channel marked by lights and buoys entered about
vicinity of Toke Point. 3 miles SSW of Toke Point; the channel is subject to
2 Caution. In thick weather caution is necessary when constant change and the buoys are moved accordingly. In
making the entrance to Willapa Bay as currents are variable 2002 the controlling depth in the channel was 27 m (9 ft).
and uncertain; rates of up to 3 kn have been observed off All the usual services are available.
this part of the coast. Mariners should remain in depths of 3 Nahcotta (4630N, 12402W), situated on the E side
37 m (20 fm) or more until the fairway buoy has been of North Beach Peninsula, is a small village with several
identified. A shoal with a least depth of 64 m (21 ft) over large oyster beds in its vicinity. It is approached through
it lies 1 mile ENE of W Light-buoy. Nahcotta Channel, a deep, marked channel, with depths
3 The bar is subject to constant shifting, and the buoys, greater than 61 m (20 ft), which leads S between North
some of which are non-lateral, are moved frequently and Beach Peninsula on the W and Long Island Shoal and
are not charted. Dredging leading lights are set up from Long Island (14.13) on the E, to Shoalwater Bay at the
time to time, but these lights, and the entrance buoys, do head of the S arm.
not necessarily mark the best water. 4 A marked channel, which in 2000 had a least depth in it
4 Willapa River Channel, entered about 5 cables SSE of 15 m (5 ft), leads from Nahcotta Channel to a boat
of Toke Point, on the N side of Ellen Sands, is marked by basin at Nahcotta; depths in the basin were between 09
light-beacons and beacons, and a pair of leading lights. The and 18 m (3 and 6 ft).
channel, which has a least width of 60 m, leads about All the usual services are available.
10 miles to South Bend and Raymond.
5 The turning basin at Raymond is at the junction of Other names
South Fork and North Fork. When large vessels used the 14.21
port, they were turned by heading into South Fork and, 1 Grays Canyon (4655N, 12450W).
with the assistance of a small tug, backed into North Fork Grassy Island (4638N, 12402W).
to straighten up down river. Naselle River (4626N, 12354W).
North River (4645N, 12354W).

Anchorage
14.18 GRAYS HARBOR
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with good holding ground,
almost anywhere in the bay where depths permit; a berth General information
frequently used is off Toke Point (4642N, 12358W), in
depths of 9 to 12 m (30 to 40 ft). Chart 3125
Cautions. Position
Submarine cables cross the entrance and the E arm of 14.22
Willapa Bay; submarine cables and pipelines cross 1 The entrance to Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) is
Willapa River in various places above South Bend. situated about 40 miles N of Cape Disappointment and
2 An underwater dike, 55 m (18 ft) below the surface, 93 miles S of Cape Flattery. Aberdeen (4658N,
extends about 4 cables into the channel from a 12350W), at the head of the bay, is the principal urban
rock groin along the shore between Cape area; Hoquiam, the twin city of Aberdeen, stands on its W
Shoalwater (14.13) and North Cove, about 2 miles side.
SE, in position 46436N, 124035W.
Function
14.23
Facilities at South Bend and Raymond 1 The harbour is a deep-water port formed by the lower
14.19 estuary of Chehalis River; the bay and its tributaries
1 Berth. Port of Willapa Harbor Wharf (on S bank provide an outlet for a considerable area of timber. While
between South Bend and Raymond); length 183 m; depth lumber products remain important, the port has diversified
alongside 73 m. and handles all types of metals, heavy machinery,

437
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

containers, bulk agricultural products and cruise liners. Tidal levels

Aberdeen is a port of entry. 14.31
1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring range about
Topography 29 m; mean neap range about 15 m; a range of 42 m may
14.24 occur at maximum tides.
1 The country around Grays Harbor is flat and featureless
Density of water
with few conspicuous features other than those described at
14.32
14.39.
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm3.
Point Chehalis (4654N, 12408W), the S entrance
point, is low and sandy and is bare of trees for 1 miles S Maximum size of vessel handled
of the point; a training wall, visible for about half its 14.33
length, extends 2 miles W from the point. Point Brown 1 A vessel LOA 200 m, breadth 308 m, draught 115 m,
(1 miles NNW), the N entrance point, is low and sandy has used the port. Vessels passing through the bridge
and is wooded to within 5 cables of its extremity; a training (14.29) to the berths upriver are restricted to a length of
wall whose extremity is submerged extends 4 cables W 183 m, and a breadth of 26 m.
from the point.
2 Inside the bay, visible between but not over the entrance Arrival information
points, Brackenridge Bluff, a reddish cliff about 1 mile in 14.34
length which rises in two places to a height of about 26 m, 1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
lies on the N side of the bay about 8 miles inside the Signals Volume 6(5).
entrance. Notice of ETA at the pilot station is a minimum of
4 hours.
Approach and entry Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Grays Harbor
14.25 Pilotage Association which serves Grays Harbor, Chehalis
1 The harbour is approached from SW on the alignment of River and Willapa Bay; it is available 24 hours. There are
leading lights, and entered between two jetties on the two pilot boats each about 19 m in length with a green hull
alignment of a second set of leading lights; the approach and orange superstructure. The pilot boarding position is in
and entrance channels are marked by light-buoys. the vicinity of GH Light-buoy (safe water) (4652N,
12414W), as shown on the chart. Vessels are requested to
Traffic proceed at about 6 kn, with the pilot ladder 3 m from the
14.26 waterline.
1 In 2002, 41 vessels called totalling 1 105 814 dwt. 2 Tugs are available.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Grays Harbor
inside the line joining the above-water extremities of the
Port Authority entrance jetties (14.24); see Appendix VII.
14.27 Vessel Arrival Reports. See 13.12.
1 Port of Grays Harbor, Port Office, P.O. Box 660, 111 Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
South Wooding Street, Aberdeen, Washington 985200141. vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
Website: www.portofgraysharbor.com immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
Limiting conditions For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.

Controlling depths Harbour

14.28
1 The project depth for Bar Channel is 14 m (46 ft); General layout
thence for Entrance Range is 128 m (42 ft); thence for 14.35
Point Chehalis Reach is 12.2 m (40 ft). 1 The harbour at its entrance is about 2 miles wide but
The project depth for the dredged channel inside the bay shoals extending S from Point Brown (14.24) reduce the
from South Reach (4655N, 12403W) to Cow Point width of the deep-water channel to about 3 cables. Close
Reach (4658N, 12350W) is 11 m (36 ft), thence 91 m inside the entrance the harbour opens out into two bays,
(30 ft) to Cosmopolis (4657N, 12346W); there is no North Bay (14.49) and South Bay (14.47), both of which
deep-draught navigation above Cosmopolis. are filled with drying flats.
2 For the latest project and controlling depths, the chart From the entrance, the bay extends 15 miles E to the
and the port authorities should be consulted. mouth of Chehalis River; it is obstructed with shoals and
flats that mostly dry, and which are intersected by
numerous channels.
Vertical and horizontal clearances 2 About 5 miles inside the entrance the entrance channel
14.29 divides; North Channel, the deep-water channel, leads NE
1 A highway bascule bridge spans the main channel at for about 5 miles to the peninsula of Moon Island, the site
Aberdeen close below the junction with Wishkah River of Bowerman Airport, on the N side of the bay, thence it
(46585N, 123485W). The horizontal clearance is follows the N shore for 4 miles to Cow Point (4658N,
457 m (150 ft), and the vertical clearance is 107 m (35 ft). 12350W) at the mouth of Chehalis River, passing along
the Hoquiam waterfront and the mouth of Hoquiam River,
Deepest and longest berths and N of Rennie Island; South Channel, a small craft
14.30 channel, continues along the S shore of the bay for about
1 Terminal 4 (14.45). 9 miles and rejoins the main channel off Cow Point.

438
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

3 Above Cow Point the deep-water channel in Chehalis not always to be found on the leading line; deep-draught
River is flanked by Aberdeen on its N side and by South vessels should not enter before first ascertaining the
Aberdeen on its S side, and continues to the town of prevailing conditions on the bar. A light-buoy (special) is
Cosmopolis on the S bank just above South Aberdeen. moored 5 cablesSSE of GH Light-buoy, with a submerged
From Cosmopolis, where there is a large pulp mill, the buoy(14.12) between.
river is navigable by small craft as far as Elma, 24 miles 3 Bar Leading Lights. From the vicinity of
above its mouth (chart 2531), but local knowledge is GH Light-buoy (safe water) (4652N, 12414W), the
required. alignment (039) of the following lights, standing on the
S side of Point Brown (4656N, 12410W) (14.24), leads
Submarine cables and pipelines through a channel marked by light-buoys (lateral) to the
14.36 vicinity of No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored close
1 Submarine cables and pipelines, as shown on the chart, off the submerged extremity of South Jetty:
are laid across the harbour and main channel in the Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
following locations: framework tower, 5 m in height).
In the entrance to the harbour. Rear light (similar structure, 14 m in height) (456 m
In the vicinity of Rennie Island. from front light).
Between Aberdeen and South Aberdeen on either side 4 Point Chehalis Leading Lights. From the vicinity of
of the mouth of Wishkah River. No 8 Light-buoy the alignment (093) of the following
Between South Aberdeen and Junction City. lights, displayed from the N side of Point Chehalis
Storm signal (4654N, 12408W) (14.24), leads 1 miles E into the
entrance, passing close N of South Jetty through a channel
14.37
marked on its N side by light-buoys (port hand):
1 Flown by day from the Coast Guard lookout tower on
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
Point Chehalis and from the Coast Guard station boathouse
pile structure, 8 m in elevation).
(14.46). There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Rear light (similar daymark on framework tower,
Flow 22 m in elevation) (300 m from front light).
14.38 Caution. A depth of 43 m (14 ft) lies on the S side of
1 Tidal streams. In the entrance, the average rate of the the channel, 4 cables W of the head of South Jetty and
tidal streams is about 2 kn on the in-going stream and 3 kn close to the submerged jetty.
on the out-going stream, but rates of 5 kn have been 5 Thence, from a position close N of the root of South
observed. In the channels through the bay the rate seldom Jetty, the fairway, further marked by light-buoys, leads NE
exceeds 3 kn. for 1 miles to the entrance to the main channel leading to
Currents. It has been reported that currents in the Aberdeen.
vicinity of the bar are erratic, setting N close inshore and S Rough Bar advisory sign is displayed at an elevation of
farther offshore. about 6 m on the N side of Westhaven Cove (4654N,
12406W); see 1.56.
Principal marks
14.39 Main channel
1 Landmarks: 14.42
Grays Harbor Lighthouse (4653N, 12407W) 1 The main channel, which leads generally ENE for
(14.10). 14 miles to Aberdeen, comprises six reaches which are
Saddle Hill (chart 2940) (4704N, 12407W). marked by pairs of leading lights, lights and light-buoys, as
Microwave tower (red and white chequered) shown on the chart.
(4659N, 12409W).
Microwave tower (14 miles N of the above tower). Useful marks
Water tower (4652N, 12406W); the tower is rust 14.43
coloured and is illuminated at night. 1 Tripod beacon (46513N, 124065W).
2 Major light: Neds Rock (46593N, 124015W), a high reddish
Grays Harbor Light (4653N, 12407W). coloured rock.
Tripod beacon (46592N, 124006W), on
Other navigational aid Brackenridge Bluff (14.24).
14.40 Aero light (46584N, 123558W), at Bowerman
1 Racon. GH Light-buoy (4652N, 12414W). Airport.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Directions Berths
(continued from 14.12)
Anchorages
Approach and entry 14.44
14.41 1 The best anchorage is N of Westhaven Cove (4654N,
1 Caution. When making the entrance to Grays Harbor in 12406W) and SE of Damon Point (1 miles N) (14.49),
thick weather, caution is necessary as the currents are in depths of between 9 and 15 m (30 and 50 ft); the
variable and uncertain; rates of up to 3 kn have been holding ground is good.
observed off this part of the coast. Mariners should remain
outside the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour until a firm position Principal berths
has been established. 14.45
2 Bar Channel, which extends about 2 miles seaward from 1 All depths are reported depths; the port authorities
the entrance, is subject to change and the deepest water is should be contacted for the latest information.

439
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

There are three port operated terminals and more than and has accommodation for 650 craft up to 60 m in length,
seven privately owned berths. The principal berthing areas including 20 berths for craft in transit.
are (positioned from Cow Point (4658N, 12350W)): 2 The harbour is protected by two breakwaters, one of
2 Port berths. which is detached, from the heads of which lights are
Terminal 1 (9 cables WNW): length 146 m (with displayed; there are entrances both N and S of the detached
dolphins); depth alongside 9 m; barge traffic. breakwater. In 2003 the controlling depth in the N
Terminal 2 (7 cables WNW): length 213 m (with entrances was 59 m (19 ft) and 43 m (14 ft) in the S
dolphins); depth alongside 125 m; bulk loading entrance; depths inside the cove were between 27 to 49 m
facility . (9 to 16 ft).
Terminal 4 (at Cow Point): length 427 m (two berths); 3 Services: repairs, mobile lift with capacity 60 tons; fuel;
depth alongside 125 m; logs, general cargo, fresh water; stores; provisions.
containers, cruise vessels.
3 Private berths. North Bay
North Channel Wharf (3 miles W): length 267 m 14.49
(with dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; logs and 1 North Bay is a deep indentation, heavily obstructed with
lumber. drying flats intersected by several channels, which is
Weyerhaeuser Aberdeen Saw Mill Wharf (1 miles entered between Damon Point, the SE extremity of Point
ENE): length 274 m; depths alongside 10 to Brown (4656N, 12410W) (14.24), and Point New
107 m; wood chips and lumber. (4 miles NE). Humptulips River Channel, which dries at
4 Roderick Timber Co Wharf (2 miles ENE): length its head, leads to the river of that name at the head of the
239 m (with dolphins); depth alongside 97 to bay passing W of Sand Island Shoal and Goose Island. The
107 m; logs. bay is used mainly by small oyster boats.
Weyerhaeuser Log Exports Docks Nos 1 & 2 2 From the entrance to the bay, which is marked by a
(2 miles ENE): total length 320 m (with light-buoy and two buoys (lateral), a marked channel leads
dolphins); depth alongside 104 m; logs. around Damon Point, to a small basin at the SE extremity
of Point Brown.

Port services Markham

14.46 14.50
1 Repairs. No major repairs possible; nearest facilities are 1 Markham, situated at the mouth of Johns River
at Portland (13.108). Slipway on Hoquiam River, 1 mile (4654N, 12400W) on the S side of the harbour, is the
above its mouth, has a capacity of 400 tons and can site of a fruit plant and a seafood plant. It is approached
accommodate vessels up to 24 m in length. from South Channel through a narrow, shallow channel
Other facilities. Hospitals; limited facilities for the marked by beacons (port hand).
reception of oily waste; garbage disposal. Hoquiam River
Supplies. Bunkers by barge; fresh water at all berths; 14.51
stores; provisions. 1 Hoquiam River (4658N, 12353W), which is used by
2 Communications. Bowerman Airport (14.35), close W log tows and small craft, had a mid-channel controlling
of Hoquiam; regular flights to Seattle and Portland. depth of 18 m (6 ft) in 1980, for a distance of about
Rescue. Grays Harbor Coast Guard station is situated on 2 miles above its mouth.
the S side of Westhaven Cove (4654N, 12406W) 2 It is spanned by four bridges; a bascule bridge, two
(14.48). swing bridges, and a lift bridge. The least vertical
clearances are of 12 m (4 ft) at the closed lift bridge
Small craft 7 cables above its mouth (reported in 2004 to be stuck in
the closed position), and of 15 m (5 ft) at the swing
South Bay bridge, 2 miles above its mouth.
14.47 Minimum safe overhead clearance under power cables
1 Description. South Bay, which is entered just inside spanning the river is 131 m (43 ft).
Point Chehalis (4654N, 12408W) (14.24), is fronted at Wishkah River
its entrance by the extensive Whitcomb Flats. Inside it is 14.52
covered by other drying flats through which a narrow 1 Wishkah River, which flows into the N side of the
channel, marked by light-buoys and lights at its entrance, harbour at Aberdeen (4658N, 12350W), is little used.
and by beacons inside the bay, leads to Bay City, about It is spanned by two swing bridges and a bascule bridge
4 miles above the entrance, the site of an abandoned within 4 cables of its mouth; the least vertical clearance is
whaling station. Thence the channel continues unmarked for 24 m (8 ft). A fixed bridge, about 1 mile above the
about 2 miles to the mouth of Elk River at the head of entrance has a clearance of 49 m (16 ft).
the bay. Minimum safe overhead clearance under power cables
2 Controlling depth. In 1984 there was a depth of 27 m spanning the river is 91 m (30 ft).
(9 ft) in the channel, in the approach to the highway bridge
at Bay City. Chehalis River above Cosmopolis
Vertical clearance under the fixed highway bridge at 14.53
Bay City is 12 m (39 ft). 1 The river above Cosmopolis (4657N, 12346W) is
14.48 used by small craft, and by barges serving several mills at
1 Westhaven Cove stands at the W entrance to South Montesano, about 9 miles above Cosmopolis.
Bay, on the N side of the town of Westport, a summer A fixed highway bridge and a railway swing bridge span
resort and fishing centre, which also has an airstrip. It is a the river just below Montesano; the least vertical clearance
small craft harbour operated by the Port of Grays Harbor is 88 m (29 ft) under the fixed highway bridge.

440
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

2 Small craft facilities can be found on the N bank of the Rocky cliffs in the approach to Quillayute River give
river in the vicinity of the highway and railway bridges. way to a low sand beach at its entrance.
Safe overhead clearance under power cables spanning
the river at Cosmopolis is 381 m (125 ft); above Hazards
Cosmopolis the minimum safe overhead clearance is 165 14.57
m (54 ft). 1 See 14.2.

Principal marks
Other names
14.54 14.58
1 Grays Harbor City (4659N, 12357W). 1 Landmarks:
Ocosta (4654N, 12402W). Grays Harbor Lighthouse (4653N, 12407W)
South Arbor (4655N, 12359W). (14.10).
Stearns Bluff (4655N, 12359W). Yellow Bluff (conspicuous) (4717N, 12413W); the
bluff, which is triangular shaped and 33 m high,
stands on the S side of the mouth of Wreck Creek.
GRAYS HARBOR TO QUILLAYUTE RIVER Destruction Island Lighthouse (white conical tower,
black gallery, 29 m in height) (4740N,
12429W).
General information 2 Major lights:
Grays Harbor Light (4653N, 12407W) (14.10).
Chart 2940
Destruction Island Light as above.
Route
14.55
1 From the approaches to Grays Harbor (4655N, Directions
12410W) to the approaches to Quillayute River (4754N, (continued from 14.12)
12439W), the route leads NNW for about 64 miles, 14.59
passing WSW of Destruction Island (4740N, 12429W). 1 From the vicinity of GH Light-buoy (safe water)
Much of the coastline is open and exposed and is fringed (4652N, 12414W) the passage leads NNW passing (with
by detached islets and rocks, but it is only in the vicinity positions from Point Grenville (4718N, 12417W)):
of Destruction Island that these dangers extend up to WSW of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (23 miles S),
3 miles offshore. thence:
Area to be avoided. See 14.4. 2 WSW of Copalis Head (10 miles SSE), a bright
yellow bluff about 2 miles long which rises to a
Topography height of 60 m; Copalis Rock is the larger of two
14.56 rocks lying 2 cables off the headland, and a rock
1 Inland from the coast the country rises gradually to a awash lies 2 cables farther to seaward. Thence:
snow capped range, the summit of which is Mount 3 WSW of Point Grenville, a rocky promontory with
Olympus (4748N, 12343W). nearly vertical, whitish coloured cliffs more than
The coastline between Point Brown (4656N, 30 m high. Grenville Arch, a dark coloured rock
12410W) (14.24) and Point Grenville (23 miles NNW) lying 5 cables SW of the point, is the outermost
(14.59) consists of a sand beach, broken in places by small and most prominent of a number of rocks
streams and occasional bluffs; a few small towns and extending from the point; a rock, which dries, lies
settlements are scattered along the coast. 2 cables NW of Grenville Arch. Thence:
2 Between Point Grenville and the mouth of Quinault 4 WSW of Sonora Reef (1 miles NW), which dries,
River (3 miles N), initially there are broken cliffs having a thence:
stratified appearance with the strata descending N. Thence WSW of Cape Elizabeth (3 miles NNW), a bright
these cliffs merge into others, the upper parts of which yellow cliff which projects a considerable distance
appear light grey and the lower parts dark, and give way to from the general line of the coast; the buildings of
a shingle beach and a series of irregular bluffs and cliffs a settlement stand on the E side of the cliff.
that terminate in white cliffs of uniform height at the river Rocks, some awash, extend up to 1 mile offshore
mouth. The stratification of the cliffs reappears N of the for a distance of 1 miles N and S of Cape
river mouth and continues to Cape Elizabeth (1 mile NW) Elizabeth; Flat Rock, a black rock, lies 7 cables
(14.59); the strata descends S in marked contrast to the offshore at the N end of these dangers. And:
cliffs S of the river mouth. 5 Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46041 (special)
3 From Cape Elizabeth to the vicinity of Destruction (19 miles W), thence:
Island (20 miles NNW) (14.59), the coast is low, with WSW of Split Rock (7 miles NNW), a rock in two
rocky cliffs heavily wooded to the edges, and is broken in parts, and Willoughby Rock standing 5 cables NE,
places by rivers and creeks; the cliffs vary in height from the most prominent rocks in a group which
15 to 30 m high, and are fringed by numerous rocks which extends 1 miles to seaward from Pratt Cliff,
in places extend over 5 cables offshore. thence:
4 From Destruction Island to the approaches to Quillayute 6 WSW of Sealion Rock (10 miles NNW), black
River, the coast is irregular and is formed into a series of coloured and lying 2 miles offshore, thence:
indentations which are obstructed with islets, rocks and WSW of Destruction Island (4740N, 12429W), a
dangers, which in some cases extend up to 2 miles flat topped island, covered with brush and with a
offshore. Hoh River flows into the first of these few clumps of trees on it; a light (14.58) is
indentations; the mouth of the river can be identified from displayed from the SW part of the island. Rocks
some distance by a gap in the cliffs lined by a broad and ledges, bordered by kelp on the inshore side,
sand beach. extend 1 mile NE from the island. Thence:

441
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

7 The passage continues with positions from Destruction Vertical clearance. An overhead power cable, with a
Island: vertical clearance of about 30 m, spans the river at the
WSW of North Rock, a high, grey coloured rock, entrance.
with nearly vertical sides, the most prominent rock
amongst several groups of rocks that lie up to
2 miles offshore between 2 miles SSE, and Arrival information
1 miles SW, of Hoh Head (5 miles N); the 14.63
latter is a bright yellow cliff, densely wooded, 1 Anchorage offering moderate security may be obtained,
which projects 5 cables from the shore. Thence: with some shelter from NW winds, close S of James
8 WSW of Perkins Reef (6 miles NNW), a long, bold, Island, about 3 cables from the sand beach, depths from
jagged islet, thence: about 9 m (30 ft), sand, but any swell makes this anchorage
WSW of a dangerous rock lying 1 miles WNW of untenable.
Alexander Island (7 miles N), which lies 1 mile Local knowledge is required; a Coast Guard vessel may
offshore. The island is covered with low be able to lead a visitor in on request.
vegetation, and has a flat top with steep sides and 2 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Quillayute
two lone trees on top. Thence: River within a line drawn from the seaward extremity of
9 WSW of Rounded Islet (10 miles NNW), a round the jetty on the E side of the entrance, to the power cable
grassy rock, with steep sides, lying 5 cables WSW tower on James Island, thence through Entrance Light No 3
of Toleak Point, a narrow point terminating in a (14.64) to the shore.
small knob with an abrupt seaward face. A high, Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.222.
wooded islet lies 2 cables W of the point, and is
connected to it by a reef. A low black rock, and a
reef, lie within 7 cables S of the islet. Thence: Directions
10 WSW of an isolated rocky shoal with a depth over it 14.64
of 67 m (22 ft) which lies 1 mile WSW of 1 Dangers in the approach. From Teahwhit Head
Teahwhit Head (12 miles NNW), an irregular (4752N, 12436W) (14.59), for a distance of about
double point, 30 m high, which is heavily wooded. 1 miles NW to within 1 mile of James Island, an
An above-water rock lies 5 cables S of the point. extensive area of foul ground, known collectively as
Thence: Quillayute Needles extends almost 1 mile offshore.
WSW of Q Light-buoy (safe water) (14 miles Quillayute Needle, a nearly vertical rock, 1 miles WNW
NNW) moored off the entrance to Quillayute River of Teahwhit Head is the outermost of many, above or
(14.61). below-water, some of which are as high as 59 m.
2 Navigational aids:
James Island Light (white house) (4754N,
Useful marks 12439W), displayed from the S side of the
14.60 island.
1 Langley Hill (4707N, 12407W). Q Light-buoy (safe water) (about 1 miles SW of
Tunnel Island (4728N, 12421W); a pillar rock, James Island light).
33 m high, stands close N. No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables S of James
Giants Graveyard (4751N, 12434W), an irregular Island Light).
group of rocks, some of which are wooded, the 3 Entrance channel. The channel, which passes close to
largest 64 m high. the SE shore of James Island, is dangerous, particularly in
James Island Light (4754N, 12439W) (14.64). heavy S weather. With breakers across the entrance, entry
(Directions continue at 14.78) should not be attempted at less than half tide, nor in a low
powered boat.
4 Directional light. From the vicinity of No 2 Buoy
La Push (starboard hand), the line of bearing, 005, of the white
Chart 2940 (see 1.14) sector (004006) of this light, displayed from a pile
General information structure 2 cables NE of James Island Light, leads through
14.61 the entrance into the river. Thence the channel to the small
1 La Push is an important fishing centre situated on the craft basin is marked by No 3 Light (port hand), displayed
SE side of the entrance to Quillayute River (4754N, from the same structure as the directional light, and by
12439W). The entrance to the river is marked by James seasonal buoys whose positions frequently change.
Island, a bold, wooded island which is joined to the beach 5 Lights (lateral) are displayed at each side of the entrance
on the W side of the entrance, at LW, by a ruined rocky to the small craft basin.
dike. A number of small wooded islets close N of James Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
Island are also prominent against the beach in the displayed at an elevation of about 10 m on the NW corner
background. The river is entered between the E side of of the old Coast Guard boathouse; see 1.56.
James Island and a jetty, the outer part of which is
submerged at HW, which extends SW from the E entrance
point to the river. Berths and services
14.65
Limiting conditions 1 La Push has two small wharves in the river, and an
14.62 enclosed small craft basin; the latter can accommodate
1 Depths. In 2002 there were depths from 21 to 3 m (7 about 100 craft.
to 10 ft) in the small craft basin at La Push, though with All the usual services are available, including a slipway.
lesser depths along the W jetty and the NW corner. Quillayute River Coast Guard Station is at La Push.

442
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

Anchorages Topography
14.70
Chart 2940 1 From the entrance to Quillayute River to Cape Alava
Grenville Bay (about 16 miles NNW) (14.78), the coast consists of steep
14.66 wooded bluffs and narrow beaches, though the cliffs are
1 Anchorage, offering moderate security for small vessels, not continuous. The country inland, once densely timbered,
may be obtained, in NW winds, in Grenville Bay situated rises moderately, but irregularly, for 10 or 15 miles to the
under Point Grenville (4718N, 12417W) (14.59), but snow capped range bordering Juan de Fuca Strait. Off this
owing to shoal depths the anchorage is too far out to afford stretch of rugged coast, foul ground, on which are
much shelter and it is not recommended. numerous rocks, some high, extends up to 2 miles offshore.
The anchorage position is with Point Grenville bearing 2 North of Cape Alava, as far as Cape Flattery, the coast
338, and Grenville Arch bearing 293, in depths of 73 m is irregular and formed into bights, with alternate stretches
(24 ft), sand. of wooded bluffs and rough rocky cliffs, from 30 to 60 m
Local knowledge is required. high. The country immediately behind the coast is not high
but is densely wooded.
3 Cape Flattery (4823N, 12444W), is a bold, rocky
Destruction Island headland, faced with cliffs about 37 m high, which are
14.67 fringed by rocks, some high, and ledges, as far as 5 cables
1 Anchorage, offering moderate security, with some offshore in places. From S the cape usually appears as an
protection from NW winds, may be obtained off the SE island due to the depression in the land 3 miles SE of the
side of Destruction Island (4740N, 12429W) (14.59), in cape formed by the Waatch River (14.82).
depths of about 18 m (10 fm), sand, with the lighthouse
bearing between 293 and 315; the anchorage must be
vacated immediately if the wind shifts W or S.
Juan de Fuca Canyon
14.71
2 During the fishing season many small fishing boats
1 Juan de Fuca Canyon (4805N, 12520W), is a distinct
anchor for the night under Destruction Island; it provides
bathymetric feature, which carves a channel through the
the only shelter from NW winds between Grays Harbor and
continental shelf in a NE direction, from a position
Cape Flattery.
35 miles SW of Cape Flattery towards, and into, Juan de
Local knowledge is required.
Fuca Strait.
Caution. A submarine cable, as shown on the chart, is
laid between Destruction Island and the mainland, E.
3 Useful marks (with positions from Destruction Island Exercise areas
Light): 14.72
Abbey Island (3 miles NE), a wooded islet, 30 m 1 See 14.2.
high, lying 1 cable offshore.
South Rock (2 miles ENE), the outermost of a Vessel Traffic Service
number of rocks which extend S from Abbey 14.73
Island. 1 Cooperative VTS. See 14.3.

Traffic regulations
Other names 14.74
14.68 1 Traffic separation scheme is established in Juan de
1 Copalis River (4707N, 12411W). Fuca Strait and its approaches, as can be seen on the
Joe Creek (4712N, 12412W). charts.
Moclips River (4714N, 12413W). This TSS is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of International
Pacific Beach (4712N, 12412W). Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Taholah (4721N, 12418W). Restricted area. See 14.5.

Flow
14.75
QUILLAYUTE RIVER TO CAPE FLATTERY 1 About 4 miles W of Cape Alava (4810N, 12444W)
the tidal streams are only slightly rotary. The in-going
stream sets about 345, and the out-going stream about
General information 165, both with a strength of about kn. The tidal streams
are generally masked by currents brought about by the
Charts 2940, 4947, 4945 influence of winds or other causes. Observations indicate
Route the existence of a current which sets N, at an average rate
14.69 of about kn in the winter, and SE at an average rate of
1 From the approaches to Quillayute River (4754N, about kn in the summer. With strong SE winds the flow
12439W) to Cape Flattery (4823N, 12444W), the route attains a rate of 2 to 3 kn in a N direction; the greatest
leads initially NNW for about 19 miles to the vicinity of observed rate has been 3 kn.
Umatilla Reef (14.78), then N for about 10 miles to the
entrance to the NNE-bound lane of the TSS in the Principal marks
approaches to Juan de Fuca Strait. Thence the TSS is 14.76
followed into the Precautionary Area at the entrance to 1 Landmarks:
Juan de Fuca Strait. Carroll Island (4800N, 12443W), with whitish
Area to be avoided. See 14.4. coloured vertical sides and a wooded top; a pillar

443
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

rock, 41 m high, close W of this rock is also make out in thick weather, is the outermost danger
prominent. of a group of islets and rocks known as Flattery
Ozette Island (4809N, 12445W), flat topped with Rocks which extend WNW from Cape Alava;
steep sides. Bodelteh Islands, two wooded islets lying 1 miles
2 Cape Flattery Lighthouse (white conical tower on WNW of Cape Alava, are the largest of several
white sandstone dwelling, 20 m in height) high rocks in the group. Breakers have been
(4824N, 12444W), which stands on the summit reported 1 mile NNE of Umatilla Reef.
of Tatoosh Island, an island flat topped and bare, 14.79
with almost perpendicular sides 30 m in height. 1 Thence the route leads generally N to enter the
Radar dome on Bahokus Peak (4822N, 12440W), NNE-bound traffic lane of the TSS about 13 miles W of
the summit of Cape Flattery. The dome, which Cape Flattery Light (4724N, 12444W) (14.76), and
surmounts a tower, is reported to be a good continues into the entrance to Juan de Fuca Strait passing
landmark over low, dense fog, for vessels (with positions from Cape Flattery Light):
approaching from S. 2 W of Spike Rock (8 miles S), a pointed, bare rock,
3 Major lights: the outermost of a chain of high rocks which
Cape Flattery Light as above; the light is visible extend almost 1 mile NW from Point of Arches,
from S when bearing more than 007. the N extremity of a line of cliffs about 1 miles
Destruction Island Light (4740N, 12429W) long. A rock awash lies 3 cables WSW of Spike
(14.58). Rock. Thence:
Carmanah Point Light (4837N, 12445W) 3 W of a rock with a depth over it of 36 m (reported
(see British Columbia Pilot Volume I). 1985), which breaks, (5 miles S); the rock lies
1 miles offshore off Portage Head, a bold, rocky
Other navigational aid headland faced with cliffs over 120 m high.
14.77 Thence:
1 Racon. J Light-buoy (special) (4830N, 12500W). The route enters the NNE-bound lane of the TSS leading
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. towards the Precautionary Area in the vicinity of
J Light-buoy (12 miles NW), passing:
4 WNW of a rock, with a depth over it of 137 m
Directions
(continued from 14.60) (1 miles SW); the rock breaks occasionally in a
14.78 W swell. Thence:
1 From a position WSW of Q Light-buoy (safe water) WNW of Tatoosh Island (14.76); a number of islets
(4753N, 12440W), the passage leads NNW, thence NE lie close W and NW of the island, which is further
passing (with positions from Ozette Island (4809N, fringed by foul ground for up to 1 cables on its
12445W)): W and N sides. Thence:
WSW of a shoal with a depth over it of 4 m (13 ft) 5 WNW of Duncan Rock (1 mile NNW), and Duntze
(15 miles SSE), thence: Rock (2 cables farther N), the principal dangers
WSW of Cake Rock (14 miles SSE), steep-sided with NNW of Tatoosh Island. Duncan Rock, is a small,
a flat, grassy top, with a small mound in the low, black rock, fringed by ledges and rocks on its
middle; other rocks lie closer inshore. Thence: S side; Duntze Rock, which has a depth over it of
2 WSW of Cape Johnson (12 miles SSE), which 59 m, is marked 3 cables NW by No 2D
terminates in a rocky cliff, about 30 m high, with a Light-buoy (starboard hand); both dangers are
mass of rocks at its base; a number of rocks, the covered from W by the red sector (093109) of
highest of which is 69 m (226 ft) high, lie within Waadah Island North End Light (4823N,
1 miles SSW and 1 mile W of the cape. Thence: 12436W).
3 WSW of Sea Lion Rock (10 miles S), a large, bare 6 Caution. The dangers off Cape Flattery should be given
rock, covered in guano, and Carroll Island, a wide berth as the tidal stream sometimes sets towards
7 cables farther N (14.76); numerous other islets Duncan Rock and Duntze Rock with considerable strength.
and pinnacle rocks, the highest 97 m (320 ft) high, The passage between Cape Flattery and Tatoosh Island
lie between these two rocks and the coast. Thence: is dangerous due to two rocks, awash, and strong currents,
4 WSW of Hand Rock (7 miles S), black with a and should not be attempted.
guano covered top, and so named because of its 7 The passage between Duncan Rock and Tatoosh Island
shape; a larger rock, 5 cables inshore, is sometimes is also dangerous and is not recommended. The width is
mistaken for Hand Rock. A 155 m shoal lies restricted to less than 5 cables due to the dangers on the S
about 7 cables W of Hand Rock. side of Duncan Rock, and tide rips occur in places.
5 WSW of a rock with a depth over it of 109 m
(reported 1942) (existence doubtful) (2 miles SW), Useful marks
thence: 14.80
WSW of Ozette Island (14.76), which lies about 1 White Rock (4808N, 12444W), whitish coloured,
1 mile SW of Cape Alava. The cape has a seaward with nearly vertical sides and a round top.
face about 6 cables long, and is bordered by Father and Son (4814N, 12443W), two rocks
numerous rocks and ledges; Tskawahyah Island, connected by a low reef.
steep, rocky with trees on its summit, lies close off Fuca Pillar, on the W side of Cape Flattery (4823N,
its NW extremity. Thence: 12444W), a high, rocky column, leaning slightly
6 WSW of Umatilla Reef (2 miles NW), which NW; it is more prominent from N than from S.
consists of several black rocks, and which is (Directions continue for Juan de Fuca Strait
marked, 1 miles W, by No 2UR Light-buoy and the W coast of Vancouver Island
(starboard hand). The reef, which is difficult to in British Columbia Pilot Volume I)

444
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

Small craft shelters the extremity of these dangers, 1 miles NNW of

Anderson Point. The bay affords only moderate protection
Ozette Island from N and E winds, in a smooth sea; it is little used.
14.81 2 The shores of the bay are low and sandy and are
1 It is reported that fishing boats, in season, find some interrupted by the mouths of two rivers; Sooes River flows
protection from NW winds in an anchorage off the SE side into the middle of the bay, and Waatch River into its N
of Ozette Island (4809N, 12445W) (14.76). side through a valley which extends across the neck of
Local knowledge is required. Cape Flattery to Neah Bay in Juan de Fuca Strait.
Makah Bay Local knowledge is required.
14.82
1 Makah Bay, which lies between Anderson Point Other names
(4818N, 12441W) and Waatch Point (2 miles N), is 14.83
heavily obstructed with reefs and rocks, particularly on its 1 Ozette River (4811N, 12442W).
S side; Strawberry Rock lies in the entrance to the bay, at Sooes Peak (4817N, 12435W).

445
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX I
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 26 VESSEL BRIDGE-TO-BRIDGE RADIOTELEPHONE REGULATIONS
The following extracts are taken from the United States with 26.05 (a), except that in the area prescribed
Bridge-to-Bridge Telephone Act. For a complete in 26.03 (e) (not listed waters not applicable to
description of this part see 33 CFR 26. this volume) channel 67 (156.375 MHz) is the
designated frequency.
26.01 Purpose. (See 33 CFR 26) (e) On those navigable waters of the United States
26.02 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 26) within a VTS area, the designated VTS frequency
is an additional designated frequency required to
26.03 Radiotelephone required. be monitored in accordance with 26.05.
(a) Unless an exemption is granted under 26.09 Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148 (b) a VHF watch on
(waters not applicable to this volume) and except channel 16 (156.800 MHz) is not required on vessels
as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, this subject to the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone
part applies to: Act and participating in a Vessel Traffic Service
(1) Every power driven vessel of 20 m or over in (VTS) system when the watch is maintained on both
length while navigating; the vessel bridge-to-bridge frequency and a designated
(2) Every vessel of 100 gross tons and upward VTS frequency.
carrying one or more passengers for hire while
navigating; 26.05 Use of radiotelephone.
(3) Every towing vessel of 26 ft (79 m) or over in Section 5 of the Act states that the radio telephone required
length while navigating; and by this Act is for the exclusive use of the Master or
(4) Every dredge and floating plant engaged in or person in charge of the vessel, or the person
near a channel or fairway in operations likely to designated by the Master or person in charge to pilot
restrict or affect navigation of other vessels or direct the movement of the vessel, who shall
except for an unmanned or intermittently maintain a listening watch on the designated
manned floating plant under the control of a frequency. Nothing herein shall be interpreted as
dredge. precluding the use of portable radiotelephone
(b) Every vessel, dredge or floating plant described in equipment to satisfy the requirements of this act.
paragraph (a) of this section must have a
26.06 Maintenance of radiotelephone; failure of
radiotelephone on board capable of operation from
its navigational bridge, or in the case of a dredge
radiotelephone. (See 33 CFR 26)
from its main control station, and capable of 26.07 Communications.
transmitting and receiving on the frequency or No person may use the service of, and no person may
frequencies within the 156-162 MHz band using serve as, a person required to maintain a listening
the classes of emissions designated by the Federal watch under Section 5 of the Act, 33 U.S.C 1204
Communications Commission for the exchange of unless that person can communicate in the English
navigational information. language.
(c) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of
this section must be carried on board the described 26.08 Exemption procedures. (See 33 CFR 26)
vessels, dredges and floating plants upon the
navigable waters of the United States. 26.09 List of exemptions. (See 33 CFR 26)
(d) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of
this section must be capable of transmitting and 26.10 Penalties.
receiving on VHF FM channel 22A (157.1 MHz). Section 9 of the Act states:
(f) In addition to the radiotelephone required by (a) Whoever, being the Master or person in charge of
paragraph (b) of this section each vessel described a vessel subject to the Act, fails to enforce or
in paragraph (a) of this section, while transiting comply with the Act or the regulations hereunder;
any waters within a Vessel Traffic Service Area, or whoever, being designated by the Master or
must have on board a radiotelephone capable of person in charge of a vessel subject to the Act to
transmitting and receiving on the VTS designated pilot or direct the movement of the vessel fails to
frequency in Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS enforce or comply with the Act or the regulations
Centers, Call Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies hereunder is liable to a civil penalty of not more
and Monitoring Areas). than $500 to be assessed by the Secretary.
Note. A single VHF-FM radio, capable of scanning or (b) Every vessel navigated in violation of the Act or
sequential monitoring, (often referred to as dual watch the regulations hereunder is liable to a civil
capability) will not meet the requirements for two penalty of not more than $500 to be assessed by
radios. the Secretary, for which the vessel may be
proceeded against in any District Court of the
26.04 Use of the designated frequency. United States having jurisdiction.
(d) On the navigable waters of the United States (c) Any penalty assessed under this section may be
channel 13 (156.65 MHz) is the designated remitted or mitigated by the Secretary, upon such
frequency required to be monitored in accordance terms as he may deem proper.

446
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION

AND NAVIGABLE WATERS

PART 160 PORTS AND WATERWAYS SAFETY GENERAL

Appendix II contains extracts from Subpart C of the above River and all other tributaries between those
regulations issued by the United States Department of two points.
Commerce. For a complete description of this part (b) If not carrying certain dangerous cargo or controlling
see 33 CFR 160. another vessel carrying certain dangerous cargo, the
following vessels are exempt from NOA requirements
Subpart CNotification of Arrival, Hazardous in this subpart:
Conditions, and Certain Dangerous Cargoes. (1) Vessels 300 gross tons or less, except for foreign
vessels entering any port or place in the Seventh
160.201 General.
Coast Guard District as described in 33 CFR
This subpart contains requirements and procedures for
3.351(b).
submitting Notices of Arrival (NOA) and Notice of
(2) Vessels operating exclusively within a Captain of
Hazardous Condition. The sections in this subpart
the Port Zone.
describe:
(3) Vessels arriving at a port or place under force
(a) Applicability and exemptions from requirements in
majeure.
this subpart;
(4) Towing vessels and barges operating solely
(b) Required information in a NOA;
between ports or places in the continental United
(c) Required changes to a NOA;
States.
(d) Methods and times for submission of a NOA and
(5) Public vessels.
changes to a NOA;
(6) Except for tank vessels, US vessels operating
(e) How to obtain a waiver; and
solely between ports or places in the United States
(f) Requirements for submission of the Notice of
on the Great Lakes.
Hazardous Conditions.
(c) Vessels less than 500 gross tons need not submit the
160.202 Applicability. International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice
(a) This subpart applies to US and foreign vessels bound (Entry (7) in Table 160.206).
for and departing from ports or places in the United (d) {suspended}
States. (e) {suspended}
(b) This subpart does not apply to recreational vessels
under 46 U.S.C. 4301 et seq. 160.204 Definitions
(c) Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the owner, As used in this subpart:
agent, master, operator, or person in charge of a Agent means any person, partnership, firm, company or
vessel regulated by this subpart is responsible for corporation engaged by the owner or charterer of a
compliance with the requirements in this subpart. vessel to act in their behalf in matters concerning the
(d) Towing vessels controlling a barge or barges required vessel.
to submit a NOA under this subpart must submit only Barge means a non selfpropelled vessel engaged in
one NOA containing the information required for the commerce.
towing vessel and each barge under its control. Carried in bulk means a commodity that is loaded or
carried on board a vessel without containers or labels
and received and handled without mark or count.
160.203 Exemptions. Certain dangerous cargo (CDC) includes any of the
(a) Except for reporting notice of hazardous conditions, following:
the following vessels are exempt from requirements in (1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 explosives as defined in 49
this subpart: CFR 173.50.
(1) Passenger and supply vessels when they are (2) Division 1.5D blasting agents for which a permit is
employed in the exploration for or in the removal required under 49 CFR 176.415, or for which a
of oil, gas, or mineral resources on the continental permit is required as a condition of a Research and
shelf. Special Programs Administration exemption.
(2) Oil Spill Recovery Vessels (OSRVs) when engaged (3) Division 2.3 poisonous gas, as listed in 49 CFR
in actual spill response operations or during spill 172.101 that is also a material poisonous by
response exercises. inhalation as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, and that is
(3) Vessels operating upon the following waters: in a quantity in excess of 1 metric ton per vessel.
(i) Mississippi River between its sources and mile (4) Division 5.1 oxidizing materials for which a permit
235, Above Head of Passes; is required under 49 CFR 176.415 or for which a
(ii) Tributaries emptying into the Mississippi River permit is required as a condition of a Research and
above mile 235; Special Programs Administration exemption.
(iii) Atchafalaya River above its junction with the (5) A liquid material that has a primary or subsidiary
Plaquemine-Morgan City alternate waterway and classification of Division 6.1 poisonous material
the Red River; and as listed in 49 CFR 172.101 that is also a
(iv) The Tennessee River from its confluence with material poisonous by inhalation as defined in 49
the Ohio River to mile zero on the Mobile CFR 171.8 and that is in a bulk packaging, or that

447
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

is in a quantity in excess of 20 metric tons per tonnage is the tonnage used for the purposes of the
vessel when not in a bulk packaging. 300 gross ton threshold.
(6) Class 7, highway route controlled quantity Hazardous condition means any condition that may
radioactive material, or fissile material, controlled adversely affect the safety of any vessel, bridge,
shipment, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403. structure, or shore area or the environmental quality
(7) Bulk liquefied chlorine gas and bulk liquefied gas of any port, harbor, or navigable waterway of the
cargo that is flammable and/or toxic and carried United States. It may, but need not, involve collision,
under 46 CFR 154.7. fire, explosion, grounding, leaking, damage, injury or
(8) The following bulk liquids: illness of a person on board, or manning shortage.
(i) Acetone cyanohydrin, Nationality means the state (nation) in which a person is a
(ii) Allyl alcohol citizen or to which a person owes permanent
(iii) Chlorosulfonic acid, allegiance.
(iv) Crotonaldehyde, Operator means any person including, but not limited to,
(v) Ethylene chlorohydrin, an owner, a charterer, or another contractor who
(vi) Ethylene dibromide, conducts, or is responsible for, the operation of a
(vii) Methacrylonitrile, and vessel.
(viii) Oleum (fuming sulphuric acid) Persons in addition to crewmembers means any person
Charterer means the person or organisation that contracts onboard the vessel, including passengers, who are not
for the majority of the carrying capacity of a ship for included on the list of crewmembers.
the transportation of cargo to a stated port for a Port or place of departure means any port or place in
specified period. This includes time charterers and which a vessel is anchored or moored.
voyage charterers. Port or place of destination means any port or place to
Crewmember means all persons carried on board the vessel which a vessel is bound to anchor or moor.
to provide navigation and maintenance of the vessel, Public vessel means a vessel that is owned or demise
its machinery, systems, and arrangements essential for (bareboat) chartered by the government of the
propulsion and safe navigation or to provide services United States, by a State or local government, or by
for other persons on board. the government of a foreign country and that is not
Great Lakes means Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, engaged in commercial service.
and Ontario, their connecting and tributary waters, the Time charterer means the party who hires a vessel for a
Saint Lawrence River as far Saint Regis, and adjacent specific amount of time. The owner and his crew
port areas. manage the vessel but the charterer selects the port of
Gross tons means the tonnage determined by the tonnage destination.
authorities of a vessels flag state in accordance with Voyage charterer means the party who hires a vessel for a
the national tonnage rules in force before the entry single voyage. The owner and his crew manage the
into force of the International Convention on Tonnage vessel but the charterer selects the port of destination.
Measurement of Ships, 1969 (Convention). For a
vessel measured only under Annex 1 of the 160.206 Information required in a NOA.
Convention, gross tons means that tonnage. For a (a) Each NOA must contain all of the information items
vessel measured under both systems, the higher gross specified in Table 160.206.

TABLE 160.206. NOA INFORMATION ITEMS

Towing vessels
Vessels not
Required information Vessels controlling vessels
carrying CDC
carrying CDC
(1) Vessel information:
(i) Name; x x x
(ii) Name of the registered owner; x x x
(iii) Country of registry; x x x
(iv) Call sign; x x x
(v) International Maritime Organisation (IMO) international number or, if the
vessel does not have an assigned IMO international number, substitute with
official number; x x x
(vi) Name of the operator; x x x
(vii) Name of the charterer; and x x x
(viii) Name of classification society. x x x

448
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

Towing vessels
Vessels not
Required information Vessels controlling vessels
carrying CDC
carrying CDC
(2) Voyage information:
(i) Names of last five ports or places visited; x x x
(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five ports or places visited; x x x
(iii) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, list the names of the
receiving facility, the port or place, the city, and the state; x x x
(iv) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and
time of arrival; x x x
(v) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and
time of departure; x x x
(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude and longitude or
waterway and mile marker) of the vessel at the time of reporting; and x x x
(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24 hour point of contact. x x x
(3) Cargo information:
(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, onboard the vessel (e.g.: grain,
container, oil, etc.); x x x
(ii) Name of each certain dangerous cargo carried, including cargo UN number, if
applicable; and x x
(iii) Amount of each certain dangerous cargo carried. x x
(4) Information for each Crewmember Onboard:
(i) Full name; x x x
(ii) Date of birth; x x x
(iii) Nationality; x x x
(iv) Passport or mariners document number (type of identification and number); x x x
(v) Position or duties on the vessel; and x x x
(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country) x x x
(5) Information for each Person Onboard in Addition to Crew:
(i) Full name; x x x
(ii) Date of birth; x x x
(iii) Nationality; x x x
(iv) Passport number; and x x x
(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country) x x x
(6) Operational condition of equipment required by 164.35. x x x
(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice:
(i) The date of issuance for the companys Document of Compliance certificate that
covers the vessel; x x x
(ii) The date of issuance for the vessels Safety Management Certificate; and x x x
(iii) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized organization(s)
representing the vessel flag administration, that issued those certificates. x x x
(8) {suspended}

(b) Vessels operating solely between ports or places in arrival and departure date for each destination of the
the continental United States need submit only the voyage. Any vessel submitting a consolidated notice
name of and date of arrival and departure for the last under this section must still meet the requirements of
port or places visited to meet the requirements in 160.208 of this part concerning requirements for
entries (2)(i) and (ii) in Table 160.206 of this section. changes to a NOA.
(c) You may submit a copy of INS Form 1418 to meet
the requirements of entries (4) and (5) in Table
160.206. 160.208 Changes to a submitted NOA.
(d) Any vessel planning to enter two or more consecutive (a) Unless otherwise specified in this section, when
ports or places in the United States during a single submitted NOA information changes, vessels must
voyage may submit one consolidated Notification of submit a notice of change within the times required
Arrival at least 96 hours before entering the first port in 160.212.
or place of destination. The consolidated notice must (b) Changes in the following information need not be
include the name of the port or place and estimated reported:

449
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

(1)Changes in arrival or departure times that are less If your voyage time is : You must submit a NOA :
than six (6) hours;
(2) Changes in vessel location or position of the vessel (i) 96 hours or more; or At least 96 hours before entering
at the time of reporting (entry (2)(vi) in Table the port or place of destination;
160.206); or
(3) Changes to crewmembers positions or duties on (ii) Less than 96 hours Before departure but at least 24
the vessel (entry (5)(v) in Table 160.206). hours before entering the port or
(c) When reporting changes, submit only the name of the place of destination
vessel, original NOA submission date, the port of
arrival, the specific items to be corrected, and the (b) Submission of changes to NOA.
new location or position of the vessel at the time of (1) Except as set out in paragraph (b)(2) of this
reporting. Only changes to NOA information need to section, vessels must submit changes in NOA
be submitted. information within the times required in paragraph
(b)(3) of this section.
160.210 Methods for submitting a NOA. (2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel
(a) Submission to the National Vessel Movement Center carrying CDC and operating solely between ports
(NVMC). Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and or places in the continental United States, must
(c) of this section, all vessels required to submit NOA submit changes to a NOA as soon as practicable
information in 160.206 (entries 17 in Table but at least 6 hours before entering the port or
160.206) to the NVMC, United States Coast Guard, place of destination.
408 Coast Guard Drive, Kearneysville, W.V., 25430, (3) Times for submitting changes to NOAs are as
shall do so by: follows:
(1) Telephone at 18007089823 or 3042642502; If your remaining Then you must submit changes to
(2) Fax at 18005478724 or 3042642684; or voyage time is : a NOA :
(3) E-mail at [email protected].
Note to paragraph (a): Information about the National Vessel (i) 96 hours or more; As soon as practicable but at least
Movement Center is available on its website at 24 hours before entering the port
http:/www.nvmc.uscg.gov/. You may submit the notice using or place of destination;
any electronic format available on the NVMC website. (ii) Less than 96 hours As soon as practicable but at least
(b) Saint Lawrence Seaway transits. Those vessels but not less than 24 24 hours before entering the port
transiting the Saint Lawrence Seaway inbound, bound hours; or or place of destination; or
for a port or place in the United States, may meet the (iii) Less than 24 As soon as practicable but at least
submission requirements of paragraph (a) of this hours 24 hours before entering the port
section by submitting the required information to the or place of destination;
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation and
the Saint Lawrence Seaway Management Corporation (c) {suspended}
of Canada by fax at 3157643235 or at
3157643200. 160.214 Waivers.
(c) Seventh Coast Guard District. Those foreign vessels The Captain of the Port may waive, within that Captain of
300 or less gross tons operating in the Seventh Coast the Ports designated zone, any of the requirements of
Guard District must submit a NOA to the cognizant this subpart for any vessel or class of vessels upon
Captain of the Port (COTP). finding that the vessel, route, area of operations,
(d) {suspended} conditions of the voyage, or other circumstances are
160.212 When to submit a NOA. such that application of this subpart is unnecessary or
(a) Submission of NOA. impractical for purposes of safety, environmental
(1) Except as set out in paragraph (a)(2) of this protection, or national security.
section, all vessels must submit NOAs within the
times required in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 160.215 Notice of hazardous conditions.
(2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel Whenever there is a hazardous condition either aboard a
carrying CDC and operating solely between ports vessel or caused by a vessel or its operation, the
or places in the continental United States, must owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge
submit a NOA before departure but at least 12 shall immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard
hours before departure but at least 12 hours before Marine Safety Office or Group Office. (Compliance
entering the port or place of destination. with this section does not relieve responsibility for
(3) Times for submitting NOAs are as follows: the written report required by 46 CFR 4.0510).

450
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX III

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION

AND NAVIGABLE WATERS

PART 161 VESSEL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

Appendix III contains extracts from the above regulations Hazardous Vessel Operating Condition means any condition
issued by the United States Department of Commerce. related to a vessels ability to safely navigate or
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR maneuver, and includes, but is not limited to:
161. (1) The absence or malfunction of vessel operating
equipment, such as propulsion machinery, steering
Subpart A Vessel Traffic Services gear, radar system, gyrocompass, depth sounding
device, automatic radar plotting aid (ARPA),
General Rules radiotelephone, Automatic Identification System
equipment, navigation lighting, sound signalling
161.1 Purpose and Intent. devices or similar equipment.
(a) The purpose of this part is to promulgate regulations (2) Any condition on board the vessel likely to impair
implementing and enforcing certain sections of the navigation, such as lack of current nautical charts
Ports and Waterways Safety Act (PWSA) setting up a and publications, personnel shortage, or similar
national system of Vessel Traffic Services that will condition.
enhance navigation, vessel safety, and marine (3) Vessel characteristics that affect or restrict
environmental protection, and promote safe vessel maneuverability, such as cargo arrangement, trim,
movement by reducing the potential for collisions, loaded condition, underkeel clearance, speed, or
rammings and groundings, and the loss of lives and similar characteristics.
property associated with these incidents within VTS Navigable waters means all navigable waters of the United
areas established hereunder. States including the territorial sea of the United
(b) Vessel Traffic Services provide the mariner with States, extending to 12 nautical miles from the United
information related to the safe navigation of a States baselines, as described in Presidential
waterway. This information, coupled with the Proclamation No. 5928 of December 27, 1988.
mariners compliance with the provisions set forth in Precautionary Area means a routing measure comprising an
this part, enhances the safe routing of vessels through area within defined limits where vessels must
congested waterways or waterways of particular navigate with particular caution and within which the
hazard. Under certain circumstances, a VTS may direction of traffic may be recommended.
issue directions to control the movement of vessels in Navigable waters means all navigable waters of the United
order to minimize the risk of collision between States, including the territorial sea of the United
vessels, or damage to property or the environment. States, extending to 12 nautical miles from United
(c) The owner, operator, charterer, master or person States baselines, as described in Presidential
directing the movement of a vessel remains at all Proclamation No 5928 of December 27, 1988.
times responsible for the manner in which the vessel Towing Vessel means any commercial vessel engaged in
is operated and maneuvered, and is responsible for towing another vessel astern, alongside, or by pushing
the safe navigation of the vessel under all ahead.
circumstances. Compliance with these rules or with a Vessel Movement Center (VMC) means the shore based
direction from the VTS is at all times contingent facility that operates the vessel tracking system for a
upon the exigencies of safe navigation. Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) area or
(d) Nothing in this part is intended to relieve any vessel, sector within such an area. The VMC does not
owner, operator, charterer, master, or person directing necessarily have the capability or qualified personnel
the movement of a vessel from the consequences of to interact with marine traffic, nor does it necessarily
any neglect to comply with this part or any other respond to traffic situations developing in the area, as
applicable law or regulations (e.g. the International does a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS).
Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea, 1972 Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) means a
(72 COLREGS) or the Inland Navigation Rules) or of mandatory reporting system used to monitor and track
the neglect of any precaution which may be required vessel movements. This is accomplished by a vessel
by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special providing information under established procedures as
circumstances of the case. set forth in this part in the areas defined in Table
161.12 (c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call
161.2 Definitions. Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring
For the purposes of this part: Areas).
Cooperative Vessel Traffic Services (CVTS) means the Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) User means a
system of vessel traffic management established and vessel, or an owner, operator, charterer, master, or
jointly operated by the United States and Canada person directing the movement of a vessel, that is
within adjoining waters. In addition, CVTS facilitates required to participate in a VMRS.
traffic movement and anchorages, avoids jurisdictional Vessel Traffic Center (VTC) means the shore based facility
disputes, and renders assistance in emergencies in that operates the vessel traffic service for the Vessel
adjoining United States and Canadian waters. Traffic Service area or sector within such an area.

451
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX III

Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) means a service implemented describe the proposed alternative to the required
by the United States Coast Guard designed to measure.
improve the safety and efficiency of vessel traffic and (b) Requests to deviate from any provision in this part
to protect the environment. The VTS has the due to circumstances that develop during a transit or
capability to interact with marine traffic and respond immediately preceding a transit, may be made
to traffic situations developing in the VTS area. verbally to the appropriate VTS Commanding Officer.
Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area means the Requests to deviate shall be made as far in advance
geographical area encompassing a specific VTS area as practicable. Upon receipt of the request, the VTS
of service. This area of service may be subdivided Commanding Officer may authorize a deviation if it
into sectors for the purpose of allocating is determined that, based on vessel handling
responsibility to individual Vessel Traffic Centers or characteristics, traffic density, radar contacts,
to identify different operating requirements. environmental conditions and other relevant
Note: Although regulatory jurisdiction is limited to the information, such a deviation provides a level of
navigable waters of the United States, certain vessels will safety equivalent to that provided by the required
be encouraged or may be required, as a condition of port measure or is a maneuver considered necessary for
entry, to report beyond this area to facilitate traffic safe navigation under the circumstances.
management within the VTS area.
VTS Special Area means a waterway within a VTS area in
Services, VTS measures, and Operating Requirements
which special operating requirements apply. 161.10 Services.
VTS User means a vessel, or an owner, operator, charterer, To enhance navigation and vessel safety, and to protect the
master, or person directing the movement of a vessel, marine environment, a VTS may issue advisories, or
that is: respond to vessel requests for information, on
(a) Subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone reported conditions within the VTS area, such as:
Act; or (a) Hazardous conditions or circumstances;
(b) Required to participate in a VMRS within a VTS (b) Vessel congestion;
area (VMRS User). (c) Traffic density;
VTS Users Manual means the manual established and (d) Environmental conditions;
distributed by the VTS to provide the mariner with a (e) Aids to navigation status;
description of the services offered and rules in force (f) Anticipated vessel encounters;
for that VTS. Additionally, the manual may include (g) Another vessels name, type, position, hazardous
chartlets showing the area and sector boundaries, vessel operating conditions, if applicable, and
general navigational information about the area, and intended navigational movements, as reported;
procedures, radio frequencies, reporting provisions (h) Temporary measures in effect;
and other information which may assist the mariner (i) A description of local harbor operations and
while in the VTS area. conditions, such as ferry routes, dredging, and so
forth;
161.3 Applicability.
(j) Anchorage availability; or
The provisions of this subpart shall apply to each VTS
(k) Other information or special circumstances.
User and may also apply to any vessel while
underway or at anchor on the navigable waters of the 161.11 VTS measures.
United States within a VTS area, to the extent the (a) A VTS may issue measures or directions to enhance
VTS considers necessary. navigation and vessel safety and to protect the marine
environment, such as, but not limited to:
161.4 Requirement to carry the rules. (1) Designating temporary reporting points and
Each VTS User shall carry on board and maintain for procedures;
ready reference a copy of these rules. (2) Imposing vessel operating requirements; or
Note: These rules are contained in the applicable U.S. (3) Establishing vessel traffic routing schemes.
Coast Pilot, the VTS Users Manual which may be (b) During conditions of vessel congestion, restricted
obtained by contacting the appropriate VTS, and visibility, adverse weather, or other hazardous
periodically published in the Local Notice to circumstances, a VTS may control, supervise, or
Mariners. The VTS Users Manual and the World otherwise manage traffic, by specifying times of
VTS Guide, an International Maritime Organisation entry, movement, or departure to, from or within a
(IMO) recognised publication, contain additional VTS area.
information which may assist the prudent mariner
while in the appropriate VTS area. 161.12 Vessel operating requirements.
(a) Subject to the exigencies of safe navigation, a VTS
161.5 Deviations from the rules. User shall comply with all measures established or
(a) Requests to deviate from any provision in this part, directions issued by by a VTS.
either for an extended period of time or if anticipated (b) If, in a specific circumstance, a VTS User is unable
before the start of a transit, must be submitted in to safely comply with a measure or direction issued
writing to the appropriate District Commander. Upon by the VTS, the VTS User may deviate only to the
receipt of the written request, the District Commander extent necessary to avoid endangering persons,
may authorize a deviation if it is determined that such property or the environment. The deviation shall be
a deviation provides a level of safety equivalent to reported to the VTS as soon as is practicable.
that provided by the required measure or is a (c) When not exchanging voice communications, a VTS
maneuver considered necessary for safe navigation User must maintain a listening watch as required by
under the circumstances. An application for an 26.04(e) of this chapter on the VTS frequency
authorized deviation must state the need and fully designated in Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS

452
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX III

Centers, Call Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, shall be limited to information which is essential to
and Monitoring Areas). In addition, the VTS User achieve the objectives of the VMRS. These reports
must respond promptly when hailed and communicate are consolidated into three reports (sailing plan,
in the English language. position, and final).
Note to 161.12(c): As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a very
high frequency watch on Channel 16 (156.800 Mhz) is 161.16 Applicability.
not required on vessels subject to the Vessel Unless otherwise stated, the provisions of this subpart shall
Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act and participating apply to the following vessels and VMRS Users:
in a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watch (a) Every power driven vessel of 40 meters
is maintained on both the vessel bridge-to-bridge (approximately 131 feet) or more in length, while
frequency and a designated VTS frequency. navigating;
(d) As soon as practicable, a VTS User shall notify (b) Every towing vessel of 8 meters (approximately
the VTS of any of the following: 26 feet) or more in length, while navigating; or
(1) A marine casualty as defined in 46 CFR 4.051; (c) Every vessel certificated to carry 50 or more
(2) Involvement in the ramming of a fixed or floating passengers for hire, when engaged in trade.
object;
161.17 Definitions.
(3) A pollution incident as defined in 151.15 of this
As used in this subpart:
chapter;
Center means a Vessel Traffic Center or Vessel
(4) A defect or discrepancy in an aid to navigation;
Movement Center.
(5) A hazardous condition as defined in 160.203 of
Published means available in a widely distributed and
this chapter;
publicly available medium (e.g., VTS Users
(6) Improper operation of vessel equipment required
Manual, ferry schedule, Notice to Mariners).
by Part 164 of this chapter;
(7) A situation involving hazardous materials for 161.18 Reporting requirements.
which a report is required by 49 CFR 176.48; and (a) A Center may:
(8) A hazardous vessel operating condition as defined (1)Direct a vessel to provide any of the information
in 161.2. set forth in Table 161.18(a) (IMO Standard Ship
Reporting System);
161.13 VTS Special Area Operating (2) Establish other means of reporting for those
Requirements. vessels unable to report on the designated
The following operating requirements apply within a VTS frequency; or
Special Area: (3) Require reports from a vessel in sufficient time to
(a) A VTS User shall, if towing astern, do so with as allow advance vessel traffic planning.
short a hawser as safety and good seamanship (b) All reports required by this part shall be made as
permits. soon as is practicable on the frequency designated in
(b) A VMRS User shall: Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call
(1) Not enter or get underway in the area without Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring
prior approval of the VTS; Areas).
(2) Not enter a VTS Special Area if a hazardous (c) When not exchanging communications, a VMRS User
vessel operating condition or circumstance must maintain a listening watch as described in
exists; 26.04(e) of this chapter on the frequency designated
(3) Not meet, cross or overtake any other VMRS in Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call
User in the area without prior approval of the Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring
VTS; and Areas). In addition, the VMRS User must respond
(4) Before meeting, crossing or overtaking any promptly when hailed and communicate in the
other VMRS User in the area, communicate on English language.
the designated vessel bridge-to-bridge Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a VHF watch on
radiotelephone frequency, intended navigation Channel 16 (156.800 Mhz) is not required on
movements, and any other information vessels subject to the Vessels Bridge-to-Bridge
necessary in order to make safe passing Radiotelephone Act and participating in a Vessel
arrangements. This requirement does not relieve Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watch is
a vessel of any duty prescribed by the maintained on both the vessel bridge-to-bridge
International Regulations for Prevention of frequency and a designated VTS frequency.
Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) or the (d) A vessel must report:
Inland Navigation Rules. (1) Any significant deviation from its Sailing Plan, as
defined in 161.19, or from previously reported
Subpart B Vessel Movement Reporting System information; or
(2) Any intention to deviate from a VTS issued
161.15 Purpose and intent. measure or vessel traffic routeing system.
(a) A Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) is a (e) When reports required by this part include time
system used to monitor and track vessel movements information, such information shall be given using the
within a VTS or VMRS area. This is accomplished local time zone in effect and the 24 hour military
by requiring that vessels provide information under clock system.
established procedures as set forth in this part, or as
directed by the Center. 161.19 Sailing Plan (SP).
(b) To avoid imposing an undue reporting burden or Unless otherwise stated, at least 15 minutes before
unduly congesting radiotelephone frequencies, reports navigating a VTS area, a vessel must report the:

453
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX III

(a) Vessel name and type; (1) Notify the Center;

(b) Position; (2) Make voice radio position reports at designated
(c) Destination and ETA; reporting points as required by 161.20(b) of this
(d) Intended route; part; and
(e) Time and point of entry; and (3) Make any other reports as directed by the Center.
(f) Dangerous cargo on board, or in its tow, as
defined in 161.203 of this chapter, and other 161.22 Final Report (FR).
required information as set out in 161.211 and A vessel must report its name and position:
161.213 of this chapter, if applicable. (a) On arrival at its destination; or
(b) When leaving a VTS area.
161.23 Reporting exemptions.
161.20 Position Report (PR). (a) Unless otherwise directed, the following vessels are
A vessel must report its name and position: exempted from providing Position and Final Reports
(a) Upon point of entry into a VMRS area; due to the nature of their operation:
(b) At designated points as set forth in Subpart C; or (1) Vessels on a published schedule and route;
(c) When directed by the Center. (2) Vessels operating within an area of a radius of
three nautical miles or less; or
(3) Vessels escorting another vessel or assisting
161.21 Automated reporting. another vessel in maneuvering procedures.
(a) Unless otherwise directed, vessels equipped with an (b) A vessel described in paragraph (a) of this section
Automatic Identification System (AIS) are required to must:
make continuous, all stations, AIS broadcasts, in lieu (1) Provide a Sailing Plan at least 5 minutes but not
of voice position reports, to those Centers denoted in more than 15 minutes before navigating within the
Table 161.12(c) of this part. VMRS area; and
(b) Should an AIS become non-operational, while or (2) If it departs from its promulgated schedule by
prior to navigating a VMRS area, it should be more than 15 minutes or changes its limited
restored to operating condition as soon as possible, operating area, make the established VMRS
and, until restored a vessel must: reports, or report as directed.

454
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX IV

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION

AND NAVIGABLE WATERS

PART 164 NAVIGATION SAFETY REGULATIONS

Appendix IV contains extracts from the above regulations (e) Buoys alone are not used to fix the vessels
issued by the United States Department of Commerce. position;
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR Note: Buoys are aids to navigation placed in approximate
164. positions to alert the mariner to hazards to navigation
or to indicate the orientation of a channel. Buoys may
164.01 Applicability. not maintain an exact position because strong or
(a) This part (except as specifically limited by this varying currents, heavy seas, ice, and collisions with
section) applies to each self-propelled vessel of 1600 vessels can move or sink them or set them adrift.
or more gross tons (except as provided in paragraphs Although buoys may corroborate a position fixed by
(c) and (d) of this section or for foreign vessels other means, buoys cannot be used to fix a position:
described in 164.02) when it is operating in the however, if no other aids are available, buoys alone
navigable waters of the United States except the St. may he used to establish an estimated position.
Lawrence Seaway. (f) The danger of each closing visual or each closing
(c) Provisions of 164.11(a)2 and (c), 164.30, 164.33 radar contact is evaluated and the person directing
and 164.46 do not apply to warships or other vessels the movement of the vessel knows the evaluation;
owned, leased, or operated by the United States (g) Rudder orders are executed as given;
Government and used only in government (h) Engine speed and direction orders are executed as
non-commercial service when these vessels are given;
equipped with electronic navigation systems that have (i) Magnetic variation and deviation and gyrocompass
met the applicable agency regulations regarding errors are known and correctly applied by the
navigation safety. person directing the movement of the vessel;
(d) Provisions of 164.46 apply to some self-propelled (j) A person whom he has determined is competent to
vessels of less than 1600 gross tonnage. steer the vessel is in the wheelhouse at all times
(See also 46 U.S.C. 8702 (d), which requires an
164.02 Applicability exception for foreign vessels. able seaman at the wheel on US vessels of 100
(a) Except as provided in 164.46(a)(2), 164.38 and gross tons or more in narrow or crowded waters or
164.39 this part does not apply to vessels that: during low visibility);
(1) Are not destined for, or departing from, a port or (k) If a pilot other than a member of the vessels crew
place subject to the jurisdiction of the United is employed, the pilot is informed of the draft,
States; and maneuvering characteristics, and peculiarities of the
(2) Are in: vessel and of any abnormal circumstances on the
(i) Innocent passage through the territorial sea of vessel that may affect its safe navigation.
the United States; or (l) Current velocity and direction for the area to be
(ii) Transit through navigable waters of the United transited are known by the person directing the
States which form a part of an international movement of the vessel;
strait. (m) Predicted set and drift are known by the person
directing the movement of the vessel;
164.03 Incorporation by reference. (See 33 CFR (n) Tidal state for the area to be transited is known by
164.) the person directing the movement of the vessel;
(o) The vessels anchors are ready for letting go;
164.11 Navigation underway: General. (p) The person directing the movement of the vessel
The owner, master, or person in charge of each vessel sets the vessels speed with consideration for:
underway shall ensure that: (1) The prevailing visibility and weather conditions;
(a) The wheelhouse is constantly manned by persons (2) The proximity of the vessel to fixed shore and
who: marine structures;
(1) Direct and control the movement of the vessel; (3) The tendency of the vessel underway to squat
and and suffer impairment of maneuverability when
(2) Fix the vessels position; there is small underkeel clearance;
(b) Each person performing a duty described in (4) The comparative proportions of the vessel and
paragraph (a) of this section is competent to the channel;
perform that duty; (5) The density of marine traffic;
(c) The position of the vessel at each fix is plotted on (6) The damage that might be caused by the
a chart of the area and the person directing the vessels wake;
movement of the vessel is informed of the vessels (7) The strength and direction of the current; and
position; (8) Any local vessel speed limit;
(d) Electronic and other navigational equipment, (q) The tests required by 164.25 are made and
external fixed aids to navigation, geographic recorded in the vessels log; and
reference points, and hydrographic contours are (r) The equipment required by this part is maintained
used when fixing the vessels position; in operable condition.

455
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX IV

(s) Upon entering US waters, the steering wheel or 164.15 Navigation bridge visibility. (See 33 CFR
lever on the navigating bridge is operated to 164.)
determine if the steering equipment is operating
properly under manual control, unless the vessel
has been steered under manual control from the 164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor.
navigating bridge within the preceding 2 hours, The master or person in charge of each vessel that is
except when operating on the Great Lakes and anchored shall ensure that:
their connecting and tributary waters. (a) A proper anchor watch is maintained;
(t) At least two of the steering gear power units on (b) Procedures are followed to detect a dragging
the vessel are in operation when such units are anchor; and
capable of simultaneous operation, except when (c) Whenever weather, tide, or current conditions are
operating on the Great Lakes and their connecting likely to cause the vessels anchor to drag, action
and tributary waters. is taken to ensure the safety of the vessel,
(u) On each passenger vessel meeting the requirements structures, and other vessels, such as being ready
of the International Convention for the Safety of to veer chain, let go a second anchor, or get
Life at Sea, 1960 (SOLAS 60) and on each cargo underway using the vessels own propulsion or tug
vessel meeting the requirements of SOLAS 74 as assistance.
amended in 1981, the number of steering gear
power units necessary to move the rudder from
35 on either side to 30 on the other in not more
than 28 seconds must be in simultaneous 164.25 Tests before entering or getting underway.
operation. (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section no person may cause a vessel to enter into or
get underway on the navigable waters of the United
States unless no more than 12 hours before entering
or getting underway, the following equipment has
been tested:
164.13 Navigation underway: tankers. (1) Primary and secondary steering gear. The test
(b) Each tanker must have an engineering watch capable procedure includes a visual inspection of the
of monitoring the propulsion system, communicating steering gear and its connecting linkage, and,
with the bridge, and implementing manual control where applicable, the operation of the following:
measures immediately when necessary. The watch (i) Each remote steering gear control system.
must be physically present in the machinery spaces or (ii) Each steering position located on the navigating
in the main control space and must consist of at least bridge.
a licensed engineer. (iii) The main steering gear from the alternative
(c) Each tanker must navigate with at least two licensed power supply, if installed.
deck officers on watch on the bridge, one of whom (iv) Each rudder angle indicator in relation to the
may be a pilot. In waters where a pilot is required, actual position of the rudder.
the second officer must be an individual licensed and (v) Each remote steering gear control system power
assigned to the vessel as master, mate, or officer in failure alarm.
charge of a navigational watch, who is separate and (vi) Each remote steering gear power unit failure
distinct from the pilot. alarm.
(d) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section a (vii) The full movement of the rudder to the required
tanker may operate with an auto pilot engaged only if capabilities of the steering gear.
all of the following conditions exist: (2) All internal vessel control communications and
(1) The operation and performance of the automatic vessel control alarms.
pilot conforms with the standards recommended by (3) Standby or emergency generator, for as long as
the International Maritime Organisation in IMO necessary to show proper functioning, including
Resolution A.342(IX). steady state temperature and pressure readings.
(2) A qualified helmsman is present at the helm and (4) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and other
prepared at all times to assume manual control. systems in vessel control and propulsion machinery
(3) The tanker is not operating in any of the following spaces.
areas: (5) Main propulsion machinery, ahead and astern.
(i) The areas of the traffic separation schemes (b) Vessels navigating on the Great Lakes and their
specified in subchapter P of this chapter. connecting and tributary waters, having once
(ii) The portions of a shipping safety fairway completed the test requirements of this sub-part, are
specified in part 166 of this chapter. considered to remain in compliance until arriving at
(iii) An anchorage ground specified in part 110 of the next port call on the Great Lakes.
this chapter. (c) Vessels entering the Great Lakes from the St.
(iv) An area within one half nautical mile of any Lawrence Seaway are considered to be in compliance
US shore. with this sub-part if the required tests are conducted
(e) A tanker equipped with an integrated navigation preparatory to or during the passage of the St.
system, and complying with paragraph (d)(2) of this Lawrence Seaway or within one hour of passing
section, may use the system with the auto pilot Wolfe Island.
engaged while in the areas described in paragraphs (d) No vessel may enter, or be operated on the navigable
(d)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. waters of the United States unless the emergency

456
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX IV

steering drill described below has been conducted 164.35 Equipment: All vessels.
within 48 hours prior to entry and logged in the Each vessel must have the following:
vessels logbook, unless the drill is conducted and (a) A marine radar system for surface navigation.
logged on a regular basis at least once every three (b) An illuminated magnetic steering compass,
months. This drill must include at a minimum the mounted in a binnacle, that can be read at the
following: vessels main steering stand.
(1) Operation of the main steering gear from within (c) A current magnetic compass deviation table or
the steering gear compartment. graph or compass comparison record for the
(2) Operation of the means of communication between steering compass, in the wheelhouse.
the navigating bridge and the steering (d) A gyrocompass.
compartment. (e) An illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass
(3) Operation of the alternative power supply for the required by paragraph (d) of this section that is at
steering gear if the vessel is so equipped. the main steering stand, unless that gyrocompass is
illuminated and is at the main steering stand.
(f) An illuminated rudder angle indicator in the
164.30 Charts, publications and equipment: wheelhouse.
(g) The following maneuvering information
General.
prominently displayed on a fact sheet in the
No person may operate or cause the operation of a vessel
wheelhouse:
unless the vessel has the marine charts, publications,
(1) A turning circle diagram to port and starboard
and equipment as required by 164.33 through
that shows the time and distance and advance
164.41 of this part.
and transfer required to alter course 90 degrees
with maximum rudder angle and constant power
settings, for either full and half speeds, or for
164.33 Charts and publications. full and slow speeds. For vessels whose turning
(a) Each vessel must have the following: circles are essentially the same for both
(1) Marine charts of the area to be transited, published directions, a diagram showing a turning circle in
by the National Ocean Service, US Army Corps of one direction, with a note on the diagram
Engineers, or a river authority that: stating that turns to port and starboard are
(i) Are of a large enough scale and have enough essentially the same, may be substituted.
detail to make safe navigation of the area (2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from
possible; and either full and half speeds, or from full and
(ii) Are currently corrected. slow speeds, while maintaining approximately
(2) For the area to be transited, a currently corrected the initial heading with minimum application of
copy of, or applicable currently corrected extract rudder.
from, each of the following publications: (3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table
(i) US Coast Pilot. of shaft revolutions per minute for a
(ii) Coast Guard Light List. representative range of speeds.
(3) For the area to be transited, the current edition of, (4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch
or applicable current extract from: propeller, a table of control settings for a
(i) Tide tables published by private entities using representative range of speeds.
data provided by the National Ocean Service. (5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary
(ii) Tidal current tables published private entities device to assist in maneuvering, such as a bow
using data provided by the National Ocean thruster, a table of vessel speeds at which the
Service, or river current publication issued by auxiliary device is effective in maneuvering the
the US Army Corps of Engineers, or a river vessel.
authority. (6) The maneuvering information for the normal
(b) As an alternative to the requirements for paragraph load and normal ballast condition for:
(a) of this section, a marine chart or publication, or (i) Calm weather wind 10 knots or less, calm
applicable extract, published by a foreign government sea;
may be substituted for a US chart and publication (ii) No current;
required by this section. The chart must be of large (iii) Deep water conditions water depth twice
enough scale and have enough detail to make safe the vessels draft or greater; and
navigation of the area possible, and must be currently (iv) Clean hull.
corrected. The publication, or applicable extract, must (7) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following
singly or in combination contain similar information statement:
to the US Government publication to make safe Warning.
navigation of the area possible. The publication or The response of the (name of the vessel) may be different
applicable extract must be currently corrected, with from that listed above if any of the following
the exception of tide and tidal current tables, which conditions, upon which the maneuvering information
must be the current editions. is based, are varied:
(c) As used in this section, currently corrected means (1) Calm weather wind 10 knots or less, calm
corrected with changes contained in all Notices to sea;
Mariners published by National Imagery and Mapping (2) No current;
Agency, or an equivalent foreign government (3) Water depth twice the vessels draft or greater;
publication, reasonably available to the vessel, and (4) Clean hull; and
that is applicable to the vessels transit. (5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.

457
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX IV

(h) An echo depth sounding device. 164.41 Electronic position fixing devices.
(i) A device that can continuously record the depth (a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental United
readings of the vessels echo depth sounding States, including Alaska south of Cape Prince of
device except when operating on the Great Lakes Wales, except each vessel owned or bareboat
and their connecting and tributary waters. chartered and operated by the United States, or by a
(j) Equipment on the bridge for plotting relative state or its political subdivision, or by a foreign
motion. nation, and not engaged in commerce, must have one
(k) Simple operating instructions with a block of the following:
diagram, showing the changeover procedures for (1) A type I or II LORAN C receiver as defined in
remote steering gear control systems and steering Section 1.2(e), meeting Part 2 (Minimum
gear power units, permanently displayed on the Performance Standards) of the Radio Technical
navigating bridge and in the steering gear Commission for Marine Services (RTCM) Paper
compartment. 1278/DO100 dated December 20, 1977, entitled
(l) An indicator readable from the centerline conning Minimum Performance Standards (MPS) Marine
position showing the rate of revolution of each LoranC Receiving Equipment. Each receiver
propeller, except when operating on the Great installed must be labeled with the information
Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters. required under paragraph (b) of this section.
(m) If fitted with controllable pitch propellers, an (2) A satellite navigation receiver with:
indicator readable from the centerline conning (i) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after
position showing the pitch and operational mode of initial operator settings have been entered; and
such propellers, except when operating on the (ii) Position updates derived from satellite
Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary information during each usable satellite pass.
waters. (3) A system that is found by the Commandant to
(n) If fitted with lateral thrust propellers, an indicator meet the intent of the statements of availability,
readable from the centerline conning position coverage, and accuracy for the US Coastal
showing the direction and amount of thrust of such Confluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the US
propellers, except when operating on the Great Federal Radionavigation Plan (Report No.
Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters. DODNO 4650.4P, I or No.
(o) A telephone or other means of communication for DOTTSCRSPA8016, I). A person desiring a
relaying headings to the emergency steering finding by the Commandant under this
station. Also, each vessel of 500 gross tons and subparagraph must submit a written application
over and constructed on or after June 9th 1995 describing the device to the Assistant Commandant
must be provided with arrangements for supplying for Operations, 2100 Second Street, SW,
visual compass readings to the emergency steering Washington, DC 205930001. After reviewing the
station. application, the Commandant may request
additional information to establish whether or not
164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 gross tons or the device meets the intent of the Federal
more. Radionavigation Plan.
(a) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or more must have, Note.The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available from
in addition to the radar system under 164.35(a), a the National Technical Information Service,
second marine radar system that operates Springfield, Va. 22161, with the following
independently of the first. Government Accession Numbers:
Note: Independent operation means two completely Vol 1, ADA 116468
separate systems, from separate branch power supply Vol 2, ADA 116469
circuits or distribution panels to antennas, so that Vol 3, ADA 116470
failure of any component of one system will not Vol 4, ADA 116471
render the other system inoperative. (b) Each label required under paragraph (a)(1) of this
(b) On each tanker of 10,000 gross tons or more that is section must show the following:
subject to 46 U.S.C. 3708, the dual radar system (1) The name and address of the manufacturer.
required by this part must have a short range (2) The following statement by the manufacturer: This
capability and a long range capability; and each radar receiver was designed and manufactured to meet
must have true north features consisting of a display Part 2 (Minimum Performance Standards) of the
that is stabilized in azimuth. RTCM MPS for Marine LoranC Receiving
Equipment.
164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA).
(See 33 CFR 164.) 164.42 Rate of turn indicator.
Each vessel of 100,000 gross tons or more constructed on
164.39 Steering Gear: Foreign Tankers. (See 33 or after September 1, 1984, shall be fitted with a rate
CFR 164). of turn indicator.

164.40 Devices to indicate speed and distance. 164.43 Automatic Identification System Shipborne
(a) Each vessel required to be fitted with an Automatic Equipment (See 33 CFR 164.)
Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) under 164.38 must be Each vessel required to provide automated position reports
fitted with a device to indicate speed and distance of to a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) must do so by an
the vessel either through the water, or over the installed Automatic Identification System Shipborne
ground. Equipment (AISSE).

458
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX IV

164.46 Automatic Identification System (AIS) (See continuing operation or period of time the Captain of
33 CFR 164.) the Port specifies.

164.51 Deviations from rules: Emergency. 164.61 Marine casualty reporting and record
Except for the requirements of 164.53(b), in an retention.
emergency, any person may deviate from any rule in When a vessel is involved in a marine casualty as defined
this part to the extent necessary to avoid endangering in 46 CFR 4.031, the master or person in charge of
persons, property, or the environment. the vessel shall:
(a) Ensure compliance with 46 CFR 4.05, Notice of
164.53 Deviations from rules and reporting: Marine Casualty and Voyage Records, and
Non-operating equipment. (b) Ensure that the voyage records required by 46
(a) If during a voyage any equipment required by this CFR 4.0515 are retained for:
part stops operating properly, the person directing the (1) 30 days after the casualty if the vessel remains
movement of the vessel may continue to the next port in the navigable waters of the United States; or
of call, subject to the directions of the District (2) 30 days after the return of the vessel to a
Commander or the Captain of the Port, as provided United States port if the vessel departs the
by 33 CFR 160. navigable waters of the United States within 30
(b) If the vessels radar, radio navigation receivers, days after the marine casualty.
gyrocompass, echo depth sounding device, or primary 164.70 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 164.)
steering gear stops operating properly, the person
directing the movement of the vessel must report or 164.72 Navigational safety equipment, charts or
cause to be reported that it is not operating properly maps, and publications required on towing vessels.
to the nearest Captain of the Port, District (See 33 CFR 164.)
Commander, or, if participating in a Vessel Traffic
Service, to the Vessel Traffic Center, as soon as 164.74 Towline and terminal gear for towing
possible. astern. (See 33 CFR 164.)

164.55 Deviations from rules: Continuing 164.76 Towline and terminal gear for towing
operation or period of time. alongside and pushing ahead. (See 33 CFR 164.)
The Captain of the Port, upon written application, may 164.78 Navigation underway: Towing vessels. (See
authorize a deviation from any rule in this part if he
33 CFR 164.)
determines that the deviation does not impair the safe
navigation of the vessel under anticipated conditions 164.80 Tests, inspections and voyage planning.
and will not result in a violation of the rules for (See 33 CFR 164.)
preventing collisions at sea. The authorization may be
issued for vessels operating in the waters under the 164.82 Maintenance, failure and reporting. (See
jurisdiction of the Captain of the Port for any 33 CFR 164.)

459
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX V
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 165 REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED
ACCESS AREAS EXTRACTS
Appendix V contains extracts from the above regulations 104 of the Maritime Transportation Security Act of
issued by the United States Department of Commerce. 2002.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR (d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are issued
165. Regulations specific to this volume are given by under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633 and may
title only where the area concerned falls wholly be established in waters subject to the jurisdiction of
within pilotage waters; where the regulation affects an the United States as defined in 2.38 of this chapter,
area outside pilotage waters, a summary of the including the territorial sea to a seaward limit of
regulation is given. 3 nautical miles from the baseline.
Subpart A General Subpart B Regulated Navigation Areas
165.5 Establishment procedures 165.10 Regulated navigation area.
(a) A safety zone, security zone, or regulated navigation A regulated navigation area is a water area within a
area may be established on the initiative of any defined boundary for which regulations for vessels
authorised Coast Guard official. navigating within the area have been established
(b) Any person may request that a safety zone, security under this part.
zone, or regulated navigation area may be established.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, 165.11 Vessel operating requirements
each request must be submitted in writing to either (regulations).
the Captain of the Port or District Commander. Each District Commander may control vessel traffic in an
(c) Safety Zones and Security Zones. If, for good cause, area which is determined to have hazardous
the request for a safety zone or security zone is made conditions, by issuing regulations:
less than 5 working days before the zone is to be (a) Specifying times of vessel entry, movement, or
established, the request may be made orally, but it departure to, from, within, or through ports,
must be followed by a written request within 24 harbors, or other waters;
hours. (b) Establishing vessel size, speed, draft limitations,
and operating conditions; and
165.7 Notification (c) Restricting vessel operation, in a hazardous area or
(a) The establishment of these limited access areas and under hazardous conditions, to vessels which have
regulated navigation areas is considered rule making. particular operating characteristics or capabilities
The procedures used to notify persons of the which are considered necessary for safe operation
establishment of these areas vary depending upon the under the circumstances.
circumstances and emergency conditions. Notification
may be made by marine broadcasts, local notice to 165.13 General Regulations.
mariners, local news media, distribution in leaflet (a) The master of a vessel in a regulated navigation area
form, and on-scene oral notice, as well as publication shall operate the vessel in accordance with the
in the Federal Register. regulations contained in Subpart F.
(b) Notification normally contains the physical boundaries (b) No person may cause or authorize the operation of a
of the area, the reasons for the rule, its estimated vessel in a regulated navigation area contrary to the
duration, and the method of obtaining authorization to regulations in this Part.
enter the area, if applicable, and special navigational
rules, if applicable.
Subpart C Safety Zones

165.9 Geographic application of limited and 165.20 Safety zones.

A safety zone is a water area, shore area, or water and
controlled accesss areas and regulated navigation shore area, to which, for safety or environmental
areas. purposes, access is limited to authorised persons,
(a) General. The geographic application of the limited vehicles, or vessels. It may be stationary and
and controlled access areas and regulated navigation described by fixed limits or it may be described as a
areas in this part are determined based on the zone around a vessel in motion.
statutory authority under which each is created.
(b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas. These 165.23 General regulations.
zones and areas are created under the authority of the Unless otherwise provided for in this part:
Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C. (a) No person may enter a safety zone unless
12211232. authorised by the Captain of the Port or the
(c) Security zones. These zones have two sources of District Commander;
authority the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 (b) No person may bring or cause to be brought into a
U.S.C. 12211232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, as safety zone any vehicle, vessel or object unless
amended by both the Magnuson Act of August 9, authorised by the Captain of the Port or the
1950 (Magnuson Act), 50 U.S.C. 191195, and sec. District Commander;

460
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX V

(c) No person may remain in a safety zone or allow 165.1107 San Diego Bay, Califoniaregulated
any vehicle, vessel or object to remain in a safety navigation area.
zone unless authorised by the Captain of the Port
or the District Commander; and 165.1108 Security Zones; Cruise ships, Port of
(d) Each person in a safety zone who has notice of a San Diego, Califonia.
lawful order or direction shall obey the order or
direction of the Captain of the Port or District 165.1120 Security Zone; Naval Amphibious Base,
Commander issued to carry out the purposes of San Diego, Califonia.
this subpart.
165.1121 Security Zone: Fleet Supply Center
Subpart D Security Zones Industrial Pier, San Diego, Califonia.

165.30 Security zones. 165.1131 Security Zone: Wilson Cove, San

(a) A security zone is an area of land, water, or land Clemente Island, Califonia.
and water which is so designated by the Captain (a) Location. The following area is a security zone: The
of the Port or District Commander for such time as water area adjacent to San Clemente Island,
is necessary to prevent damage or injury to any California within 1.5 nautical miles (1.73 statute
vessel or waterfront facility, to safeguard ports, miles, 2.8 kilometres) of the shoreline of San
harbors, territories, or waters of the United States Clemente Island from Wilson Cove North End Light
or to secure the observance of the rights and (LLNR 2565) to Spruce Pier, approximately 4.1
obligations of the United States. nautical miles (4.7 statute miles, 7.65 kilometres)
(b) The purpose of a security zone is to safeguard southeast of Wilson Cove North End Light, described
from destruction, loss or injury from sabotage or as follows: Starling at a point on the shoreline of San
other subversive acts, accidents, or other causes of Clemente Island, California, in position
a similar nature: 330125.0N, 1183343.0W for a place of beginning
(1) Vessels, (point A), thence northeasterly to
(2) Harbors, 330211.0N, 1183213.5W (point B), thence
(3) Ports and southeasterly to
(4) Waterfront facilities in the United States and all 325840.5N, 1182915.5W (point C), thence
territory, continental or insular, that is subject to southwesterly to
the jurisdiction of the United States. 325754.0N, 1183117.2W (point D), thence
northwesterly along the shoreline of San Clemente
165.33 General regulations. Island to the place of beginning.
Unless otherwise provided in the special regulations in (b) Regulations. In accordance with the general
Subpart F of this part: regulations in 165.33 of this part, entry into the area
(a) No person or vessel may enter or remain in a of this zone is prohibited unless authorised by the
security zone without the permission of the Captain of the Port, San Diego, California. Section
Captain of the Port; 165.33 also contains other general requirements.
(b) Each person and vessel in a security zone shall
165.1151 Security Zones; Liquefied Hazardous
obey any direction or order of the Captain of the
Port; Gas Tank Vessels, San Pedro Bay, Califonia.
(c) The Captain of the Port may take possession and 165.1152 San Pedro Bay, Califoniaregulated
control of any vessel in the security zone;
navigation area.
(d) The Captain of the Port may remove any person,
vessel, article, or thing from a security zone; 165.1154 Security Zones; Cruise Ships, San Pedro
(e) No person may board, or take or place any article Bay, Califonia.
or thing on board, any vessel in a security zone
without the permission of the Captain of the Port; 165.1155 Security Zone; Diablo Canyon Nuclear
and Power Plant, Avila Beach, Califonia.
(f) No person may take or place any article or thing (a) Location. The following area is a security zone: all
upon any waterfront facility in a security zone waters of the Pacific Ocean, from surface to bottom,
without the permission of the Captain of the Port. within a 2,000 yrad radius of Diablo Canyon Nuclear
Power Plant centred at position 351223N,
Subpart F Specific Regulated Navigation Areas and 1205123W. (Datum: NAD 83).
Limited Access Areas (b) Regulations.
(1) In accordance with the general regulations in
165.1101 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia. 165.33 of this part, entry into or remaining in this
zone is prohibited unless authorised by the Coast
165.1102 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia. Guard Captain of the Port, Los Angeles-Long
Beach, or his or her designated representative.
165.1103 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia. (2) Persons desiring to transit the area of the security
zone may contact the Captain of the Port at
165.1104 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia. telephone number 18002218724 or on
VHFFM channel 16 (1568 Mhz). If permission is
165.1105 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia. granted, all persons and vessels must comply with
the instructions of the captain of the Port or his or
165.1106 San Diego Bay, Califoniasafety zone. her designated representative.

461
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX V

165.1181 San Francisco Bay Region, (c) Unless otherwise authorized by the Commander,
Califoniaregulated navigation area. Thirteenth Coast Guard District or his or her
representative, no person or vessel may enter the
165.1182 Safety/Security Zone: San Francisco Bay, active Moving Exclusionary Zone except for:
San Pablo Bay, Carquinez Strait and Suisun Bay, (1) Authorized Makah whale hunt vessel actively
Califonia. engaged in hunting operations under direction to
the master of the Makah vessel flying international
165.1183 Security Zones; Cruise Ships and Tank numeral pennant five (5), and
Vessels, San Francisco Bay and Delta ports, (2) A single authorized media pool vessel operating in
Califonia. accordance with Paragraph (f) of this section.
(d) The international numeral pennant five (5) is only
165.1191 Safety Zone; West Cove, San Clemente authorized to be displayed from one Makah whale
Island, Califonia. hunt vessel during actual whale hunt operations. No
(a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: The other vessels may display this pennant within the
water area adjacent to San Clemente Island, RNA at any time. Whale hunt operations commence
California bounded by the following coordinates and when a whale hunt vessel is underway and its master
the shoreline of San Clemente Island: intends to have a whale killed during the voyage.
Point A-330138.0N, 1183618.0W. Whale hunt operations cease once this intent is
Point B-330111.0N, 1183725.0W. abandoned, a whale is landed, or when international
Point C-330000.0N, 1183651.0W. numeral pennant five (5) is struck.
Point D-330000.0N, 1183456.5W. (e) The Makah Tribe shall make SECURITE Broadcasts
(b) Regulations. beginning one hour before the commencement of a
(1) In accordance with the general regulations in hunt and every half hour thereafter until hunting
165.33 of this part, entry into the area of this activities are concluded. This broadcast shall be made
zone is permitted, but anchoring, fishing, and other on channel 16 VHFFM and state:
similar activities are prohibited unless authorised A whale hunt is proceeding today within the Regulated
by the Captain of the Port, San Diego, California. Navigation Area established for Makah whaling
(2) Entry into the area of this zone will be prohibited activities. The (name of vessel) is a (color and
at certain times. U.S. Coast Guard personnel in the description of vessel) and will be flying
zone will provide notification to the public of the international numeral pennant five (5) while
times when entry into to zone is prohibited. engaged in whaling operations. This pennant is
(3) Section 165.33 also contains other general yellow and blue in color. Mariners are required by
requirements. federal regulations to stay 500 yards away from
(name of vessel), and are strongly urged to remain
even further away from whale hunt activities as an
165.1310 Strait of Juan de Fuca and Adjacent additional safety measure.
Coastal Waters of Northwest Washington; Makah (1) Credentialed members of the media interested in
Whale Huntingregulated navigation area. entering the Moving Exclusionary Zone may
(a) The following area is a Regulated Navigation Area request permission to operate a single media vessel
(RNA): From 480225N, 124421W northwood in the Moving Exclusionary Zone by telephoning
along the mainland shoreline of Washington State to Coast Guard Public Affairs, as soon as practicable
Cape Flattery and thence eastward along the mainland at (206) 2207237 during normal working hours,
shoreline of Washington State to 4822N, 12434W; and (206) 2207001 after hours. Coast Guard
thence due north to 482455N, 12434W; thence preauthorization is required prior to entry into the
northwesterly to 48271N, 124417W; thence due Moving Exclusionary Zone by a single media pool
west to 48271N, 124455W; thence southwesterly vessel.
to 482055N, 1245105W, thence west-southwest to (2) The media pool vessel must be a U.S. documented
48180N, 124590W, thence due south to vessel. The media pool vessel must be under
480225N, 124590W; thence due east back to the command at all times within the Moving
shorline of Washington at 480225N, 124421W. Exclusionary Zone by a master licensed in the
Datum: NAD 1983. U.S. to carry passengers for hire. All expenses,
(b) During a whale hunt, while the international numeral liabilities and risks associated with operation of the
pennant five (5) is flown by a Makah whale hunt media pool vessel lie with members of the pool
vessel, the following area within the RNA is a and the pool vessel owners and operators.
Moving Exclusionary Zone: The column of water (3) The master of the media pool vessel shall
from the surface to the seabed with a radius of maneuver to avoid positioning the pool vessel
500 yards centered on the Makah whale hunt vessel between whales and hunt vessel(s), out of the line
displaying international numeral pennant five (5). This of fire, at a prudent distance and location relative
Moving Exclusionary Zone is activated only when to whale hunt operations, and in a manner that
surface visibility exceeds one nautical mile, between avoids hindering the hunt or path of the whale in
sunrise and sunset, and the Makah whale hunt vessel any way.
displays international numeral pennant five (5). The (4) Although permitted to maneuver within the
Moving Exclusionary Zone is deactivated upon Moving Exclusionary Zone, personnel aborad the
sunset, visibility is reduced to less than one nautical media pool vessel are still required to follow
mile, or when the Makah whale hunt vessel strikes safety and law enforcement related instructions of
international numeral pennant five (5). Coast Guard personnel.

462
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX V

Subpart G Protection of Naval Vessels anchored, moored, or within a floating dry dock,
except when the large naval vessel is moored or
165.2010 Purpose. anchored within a restricted area or within a naval
This subpart establishes the geographic parameters of naval defensive sea area.
vessel protection zones surrounding US naval vessels (c) The Navigation Rules shall apply at all times within a
in the navigable waters of the United States. naval protection zone.
165.2015 Definitions. (d) When within a naval protection zone, all vessels shall
The following definitions apply to this subpart: operate at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a
Large US naval vessel means any US naval vessel safe course, unless equired to maintain speed by the
greater than 100 feet in length overall. Navigation Rules, and shall proceed as directed by
Naval vessel protection zone is a 500 yard regulated area the Coast Guard, the senior naval officer present in
of water surrounding large US naval vessels that is command, or the official patrol. When within a naval
necessary to provide for the safety or security of protection zone, no vessel or person is allowed within
these US naval vessels. 100 yards of a large US naval vessel unless
Navigation rules means the Navigation Rules, authorised by the Coast Guard, the senior naval
International-Inland. officer present in command, or the official patrol.
Official patrol means those personnel designated and (e) To request authorization to operate within 100 yards
supervised by a senior naval officer present in of a large US naval vessel, contact the Coast Guard,
command. the senior naval officer present in command, or the
Senior naval officer present in command is, unless official patrol on VHFFM channel 16.
otherwise designated by competent authority, the (f) When conditions permit, the Coast Guard, the senior
senior line officer of the US Navy on active duty, naval officer present in command, or the official
eligible for command at sea, who is present and in patrol should:
command of any part of the Department of Navy (1) Give advance notice on VHFFM channel 16 of all
in the area. large US naval vessel movements;
US naval vessel means any vessel owned, operated, (2) permit vessels constrained by their navigational
chartered, or leased by the US Navy; and any draft or restricted in their ability to maneuver to
vessel under the operational control of the US pass within 100 yards of a large US naval vessel
Navy or a Combatant Command. in order to ensure a safe passage in accordance
with the Navigation Rules; and
165.2020 Enforcement authority.
(3) Permit commercial vessels anchored in a
(a) Coast Guard.
designated anchorage area to remain at anchor
(b) Senior naval officer present in command.
when within 100 yards of passing large US naval
165.2030 Pacific Area. vessels; and
(a) This section applies to any vessels or person in the (4) Permit vessels that must transit via a navigable
navigable waters of the United States within the channel or waterway to pass within 100 yards of a
boundaries of the US Coast Guard Pacific Area, moored or anchored large US naval vessel with
which includes the Eleventh, Thirteenth, Fourteenth minimum delay consistent with security.
and Seventeenth US Coast Guard Districts. Note to paragraph (f): The listed actions are discretionary
(b) A naval vessel protection zone exists around US and do not create any additional right to appeal or
naval vessels greater than 100 feet in length overall at otherwise dispute a decision of the Coast Guard, the
all times in the navigable waters of the United States, senior naval officer present in command, or the
whether the large US naval vessel is underway, official patrol.

463
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 334 DANGER ZONES AND RESTRICTED
AREA REGULATIONS EXTRACTS
Appendix VI contains extracts from the above regulations (b) The regulations.
issued by the United States Department of Commerce. (1) No vessel shall anchor within the restricted area at
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR any time without specific permission of the
334. Regulations specific to this volume are given by enforcing agency.
title only where the area concerned falls wholly (2) Dredging, dragging, seining, and other similar
within pilotage waters; where the regulation affects an operations within the restricted area are prohibited.
area outside pilotage waters, a summary of the
regulation is given. 334.900 Pacific Ocean, US Marine Corps Base,
Camp Pendleton, California; restricted area.
334.1 Purpose. (a) The area. Beginning at the shoreline north of the boat
The purpose of this part is to: basin,
(a) Prescribe procedures for establishing, amending 331310, 1172419; thence westward to
and disestablishing danger zones and restricted 331248, 1172456; thence southward to
areas. 331232, 1172444; thence eastward to
(b) List the specific danger zones and restricted areas 331247, 1172417 (a point on the breakwater);
and their boundaries; and thence northeastward along breakwater to
(c) Prescribe specific requirements, access limitations 331258, 1172409; thence northward along shoreline
and controlled activities within the danger zones to point of beginning.
and restricted areas. (b) The regulations.
(1) No vessels shall anchor within the restricted area
334.2 Definitions. at any time.
(a) Danger zone. A defined water area (or areas) used (2) Dredging, dragging, seining, fishing operations,
for target practice, bombing, rocket firing or other and other activities, which might foul underwater
especially hazardous operations, normally for the installations within the restricted area, are
armed forces. The danger zones may be closed to the prohibited.
public on a full time or intermittent basis, as stated in (3) All vessels entering the restricted area shall
the regulations. proceed across the area by the most direct route
(b) Restricted area. A defined water area for the purpose and without unnecessary delay.
of prohibiting or limiting public access to the area.
Restricted areas generally provide security for 334.905 Pacific Ocean, Offshore of Camp
Government property and/or protection to the public Pendleton, California; Fallbrook restricted area.
from the risks of damage or injury arising from the (a) The area. The waters of the Gulf of Santa Catalina,
Governments use of that area. offshore of Camp Pendleton in the Pacific Ocean, San
Diego County, California. The Center of the restricted
There are danger zones and/or restricted areas in the area is located at 3318.6N. latitude, 11732.0W
following areas: longitude, with a radius of 9,000 feet.
(b) The regulations.
334.860 San Diego Bay, California: Naval (1) No vessel or craft of any size shall lie-to or anchor
restricted area. in the restricted area at any time other than a
vessel operated by or for the U.S. Coast Guard,
334.865 Naval Air Station North Island, San local, State or Federal law enforcement agencies.
Diego, California, estricted area. (2) Loitering, dredging, dragging, anchoring, seining,
fishing, and similar activities within the restricted
334.870 San Diego Harbor, California; restricted area during vertical replacement operations use is
areas. prohibited.

334.880 San Diego Harbor, California: Naval 334.910 Pacific Ocean, Camp Pendleton Boat
restricted area adjacent to Point Loma. Basin, US Marine Corps Base, Camp Pendleton
California; restricted area.
334.890 Pacific Ocean off Point Loma, California; (a) The area. All of the waters of Camp Pendleton Boat
Naval restricted area. Basin entrance channel lying northerly of a line
(a) The area. The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an between a light on the north Camp Pendleton jetty at
area extending southerly from Point Loma, California, 331222, 1172407, and a light on the north
described as follows: Oceanside Harbor groin at 331229, 1172355.
Beginning at (b) The regulations.
323954, 1171318; thence southeasterly to (1) The area is reserved exclusively for use by vessels
323431, 1170941; thence 270 true to longitude owned or operated by the Federal Government.
1171640; thence due north to latitude 323954; Permission to enter the area must be obtained from
and thence 90 true to the point of beginning. the enforcing agency.

464
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

334.920 Pacific Ocean off the east coast of San (4) Boats unable to throttle down or to maintain
Clemente Island, California; Naval restricted area. steerage ways at 5 miles per hour speed shall
(a) The area. The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an proceed at the minimum speed consistent with
area extending easterly from the east coast of San seamanship in an area regularly subject to
Clemente Island, California, described as follows: The waterborne explosive handling operations. In case
northerly boundary to be a continuation, to seaward of doubt, boat operators of inbound boats will
of the existing southerly boundary of the restricted remain in the west end of the basin and outbound
anchorage area, as described in 33 CFR 110.218, of boats in the east end of the basin until informed
this chapter, to by a representative of the Naval Weapons Station
3300.3N, 11831.3W; thence to or U.S. Coast Guard of the completion of the
3258.6N, 11830.0W; thence to waterborne explosive handling hazard.
3257.9N, 11831.3W on the shoreline; thence (5) Smoking, open flames and barbecues in boats are
northerly along the shoreline to point of beginning. prohibited during the transit of this area.
(b) The regulations. (6) Nothing in the regulations in this section shall be
(1) No person or vessels, other than Naval Ordnance construed as relieving the owner or persons in
Test Station craft, and those cleared for entry by command of any vessels or plant from the
the Naval Ordnance Test Station, shall enter the penalties of the law for obstructing navigation or
area at any time except in an emergency, for not complying with the navigation laws in
proceeding with extreme caution. regard to lights or signals or for otherwise
(2) Dredging, dragging, seining or other fishing violating law.
operations within these boundaries are prohibited. (7) All vessel operators shall heed and obey all posted
signs and/or instructions issued by security
personnel of the U.S. Naval Weapons Station.
334.921 Pacific Ocean at San Clemente Island,
California; Naval restricted area.
(a) The area. All waters between the northern and 334.940 Pacific Ocean in vicinity of San Pedro,
southern boundaries of the area known as West Cove California; practice firing range for United States
seaward approximately four miles.
Army Reserve, National Guard, and Coast Guard
The northern boundary is defined by the coordinates:
330052N, 1183618W. units.
325930N, 1183730W. (a) The danger zone.
325920N, 1183838W. (2)
Zone B. An area extending southwest and
The southern boundary is defined by the coordinates: northwest from Point Vicente, described as follows:
330040N, 1183527W. Beginning at Point Vicente Light,
325830N, 1183640W. 334430, 1182436; thence southwesterly to
325745N, 1183838W. 334342, 1182524; thence northwesterly to
(b) The regulation. 334630, 1182706; thence southeasterly to the shore,
(1) The use of this area for anchorage is prohibited to 334454, 1182442; and thence southerly along the
all craft at all times. shore to the point of beginning.
(b) The regulations.
(1) Intermittent firing may take place in the danger
zone on any day from sunrise to sunset.
334.930 Anaheim Bay Harbor, California; Naval (2) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the
Weapons Station, Seal Beach. danger zone will be open to fishing and general
(a) The restricted area. The water of Anaheim Bay navigation. When firing is not scheduled the
Harbor between the east and west jetties at the United danger zone may be occupied without restriction.
States Naval Weapons Station, Seal Beach, California, When firing is in progress safety observers will be
and the contiguous tidal channel and basin as far east maintained to warn all vessels. Notice to vacate
as the Anaheim Bay bridge. the area, or to stop at the boundaries, will be given
(b) The regulation. by siren, patrol vessel, or other effective means,
(1) The authority of the Naval Weapons Station and such notice shall be promptly obeyed. All
Commanding Officer in this area extends to vessels permitted to enter the danger zone during a
restricting and disallowing the navigating or firing period, other than those owned by and
anchorage of craft during such times as the operated by or under the direction of the United
Commanding Officer determines that considerations States Government, shall proceed across the area
of national security or safety warrant such by the most direct route and clear the area with
action(s). the greatest possible dispatch. No person shall
(2) All craft authorized transit of this area shall stay enter the water and no vessel, fishing boat, or
within the limits of the entrance channel in the recreational craft shall anchor in the danger zone
Outer Harbor, and confine their movement to during an actual firing period.
within the limits of the marked small craft channel (3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as
at the southern portion of the Inner Harbor. relieving the owner or person in charge of a vessel
(3) Recreational craft, such as water skis, jet skis from any penalties for obstructing navigation, or
(personal water craft), row boats, canoes, kayaks, for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or
wind surfers, sailboards, surfboards, etc, and any for not complying with the navigation laws in
activity involving persons in the water, are regard to lights and fog signals, or for otherwise
specifically prohibited within the restricted area. violating any law or regulations.

465
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

334.950 Pacific Ocean at San Clemente Island, 334.960 Pacific Ocean, San Clemente Island,
California; Navy shore bombardment areas. California; Naval danger zone off West Cove.
(a) The danger zones. (a) The danger zone. The waters of the Pacific Ocean in
(1)
The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an area an area about one-half mile off the west coast of San
beginning at China Point Light; extending in a Clemente Island basically outlined as follows:
direction of 181 degrees true, 2.0 nautical miles; 330040N, 1183545W.
thence 072.5 degrees true, 5.375 nautical miles; 325740N, 1183425W
thence 313 degrees true to Pyramid Head Light. 325710N, 1183540W.
(2) The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an area 330010N, 1183700W.
beginning at China Point Light; extending in a 330040N, 1183545W.
direction of 181 degrees true, 2.0 nautical miles; (b) The regulations.
thence 303 degrees true, 5.35 nautical miles; (1) Intermittent firing may take place in the danger
thence 040.4 degrees true to the beach. zone on any day from 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m.
(3) The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an area (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the
beginning at Pyramid Head Light; extending in a danger zone will be open to fishing and general
direction of 133 degrees true, 2.0 nautical miles; navigation.
thence 024 degrees true, 2.14 nautical miles, (3) The operations officer, Naval Ordnance Test
thence 313 degrees true, 7.6 nautical miles; thence Station Pasadena Annex, Pasadena, California, will
220 degrees true to the beach. announce firing schedules. Each week, public
(b) The regulations. notices will be issued giving advance firing
(1) All persons and all vessels shall promptly vacate schedules. Such notices will appear in the local
the areas when ordered to do so by the Navy or newspapers and in local Notice to Mariners and
the Coast Guard. Persons and vessels shall not Notice to Air men. For the benefit of the
enter the areas during periods scheduled for firing. fishermen and small-craft operators announcements
These areas are used for various surface and air will be made on the marine radio.
gunnery and aerial bombing exercises by the (4) When a scheduled firing is about to be undertaken
United States Navy, Coast Guard and Marine fishing boats and other small craft will be
Corps. Hazardous conditions exist during shore contacted by surface patrol boats or aircraft
bombardment by naval ships in the area seaward equipped with a loudspeaker system. Where so
of that described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of notified, all persons and vessels shall leave the
this section between the firing vessel and the area immediately by the shortest route. Upon
shore. The area described in paragraph (a)(3) of completion of firing or if the scheduled firing is
this section is hazardous due to the possibility of cancelled for any reason, fishermen and small-boat
rounds landing in the waters east of San Clemente operators will be notified as far in advance as
Island. possible by Marine Radio Broadcast.
(2) All persons in the area are warned that unexploded
ordinance exists within the shore bombardment 334.961 Pacific Ocean, San Clemente Island,
area on San Clemente Island and in the California; Naval danger zone off northwest shore.
surrounding waters. All persons should exercise (a) The danger zone: The waters of the Pacific Ocean
extreme caution when operating in the area. adjacent to San Clemente Island, California, bounded
(3) Information about scheduled exercises will be by the following coordinates and San Clemente
published in the Local Notice to Mariners and also Island:
may be obtained by calling the shore bombardment Point A - 330138.0N, 1183620W.
area scheduler at (619) 4372844. Vessels in the Point B - 330111.0N, 1183725W.
vicinity of San Clemente Island may obtain Point C - 330011.0N, 1183700W.
information on the status of the range by Point D - 330005.0N, 1183853W.
contacting the Navy Observation Post by marine Point E - 330255.0N, 1183905W.
radio on channel 16. However, the Navy Point F - 330425.0N, 1183741W.
Observation Post is normally manned only during Point G - 330202.5N, 1183553W.
firing exercises. In addition, since the Navy (b) The regulations:
Observation Post may not be able to received radio (1) No person shall enter this area during closed
transmissions or answer a vessel calling from the periods unless authorized to do so by the enforcing
area described in paragraph (A)(3) of this section agency. No vessel or other craft, except vessels of
due to interference from the land mass, it is the U.S. Government or vessels duly authorized by
recommended that callers position their craft for the enforcing agency shall enter this area during
line-of-sight transmission with the Navy closure periods.
Observation Posts near Pyramid Cove prior to
assuming that the range is not in use. 334.980 Pacific Ocean around San Nicholas
(4) Except in an emergency, no vessel shall anchor in Island, California; Naval restricted area.
these areas without first obtaining permission from (a) The area. The waters of the Pacific Ocean around San
the Commander, Naval Base, San Diego or from Nicolas Island, Calif, extending about 3 miles
the senior officer present in the area who may seaward from the shoreline, described as follows:
grant permission to anchor not exceeding the Point A-331010N, 1192420W.
period of time that he, himself, is authorized to Point C-331010N, 1193110W.
remain there. The senior officer present shall Point D-331200N, 1193530W.
advise the Commander, Naval Base, San Diego Point E-331420N, 1193740W.
when and to whom a berth is assigned. Point F-331640N, 1193810W.

466
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

Point G-331910N, 1193710W. (d) The regulations.

Point I-332010N, 1193110W. (2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) (4) of
Point K-331740N, 1192450W. this section, relating to sections BRAVO and
Point L-331350N, 1192150W. CHARLIE, no vessels other than Pacific Missile
(b) Sections of Area. Range craft and those cleared for entry by
(1) ALPHA section is the northerly section of the area COMPMR, or the Officer-in-Charge, San Nicolas
and is described as follows: Island shall enter any section of the area at any
Point G-331910N, 1193710W. time except in an emergency, proceeding with
Point I-332010N, 1193110W. extreme caution.
Point J-331818N, 1192629W. (3) Dredging, dragging, seining, anchoring and other
Point O-331543N, 1192840W. fishing operations within ALPHA section of the
Thence northwesterly along shoreline to Point N area are prohibited at all times.
Point N-331630N, 1193040W. (4) Dredging, dragging, seining, anchoring and other
Point G-331910N, 1193710W. fishing operations are allowed within the
(2) BRAVO section is the westerly section of the area, boundaries of BRAVO and CHARLIE sections at
and is described as follows: all times except when declared closed by
Point N-331630N, 1193040W. COMPMR. Notice that sections BRAVO and/or
Thence westerly, southerly and easterly along the shoreline CHARLIE are closed to fishing shall be given by
to Point M publication of notices to mariners, or may be
Point M-331310N, 1192940W. obtained by monitoring standard Coast Guard radio
Point B-331010N, 1192940W. broadcasts or by contacting the Pacific Missile
Point C-331010N, 1193110W. Range b) telephone or radio. Boats must remain at
Point D-331200N, 1193530W. least 300 yards from the shoreline of San Nicolas
Point E-331420N, 1193740W. Island at all times. Nothing in this provision shall
Point F-331640N, 1193810W. be construed as authorization for personnel to land
Point G-331910N, 1193710W. or San Nicolas Island, except in an emergency.
Point N-331630N, 1193040W.
334.990 Long Beach Harbor, California; Naval
(3) CHARLIE section is the easterly section of the area,
and is described as follows: restricted area.
Point J-331818N, 1192629W. 334.1010 San Francisco Bay in vicinity of Hunters
Point 0-321543N, 1192840W. Point; Naval restricted area.
Thence easterly, southerly and westerly along the shoreline
to Point M 334.1020 San Francisco Bay and Oakland Inner
Point M-331310N, 1192940W. Harbor; restricted areas in vicinity of Naval Air
Point B-331010N, 1192940W. Station, Alameda.
Point A-331010N, 1192420W.
334.1030 Oakland Inner Harbor adjacent to
Point L-331350N, 1192150W.
Point K-331740N, 1192450W.
Alameda Facility, Naval Supply Center, Oakland;
Point J-331818N, 1192629W. restricted area.
(c) Markers. Range markers, as delineated below, are 334.1040 Oakland Inner Harbor in vicinity of
installed at Points M, N, and O for navigational Naval Supply Center, Oakland; restricted area and
purposes to indicate the boundaries between sections naviagtion.
ALPHA, BRAVO, and CHARLIE.
(1) At Point M two triangular markers are installed 334.1050 Oakland Outer Harbor adjacent to
facing southward, 10 feet in length on each side, Military Ocean Terminal, Bay Area, Pier No 8
with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker (Port of Oakland Berth No 10); restricted area.
mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards
apart, each pole being located on the line of 334.1060 Oakland Outer Harbor adjacent to the
longitude 1192940W, and near the southerly Oakland Army Base; restricted area.
shoreline at latitude 331310N. The southernmost 334.1070 San Francisco Bay between Treasure
marker is 20 feet below the other. Island and Yerba Island; Naval restricted area.
(2) At Point N two triangular markers are installed
facing northwesterly, 10 feet in length on each 334.1080 San Francisco Bay adjacent to northeast
side, with red and white diagonal stripes, each corner of Treasure Island; Naval restricted area.
marker mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100
334.1100 San Pablo Bay, Carquinez Strait and
yards apart, the poles being located near the
northwesterly shoreline at latitude 331630N, Mare Island in vicinity of US Naval Shipyard,
longitude 1193040W. The northernmost marker Mare Island; restricted area.
is 20 feet below the other. 334.1110 Suisun Bay at Naval Weapons Station,
(3) At Point O two triangular markers are installed Concord; restricted area.
facing northeasterly, 10 feet in length on each side,
with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker 334.1120 Pacific Ocean in the vicinity of Point
mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards Mugu, California; Naval small arms firing range.
apart, the poles being located near the (a) The danger zone. A triangular area extending westerly
northeasterly shoreline at latitude 331543N, into the waters of the Pacific Ocean from a point on
longitude 1192840W. The northernmost marker the beach north of Point Mugu, California described
is 20 feet below the other. as follows:

467
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

Beginning at Point Sal-345408N, 1204015W.

340532, 1190357; thence southwesterly (2) The danger area described in paragraph (a) (1) of
approximately 4,000 yards to this section will be divided into zones in order that
340422, 1190555; thence northwesterly certain firing tests and operations, whose
approximately 1,500 yards to characteristics as to range and reliability permit,
340501, 1190617; thence northeasterly to the point may be conducted without requiring complete
of beginning. evacuation of the entire area. These zones are
(b) The regulations. described as follows:
(1) Range firing will normally take place between 6 (i) Zone 1. An area extending seaward about three
a.m. and 6 p.m, Thursday through Monday, and nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
between 6 a.m. and 11:30 p.m, Tuesday and Point Sal,
Wednesday of each week. Within the above 345408, 1204015; thence due west to
periods, firing will be conducted as determined by 345408, 1204400; thence to
the Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Construction 345248, 1204400; thence to
Battalion Center, Port Hueneme, Calif. 345000, 1204030; thence due east to the
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the shoreline at
danger zone will be open to fishing and general 345000, 1203630.
navigation. (ii) Zone 2. An area extending seaward about three
(3) The Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Construction nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Battalion Center, Port Hueneme, California, will 345000, 1203630; thence due west to
announce firing schedules. Each week, public 345000, 1204030, thence to
notices will be issued giving advance firing 344528, 1204205; thence due east to the
schedules. Such notices will appear in the local shoreline a Purisima Point,
newspapers and in local Notice to Mariners, and 344528, 1203815.
Notice to Airmen. For the benefit of fishermen (iii) Zone 3. An area extending seaward about three
and small-craft operators, announcements will be nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
made on the marine radio. Purisima Point
(4) When a scheduled firing is about to be undertaken 344528, 1203815; thence due west to
or is in progress, a large red flag will be displayed 344528, 1204205; thence to
from the control tower situated at latitude 344450, 1204215; thence to
340532, longitude 1190357, so as to be 344150, 1204012; thence due east to the
clearly visible for a distance of at least three (3) shoreline at the mouth of the Santa Ynez River,
miles offshore. Safety observers will be on duty at 344150, 1203620.
all times when the warning flag is being displayed (iv) Zone 4. An area extending seaward about three
from the tower. Upon completion of firing, or if nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
the scheduled firing is cancelled for any reason, the mouth of the Santa Ynez River
fishermen and small-boat operators will be notified 344150, 1203620; thence due west to
as far in advance as possible by Marine Radio 344150, 1204012; thence to
Broadcast. 343512, 1204245; thence
(5) Persons, Vessels or other craft shall not enter or 343432, 1204215; thence due east to the
remain in the danger zone when the warning flag shoreline at Point Arguello,
is being displayed unless authorized to do so by 343432, 1203903.
the range officer in the control tower. (v) Zone 5. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Point Arguello,
334.1130 Pacific Ocean, Western Space and 343432, 1203903; thence due west to
Missile Center, Vandenberg AFB, California; 343432, 1204215; thence to
danger zones. 343300, 1204105; thence to
(a) The area. 343040, 1203729; thence due north to the
(1) The waters of the Pacific Ocean in an area shoreline at
extending seaward from the shoreline a distance of 343315, 1203729.
about three nautical miles and basically outlined as (vi) Zone 6. An area extending seaward about three
follows: nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Station 343315, 1203729; thence due south to
Point Sal-345408N, 1204015W. 343040, 1203729; thence due east to the
1-345408N, 1204400W. shoreline at
2-345248N, 1204400W. 343040, 1203010.
3-345000N, 1204030W. (vii) Zone 7. An area extending seaward about three
4-344450N, 1204215W. nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
5-344150N, 1204012W. 343040, 1203010; thence due west to
6-343512N, 1204245W. 343040, 1203729; thence to
7-343300N, 1204105W. 342656, 1203306; thence due east to the
8-343040N, 1203729W. shoreline at Point Conception,
9-342418N, 1203000W. 342656, 1202810.
10-342334N, 1202705W. (viii) Zone 8. An area extending seaward about three
11-342421N, 1202440W. nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
12-342720N, 1202440W. Point Conception,

468
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

342656, 1202810; thence due west to (7) Where an established harbor of refuge exists, small
342656, 1203306; thence to craft may take shelter for the duration of zone
342418, 1203000; thence to closure.
342334, 1202705; thence shoreward to Point
Conception,
342656, 1202810. 334.1140 Pacific Ocean at San Miguel Island,
(ix) Zone 9. An area extending seaward about three California; Naval danger zone.
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at (a) The area. The waters around San Miguel Island,
Point Conception, extending about 3 miles seaward from the shoreline
342656, 1202810; thence seaward to within the following points:
342334, 1202705; thence to A-340132N, 1202317W.
342421, 1202440; thence due north to the B-335848N, 1202317W.
shoreline at C-335848N, 1201500W.
342720, 1202440. D-340250N, 1201500W.
(b) The regulations. E-340545N, 1201725W.
(1) Except as prescribed in this section or in other F-340700N, 1202005W.
regulations, danger zones will be open to fishing, G-340918N, 1202317W.
location of fixed or movable oil drilling platforms H-340309N, 1202317W.
and general navigation without restrictions. (b) Markers. Range markers, as delineated below, are
(2) The stopping or loitering of any person or vessel installed at points A and H for navigational purposes
is expressly prohibited within Danger Zone 4, for both surface vessels and aircraft:
between the mouth of the Santa Ynez River and (1) At point A two triangular markers are installed
Point Arguello, unless prior permission is obtained facing southward, 10 feet in length on each side,
from the Commander, Western Space and Missile with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker
Center (WSMC) at Vandenberg AFB, California. mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards
(3) The impacting or missile debris from launch apart, each pole being placed on the line of
operations will take place in any one or any group longitude 1202317W. and near the southerly
of zones in the danger areas at frequent and shoreline at latitude 340132N. The southernmost
irregular intervals throughout the year. The marker is 20 feet below the other.
Commander, WSMC, will announce in advance, (2) At point H two triangular markers are installed
the closure of zones hazarded by missile debris facing true north 10 feet in length on each side,
impact. Such advance announcements will appear with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker
in the weekly Notice to Mariners. For the benefit mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards
of fishermen, small craft operators and drilling apart, each pole being placed on the line of
platform operators, announcements will also be longitude 1202317W, and near the northwesterly
made on radio frequency 2182 kc, 2638 kc, VHF shoreline at latitude 340309N. The northernmost
channel 6 (156.30 MHz), VHF channel 12 (156.60 marker is 20 feet below the other.
MHz), and VHF channel 16 (156.80 MHz) for (c) The regulations.
daily announcements. Additionally, information will (1) Except as prescribed in this section or in other
be posted on notice boards located outside Port regulations, the danger zone will be open to
Control Offices (Harbormasters) at Morro Bay, fishing and general navigation. Bomb drops
Port San Luis, Santa Barbara, Ventura, Channel between designated hours are expected to be
Islands, and Port Hueneme Harbors, and any intermittent, and when safe to do so, commercial
established harbor of refuge between Santa Barbara fishing boats and other small craft will be granted
and Morro Bay. permission to proceed through the danger zone. All
(4) All fishing boats, other small craft, drilling vessels permitted to enter the zone during a
platforms and shipping vessels with radios are scheduled bomb drop period, other than those
requested to monitor radio frequency 2182 kc, owned or operated by the U.S. Government, shall
2638 kc, VHF channel 6 (156.30 MHz), channel proceed across the zone by the most direct route
12 (156.60 MHz), or channel 16 (156.80 MHz) and clear the area as soon as possible. When bomb
while in these zones for daily announcements of drops are not scheduled, the zone may be occupied
zone closures. without restriction.
(5) When a scheduled launch operation is about to (2) The anchoring, stopping, or loitering by any
begin, radio broadcast notifications will be made person, vessel, fishing boat, or recreational craft
periodically, starting at least 24 hours in advance. within the danger zone during scheduled
Additional contact may be made by surface patrol firing/drop hours is expressly prohibited.
boats or aircraft equipped with a loudspeaker (3) The bomb drops will take place in the danger zone
system. When so notified, all persons and all at frequent and irregular intervals throughout the
vessels shall leave the specified zone or zones year. Danger zone usage demands are identified in
immediately by the shortest route. the Eleventh Coast Guard District, Local Notice
(6) The Commander, WSMC, will extend full to Mariners. Announcements will also be made on
cooperation relating to the public use of the danger marine radio channel 16, at 0800 local time, 1200
area and will fully consider every reasonable local time and/ or 1 hour prior to bomb drop
request for its use in light of requirements for operations. Status of the zone and/or permission to
national security and safety of persons and enter, may be requested by calling Plead Control
property. on marine channel 16 or by calling the Pacific

469
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

Missile Test Center (PMTC) on telephone number Friday and between dawn and dusk on Saturday
(805) 982-8280 or 982-8841. and Sunday.
(4) The Commander, PMTC will extend full (ii) The area between the 5,000 yard short range and
cooperation relating to the public use of the danger the 8,000 yard seaward boundary of the danger
zone area and will fully consider every reasonable zone may be used at all times for navigation and
request for its use in light of requirements for fishing, except when advance notice of intention to
national security and safety of persons and use this area has been given by the enforcing
property. agency by one or more of the following means.
(6) Landing by any vessel or going ashore by any (a) Notice published in Monterey County and Santa
person on San Miguel Island is specifically Cruz County daily newspapers, at least two
prohibited without prior permission of the days in advance of the date of said use.
Superintendent, Channel Islands National Park. (b) Display of red flags at Indian Head Beach and
Applications for such permission should be made near the Point Pinos Lighthouse.
to: Superintendent, Channel Islands National Park, (c) Radio Broadcast.
1699 Anchors Way Drive, Ventura, California (d) Notice to individual craft by a visit of a United
93003. States vessel.
(e) Telephone advice to such fishermens
organizations as may request, in writing, that
334.1150 Monterey Bay, California; (a) Firing
such advice be given.
range, Fort Ord; (b) Navy mining operations area. (b) Navy mining operations area.
(a) Firing range, Fort Ord, Calif. (1) The danger zone. Shoreward of a line beginning at
(1) The danger zone. the stack at about latitude 365806, longitude
(i) A rectangular area in Monterey Bay, the southerly 1215406; thence 230 true, 6.0 miles; thence 140
limit of which is an extension seaward of the true, 7.5 miles; thence 50 true to the shore.
southerly line of the Fort Ord Military Reservation (2) The regulations. The danger zone will be used for
boundary and bears 307 true, 8,000 yards from a training in various phases of mine warfare operations.
point on the shore at latitude 363747, longitude During the period from August I to February 15,
1215028, and the northerly limit of which is a inclusive, each year, no operations will be carried on
line bearing 307 true, 8,000 yards, from a point which will involve placing any obstructions in the
on the shore at latitude 364157, longitude water nor will any operations be carried on at night.
1214830, opposite Marina, Monterey County, During the period from February 16 to July 31,
Calif. The seaward boundary is a straight line inclusive, each year, operations may be carried on
joining the outer ends of the southerly and the which will involve laying exercise mines and other
northerly boundaries at the 8,000 yard range and is moored or bottom obstructions. In each case when
approximately parallel to the shore. moored or bottom obstructions are laid a notice to
(ii) The danger zone is divided into a short range area, mariners will be issued giving notice of their
extending seaward from the shore a distance of approximate location within the danger zone, and all
5,000 yards measured along the southerly and persons and vessels shall keep clear.
northerly boundaries, and a long range area
embracing the entire danger zone. 334.1160 San Pablo Bay, California; target
(2) The regulations. practice area, Mare Island Naval Shipyard, Vallejo.
(i) The 5,000 yard shore range area is prohibited to
all persons, vessels and craft, except those 334.1170 San Pablo Bay, California; gunnery
authorized by the enforcing agency, each week, range, Naval Inshore Operations Training Center,
between dawn and midnight from Monday through Mare Island, Vallejo.

470
Home Contents Index

APPENDIXVII

APPENDIX VII
NAVIGATION RULES FOR UNITED STATES INLAND WATERS
Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 modifies the special function of the vessel, the vessel shall comply
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at with such other provisions in regard to the number,
Sea, 1972 for use in US Inland Waters, inshore of position, range, or arc of visibility of lights or shapes,
established lines of demarcation. These lines are as well as to the disposition and characteristics of
shown, where appropriate, on Admiralty charts and sound signalling appliances, as the Secretary shall
described in this volume. have determined to be the closest possible compliance
The Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters follow closely with these Rules. The Secretary may issue a
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at certificate of alternative compliance for a vessel or
Sea, 1972, the Rules having corresponding numbers class of vessels specifying the closest possible
and usually corresponding paragraph numbers as well. compliance with these Rules. The Secretary of the
This Appendix shows only those Rules for US Inland Navy shall make these determinations and issue
Waters or parts of those Rules, which differ from the certificates of alternative compliance for vessels of
International Regulations, except where the the Navy.
modifications are of no navigational significance. The (f) The Secretary may accept a certificate of alternative
modifications are shown in italic type; where matter compliance issued by a contracting party to the
has been omitted, this is indicated by the use of International Regulations if he determines that the
@@@. alternative compliance standards of the contracting
party are substantially the same as those of the
United States.
PART A GENERAL
! Submarines may display, as a distinctive means of
identification, an intermittent flashing amber (yellow)
Rule 1 beacon with a sequence of operation of one flash per
second for three (3) seconds followed by a three (3)
Application second off period. Other special rules made by the
The complete Rule has been rewritten: Secretary of the Navy with respect to additional
station and signal lights are found in Part 706 of
(a) These Rules apply to all vessels upon the inland Title 32, Code of Federal Regulations (32 CFR 706).
waters of the United States, and to vessels of the
United States on the Canadian waters of the Great
Lakes to the extent that there is no conflict with
Rule 3
Canadian law. General Definitions
(b)(i) These Rules constitute special rules made by an
Paragraph (h) of the International Regulations is omitted,
appropriate authority within the meaning of Rule
paragraphs (i), (j), (k) and (l) become (h), (i), (j) and
1(b) of the International Regulations.
(k) and new paragraphs (l) to (q) have been added:
(ii) All vessels complying with the construction and
equipment requirements of the International (l) Western Rivers means the Mississippi River, its
Regulations are considered to be in compliance tributaries, South Pass, and Southwest Pass, to the
with these Rules. navigational demarcation lines dividing the high seas
(c) Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the from harbors, rivers and other inland waters of the
operation of any special rules made by the Secretary United States, and the Port Allen-Morgan City
of the Navy with respect to additional station or Alternate Route, and that part of the Atchafalaya
signal lights and shapes or whistle signals for ships of River above its junction with the Port Allen-Morgan
war and vessels proceeding under convoy, or by the City Alternate Route including the Old River and the
Secretary with respect to additional station or signal Red River;
lights and shapes for fishing vessels engaged in (m) Great Lakes means the Great Lakes and their
fishing as a fleet. These additional station or signal connecting tributary waters including the Calumet
lights and shapes or whistle signals shall, so far as River as far as the Thomas J. OBrien Lock and
possible, be such that they cannot be mistaken for Controlling Waters (between mile 326 and 327), the
any light, shape, or signal authorized elsewhere under Chicago River as far as the east side of the Ashland
these Rules. Notice of such special rules shall be Avenue Bridge (between mile 321 and 322), and the
published in the Federal Register and, after the Saint Lawrence River as far east as the lower exit of
effective date specified in such notice, they shall have Saint Lambert Lock;
effect as if they were a part of these Rules.! (n) Secretary means the Secretary of the Department in
(d) Traffic separation schemes may be established for the which the Coast Guard is operating;
purposes of these Rules. Vessel traffic service (o) Inland Waters means the navigable waters of the
regulations may be in effect in certain areas. United States shoreward of the navigational
(e) Whenever the Secretary determines that a vessel or demarcation lines dividing the high seas from
class of vessels of special construction or purpose harbors, rivers, and other inland waters of the United
cannot comply fully with the provisions of any of States and the waters of the Great Lakes on the
these Rules with respect to the number, position, United States side of the International Boundary;
range, or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as well (p) Inland Rules or Rules mean the Inland
as to the disposition and characteristics of sound Navigational Rules and the annexes thereto, which
signalling appliances, without interfering with the govern the conduct of vessels and specify the lights,

471
Home Contents Index

APPENDIXVII

shapes, and sound signals that apply on inland proceeding downbound with a following current shall
waters; and have the right of way over an upbound vessel, shall
(q) International Regulations means the International propose the manner of passage, and shall initiate the
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972, maneuvering signals prescribed by Rule 34(a)(i), as
including annexes currently in force for the United appropriate.
States.

Rule 15
PART B. STEERING AND SAILING RULES
Crossing Situation
Rule 9 Existing Rule of the International Regulations becomes
paragraph (a) and new paragraph (b) added:
Narrow Channels
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), on the Great Lakes,
Paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) and (e)(i) have been rewritten: Western Rivers, or water specified by the Secretary, a
power driven vessel crossing a river shall keep out of
(a)(i) A vessel proceeding along the course of a narrow the way of a power driven vessel ascending or
channel or fairway shall keep as near to the outer descending the river.
limit of the channel or fairway which lies on her
starboard side as is safe and practicable.
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(i) and Rule 14(a), Rule 18
a power driven vessel operating in narrow
channels or fairways on the Great Lakes, Western Responsibilities Between Vessels
Rivers, or waters specified by the Secretary, and
proceeding downbound with a following current Paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii) of the International Regulations
shall have the right of way over an upbound have been omitted, paragraph (e) becomes paragraph
vessel, shall propose the manner and place of (d).
passage, and shall initiate the maneuvering signals
prescribed by Rule 34(a)(i), as appropriate. The
PART C. LIGHTS AND SHAPES
vessel proceeding upbound against the current
shall hold as necessary to permit safe passing.
(e)(i) In a narrow channel or fairway when overtaking, Rule 21
the power driven vessel vessel intending to overtake
another power driven vessel shall indicate her Definitions
intention by sounding the appropriate signal
prescribed in Rule 34(c) and take steps to permit Paragraphs (a) and (b) have been rewritten and new
safe passing. The power driven vessel being paragraph (g) has been added:
overtaken, if in agreement, shall sound the same
(a) Masthead light means a white light placed over the
signal and may, if specifically agreed to take steps
fore and aft centerline of the vessel showing an
to permit safe passing. If in doubt she shall sound
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 225
the danger signal prescribed in Rule 34(d).
degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right
ahead to 22@5 degrees abaft the beam on either side
Rule 10 of the vessel, except that on a vessel of less than 12
meters in length the masthead light shall be placed as
nearly as practicable to the fore and aft centerline of
Traffic separation schemes
the vessel.
Paragraph (a) has been rewritten: (b) Sidelights mean a green light on the starboard side
and a red light on the port side each showing an
(a) This Rule applies to traffic separation schemes ... and unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 112@5
does not relieve any vessel of her obligation under degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right
any other Rule. ahead to 22 @5 degrees abaft the beam on its
respective side. In a vessel of less than 20 meters in
length the sidelights may be combined in one lantern
Rule 14 carried on the fore and aft centerline of the vessel,
except that on a vessel of less than 12 meters in
Head-on Situation length the sidelights when combined in one lantern
Paragraph (a) has been rewritten and new paragraph (d) shall be placed as nearly as practicable to the fore
added: and aft centerline of the vessel.
(g) Special flashing light means a yellow light flashing
(a) Unless otherwise agreed, when two power driven at regular intervals at a frequency of 50 to 70 flashes
vessels are meeting on reciprocal or nearly reciprocal per minute, placed as far forward and as nearly as
courses so as to involve risk of collision each shall practicable on the fore and aft centerline of the tow
alter her course to starboard so that each shall pass and showing an unbroken light over an arc of the
on the port side of the other. horizon of not less than 180 degrees nor more than
(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Rule, a power 225 degrees and so fixed as to show the light from
driven vessel operating on the Great Lakes, Western right ahead to abeam and no more than 22@5 degrees
Rivers, or waters specified by the Secretary, and abaft the beam on either side of the vessel.

472
Home Contents Index

APPENDIXVII

Rule 22 (ii) a vessel being towed alongside shall exhibit a

sternlight and at the forward end, sidelights, and a
Visibility of Lights special flashing light;
(iii) when vessels are towed alongside on both sides of
Add at the end of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of the the towing vessels a sternlight shall be exhibited
International Regulations: on the stern of the outboard vessel on each side of
...a special flashing light, 2 miles. the towing vessel, and a single set of sidelights as
far forward and as far outboard as is practicable,
and a single special flashing light;
Rule 23 (g) An inconspicuous, partly submerged vessel or object,
or combination of such vessels or objects being
Power driven Vessels Underway towed, shall exhibit:
(i) if it is less than 25 meters in breadth, one all
Paragraphs (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the International round white light at or near each end;
Regulations have been omitted, paragraph (b) has (ii) if it is 25 meters or more in breadth, four all
been rewritten and new paragraph (d) has been added. round white lights to mark its length and breadth;
(b) An air cushion vessel when operating in (iii) if it exceeds 100 meters in length, additional all
non-displacement mode shall, in addition to the lights round white lights between the lights prescribed in
prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule, exhibit an all subparagraphs (i) and (ii) so that the distance
round flashing yellow light, where it can best be between the lights shall not exceed 100 meters:
seen. Provided, that any vessels or objects being towed
(d) A power driven vessel when operating on the Great alongside each other shall be lighted as one vessel
Lakes may carry an all round white light in lieu of or object;
the second masthead light and sternlight prescribed in (iv) a diamond shape at or near the aftermost extremity
paragraph (a) of this Rule. The light shall be carried of the last vessel or object being towed...
in the position of the second masthead light and be (v) the towing vessel may direct a searchlight in the
visible at the same minimum range. direction of the tow to indicate its presence to an
approaching vessel.
(h) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable
Rule 24 for a vessel or object being towed to exhibit the
lights...prescribed in paragraph (e) or (g) of this Rule,
Towing and Pushing all possible measures shall be taken to light the vessel
or object towed or at least to indicate the presence of
Paragraphs (a), (c), (d), (f), (g), and (h) have been the unlighted vessel or object.
rewritten, paragraph (i) becomes paragraph (j), and (i) Notwithstanding paragraph (c), on the Western Rivers
new paragraph (i) has been added: (except below the Huey P. Long Bridge on the
Mississippi River) and on waters specified by the
(a) A power driven vessel when towing astern shall
Secretary, a power driven vessel when pushing ahead
exhibit:
or towing alongside, except as paragraph (b) applies,
(i) Instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23(a)(i) or
shall exhibit:
(a)(ii), two masthead lights in a vertical line. When
(i) sidelights; and
the length of the tow, measuring from the stern of
(ii) two towing lights in a vertical line.
the towing vessel to the after end of the tow
(j) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable
exceeds 200 meters, three such lights in a vertical
for a vessel not normally engaged in towing
line;
operations to display the lights prescribed by
(ii) sidelights;
paragraph (a),(c) or (i) of this Rule, such vessel shall
(iii) a sternlight;
not be required to exhibit those lights when engaged
(iv) a towing light in a vertical line above the
in towing another vessel in distress or otherwise in
sternlight;
need of assistance. All possible measures shall be
(v) when the length of the tow exceeds 200 meters, a
taken to indicate the nature of the relationship
diamond shape where it can best be seen.
between the towing vessel and the vessel being towed
(c) A power driven vessel when pushing ahead or towing
as authorized by Rule 36, in particular by illuminating
alongside, except as required by paragraphs (b) and
the tow.
(i) of this Rule, shall exhibit:
(i) instead of the light prescribed either in Rule
23(a)(i) or 23(a)(ii), two mastheads lights in a
vertical line. Rule 25
(ii) sidelights; and
(iii) two towing lights in a vertical line. Sailing Vessels Underway and
(d) A power driven vessel to which paragraphs (a) or (c) Vessels under Oars
of this Rule apply shall also comply with Rule
23(a)(i) and 23(a)(ii). Paragraph (e) has been rewritten:
(f) Provided that any number of vessels being towed
alongside or pushed in a group shall be lighted as (e) A vessel proceeding under sail when also being
one vessel, except as provided in paragraph (iii): propelled by machinery shall exhibit forward where it
(i) a vessel being pushed ahead, not being part of a can best be seen a conical shape, apex downwards. A
composite unit, shall exhibit at the forward end, vessel of less than 12 meters in length is not required
sidelights, and a special flashing light; to exhibit this shape, but may do so.

473
Home Contents Index

APPENDIXVII

Rule 27 maneuver, she shall sound the danger signal

specified in paragraph (d) of this Rule and each
Vessels Not Under Command or Restricted in vessel shall take appropriate precautionary action
Their Ability to Maneuver until a safe passing agreement is made.
Paragraphs (b)(iii), (c) and (d)(iii) have been rewritten: (b) Any vessel may supplement the whistle signals
prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule by light
(b)(iii) when making way through the water, masthead signals:
lights, sidelights and a sternlight and a sternlight in (i) these signals shall have the following significance:
addition to the lights prescribed in sub-paragraph  one flash to mean I intend to leave you on my
(b)(i); port side;
(c) A power driven vessel engaged in a towing operation  two flashes to mean I intend to leave you on my
such as severely restricts the towing vessel and her starboard side;
tow in their ability to deviate from their course shall,  three flashes to mean I am operating astern
in addition to the lights or shapes prescribed in propulsion;
subparagraphs (b)(i) and (ii) of this Rule, exhibit the (ii) the duration of each flash shall be about 1 second;
lights or shape prescribed in Rule 24. and
(d)(iii) when at anchor, the lights or shapes prescribed in (iii) the light used for this signal shall, if fitted, be an
this paragraph instead of the lights or shape all round white or yellow light, visible at a
prescribed in Rule 30, for anchored vessels. minimum range of 2 miles, synchronized with the
whistle, and shall comply with the provisions of
Rule 28 Annex I to these Rules.
(c) When in sight of one another:
Vessels Constrained by their Draught (i) a power driven vessel intending to overtake
another power driven vessel shall indicate her
Rule 28 of the International Regulations has been omitted
intention by the following signals on her whistle:
from the Inland Rules.
 one short blast to mean I intend to overtake you
on your starboard side;
Rule 30  two short blasts to mean I intend to overtake you
on your port side, and
Anchored Vessels and Vessels Aground (ii) the power driven vessel about to be overtaken
Paragraph (d) has been rewritten and paragraph (g) has shall, if in agreement, sound a similar signal. If in
been added: doubt she shall sound the danger signal prescribed
in paragraph (d).
(d) A vessel aground shall exhibit the lights prescribed in (g) When a power driven vessel is leaving a dock or
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule and in addition, if berth, she shall sound one prolonged blast.
practicable, where they can best be seen: (h) A vessel that reaches agreement with another vessel
(i) two all round red lights in a vertical line; in a head on, crossing, or overtaking situation, as for
(ii) three balls in a vertical line. example, by using the radiotelephone as prescribed
(g) A vessel of less than 20 meters in length, when at by the Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act (85 Stat.
anchor in a special anchorage area designated by the 164; 33 U.S.C 1201 et seq.), is not obliged to sound
Secretary, shall not be required to exhibit the anchor the whistle signals prescribed by this Rule, but may
lights and shapes required by this Rule. do so. If agreement is not reached, then whistle
signals shall be exchanged in a timely manner and
PART D. SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS shall prevail.

Rule 34 Rule 35
Maneuvering and Warning Signals. Sound Signals in Restricted Visibility
Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) have been rewritten and new Paragraph (c) has been rewritten and paragraph (d) of the
paragraphs (g) and (h) have been added: International Regulations has been omitted.
Paragraphs (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) become (d),
(a) When power driven vessels are in sight of one (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i); and new paragraph (j) has
another and meeting or crossing at a distance within been added:
half a mile of each other, each vessel underway, when
maneuvering as authorized or required by these (c) A vessel not under command; a vessel restricted in
Rules: her ability to maneuver whether underway or at
(i) shall indicate that maneuver by the following anchor; ..., a sailing vessel; a vessel engaged in
signals on her whistle: one short blast to mean I fishing, whether underway or at anchor; and a vessel
intend to leave you on my port side; two short engaged in towing or pushing another vessel shall,
blasts to mean I intend to leave you on my instead of the signals prescribed in paragraphs (a) or
starboard side; and three short blasts to mean I (b) of this Rule, sound at intervals of not more than 2
am operating astern propulsion. minutes, three blasts in succession; namely one
(ii) upon hearing the one or two blast signal of the prolonged followed by two short blasts.
other shall, if in agreement, sound the same (j) The following vessels shall not be required to sound
whistle signal and take the steps necessary to signals as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this Rule
effect a safe passing. If, however, from any cause, when anchored in a special anchorage area
the vessel doubts the safety of the proposed designated by the Secretary:

474
Home Contents Index

APPENDIXVII

(i) a vessel of less than 20 meters in length; and (c) The Act of February 8, 1895 (28 Stat. 645), as
(ii) a barge, canal boat, scow or other nondescript amended (33 U.S.C. 241295) for vessels
craft. navigating the waters subject to that statute; or
(d) Sections 3, 4, and 5 of the Act of April 25, 1940
(54 Stat. 163), as amended (46 U.S.C. 526 b, c,
Rule 36 and d) for motorboats navigating the waters subject
The complete Rule has been rewritten: to that statute; shall be exempted from compliance
with the technical Annexes to these Rules as
Signals to Attract Attention follows:
(i) The installation of lights with ranges prescribed
If necessary to attract the attention of another vessel, any
in Rule 22, until 4 years after the effective date
vessel may make light or sound signals that cannot be
of these Rules, except that vessels of less than
mistaken for any signal authorized elsewhere in these
20 meters in length are permanently exempt;.
Rules, or may direct the beam of her searchlight in
(ii) The installation of lights with color
the direction of the danger, in such a way as not to
specifications as prescribed in Section 7 of
embarrass any vessel.
Annex 1 to these Rules, until 4 years after the
effective date of these Rules, except that vessels
Rule 37 of less than 20 meters in length are permanently
exempt;
(iii) The repositioning of lights as a result of a
Distress Signals
conversion to metric units and rounding off
While this Rule remains unaltered an additional signal is measurement figures, are permanently exempt,
given in Annexe IV to the Inland Rules, namely: and:
(iv) The horizontal repositioning of masthead lights
(o) A high intensity white light flashing at regular prescribed by Annex I to these Rules:
intervals from 50 to 70 times per minute. 1. on vessels of less than 150 metres in length,
permanent exemption.
2 on vessels of 150 metres or more in length,
Rule 38 until 9 years after the effective date of these
Rules.
Exemptions (v) The restructuring or repositioning of all lights to
This rule has been completely rewritten in full: meet the prescriptions of Annex I to these Rules,
until 9 years after the effective date of these
Any vessel or class of vessels, the keel of which is laid or Rules.
which is at a corresponding stage of construction (vi) Power driven vessels of 12 meters or more but
before December 24, 1980, provided that she less than 20 meters in length are permanently
complies with the requirements of: exempt from the provisions of Rule 23 (a)(i) and
(a) The Act of June 7, 1897 (30 Stat. 96), as amended Rule 23 (a)(iv) provided that, in place of these
(33 U.S.C. 154232) for vessels navigating the lights, the vessel exhibits a white light aft visible
waters subject to that statute; all round the horizon; and:
(b) Section 4233 of the Revised Statutes (33 U.S.C. (vii) The requirements for sound signal appliances
301356) for vessels navigating the waters subject prescribed in Annex III to these Rules, until 9
to that statute; years after the effective date of these Rules.

475
Home Contents Index

Distance table - Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States

Note: For further information and notes on

distances, see Admiralty Distance Tables
Pacific Ocean Table 12 and Index Chart 1.

ce
an
tr
la

En
ut

co
aj

r
ul

ve
o
Ac

ap

ls
oa

Ri
Fa
Ac

lb

a
620 Ba

bi
bo

y
m
834 1420

Ba
Ca

lu

it
1295 681 2104

Co

os

to

ra
as
2954 2340 3764 1660

Co

rin

St
y
m

lu

Ba
2788 2174 3598 1494 170

Co

ay

)
ca

ca
lu
476

174 786 682 1461 3120 2954

Gu

Fu
lt
no

Ri
bo
1555 941 2365 337 1996 1830 1721

Ho

llo
de

ta
m
3906 3293 4694 2662 2233 2141 4071 2998

Hu

os
ni

is
an

za

Lu
n

(C
2633 2019 3443 1339 329 162 2799 1675 2076

Ju

la
an

at

n
3092 2478 3901 1797 143 310 3258 2134 2286 466

as
Sa
M

az

en

uz
912 298 1722 392 2051 1885 1078 652 3013 1730 2189

rt

ar

Cr
1196 582 2006 197 1857 1690 1363 379 2859 1535 1994

o
294

Po

sc
nt

eg
2246 1632 3055 951 721 555 2412 1288 2126 400 859 1343 1148

Pu

ci
lin

Di

an
413 1010 469 1685 3344 3178 261 1945 4284 3023 3482 1302 1587 2636

Sa

Fr
n
353 299 1170 974 2633 2467 519 1234 3586 2312 2771 593 876 1925 749

Sa

n
2025 1411 2834 731 956 790 2191 1067 2272 635 1094 1122 927 247 2415 1704

Sa
2423 1809 3232 1129 535 369 2589 1465 2080 214 672 1520 1325 190 2813 2102 425
Home Contents Index

INDEX

Abalone Point: (3940N, 12348W) 11.36 Algodones, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Arenal=extensive area of sand;
Abalone Point: near Newport Bay . . . 8.160 Algodones, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 see proper name
Abalone Point: Santa Catalina Island . . 8.83 Algodones, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Arenas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
Abbey Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.67 Alijos, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39 Arenas, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Aberdeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22 Allegany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71 Arenitas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Abernathy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Almagre Chico, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70 Arguello Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70
Abreojos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 Almagre Grande, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 Arguello, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291
Acajutla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.155 Almejas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21 Arista, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Acamama, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88 Alotengo, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Arlington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.167
Acantilado Blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Alphecca Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Armeria, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.151
Acantilado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 Alsea Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 Armuelles, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Acantilado, Punta: Baja California . . 6.248 Alsea River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 Army Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.243
Acantilado, Punta: Isla Angel Altamura, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Arranca Barba, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
de la Guarda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237 Altamura, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Arranca Cabello, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Acapulco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95 Altata, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21 Arrecife=reef; see proper name
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.102 Altata, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21 Arriba, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.113 Alto, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.202 Arrow Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108 Alviso Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150 Arrowhead Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95 Amapala, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103 Arroyo=stream, rivulet; see proper name
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103 Amapala, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123 Arroyo Grande Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.101 Ameca, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216 Artavio, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.30
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116 Americano, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17 Asadero, Barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.117 Amortajada, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145 Aserradores, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
Acapulco, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103 Amphitrite Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28 Asososca, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Acapulco, Heads of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.97 Anacapa Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279 Assoco, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Acatenango, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.236 Astillero, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Ackerman, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176 Anacapa Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.329 Astillero, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Acme, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122 Anaheim Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154 Astor Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
Acorazado, Caleta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28 Anderson Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51 Astorga, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
Adair, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.217 Anderson Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Astoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Adams, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87 Anegada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.43
Adams Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.337 Anegada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.258 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Adams Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87 Angel de la Guarda, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.42
Adams, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21 Angel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.46 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.47
Adela, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 ngel, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.68 Principal berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.46
Adelarda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 Angora Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.139 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.48
Adentro, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41 Animas, Baha de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.252 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.20
Afuera, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Animas, Boca de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46 Astronaut Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Afuera, Isla Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16 Animas, Isla las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237 Asuncin, Baha la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.69
Afuera, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41 Animas, Morro de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122 Asuncin, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Afuerita, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Animas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.248 Asuncin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Agerholm Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 nimas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137 Atad, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Agiabampo, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43 Anita Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53 Atitln, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164
Agua Brava Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238 Antioch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.281 ATLAS buoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4
Agua Dulce, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.207 Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.292 Atlas Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Agua Dulce, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.284 Atrevido, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Agua Pepa, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Ao Nuevo Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Audiencia, Punta la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.169
Agua Verde, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149 Ao Nuevo, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Aumentos Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77
Agua, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165 Api, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122 Austro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Aguda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43 Aptos Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86 Avalon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Agudo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Apusabalcos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122 Avila Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Aguja, Cerro La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Arago, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 Avila Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Aguja, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.37 Avisadero, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.84
Agujas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.111 Arboleda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Ayala Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.67
Agujas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 Arcata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90 Ayuta, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Ahogada, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.111 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Ayuta, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Ahome, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Arch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.101 Ayuta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Alajo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185 Arch Rock: Anacapa Island . . . . . . . . 8.291 Ayuta, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Alameda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105 Arch Rock: Orford Reef . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10 Azada, Escollera l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Naval Air Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.119 Arch Rock: San Francisco Bay . . . . . 10.55 Azufre, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37
Alamitos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200 Archimedes Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Azufre, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Alamos, Pico de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36 Arco, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Azufre, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Alamos, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39 Arcos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.204 Azul, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
Alava, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78 Arena Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Albatross Plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Arena Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.31 Babiri, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Albion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43 Arena, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Bacatete, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43 Arena, Punta: Baja California . . . . . . . 6.79 Bachelor Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Albion, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43 Arena, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . 6.140 Bacochibampo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Alcatraz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Arena, Punta: Santa Cruz Island . . . . 8.326 Bacochibampo, Ensenada de . . . . . . . 6.194
Alcatraz Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.46 Arena Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Baha de Santa Maria Light . . . . . . . . 6.259
Alcatraz, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.26 Arena=sand; see proper name Baha=bay; see proper name
Alcatraz Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53 Arenaita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43 Bahokus Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76
Alder Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51 Arena de la Ventana, Punta . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Baja California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Alexander Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59

477
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Seamount Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Bee Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326 Blancas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122

State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Begg Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.93 Blancas, Piedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Baja California Sur, State of . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Bejuco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Blanco, Cape: (4250N, 12434W) . . 12.7
Baja, Punta: Baja California, W coast 7.117 Bejuco, Punta: (810N, 8210W) . . . . 3.38 Blanco, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83
Baja, Punta: Cabo Virgenes . . . . . . . . 6.224 Bejuco, Punta: (949N, 8520W) . . . 3.162 Blanco Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Baja, Punta: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 Belcher, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Blanco, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61
Baja, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 Belcher, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29 Blanco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Baja, Punta: near Isla Tiburn . . . . . . 6.191 Belitre, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45 Blanco Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Baja, Punta: Ro Colorado . . . . . . . . . 6.213 Belle Vue Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82 Blancos, Farallnes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Baja, Punta: Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Bells Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37 Blank Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Bajo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213 Bells Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37 Blaze, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Bajo=shoal; see proper name Belmont Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193 Blaze Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Baker Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.30 Belmont Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.163 Blossom Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.86
Balboa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Belvedere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61 Blue Cavern Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144 Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.66 Bluff Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Bald Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.35 Belvedere, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252 Bluff Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Bald Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Ben, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Blunt, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Ballandra, Puerto: Baha de La Paz . . 6.131 Ben Weston Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Blunts Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Ballandra, Puerto: Isla Carmen . . . . . 6.154 Benicia Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.260 Boardman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.167
Ballast Point: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . . 8.42 Benicia Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250 Boca=mouth, entrance; see proper name
Ballast Point: Santa Catalina Island . . . 8.89 Benito de Enmedio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88 Boca Brava, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Ballena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.154 Benito del Este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Boca de Hacha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Ballena Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.138 Benito del Oeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Bocana, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
Ballena, Isla: Baha Uvita . . . . . . . . . 3.109 Bennett, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326 Bocana, Estero la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Ballena, Isla: Baha de La Paz . . . . . . 6.104 Beredito, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Bocana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Ballena, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63 Beredito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Boco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Ballena, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128 Berkeley Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180 Bocochibampo, Ensenada de . . . . . . . 6.194
Ballena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172 Berkeley Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180 Bodega Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
Ballena, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 Berkeley Yacht Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180 Bodega Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Ballenas, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.59 Bernoulli Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Bodega Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23
Ballenas, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.244 Berraco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Bodega Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Ballenitas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112 Best Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.12 Bodega Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
Balleto, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.202 Bethel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.302 Bodelteh Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Ballona Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.247 Big Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Bolaos, Isla: Baha de Salinas . . . . . 3.187
Balsa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57 Big Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98 Bolaos, Isla: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Balsamo, Costa del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.150 Big River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45 Bolaos, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Balsas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133 Big Sur River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46 Bolinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Baltasar, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Big White Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Baltimore Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65 Bingen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160 Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Baluarte, Ro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237 Bird Island: Bonita Channel . . . . . . . . 10.52 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Bamba, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.71 Bird Rock: Cape San Martin . . . . . . . . 9.49 Bolon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Banco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Bird Rock: Isthmus Cove . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88 Bolsa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Banco=bank; see proper name Bird Rock: Point La Jolla . . . . . . . . . . 8.113 Bomba, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268
Banda, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 Bird Rock: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22 Bonanza Light, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Banda, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153 Bishop Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64 Bonanza, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.130
Bandera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40 Bit Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249 Bonita Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Banderas, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.203 Bixby Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Bonita Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.56
Bandon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40 Black Jack Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82 Bonita, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38
Bar Rock Light: Chetco River . . . . . . 12.19 Black Point: Fisherman Bay . . . . . . . . 11.32 Bonneville Lock and Dam . . . . . . . . 13.156
Barca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 Black Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . . 10.58 Boquita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Barco Quebrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Black Rock: Blanco Reef . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Borrascosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Barkley Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79 Black Rock: Deer Point . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34 Bosley Butte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Baroyeca, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37 Blacklock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 Boughey, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159
Barquito, Caleta el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Blacks Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83 Boulder Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61
Barra=bar; see proper name Blanca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.121 Boundary Monument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.182
Barracas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79 Blanca de Tierra, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227 Boutelle Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Barracas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183 Blanca del Mar, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222 Bowen Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Barranca, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.143 Blanca, Isla: Bowlder, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
Barrel Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112 Ensenada de Bocochibampo . . . . . . 6.194 Brackenridge Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.24
Barretts Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83 Blanca, Piedra: (1555N, 9722W) . . 5.86 Bradbury Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.62
Barrn, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237 Blanca, Piedra: Baha de Maruata . . . 5.149 Bradford Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.156
Barview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69 Blanca, Piedra: Baha de Santa Cruz . . 5.75 Braithwaite, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Base, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.132 Blanca, Piedra: Baha Tenacatita . . . . 5.182 Brasilito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Bat Rock: Cuyler Harbor . . . . . . . . . . 8.318 Blanca, Piedra: Mazatlan . . . . . . . . . . 5.259 Braulia, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Battery Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.109 Blanca, Piedra: Puerto Refugio . . . . . 6.241 Brava, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Battle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28 Blanca, Piedra: Punta Carrizal . . . . . . 5.158 Brava, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Bay Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20 Blanca, Punta: (1057N, 8554W) . . 3.181 Brava, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Bay City: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 14.47 Blanca, Punta: Braxilito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Bay City: Tillamook Bay . . . . . . . . . 12.146 Baja California, W coast . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Brazos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.146 Blanca, Punta: Brea, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110
Bay Farm Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137 Golfo de California, NE side . . . . . . 6.191 Breaker Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Bay Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144 Blanca, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . 6.157 Bridge of the Gods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.159
Bayona, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.243 Blanca, Punta: Santa Rosalia . . . . . . . 6.168 Brighton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Bayona, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.241 Blanca, Roca: Isla Isabela . . . . . . . . . 5.237 Brigida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Beacon Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.317 Blanca, Roca: Isla Maria Cleofas . . . . 5.197 Brincanco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Bear River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64 Blanca, Roca: Isla Partida . . . . . . . . . 6.237 Brisbane Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Bear Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26 Blanca, Roca: Isla San Juanito . . . . . . 5.197 Brito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Beaver Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49 Blanca, Roca: Puerto ngel . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Brockway Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.319
Bechers Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.317 Blanca, Roca: Punta Candeleros . . . . 6.140 Bronaugh, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63

478
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Brookings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16 California Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Cascade Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.156

Brooks Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200 Camalu, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.141 Cascade Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.133
Brothers, The: Cape Mendocino . . . . 11.56 Camarn, Punta: Puerto de San Blas . 5.223 Cascadia Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Brothers, The: San Pablo Strait . . . . 10.176 Camarn, Punta: Mazatln . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Casino Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Brown Bear Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Cambrey, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.73 Caspar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
Brown, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.24 Cambrey, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
Brown Rock: Point St George . . . . . 11.102 Cambria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28 Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
Browns Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270 Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Castaones, Pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Bruhel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49 Camichin Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240 Castaones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Bruja, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Camp Pendleton Marine Corps Base . 8.122 Castillo, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Brujas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108 Campana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21 Castillo, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.299
Brumel, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170 Campanario, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109 Castillo=castle; see proper name
Brushy Bald Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Campbell, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65 Castle Rock: Arch Cape . . . . . . . . . . 12.141
Buchon, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 Campos, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Castle Rock: Bixby Landing . . . . . . . . 9.62
Buchon, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Campos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Castle Rock: Point St George . . . . . . 11.102
Bucksport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Canabraya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Castle Rock: San Clemente Island . . . . 8.73
Buena Vista: Golfo de California . . . . . 6.96 Canal=channel, canal; see proper name Castle Rock: San Miguel Island . . . . . 8.326
Buena Vista: Willamette River . . . . . 13.117 Candelaria, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Castle Rock: Sixes River . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Buey, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Candelero, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194 Cat and Kittens Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Bufadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Candeleros, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 Cat Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.311
Bufadero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66 Candeleros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 Catalina Airstrip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79
Bufaderos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.68 Cannay Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.91 Catalina, Baha: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . 6.69
Bugby Hole Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.52 Cannery Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.91 Catalina, Baha: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Buhne Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91 Cannery Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83 Catalina Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Buhne Spit Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91 Cano Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21 Catalina Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Bull Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36 Canoas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Catalina Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Bulls Head Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.251 Caada Honda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 Catalina, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Buque Perdido, Cono del . . . . . . . . . . 5.158 Cao, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.108 Catching Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Burica, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 Can, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Catedral, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.125
Burica, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 Cantina, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75 Cathlamet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.60
Burica, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Cantor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Burke Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82 Cape; see proper name Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.60
Burra Grande, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70 Cape, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Cativos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.31
Burra Grande Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70 Capitan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.305 Cavada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Burros, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139 Capitn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Cavallo, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Butteville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120 Capitola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86 Cavern Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291
Captain Cook Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78 Cayado, Cerros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Caballo, Cabeza de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194 Capulita, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.78 Cayman, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Caballo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Carabobo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111 Cayo, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145
Cabeza= head; see proper name Caracolita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.107 Cayucos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Cabeza de Ballena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78 Carballo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Cabeza de Caballo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253 Cardn, Barra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58 Cebaco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Cabeza Negra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147 Cardn, Isla El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41 Cedros, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.82
Cabezo=reef, peak; see proper name Cardoncito, Monte El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75 Cedros, Isla: Baha Sebastin Vizcano 7.82
Cabo Blanco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131 Cardoncito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78 Cedros, Isla: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . 3.157
Cabo=cape; see proper name Cardones, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260 Celilo, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.162
Cabras, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.243 Cardwell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331 Cenicero, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.170
Cabras, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 Careyes, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184 Ceniza, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.133
Cabrillo Marina Complex . . . . . . . . . 8.227 Carlsbad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.121 Ceniza, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.133
Cabrillo National Monument . . . . . . . . 8.39 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106 Centinela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Cabrillo Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 Carmel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63 Centissima Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Cabrillo, Point: Monterey Harbour . . . 9.77 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63 Centreville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
Cabrillo, Point: Mendocino . . . . . . . . 11.36 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63 Centro, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Cabuya, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63 Cermeno Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Cabuyal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167 Carmel, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61 Cerralvo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.94
Cacachiles, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90 Carmen, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134 Cerralvo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Cacaluta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66 Carpinteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.295 Cerro=hill; see proper name
Cacarizo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Carquinez, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250 Chacahua, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Cache Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.316 Carquinez Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240 Chacahua, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Cacique, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171 Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.252 Chacala, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.230
Cadegomo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48 BeniciaMartinez Bridges . . . . . . 10.243 Chahue, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Cguano, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123 Benicia, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.256 Chain Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Cahaiones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165 Carquinez Strait Bridges . . . . . . . 10.242 Chamatla, Ro del;
Cahiones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165 Crockett Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.253 see Baluarte, Ro del . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Cahto Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.35 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250 Chamela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Caimancito, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.118 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240 Chamela, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Cake Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78 Martinez Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . 10.255 Chamisal Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Calabasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.257 Champerico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
Calabaza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14 Carrillo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.163 Chancha Pelona, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.104
Calamajue, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.261 Carrington Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291 Channel Islands Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 8.307
Calaveras Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150 Carrizal, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Channel Islands: California . . . . . . . . . . 8.1
Caldera, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136 Carrizal, Ensenada: Baha Cenicero . . 5.170 National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . . 8.5
Caldera, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136 Carrizal, Ensenada: Cabo Arco . . . . . 6.193 Chapetona, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.195
Caleta=cove; see proper name Carrizal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160 Charco Azul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Calentador, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 Carrizal, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Charco Azul, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.50
Caleta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28 Carrizo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.129 Charleston Boat Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
California, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25 Carroll Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76 Charleston: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
California Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.152 Carrolls Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.83 Charts
California, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Cascade Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126 Admiralty charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13

479
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Datums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15 Clipperton, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 Compostela, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222

Depths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17 Clipperton Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 Concepcin, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Foreign charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14 Clipperton, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 Concepcin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Chase Ledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.110 Cluster Cone Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58 Concepcin, Ro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Chata, Cerro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Cluster Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.338 Concepcin, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Chatham, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 Coacoyal, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.89 Conception, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.289
Chato, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Coahuayana, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Conchagua, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Chauncey, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176 Coal Creek Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.63 Conchagita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Chautengo, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88 Coal Oil Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.304 Concord Naval Weapons Station . . . 10.277
Chehalis, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.24 Coal Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34 Concordia, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136
Chehalis River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Coalbank Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Condega, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78
Chenque, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.151 Coalcomn, Ro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Cone Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Cherry Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88 Coast Guard Island: Oakland . . . . . . 10.126 Cone Rock Light: Richardson Bay . . 10.62
Chester, Isletas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103 Cobb Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Cone Rock: Pyramid Point . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16 Coche Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.313 Cone Rock: Scotty Point . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Chetco Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16 Cochis, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37 Conejo, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Chetco River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16 Cochore, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36 Conejo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.69
Chica, Boca: Baha de Acapulco . . . . 5.109 Cocinas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185 Conejo, Punta: Baja California, W coast 7.13
Chica, Boca: Ro Chiriqui Delta . . . . . 3.60 Coco, Baha El: (1033N, 8544W) . 3.171 Conejo, Punta: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . 3.132
Chicago, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.277 Coco, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Conejo, Punta: near Salina Cruz . . . . . 5.69
Chichi Light, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21 Cocoraquito, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 Cono=cone; see proper name
Chihuahua, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28 Cocos, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171 Cono, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Chila, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.232 Cocos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18 Cono, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Chile, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263 Cocos Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Cono, Roco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Chimney Rock: Drakes Bay . . . . . . . . 10.33 Coiba, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15 Cono Rojo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Chimno, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Coibita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Consag, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257
Chimo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206 Coit Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.84 Constantine Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
China Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91 Cojo Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309 Constitucin, Ciudad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
China Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44 Cojo Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309 Contreras, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
China Point: San Clemente Island . . . . 8.73 Colby Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36 Conway, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29
Chinche, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23 Cold Spring Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34 Conway Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29
Chinche, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 Colebrook Butte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Cooksie Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
Chinese Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.313 Colima, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124 Cooksie Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Chino, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Colima, Nevado de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147 Cooper Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Chinook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.32 Colima, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162 Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.46
Dyke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29 Colima, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.56
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29 Colina=hill, hillock; see proper name Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.67
Chipehua, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70 Collins Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.64
Chipehua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52 Colnett, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.46
Chipequa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52 Colnett, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Chipps Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269 Colonet, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.51
Chiquirn, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124 Colonet, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Chiquita del Viejo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 5.159 Colorada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
Chira, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Colorada, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87 Coos Bay, city of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Chiriqui, Ro (Delta of) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58 Colorada, Punta: Canal de Beredito . . . 6.22 Coos Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47
Chiriqui Viejo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51 Colorada, Punta: Golfo Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65
Chirrip, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106 de California, W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Coos River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Chisguete, Estero el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 Colorada, Punta: Isla San Jos . . . . . . 6.137 Cooston Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Chismuyo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110 Colorado, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Copaiba, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Chivato, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Colorado, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76 Copalis Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Chivos, Escollera Los . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 Colorado, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.135 Copalis River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68
Chivos, Isla Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255 Colorado, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185 Copalis Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Cholla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 Colorado, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190 Copalita, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.78
Choya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213 Colorado, Pico: Baha Concepcin . . 6.160 Copas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Christmas Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56 Colorado, Pico: Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 Coquille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Chubascos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184 Colorado, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27 Point: Bandon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Chuchamone, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Colorado, Punta: Baha de La Paz . . . 6.105 Point: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 12.122
Chuchegat, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.77 Colorado, Punta: Baha Santa Ins . . . 6.183 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Chula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Colorado, Punta: Ensenada de Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Chula Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Bocochibampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194 Cordilerra=mountain range; see proper name
Small Boat Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.59 Colorado, Punta: Corbetea, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Church Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90 near Baha Concepcin . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Corbett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Ciaboga, Darsena de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263 Colorado Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29 Corchos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Cinder Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Colorado, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268 Corcovado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Cinder, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85 Colotopec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82 Corcovado, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.104
Cirilo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36 Columbia City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.86 Corcovados, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Cisne, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25 Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 Cordell Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
Ciudad=city, town; see proper name Approach and Entrance . . . . . . . . . 13.20 National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . 10.21
Clairaut Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Astoria to Willamette River . . . . . . 13.49 Cordonazos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.178
Clara, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33 Directions for entry . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.26 Corga, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Clarion, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1 Corinto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.39
Clarkston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172 Gorge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.152 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.49
Clatsop Plains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138 above the junction with Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.63
Clatsop Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21 Willamette River . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.121 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
Cleft of the Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78 above Vancouver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.148 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.39
Cleone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.48 Colusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.320 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Cliff House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50 Commercial Basin: San Diego Bay . . . 8.54 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.45
Cliff Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56 Commodore Jones Point . . . . . . . . . 10.262 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.65
Clifton Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Comond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Corinto, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55

480
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Cornwallis, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Crook Point: Oregon Coast . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Diablo, Point: San Francisco Bay . . . 10.49
Cornwallis Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Crook Point: San Miguel Island . . . . . 8.326 Diablo Point: (3403N, 11945W) . . 8.319
Corona del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Cruz=cross; see proper name Diablo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.131
Coronado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Cruz, Arroyo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55 Diamante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 Cruz, Laguna de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199 Diggs, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.267
Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.58 Cruz Rock, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49 Dillon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 Cuajada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Dique=breakwater, mole, dock,
Coronado, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.105 Cuate, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207 embankment; see proper name
Coronado del Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Cucharitas, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Direccin, Colina de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Coronado del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Cueva, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.181 Disappointment, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.20
Coronados, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136 Cuffey Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
Coronados, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Cuffey Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41 Dispatch Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Coronados, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Cuffey Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41 Dispensa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Corral de Mulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.141 Culebra, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166 Dispensa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Corralero, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Culebra, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172 Distress and rescue
Corrales, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.187 Culiacn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59
Corrales, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188 Culiacn, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21 Rescue services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62
Corralillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132 Cumbre Redonda, Montaa de . . . . . . 6.253 Ship reporting systems . . . . . . . . . . . 1.60
Corrientes, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177 Cumbre, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196 Doble, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Corso, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45 Curupacha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87 Doble, Punta: Golfo de California . . . 6.191
Corte Madera Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.182 Cushman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88 Doble, Punta: Isla Coiba . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Cortes Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64 Custodios, Punta Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223 Dolores, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Corts, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27 Custodios, Ro Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223 Dolores, Playa de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Cortezas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Cutler City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131 Dolores, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Corvallis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114 Cutuco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114 Dolphin Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
Cosigina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70 Cutuco, Muelle de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.127 Dominical, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.114
Cosigina, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Cutuco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.127 Don Juan, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
Cosmopolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Cuyler Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318 Doa Paula, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Costa=coast; see proper name Cuyutln, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Doa Paula, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.62
Costa, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250 Cypress Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Doran Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23
Costa Rica Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.157 Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Dos Amigos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Coto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Dos Piedras, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
Coto, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 Double Cone Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Cottaneva Needle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Daby Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.96 Double Peak: Tillamook Head . . . . . 12.141
Cottaneva Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Dalles Lock and Dam, The . . . . . . . 13.161 Double Peak: Cerro Pico Doble . . . . . 6.225
Cottons Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112 Dalles, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.161 Double Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Cottonwood Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82 Damas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33 Double Rock: Trinidad Harbor . . . . 11.114
Countries and ports Damas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Dowd Tablemount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
California, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.126 Damon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.49 Dragon Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.105
Central America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.64 Dampier, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 Drake, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.111
Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.74 Dana Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112 Drakes Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.33
El Salvador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.98 Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.127 Drakes Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.33
Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.106 Danzante Primero, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136 Drano Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Honduras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.90 Drsena=basin; see proper name Duartes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Mexico (United Mexican States) . . 1.114 Davenport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Dulce, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Nicaragua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82 David, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64 Dulce, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.84
Oregon, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.131 David, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 Dumbarton Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66 Davidson Inshore Current . . . . . . . . . 1.153 Dume Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232
United States of America . . . . . . . . 1.123 Davidson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Dume, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Washington, State of . . . . . . . . . . . 1.136 Davis Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.221 Duncan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Cousins Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Deep River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.57 Duncans Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25
Cove Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41 Deer Island Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.86 Duntze Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Cow Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Deer Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Duplicado, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Cowlitz River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.76 Deering, Entrada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 Duxbury Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Cox Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133 Duxbury Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Coxcomb Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24 Boat Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.122 Dyer Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Coyote Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150 Delake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.136
Coyote, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181 Delgada Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52 Eagle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Coyote Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.145 Delgada, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54 Earl, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.162 Delgada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28 East Fish Camp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.311
Coyote, Punta: Baha de La Paz . . . . . 6.105 Dellwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71 East Point: Santa Rosa Island . . . . . . . 8.326
Coyote, Punta: Golfo de California . . . 6.93 Depoe Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.128 East Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . . . 11.115
Coyote, Punta: near Isla Carmen . . . . 6.142 Depot Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.104 East Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.154
Coyote, Punta: Nicoya . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162 Derecha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263 Edith, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Coyote, Rocas del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 Descanso, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179 Eel Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65
Coyuca, Cerro Tetas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84 Descanso Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86 Eel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Coyuca de Bentez Light . . . . . . . . . . 5.122 Descanso, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.171 Eel River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.69
Coyuca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.109 Descartes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.182 Egg, Iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Coyuca, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119 Descartes Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 El Calvario Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.124
Coyuguilla, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119 Desdemona Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21 El Gancho Leading Lights . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Crates Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.159 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.27 El Jarro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Crescent City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.106 Desolado, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28 El Realejo, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.106 Destruction Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 El Sauzal, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165
Cresciente, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.58 El Segundo Marine Terminal . . . . . . . 8.240
Crest Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39 Devils Gate Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56 El Viga, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Crestn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255 Devils Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.136 El=the; see proper name
Crims Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Dewey, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89 Elena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Crockett Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.258 Diablo Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Elena, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168
Crocodilo, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37 Diablo, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Elide, Isleta (Islote) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104

481
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Elizabeth, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Falcon Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141 Foulweather, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126

Elk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41 Falsa, Baha: Baha Pichilingue . . . . . 6.132 Four Mile Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36 Falsa, Baha: Baja California, W coast 7.120 Fourfathom Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
Elk Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101 Falsa, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61 Fourier Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Elk River Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Falsa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103 Fourth of July Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Elkhorn Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.80 False Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64 Fox Rock: Orford Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Ellen Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.17 Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67 Frailes, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Ellice, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29 False Klamath Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100 Frailes, Los: (2323N, 10925W) . . . 6.76
Elliot Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.259 False Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46 Frailes, Los: (1918N, 10458W) . . 5.178
Ellwood Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.304 Falso, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76 Frailes, Los: Baha de Santiago . . . . . 5.160
Elma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Fanny Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31 Frailes, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Elota, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Farallon Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Franklin Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
Emery Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Farallon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Fraser Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.316
Emeryville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.179 Faralln=stack, steep rock islet; see proper Frenchys Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.311
Emilia Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 name Fro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Emory Channel: San Diego Bay . . . . . 8.61 Faralln, Punta: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . 3.157 Fuca Pillar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.80
Empalme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 Faralln, Punta: Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Fuego, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.183 Fuerte=fort; see proper name
Encantada, Cerro de La . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257 Farallones Escondido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Fuerte, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Encantada, Isla: Baja California . . . . . 6.258 Farallones, Gulf of The . . . . . . . . . . . 10.19 Fuerte, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Encantada, Isla: Corinto . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55 National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . 10.8
Encinitas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133 Farallones, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81 Galera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Encomiedo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91 Farnsworth Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84 Galeras, Las: Canal de San Lorenzo . 6.106
Enfilacin, Colina de la . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269 Farito, El: Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 Galeras, Las: Isla Monserrat . . . . . . . 6.137
English Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21 Fashion Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153 Gallardo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Enmedio, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194 Father and Son . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.80 Gallina, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157 Fauntleroy Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.111 Gallinas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Ensenada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.160 Fea, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33 Gallinas Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.224
Ensenada=bay; see proper name Fermin, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173 Gallito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Ensillada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Ferrelo, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Gallo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Entrada=entrance, fairway; see proper name Ferrel Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67 Gallo, Isla El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Entrada, Castillo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.226 Fieberling Tablemount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Gamboa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Entrada, Punta: Baha de San Quintn 7.133 Fields Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91 Gamez, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Entrada, Punta: Baha Magdalena . . . . 7.24 Filibusteros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162 Garcia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
Entrada, Punta: Puerto Nuevo . . . . . . . 3.41 Final, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258 Gardiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Entrada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76 Fish Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226 Garibaldi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142
Entrega, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67 Fish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Garrobo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128
Equatorial Countercurrent . . . . . . . . 1.156 Fisher Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Gasparino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Equipalito, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.64 Gauss Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Erben Tablemount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Fisherman Bay: near Point Arena . . . 11.29 Gaviota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.306
Erio, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127 Fisherman Bay; Southeast Farallon . 10.36 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Escarpado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117 Fisherman Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88 Gaviota, Canal de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
Escollo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132 Fisk Mill Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28 Gaviota, Rocas de la: Baha de
Escollera=breakwater; see proper name Five Mile Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 San Basilio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177
Escondida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Flat Rock: Bluff Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249 Gaviota, Rocas de la: Baha de
Escondido, Puerto: Baja California . . 6.142 Flat Rock: Cape Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . 14.59 San Cristobal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72
Escondido, Puerto: Mexico W coast . . 5.90 Flat Rock: Quepos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117 Gemlo del Este, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Esfinge, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188 Flat Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . . . 11.115 Georges Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Espada Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292 Flat Rock: Trinidad Harbor . . . . . . . 11.114 Gerald Desmond Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179
Espinos, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51 Flat Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249 Germaine Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Espiritu Santo, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90 Flatiron Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101 Gerstle Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.32
Espoln del Diablo Light . . . . . . . . . . 5.197 Flattery, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.70 Giants Graveyard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.60
Espuela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76 Giganta, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Esquinas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Fleming, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.184 Giganta, Sierra de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Esquinas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 Flint Rock Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Gigante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Estacada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31 Flor de Malva, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Gill, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.82
Estacin, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112 Flor, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23 Gissler, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Estanque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237 Flor, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Glen Cove Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.259
Estero = creek, estuary; see proper name Florence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88 Glenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89
Estero Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28 Foca, Arrecife la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Glorietta Bay: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . 8.57
Estero, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Foca, Roca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Goascorn, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
Estrella, Punta: Golfo de California . . 6.258 Foca, Rocas de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 Goat Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Estrella, Punta: Golfo Dulce . . . . . . . . 3.87 Fondeadero=anchorage; see proper name Goat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Estrete, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66 Fonseca, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.73 Gobernadora, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Etiopia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 NE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90 Gold Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Euclid Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 NW side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114 Gold Bluffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Eugenia, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66 SE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78 Golden Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
Eugenia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Footsteps Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 National Recreation Area . . . . . . . . 10.38
Euler Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Forney Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.316 Golden Gate, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
Eureka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Fort Bragg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39 Goleta Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90 Fort Canby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.31 Golfito, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.89
Everman, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26 Fort Columbia State Park . . . . . . . . . . 13.29 Golfo=gulf; see proper name
Explorador, Bajos del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106 Fort Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44 Golondrinas, Cerro de las . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63
Exposicin, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110 Fort Ross Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.27 Gngora, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Fort Ross Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.27 Goose Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.49
Fairbank Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.35 Fort Stevens Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.33 Gorda de Adentro, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Fairhaven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Fortuna, Arroyo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 Gorda de Afuera, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Fairweather Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Fossil Point: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.72 Gorda, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Falcon, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141 Fossil Point: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Gorda, Punta: (1033N, 8647W) . . 3.177

482
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Gorda, Punta: (748N, 8136W) . . . . 3.46 Guatamote, Monte el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14 Hermosa, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35
Gorda, Punta: Baha de Santiago . . . . 5.169 Guatemala Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Hermosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Gorda, Punta: Baja California, S coast . 6.78 Guatemala City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.106 Hermoso, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Gorda, Punta: Morro de Petatln . . . . 5.122 Guatulco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67 Hermoso, Morro: Baha de Chacahua . 5.84
Gorda, Punta: near Cape Mendocino . 11.54 Guayabo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Hermoso, Morro: Baja California,
Gorda, Punta; Canal Cerralvo . . . . . . . 6.93 Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51 W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Gorda Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58 Hermoso, Morro: Cabo Velas . . . . . . . 3.161
Gorda (Sea) Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66 Hermoso, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66
Gordas, Piedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 Herradura, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.153
Gordon Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51 Herradura, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Gore, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 Herradura, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Gorro=cap; see proper name Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57 Herradura, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Government Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.68 Herron, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Government Island: Columbia River 13.130 Guaymas, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 High Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.103
Government Point: Cape Foulweather 12.126 Guaymas, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53 Higueras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.170
Government Point: Point Conception 8.289 Gegentn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.179 Hill Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Graham, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177 GuelaGuichi, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70 Hoh Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Guerrero, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.96 Hoke Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Gran Desierto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.217 Guide Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Holcomb (Holcombe), Punta . . . . . . . . 7.59
Granada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 Guiones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161 Hollister Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Granada, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.104 Guionos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161 Honda, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Grand Canal: Newport Bay . . . . . . . . 8.144 Guitarrn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108 Hood River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Grand Tetons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172 Gulf; see proper name Hookton Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72 Gull Island: Santa Cruz Island . . . . . . 8.326 Hoquarten Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.146
Grande, Boca: Baha Damas . . . . . . . . 3.33 Gull Island: Columbia River . . . . . . . 13.55 Hoquiam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22
Grande, Boca: Baha de Acapulco . . . 5.108 Gull Rock: Bolinas Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.51
Grande de Santiago, Ro . . . . . . . . . . 5.237 Gull Rock: Cape Blanco . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 Horconcitos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Grande, Isla: Punta Ixtapa . . . . . . . . . 5.120 Gull Rock: Cape Foulweather . . . . . 12.126 Horconcitos, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Grande, Ro: El Salvador . . . . . . . . . . 4.150 Gull Rock: Russian River . . . . . . . . . 11.26 Horn, Cape: lower Columbia River . . 13.55
Grande, Ro: Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Gumdrop Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Horn, Cape: upper Columbia River . 13.153
Grande, Ro: Nicaragua . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 Gwynn Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Horseshoe, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
Granito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.241 Horseshoe Cove: Bodega Bay . . . . . . 11.18
Granito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.192 Horseshoe Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Grassy Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21 Habana, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139 Horseshoe Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Graveyard Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27 Half Moon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 House Rock: Cape Ferrelo . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Grays Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.57 Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.105 Howell Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Grays Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21 Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.33 Howland Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22 Hand Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78 Huanacaxtle, Cruz de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.34 Hannibal, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 Huatulco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.44 Harbor Island: Newport Bay . . . . . . . 8.144 Hubbard Mound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54 Harbor Island: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . 8.55 Hueneme Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.272
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.41 Harbor Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88 Hueneme, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22 Harding Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54 Hueneme, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.254
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Hardy Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.10 Hardy Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.275
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.28 Hare Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.272
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.46 Harlan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.254
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.47 Harlech Castle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.269
Grays Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56 Haro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.258
Grays River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.57 Harrington Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.276
Grayson, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29 Harris Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291 Huevos, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173
Great Break, The: Cape Mendocino . . 11.56 Hassler, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.136 Hug Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.154
Great Break: St George Reef . . . . . . 11.105 Havana, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159 Hughes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45
Green Hill: Tillamook Bay . . . . . . . . 12.146 Havannah, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.153 Huivuilay, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Green River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268 Havens Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30 Huivuilay, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Green Rock: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.101 Havens Neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30 Hull, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
Greenwood Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41 Hayden Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122 Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.70
Gregory Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.37 Haynes Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.82
Grenville Arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Haystack Rock: Cape Kiwanda . . . . 12.125 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.92
Grenville Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.66 Haystack Rock: Silver Point . . . . . . 12.141 Fields Landing Channel . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Grenville, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Heads, The: Port Orford . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.70
Grifo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108 Hearst Castle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Gringa, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253 Heceta Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76 Hookton Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Grissom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Heceta Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78 Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
Grizzly Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.76
Grizzly Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273 Heim Lift Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.94
Gruesa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Hen Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
Guacalate, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200 Henderson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Southport Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Guadalupe, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40 Henecn, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95 Humbolt Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
Guadeloupe Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150 Henrici Bar Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78 Humbug, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.245
Gualala Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16 Henry Ford Avenue Bascule Bridge . 8.179 Humbug Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8
Gualala Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Henslow, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Hump Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Hercules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.222 Hump Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Gualala River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Hermanas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Humptulips River Channel . . . . . . . . . 14.49
Guano Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65 Hermano del Norte, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257 Hunter Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Guapinol, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132 Hermano del Sur, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257 Hunters Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.33
Guardian Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51 Hermanos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Hunters Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.33
Guarida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23 Hermosa Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246 Hunters Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.82
Guarumal, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106 Hermosa, Cono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.69 Hunting Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55

483
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Huntington Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.148 Jacks Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238 Kino, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199

Huntington Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154 Jackson Pinnacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Kino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Hupa Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98 Jackson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Kinton Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.330
Hurricane Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Jac, Baha del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.152 Kiwanda, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Hurst Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.30 Jalisco, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207 Klamath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Hutchins Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.53 Jaltemba, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Jaltepeque, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136 Klooqueh Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28
Jaltipa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186 Knappton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56
Icaco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55 James Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.61 Knepper, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.61
Icacos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.115 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.64 Knox, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Icacos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Japutica, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Ice Harbor Lock and Dam . . . . . . . . 13.172 Jasper Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Iglesia, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Jerden Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83 LA Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
Iglesia, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206 Jesus Maria, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155 La Push . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.61
Iglesias, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 Jetty: Nehalem River . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149 La=the; see proper name
Iglesias, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177 Jewfish Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83 Ladrones, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Iglesias, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14 Jiboa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136 Lady Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.154
Iglesias, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Jicarita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Lago=lake; see proper name
Ilca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111 Jicaron, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Lagrange Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Ildefonso, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.160 Jicaron, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Laguna=lagoon; see proper name
le Clipperton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 Jimnez, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 Laguna Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135
Iles Egg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 Jiquilisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.142 Laguna Guerrero Negro . . . . . . . . . . . 7.107
Ilopango, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136 Jiquilisco, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.139 Laguna, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Imperial Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 Job, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34 Laguna Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.239
Indian Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90 Joe Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68 Laguna Point: Fort Bragg . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Indian Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83 Joe, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Laguna Point: Mugu Lagoon . . . . . . . 8.238
Inferior, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 John Day Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Laguna, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Infiernillo, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.192 John Day Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.164 Laguna, Sierra de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
Infiernillo, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252 John Day Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Lake; see proper name
Inglesa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111 John Day River Recreation Area . . . 13.167 Lake River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.88
Inguana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Johnson, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78 Lancha, Puerto de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Inocentes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Johnson Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.143 Lands End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38
Insolita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43 Johnsons Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.335 Langley Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.60
Intercontinental Marina: San Diego Bay 8.56 Jolla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112 Lansing Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Intrusa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106 Laplace Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Invincible Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176 Jolla, Point La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112 Larya, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Ipala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Jonathan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Las Blancas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Iron Bound Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Jones Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Las Gusimas Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Iron Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.124 Jordan Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70 Las Hadas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.171
Isabel, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.23 Juan Bautista, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 Las Iguanas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Isabel, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.184 Juan Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Las Pavas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63
Isabela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194 Juan de Fuca Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.71 Las Pinitas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.147
Isadora, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 Juan de Fuca Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Las Tetas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Isatan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Juan de Fuca Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79 Las Tres Vrgenes, Volcn . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Isham, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 Juanilla, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.186 Las Vigas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.17
Isidora, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 Juanilla, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184 Las=the; see proper name
Isla de Los Pelcanos Light . . . . . . . . 5.194 Judas, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117 Lasuen Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Isla Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.130 Judas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117 Lzaro Crdenas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Isla Jicarita Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Judge Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.140
Isla Pitahaya Light: Baha Concepcin 6.181 Judith Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.336 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.143
Isla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185 Juluapan, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.158 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.142
Isla=island; see proper name Juluapan, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.169 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Islais Creek Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.92 Juluapan, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.141
Island Chaffee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Junipero Serra Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.139
Island Freeman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Port Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.144
Island Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 LB Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190
Island Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Kalaloch Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 Leadbetter Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Island White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Kalama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.85 Leaning Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Isleta=islet; see proper name Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78 Lechuguia, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Isletas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 Kaluna Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58 Lechuguilla, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Islote, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 Karlson Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Leeds Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Islote=small islet; see proper name Kasler Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66 Legamo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Islotes, Laguna de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 Keller, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90 Legamo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Islotes, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Kellers Shelter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.251 Leibnitz Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Isthmus; see proper name Kelley Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.139 Lempa, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Isthmus Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88 Junction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.90 Lempa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Isthmus Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Kelley, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.170 Lengua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
Isthmus, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73 Kelp, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76 Leera, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Iwabuchi Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Kennewick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.173 Len, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Iwalco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.32 Kenton, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127 Leona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Ixtapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.129 Kentuck Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Leoncillo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Ixtapa, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.124 Kepler Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Leones, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Ixtapa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122 Khayyam Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Lesna, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Ixtapa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.130 Kibesillah Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36 Leucadia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Izalco, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133 Kid Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318 Lewis and Clark Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . 13.53
Iztapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.187 Kimball Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.271 Lewis and Clark River . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35
Kincheloe Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142 Lewis River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
King Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246 Lewiston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172
Jabali, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23 King Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54 Libertad, Gorro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Jackass Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58 Kino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199 Libertad, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.143

484
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Libertad, Puerto: Golfo de California 6.206 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.69 Mala, Punta: Puerto Culebra . . . . . . . 3.172
Lido Isle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.75 Malaga Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Lime Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44 Principal berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.72 Maldonado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Limits of book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.76 Malibu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.251
Limn, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70 Lookout, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.125 Mallard Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Limon, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101 Lookout Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Man of War Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28
Linartes, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Lopez Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 Managua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82
Lincoln City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131 Lopez Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 Managua, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Lindbergh Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 Lord Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.52 Managua, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Lion Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88 Lorenz, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.109 Mandalay Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Lion Rock: Point Buchon . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Lorenzo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.29 Mandeville Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.299
Lion Rock: Point Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Loreto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Mandeville Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.298
Little Bat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.169 Loros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155 Mangles, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
Little Coyote Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.143 Los=the; see proper name Mangrove, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
Little Goose Lock and Dam . . . . . . . 13.172 Los Angeles, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253 Mangrove, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.135
Little Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Los Angeles Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Manhattan Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.243
Little Head: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.114 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.211 Manialtepec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Little Nestucca River . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.222 Mansfield Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Little River Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.114 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217 Manto, Arroyo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Little River: (3916N, 12347W) . . . 11.44 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203 Manuela, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.109
Little River: (4102N, 12407W) . . . 11.98 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.212 Manuelita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Little Slate Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206 Manzanilla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Little Sur River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225 Manzanillo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.155
Lizardo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226 Manzanillo: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . . 3.157
Llanuras de San Juan Bautista . . . . . . 6.188 Los Angeles Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173 Manzanillo: Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Llorena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103 Los Cabros, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185 Mapam, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Llorona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103 Los Esclavos, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.168 Mapleton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88
Lobachevskiy Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Los Gemelitos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253 Maquenco, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159
Lobera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42 Los Morros, Islotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76 Mar=sea; see proper name
Lobera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42 Los Negritos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124 Marabios, Cordillera de los . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Lobos, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205 Los Tezos Ranch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87 Mare Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Lobos, Campo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48 Lospe, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Lobos, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205 Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73 Margarita Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
Lobos, Estero de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48 Lots Wife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 Mara Cleofas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Lobos, Isla: Baha de La Paz . . . . . . . 6.107 Lovaina, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38 Mara Madre, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Lobos, Isla: Cabo Arco . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Lower Granite Lock and Dam . . . . . 13.172 Mara Magdalena, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Lobos, Isla: Punta Lobos . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Lower Monumental Lock and Dam . 13.172 Maria, Punta: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.69
Lobos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Lowrock Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109 Maria, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Lobos Point: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Lowry, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.65 Mara, Punta: Baha Sebastin
Lobos, Point: San Francisco Bay . . . . 10.38 Lowry, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89 Vizcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Lobos, Punta: approaches to Guaymas 6.40 Lucia Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55 Mariato, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16
Lobos, Punta: Baja California, W coast 7.13 Luna, Estero de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 Marin Islands: San Pablo Strait . . . . 10.183
Lobos, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . 6.137 Lunada Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.248 Marin Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Lobos, Punta: Isla del Espiritu Santo . . 6.93 Lupona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106 Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Lobos, Roca: Baha de La Paz . . . . . . 6.105 Lusitania, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9 Marina del Rey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.247
Lobos, Roca: Canal de San Marcos . . 6.166 Marina, Piedras de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.90
Lobos Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Mariners Basin: Mission Bay . . . . . . . 8.119
Loch Lomond Marina . . . . . . . . . . . 10.183 Macapule, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24 Markham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.50
Logan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 Macapule, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24 Mrquez, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Lois Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Macey Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83 Marsh Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Loma, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.39 Mack Arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8 Marshfield Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Loma Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.32 Martin Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Loma Prieta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94 Mack Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.32 Martn Perz, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Lone Black Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Mack Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Martinez Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.261
Lone Tree Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229 Macklyn Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Maruata, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.153
Long Beach Breakwater . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Mad River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98 Marys Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Long Beach Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.175 Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90 Masachapa, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183 Madera Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Mason, Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58
Back Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Maderas, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Matancitas, Boca de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.194 Madero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22 Matapalo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Cerritos Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Madre Occidental, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Matapalo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.82
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190 Madre Sal, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140 Matapalo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.175 Magdalena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Matenchn, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.231
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184 Magdalena, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28 Mathematicians Seamounts . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178 Magdalena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 Mathews Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.140
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.199 Magnetic anomalies, local Mattole Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200 Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.50 Mattole Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Downtown Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201 Isla Coiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 Mattole River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Long Beach Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200 Isla Cedros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.83 Mayfield Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
Long Beach Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173 Point Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12 Mayo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
Long Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Punta Lobos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10 Mazatn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70
Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20 San Clemente Island . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68 Mazatlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.244
Long Point: (3344N, 11824W) . . . 8.236 Sixtymile Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.251
Long Point: Santa Catalina Island . . . . 8.83 Maintop Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.36 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.261
Long Rock: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Maintop Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257
Long Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . . 11.115 Makah Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.244
Longview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.65 Mal Arrimo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.70 Mal Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.250
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.65 Mala, Punta: near Baha Uvita . . . . . . 3.109 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.262

485
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Mazo, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Monitas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Mussel Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47

McAvoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.285 Monjones, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Mussel Rock: Crescent City Harbor 11.111
McKenzie Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.28 Mono, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38 Mussel Rock: False Cape . . . . . . . . . . 11.68
McKinley Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Monserrat, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136 Mussel Rock: St George Reef . . . . . 11.115
McLean Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108 Montague, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269 Mutis, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
McNairs Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239 Montaa=mountain; see proper name
McNary Lock and Dam . . . . . . . . . . 13.168 Montaa, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Nacascolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86
McNutt Gulch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51 Montara Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94 Nahcotta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Meanguera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 Montara, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29 Nahcotta Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Meanguerita, Islata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93 Monte=mount, mountain; see proper name Napa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Meares, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126 Monte Silla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Mechudo, Cabeza de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 Monterey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73 Napier Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Mechudo, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67 Naples Island: Alamitos Bay . . . . . . . 8.200
Medanos de Santo Domingo Light . . . 6.40 Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73 Naranjas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Medidor, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 Monterey Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67 Naranjo, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Megler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56 National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . . 9.2 Naranjo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Meja, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.241 Monterrey, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223 Narizn, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Melaque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Montesano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.53 Narizn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Mellizas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70 Montezuma Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273 Naselle River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21
Melpomene, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41 Montijo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Natan, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Menard Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Montoga, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217 National City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Mendocino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45 Montosa, Isla: Baha El Coco . . . . . . . 3.171 Natividad, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.82
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45 Montosa, Isla: Baha Tangolunda . . . . . 5.74 Natural conditions
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52 Montuosa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Climate and weather . . . . . . . . . . . 1.170
Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Monumento, Punta: Isla Tiburn . . . . 6.191 Climatic Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.200
Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Monumento, Punta: Puerto Refugio . . 6.242 Currents and tidal streams . . . . . . . 1.149
Mendocino, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56 Monumento, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35 Maritime topography . . . . . . . . . . . 1.147
Mendoza Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21 Moon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Sea and swell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.161
Mercenarios, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161 Moore Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63 Sea level and tides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.160
Mesa=tableland, plateau; see proper name Mooring Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43 Sea water characteristics . . . . . . . . 1.165
Mesa, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Morales, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134 Navachiste, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Metate, Pico del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194 Morazn, Puerto: Estero Real . . . . . . . 4.86 Navachiste, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
Meteorological conversion table Morazn, Puerto: San Juan del Sur . . . 4.16 Navarro Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
and scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.224 Morgan, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9 Navarro Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Mexcaltitn, Barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240 Morgan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58 Navarro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.42
Mexicali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Morrito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 Navidad, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Mexico City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.114 Morro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.34 Navidad, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Mexico Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.152 Morro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52 Navidad, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Mezquital, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 Morro Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.257 Navidad, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Mezquite, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.260 Morro Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.39 Navigational aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Mezquite, Punta: Baha Descanso . . . 7.179 Morro Howlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.47 Navigational dangers and hazards
Mezquite, Punta: Ensenada Carrizal . 6.193 Morro, Punta del; Baha de Coastal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
Michatoya, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.187 Todos Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156 Logs and deadheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
Michoacn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133 Morro Redondo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91 Navigation amongst coral . . . . . . . . . 1.3
Middle America Trench . . . . . . . . . . . 1.147 Morro Redondo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90 Navigation amongst kelp . . . . . . . . . . 1.4
Middle Farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31 Morro Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31 Navio, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.242
Middle Point: Suisun Bay . . . . . . . . 10.277 Morro=headland, bluff; see proper name Nayarit, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224
Middle River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287 Morse Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.330 Neahkahnie Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . 12.139
Middle Rock: Cuyler Harbor . . . . . . . 8.318 Moss Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58 Necanicum River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138
Middleton, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Moss Landing Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.80 Neds Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.43
Midshipman Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239 Mostrador, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101 Needle Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Midway Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Mott Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Needle Rock: Point Delgada . . . . . . . 11.58
Miga, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171 Mott Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Needle Rock: Rogue River Reef . . . . 12.10
Mile Rocks: Russian River . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Mount; see proper name Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.60
Mile Rocks: San Francisco . . . . . . . . . 10.49 Mouse Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41 Negra, Piedra: Baha Murcilagos . . . 3.176
Miller Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Muchurusio, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Negra, Piedra: Mazatln . . . . . . . . . . . 5.258
Millicoma River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71 Muela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47 Negra, Punta: Baha Sebastin
Millington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.51 Muelle=pier, jetty, mole; see proper name Vizcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Miramar, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258 Muerto, Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36 Negra, Roca: Baha de San Carlos . . . 6.139
Miramar: Ensenada de Bocochibampo 6.194 Muertos, Baha de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97 Negra, Roca: Baha de Zihuatanejo . . 5.120
Miramar: Half Moon Bay . . . . . . . . . . 9.105 Muertos, Ensenada de los . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97 Negra, Roca: near Cabo Corrientes . . 5.177
Miramontes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Muertos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157 Negra, Roca: Puerto ngel . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Mission Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114 Muertos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41 Negrita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Mission Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114 Mugu Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238 Negrito, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Mita, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206 Mugu Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238 Negritos Afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Mochis, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28 Mugu, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238 Negritos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Moclips River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68 Mulato, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90 Negro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Mogote=hummock; see proper name Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 Nehalem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Mogote, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.117 Muleg, Fondeadero del . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Mojnes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180 Multnomah Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.84 Neskowin Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.127
Mokelumne River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287 Multnomah Falls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153 Neskowin Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.127
Molate Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.178 Murcilago, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157 Nestucca Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133
Molino, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111 Murcilagos, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176 Nestucca River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133
Molokai Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Murcilagos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.169 Netarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135
Mombacho, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Murray Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135
Momotombo, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Musimillama, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162 Nevado = snowcapped mountain; see proper
Moneypenny Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82 Mussel Point: Bodega Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.18 name
Mongrove, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.135 Mussel Point: near Point Sal . . . . . . . . 9.26 Neveria, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
Monita, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.46 Mussel Point: near Reading Rock . . 11.103 New Hope Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112

486
Home Contents Index
INDEX

New, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.49 Small Craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.136 Palix River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20

New York Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269 Oaxaca, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.39 Palma, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
New York Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.271 Obispo, Faralln del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.106 Palmas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Newberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114 Obscuro, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.215 Palmar, El (2351N, 10951W) . . . . . 6.92
Newport: Newport Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Observation Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43 Palmar, El: Punta Gasparino . . . . . . . . 7.13
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Observatorio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33 Palmarito, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Ocean Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.117 Palmas, Baha de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Heights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141 Oceana Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22 Palmilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Newport: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98 Oceano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 Palmira, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.120
Newton Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Oceanside Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.122 Palmitas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173
Nexpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88 Ocs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204 Palo Bonito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
Nexpa, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88 Ocosito, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204 Palomina, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
Nexpa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88 Ocosta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54 Palos Verdes Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
Nicaragua, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 Ocote, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.89 Palos Verdes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Nichols Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 ODAS buoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Pan de Azucar, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157
Nicoya, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.126 Oeste, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.197 Panama, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172
Nifty Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318 Ohuira, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Panama City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66
Nitinat Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79 Ojo de Agua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.159 Papagayo, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166
Noche, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Ojo de Liebre, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105 Papagayo, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Noonday Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31 Olas Atlas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 Papagayo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Nopol, Punta: W of Isla Carmen . . . 6.140 Oleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.222 Papagayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Nopol, Punta: Canal de San Jos . . . 6.138 Olocuita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117 Papanoa, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.120
Norte, Punta: Isla Cedros . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97 Olympic Coast National Papayal, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18
Norte, Punta: Isla Guadalupe . . . . . . . . 2.43 Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4 Paradise Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.181
Nortes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184 Olympus, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.56 Paradise Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.252
North Bay: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . 14.49 Ometepe, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 Paredn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
North Beach Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9 Ometepec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93 Paredones de Soconusco . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
North Bend: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Oneal, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Paredones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196
North Equatorial Current . . . . . . . . . . 1.155 Oneatta Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.121 Parida, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
North Farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Oregon City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114 Paraso, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
North Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Orford, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27 Parker, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
North Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24 Orford Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Parks Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24 Orizaba Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Parmenter, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63
North Island: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . . 8.17 Oros, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167 Partida, Isla La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
North Pacific Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.151 Ortega Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292 Partida, Isla: Golfo de California . . . . 6.237
North Peak: Montara Mountain . . . . . . 9.94 Osa, Peninsula de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102 Partido, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
North Point: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52 Osado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 Partington Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
North Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . . 10.93 Osborn Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.100 Pasajera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
North Portland Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122 Ostional, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187 Pascal Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.126 Ostionera, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 Pasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.173
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.128 Ostrander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.76 Paso Caballos, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.127 Oto, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.155 Passage Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122 Otter Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34 Passavera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 13.124 Otter Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126 Patos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.204
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.129 Outer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Patricks Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.115
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.130 Outer Santa Barbara Passage . . . . . . . . 8.79 Patton Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
North River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21 Oyster Point Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160 Pavn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.97
North Rock: Hoh Head . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Oyster Cove Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160 Paz, Baha de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.102
North Rock: Hubbard Mound . . . . . . . 12.9 Oyster Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160 Paz, Canal de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.118
North Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160 Paz, Ensenada de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.117
North Spit: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47 Ozette Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76 Paz, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.114
North Spit: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Ozette River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.83 Paz, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Northwest Rock: Orford Reef . . . . . . 12.9 Paz, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.152
Northwest Rock: Rogue River Reef . . 12.9 Pabelln, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46 Paz, Ro La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.152
Northers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184 Pabelln, Ensenada del . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21 Peacock Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21
Northwest Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.78 Pacheco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13 Pearce, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Notch Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128 Pacific Beach: Mission Bay . . . . . . . . 8.105 Pebble Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Novarro, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70 Pacific Beach: Washington . . . . . . . . 14.68 Pecho Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Novato Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.228 Pacific City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133 Peck, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88
Novilla, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185 Pacific Grove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67 Pedada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Noyo Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38 Pacific Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55 Pedernales, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Noyo Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38 Pacora, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24 Pedregal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
Noyo Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73 Painted Cave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.315 Pedregal, Estero: Golfo de Fonseca . . . 4.83
Noyo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38 Paintersville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.315 Pedregal, Estero: Ro Chiriqui . . . . . . . 3.64
Nueces, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38 Pajarito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.141 Pelican Bay: Point St George . . . . . . . 12.13
Nuevo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43 Pajaro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67 Pelican Bay: Santa Cruz Island . . . . . 8.313
Nuevo Vallarta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.219 Pajarn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41 Pelican Rock: Crescent City Harbor 11.109
Nuevo Venecio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.202 Pjaros, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.48 Pelicano, Roca: Manzanillo . . . . . . . . 5.160
NW Seal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Pjaros, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53 Pelicano, Roca: Punta Cabeza Negra . 5.149
Pjaros, Isla: (1006N, 8500W) . . . 3.134 Pelcano, Isla: Baha Kino . . . . . . . . . 6.199
Oak Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278 Pjaros, Isla: (752N, 8147W) . . . . . 3.41 Pelcano, Isla: Ro Colorado . . . . . . . 6.269
Oakland, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105 Pjaros, Isla: Mazatln . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Pelona, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.115 Pajaros, Islote Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Pelonas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.129 Pjaros, Mogote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Penguin Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.123 Pjaros, Roca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72 Peninsula Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105 Pala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 Pennsula=peninsula; see proper name
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.119 Palenque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60 Penoso, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.109 Palenquito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Pea(s)=rock(s); see proper name
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.135 Paleto de Afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Peasco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214

487
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Peasco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213 Pioneer Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Principal ports, harbours

Pequea, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46 Pioneer Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 and anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.141
Perdomo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21 Pioneer Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Prisoner Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.114
Perico, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.130 Piro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Prisoners Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.314
Perico, Punta: Canal Cerralvo . . . . . . . 6.93 Pismo Beach Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18 Profile Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.315
Perico, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . 6.137 Pistol River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Promontory Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Perihuete, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23 Pitahaya, Isla: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59 Prosper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Perihuete, Pennsula del . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Pitas, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278 Prosper, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
Perkins Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Pittsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.278 Pudding Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
Perla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.192 Pixba, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47 Puerto Marques, Baha de . . . . . . . . . 5.111
Peroana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Plana, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89 Puerto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Perpetua, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78 Plano, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.211 Puerto Viejo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Prula, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185 Plaskett Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51 Puerto=port; see proper name
Pesado, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34 Plata, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170 Puget Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Pescadero Point: approaches to San Platanal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.82 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.52
Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Platform Irene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Pulmo, Arrecife del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Pescadero Point: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . 9.65 Playa Alta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 Pulmo, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Pescadero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Playa Blanca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183 Pulmo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Pescadero, Punta: Baja California, Playa Brava, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . 3.48 Plpito, Fondeadero del . . . . . . . . . . . 6.178
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Playa, Cerro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Plpito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
Pescadero Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65 Playa Colorada, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . 6.23 Punta Banda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.152
Petacalco, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.132 Playa Grande, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58 Punta Banda, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.152
Petaluma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225 Playa, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Punta, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225 Playa Mara, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112 Punta Peasco, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Petatln, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.127 Playa=beach; see proper name Punta=point; see proper name
Petatln, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.120 Playita, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19 Puntarenas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.143
Petrel, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.62 Playon de Mismaloya Light . . . . . . . . 5.178 Puntarenitas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Petroterminal de Panama . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72 Plaza, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 Puntilla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.147
Pfeiffer Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 Pochote, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185 Purificacon, Sierra la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.222
Pfeiffer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 Point Arena Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . 11.14 Purisima Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Phillips Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268 Point of Arches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79 Pyramid Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74
Piaxtla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Point Potrero Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.205 Pyramid Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Piaxtla, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19 Point; see proper name Pyramid Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Picacho=sharp peak; see proper name Pointed Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.163 Pyramid Rock: Blanco Reef . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Picacho, Cerro El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Ponente, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41 Pyramid Rock: Cape Meares . . . . . . 12.126
Pichilingue, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.108 Pony Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.57
Pichilinguillo, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . 5.152 Port; see proper name Quebros, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Pico = peak; see proper name Port services summary
Queens Way Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179
Pico Doble, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.225 Docking facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.142
Queensway Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201
Pico Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.143
Queets River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2
Pie del Gigante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Portland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.91
Queiros Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Piedra Amarilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.154 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.100
Quelite, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Piedra Blanca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.163 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.104
Quepos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.118
Piedra Blanca, La: Isla Tiburn . . . . . 6.191 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.91
Quepos, Islas de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Piedra, Isla la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.101
Quepos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Piedra Parada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95
Quetzal, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.172
Piedra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.108
Quevedo, Pennsula de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Piedra, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72 Principal berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.105
Quezaltenango . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Piedra, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.113
Quillayute Needle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.64
Piedra=rock; see proper name Portuguese Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Quillayute Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.64
Piedras Blancas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Potatopatch Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
Quillayute River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.61
Piedras Blancas, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Potos, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.127
Quinault River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.56
Piedras Blancas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Potos, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Quinones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Piedras, Isla de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36 Potrero, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Quivira Basin: Mission Bay . . . . . . . . 8.119
Pierpont Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308 Potrero Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.175
Pigeon Point: approaches to San Potrero Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . 10.88
Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Poza, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.112 Rabo del Puerco, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Pigeon Point: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 12.72 Poza, Ro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.188 Raccoon Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Pilar de Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Pozo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Raccoon Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Pillar Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.98 Prairie Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 Racimo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101 Pratt Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Radio facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28
Pillar Rock: Cape Meares . . . . . . . . . 12.126 President Jackson Seamount . . . . . . . . 2.45 Raft River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2
Pillar Rock: Estero Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37 Presidio Military Reservation . . . . . . 10.38 Ragged Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Piln de Azcar, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.171 Presidio Monument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76 Rainier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.77
Piln de Parras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Presidio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14 Rancheria, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Pilot Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101 Presidio, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237 Rancho Bueno, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24 Presidio Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53 Rancho Descanso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Pin Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89 Preston Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.110 Rancho, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Pinacate, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.211 Price Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.59 Range Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Pinculo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9 Priest Rapid Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.169 Ranger, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
Pinculo, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86 Prieta, Punta: Isla del Espiritu Santo . 6.105 Ranger, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Pinal, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 Prieta, Punta: La Paz . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105 Ratn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
Pinnacle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Prieta, Punta: Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 Ravenswood Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Pinnacles, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64 Prieta, Punta: Punta Piaxtla . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Raymond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Pinole Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.220 Prieta, Punta: Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Raza, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Pinole Shoal Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.221 Primera Agua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Raza, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Pinos Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 Prince Island: Pelican Bay . . . . . . . . . 12.13 Raza, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Pinos, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Prince Island: San Miguel Island . . . . 8.318 Reading Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Pinto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32 Princeton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.104 Real, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86

488
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Real, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Risco Colorado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.200 Saavedra Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Real, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207 Rittenburg bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21 Sabana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Recodo, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Rivas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Sacasa, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.154
Red Bluff: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.86 River; see proper name Sacate, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Red Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100 Rivera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96 Sacramento, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Red Point: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16 Rivera Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Sacramento, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Red Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.174 Robalo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45 Sacramento, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Redding Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101 Robins Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.156 Sacramento, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.303
Redfish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28 Robinson Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.314
Redonda, La: Acapulco . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110 Roca Colorada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.318
Redonda, La: Baha de Banderas . . . . 5.206 Roca Morena, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.303
Redonda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11 Roca Negra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.308
Redondo Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246 Roca Partida, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.319
Redondo Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246 Roca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.320
Redondo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 Roca(s)=rock(s); see proper name Sacramento River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.304
Redwood City, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152 Rocas, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Sacrificios, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Redwood Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152 Rocher Clipperton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17 Sacrificios, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Redwood Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.155 Rock Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160 Sacrificios, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Reeder Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78 Rock Islets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Saddle Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.10
Reedsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86 Rocky Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79 Saddle Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.139
Reforma, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23 Rocky Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Saddle Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15
Refugio, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.241 Rocky Point: Bolinas Bay . . . . . . . . . 10.34 Saddle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Regla, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Rocky Point: Columbia River . . . . . . 13.57 Safa, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147
Regulations Rocky Point: Fisherman Bay . . . . . . . 11.32 Sail Rock: Fish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39 Rocky Point: Point Arguello . . . . . . . 8.291 Sail Rock: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . . . 3.132
International regulations . . . . . . . . . 1.36 Rocky Point: Port Orford . . . . . . . . . . 12.27 Sail Rock: Half Moon Bay . . . . . . . . . 9.105
Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.40 Rocky Point: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.101 Saino, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
United States of America . . . . . . . . . 1.42 Rocky Prairie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7 Sainos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Rehusa, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15 Rocosa, Punta: Baha Saint Helena, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9
Remedios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43 Sebastin Vizcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104 Saint Helens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.87
Remedios, Baha de los . . . . . . . . . . . 6.254 Rocosa, Punta: Golfo de California . . 6.237 Sal, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Remedios, Punta: Golfo de California 6.248 Rocosa, Punta: near Acapulco . . . . . . . 5.88 Salada, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.131
Remedios, Punta: near Acajutla . . . . . 4.154 Rodeo Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68 Salagua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.171
Remolino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.112 Rodeo Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229 Salem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114
Rennie Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Rodes Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.319 Saliaca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Requa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Rodgers Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Salina Cruz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.38
Rescue, Distress and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59 Rodgers Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.44
Reservation Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.212 Rodgers Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57
Resort Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.248 Rodrigo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.53
Respingue, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176 Rodriguez Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.38
Restinga=reef, spit; see proper name Roe Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Retalhuleu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.198 Rogue River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.43
Revillagigedo, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24 Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.61
Reyes, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Roja, Punta: Baha Magdalena . . . . . . . 7.50 Salina Cruz, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Reyna, Islote de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93 Roja, Punta: Isla San Jos . . . . . . . . . 6.137 Salina Marqus, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Reynolds Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Roja, Punta: near Mazatln . . . . . . . . . 6.27 Salina Marqus, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . 5.56
Ribbon Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84 Rompiente, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Salinas, Baha de: Costa Rica . . . . . . . 3.187
Ribera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96 Roncador, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Salinas, Baha de: Isla Carmen . . . . . . 6.157
Rice Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Roqueta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.97 Salinas, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Richardson Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61 Rosa Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63 Salinas, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Richardson Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326 Rosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Salinas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145
Richland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.173 Rosa Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63 Salinas Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Richmond, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200 Rosario, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100 Salmon Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Richmond, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.185 Rosario, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73 Salmon Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.195 Rosario, Baha del: Baja California, Salmon Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.206 W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.125 Salmon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.204 Rosario, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47 Salmon River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.185 Rosario, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47 Salsipuedes, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.244
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200 Rosario, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81 Salsipuedes, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.190 Rosario, Ro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127 Salsipuedes, Punta: Baja California,
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.209 Rosarito Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.173 W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.168
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.210 Rosarito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104 Salsipuedes, Punta: Costa Rica . . . . . 3.103
Ridgefield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.88 Roseberg: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61 Salt Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Riemann Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Roseville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Salta Verde Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Rincon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294 Ross Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.101 Salvador, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Rincon, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294 Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.96 Samala, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
Rincon Point: Carpinteria . . . . . . . . . . 8.278 Ross Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.14 Samoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Rincon Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . 10.77 Rota, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Rincn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 Round Rock: Baha Uvita . . . . . . . . . 3.112 San Agustn, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.84
Rincn, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 Round Rock: Crescent City Harbor . 11.111 San Agustn, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.84
Rincn de la Vieja, Volcn . . . . . . . . . 3.167 Round Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253 San Andreceta, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Rincn, Ro: Baha Rincn . . . . . . . . . 3.99 Rounded Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 San Andrs, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Rincn, Ro: Baha Isla Grande . . . 5.130 Rushton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160 San Antonio, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
Rio del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86 Russell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52 San Antonio, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118
Rio Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.309 Russian Gulch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.46 San Antonio, Punta: Baha San Nicolas 6.179
Ro Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155 Russian River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.26 San Antonio, Punta: Baja California,
Ro=river; see proper name Ryan Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.60 W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Riscin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23 Ryan Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.140 San Antonio, Punta: near Guaymas . . 6.191
Risco Amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196 Ryer Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273

489
Home Contents Index
INDEX

San Augustin, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188 San FranciscoOakland Bay Bridge 10.77 San Juan Capistrano Valley . . . . . . . . 8.105
San Bartolom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78 San MateoHayward Bridge . . . . 10.143 San Juan, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222
San Basilio, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177 San Pablo Strait to Stockton and San Juan Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.105
San Basilio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161 Sacramento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.211 San Juan de Dios, Baha de . . . . . . . . 5.129
San Benedicto, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31 South Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.69 San Juan de la Costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.122
San Benito, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.84 Head of the bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.139 San Juan del Gozo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 4.139
San Bernab, Rocas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.248 Regulations concering entry . . . . . 10.10 San Juan del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14
San Bernando, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83 Southampton Shoal Channel . . . . 10.177 San Juan Enfrente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
San Bernardo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19 Submarine cables and pipelines . . . . 10.4 San Juan, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.130
San Blas, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159 Traffic regulations . . . . . . 10.9 and 10.15 San Juan Nepomuceno, Isla . . . . . . . . 6.105
San Blas, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224 Natural conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 San Juan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
San Blas, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.226 San Francisco, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 San Juan Ranch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.125
San Bruno, Arroyo de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161 San Francisco, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188 San Juan, Ro: (728N, 8143W) . . . . 3.33
San Bruno Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 San Francisco del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 San Juan, Ro: (812N, 8158W) . . . . 3.38
San Bruno, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.148 San Francisco, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . 6.195 San Juan, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
San Bruno Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147 San Francisco International Airport . 10.139 San Juan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.131
San Buto, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 San Francisco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104 San Juan Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
San Carlos, Baha de: Golfo de San Francisco, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.72 San Juanico, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.176
California, E coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81 San Juanico, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
San Carlos, Baha: Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90 San Juanico, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
(2515N, 11058W) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.86 San Juanico, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
San Carlos, Baha: General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.72 San Juanito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
(2751N, 11245W) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.228 Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.82 San Lzaro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43
San Carlos, Baha: Topolobampo . . . . . 6.31 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76 San Lzaro, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43
San Carlos, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Port Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.94 San Lzaro, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
San Carlos, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98 San Leandro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137
San Carlos, Puerto de: Baja California, Aquatic Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.59 San Leandro Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30 Horseshoe Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.60 San Leandro Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.159
San Carlos, Punta: Baja California Municipal Yacht Harbor . . . . . . . . . 10.58 San Lino, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.180
E coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224 San Francisco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 San Lorenzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
San Carlos, Punta: Baja California, San Francisquito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . 6.231 San Lorenzo, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119 San Francisquito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224 San Lorenzo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
San Carpoforo Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46 San Gabriel, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129 San Lorenzo, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
San Clemente Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 San Gabriel, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224 San Lorenzo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
San Clemente Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.66 San Gregorio, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48 San Lorenzo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
San Cosme, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 San Gregorio, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48 San Lorenzo, Ro: Golfo de California 6.20
San Cosme, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 San Gregorio, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48 San Lorenzo, Ro: Panama . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
San Cristobal, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.232 San Guillermo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196 San Lorenzo, Rocas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110
San Cristobal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 San Hiplito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58 San Lucas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81
San Cristbal, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72 San Hiplito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 San Lucas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81
San Damin, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140 San Ignacio, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26 San Lucas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
San Diego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15 San Ignacio Faralln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 San Lucas, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.184
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15 San Ignacio, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 San Lucas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 8.27 San Ignacio, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63 San Lucia, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.44 San Ignacio, Punta: Baha Concepcin 6.181 San Luis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41 San Ignacio, Punta: near Topolobampo 6.16 San Luis, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15 San Ignacio, Ro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205 San Luis, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34 San Isidro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 San Luis Gonzaga, Baha . . . . . . . . . . 6.262
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 8.21 San Jacinto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 San Luis Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.47 San Jacinto, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 San Luis, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257
Small craft basins . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52 San Jaime, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9 San Luis, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
San Diego Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103 San Jernimo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200 San Luis Obispo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
San Diego, Fuerte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103 San Jernimo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
San Diego, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136 San Jernimo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.115 San Luis, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
San DiegoCoronado Bay Bridge . . . . 8.22 San Joaquin Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135 San Luis, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
San Dionisio del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 San Joaquin, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270 San Marcial, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
San Domingo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 San Joaquin River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287 San Marcial, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
San Eduardo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 San Jorge: Baja California, W coast . . . 7.46 San Marcos, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
San Esteban, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190 San Jorge: Nicaragua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 San Marcos, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.166
San Esteban, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128 San Jorge, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.216 San Marcos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163
San Everisto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 San Jorge, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212 San Marte, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.148
San Felipe, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.266 San Jos: Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181 San Martin, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
San Felipe, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.266 San Jose, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61 San Martin Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
San Felipe, Punta: Baha San Felipe . 6.258 San Jos, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32 San Martn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
San Felipe, Punta: Ro Colorado . . . . 6.268 San Jos, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138 San Mateo County . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152
San Fermin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258 San Jos del Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83 San Mateo del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
San Fernando, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119 San Jos del Cabo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83 San Mateo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
San Francisco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 San Jos, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.107 San Mateo Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.131
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5 San Jos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134 San Miguel, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
Approaches and entrance, general . 10.14 San Jos, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114 San Miguel, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.19 San Jos, Punta: Baja California, San Miguel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
Deep Water Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54 W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 San Miguel Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331
Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37 San Jos, Punta: near Punta Llorona . 3.109 San Miguel, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 San Jos, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83 San Miguel, Punta: Golfo de California,
Dumbarton Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . 10.144 San Jos: Baja California W coast . . . 7.122 E coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Golden Gate Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44 San Jos: Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.74 San Miguel, Punta: Isla Tiburn . . . . 6.192
North Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.164 San Juan, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33 San Miguel, Punta: Baha de
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40 San Juan Bautista, Baha . . . . . . . . . . 6.232 Todos Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
RichmondSan Rafael Bridge . . . 10.172 San Juan Bautista, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 6.224 San Miguel, Ro Grande de . . . . . . . . 4.136

490
Home Contents Index
INDEX

San Miguel, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133 San Vicente, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 Santa Maria, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
San Nicolas Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 San Vicente, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133 Santa Marina, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
San Nicolas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.89 Sand Hill Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 Santa Marina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
San Nicolas Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.91 Sand Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.30 Santa Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.250
San Nicols, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.179 Sand Island Shoal: Grays Harbor . . . . 14.49 Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
San Onofre Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 Sand Island Upper Dyke . . . . . . . . . . 13.27 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
San Pablo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.71 Sand Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.124 Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
San Pablo Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.212 Sand Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.295 Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.221 Sandino, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31 Santa Rosa Cortez Ridge . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.212 Sandstone Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326 Santa Rosa Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
San Pablo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66 Sandy Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82 Santa Rosa Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
San Pablo, Point: San Pablo Strait . . 10.176 Sandy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331 Santa Rosalia, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.168
San Pablo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Santa Agueda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Santa Rosalia, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
San Pablo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Santa Ana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184 Santa Rosala, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.111
San Pablo, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36 Santa Ana, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.227 Santa Rosala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
San Pablo Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.165 Santa Ana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224 Santa Teresa, Punta:
San Pablo Yacht Club . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229 Santa Ana River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139 Baha de San Nicolas . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
San Pascual, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149 Santa Ana, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133 Santa Teresa, Punta:
San Patricio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181 Santa Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.296 Baha Santa Teresa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
San Pedrillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.284 Santa Ynez Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
San Pedrito, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.161 Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 Santa Ynez River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
San Pedrito, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.101 Santiago, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.169
San Pedro, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.197 Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279 Santiago, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
San Pedro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.296 Santiago Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
San Pedro, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63 Santa Barbara, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44 Santiago, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
San Pedro Breakwater . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Santa Catalina, Gulf of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 Santiago, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
San Pedro Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Santa Catalina, Isla: Santo Domingo, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127
San Pedro Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253 Golfo de California . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137 Santo Domingo, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
San Pedro Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173 Santa Catalina, Isla: Panama . . . . . . . . 3.29 Santo Domingo, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . 7.102
San Pedro, Isla: Baha Chamela . . . 5.188 Santa Catalina Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79 Santo Domingo, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . 7.110
San Pedro, Isla: Ro Chiriqui Delta . 3.58 Santa Catalina, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168 Santo Domingo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
San Pedro Mrtir, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190 Santa Catarina, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123 Santo Toms, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.149
San Pedro Nolasco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190 Santa Clara Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269 Santo Toms, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
San Pedro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.312 Santa Clara, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268 Santo Toms, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.149
San Pedro, Point: Approaches to Santa Clara River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308 Sapo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
San Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Santa Clara Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238 Sargazo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
San Pedro, Point: San Pablo Strait . . 10.176 Santa Cruz, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67 Sargento, Punta: near Isla Tiburn . . . 6.209
San Pedro, Punta: Baha Concepcin . 6.181 Santa Cruz Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.320 Sargento, Punta: Ro Colorado . . . . . . 6.268
San Pedro, Punta: Baja California, Santa Cruz Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.330 Saunders Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Santa Cruz Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87 Sausalito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
San Pedro, Punta: Golfo de California, Santa Cruz Huatulco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67 Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
NE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Santa Cruz, Isla: Golfo de California . 6.136 Sauvie Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.84
San Pedro, Punta: Punta Boca de Hacha 3.58 Santa Cruz, Isla: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Sauzal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165
San Pedro, Ro: El Salvador . . . . . . . . 4.150 Santa Cruz Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279 Sawyer, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
San Pedro, Ro: Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Santa Cruz Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21 Sayulita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
San Pedro, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109 Santa Cruz Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67 Scammon Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105
San Pedro Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Santa Cruz, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.89 Scarboro Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29
San Quentin, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.174 Santa Cruz, Punta: Canal Cerralvo . . . . 6.93 Scarper Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
San Quintn, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.132 Santa Cruz, Punta: Isla Parida . . . . . . . 3.40 Schaefer Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
San Quintn, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130 Santa Cruz, Punta: San Blas . . . . . . . . 5.231 Schofield Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
San Quintn, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135 Santa Cruzita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223 Scholfield Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
San Rafael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.165 Santa Elena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185 Schumann Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.183 Santa Elena, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168 Scorpion Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.312
San Rafael, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.250 Santa Elena, Cerros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167 Scottsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81
San Rafael, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53 Santa Elena, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184 Scripps Institution of Oceanography . 8.109
San Rafael, Mesa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Santa Ins, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183 SD Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41
San Rafael, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53 Santa Ins, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Sea Lion Gulch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
San Ramn, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.141 Santa Ins, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162 Sea Lion Rock: Carroll Island . . . . . . 14.78
San Roque, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.70 Santa Lucia, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103 Sea Lion Rock: Mattole Point . . . . . . 11.56
San Roque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Santa Lucia Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26 Sea Lion Rock: Williams Point . . . . . 11.55
San Roque, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Santa Lucia Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Sea Lion Rocks: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . 9.62
San Roque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67 Santa Lucia Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67 Sea Lion Rocks: Point Arena . . . . . . . 11.15
San Salvador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.98 Santa Lugarda, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45 Seabright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87
San Salvador, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133 Santa Magdalena Plains . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183 Seacliff Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
San Sebastian, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.139 Santa Margarita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 Seal Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154
San Sebastin, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Santa Margarita, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 Seal Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.76
San Simeon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.42 Santa Maria, Baha: Baha de Seal Islands: Suisun Bay . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.42 Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28 Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.277
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Santa Mara, Baha: Cabo Corso . . . . . 7.47 Seal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
San Simn, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31 Santa Maria, Bajos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22 Seal Rocks: Point Lobos . . . . . . . . . . 10.51
San Telmo, Punta: Punta Tejupan . . . 5.149 Santa Maria, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226 Seal Rocks: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . . 12.78
San Telmo, Punta: Baja California, Santa Maria, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80 Sealion Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Santa Maria del Mar: Sears Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
San Telmo, Punta de: (1613N, 9451W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 Sears Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Golfo de California . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139 Santa Maria, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28 Seaside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138
San Telmo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138 Santa Maria, Monte: Cabo Virgenes . 6.222 Sebastian, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
San Vicente, Can . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114 Santa Maria, Monte: La Paz . . . . . . . . 6.107 Sebastin Vizcano, Baha . . . . . . . . . 7.100
San Vicente, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 Santa Maria, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28 Secas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
San Vicente, Picacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.125 Santa Maria River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26 Semple Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240

491
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Seria, Roca La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110 Soldiers Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39 Stella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.63

Serrucho, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117 Soledad, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46 Stern, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
Serrucho, Punta: Baha Honda . . . . . . . 3.24 Soledad, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150 Stewarts Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29
Serrucho, Punta: Quepos . . . . . . . . . . 3.114 Soledad, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46 Stillwater Cove: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . 9.65
Sesecapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.202 Soledad Light, La: Stillwater Cove: near Fort Ross Cove 11.32
Settler Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58 (3049N, 11307W) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.216 Stillwell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Seven Devils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36 Soledad Light, La: Stinson Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Sevilla, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58 (1604N, 9409W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21 Stockton, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Sevilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63 Soledad Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.110 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.298
Sextante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.134 Soledad, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.147 Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.300
SF Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29 Soledad, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96 Deep Water Channel . . . . . . . . . . 10.299
Shadani, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52 Soledad, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Shag Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.101 Soley, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187 Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.291
Shag Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.55 Solitaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149 Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.301
Shalowitz Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Sombrerito, Cerro El . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.302
Shimada Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38 Sombrero, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123 Stone Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Shank Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120 Sombrero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Stonewall Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Sharp Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100 Sonora Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Strawberry Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Shell Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19 Sooes Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.83 Strawberry Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82
Shelter Cove: Point Delgada . . . . . . . 11.60 Sooes River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82 Stuart, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Shelter Cove: approaches to Soquel Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86 Studdard Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
San Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.35 Soquel Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86 Suchiate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Shelter Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52 Soquel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86 Suchiate, Barra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Yacht Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52 Sortija, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185 Suchiate, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Sherman Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270 Soto, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263 Sucia, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11
Ship Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83 South Aberdeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35 Sucia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Shoalwater Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20 South Arbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54 Sudeste, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97
Shoalwater, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 South Bay: Golden Gate . . . . . . . . . . 10.57 Sugar Loaf: Cape Mendocino . . . . . . 11.54
Shor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 South Bay: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . 14.47 Sugarloaf Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Shubrick Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 South Bay: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Sugarloaf: Piln de Parras . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Sicatela, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 South Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Suisun Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.263
Siclata, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108 South Channel: San Francisco Bay Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.272
Sierpe, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.111 Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.51 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Sierpe, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106 South Cove: Cape Arago . . . . . . . . . . 12.45 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.263
Sierra Nevada, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49 South Fork: Coos River . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71 Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.285
Sierra Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160 South Fork: Willapa River . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Suisun City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Sierra=mountain range; see proper name South Point: Santa Rosa Island . . . . . 8.326 Suisun Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.243
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.53 South Reef: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . 12.113 Reach Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Siletz Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131 South Rock: Destruction Island . . . . . 14.67 Suisun Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Siletz River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131 South San Diego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Sulphur Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37
Silla, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 South Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69 Sulphur Springs Landing . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Siltcoos River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75 South Spit: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.83 Summerland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292
Silva de Afuera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Southeast Black Rock: Orford Reef . . 12.9 Sunken Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Silva de Tierra, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45 Southampton Bay: Carquinez Strait . 10.262 Sunset Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.140
Silver Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141 Southampton Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176 Sunset Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64
Silver Strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17 Southeast Farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26 Superior, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Silvergate Yacht Club: San Diego Bay 8.53 Southeast Reef: Half Moon Bay . . . . 9.105 Sur, Baha del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97
Simmons Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273 Southport Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91 Sur Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Simmons Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269 Souza Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17 Sur, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Simpton, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176 Sow and Pigs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.146 Sur, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Sinaloa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24 Spanish Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52 Sur Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Sinaloa, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.245 Spanish Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Surf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18
Sirena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.117 Speck Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70 Suscol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Sirena, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102 Specks, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70 Suspiro, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Sister Rocks: Crescent City . . . . . . . 11.102 Spike Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79 Sutil Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
Sisters Rocks: (4236N, 12425W) . . 12.9 Split Rock: Cape Elizabeth . . . . . . . . 14.59 Sutro, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Sisters, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176 Split Rock: Klamath River . . . . . . . . 11.103 Suwanee, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Siuslaw River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88 Springfield Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Svensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Sixes River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 Square Black Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51 SW Seal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Sixtymile Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64 Square Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.170 Swan Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.108
Skamokawa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.59 Srivastava Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.108
Skipanon Waterway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.34 St George Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.104 Switzer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Skunk Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.317 St George, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Slate Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 St George Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Tabasara, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
Slaughters Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.70 St Helens, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.20 Tacitota, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.198
Small White Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Stake Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269 Table Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Smith, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.248 Stanley Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.159 Table, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.54
Smith Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22 Star Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102 Table Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Smith Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38 State of; see proper name Tabo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214
Smith River: Pelican Bay . . . . . . . . . . 12.13 Steamboat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83 Tabo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214
Smith River: Umpqua River . . . . . . . . 12.85 Steamboat Rock: Cape Mendocino . . 11.58 Tacana, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Smuggler Cove: Cape Falcon . . . . . 12.153 Steamboat Rock: Crescent City Tachichilte, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Smugglers Cove: Santa Cruz Island . . 8.333 Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.110 Taft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131
Snake River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172 Steamboat Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.316 Tahkenitch Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Soberanes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Stearns Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54 Taholah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68
Soconusco, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 Stearns, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20 Tajamulco, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Socorro, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26 Stearns Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.299 Talawa, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Solana Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133 Steel Vendor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Talcott Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331
Soldado, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.195 Steinberger Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147 Talon, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23

492
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Tamalpais, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20 Tigre, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77 Tres Maras, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.192
Tamarinda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182 Tigre, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 Tres Marietas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Tamarindo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164 Tigrito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88 Tres Palos, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Tamarindo, Estero El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75 Tijuana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.182 Tres Picos, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Tamarindo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169 Trinidad, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Tambor, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133 Tijuana, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.168 Trinidad Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.114
Taney Seamounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Tileme, Mar del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37 Trinidad Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100
TangolaTangola, Baha de . . . . . . . . . 5.74 Tillamook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142 Trinidad, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Tangolunda, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.74 Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142 Trinity Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.304
Tanner Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64 Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138 Triunfo, Puerto El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.142
Tanner Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.143 Trocones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Tansy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.27 Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141 Trojan Nuclear Power Plant . . . . . . . . 13.80
Tapachula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22 Timber Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.32 Tskawahyah Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Trcoles, Ro Grande de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155 Tinaja, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Tsunamis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.148
Tartar Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Tinaja, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Tubbs Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.213
Trtaro, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Tintorera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.155 Tule, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.84
Tastiota, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.198 Tintorero, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 Tunnel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.60
Tatoosh Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76 To Ramn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62 Tunnel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Tavala, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20 Tiscuco, Peas del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.36 Turabales, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Taylor Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21 Tiscuco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31 Turners, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
Teacapn, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237 Tivives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157 Turrabares, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Teahwhit Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Tobaga, Restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Turtle Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Tecoanapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93 Todos Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16 Tututepec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Tecogame, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Todos Santos, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.151 Twin Lakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87
Tecojate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.201 Todos Santos, Islas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146 Twin Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Tecomates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215 Todos Santos, Ro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16 Twin Peaks: Lopez Point . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Tecuani, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52 Toke Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.17 Twin Rocks: Cape Ferrelo . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Tecn Uman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205 Tokeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20 Twin Rocks: Tillamook Bay . . . . . . 12.146
Tecusitn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229 Toleak Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59 Twins Rocks: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . 12.19
Tegucigalpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.90 Toledo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98 Two Arches Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Tehuantepec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50 Tolo Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Two Harbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Tomahawk Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122 Two Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160
Tehuantepec, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Tomales Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22 Tyler Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.336
Tehuantepec, Isthmus of . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 Tomales Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Tehuantepec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50 Tomas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.186 Ulloa, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Tehuantepecanos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184 Tomates, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216
Umatilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.167
Tejupan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Tomates, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216
Umatilla, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.165
Telegraph Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.84 Toms Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22
Umatilla, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.170
Telica, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Tonal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Umatilla Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Tembladeras, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33 Tonal, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Umpqua River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.80
Tempisque, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.135 Tonamecea, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77
Temporales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184 Tongue Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Uncle Sam Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.62
Ten Mile River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34 Tonina, Barra de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Unin, Baha de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34 Tonina, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Unin, Puerto de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Tenacatita, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182 Tonina, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.121
Tenacatita, Cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182 Tooth Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.126
Tenasillahe Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Topanga Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Tenmile Creek: (4334N, 12414W) 12.75 Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Tenmile Creek: (4413N, 12407W) 12.75 Topolobampo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.122
Tennessee Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52 Tordillo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120
Tennessee Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68 Toro, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.135
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129
Tepequa, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.124 Toro Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.39
Urdaneta Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Tepic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224 Toro, Roca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Urias, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Tepoca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.215 Torre=tower; see proper name
Ursula, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12
Tepoca, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213 Torres, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Usal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212 Torres Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Usal Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Tepopa, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205 Trtolo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Utter Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.72
Tepopa, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205 Tortuga, Entrada del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Uva, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Tequepa, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.126 Tortuga, Isla: Baha de Jiquilisco . . . . 4.140
Uvita, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Terminal Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161 Tortuga, Isla: Golfo de California . . . 6.160
Uvita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Tetas de Cabra, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190 Tortuga, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257
Uvita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Tetas de Tejupan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146 Tortugas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
The; see proper name Tortugas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133
Thetis Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41 Tortugas, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38 Vaca, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
Thetis, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43 Tosca, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13 Vagares, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.186
Thompson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Tosca, Punta: Baja California . . . . . . . . 7.13 Valencia Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Three Arch Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.125 Tosca, Punta: Isla Socorro . . . . . . . . . . 2.27 Vallarta, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207
Three Mile Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287 Tovari, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46 Vallejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Three Peaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54 Tower Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38 Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.237
Three Tree Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Toyon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103 Vallejo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222
Tiburon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.66 Traffic and operations Valley Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.322
Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63 Exercise areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10 Valona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240
Tiburon, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65 Fishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 Van Sickle Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Tiburn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.188 Marine exploitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11 Vance Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Tiburn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 Vancouver: Washington State . . . . . 13.131
Tichenor Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28 Tranquillon Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278 Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.139
Tide Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 Trask River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.147 Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.143
Tienda de Campaa, Pico . . . . . . . . . . 6.211 Treasure Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.103 Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.142
Tierra Firme, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143 Tres Hermanos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21 General information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.131

493
Home Contents Index
INDEX

Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.140 Wafer, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14 Williams Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55

Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 13.135 Waldport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 Willoughby Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.146 Walker Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Willow Bar Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.147 Walker, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106 Willow Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Vancouver, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153 Walla Walla, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.170 Willows Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.334
Vargas Lozano, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28 Wallula, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.169 Wilson Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.75
Vela, Roca: Punta Campos . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Walnut Eddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.117 Wilson Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Vela, Roca: Baha Magdalena . . . . . . . 7.24 Walnut Grove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.320 Wilson Rock: San Miguel Island . . . . 8.291
Vela, Roca: Canal de Dewey . . . . . . . . 7.89 Walrus Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19 Wilson Rock: Klamath River . . . . . . 11.102
Vela, Roca: Puerto Refugio . . . . . . . . 6.242 Warrendale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.152 Wilsonville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120
Velas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162 Warrenton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.34 Winchester Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Venadillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.30 Warwick Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45 Winchuk River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Venado, Isla: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . 3.157 Wash Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43 Wind River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Venado, Isla: Ro Chiriqui Delta . . . . . 3.38 Watchorn Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.227 Winter Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Venado, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Watertown Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44 Wishkah River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.52
Venados, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 Wauna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.61 Woodland Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Venice Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.247 Wedderburn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22 Woodley Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Venice Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.299 Weiser Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.121 Wreck Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.58
Ventana, Baha La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98 Welch Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55 Wreck Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Ventana, La: Golfo de California . . . . . 6.98 West Cocos Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15 Wright, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Ventana, La: Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60 West Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77 Wyckoff Ledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Ventana, Punta Arena de la . . . . . . . . . 6.93 West End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Ventana, Punta: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . 6.70 West Point: Santa Cruz Island . . . . . . 8.291 Yachats River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Ventana, Punta: Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.46 Westcott Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Yacicoris, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49
Ventanas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.159 Westdahl Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Yakima River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.169
Ventosa, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50 Westfall Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Yameto Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Ventosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52 Westhaven Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.48
Yankee Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Ventura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308 Westpoint Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.155
Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308 Westport Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.54
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308 Westport: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 14.48
Yaquina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.104
Ventura Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62 Westport: Laguna Point . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.107
Venustiano Carranza, Puerto . . . . . . . 7.107 Westward, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.62
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.117
Verde, Isla: Baha Montijo . . . . . . . . . . 3.20 Whale Rock: Estero Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Verde, Isla: Quepos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.125 Whale Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . 11.105
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.113
Verde, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40 Whaleback Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Verde, Ro: Punta Galera . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86 Whaleboat Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Vermilion Sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 Whalehead Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
Vicente Guerrero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . 5.126 Whaler Island: Crescent City Harbor 11.109
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77
Vicente, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238 Whaler Island: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . 9.22
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 12.103
Vieja, Isla La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 Whalers Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.119
Viejas, Isla de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42 Whalers Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64
Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.113
Viejo, Punta el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188 Wheatland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.117
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Viejo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.118 Wheeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.120
Viejo, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 Whitcomb Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.47
Yavaros, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Viejo Yaqui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49 White Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Yavaros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Viga, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246 White Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87
Yelapa Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215
Viga, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253 White Point: Morro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.35
Yellow Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Viga Chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.161 White Point: San Pedro Channel . . . . 8.238
Yellow Rock: Mack Arch Cove . . . . . 12.32
Viga Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.158 White Rock No 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Yellow Rock: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . 12.19
Viga, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78 White Rock No 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Yellowstone National Park . . . . . . . . 13.172
Ville de Toulouse Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23 White Rock: Cape Alava . . . . . . . . . . 14.80
Yerba Buena Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.104
Vincent Thomas Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . 8.207 White Rock: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Yerbabuena, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
Vinorama, Arroyo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88 White Rock: Crescent City Harbor . 11.110
Yoakam Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47
Vinorama, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 White Rock: Descanso Bay . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Youngs Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35
Violin, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109 White Rock: Goat Island . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Youngs River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35
Violin, Punta: Baha de Coronado . . . 3.109 White Rock: Klamath River . . . . . . . 11.103
Ysatan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Violin, Punta: Golfo White Rock: near Point Estero . . . . . . . 9.32
Yuca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
de Tehuantepec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.64 White Rock: Point St George . . . . . . 11.102
Violn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111 White Rock: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Viradores Norte, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172 White Rock: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.101 Zacapulco, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
Viradores Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171 White Rock: Isla Tiburn . . . . . . . . . . 6.191 Zacate Grande, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
Virgenes, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224 White Salmon River . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160 Zacate, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
Viuda, La: Canal de Afuera . . . . . . . . . 3.17 Whitesboro Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43 Zacatecoluca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Viuda, La: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42 Whiting Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176 Zacatillo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Vizcaino Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73 Willamette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120 Zadam, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.63
Vizcaino, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55 Falls Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.118 Zamora, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Vizcaino Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73 River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.90 Zapatera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Voladera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.89 above Portland . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114 Zicatela, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Volcn=volcano; see proper name Willapa Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Zicatela, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Von Helm Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32 Willapa Harbor Airport . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Zihuatanejo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128
Vuelta Los Ladrones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89 Willapa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13 Zuma Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.252
Willard, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.263 Zuiga Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.42
Waatch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82 Willard, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258 Zuiga Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.42
Waatch River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82 Willard, Punta: Baja California . . . . . 6.258 Zurrn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Waddell Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94 Willard, Punta: Isla Tiburn . . . . . . . . 6.191 Zwagg Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19

494
Home Contents Index

PUBLICATIONS OF THE
UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom National Hydrographer, together
with a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications, published annually.
The list of Admiralty Distributors is also promulgated in Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 2 of each year, or it can be obtained
from:

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office,

Admiralty Way,
Taunton, Somerset
TA1 2DN

Produced in the United Kingdom

for the UKHO by Pindar plc
Home Contents Index

CDROM Instructions
See Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory The opening screen should appear within a few seconds.
Notes at Page vii. If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds,
The CDROM below contains the following: try the following:
Text of this volume in Portable Document Format Doubleleft click: My Computer.
(PDF). Doubleleft click CDROM icon: NPxx (D:).
Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader. Doubleleft click html file: index.
A link to the UHKO website: www.ukho.gov.uk The CDROM is designed to work with the following
Photographs in PDF, if they are available for the area software:
covered by this volume. Windows 98
Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the Windows 2000
CDROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it to Windows ME
the envelope after use. Windows NT4.0 SP5
Place the CDROM in a compact disc drive.